language-pack-gnome-ca-base/0000755000000000000000000000000012704126234013040 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/0000755000000000000000000000000012704126234014262 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/rules0000755000000000000000000000165312704126234015347 0ustar #!/usr/bin/make -f # Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. #export DH_VERBOSE=1 PKGNAME=$(shell grep "^Package: " debian/control | head -1 | cut -f 2 -d\ ) PKG=$(shell pwd)/debian/$(PKGNAME) LOCALEDIR=$(PKG)/usr/share/locale-langpack build: dh_testdir clean: dh_testdir dh_testroot dh_clean binary-arch: binary-indep: dh_testdir dh_testroot mkdir -p $(LOCALEDIR) cd data; \ find -type d -exec mkdir -p "$(LOCALEDIR)/{}" \; ; \ find -type f -name "*.po" -exec sh -c "N='{}'; msgfmt -o $(LOCALEDIR)/\$${N%.po}.mo \$$N" \; ; \ [ ! -e data/extra.tar ] || tar -C $(PKG) -xf data/extra.tar [ ! -e data/static.tar ] || tar -C $(PKG) -xf data/static.tar dh_installdocs -i dh_installchangelogs -i dh_compress -i dh_fixperms -i dh_installdeb -i dh_gencontrol -i dh_md5sums -i dh_builddeb -i -- -Z xz binary: binary-arch binary-indep .PHONY: build build-arch build-indep clean binary-indep binary-arch binary language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/postinst0000644000000000000000000000021512704126234016066 0ustar #!/bin/sh -e if [ "$1" = "configure" ]; then /usr/share/locales/install-language-pack "ca" "gnome" "$2" || true fi #DEBHELPER# exit 0 language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/control0000644000000000000000000000220712704126234015666 0ustar Source: language-pack-gnome-ca-base Section: translations Priority: optional Maintainer: Language pack maintainers Build-Depends-Indep: gettext Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 8) Standards-Version: 3.9.6 Package: language-pack-gnome-ca-base Architecture: all Pre-Depends: dpkg (>= 1.16.1), ${misc:Pre-Depends} Depends: ${misc:Depends}, locales (>= 2.3.6), language-pack-gnome-ca (>= ${binary:Version}) Recommends: Conflicts: language-pack-gnome-ca (<< ${binary:Version}) Replaces: language-pack-gnome-ca (<< ${binary:Version}), language-pack-ca-base (<< ${binary:Version}), language-pack-ca (<< ${binary:Version}), language-pack-gnome-ca (<< ${binary:Version}), language-pack-gnome-ca-base (<< ${binary:Version}), language-pack-kde-ca (<< ${binary:Version}), language-pack-kde-ca-base (<< ${binary:Version}) Description: GNOME translations for language Catalan; Valencian Translation data for all supported GNOME packages for: Catalan; Valencian . This package provides the bulk of translation data and is updated only seldom. language-pack-gnome-ca provides frequent translation updates, so you should install this as well. language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/copyright0000644000000000000000000000174312704126234016222 0ustar This package is developed and maintained by the Ubuntu language pack maintainers . The original source can always be found at: http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ Copyright (C) 2004 - 2008 Canonical Ltd. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL'. language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/compat0000644000000000000000000000000212704126234015460 0ustar 8 language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/postrm0000644000000000000000000000021112704126234015523 0ustar #!/bin/sh -e if [ "$1" = "remove" ]; then /usr/share/locales/remove-language-pack "ca" "gnome" "$2" || true fi #DEBHELPER# exit 0 language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/changelog0000644000000000000000000000030312704126234016130 0ustar language-pack-gnome-ca-base (1:16.04+20160415) xenial; urgency=low * Initial Release. -- Ubuntu automatic language-pack builder Fri, 15 Apr 2016 08:55:56 +0000 language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/source/0000755000000000000000000000000012704126234015562 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ca-base/debian/source/format0000644000000000000000000000001512704126234016771 0ustar 3.0 (native) language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/0000755000000000000000000000000012704126775013763 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/static.tar0000644000000000000000002241000012704125430015744 0ustar usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/problems-reporting-bugs.page0000644000373100047300000000437612672314773027146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to report mistakes in the application. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 How to report bugs

If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or if you want to request a feature, you can file a report in the GNOME bug tracking system. Note that this requires registration first. Please try to avoid filing duplicates and check the bug writing guidelines first.

Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. This is hard to recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a bug report in the bug tracker of your GNOME distribution instead.

When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include information such as the Evolution version (under HelpAbout), your distribution, and exact steps to reproduce the problem, click by click. See the Bug Writing Guidelines for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-localized-re-subjects.page0000644000373100047300000000317612672314777027471 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Avoid long subject lines due to translated "Re:" prefixes. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Handling localized "Re:" in subjects

Traditionally a "Re:" prefix is added to a subject line when replying to an email. Some email applications use localized terms for this (like "SV:" in Danish or "AW: in German). Evolution can recognize these terms to avoid subject lines getting longer as the conversation continues.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail composer-localized-re 'AW,SV' (in case that you want "AW:" and "SV:" to be recognized).

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-search-folders-add.page0000644000373100047300000000616212672314773026720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Configurant la carpeta de cerca. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Creating A Search Folder

Click EditSearch Folders, or click MessageCreate Rule and select the criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, click SearchCreate Search Folder From Search….

Click Add.

Enter a name in the Rule name field.

Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison.

For more information on the available conditions see Available Search Folder conditions.

If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step.

Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section Search Folder Sources. Options are:

Totes les carpetes locals:

Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

Totes les carpetes remotes actives:

Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

Totes les carpetes locals i remotes actives:

Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

Specific folders only:

Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click the Add to select folders.

Click OK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page0000644000373100047300000000377312672314775031655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Local delivery accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Local delivery receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-sorting-message-list.page0000644000373100047300000001316612672314775027355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sorting the message list of a mail folder. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sorting the message list

Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort messages in the message list.

Sorting Mail in Email Threads

You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, click on ViewGroup By Threads or press CtrlT.

This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the next.

When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent message received.

For Advanced Users: There is a GSettings key that allows you to toggle between the collapsed and expanded state of the email threads. The collapsed state is enabled by default. It can be changed by starting the Terminal application and running the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail thread-expand true

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true
Sorting Mail with Column Headers

The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you can do one of the following:

Drag and drop the column header bars

Right-click on the header.

Select the Remove This Column or Add a Column option.

Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. Just click on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates the direction of the sort.

Using Other Sorting Options

Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can use Sort By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Unsort.

Ordena per

You can also sort email messages using the Sort By list.

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort By option.

This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:

Assumpte - retallat

Etiquetes

Destinataris

Remitent

Ubicació

Venciment

Follow Up Flag

Estat del senyalador

Mida

A

Rebut

Data

Assumpte

De

Fitxer adjunt

Senyalat

Estat

Personalitzat

Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages.
Ordena de manera ascendent

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort Ascending option.

The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom.

Ordena de forma descendent

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort Descending option.

The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top.

Desordena

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Unsort option.

This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as they were added to the folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000252012672315002030774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting an appointment in your calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Deleting an Appointment

If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the appointment in the calendar and select Delete Appointment, or click on the appointment and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD. If you are in the list view you can also use EditDelete Appointment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page0000644000373100047300000000633612672315001033217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings
Editor de comptes

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Enviament de correu
Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Opcions per defecte
Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Seguretat
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/import-apps-mozilla.page0000644000373100047300000000562412672315000026253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Mozilla

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Go to the folder in which Thunderbird stores its data. On a Linux system, Thunderbird's files are located in the hidden folder $HOME/.thunderbird/12345678. 12345678 will be a random string. If you cannot see the .thunderbird folder, make sure to show hidden files in the file selector dialog.

If you would like to import Thunderbird mail, go to Mail/Local Folders (for local mail accounts) or ImapMail/servername (for remote mail accounts). servername will be the address of your remote mail server. Files without a file ending include your messages (not the .msf files).

If you would like to import Thunderbird/Lightning calendar data, you may be able to export your Thunderbird events as an .ical/.ics file first, and import these files into Evolution. This is required as Thunderbird stores its calendar data in a non-standard database format.

The file type will be automatically determined.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder or calendar in Evolution) for the imported data.

Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page0000644000373100047300000000233312672314777031736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Microsoft Exchange account settings

Please first read Choosing the right connector to find out about the right Exchange account type for you.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/intro-main-window.page0000644000373100047300000001733212672314777025740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara M. Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 The <app>Evolution</app> main window

Evolution provides functionality for Email, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the "Switcher" buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed functionality also the displayed elements in the window differ.

Correu

The Evolution mail main window

Corresponding elements in the mail main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Folder list

Search bar

Message list

Switcher

Preview pane

Status bar
Llista de carpetes

The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are displayed in the message list.

For more information see Using Folders.

 Message List

The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message in the message list.

 Commutador

The switcher at the bottom of the side bar lets you switch between the Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks.

For more information see Changing the Switcher appearance.

You can disable the folder list and the switcher side bar by toggling ViewLayoutShow Side Bar or pressing F9.

 Preview Pane

The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the message list.

You can disable the preview pane by toggling ViewPreviewShow Message Preview.
Calendari

Elements in the calendar main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Calendar list

Search bar

Appointment list

Llista de tasques

Month pane

Memo list

Switcher

Status bar
Appointment List

The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time frame selected.

 Month Pane

The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment list.

 Task list and Memo list

Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convenience and are not associated to any appointments. Use the switcher to go to their main windows.
Contactes

Elements in the contacts main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Address book list

Search bar

Contacts list

Switcher

Contact preview

Status bar

You can disable the contact preview by toggling ViewPreviewContact Preview.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/exchange-placeholder.page0000644000373100047300000000210612672315002026367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connecting to Exchange Servers Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Connecting to Exchange Servers

For topics not covered here please refer to the old Evolution manual.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000267212672315000030630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Getting and Using GPG Public Keys. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Getting and using GPG public keys

To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get the public key and add it to your keyring.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/import-single-files.page0000644000373100047300000000272012672314776026241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing single files. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Importing single files

To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Trieu un fitxer.

The file type will be automatically determined.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data.

You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of an email from its attachment menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000670212672314777025240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching messages. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Searching Mail
Searching in a Single Message

To find text in the displayed message, select EditFind in Message… from the main menu.

Searching Across Messages
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page0000644000373100047300000000300312672314773030211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Working with email signatures

A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact information or other things. A signature always begins with two dashes and a space (-- ).

The term "signature" is also differently used in terms of encryption.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-word-wrap.page0000644000373100047300000000235612672315002025176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Words are wrapped in outgoing mail at 72 characters

For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is hardcoded and cannot be changed.

To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose FormatParagraph StylePreformatted in the mail composer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/searching-items.page0000644000373100047300000000154412672314775025434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching content and data within Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Searching items usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page0000644000373100047300000000465312672314774032370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Replying to a Meeting Request

Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates.

You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal comment to your reply. Available options are to Decline, Tentatively Accept (Tentative), or Accept. You can also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in your calendar.

If the meeting request already includes a reminder you can import the reminder to your calendar by enabling Inherit reminder.

If you click Accept the event is added automatically to the calendar that you have chosen.

After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes might be overwritten.

Under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksMeeting InvitationsConflict Search you can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-reply.page0000644000373100047300000000706512672315001026235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Answering a received email. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Replying to a message
Replying to Email Messages

To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list and click the Reply button in the toolbar, or right-click within the message and select Reply to Sender. This opens the message composer. The To: and Subject: fields are already filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the > character before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the previous message.

If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use Reply to All instead of Reply. If there are large numbers of people in the Cc: or To: fields, this can save substantial amounts of time.

Using the Reply To All Feature

Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, he uses Reply to All, but if he just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses Reply. His reply does not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not shared with anyone.

If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the list rather than to the sender, select Reply to List instead of Reply or Reply to All.

Dreceres de teclat

Acció

Shortcut keys

Respon al remitent

CtrlR

Respon a la llista de correu

CtrlR

Respon a tots

CtrlMajúsculesG
Paràmetres per defecte

The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsReply style.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-usage-add-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000437712672315000027436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding a contact to your address book. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding a Contact

Click FileNewContact, or right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click New Contact…, or press ShiftCtrlC.

Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added.

Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs.

You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing a stylized person) next to Full Name and Categories.

Click OK.
Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window

You can also add a contact directly from an email.

Right-click on the email address in the message header.

Select Add to Address Book….

Either press Edit Full to bring up the full Contact Editor, or click OK to directly add the contact to the chosen address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/google-services.page0000644000373100047300000000151112672315000025417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using Google services. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Google services usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page0000644000373100047300000000622312672314773030424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Usenet news account settings
Editor de comptes

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Usenet News accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Usenet News accounts) Enviament de correu
Defaults (Usenet News accounts) Opcions per defecte
Security (Usenet News accounts) Seguretat
Other settings (Usenet News accounts) Other settings

Other account related settings that are not located in the Account Editor:

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/offline.page0000644000373100047300000000530612672314775023774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make Evolution mail be online again. Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Patrick O'Callaghan Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Why is Evolution's mail component offline?

You may have started Evolution with the --offline commandline option to enforce offline mode.

If this is not the case and Evolution normally works but has suddenly stopped connecting to your mail accounts, you may have unintentionally clicked on the connection icon in the lower left corner. When connected, the icon resembles a pair of sockets joined together. If the sockets are open, there is no connection to your mail accounts (and the Send/Receive button is grayed out). Click on the icon to change its state.

If the problem persists and you are sure you have not clicked the icon, but you can still reach the network from other apps on your system (browsers, FTP, SSH, ping etc.) it may be that your network connection is not properly configured. For more information please take a look at the Desktop help or seek help from your distribution support forums, mailing lists etc.

If you want to force Evolution to be in online mode, make sure that Evolution is not running and open a Terminal window and type the following command:

GIO_USE_NETWORK_MONITOR=base evolution

Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to contacts and calendars.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page0000644000373100047300000000626612672314773032153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings
Editor de comptes

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Enviament de correu
Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Opcions per defecte
Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Seguretat
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-cannot-see.page0000644000373100047300000000440512672315001025304 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 I cannot see some emails, where are they?

Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. These could be automatically moving your messages to another destination.

Check your search view in the search bar right above the message list. Perhaps the Show dropdown list is set to a filter like Read Messages, or the text input filed contains some value. Click the broom icon to clear the search field.

If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do this, click ViewPreviewShow Message Preview.

Look in the Junk folder. Messages that are marked as Junk disappear from the original folder and are moved to the Junk folder.

Click ViewShow Deleted Messages to make sure all messages are visible.

Check your default folder under EditPreferencesEmail AccountsEditDefaults. Perhaps it is set to some other folder than the folder you thought of.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/memos-usage-edit-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000243612672315002026433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a memo in your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Editing a Memo

If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists,

Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of memos, or right-click on the memo and click Open Memo.

Edit the memo information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-working-offline.page0000644000373100047300000000645312672314774026375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Work with your mail while not being connected to the network. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Working Offline

Forced offline mode helps you communicate with remote mail storage systems like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you are not connected to the network at all times. Evolution keeps a local copy of one or more folders to allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect.

Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to contacts and calendars.

POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but other connections usually download just the headers, and get the rest only when you want to read the message. Before you force Evolution to be offline, Evolution downloads the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store.

Marking folders for offline usage

To mark a mail folder for offline use,

Right-click the folder, then click Properties.

Click Copy folder content locally for offline operation.
Syncing messages for offline usage

Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left corner of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it displays two connected cables. When you force offline mode via clicking the icon or via FileWork Offline, the cables separate. You will be asked whether you want to go offline immediately or synchronize folders locally before you go offline.

To download Messages for Offline Operations without immediately going offline, select FileDownload Messages for Offline Usage.

Automatic Network State Handling

Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts accordingly. For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode when the network goes down and automatically switches on when the network is up again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/problems-getting-help.page0000644000373100047300000000264412672315001026543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to get help for problems. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 How to get help

To receive help on problems you can send an email to the Evolution mailing list or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat channel #evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server you can for example use the internet messenger application Empathy.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-labels.page0000644000373100047300000000372712672315001024520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Labels

You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is similar to Categories in the other Evolution windows.

You can search for messages with specific labels by using the quick search dropdown. Also, search folders can be created based on labels.

Adding a label to a message

To assign a label to a message, right-click the message, click Label, and choose the label to apply.

You can also quickly add a new label by choosing New Label.

Managing labels

You can add, edit and delete all labels under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesLabels. Note that you cannot remove the default labels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-recurrence.page0000644000373100047300000000327612672314774026261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Repeating appointments. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Recurrence

If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its recurrence by clicking the Recurrence button in the Appointment Editor or by clicking OptionsRecurrence. You can then choose a time and date when the appointment stops recurring, and, under Exceptions, pick individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections from left to right, and you form a sentence: "Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2015" or "Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences."

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page0000644000373100047300000000435512672314776032735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in Inbox.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml0000644000373100047300000001075212672314774031142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Remitent:

The sender's email address or the name of the sender.

Destinataris:

The recipients of the message.

CC:

Only the CC recipients of the message.

CCO:

Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied to outgoing filters.

Remitent o destinataris:

The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of the message.

Assumpte:

The subject line of the message.

Capçalera específica:

Any header including custom ones.

If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution pays attention only to the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as "engineering@example.com" and then restates it as "marketing@example.com", Evolution filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression.

Cos del missatge:

Searches in the actual text of the message.

Expressió:

(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write in the Scheme language used to define filters in Evolution.

Free Form Expression:

(For advanced users only) Combine numerous conditions by using a special syntax.

Data d'enviament:

Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four days ago.

Data de recepció:

This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the time you received the message with the dates you specify.

Etiqueta:

Messages can have labels of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. You can set labels with other filters or manually.

Puntuació:

Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other filters can process them.

Mida (kB):

Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.

Estat:

Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.

Seguiment:

Checks whether the message is flagged for follow-up.

Completat el:

Fitxers adjunts:

Checks whether there is an attachment for the email.

Llista de distribució:

Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be caught by these filters.

Regex Match:

(For programmers only) If you know your way around a regex, or regular expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and end with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use regular expressions, check the man page for the grep command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page0000644000373100047300000000442012672314774031030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email. Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sending invitations by email

If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.

To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose Forward as iCalendar.

When you receive an invitation, you have several options:

Accepta:

Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar.

Tentatively Accept:

Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as tentative.

Declina:

Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to sender option.

Respon al remitent:

Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-read-receipts.page0000644000373100047300000000450412672314774026017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to enable requesting read receipts. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Read receipts for emails

Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if your emails have been received by someone.

You can request read receipts by selecting OptionsRequest Read Receipt in the menu of the composer window or clicking the corresponding toolbar icon.

For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's behavior under Message Receipts under the account's Defaults.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-write-new-message.page0000644000373100047300000000332612672314777030464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Writing a new email to send to a recipient. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Composing a new message

You can start writing a new email message by clicking FileNewMail Message, by pressing ShiftCtrlM, or by clicking New in the toolbar.

Enter an email address in the To: field. If you want to enter multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See for more information on sending messages to more than one person.

After you have written your message, click Send or press CtrlReturn.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-default-folder-locations.page0000644000373100047300000000471712672314775030165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the location of Draft, Sent, Trash and Junk folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Mail folder locations

You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder and Sent folder in the Defaults section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults).

You can define an Archive Folder, for example to move older messages there. Selecting MessageArchive in the main window moves the selected message to the specified folder.

For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also use folders on the mail server for Junk and Trash by selecting the corresponding Use a Real Folder option. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-spam-marking.page0000644000373100047300000000511012672314775025651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Pete Biggs Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Marking Mail as Junk

While SpamAssassin comes with a set of predefined rules, Bogofilter needs to be taught first before it will automatically filter junk mail. If you only train Bogofilter on bad messages, it will assume all mail is bad (because it does not know any difference) hence it will not make any decisions until the database is sufficiently large to determine what is and is not spam. In any case, when you first start using junk mail blocking, check the Junk mail folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get flagged as junk mail.

Manually Marking Junk Mail

If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click Mark as Junk, or mark the message and press CtrlJ or click the Junk button in the tool bar. When you correct it, the filter can recognize similar messages in the future, and becomes more accurate as time goes on.

If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the Junk folder by right-clicking it and selecting Mark as Not Junk or pressing ShiftCtrlJ, or mark the message and click the Not Junk button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/deleting-emails.page0000644000373100047300000000362112672314772025410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Deleting emails or attachments permanently
Correu

Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by marking the messages for deletion; space is not freed until you expunge the marked emails.

To Expunge a specific folder, go to FolderExpunge or press CtrlE. To Expunge all folders, go to FileEmpty Trash. This applies to other types of accounts as well.

Adjuncions

To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click MessageRemove Attachments.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page0000644000373100047300000000543512672314776031446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Exchange MAPI receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Enter the Domain name for that server.

If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

Click Authenticate and enter your password.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page0000644000373100047300000000372312672315002031155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Changing the message list columns

If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on the column headers and choose either Add a Column… or Remove This Column.

If you have a small display, you can replace the Subject column by the Subject - Trimmed which will remove prefixes such as "Re:", or you can replace the From column which displays the sender's name and email address by the Sender column which will only display the sender's name.

If you would like to have the same column layout in all mail folders except for the Sent folder, you can enable EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralApply the same view settings to all folders. Note that this setting also influences Group by Threads and the Message Preview visibility in all folders.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-filters-actions.page0000644000373100047300000000557212672314775026405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available actions for setting up filtering. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Available Filter actions

Mou a la carpeta:

Moves the message into a folder you specify.

Copia a carpeta:

Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify.

Suprimeix:

Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the trash.

Atura el processament:

Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored.

Defineix l'etiqueta:

Adds a label to a message.

Assigna el color:

Marks the message with a color of your choice.

Assigna la puntuació:

Assigns the message a numeric score.

Ajusta la puntuació:

Changes the numeric score by the amount you set.

Estableix l'estat:

Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.

Desfés la definició de l'estat:

If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, it does nothing.

So:

Makes the system beep.

Reprodueix un so:

Select a sound file for Evolution to play.

Executa el programa:

Evolution runs an application.

Envia la sortida al programa:

Sends the message to an application of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution.

Reenvia a:

Forwards the message to another email address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/exporting-data-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000266112672315000026177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export mail data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Exporting mail data

To save an email to a file in mbox format, select an email and click FileSave as mbox… or right-click on the message and click Save as mbox….

The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark all messages in it first.

You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-html-rule.page0000644000373100047300000000330412672314777027026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Inserting a Rule in HTML

You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of the cursor) to help divide two sections:

Click InsertRule… in the menubar.

Select width, size, and alignment.

Select Shaded if wanted.

Feu clic a Tanca.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-html-text.page0000644000373100047300000000617312672315001027027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change font sizes, styles and colors in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Formatting Text in HTML

Text formatting tools that are available in HTML format only are located in the second tool bar below the Subject line after enabling HTML format. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Text Styles:

Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next.

Botó

Descripció

+0

Mida del tipus de lletra.

Color chooser for text. The box displays the current text color. To choose a new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background color or image by right-clicking the message background, then selecting StylePage Style.

TT

Typewriter text, which is similar to a monospace font.

Negreta A

Bolds the text.

Cursiva A

Italicizes the text.

Subratllat A

Underlines the text.

Strike through A

Marks a line through the text.

The other buttons are explained under .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/data-storage.page0000644000373100047300000000336412672314775024727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk? Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Data storage locations

This is only interesting for advanced users who want to debug problems.

Evolution 3.6 and later stores its data according to the XDG Base Directory Specification. By default this means:

The user's data files

$HOME/.local/share/evolution

 Various configuration and state files

$HOME/.config/evolution

 Paràmetres del compte

$HOME/.config/evolution/sources

 Disposable data caches

$HOME/.cache/evolution

 Configuration settings in GSettings

$HOME/.config/dconf

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-timezones.page0000644000373100047300000000461712672314774026141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using time zones in the calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using time zones

Evolution supports using multiple time zones.

Setting your global timezone(s)

By default Evolution uses the system-wide time zone. This can be changed under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksGeneralTime Time zone.

If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second time zone under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksGeneralTime Second zone.

Setting a timezone for an appointment

You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. To do that, add a new or edit an existing appointment and click the globe button to customize the time zone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page0000644000373100047300000000612612672314773033321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 or 2010 account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Exchange Web Services account settings
Editor de comptes

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange Web Services accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Defaults (Exchange Web Services accounts) Opcions per defecte
Security (Exchange Web Services accounts) Seguretat
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-displaying-message.page0000644000373100047300000000175112672315001027036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Rendering an email and handling its attachments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Visualització dels missatges
Avançat
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-layout.page0000644000373100047300000000161712672314777025441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adjusting the display and views of the calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Changing the calendar layout usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/import-data.page0000644000373100047300000000200612672315000024543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from another application. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Importing data from another application
Aplicacions
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-using-contact-lists.page0000644000373100047300000000661512672315000030062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using contact lists for grouping contacts. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Contact Lists

A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of the list. This differs from a "real" mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email address managed by a mailing list application on a server.

For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add those contacts to a contact list called "Family". Then, instead of entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to "Family" and the messages would go to all of them.

Creating a contact list

Click FileNew Contact List.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added.

Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the Select… button.

Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message to the list.

Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature discussed in Sending a message to several recipients.

Click OK.

The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in Evolution.

Sending messages to a contact list

To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click the contact list in your address book and select Send Message to List.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000170612672315000025203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net On adding, editing, and deleting appointments. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-html-link.page0000644000373100047300000000356112672314773027015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a link to a website in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Inserting a Link in HTML

You can insert links into the email:

Select the text that you want to turn into a link.

Either click InsertLink… in the menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click Insert Link.

Enter the address in the URL field.

Feu clic a Tanca.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-several-pop-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000357212672315000027325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Separating POP mail for more than one account

It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email.

You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into different folders by creating folders and creating filters: Create a new folder and create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now set up an incoming filter via EditMessage Filters…Add to move incoming mail to the incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the sender's address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page0000644000373100047300000000625612672315002033437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange MAPI account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Exchange MAPI account settings
Editor de comptes

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange MAPI accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Defaults (Exchange MAPI accounts) Opcions per defecte
Exchange Settings

In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders.

Security (Exchange MAPI accounts) Seguretat
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page0000644000373100047300000000344612672314773031336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display less email recipients of a specific message. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Collapsible Message Headers

Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail and shows only five addresses in the message preview.

To see all recipients, click the icon next to the To: or Cc: line, or click the ellipsis (…) at the end of the five displayed addresses.

To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and sender in one line, click the icon next to the From: line. This is helpful on small screens.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-moving-emails.page0000644000373100047300000000321012672315002026011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Moving emails from one folder to another. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Moved emails are still shown in the original folder

If your IMAP mail server does not yet support IMAP's "move" feature which was introduced in January 2013, Evolution "moves" messages by copying and deleting emails. Deleting means "marking messages for deletion" so all the original messages are retained until you expunge the emails marked for deletion.

See the topic on deleting emails for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this applies to other types of accounts as well.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-filters-not-working.page0000644000373100047300000000722512672314776027221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as expected. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Mail filters are not working
Order of Filters

The order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe.

If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all messages that match this filter will ignore all succeeding filters.

When you move a message to another folder, "moving" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules.

To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions in the Then section by editing the filter.

Using Several Mail Clients

Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the "new" flag that is set on the server when a particular email message is initially fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from Evolution, your filters may not work automatically.

Logging Filter Actions

If it is still unclear why filters do not work as expected, you can enable logging filter actions.

Close Evolution.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions true

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-file "/home/myusername/my-filter-log" and replace myusername by your username. This will create a text file named my-filter-log in your home directory. Note that the absolute path to the file name must be entered; a syntax like ~ or $HOME will not work.

Start Evolution.

Fetch mail to apply filters.

Open the file my-filter-log with a text editor to see which filter actions have been applied.

Note that you can disable filter logging again by using the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions false

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/deleting-appointments.page0000644000373100047300000000245412672314777026667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Deleting old appointments permanently

To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to ActionsPurge in the Calendar view. You will be asked how many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-layout-views.page0000644000373100047300000000454712672314774026576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Available views

Evolution offers five different views of your calendar data:

Day (CtrlY)

Work Week (CtrlJ)

Week (CtrlK)

Month (CtrlM)

List (CtrlL)

You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by clicking ViewCurrent View.

You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the side bar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar.

The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. To return to today's listing, click the Select today button between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar.

To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the Select a specific date button in the toolbar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page0000644000373100047300000000644112672315001030041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 IMAP+ mail account settings
Editor de comptes

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (IMAP+ accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (IMAP+ accounts) Enviament de correu
Defaults (IMAP+ accounts) Opcions per defecte
Security (IMAP+ accounts) Seguretat
Other settings (IMAP+ accounts) Other settings

Other account related settings that are not located in the Account Editor:

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page0000644000373100047300000000230212672315000031666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which thread-related headers are recognized by Evolution. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Thread related headers recognized by Evolution

Evolution supports the following headers:

Referències

En resposta a

Thread-* headers are Microsoft's proprietary headers and not supported.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page0000644000373100047300000000434112672314777034016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other…. This will open a directory chooser window.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in Inbox.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-received-notification.page0000644000373100047300000000401712672314777027544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Options on notifications of newly received mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Getting notified of new mail

Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a yellow star to the mailer icon in the window switcher.

Switcher layout when a new message has arrived

In order to also be notified of new messages in the GNOME Notification area at the bottom of the screen, make sure that EditPluginsMail Notification is enabled and that you have set your preferred options in the Configuration tab.

Switcher layout when a new message has arrived

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000604512672314774026131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching contacts. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Searching Contacts
Searching in a Single Contact

To find text in the displayed contact, select EditFind in Contact… from the main menu.

Searching Across Contacts
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-filters-conditions.page0000644000373100047300000000457412672314774027116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available conditions for setting up filtering. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Available Filter conditions

Compte origen:

Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful if you use multiple POP mail accounts.

Envia la sortida al programa:

Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter.

Prova de correu brossa:

Filters based on the results of the junk mail test.

Coincideix amb tot:

Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of message filters to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding filters in the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-search-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000464112672314777026176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in their original folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Search folders

If filters are not flexible enough, or you find yourself performing the same search again and again, consider a search folder.

A search folder looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you set it up like a filter. While a conventional folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when setting up the search folder.

Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when new messages are received or message are deleted.

The Unmatched search folder is the opposite of other search folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders.

If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders to search through them, the Unmatched search folder also searches the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search remote mail stores, the Unmatched search folder does not search in them either.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page0000644000373100047300000000413212672314772031464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Store an existing or new message as a template Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Saving Messages as Templates
Saving an Existing Message as a Template

Select the message.

Right-click the message and choose Move to folder or Copy to folder.

Select the Templates folder under On This Computer.

You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:

Open the message and click Reply.

Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements.

Select FileSave as Template.
Saving a New Message as a Template

Click New and enter in the composer window what you need for the template.

Select FileSave as Template.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page0000644000373100047300000000544012672314777030127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Setting up reminder notifications for appointments. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Reminders for appointments
Paràmetres generals

Under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksReminders you can select those calendars for which you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every birthday and anniversary.

For general information on displaying reminders, please see the GNOME Desktop Help.
Manual Reminders

Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the appointment editor for certain appointments only:

Click OptionsReminders or press the Reminder button in the toolbar.

From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options when to show a notification reminder, or choose Customize.

In case of Customize, the reminder can be a popup, a sound played, or a program ran. You can also define whether the reminder should be repeated.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-webdav.page0000644000373100047300000000363712672314774025375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using an online Webcal/WebDAV calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using a WebDAV calendar

Calendars of this type are read-only.

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter the address in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page0000644000373100047300000000626612672314774030253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On embedded pictures in received HTML messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Images in HTML messages

When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays the image inside the message.

Càrrega de les imatges

Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.

To load the images for one message, click ViewLoad Images or press CtrlI.

To set the default action for loading images, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images.

Automatically download images in emails from people you know

You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images. Enable the Load images only in messages from contacts option.

Next, go to EditPreferencesContactsAutocompletion. Enable autocompletion by ticking the Always show address of the autocompleted contact checkbox.

Desant les imatges

To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image and click Save Image….

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001000112672314776030522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time when reading mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using shortcut keys to read mail
Viewing an email

In the Mail window you read a message by selecting it in the message list. If you would like to see the message in its own window, either double-click it, press Enter, or press CtrlO.

Marking a message as read or unread

To mark the currently selected message as read, press CtrlK.

To mark the currently selected message as unread, press CtrlShiftK.

Navigating in a message

To read mail with the keyboard, you can press the Spacebar to page down and press Backspace to page up while reading an email. Ensure that you use the keys when the message list is focused.

Navigating in a folder in the message list

Navigate in the message list by using the arrow keys on the keyboard.

Navigating in a folder's unread mail in the message list

To go to the next or previous unread messages, press the period (.) or comma (,) keys. On some keyboards, these keys are also marked with the > and < symbols, which is a convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your message list. You can also use the right square bracket (]) for the next unread message, and the left square bracket ([) for the previous unread message.

Navigating in unread mail across folders

You can easily read the unread messages in all the mail folders by using the Spacebar.

When you are in the Mail window, the Spacebar has the following behavior:

When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next unread message.

If the message is more than one screen long, the Spacebar works as Page Down.

If you press the Spacebar after you reach the bottom of the page, it takes you to the next unread message.

If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing the Spacebar takes you to the next unread message in the next folder.

If new messages arrive in a number of folders, the Spacebar toggles between those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread message in a different folder without clicking the folder.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-google.page0000644000373100047300000000344412672314776025444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Use the online address book of your Google account. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using a Google addressbook

To add such an address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNew Address Book.

Select the type Google.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter your Google username.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-ldap.page0000644000373100047300000001271512672314772025105 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Use shared address books on a local network. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding LDAP access

The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts.

Adding an LDAP address book

Click FileNew Address Book.

In the General tab, select the type On LDAP Servers.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) and whether you want to connect securely.

Define the login method and your username.

Feu clic a Aplica.

In the Details tab you can define the following settings:

Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings.

Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search.

The following options are available:

One: Searches the Search Base and one entry below it.

Sub: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it.

Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. For example:

ObjectClass=*: Lists all the objects from the server.

ObjectClass=User: Lists only the users.

Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames)): Retrieves the User and Contact List objects.

(&(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*)): Lists the objects associated with the email addresses.

Timeout (minutes): The maximum time Evolution attempts to download data from the server before giving up.

Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches.

If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator.
Differences to local address books

LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the following exceptions:

Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your desired contacts into the local address books.

You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy Folder Content Locally for Offline Operation.

To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution does not normally load data from the LDAP server upon opening.

Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-html.page0000644000373100047300000000425512672314774026064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing fonts, using colors, and inserting images, tables and links. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Formatting emails (in Plain Text and HTML)

Text formatting tools for basic alignment and paragraph formatting are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Normally, you cannot set text color or size or embed pictures in messages. However, most newer email applications can do this by using HTML format, which is the format that also web pages use.

Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of this, Evolution sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for HTML.

Plain Text Formatting Options
HTML-only Formatting Options
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-two-trash-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000415612672314775026660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to have only one trash or junk folder per account. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Two Trash or Junk folders shown for the same account

If you use a remote mail account that also has Junk and/or Trash folders on the server you might face duplicated folders in Evolution.

You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at their icons. The Evolution Trash folder has a special icon whereas the other physical Trash folder looks like any other folder.

By default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders. They do not really exist but simply display all the messages that are marked as junk or for deletion in any folders of that account.

In order to only use the folders for Junk and Trash on the mail server, select the corresponding Use a Real Folder option under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000354012672314776030404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG
Decrypting a received message

If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can read it.

When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed.

Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted message.
Checking the signature of a received message

To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display Security Information for the message.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page0000644000373100047300000000463212672315002030750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using custom fields in the header of composed messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Custom Header Lines

You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails.

Enabling and managing custom headers

To set up the Custom Header plugin:

Select EditPlugins.

Enable Custom Header.

Click the Configuration tab.

You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use a semicolon to separate every value you enter.
Inserting custom headers in a message

Click NewMail Message or press ShiftCtrlM to open the message composer window.

Select InsertCustom Header.

In the Email Custom Header window, you can view all the defined header fields and values.

Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-spam.page0000644000373100047300000000161712672314773024231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to automatically handle unwanted mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Junk and Spam Mail Handling usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-from-field-override.page0000644000373100047300000000431312672314773030753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the sender name and address on the fly by setting arbitrary values. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Overriding the "From" field

To set a custom email address and sender name on a message you intend to send, enable ViewFrom Override Field and change the default sender name and email address in the corresponding fields.

This functionality can be useful for wildcard mailboxes when using qmail and sub-addressing.

Setting an arbitrary address might collide with your email provider's Sender Policy Framework and/or DomainKeys Identified Mail restrictions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/exchange-connectors-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000544712672314773030157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which additional package to install in order to connect to an Exchange server. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Choosing the right connector

Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is installed that provides this functionality.

For Microsoft Exchange 2007, 2010 and newer it is recommended to use the package evolution-ews.

Install evolution-ews

For older versions of Microsoft Exchange, or if evolution-ews does not work well for you, try evolution-mapi. It uses Microsoft's Messaging API which is also used by Microsoft Outlook. However, evolution-mapi requires installing OpenChange and Samba 4, and is not as performant as evolution-ews.

Install evolution-mapi

If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000052312672315001023275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Aquest treball està llicenciat sota Creative Commons Atribució Compartir Igual 3.0 Llicència no portada.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-searching-attachment-type.page0000644000373100047300000000222112672314774030332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Unfortunately this is not possible. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Searching for emails with a specific attachment type

There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-publishing.page0000644000373100047300000000415312672314774026263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Post your calendar content in public. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Publicació de calendaris

In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, you can define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under EditPreferences Calendar and Tasks Publishing Information LocationsAdd.

You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading.

You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support.

To immediately publish calendar information, click ActionsPublish Calendar Information in the calendar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-layout-changing.page0000644000373100047300000000170012672315002026335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and widescreen). Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Changing the mail window layout usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page0000644000373100047300000000610712672315001031044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Local Delivery account settings
Editor de comptes

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Local Delivery accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Local Delivery accounts) Enviament de correu
Defaults (Local Delivery accounts) Opcions per defecte
Security (Local Delivery accounts) Seguretat
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-add-automatically.page0000644000373100047300000000364512672314773027566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding people automatically to my contacts

You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received email. Enable the plugin Automatic Contacts by going to EditPlugins; click on Automatic Contacts so that it shows a check mark. Then go to EditPreferencesContacts Automatic Contacts and enable the Create address book entries when sending emails option and select an address book in the drop-down field below that will receive the new contacts.

From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received mail when you reply to that mail.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/memos-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000232512672314774024571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting memos. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Add, Edit and Delete Memos

Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the Tomboy or Gnote applications.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-save-as-pdf.page0000644000373100047300000000336512672314775025403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Converting emails into PDF files. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Save messages as PDF

In order to save emails in the PDF file format, select FilePrint and then choose Print to File. See the desktop help for general information on printing.

You can also export messages as PDF by dragging and dropping them to the file manager, instead of dropping them in mbox (text) format by default.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-save-file-format 'pdf'

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page0000644000373100047300000000307612672314774030267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via GPG/OpenPGP that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Creating a GPG key

Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your public and private keys with GPG. After doing so and setting up Evolution to use the key, you need to share your public key with your friends to allow them sending you encrypted messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-pop.page0000644000373100047300000000577212672315000026735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 POP mail account settings
Editor de comptes

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (POP accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (POP accounts) Enviament de correu
Defaults (POP accounts) Opcions per defecte
Security (POP accounts) Seguretat
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-caldav.page0000644000373100047300000000345012672315001024704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using a CalDAV task or memo list

To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline.

Enter the address in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username and your email address.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-send-and-receive.page0000644000373100047300000000212712672314773026377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On receiving mail and sending written emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sending and receiving mail

This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For writing a new message, please refer to the Composing mail section.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000171012672314773026261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net On using several calendars, searching, and categories. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sorting and organizing calendars usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000547712672314776030321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding an appointment. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding an Appointment

Click FileNewAppointment, or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it with the mouse.

If you use the Appointment dialog:

Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

(Optional) Type a location in the Location field.

To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event button on the toolbar.

Seleccioneu la data i l'hora.

If the event is not an all day event, select either For to specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time of the event.

(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field.

To show the time as busy to others, click Options Show Time as Busy.

You can also define a time zone, a category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-usage-delete-task.page0000644000373100047300000000226212672314773026775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a task from your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Deleting a Task

If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and select Delete, or click on the task and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Task.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000163312672314774025270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page0000644000373100047300000000272412672314774030300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding and using more than one task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using several task lists or memo lists

You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and tasks for the singing club of which you are a member. The side bar shows these lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view.

Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear as different colors.

You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the internet.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000266612672314775030512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing in appointment in your calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Editing an Appointment

If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars:

Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar.

Edit the appointment (see Adding an Appointment for the list of available options).

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-management.page0000644000373100047300000000235412672315000027016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding, editing and managing mail accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Gestió de comptes
Common Account Types
Local Account Types
Corporate Account Types
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page0000644000373100047300000000344312672315002030555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable HTML format in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Enabling HTML format

You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML in the email composer by choosing FormatHTML from the menu bar.

Alternately, you also can change the first dropdown list below the Subject line from Plain Text to HTML.

If you choose HTML format, a second tool bar will be displayed below the Subject line with HTML-only options.

To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorFormat messages in HTML.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-html-table.page0000644000373100047300000000336312672314775027151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a table in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Inserting a Table in HTML

You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the cursor):

Click InsertTable… in the menubar.

Select the number of rows and columns.

Define the type of layout for the table.

Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table.

Feu clic a Tanca.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/xinclude-searching.xml0000644000373100047300000000366712672314776026023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Cerques desades

If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it many times. In this case you can use saved searches.

To save your search results, either click Save instead of OK in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are already displayed, select SearchSave Search. From now on this search will be directly available from the Search menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000430112672314777033134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 MH-format mail directories receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page0000644000373100047300000000316312672314775027501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Newsgroups Subscriptions

When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. To subscribe to a newsgroup:

Select FolderSubscriptions.

If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions.

Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/exporting-data-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000275312672315002027077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export contacts data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Exporting contacts data

Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file.

To export a complete address book, click FileSave Address Book As vCard.

If you want to export only one contact, click FileSave as vCard or right-click on the contact and click Save as vCard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-local.page0000644000373100047300000000272112672315001025235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local address book. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding another local address book

To add another local address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNew Address Book.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000612312672314774026061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching appointments and meetings. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Searching for Calendar Items usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-imap-subscriptions.page0000644000373100047300000000423212672314776027123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 IMAP folder subscriptions. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 IMAP Subscriptions

As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to ignore for the time being, via the IMAP Subscriptions Manager.

Select FolderSubscriptions, or right-click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click Manage subscriptions.

If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions.

Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the IMAP server.

Select a file or folder by clicking it.

You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them.

Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page0000644000373100047300000000313612672314773031246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check automatically and regularly for new received mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Automatically check for new mail

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, enable the option Check for new messages every … minutes in the Receiving Options page of the mail account settings (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options) and select the frequency in minutes.

Evolution supports IMAP IDLE on the currently selected folder and partially supports the IMAP NOTIFY extension.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000173112672315000025620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On task and memo lists, searching, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sorting and organizing tasks and memos usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-libreoffice.page0000644000373100047300000000460412672315001026416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using data from Evolution address books in LibreOffice documents. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Contacts in LibreOffice

You can use your Evolution address books in LibreOffice as a data source. The following steps refer to LibreOffice version 3.3.3.

Click EditExchange Database… in the menu bar. This will bring up the Exchange databases dialog box.

In the right pane under Available Databases, EvolutionLocal is available as a source. Click on the small triangle to get the list of your Evolution address books.

Choose an addressbook and click Define.

In case it is not listed already, click Browse…. A file chooser dialog opens.

As Evolution stores its data in a hidden directory, press CtrlL to get the location bar displayed.

Go to ~/.local/share/evolution/addressbook/system/addressbook.db and click Open.

This makes the Evolution address book the default data source for LibreOffice. You can now select a field to insert into a LibreOffice document via InsertFieldsOther.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-sending-options-smtp.page0000644000373100047300000000467512672314775027403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending options for SMTP. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 SMTP sending options

Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the Server field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a username and a password).

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following information:

Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check. Some servers do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Enter your username.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page0000644000373100047300000000271112672314777031501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Assign your mail accounts to certain folders or recipients. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Send Account Overrides

If you use more than one email account, you can define which account should always be used as your sender address:

When replying to mail in specific folders.

When replying to certain email addresses, names, or parts of email addresses or names.

These settings are available under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSend Account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/change-switcher-appearance.page0000644000373100047300000000324312672314775027520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the display of the window buttons in the lower left corner. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Changing the Switcher appearance

The display of the window buttons in the lower left corner (Mail, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks and Memos) can be changed via ViewSwitcher Appearance. This can be helpful if you have a small display. You can also completely hide them.

The available options are:

Icones i text

Només icones

Només text

Estil de les barres d'eines

Mostra els botons

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-google.page0000644000373100047300000000404212672314775025371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using the online calendar of your Google account. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using a Google calendar

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type Google.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter your Google username.

If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000541212672314773025434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching tasks. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Searching Tasks
Searching in a Single Task

To find text in the displayed task, select EditFind in Task… from the main menu.

Searching Across Tasks
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page0000644000373100047300000001122512672315001031517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Sending a Meeting Invitation. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sending a Meeting Invitation

When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" or "required". When you save the meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting information, which also gives them the option to respond.

If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting and select Forward as iCalendar. This opens a new email message with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not automatically send you email about whether they plan to attend.

To schedule a meeting:

Click FileNewMeeting.

If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an item in the Organizer field.

Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list.

Click Add to add the email addresses of people you want to invite.

Click View in the menu bar to show or hide the Type, Role, Status, and RSVP fields.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

(Optional) Type a location in the Location field.

To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event button on the toolbar.

Seleccioneu la data i l'hora.

If the event is not an all day event, select either For to specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time of the event.

(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field.

To query free/busy information for the attendees, click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or click OptionsFree/Busy.

Click Save to save the meeting.

An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.

You can also define a time zone, a category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment.

In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000461712672315001034140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Maildir-format mail directories receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in Inbox.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-weather.page0000644000373100047300000000366012672315000025537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Display the weather in the calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using a weather calendar

Calendars of this type are read-only.

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type Weather.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Choose the temperature unit.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-search-folders-enable.page0000644000373100047300000000254112672314777027417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate search folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Enable the Search Folders Functionality

In the unlikely case that there is no Search folders top-level node displayed at the bottom of the mail folder list you have to enable EditPreferencesMail AccountsSearch Folders.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page0000644000373100047300000000705312672315001031651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Changing the "On date, person wrote:" string when replying

Advanced users can change this string.

Open the dconf-editor application.

Navigate to org.gnome.evolution.mail.

Enter the preferred quotation string as the value for the key composer-message-attribution.

The default string in English is: "On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} ${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:"

The following placeholders are available:

{Sender}

{SenderName}

{SenderEMail}

{AbbrevWeekdayName}

{WeekdayName}

{AbbrevMonthName}

{MonthName}

{Day} (format: 01-31)

{ Day} (format: 1-31)

{24Hour}

{12Hour}

{AmPmUpper}

{AmPmLower}

{DayOfYear} (format: 1-366)

{Month} (format: 01-12)

{Minute}

{Seconds}

{2DigitYear} (e.g. 15 for the year 2015)

{Year}

{TimeZone}

You might need to install the dconf-editor package to perform these steps.

Install dconf-editor

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-change-time-format.page0000644000373100047300000000303112672314774026731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the date and time format in the message list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Format of dates and time

You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersDate/Time format.

The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in the Terminal application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-attachments.page0000644000373100047300000000155412672314775025606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Managing attachments usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page0000644000373100047300000000175312672314775027527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Freeing disk space by deleting items usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/exporting-data.page0000644000373100047300000000165712672314773025303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Exporting data from <em>Evolution</em> usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-plain-text.page0000644000373100047300000000530312672314777027203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change font alignment and paragraph formatting in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Formatting Text in Plain Text Format

Text formatting tools are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Headers and Lists:

At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose Normal for a default text style or Header 1 through Header 6 for varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include Preformat, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types of bullet points for lists.

For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can use the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown list. Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple levels of indentation.

Alineació:

Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the right button aligns the text to the right.

Indentation Rules:

The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow increases its indentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-usage-add-task.page0000644000373100047300000000463712672315000026253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a task to your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding a Task

Click FileNewTask, or press ShiftCtrlT.

Select a task list in the List dropdown list.

Enter the task information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of tasks.

You can also define a time zone, a category, or a classification for the task, or add an attachment.

Assigned Tasks

Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people.

When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" or "required". When you save the task, each attendee is sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to respond.

This is similar to meetings.

To create an Assigned Task, click FileNewAssigned Task.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000222112672314777025434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sorting and organizing mail

Evolution provides several options to organize your mail according to your needs.

Opcions avançades
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-attachments-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000547012672314773027232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Attaching files to emails you want to send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding attachments to an email
Attaching files

To attach a file to your email in the composer:

Click Add Attachment…, or click InsertAttachment, or press CtrlM.

Select the file you want to attach.

Click OK.

You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window.

When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive.

Recordatori d'adjuncions

Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind yourself to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not attached the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent.

To enable the Attachment Reminder:

Select EditPlugins.

Enable Attachment Reminder.

Click the Configuration tab.

Click Add, then enter keywords in your language such as "Attach" or "enclosed".

Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text of every mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your email and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/sync-with-other-devices.page0000644000373100047300000000462512672315000027017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile phones. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Synchronize <app>Evolution</app> with other devices

There are currently no "recommended instructions" for users.

Many distributions provide the application SyncEvolution that can be used in combination with devices that support SyncML.

In general it is recommended to use applications and devices that both support the ActiveSync protocol (such as SyncEvolution). A list of collaborative software is available on Wikipedia.

If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel free to file a bug report in GNOME's bug tracking system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000640112672314776033371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings
Editor de comptes

Evolution supports the Maildir++ specification.

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Enviament de correu
Defaults (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Opcions per defecte
Security (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Seguretat
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-search-folders-refresh.page0000644000373100047300000000273312672315001027607 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ways of updating Search folders. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Updating/refreshing Search folders

It might happen that one of your Search folders has not updated since some new email arrived or since an email was deleted, for example. This will mean that the list of emails in the folder is not up-to-date.

You can get an updated view of the search folder either by switching to another folder and then back again, or by right-clicking on the search folder and choosing Refresh.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-usage-edit-task.page0000644000373100047300000000243712672314777026470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a task in your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Editing a Task

If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists,

Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or right-click on the task and click Open Task.

Edit the task information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page0000644000373100047300000000337312672314775030202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up a Gmail IMAP Account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Access a Gmail IMAP Account via Evolution

Please refer to the IMAP+ mail account settings.

For performance reasons it is recommended to Use a Real Folder for Trash by setting it to [GMail]/Trash and to Use a Real Folder for Junk by setting it to [GMail]/Spam under the account's Defaults.

To access Gmail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See the Gmail Help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-free-busy.page0000644000373100047300000001206212672314773026015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using the Free/Busy view on a groupware server to set up meetings. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Informació lliure/ocupat

You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability of invitees.

In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, you can still use meeting invitations to coordinate schedules with other people.

To access the free/busy view:

Click FileNewMeeting.

Click Add to add the email addresses of people you want to invite.

Click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or click OptionsFree/Busy.

Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using the Autopick buttons to choose a time automatically, then click Close. Attendees on an Exchange server have the appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any change in plans.

Attendee List:

The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment.

Schedule Grid:

The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a web address (URL) that you can reach and you have entered that web address for the specific contact in the Contact Editor under Personal information Web AddressesFree/Busy.

You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support.

In corporate environments you can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to an Exchange or Groupwise server. Note that you must use the top-level Exchange calendar if you want others to be able to access your Free / Busy information when inviting you to a meeting.

The default server can be defined under EditPreferences Calendar and Tasks Publishing Information Default Free/Busy Server.

Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server

If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, you can add the URL under Personal InformationWeb Addresses in the Contact Editor. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them,Evolution looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy data.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000646512672314776024740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use folders to organize your mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Folders

Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email messages. You start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts. You can, however, create more folders if required.

Creating A Folder

To create a folder:

Click on Folder and select New. You can also right-click anywhere on the folder list and select the New Folder option.

Specify the name and the location of the folder.

Click on the Create button.

The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages into the folder.

The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both messages and subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail server, branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from the Inbox. Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading messages that exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the IMAP account.
Moving Messages to New Folders

You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:

Drag and drop the messages into the folder.

Right-click on the message and select the Move to Folder option.

Select a message and press ShiftCtrlV.

Select a message and click on MessageMove to Folder.

The steps for copying are similar.

Moving files can be done automatically by setting up filters.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-caldav.page0000644000373100047300000000412212672315001025325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using an online CalDAV calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using a CalDAV calendar

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type CalDAV.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter the address in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username and your email address.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/memos-usage-delete-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000217412672314773026765 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a memo from your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Deleting a Memo

If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and select Delete, or click on the memo and click Delete in the tool bar, or click EditDelete Memo.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-meetings.page0000644000373100047300000000156612672314775025740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using meetings in the calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Meetings usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-using-several-calendars.page0000644000373100047300000000416312672315001030616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding and using more than one calendar and different types. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using several calendars

You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the other. For example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports team. The side bar lists those calendars, and you can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view.

Appointments for each calendar appear in different color.

You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the internet or in a local network.

For example, the icalshare.com website has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page0000644000373100047300000000434612672315001031320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When letters in an email are not shown correctly or missing. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Codificacions de caràcters
Received mail

If the email application of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. If you receive such messages, choose ViewCharacter Encoding from the main menu and change the currently chosen character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message.

To make this the default setting, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralMessage DisplayDefault character encoding.

Enviant el correu

In the unlikely event that you would like to change the default character encoding for messages that you send, go to EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorCharacter encoding.

This setting only refers to Plain Text messages as HTML messages always use UTF-8 encoding.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000231612672314774030160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a contact from your address book. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Deleting a Contact

If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the contact and select Delete, or click on the contact and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-search.page0000644000373100047300000000345712672314773026367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching for text in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Searching in the mail composer

Under the Edit menu in the message composer there are several text searching features available.

Find:

Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message.

Find Again:

Select this item to repeat the last search you performed.

Replace:

Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else.

For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match

If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use Regular expressions for searching.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-priority.page0000644000373100047300000000325612672315000026760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting a priority for messages to be sent. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Prioritizing outgoing messages

You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its relative importance. To prioritize a message, select OptionsPrioritize Message in the menu of the composer window or click the corresponding toolbar icon.

Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages because the recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. You can set the "Important" flag for any messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-local.page0000644000373100047300000000347412672315000025175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding another local calendar

To add another local calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

If you choose to use an existing calendar file which is already located on your computer, you need to provide its location and whether Evolution should only read from the file or if Evolution can also add and alter items in that file.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-duplicates.page0000644000373100047300000000375212672315000025410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to handle duplicated email messages April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Duplicate emails get downloaded
Removing duplicate emails

To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA) and click MessageRemove Duplicate Messages.

Reasons

Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:

There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox

Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension.

The cache files located at $HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/ are not writable.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-sharing-information.page0000644000373100047300000000171412672314777030100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sharing your calendar information usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page0000644000373100047300000000444412672314775030052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up a Gmail POP Account. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Access a Gmail POP Account via Evolution

Follow these steps to set up your Gmail POP Account in Evolution:

Log in to your Gmail account.

Go to SettingsForwarding and POP/IMAP. Refer to the POP Download section.

Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds to either of these options:

Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)

Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on

Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature.

To know the Gmail Account settings, click on Configuration instructions. Choose I want to enable POP and select Other from the list of clients.

On your Evolution client, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Click Add.

Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000257712672315001030525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Message templates to reuse in the composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Message Templates

A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to send mail with the same pattern.

To enable the Message Template Plugin, click EditPlugins and enable Templates.

Message Templates
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-pop.page0000644000373100047300000000724312672315001027513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for POP accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 POP receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click the Leave messages on server option and the Delete after ... days option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain on the server.

The option Disable support for all POP3 extensions is only useful when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. POP3 extensions provide enhanced functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-encryption.page0000644000373100047300000000376512672314776025474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending and receiving encrypted mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Mail encryption and certificates

Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing and encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate environments.

GPG
S/MIME
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000533612672315000025261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Back up and restore your Evolution data and settings. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Back up and restore

You can back up your Evolution data. The backup saves your settings, mail, contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a gzip-compressed tar archive file.

Backing up

Select File Back up Evolution Data….

Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and click Save.

You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes.

Note that your spam filtering settings are not included in the backup file, as these settings are not controlled by Evolution and as developers of spam filtering tools might change implementation details. If you use Bogofilter you will need to back up the hidden folder ~/.bogofilter/. If you use SpamAssassin you will need to back up the hidden folder ~/.spamassassin/.
Restoring

Select File Restore Evolution Data….

Choose the file, and click Open.

You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes.

In the first-run assistant, you can restore Evolution data from a backup file.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/problems-debug-how-to.page0000644000373100047300000000303012672314777026466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to provide good information when tracking down a problem. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 How to track down a problem

As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or between the tool bar and the search bar.

To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the Evolution project website.

To contact the Evolution community for help, please see How to get help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000001042112672314773025447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Opening links from an email in a browser and opening the mail composer from an email link on a website. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Opening links in and from the web browser
Change which web browser websites are opened in

In case you use Evolution under a different environment from GNOME,

Open a terminal application.

Find out the name of the .desktop file for your preferred browser. Depending on your browser and distribution, the file might be called for example epiphany.desktop, firefox.desktop, google-chrome.desktop, konqbrowser.desktop, or opera-browser.desktop. If you are unsure you can look up most .desktop files in the folder /usr/share/applications/.

Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual filename, and press Enter:

xdg-settings set default-url-scheme-handler https browser.desktop

Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual filename, and press Enter:

xdg-settings set default-url-scheme-handler http browser.desktop

Evolution may need to be restarted for the settings to take effect.

If the error message "xdg-settings: command not found" is shown, you need to install the package xdg-utils.

Install xdg-utils

Please see the GNOME Desktop Help.

If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug tracker.

If the error message "Could not open the link: Operation not supported" is shown, you need to install the package gvfs.

Install gvfs
Change which mail application is used to write emails

Please see the GNOME Desktop Help.

Opcions avançades

If you have a technical background you can also tweak these settings by defining scheme-handlers in $HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps.list.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-autocompletion.page0000644000373100047300000000443712672315001027213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Autocompletion of mail recipients

You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the recipients text field and Evolution will present you with a list of matches from your address books.

To enable autocompletion, go to EditPreferencesContacts Autocompletion and choose the address books from the list that Evolution should look in for matches.

Select Always show address of the autocompleted contact to also show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to distinguish if a contact has several email addresses.

Alternately, you can click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-delete-and-undelete.page0000644000373100047300000000524112672315001027054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Deleting and undeleting messages
Suprimint els missatges

To delete a message, select it and press the Delete key, or click the Delete button in the toolbar, or press CtrlD, or right-click the message and click Delete.

When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not actually deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked for deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click ViewShow Deleted Messages. You can view the messages striken off for later deletion.

To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click FolderExpunge or press CtrlE.

Undeleting Messages

You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To undelete a message, select the message, click EditUndelete message. Note that ViewShow Deleted Messages must be enabled for this.

If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000606312672314773024006 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Credits and Acknowledgment. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Credits and Acknowledgment
Authors of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation

André Klapper

April Gonzalez

Barbara M. Tobias

Phil Bull
Translators of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation

(Not applicable to the English version)

Authors of the previous version

Aaron Weber

Akhil Laddha

André Klapper

Duncan Mak

Ettore Perazzoli

Francisco Javier F. Serrador

Jessica Prabhakar

Kevin Breit

Mark Moulder

Novell, Inc.

Radhika Nair

Srinivasa Ragavan

Informació del contacte

Projecte de documentació del GNOME:

Website

Mailing list

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-spam-settings.page0000644000373100047300000001104312672314774026062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Patrick O'Callaghan Pete Biggs April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Paràmetres del correu brossa…
Eines

Evolution lets you check for unwanted junk or spam email by using the Bogofilter or SpamAssassin tools. To use these tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software management tool of your distribution.

You might need to install Bogofilter or SpamAssassin to perform these steps.

Install bogofilter

Install spamassassin

SpamAssassin works through a set of predefined rules, hence it can determine spam straight away. Bogofilter does not come with a default set of spam criteria so it will not automatically filter anything after installing it. You must train it first to make it work. You can modify the actions of SpamAssassin by training it as well.

Junk Mail Folder

Messages that are marked as junk (either manually by the user or automatically via SpamAssassin or Bogofilter) will be moved to the Junk mail folder.

Junk Mail Preferences

The junk mail options discussed in this page refer only to POP and Local Delivery accounts. For handling junk mail on IMAP accounts, see the Evolution settings under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options.

You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the Junk Mail Preferences:

Click EditPreferences or press ShiftCtrlS.

Select Mail Preferences.

Click on the Junk tab. Here, you can specify the following:

Checking incoming messages for junk.

Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be deleted.

Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book.

Checking custom mail headers (added by your mail server) for junk.

For more information and specific Bogofilter or SpamAssassin configuration questions it is recommended to check out the Frequently Asked Questions for Bogofilter resp. SpamAssassin.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-filters.page0000644000373100047300000001162612672314774024743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Filters

Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails.

Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local accounts (such as POP). Mail servers for remote accounts (such as IMAP) often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can enable this under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving OptionsOptionsApply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server.

To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and click MessageApply Filters or press CtrlY.

You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA.

Creating a Filter

Click EditMessage Filters, or click MessageCreate Rule and select the criterion the filter will be based on.

Click Add.

Enter a name in the Rule name field.

Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison.

For more information on the available conditions see Available Filter conditions.

If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step.

Select the Actions for the Filter in the Then section.

For more information on the available actions see Available Filter actions.

The order of filters is important. Filters are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe.

If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all the email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters.

When you move a message to another folder, "moving" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules.

If you want to define multiple actions, click Add Action and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other existing filters to be applied choose Stop Processing as the second action in the list.

Click OK.
Editing Filters

Click EditMessage Filters.

Select the filter.

Click Edit.

Make the desired corrections, then click OK twice.
Deleting Filters

Click EditMessage Filters.

Select the filter.

Click Remove.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-follow-up-flag.page0000644000373100047300000000563112672314775026126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using flags to remind you of actions. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Follow up flags for emails

To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up feature.

Select one or more messages.

Right-click one of the messages.

Click Mark for Follow Up….

You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking MessageMark asFollow Up… or by pressing ShiftCtrlG.

A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date.

The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as Call, Forward and Reply.

After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either Flag Completed or Clear Flag.

When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you "Overdue: Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM."

Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you might add a Flag Status column to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a search folder that displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines.

If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark them as important by right-clicking the message, then click Mark as Important, or by selecting MessageMark asImportant from the menubar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page0000644000373100047300000000657312672314775031220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Usenet news accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Usenet news receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

Select if you want to show folders in short notation.

For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux.

Select if you want to show relative folder names in the subscriptions window.

If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/exporting-data-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000260112672314772027037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export calendar data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Exporting calendar data

To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of calendars and click Save as. Available formats are iCalendar format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format.

If you want to export only one appointment (or task or memo), either select the appointment and select FileSave as iCalendar…, or right-click on the appointment and click Save as iCalendar….

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page0000644000373100047300000000264112672315000031267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to forward a message with its attachments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Forwarding a message with its attachments

Click MessageForward as… and choose Attachment, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get attached to the email you want to send.

If you want to have this setting by default, set EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesForward Style to Attachment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page0000644000373100047300000000777712672314772030656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 IMAP+ receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

Select Use Quick Resync if the IMAP server supports IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox Resynchronization.

If the mail server does not allow multiple connections from Evolution to the server at the same time (for example when you have more than one account on that server), set Number of concurrent connections to use to 1.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders, or only in subscribed folders.

Select if you want Evolution to show only subscribed folders.

Select if you want filters to be automatically applied on mail that you receive, if spam should be automatically filtered, and if mail on the server should be synchronized with your local copy for offline access to it.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-classifications.page0000644000373100047300000000350712672315000027256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Classifying appointments and tasks on groupware servers. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Classifications

If you are using a calendar on a Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server, you can select a classification to determine who can view it.

To set a classification for an appointment or a task, click OptionsClassifications and select a classification in the editor. Public is the default category, and a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing network. Private denotes one level of security, and Confidential an even higher level.

The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust your delegation settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-display-message-source.page0000644000373100047300000000251512672314774027655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Displaying the raw source of a message or all header lines. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Codi font del missatge

To view the message data, click on ViewMessage Source or press CtrlU. This will display the message data in a new window.

To only view the complete headers for a message, click ViewAll Message Headers. This will display the complete header data on the viewing pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000304212672314775031444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, change, edit or delete email signatures. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Managing signatures

You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under EditPreferencesComposer preferencesSignatures.

Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the account settings.

Per long-standing convention, signatures always start with two dashes and a space in a separate line. This allows many email clients to automatically strip signatures from quotes when replying.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000154012672315001024474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On organizing and finding your data in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sorting and organizing usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/intro-application.page0000644000373100047300000000352512672314776026010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An introduction to Evolution. Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Primers passos

Evolution allows you to access your personal information like your calendars, mail, address books and tasks in one place.

By default Evolution opens the mail view. This is were you can view all your mail. You can change to other views of the application by going to the bottom of the left pane in the window (the so-called "switcher") and selecting the desired view. Learn more about the elements of the main window.

When Evolution starts, it remembers the last view that you used. However you can also explicitly start Evolution in a specific view. For the calendar view, use the command evolution --component=calendar in the Terminal application. Other available options are "mail", "contacts", "tasks", and "memos".

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/using-categories.page0000644000373100047300000000672712672314777025634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Categories

Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by the term "objects" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in the "Business" category because he works with you and the "Friends" category because he is a friend.

To display only the objects in a particular category, select the corresponding category in the quick search bar.
Setting categories for an object

To mark an object as belonging to a category,

Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor.

Click Categories…. (If this button is not available, select ViewCategories.)

Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few categories as you like.
Adding and managing categories

If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your own categories either directly via EditAvailable Categories, or indirectly when editing an object:

Double-click any object to bring up the corresponding editor.

Click Categories…. (If this button is not available, select ViewCategories.)

Enter the new category in the entry box at the top.

Click OK.

You can now see the category in the Categories text field in the editor.

Click OK.

In the Categories Editor you can edit or set the color and icon for each category available by clicking Edit at the bottom of the Categories window. Press Delete to delete categories from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/memos-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000541212672315000025407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching memos. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Searching Memos
Searching in a Single Memo

To find text in the displayed memo, select EditFind in Memo… from the main menu.

Searching Across Memos
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page0000644000373100047300000000473012672315002027432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Setting up GPG for your mail account

You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to Creating a GPG key.

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the account you want to use securely, then click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

Specify your key ID in the OpenPGP Key ID field.

Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when using this account, and other options.

Click OK.

Click Close.

Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not remember it, start Passwords and Keys, go to GnuPG Keys, select the preferred GPG key, right-click on it, select Properties and copy the Key ID. Your key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers and letters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page0000644000373100047300000000455312672314772031064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display a picture of the sender in the message header area. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Photograph Message Headers

Evolution automatically displays photographs of the sender of an email at the right side of the message header if the sender already embedded a photograph in the message.

You can also manually enable displaying the photograph of the sender of an email if the sender is in one of your address books and has a photograph stored.

To enable this functionality, select EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersShow the photograph of sender in the message preview.

If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used.

You can also embed your own image in messages that you send under EditPluginsFace. The image has to have a size of 48 x 48 pixels and be in PNG file format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000307612672314775027660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Force sending and receiving emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Manually send and receive messages

To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have written that are in the local Outbox, click the Send / Receive button in the toolbar, or press F12, or choose FileSend / Receive from the main menu.

To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the Send / Receive button and choose the corresponding option.

If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-click on the Outbox and click Flush Outbox.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000000556412672314774027241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On spell checking your mail in the composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Verificació de l'ortografia
Prerequirements

To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make sure that the hunspell package for your specific language and the enchant package are installed via the software management tool of your distribution.

You might need to install hunspell and/or enchant to perform these steps.

Install hunspell

Install enchant
Global Preferences

Under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingOptions you can define whether your spelling is checked while you type and which color is used for underlining words that are misspelled.

You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in the list available under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingLanguages.

Manual spell checking in the composer

If you do not have Checking spelling while I type enabled in the Composer Preferences you can run a spell check in the email composer by clicking EditSpell Checking or by pressing F7.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page0000644000373100047300000000312512672314777031667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use one of your templates for replying to a message Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using a Template as a Reply

Right-click the message you are replying to, then click Templates.

This option lists all the message templates in the Templates folder.

Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the email composer window that will open.

Click Send.

When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is preserved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-vertical-view.page0000644000373100047300000000370312672314773026050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the mail view for widescreen displays. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Visualització vertical

Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of wide screen monitors.

To switch to vertical view, click ViewPreviewVertical View.

In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.

To switch back to classical view, click ViewPreviewClassical View.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000224312672314777026334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts

There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several addressbooks and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a group of people contact lists are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-refresh-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000253312672314776026364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ways to update your Evolution folders. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server

To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to FolderRefresh. This will ensure that all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced with the mail server.

You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press F5.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/intro-first-run.page0000644000373100047300000002616012672314772025432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Running Evolution for the very first time. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Starting <app>Evolution</app> for the first time

The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run Assistant to help you set up email accounts and import data from other applications.

Recupera des de la còpia de seguretat

You will be asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If you do not have a backup, go to the next page.

Show how to restore from a backup Restoring
Recepció de correu

First, choose the server type from the Server Type drop-down list.

If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system administrator or Internet Service Provider.

Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another one, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Select the account you want to change, then click Edit. Alternately, add a new account by clicking Add.
IMAP+

Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple systems.

Show how to configure this account type IMAP+ receiving options
POP

Downloads your email to your hard disk.

Show how to configure this account type POP receiving options
Notícies USENET

Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available news digests.

Show how to configure this account type Usenet news receiving options
Exchange EWS

For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server. Note that this is currently under development and will replace the Exchange MAPI account type in the future. It might not be available yet for your distribution.

This requires having the evolution-ews package installed.

Install evolution-ews
Show how to configure this account type Exchange Web Services receiving options
Exchange MAPI

For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server.

This requires having the evolution-mapi package installed.

Install evolution-mapi
Show how to configure this account type Exchange MAPI receiving options
Lliurament local

Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave email in your system's spool files, choose the Standard Unix Mbox Spool option instead.

Show how to configure this account type Local delivery receiving options
Directoris de correu en format MH

For downloading email using MH or another MH-style application.

Show how to configure this account type MH-format mail directories receiving options
Directoris de correu en format maildir

Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or another Maildir-style application.

Show how to configure this account type Maildir-format mail directories receiving options
Fitxer mbox estàndard per a cues de correu de l'Unix

Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail spool file on your local system.

Show how to configure this account type Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options
Directori mbox estàndard per a cues de correu de l'Unix

Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the mail spool directory on your local system.

Show how to configure this account type Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options
Cap

If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email.

Enviant el correu

Available server types are:

SMTP

Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for sending mail.

Show how to configure this account type SMTP sending options
Sendmail

Uses the Sendmail application to send mail from your system. It is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know how to set up a Sendmail service.

Informació de compte

Give the account any name you prefer.

Importing Mail (Optional)

Continue with Importing data from another application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/import-apps-outlook.page0000644000373100047300000001045612672315000026277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from Microsoft Outlook. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Outlook

These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the server and does not need to be manually transferred. You can set up the corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be downloaded.

Prerequisites under Windows

First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:

Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending .pst or .ost):

Windows 7, Windows Vista

Windows XP

Outlook 2010

C:\Users\username\My Documents\Outlook Files

C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\Outlook Files

Outlook 2007 and earlier

C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Outlook

C:\Documents and Settings\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Outlook

(Replace "username" by your username.)

Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution is installed on.

As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD.
Importing into Evolution

Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows drive.

Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place.

Start Evolution.

Optionally select FileNewMail Folder to create the folders you want.

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to import.

The file type will be automatically determined.

If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not available under FileImportImport single fileFile type, your distribution might have not enabled this functionality.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data.

Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-forward.page0000644000373100047300000000606612672315000026545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Forwarding a received email to somebody. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Forwarding a message

When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups that might be interested.

You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the default setting, see Default settings), inline (in your message without the > character before each line), or quoted (with > character before each line).

Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on different sections of the message you are forwarding.

To forward a message that you are reading:

Click MessageForward, the Forward button in the toolbar, or press CtrlF to use the default forwarding method. In case you want to use a different forward method, click MessageForward as or the small dropdown arrow next to the Forward button in the toolbar to choose the method.

Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although you can alter it if you want.

Add your comments on the message in the text field.

Click Send or press CtrlReturn.

Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any attachments.

Paràmetres per defecte

The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsForward style.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000453512672315002030062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Managing S/MIME certificates

Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These settings only apply to S/MIME encryption.

You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete your certificates under EditPreferencesCertificates.

If you get the error "Peer's certificate issuer has been marked as not trusted by the user. (-8172) - Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" after adding your mail certificate, go to Authorities and enable Trust this CA to identify email users for the certificate.

Your Certificates displays a list of certificates that you own. To add a signing certificate, click Import, select the file to import, then click Open and enter a password.

Contact Certificates displays a list of certificates that you have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well verify signed messages.

Authorities displays a list of trusted certificate authorities that verify that your own certificate is valid.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000442112672314774032047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Signing or encrypting messages

After you have set up your GPG key, you can sign or encrypt a message by selecting OptionsPGP Sign or PGP Encrypt from the message composer menu or clicking the corresponding toolbar icon.

The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information.

To have every message signed or encrypted:

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in.

Click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

Select Always sign outgoing messages when using this account.

Click OK.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000245212672315001027624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a contact in your address book. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Editing a Contact

If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books,

Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, or select the contact and press Enter.

Edita la informació del contacte.

Click OK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page0000644000373100047300000000202712672314776027430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net The red "Marcus Bains" line displays the current time. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Time display in the Day view

The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to show the current date and time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-local.page0000644000373100047300000000275412672315001024552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local task or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding another local task or memo list

To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-external-editor.page0000644000373100047300000000272312672314773030223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using a text editor application instead of the default mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using an external editor

You can compose the body of your message externally in your favorite text editor application so you can use its specific functionality. Enable EditPluginsExternal Editor and set the corresponding Command to start the application under Configuration.

If Automatically launch when a new mail is edited is not set, you need to select FileCompose in External Editor in the mail composer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page0000644000373100047300000000542212672315002031200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc General formatting options for the calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 General formatting options

The following options are available under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksGeneral.

Temps

Format de l'hora:

Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats.

Time zone and Second zone:

The city you are located in, and optionally a second city.
Setmana laborable

Week starts on:

Select the day to display as the first in each week.

Dies laborables:

Define which week days are work days.

El dia comença a les:

Define at which time your work day begins.

El dia s'acaba a les:

Define at which time your work day ends.
Format de data/hora

You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format.

The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in the Terminal application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/index.page0000644000373100047300000000643112672314777023463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gestioneu els correus electrònics, contactes i horaris <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evolutionlogo.png"/> Correu i calendari de l'Evolution Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evolutionlogo.png"> <span its:translate="yes">Evolution logo</span> </media> Evolution Mail and Calendar
Primers passos
Mail Management
Advanced Mail Management
Advanced Mail Management (IMAP+ accounts) IMAP+
Mail Composing
Advanced Mail Composing
Gestió del calendari
Advanced Calendar Management
Contacts Management
Memos and Tasks Management
Data Migration and Synchronization
Corporate Environments
Microsoft Exchange
Tracking down Problems
Common Mail Questions and Problems
Common Other Questions and Problems
Informació relacionada
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000162712672315002024563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting tasks. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml0000644000373100047300000000101412672314774030241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Identitat

Here you define your name and your email address.

Optionally you can make this account your default account (e.g. when writing emails), set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to messages sent to a different address), and set an organization (the company where you work, or the organization you represent when you send email from this account).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-html-image.page0000644000373100047300000000322612672315002027122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Embed a picture in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Inserting an Image in HTML

You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the cursor):

Click InsertImage… in the menubar.

Browse to and select the file.

Click Open.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line, or drag an image into the text area of the message composer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-meetings-delegating.page0000644000373100047300000000311512672314777030033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Ask somebody else to run the meeting. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Delegating Meetings

Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting, but not the organizer of a meeting.

Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate.

Click Delegate Meeting.

Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to.

Click OK.

Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-search-folders-conditions.page0000644000373100047300000000415212672314774030337 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available conditions for setting up search folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Available Search folder conditions

Ubicació del missatge:

Checks whether the message is located in a specific folder.

Note that by default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders so they cannot be selected here.

Coincideix amb tot:

Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of search folders to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding search folders in the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000624212672314777032360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 MH Format Mail Directories account settings
Editor de comptes

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Enviament de correu
Defaults (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Opcions per defecte
Security (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Seguretat
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page0000644000373100047300000000252312672315001031410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding different types of address books and using more than one address book. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding and creating address books

You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The side bar lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown.

You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page0000644000373100047300000000524412672314777031440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar. Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Appearance of Appointments

The following calendar-related options are available under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksDisplay.

General

Divisions de temps:

Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the calendar.

Mostra les hores de finalització de les cites en les visualitzacions setmanals i mensuals:

If there is space, Evolution shows the end times in the week and month views for each appointment.

Comprimeix els caps de setmana en la visualització mensual:

Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the month view.

Mostra els números de setmana:

Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar.

Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar.

Scroll Month View by a week
Avisos

If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-webdav.page0000644000373100047300000000343412672314773024743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online WebDAV task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using a WebDAV task or memo list

Lists of this type are read-only.

To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline.

Enter the address in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username.

Feu clic a Aplica.

The list will be added in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-several-recipients.page0000644000373100047300000000630312672315000030677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Sending a message to several recipients

To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the composer by separating them with commas or semicolons.

If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create contact lists to send them mail as though they have a single address.
Recipient types

Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest way is to put the email address or addresses in the To: text field. The Cc: text field is used for recipients that are meant to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients.

Addresses in the Bcc: text field are hidden from the other recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. If the Bcc: text field is not shown, click ViewBcc Field.

Compleció automàtica

It is recommended to use the Autocompletion feature of the Evolution address book for entering addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time.

Using the buttons

Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000454412672315000032446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Signing or encrypting messages

After you have added your certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by selecting OptionsS/MIME Sign or S/MIME Encrypt from the message composer menu or clicking the corresponding toolbar icon.

The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information.

To have every message signed or encrypted:

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in.

Click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

In the Secure MIME (S/MIME) section, click Select next to Signing Certificate and specify the path to your signing certificate, or click Select next to Encryption Certificate and specify the path to your encryption certificate.

Select the appropriate options.

Click OK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page0000644000373100047300000000646112672314777031317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Exchange Web Services accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Exchange Web Services receiving options
Recepció de correu

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter your username for that server.

Either manually enter the Host URL and OAB URL, or click Fetch URL which will ask you for your password and then try to automatically fill in the values.

If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.
Opcions de recepció

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders.

If you would like to have a copy of the address book on the server for offline access to it, enable Cache offline address book and click Fetch list. Afterwards, select the address book from the available options.

Select if you want filters to be automatically applied on mail that you receive, if spam should be automatically filtered, and if mail on the server should be synchronized with your local copy for offline access to it.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/import-supported-file-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000651512672314775030300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Supported file formats for importing data. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Formats de fitxers compatibles

Evolution can import the following types of files:

Correu

Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):

The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (for local folders until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients.

Maildir (no extension):

The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version 3.0). There is no need to import Maildir files as you can configure a Maildir account in Evolution and point to the folder where the Maildir files are stored.

Carpetes personals de l'Outlook Express 5/6 (.dbx):

The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For newer versions PST import is recommended.

Calendari

vCalendar (.vcs):

A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and Korganizer.

iCalendar or iCal (.ics):

A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others.

Contactes

Format d'intercanvi de dades LDAP (.ldif):

A standard data format for contact cards.

vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):

The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from any address book application.

Miscel·lània

Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):

CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using Evolution, Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla.

Carpetes personals de l'Outlook (.pst):

A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook. It is also called "Personal Storage Table".

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-receiving-options.page0000644000373100047300000000255112672315000026713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available mail receiving options for several server types. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Mail Receiving Options
Mail receiving options for common server types
Mail receiving options for corporate server types
Mail receiving options for local account server types
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-not-sent.page0000644000373100047300000000330112672314775025032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Possible reasons why emails are not sent. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Mail is not sent

There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:

Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the message will not be sent.

Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages is correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may prevent emails from being sent

Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the Send and Receive button; if it is greyed out, then you are offline. To go online, go to FileWork online. You should now be able to use the Send and Receive button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/tasks-display-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000402512672314775026775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Options for displaying task completion and due dates. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Displaying of tasks

The following task-related options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksTasks.

Tasks due today:

Select the color for tasks due today.

Tasques vençudes:

Select the color for overdue tasks.

Amaga les tasques completades després de:

Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-attachments-received.page0000644000373100047300000000431112672314774027363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Handling attachments in received mail

If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, Evolution displays the number of attachments and a Save or Save All button between the email header and the content of the email.

Evolution does not support saving all attachments of all messages in one folder at once.

A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email.

To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and click Save As.

To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications.

The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. For example, image files can be opened in the Image Viewer application or in the GIMP graphics editor.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page0000644000373100047300000000377512672314773026334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Default CC and BCC

You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other recipients) in the Defaults section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page0000644000373100047300000000425112672315002032417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting a default signature for an email account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Default account signature

You can define a default signature for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditIdentityOptional Information.

If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email composer window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page0000644000373100047300000001036412672315000032463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Configure variables in templates and reuse items from the message you reply to Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Using Variables in Templates
Configuring Variables for Message Templates

Select EditPlugins.

Click Templates.

Click the Configuration tab.

You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number of key-value pairs.

In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the message.

Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the Configuration tab of this plugin.

By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value when the template is used.

The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:

$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the Templates plugin.

If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its environment variable.

If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no changes are made.
Using Elements From a Message in a Template When Replying

Templates can contain more than just the predefined set of key-value pairs. You can also get any message header values from the email that you are applying the template on, plus the complete message body.

In order to do this, use the format $ORIG[header_name] and replace the variable header_name by the actual header. For example, if you would like to insert the subject line of the message that you reply to, use $ORIG[subject]. To insert the complete body, use $ORIG[body].

If no replacement for a variable is found, the variable is not removed (except for $ORIG[body]) but left in place so that you see that something went wrong. This could happen when trying to use headers that are not necessarily always available in the original message (for example $ORIG[reply-to]).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evolution/memos-usage-add-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000610012672314777026250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a memo to your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Jordi Mas i Hernàndez jmas@softcatala.org 2014 Adding a Memo

Click FileNewMemo, or press ShiftCtrlO.

Select a memo list in the List dropdown list.

Enter the memo information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of memos.

You can also define a category, or a classification for the memo, or add an attachment.

Shared Memos

Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox.

To send a Shared Memo,

Click FileNewShared Memo, or press ShiftCtrlH.

Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organizer field.

In the To field, type a username, then press Enter. Repeat this for additional users.

Select the task list (under List) in which you would like to create the entry.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

In the Start Date field, type the date this shared memo should appear in the recipients' calendars.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/license.page0000644000373100047300000000414012657141666024161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Informació legal. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Llicència

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/get-help.page0000644000373100047300000000337712657141667024260 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Rashi Aswani aswanirashi19@gmail.com 2014 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Hints and warnings

You can use hints to reveal safe tiles, and flag warnings to help you keep track of flags.

Click on the button Receive a hint for your next move on the top right to reveal a hidden tile that is safe. A penalty of ten seconds will be added to your total time. The penalty will be increased by ten seconds progressively on subsequent hints till the ninth hint.

To enable warnings, edit the preferences by selecting MinesPreferences and checking the checkbox next to Warn if too many flags are placed next to a number. This will warn you when you try to place too many flags next to an open tile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000342612657141666025416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games user help is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, get in touch with us on the #docs channel on irc.gnome.org or via our mailing list .

Our wiki page contains useful information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000245212657141666024201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/new-game.page0000644000373100047300000000335712657141666024250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com Rashi Aswani aswanirashi19@gmail.com Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Start a new game

To start a new game:

Select MinesNew Game from the application menu.

Select your preferred board size.

If you are already playing a game, Mines will ask if you want to Start New Game or Keep Current Game. If you choose the former, your current game will be lost.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/high-scores.page0000644000373100047300000000250112657141666024751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Puntuacions màximes

The high scores list the ten fastest times in which each type of mine field has been cleared.

To view the high scores, select MinesScores. The dialog will display the Small field size by default; to view other sizes, select them in the drop down menu at the top of the dialog.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000447512657141666024575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Help make <app>Mines</app> better
Report a bug or suggest an improvement

Mines is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs and crashes, or request enhancements.

To participate you need an account, which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, make comments, and receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-mines. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Mines better!

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000274412657141666024605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com 2012 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Keyboard shortcuts

Partida nova

CtrlN

New game with last used settings

CtrlR

Fes una pausa

Pause

Use the toolbar shortcut if your keyboard does not have a Pause key.

Ajuda

F1

Tanca

CtrlQ
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000360512657141666024541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Help translate

The GNOME games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/board-size.page0000644000373100047300000000272612657141666024606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 How to change the game board size

You can select a field size at the start of a new game.

Click New or Mines New Game.

Select one of the grid sizes:

a 8 × 8 board with 10 mines

a 16 × 16 board with 40 mines

a 30 × 16 board with 99 mines

a custom board, where you chose the size and the number of mines

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000372712657141666023703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 Game rules

The aim of Mines is to clear the minefield without detonating any of the mines.

Start by choosing one of the three default board sizes, or by selecting a custom board.

The game begins with the board covered in tiles. Click on any tile to uncover it. You will reveal:

A colored number, which represent the number of mines in the adjacent tiles. This will help you deduce where the mines are so that you can mark them with flags.

A blank tile, which means there are no mines under any of the adjacent tiles.

A mine, which will detonate and end the game.

Repeat the previous step until you have uncovered all the tiles which do not have mines underneath them.

If you complete the game quickly enough, you will be added to the high scores list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/index.page0000644000373100047300000000337112657141666023653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png" its:translate="no"/> Mines del GNOME Mines del GNOME Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png" its:translate="no">GNOME Mines logo</media> GNOME Mines

Mines is a clone of the game Minesweeper. The aim is to locate all the mines that are hidden under tiles on a rectangular board. You will need to use a combination of logic and luck to find all the mines without triggering an explosion.

Game Play
Useful tips
Avançat
Get Involved
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/flags.page0000644000373100047300000000620712657141666023641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007, 2008 How to use flags

Flags are used to mark tiles which you suspect may hide a mine. Putting a flag on a tile prevents you from clicking on it and possibly causing an explosion, which would end the game.
How to place a flag on a tile

Red flags are those that cannot be clicked. To place a red flag on a tile:

feu clic amb el botó secundari a una casella no descoberta.

To make the number of available flags equal to the number of remaining mines, enable Warn if too many flags placed and Use "I'm not sure" flags preference options, then restart the application.
Use of the <em>I'm not sure</em> flag

If you are not sure whether a tile hides a mine, you can use the blue I'm not sure flag.

To put an I'm not sure flag on a tile:

Right-click twice on a blank tile or once on a red flag.

To enable these flags, click MinesPreferences, and select Use "I'm not sure" flags.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/figures/imnotsureflagscheckbox.png0000644000373100047300000000547512657141666030640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDR gbKGD pHYs  tIME  IDATx{TUU1$( (X>y5YBRR1 9B#JQjZMiߖo  T@p̺<=wpr@UZ>db5@ `H0@ @  F #"iy@ hs1**6v[haO&{(J%gΞהMEf5l>E k[@P.XId@y:`4w̽^!y6Foƫg7֮cOt[߳Q(%}|;'#Qۏ/>wA1=uŗ!7Ɨk,v{fޣ8˳? opX}?WVV KH;%u}z1u ;D,4j?_R7`aa|3 J@v@ˍV%R9LDd\\qqu'r^s@IW ED|!%ҝqA<3d4|SNōWes.jn3fDy3_htwscʤ Әl\lmlχ!>AԱ#}7Gbl}tyRb>fϚIIMTPnx{㏃C[|\,m۶ׇV=R'pv`QFc`yRfTl #Q]>ZZE,bC;P#â M^a6 LOb|&N g3,=]+oec $m$|%Ԓp梪:6lMz$PPX1b4KY3jQ>k't4+`r\Z?8DZmυ+Q#X07Gfߖܽ{;wK~D'xKg#MEH0@$@  F #D`YBGih7nIENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/figures/statusbar.png0000644000373100047300000000507512657141666026073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDR*7ZbKGD pHYs  tIME  IDATxyPW/R6hD *'rF%@QF) (;ɢ1^^ (^xD@PDu1G{_6h. YYGSfU[YY xY!000dQ +>>ebWxrOs4&-M{;7kϞ!5M?@ cn#}ISP߇Wp1TVV/`#փ[X}ߔŮ buzz)- sg̀I]6Du TTT`UD$:wuDbZp(JKK7{mc۽{ޣqq|18DII RúC'd*U]Wee9{lХ{lڲMYY憅6vʔ֟{0kx! .nhNOz5؍c} dEpth_Œ 4iM6Af$'ţg'$pvq-y^fR l0kNR~$Ů&]u|]G,*u-@kx67;8z.+VG(r p#= .aμɈBڮ8`ll _?L烫\NM9-]<Ե^yq1CHM($9sO OJmnf±#y0}l"ۍ[4χ ;᫯V)دq%*whlڴm[#+;4ۅ 8_?K8; aJ}$ıøp^#I.]mc[iξڴ+6l܌ Aϟ`mH89u `ll p팝?oP$ KIObW%|6vȺ2t8&󁧇;<|>H8}FFF˗pJo {v´U-S*7˫5^zJW_+ToLK:umlz7$Ů>%JA(#G'P$B[[GbNJh3yD`+F"Ř0Y )z Qڿfr,Yh8GP9!A[=1&s 3CCp zu`!4$ܧ&C?}nIOIMENQnw&9yR) t cCIU;w@AOi)<\,㟚B}ȓJ SRr?}jp j-1 rMKDDD*r>#CٱIENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/figures/highscores.png0000644000373100047300000003317512657141667026224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRsBIT|dtEXtCREATORgnome-panel-screenshot7w IDATxw|%iAZ"S%[QQ" {p ?\|Eʒ@Ⱦi4^O'ɍ}rwoԻhi<V8!(zgL6bZwW%t#jAkWXK)MLcRV⬱ - n Y!&KP(!(\ wBNj<9f:QưaЫnB}&XC}oshQv>'k 0f1ljvEgЪI#{|<}L :\Y;i w_Fmǧ*e0頱8gq&xܣͦ5,MC|K,`0/rp3Ochl(rcI--o1rm2ڶn!Z/c޽X*zQUYtk Уo\%wP8N˗ؽݲ\i<`+xC=p/DzQzx?۬Ikz|x)8'K̕Gs.<ƛ^bYN{"SxSbkSS * u:k$$$CRC~ u{11{:5Hݢѷ?"Zwzx`fOc>~ʾ/z<_D~Yte["0@+Ŀ~[4y<]-d]{Mm7=ci w_sn7Mn"P(B @@~9d܌'-cQE  JcQe,|?t7pvd3˟I۳}3<1S^/uwmxG?c6OG2O92 /G Ruwg<ϵ^slҖ Ǥ tz]á|~ڶy.@@A& 7/a CV۪衸}ѧemH1> ǕXp\Sy1(}åH\L 6F-[VzP8aCЫs+,)-cw뀵k!Pd=h^prrF䕛i QE%)lsY|)hdqYk88^NWp$Q"J"DB\ @iiih8/UCqw8g `n:~-®iԩoe 38o#22KS|ٲ/loyQo=Ybd$bZ^7X|<VP_ 3@냋q$kj$pwsZ YoW%ڬ, OqD -l!=LF )=4TAP㟫yZl#Ɣ޾/ wFIk^޸z]Wo? -%B\XK@RȾUpWQ}z6jW0dR>U v`9%߭`Kw}J#vnYrZ7Vmm6>(.N\C: k?~YAEV)ھxԆzc9VFZRS qWժxcA(yTaU*5TjdШ5EjZQ&N26+‹ƀqݝtBpm%<d'3j{J ~wDP`B}RVOυSX8k 8=~AN/"+Lҧ.փsps"67Ξ]JX2ҡtIiە,n-n Ѽu; = K'{!w T.N ʀһ 7l\Y:NYϵDs᭻cDFV)}aKCʱOŶ%/}OKkcRx[f#8|_W"GDd2vn.n"//PtHIKG=O9?ć;nEEtDP4tAсNP:v~NήȰ2>bR"Wkڦh}Lm<{m<֢z «z૯CH/c )[g[`y ӽ Z<Îba3O#Ls c ;ΣDž;4}ݷ/22(BC@VàڕRz[Mh?[qBd߲ն,mw c>bs [µ}#W2o\2و.FǞ\[l9'Z*џ+p&MӃB{; U[P_'(Jn:M!"R?gRuָ~8Nоsn$#b>߱W-~Ytr38w-o0M},M)C例tADC⧷e[[pw\ѭا 0NY]V0W ,"j[OTB z:W|thY%>磮s~i۝w *GpY.@g<ŧO~X s8 -6vuNۄ,55zRѲ . +A4֟b7 F'])3(Gavݎ;ه MA._e7b? !KNQ7we .WvaHV#_L@=o'4ukei}I3>OY- [PHƣӁu1߃wO=`߸e /&`<*UVlbj"gAAHH#8@EZzRSs;zK(7r`mn w9n0Pn7r`Gam%TZ@ зM?n`,л7ԺQ_3r5 B!*0?'i:"Dp S _mW7+p3x(4\~dk 4" ЧTEz=37 zT/c]|[ZƖg9R)UGuG@̃֯gN,6 7},'Ոcî82r^z)DGÜ*CpxHDd0dve_!]kmT/{-Gl40dMwr"Q#kgKd ENʺhl`| ] &>e;`fK{њ}5"(#{E=E/ {KQͥ _DD(ܽ '+칉!=)GOAA""`d8D$ICDad8D$ICDad8D$IV$. }ᯠUsruЩKW4jbv8V\IL];mjNuP"8$.ʊ{waͰEP <2{w!//l"+RPA0Dr)T~`&!77_$c^\!JLT8q:tFmr^dYCUXJS2>jDV>g+sSY#2JYcN~~^1˗-k[NhW¿2C*wOݺa}sBXٔh<ܝ0q6n 777,_Ds8F͑a6---47S >hݶ= h6 xvp1˽ulm.>}*Zl7zs`mi?^UV^V)-{(KY32[ka[!G,ʫmێ~}6[_ֆI P2>2*iɸ}iHOKFdTն3jpt:| 0+2]JGhy7[{8oAAvoߊ gN` XG̞Q<ׯ_ÇQġC#"Bq;·sM(ف1QH/"qc[ر=;{_Xj \Uk0h ,sV4Am9}yGp8;;'~n/8M&a¸B`¸ʿ[y]:w <==1kL7{uB9]_c𐗠1zk6- [i\ۅ} _ /!//ucޛS5uA?+Vsw_)li;v̞N9|GA Jqȷ5 C=!?+ )~qX8\:w Ϟ8K`y3#_{&Oèl6m ^> ^y gOCfU$w]KC)Ka44ĥޖ8)9oNy_࣏q ܸ}Rb]F?_b{]4J1DF5񥶥RTW&a¤iV_JD5nO}`tjjkR~祡C08},ug cݺoШQy = ,4qJM+>c^G}TE_aXc< *sS>>SctJ 2G?w˃SQE 2@]N*a)5-[D훨]r:%btw SI׮apXEwB$]zv{eX0&=Qeq%2o݄n=z.2p E}ݬ-N5\!G@@:v~u/ÁbqTk܊ \]\RqvD5U{-ICDad8D$KgZ{4CDO 6xsګ)"d.s8|~8Jk8D$IS[ Qjl8D$ICDqFDΝ7K F¿r .uZe/QUVc)*52R͝*\P<oxZ=f̆Z1Mƪkѥ|9zѿ獛ѽGoD>}cĥ8m^ǼOMմ%MchD4\j Za3̶УO 7iNv}DRqhxxx)Ӡj-HKOǁ;\ s߱nJ:~O˯}SǏWxs;ێ%Kܹe8(J|ǣÎmqgd`M&McX9saG$_4nPtc*jmx7 ??̚97o1烹N `/"??s2>e9{a۰nÏ=siS'aY3*u.Jddd ;+u#$RM? 7lfxnXm tF}}lPvu/CGLѱKW޳ϮDT$1'k`kI-El!00kIIU͛eKLz<ݮ'd o¬w3ӷ7`_GVv6}O[6ya 1c&\ NKqq7a};L{'bMO h0 0Y>IR8<5qS'O;n=1}`RvL#__/###a3z}P'yyק7&cֽ#>u\KJBhh} ;9Yind浈y*\'OFGvNv3;?CUɞk'Fӓ1|D~!"0p*O&Ec^}z'`CQLT-p4M__DG#+=AT/pZh|8V 8d[r%iʥviod8D$ICDad8D$IơtF]UUjJWmG-X[Gi<==Eҟ%i (@d ]氾ES*J^ 1zXj<7AZvVb Zhۮ=Μ9#UYe˖qd4jyxe8t0~ahEZ-/^qƚܵ -[{-OGD믿˺J#Y̚5)8,Ν; 3nq'"9*]ATTLjۯX9J9ľdbgD'mvڹ߿?Fz.Zz :uzu5{aL\ā{qq4vuKߥ*z '8$ Fxx8 ..=zFbB6)IRSM57T,]ϴ-5S-Ćke('ODlL )HYܦK֏gdd 44t?,, uݺ?~pVǷD΢ZmH şӖyq& _{G([luY#Y 11t?!!w+Yzn0FĄxUʀ(RuZǘ:d6mZc?"%9 K,Ƙ1c-,m?q|[IDATγ ӑLL4>kRE $&& ܵ رCiC_| qqqh40 { Y!* @0{,ZހOm?t"U׈Yjzm)1oǘ2yeO> o_X;(]4E!q=~HDR_4n <`+G4ODUC>i^Xݷh( Qod8D$ICDad8D$ICDad8D$j8E|"J8 s9Gm_Gll;wX@r 螽{ѧO?xzNzxaʶy8ٳ7bb!1! 釞={#>rD.pbHMIS!C<]j w羇 '`W OOO *&LoY @hX8.nq*GT٣޶m[ѫgO?yz*~ ~~no6_PK_V=ޅ݇<]Bx lR0m~k>A?`|^!}&җK~pssqcŋM0s¦N:i%m⊔dddAXlWi8k+?_pTj;e#UC̳XDDDsz`KUXDo!(GTS-X-Z;(k/g_qعc;lي0a˖عcþҔUDrt!iӦڵkhޢg~rssm.u!<@fͰufXBqXl)/[jDfYq/ AZǞ*Wad8D$ICDad8D$ICDad8D$ICDad8D$Iխ>#4*^lWxE[`eg``0JJ ;= a+]GB>ص{Ҋ-_#"^m۵Ǚ3gL$$$ɧ?<<ѷo ,8) K}L0ժ,[F9K\VbKE8~ݏTbQiO>5ǏErU$](L2ћBdwR›>M3m|ѕйc{?VFl^CFN JF8rBBBSʕTJW$?y-???dZaqDR)9Yy{ON:-LE 8_LVa"0yDĠAiRt/;nCхM{}z)Rw™F]KʕPTn{s1jH$&CGvVDQ4MW(Ͽ{z0ZӧOW>%g hӺԩPHHZ?6XU(D;ТEs|󑒒cƔ{]Dق_7,V,b_x*Uj/!..jrR6bi#F ǗK-ט_-iozGt1_%زe ѩ#x.DX],RsEc"Ec"8D$ICDad8D$ICDad8D$ICDad8D$Iơ,T9;鍠:u CRbS&st!/. t h znpjL!B* #G?@bPզVG!;_~򂇇&O'OS 5k6RSRqY;w 0gλV*g!<,ZֵShѭ0ۻ8 ۴Tܮˆ* ^ o@F԰BxEedd 44t?,, +O0^4dgeѯck#LkL!hu8ak^Vq;"*ŗ^ƅ 鐚Yf}v5^q;~nP~=̞=4vDU !/iױj6/_m Aܸu}$ V/z|bZDTs)Ѩ{-ODGGcw:y"8u ^2dS [ :/QUdBxBw۶mE=?\>r4+Ζw噗*G!m/6JWڥ]RQ. #6HP <2{w!//.Qj+-5 X]4FZjrss~1p)`ܔL/UsʄC՚gSz6°m /^;#OB./gC9GRAy1΀ (t^hu*@QgWu:[qcb]o9xUo63NL2@& 20twG:mA[? w7NQ D[pjxѠD8bi3kЛ jQAnl l{7 wn >!Qc 1'Ng  AM~9z试L㩕L<4hv/r'p3 EwvyݕyPfTt@& zC1prPP9ģN m e4y0~b_뵦E.IWʱuU9[_z QE~D@5Ӓ- RJwןtv05܋TTI&5ÞO!^:`Y|?/yE]z/ MѨq4"22Lah߱3B#ѫO _hj1g{hު 4ke_}csҞP1p+:q 'F0{λf>|?N@cڴ7L/^Žm[_d{۶;)QDV%:iTbh߱<?>>>#cŦi?kVD:usfsOmKC՚UP kN ;oȆ|~rԪ/vi||;~` N3DPuҶxJEdm&=wn$i f7ӛm}cxa >{N=ZRCڶ7Uo`P|Ȯ w֌#;?axYl]mEj@DRr ޚ9|yKmԓx۹ylo~0pZl';@r@Y fSn7Q2bֆ`eE6OvpktKQtܸѣ(, bƣ{N`mÞ ^áֿƒWO|  8"S!Du7 1.f WOcQݻ=54Y3ojWhQ7[[3(rdQy`Kɶ\8B|lرuM.8Tz B WQ@.ǝﶫ: C[ G=fXq" t^"-C՚`Ef}s'F!j\6`P&l;[q! ȹ ^W x{{!886`Pfi+B6/4j5 }8N&T;J%OaPf)\B7;{1pZȏSI  9Z-N~HPT>$뒒 (BCVzbO'?CJ]uz\I[7[vj+8$=zůw#==zt4 ;?:u.2pZk#77R ݎ1psww ?DDad8D$ICDad8D$ICDaddQWt?O_pY}!j(;=c'Oǡ :"DDՐV2/= x sQwB:FDKvz2ndciس/x."|4gNP*KM&"6@)M;wlϟ'r?KnmY IENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/figures/preferences.png0000644000373100047300000005533712657141667026373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRz6o:YsBIT|dtEXtCREATORgnome-panel-screenshot7w IDATxw\SW_B LNPQފѡZ޳Z.UGjjjuk( 3?H !AzܚuϽy9wI0`@:ZC m_%Y?e~3G=mb GbcZ' 4ZIRJYnt_b@:O#gSI}Z ArG"#cP'C9޽ ҃SN}JZ\4A˺K:LùUnDРѨQ%Ɗ /uޡ%{zkwЎ5P<\JBujU>@"!B'rT}|6/ Qk\G-Zn@֠VPT|Nu=K5H4jم}Z JEoCJ6̩$ !컾y.ӥJK7A?XjsA`VARLKhv*%ZF6<˞&)h(SՑ܌IcN'Gp(8 hYّfW .Lin{mVZUcCNohJְ?6%8'^V '7pyA3e2 yn﫮?<]QqoXTIudNnw%isws[WCѠRPWqn{p05+Q[r F:Zi"`&!܏OcĖ4[#PRIHh(gO5ZZme //K2rwA3d~lKpM(=i\:O:&vۜDͲ hQ&m֚u7/^~Sy(kϳ_(~ʳ[.d:iae@ 0FG/݉b֦3}[o=yUly*3=s҅2t`7GHDo&>eh["WC@BV+hc5;r|,QmP}7u*ɍ/{JkNغxJ'=]H6o]sDf5VoN1Ƶ qJ뾍m1OOux T¿-]A3yr}#a^FhjXG^ \#/%kwdȜPtVu>kޫ@˫hRxF2: IhPun@T E";TR> Iα,1~ʪG]7:.{Ű'qVjMq fs4f˖jҟXTu\]Y? kYyͫ ~o^N*͖Y6g2r27 *JwXb2y;yp"8^7ңYm.~^UYh5beEV-}_&xI~Fj VܬyWw*w) s.÷bx$:=>{qTwSqe~ݘdvo?Gɀ&:R*v'*)̦%~1Q׃[n̞3Ej9W֏9gzΕ{ֻ'dN;ld s7KL'km}NYu +8,-JɈ{'zZW|V4 O"tZΟ=CHL2.6庤/OtC:"jG/Uäڵ홴`=/V}Iv9,ͧ S*HJS81h;8P*TE @"I_Y)Z4iTHQ)j(JP((J%lRe //`,/'; eR/$Tv x7ouhF,JH ⩖ %Q%^R*k(F#w˧4vO* o_f-_YP!CGH7?֥aOJPw%]B.⵺mضeѤKy2ڿ_17|fϥV =!TNKXvm)4 ;!wJ$&%HBb"IIIZAT4ٰl+Me Z.T񴧢 ?_6{[$)g`ɴUv{=Uf'c0'o^͞7K;uF8 C w `V^@5(oHIIeD 'SX1WʵR;?ۮ-t ;䶹ߑ2Կ_b26I?%OT ^\AbO]17L6|;=ʐHo4ع3bjQ( RШD E򮃟ܬt!yFݶh/P+H¥[&ōyж6N&P;|.TOw;v^I{-lͩ7_n=k jyr D˕*ds顊FoG5?ZE7grKXÙx *r%lL1/A`W3S%){?92DDmyO(^e.[<11ѤQQըTjދdG*l,gGuS:{cm܍K#YV*t [ʹq>BIrrM^Cy 1|+lnl 5rjf`&W:$6qF*5қGbSQ9Pms곜֧Әzo󫿄³ć໼btWv27c>J=tGTZ-;p彩Pv(DEOha4up 9Vi+-ue,]W[:Tw#;ZԚc)oN޼k(oJXݙ;1v$*@"P`۰#N2&kPk %3ǥ]mȞ Ze:,NSͭߜu2iL7'K.cPUq|{+jB1ZiǪԁcwS~6fdhr0eAOt4CvSk[}P3vsyC7jCgC7?xSX@AtRkQE˽r?[,iXC\%Pl fߪkɁ|({Z5v:WNVpPA[Ft3$Ʀ$T, Z2_XI' 9(N$6tjAЈ ^`% !" q" q" q" q" q" q" q" q" q" q" q" q" q}+[VMk!e)55Yaggу,M6P(ݾajBLl3O:pV _Fﳯ}V=mb6cD =w筿X+f~}FjCuv ?[ُJUӠqsNEBBSV6ЪTI֬Yc/Nn=V~rd[EvT@9p|Nͩ@n=xR|lA]Z=-~^fیh6Q~IּVϜ;WjAC8r.Fah֪ jҬUz-&[ٿv@gϞqX*߸ɤ)Ӳw[7oG YO-dӏsUo3Sm{7wn^`\teKqiƎŏ?K, :ў,|9k 8{',\$[:]\\P(,^̢g[s=K 99Nf/ 鼅e#t}Ι:KW^RroEn@ a z'en^aA7o#ᵪxݾs;H" P=z'Y>L D=X KxӧrqvvB4WJ^y|+{QV3\cHXblllP,w#4,nݺѫwoIMM%$$;wUʃw{njV~BfM4K VS EmTą ?pn݂}oK$;xFÔ)S^:H$r9L<_~ߖcQS:K@ !T{FAѠRjՋG|dnn̚>cO>S,Zz RFmMDRR˓h?74_(,Ifw>{cƬz,jܹ366/2|ƤVjtЁ#Nz׮]g׎?8r/h2~dejr y Y^%Gr$n2tgggʖ-ˆ !ZnZ8.òM KgIVoݺE gT*ʕ#**ˌ{ Ҭig[Y3ɉ)}޽uAx5Z`zÉԩS8q"ڑɒ6'%%ao~pXث夦fVm 9)stchF']*QxE f̦fԬSHS(t}+whܼ>oỬSnVjCtnX_xDCzT^ !662_DϞ=qttL2_>jӾd9V蝜HMM1k4Z-8?b1rYZww<w9~D& BE^˖͡sp_GD|*4^۲{cs>%u\w)~۲OӾ][Nc}Cbp$g9N3oa;?˯?'t;v{N$'tnܸB@&V իIHxF&(Y2?;2o"?&6.9sӽkg e6thFF뼒Ұ˱ˉԍ#ƚ6p@&OL|| IDAT 7t3j5"#]b@/B״E GIH ꜯ2.ZƬIP|J`[A P.[ؿbcQkg'L'ld6xzzӾcgWDГPP) $ cQ#A8A8A8A8ABp֍9},!11gg'*T(Ozu[b5VfYYr nj2X7A(@J LʳK>B֭ۓJHH;wī}}+kػO`jiױ !!a1sԗ_LA,-Ξ:nuL)RSSJqTR?u[%8Zaʔ)n $J*lٲ_~ƻe(G8Hmt'G<7sx^ 8r`/t§ll.(̙:KW^RroEn`c6=~BHh('ND*ꂼFMZ^z|rnߦj>lk}׬[ψC5#23joƞ}>SFRѰa}>_ⱆʝ8zz#̻{̆תVw 2"[GӹsgGkeZVC9v@;o'O8},>C³gѮ< 7Cbp$g9N3/oBHNIɖƒ6;99cOMMcl4N۩K#ǎ~}8}׹z\"#@sҾ*5#G…\pƤgJgIV+U%,, VcH$DD{<2 ĝW:x/FhhiiiDDF2u\/P8-U=fw>{cƬ=͛{nWc{}{SkXCеFK>[Q.Q[0~(oKY:wg.6z :I$d˗СΔ-[ 6OC2/?a٦[zoOOJye]@ZTLf)^ LS_31|(.}h޶ l+=}jP.yBڵ(^+n`mZ!`zÉԩS8q"ڑɒ6tډD.Y7P(d2j!Yz5 h֤%Kk[]!Α"#G 6h>W(l'Zfekؔj5j3n$ti}+whܼ]?y>kRɼQAjm7m `QTUjk!]1$T gϞ8::RL֯_Oi_bR~Uf>tŋ3c .cǎQ:|rޖwza^`)W oMZTW_ڵO@.pR^ nW~ɭGyڊ/s=- _)}H=7]Y?ؾ7~̚wϟr)'ҴEѲP_%88+W H0a#Gd˖-R:aѺ EbŊ!F] 6@"r4nԐ#ǎZڵd=ᑫ:=|]tpuRRR 'X'''-[?˗/|RWZJz0;}B!Qh 2z0^ 5o׻ɜ;~݊g)NxD$}+d7rxOBqvv&99Yn}_% Orޒz^LiؚhmI\cZ4oׯϻL1{T*n3n¤3u[={0g<-7|X7/VkL}w*ATP AjV%{aat֍^{cooOjj*!!!ܹRVKˊ_qQcbprrN O&X Eu# SLz888 H3yddvr~}bcx*Ŗ~8oy H`Xm{PzT*]phh4T*Z-zQcn6Xβ+^oƌA>d2\]Kغ{|Ȭ柷ҬUХܼu+{E!6>zΝ;-#gLjVK8r9Jͪ3Cg8y߶lӴo=A^5uzʶ'uj+WN b6[I20ͱ>?Ԝg4W 2U_ [J.zY2 [[[˕g,,)) {{{xϘr9iie{l%{8VYj3@3<}%^(gO j f͸`YTo6Xmwrr"55;;V%55j٢lr PA(Gȁ4k 8;;3g8/]mVzJEXmŮ@_/aaaTR%@/J7ryr&˛CTfx{yP(8{6d}蒥_Ǣ G'en^aA7^i#ᵪxݾs;HV{0E&޽[w޼D"aT...)]ڇmnݻ/~5ЬU6#3ucx SaVL D=XVGW)lB^H$jJH$svwjl||Y3Ģ6iZﳾ}1x zjjk 2pF`\\cO`Պ帹ͳAqݣ޵)ɉ,]7nP(d*BCnzjѬI#Jt5] Bf/9%qDrJJ4d{R~9|1^*E~Ԭ{A7UW ^!2mZQcp".\d1|~uCdՁ>CZԪYDRqvv7 bg̚}ݷfp|DITJb(A)+&oe? jH/(Xʖ-V?Օ%K2mڴ\?l.?a٦ )Bk 6!X uq1_իW9|0~m!gXB67h60i f̦fԬSHSxHoe?~ڼQz;usmmwj:wɭ`r׬]OFY)Sgd+3Mj5.^æTQq&di }<uhи9kܖ2˙jϑhߩ+Uh֪ }vMvͤI۸q#ϟφ ,ކtڗ,GzPsqqaO8y J`˖͡sp_GD|*4OdM\>]0pp:̏3tx=fs9ڽÊW?fIW_ڵO@.pR˶|*?ٵNћ^v93&~䏙8~,W.?rj 'O&((l]Fz/t[.׮]˗vh\O$iޤSY>o\9o*/@h]cuϜsNȻ =pu#L?{G`ԫ޼8ʕ-{_\Yzs:Ce e˔ѽ.W qz$/::6otE~qzud~2-gN35՞5W5\r{9AfҾ]ۛ&M?7z҆3;&$$R֣cM'"ΖeK1b8v?FDdn8<"2ۭ_F2#"#qww1;~ݪw'՜;^?/_L۶m>˼W_zuΝ;G``ϟ?O-'qfJoIb^(2^{'ꟋܵsG-XD1g|wLWҳ{.Sg^x8*[ aݻ1o"1s#BBP(r+aK54y̜9f̘,$=zH~ K&Mdv\ZkNL8>uկWDN0nLG o 11˘N8qXf Isqakۦ5kVԻ`fpePesdZ>ԩ]U˗!_8^(D Pvttuk8#XGG|_zA|&1p;6~Jg27)zUnU),wbߣjvPj]QگnAzxaA7C 7StӉ VUȈxy[nY:K~hٶ:uE.ՒOdx8GKJ #˼\X1[dⅸ|qKa9[:?"BaҴE ŋQRell+i5zJͽs;]{mJ-$U}Bl($Ĥkyw$)%~tdXbcd\شW0c,@/ׅ޹SljFagIfMR?u[镉7Nr^}&<<'hih*)O>}za.[Nez`ԨbGV3o"~q3IIt+X3}W_(<` P9$"QڔgHoҼQ}.l=3[|%/ˑ} .x2GqF˴?"ŋti-QQ?ssOp^8 ?ӿck'wܤszFƝW q*0m'9.OF P/(g˖Fvfcm`k\\\HJJoeg(6 U)[VT-K#u=p?< C 9P OcsNeЪ ձs]ϠdERq CGVՙэQl,S7{ݞTr 7%J;zyǏaPy NVzKGkcoq~UJT*!EkkRsN=w6/t Ҹa>*2thtc7ڵ὾)]"|:_7k4ܨSoLifL|r93gϡLJx͚61+1iݮޙ6ΝgaLc|i|8C} M=HMD+ARufN 3Jo[.x:~5Рqs֮V/B`ڌԬSu3svi r|7oE*&VEK07h60ejgV9V֥5gU*[u4V|mƇSTIDAT}M}Ϻ?[T7?k1{>딑&svF~˗> ֭t pIsJ+1gBu|8c&˕Ke\rU7﫯quvO Yp)~۲OӾ][NQ#X+4._1qqqU;M]bqs?_l9Q7ExD$WK޹&%+JGSsEיpާL<RisڙԺ4lW~ɭGFۛ/Vĉٳk;gΞ˱o ɺϜ;GOGRqkzec?q6/^|ƍ"qqqa䉜[Ѥq#X`93+cen7?o'hL(^̚n4m^v3zrwsc֌f1C e.WțWMR)j:j4N899>t2Vïf<1ZΚ+9v$]{Eٻn^tt mޠqsb򻺖н=r8W}F1lnq-SF>k8ʕ-{_\Y0_ ɼ d=8~_6ϜvfSgfj]vy3{(ʚNhSm}ҥncח؛/d&/˓۷}~+6>ظ8F˒E (]Goȱy_N8Bhu^:ck䛵_qIt<<h&[-K-…׻KTZww7""#u#??<"79=~jݚոXf5ŋ eْEL1Koei.S27kH McnnnbX(zdA(Q_odW9 g>\t44.3uL"/^,q7thFFdK\\NDd1 ?0 ef3]ΘŽpT*7amH$5׮gپT;Mٽ,q|Ə՛6C&w`>^̚Q]7K9."eeHK]!絥XǛH'OCĈQ)2e"!WEAA6t]iSЬiSEb`Cyih~݈K@Ljӧe췫q Ya*#SPt.S͹1eBCB<QPe?jrM___q~0+||n^<|kGv{32mS7T޽¥72VX2}}}1sL rvPj6.}"''!yPR}wTرxvxlߺBTh8IjSZ׮]}`<$(VXӫ;S$aTA&wwH%/ɓ`*3aאhB}wPAYfUz׌=QݷOThhӺ5rxV>;KP` kׯ#<:D թ(,,sn? %@ "RHL?Ûg~""cHDD*Ǡ'"R9=1艈TAODr z""cHDD*Ǡ'"R9=1艈TAODr z""cHDD*Ǡ'"R9=1艈TAODr [\pWnjzxo :v+Ð$ MzBDu@[enZ}/.BYexןaݫI߃ۇ) s#"<ϥո-"joݶK,^,˶eY,ː$ ,ڵk5k;߿B;sߊfgϨ.Qթ ^I If3`2`2`4mumłKᡞbqU[;00:EOLx3NΌ&2f",<=5q(w7ve9TX ;G a`2~hѱs#G'OUv[=GN4qr)uYW\;& 3 <;#c֜0L|E-tWsWa(c_םU~ ?tl7:9v' /faZxp_O*rUv?§G9KNB&+l|cG{0.}"ƎNŁy~Nbނ4mī>x3NΖX s7쓍ؽgC'cgl6#طe{;޺߿atl-"^<: 3'OUv.o>ذ ?4s6` X $꾑 SGQF^]]w{8[X_-?ǩXP|w5.{GfLf|m'D%on.U엱jժ*ѠA0tFUs}bwFHH0|Qb}c6ѪUKtUvۇaovs=~;gǎǷ| Qa6Qn-Zj0neN> aᑸx}fm6ˀgcbؖAP^vlAUq\￫2w:9j'=+I\L?66]]wǻڶ=l8?sWW'S75 sO ޹?.x{*ߛ {*rUv*3ft*?nsS202n=C9}fhiro7sѬYS[oIHIع'W]Δ>K-ǁ?`SOU;͛;*0y]ոAӦMzJ5͛ߍիVVU gKٳq)f9zSn+x!;̺+EgNe< /ﮇ:wRyN: ۜ}f .^D pCcjtqEvuX wj]kי=A0ib:z &O |OwuD,xu1/\@Qq1_Ƀ=."bɢWj`H2yG]W7'O1bh;w!6iQ`0 88Zmn;cRGaμxgjK a2 icg{oٴ)Ȟ=bѸQ#,lV^ݱYa܍wU]gJcDQDpP {SΜ> sGt\ 9i OpoWbkzj+Vh4 y___̜97cȽq189 Ƀ+t )3VZ-]fTy?$IBII DQ~U.5FlLtmv I6N i`b}wnQQ5kÝE}T˂%r-cgio*WA/.pyxAomvHux1D7c+5DDT71艈TAODr z""cHDD*Ǡ'"R9=1艈TAODr z""cHDD*ǯT'"0vnߊ3]$jEDp'eN8_~!ÞBph{Zƌ,f3+6~tz_+.nHQ[O<:1$jcx:[W^U]"R3mhZ۶8{ƀո==)b@Ղ1_}V6DT =)YłmAt5|N Vs{uOhҡ QfC*Š'ZYҗ¸)O|'@b@ h  Id,&\ A6^]z߯\g"^D<诖qHhֆ$ þ FMl]ʌhXx!'{zEo4ȒekUdqxe hm)D<sV f# t;/@2Ch4ZYl9"Z {`)NY \9ohn[il2g XB޺ս۾=)ӻnl&@# $d>zm# @ f]tҺRf zYv~jAOD+Rk=b $B.SB-e@uh֔>~rUyslmC)solOX7HkӬnۮ|4}{p_h({šΝ$|/G#oǷ8}y۞B8uCDN*:Ќ\s-˯5#@TU헗/-Y׭a݆fyĩ"qS!tJ>h1lZ)Bmcrt<4}_#.^LӢ Zi[i z"R xp^c! l{]<BXmWn4`89{eC+ sRr9Ky`{o=4)o o+o|3]ֺ>z6۷Yzb4ݡmI dž!&~Zxܶ#<ͩdƐˮCRE6KV?ȄpI :'Cm zyW#lq1q(S֭5Z~ _P]uAODv~2`7=S3Im6PX8cgz;QԂAODtY [I7渏=\ow z"7A†Nh ~O86l1HqW:ÓP{#XN bzۿS0HqƳFa0|Cu2,s'Z4mhԨۿS0HqN}ԮZ4oIއ4 t:N' z"RS'VZ-rl z"R\}~ܟ*bDKYD-㥺,f3Dm5ߙ)*e 'WkIV?K=)*l_<A!^l6".!~ *.$|+l.6D{ @lˠ'"uZ DIII}w#jH z"~~~U?U@Dr z""cHDD*Ǡ'"R9=1艈TAODr z""Z}jfGnaPR"ոBDD ).<)ӳ#oo5gH!eRؼeʥb\z^:FDD5W\x_*F -pq}eX4/ZO"")ӳSЗ݋_NDtڑB0IENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mines/figures/main-window.png0000644000373100047300000025646512657141667026330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRX 'sRGBbKGD pHYs  tIME  IDATxwW}g{ծzn`lczBBH J!^/B56.rMe[wmO?^i: g;o~g( BP( BP( BP(N|_ABG7FyP( B15:Nuf Z ęڨP\F#xOoc“R(W J^MHb:ۮ[͹H>R5A%o5M7)/@hng.4#u?}Ov t\R^)W+JyPL etw\[2T=@a׬2.x0 vv".!aiUIGKDHcgܥ˧EiUǜ]#kolR(W J:^MUuu_ِt!O @ߟ735;NIERx^D_:3/nw]zG]n"4gk&/)GuxnyZ{` i dNesݶq( ~=PcJyR^)W+bxul% nz<9R pIJ()v'GXWLdۖR8 !O[Ai>/>l?2褽\͏O_ =Q aa@Pb7`}E ǕIFMfT;EC{.A#"ޱQ1 NDhOק:\Eq@bL`l"P^)W+JyRLM&rϱ]g|^fkA;_}_[CugXެA2 6z::z7oؼjwg]4^H?N4`3*ቻBx}^8+|x+JyR^)WʫՄ#XR3#"dVv|!G$eŪ8aC~0e À# t`N6a{!Z;}ܵyZ}n{Cֱ]ċhXy7D/&4_t #y>\>ڄ>v ~1e8!a㖊c]Hndw\taˁB?N0&kGE'" *j=݇?A\F?$& p;[JyR^)W+j,v TШd푐֋o`hh2rf=o=Vx,ysY{GOC/h㇒}6^ Ydv<ΪɫIfXul[s1#iw_G#Lkwp1lWύps.q\)yxOP-#_.jddeyt+ut:E2٣ߟ ww;>U~A#s]%xDjc2>逦R^)W+Jy^ML,ge^ydsO@3::nA@TX*Qr\64SC0,ذm??v]jQgٱm+}5>I/Ϯs\vn~wn qS cVC|1}?\@bK~HU(q1 |ɐm$}GOUr{j"GGo)CaHX/KLbSbXmlɟ>5&)2Õ=]{?( ! Onm55U5q&^:P- e\ 5 ^?{?lg(L(5 f/+C|l@=``V/x91*W+JyR^)WN"wR$FEE sdtuRZsm#QScZ,ضaLy~5nvmaڼkӼ0M2.ғ钙C;Χj-4MG/̍ 42񏿽U'ct M '<~w|*|T|\ Mt]?HD4ǿޕ:2aêk2h1V^)W+JyR^MIM(!)K2]Qd%Ӓ.6l8mq/ $/G۩!)ŕD AGG >tq%QS3%8 *b7͋`{DDpt-dDL(T+Ju Ê09e1)u @ӌ-uQZN]^7#HwlB^>i/n`8~R^)W+Jy*^wK&fdmy?WW3un͔:y|F47‰YGW}]Өxã:$S ?ǮYe~HXBbTF%gGO|P)mh~*gܣ!RDJyR^)W+jjxe1R"oߐ|]"% YŢY$*#H)!oYyjcY {FULoԈGi>ByP^)+B1u`dK'SV~D ů fIzwkByR(W jB5s_u쓎^(SЂ׾]+ByP(7 \ b!8G+ BR(W(\(uV( BR(.lSg>fϚӫs@yR(W Byu!{ҫ;ɼ>a?)Cu]'?|M_>5Ĺ+JM+啚W+vr۵{7߿{ŗ'>_|+M7\W_ _ /=[ wå_]˞={4Mym̝szO۸q3v6ou^C*[W~7?Oﾇo+xygijl C<ǞW^0 >R_W /V^)+ByR^MS{Cbi?RŝwnuO~GyǑRrr-O#g~g{)%w >aÏrU\˯8rZ'?1p 3gLYnN_?<0W_u%G,~[Tb=\vձ>܉tuwNr<<YxRT;︍nuhZ[IOo/k~uٻo? dTW`\HvC0 me4 %":|_ZO>8h7^)qtҍSߵGx9sK-^Ϟ=-[ />6(~V._NefΘΑ.)*R)̚eYsyy;Ec]b MΙ&44MbȖ۸I$fr_yR(W Jy5:/N ϱ pB?/a/b-o7^UW\~{rk?1Auֿc{Q`dܘ`+ByR(Wʫ)թO|!3p<ʓ9xuOyumoTJR^)W+Ņ)nqW,[:gCOO/?^>`< S3b)W JR^ VZhpo)9VOJR^)W+ՅI,׵=OBh,ÕJP^)+B VJ=)ZlW JP^)6jBP( B  >buD"@dy$SIq]**Rm;I&V_DPL q$ ldq QD7|P÷lo 5 !ЗG$ӭ7:b+0,!>d?pL0&C|cV*}d1^xPY }D`[ e|<'؅d C3PrUaK%XSX4:XO$j~|w7'0 ,+%-~C.;Gԗv!4t]DzLnRYqL!r)& rwDHC @8Fd?{pΟU1% J{y?JH@!LG]|-B)D.jg'xq +m*~&6h.&B"DH!`bn\ǡa1 B%X NsۺXX A6謹"=Y3Rn*sdzyyA萈zmϱlz"qJy"HS(U+V:fNs~$@(!4Q]K`@ owr+B+4,^BYD#.X]ΰE?| e jD]bPJ8fbu0^-8pƥ膤^R[mI!4C2X$Ĵw\Fu*"B{V CBΟҾ*^)d@RÏg3w/+ZqZ4n8;v+I'uV-J`Frak044L[k e^HyXVzd7nrRbZZgN,QX%XS4ǝa# $ː]՗t (\zt.h:,^#h' ӷ֙WE %~WLJaN|^{$Gfh(JFFJ?IwnWDz,l@JziR*xNHorJS;^FjBꄡD*@\sYb0͜`wM"&jB62}rdoW GA9;^zn3,| >=͋_ŗӴu%uO1a\'K4^NU ԠEXopG@X4L}Hm&Zv#.D4A zxPyry ,?LĒq~% 544M._}YU?utD4LK綫tFFG|7 W6OhQBRPԒOme떵CcWňP(B A~K+b|qy:HE*sMs`y}p,\~ãHbJA.ғ2La HB2bxl8 IDATQn41Q֮`Zw<4쒏:qSw\\hm$MߝgTM |7Nc}#]W4~ L'?Cp"Cl+ P+W @:"Dy$Yw5UMZD"BiPQ"QA8NGW Zr<slk;צҀA4R%WHc%4Y:oqj%3+ج\MGj%2v[ؿ%K̝qF[C"DP̺#П(_w*S*^31C)5@C3^p$심ei--]y9y!^UB-x| mצJ^_Vt`6# ³b"9|(_KhvðJ%%\j(!Q/ L )Tui*pVB0`n,i(/o)5- S,i8ۆiˑE U+R*OzO6D$fBa1L[u$t-VHb@"8EA`> mKǽR(jBOMH0Z(10L|1#dlH' lv Wư'/)C쒤}W ;7GF$_W-URU>xl%腍Xs?GoCHT*N4!헎0 JEKn#UϖS Դ Q|BĊHuy}рpT'bDdT-I2YA6#$KVݎyj[uJjYNk1^54'UR(u1M0k'_ Xq k>OhB4LzrӲ*cYI.h\9=]R T / MðT]6|7ϕ]tu:-?xuB9I>r֥0[. X4\1_G7T]|GAsJ8$ tHxf1m*^)' bk {D\0"҃Ɖ]CrhVG8/q>AvYl>) cK4M ^9EտukDh!x>8nmBAPr"4/z+x]b_C׉RI Iѿrhc^mRJW KڏNOP ╳]'on2VT!1 ,3}iM&7HJ%7VJ87ƙƹS\,ƪY.£T!`v#!IhEX/Q2! Q)5R1~ڑЩnZu9wBM=_aW /~XjUDbˑ Gw;RJW-| BLM@C)^Q^bĉE5BūDEvN 8K>rU ff%!KxPS&-%h[Y(h@SJ']|WP RHZVq͟yqwJT5h+0 &# ;q%/iIi%sVIm]XUG?:hf&)& Rsd;4tE\pX3HKXpԶfT(~IJTfUEzCvȰSbD8 &Ly;6jǼRJ8u0$ ?DjzvW+(:!yWs.ԣT55;BhBx|uݢ "aJf&14MGok!T"1Q2JJy؅a'KHˆc$5'JPjTt(n Cb%#DijSpJS,- nUOV):B%X>i³OwuY}hF3S2)FO93Y?C'/86HD=tX╊W Ť`E"vH$z]xxؘVD5J.l2,B̝OcS baքF<'X,U+M-EnH$ѺPJ}L#PJ+bR=gk_xVI]aKTc^ ˲=a*D10`T2I"QؾDG*$Obų|\ϥ2M$="PJWaL&dLY{9m__WQn\.A F"Muu :sbD 9N`54ԟuCl{u#ԅ8 \-JWUYLߺ/F yEw2f~ ]ntΩN_t'ftmyt˘sNw3 6' RAp s- YmR卞s9E7aF_}*tsyCԉFxNuzZ֋Po8^:̞d"AUUUEBX4hy^>_@4"=]۽V,XzŽ`&L6if98֐bZ&aG-mDmm C}̜3&FG2D4M#/wFA!B*FGcP,Q]]I_o?{vmEJ,\z2 )UUikFH%a8TV&J>[NU$1ڎ&=z;;i1f<}TRN.HR]3Leev €T2I0UJ%phfOg4!bd=W+yU"]khĉ>kg\Ԗ<$`KC+PS[^y:]޶sLX:CRS]M&eϮmv?̚3򪶶t&]GȏɌc:W5#$q>t6bfOītE q]AȮH%rE[@UUՙ{ePH~}H&Ǣ˨?m`y]%bQnDj{3T l @Jl/ ʮ!Џ":}i$z',XںlU,=D Yg:lz.,#ڲ>pQݟe\;F^:K9~p+miÓrf㡧#&exy^iqw 7?I ^ *ɲe3"ԟtDwsZnH4@}SyydžiH๧,dL5mh>~^yD<|{khM1@Nxk% d0<2ʼE+Xd9x6/Zڹa%̚hs ԫ56@\z5ٺ2ŻX<\ />ϻabcGƫq[1'gUiu ]I3LQ[SI4:ҦIӴ"LkkPt}Rt޾|FyR^^~H암ЛIXD BEF(%>aciTTۯp_-ɊIcQ0Lk$1G["%A󶮮h$HNZh={t2Po$pd6* uRkI2MR$rxxd҂TUWNzC#DcI2!W+yQ 6꣇͕sQ5#EGvgx|(Y'dKO{gVpY{_>~tT珮j"3WBPİbGmh:(Ist4KZg"NJD&u8.BA!M2]uབ0@6Vv#K B40M:Q5Jf&5rr}U`IK uNbkަGG_k| ܶ %2|4!00 6ɫ3 Ón}u ֿs #%G~4M+G(Jyu^y5Pp:ސacW 8Xuž?zALJ~@]EĤ: Dy~+CPpYw:lٯs־T8HiCDGhR3|IoZ'Uq+ f7ǎ8v%ֿXQg&輺!᩷Uf_:ߘ6'j Ȑ5&_K7J%EƎNb LMj55U:OjlnDHWNx|zDpn*zC`[2$9Xc"w;_FE%#axmAsΗm5o7q={O<{pI34u0dcL^gɫsϞYm~"?că2'Oo0tJyuy IK{ttt0sLꨬd2I" JQ[[ B#C]8ydt43ag%2 pܷՊ$c!dcM!03 303 `lplcYlԭ7|+瓾? jPSOKNwֻ^kpSST4M(f,% f,-i N+/?*^='=SUzk֟["mUg{nnO}sOgۯTm@]tn+XV)ڰn5B?˾1}C-AO vi}1'#W;яlUdk8usMNNUWM^54⓯&p"xx<(uP\:Rgkh^mh$"|ehpc@d}mE(*LV(륵5'g58z$W Atg8e٢ +E8UEcG?Nmײc:(VT z?U XLN.^9Z   PLF λeY \D"ajڑ!k=W%Ă,7yUW ƫ|,CG{jzv àX,(Cm%IBQ$Ei-ss]dٺA[`]= ؂8Xf3LS8qhh$m`h!fBIZ50MĴ:^0e6B+9 nS(f1#ɢUh"HWMJEh_WbCA51-kZCmm gjɫJ3,^[*0 YuJBXIJ,4B4Q]wTt,0 w8x)P}h )m++8]n~ I(f:T, Td ׋V."]:>:&n^8fvؙ56ݘ}*%<_]]k 6)j܁-|%"L-F}F&>*0D S!N8i 5 )})ODbO&N}&jx{[W eb!ˢQ:RRdOšHH`CX][vrv ձ^bNOP*B10~O(f&ayeZV^ Eš:wSv֠~ IDAT6ly<@_#9X覱bWh(qDA]$AKN"0-PB"$ Õe~ 02:vHg ׁ)]?19nHjWM^5yf*K E k&/%HӨ먪$UK\ojeLDut]hzGC,f  bNxbL&b.Ngb~1$I>wǀ!]_n095q irR!]Pev;$Lf= #Inܘͪ>y<|K8Xҁ/b$)ZNۓ6b`myyB߭a' -˲XYY΁xkL8Wq=t FXV&jx)70|H{?{n:ܨ0UWM^5Vr{neïh NSP7r;d-RH"5n !=W9pu8Ů ~dՔҊr{_[óٯ"o/O.G0mneD\6yWsu4Mrlnyr* ۿ_u߮>OݲOj |axfu) Öknֶ#(TNw VUoX(%5d~bb% /ʐJU%x="+0\0>YׁjN 4m{b oVIz{Y|Niɫ&WOLxr*ǽ==m<1WRLgPTiJ&oᓭtS+չ5t4,6:~HL>L >b-kPX,Y(YYYCdEOxW'ay8%CG]o S(ƷL)}yۍme18V=:^E>mxxIEaZ-B1 ss &1\,ƻbU7i/Zewn|| C7@iɫ&W;IJ,gPGo *]~] U´gW:fkEq<zbL \^(r!o~胕(WW_3"K,"{~o:ʎL{iӧWF>$+$1)* Dv[HȊ%ĬȒ)貂d)5[u'j:Wst*MPaL4u,SLY]X^] ai4aZ2.4Ty,h4̊UWM^5-^9U%7mQ%B.EoճyGV&CL0[ZZձx+\a{cͺ`a0^G}esdr*.V5 :$I峼8ϭQbbmV[[hd.q9S*[*Io;O2qq%Rㄠb),fFg5O˖šP T316B`Mղ,"p+ 9vQRȕ:ts[;5=VڅWazjh,-a0z2hՕ%,.&L˲2 Je‘h͘+Y]Ykɫ&伊8",+*TiUKwnfRXTxr8^&tն4 FxHɤz}5t%LVZk\_[e}m=5c fʥ>\-TSfTb%9^+2.!җhSל= 1-J\MWȪJ1n$LM$Y&3wRęoAju%I"ɡW S dqiUU ,,,11&f8|xN'^9n Gbjz׃dnnAN7mLNN򉏟)̡A'&ii !2+˫ 06>I$38 H G!ӏ1:6A5a$){22F{[MH3p(e\_aqq ӲE#7-xkHxM^5y@^Z ,Lv$|gVu]dW)*OK{[{:X^ _~S K+].zQT;gٹ!&}[ZȒc_ .EUnWcĢ,,];嗞'u*Kz; [=\zgyLx9z;9y-c_NLT9. 3nyr1meo|h~=,--3395}6pSV`:h8I9fO\U@}}jImǐdV(2$!;*5a |<}*!KR&gɤ3--c GeH%9•e:쉚e^*)$V;r Bd֖s%W)\Gu 6Pٝ mHD$ /@pkֵX[/-έkVa/ غmZ0=w p2ܶu{RfeiǍʉQmvnq_W!N7 m;T,q8nFҶ}ukwۆi,-HQ,=bg[Z}K^Z;v\x6elv7dS[7'+L*4Pɫ&+݉-=Q{lgnfXWi.{yklp1ST8wXF.B\4ew0Lc'Naw8oWkp; nVVVp8ն7+S6,",o^s7ʫ۷Yd3i$Y"ˣ;pxkFxcFHXda~n.]}CȲrü}(:H \ֶR lmE*,/γDAfmd0 yrD/ĭߴ }Ckˋ,-?'8U|MbGylr*g𨚐>y[n垷'$?Xs'(5{j'V)|] \\rt8tdb2Hn/wtyoɫ&|ީqqE$^8/\j˸<t[\|}(T2g@!b!'c\gNw;C* |$ hZK(%A,gx|~!efro>/ |/?H34zu p۝/\Gp]t.V%)q$Hx+貊$xe+I&q tKt=dt^s* eˆݥ ZΒ<ɩ 7P-..svwm,W 2KK*FQl{ߵ5 UP% rBUmB0UvVdAtn!'~J"\Aλe7.Ě2]Y8U6ɫ&lgE LqrY%Lˡm9H&nZj?"I꺖RPmD`KX>x<^ff8vKuLE{[t6j1F:X,t/\x%^0[aZ¸6>0~&&?t0LM[\XH K%❵On %R~ n \.{l*b0 Ӥ\'bI,&r:cJ+2h*c+2yYePsU5h4$e͆\r2qJWM^5yU*oq@GQ)<;#)rזVv}sOPD?l6uЋ8sAtPj4MCu`لN-*DN7do vmV8X[x-sYb=ڒx7Zx ~ѣƁ2*k.+>?E..0$^Nn{:"{|P}z+EAYu2iPο*2w|vL⒛jɫ7WkE3BgY(XMEg3IvS6-)qE!S:8P>x= B1.', ,h.SU3h^WUΞSxULz} /i&Ba\LJ|*/rjվ(2=^ |s6ms~nW.ݽ*p.xzovz5LMp.qO%SSts{93])`Z3{ >kOL]s395=Cc=uwR,,SV)2>AOUWM^zp8JN 4q8Nt]\.HR|id E;ig$&*X\(g[{rs h&%\c gw=UQh3(tOn[(Nm1ig{M;ؾtEe[fHxn#mL~K|3y^z!:L@܋qUYPU҅,u]ĂGO]7,/l#YI;~̞^?KjM"5y+Eݍȑ#qB`χ%Űh)h m0/]" {B1HB1~=}%+y>ĞM~J| yxm9rk\N %\rQxJ]tRz&0H"i Ǭ쩃)">ۅ%iHQ ۜ9nv@ݴ=kJ,i<Qe_>ogZgBGz~Z$Q<ϰZ^c*?Eݽ ZS, .'L$`%o5yUWyDс 2b˲T*eTUl jw746["0! @T VwtV(pK >+X=~[pcm__Y3ucLO2tԮnXU'Kl-(K´Ͽ2fŴeo5b:!ml6S*vqo0wT\ܳr\"ȮَD[e/L K~S{ǰeWWM^5yU7^f>fpp8S.QEQeZ BKIN]U'Ay%զ &gEbnreI(f\F5t8i3pL ucVeE Z6`k\NbTaP.W]Yjը1w}u> 2X\B>~IY3[:3IZ͋]RTS$I1H)jfWM^5yU'^4_Zc!k$uȃaT*JW\A$TU46,C}l(58YE[INUB1{u@LR "cۮ/ii\~^߀}ECU,uCiX4,skknMtY\_-4LaTjӴS41-KD*{l'N;g( ΢Uadh4^e]7`&ss Zvq]vQgfbZX|}1`R6u:;X=o2-ySi!-\AEqȗ1]M^5yU=xULIq9%!K26* LJuH$[Nj2wJv ;(yfvHkPuvYX\9?@R{q{B134DR>f]zy M8~ )Amvv'z~RFȾq,NNaL5w`NHl!sK^d ƴ,!sa0pKpE(f6evv45M媉AZ 70K^<½zk=!g+z%T7\ff|2o:hiY!:Y瑝M^5yU=x콭dJs{jBQ-^*$ ۍ$IJ%e ?z:Sp 5V]ȇCX)ҥP̾nB1IRB1}^mm*%4W4C\fl|k,s>ؾHo&'g8zc}!迦6ԒҾןpu~&ϯUG{"}_g -;w+wu/kUL-_,᯸_o]5R,jK_HIEr7pFQ)m9.}!uЧFleE^4%nY*[@V=qvNd ʞobsﮌkL~_ޘΖ;:ݵĜ0 vn%Q$ko! 2;kwݧ97jɫ7W_K3p3o ߜ2og18wON( kK7,6[,t !$Iyed@ (U+k3`xy[T8}Uw45tm枿DGOl_NߺS`+2*l4[q괂&_DK.{p̚б4TIYvZTV} oy'{ޣh7 [ \y]wUải.wϻZ￩wKus24&&&} d6yUWoAE[<>^LFF[bXK#` .7r>:>P8&S8ʱ^by;;PMFE.bryVWW/?7n_l6;ݝU=0?A}P [0-{b:x~Øu8X$ 4j%1eY!l`}~d ,SύJp ) ӉiKaTEL2M!a LqeJg 0ۺѺ:Fyw}/@/7yUWt7TWƷDΉV:6N .d;Ѳ}nҨraBu, V Աd* Xy=(,Ծry4Mj_TUT)tٜp ,S 9Am~&9<<N Gbvn2Bg_XuvCLNyq:/pxxi~?v%" p D x˄Azee&eeJu?=c^7s UW;x511>Izke ū{O9tݜ7 ^Ioz}cPe7K4e[a,ۃV)qLN ^rmmȒD,_ghkk ^s(}=dYX P/JgnWCT e} ^| N`y53;0?Hcǘ~nWATUaiitäx+ ޴ etlH2zY&oVe݅i373>twu޴ guu]Y~TȕL9(JR`2H5`-IT Y4MC/diK`+׆)[ QJ0%RP( PFL$,-O\T(6 xD`Ji`Uל|YXS.#@6k~|lċy.ֶ22aʴuV~.22*v"17BՍɕiN/-N/\ ./lBgW/ NGP5ކWp 3DgW/jBIfUW;eή^J ZAT14BHEqϽ䷪Qx`3O#qmaido\yYR0giyf0,!+V'9@{G7\H4XA[G\h |!i,@Vڛ^_Rn+dR SgXz&^IH=JWR U0BYR!OXf}W AJ/Vcj3T*nШ-˒J%;=$22m]XX95 &xՋfGTHu_(4e_eCosZpy|8]:tv/B\A#k|PKnB$ڊݦ Jfy7+x{'Br)G0GVDlߨ x}AQ4{ 6P۸fQ,ɦSvј&X,x!`qX ~{g&.<1=]J5HLy$Sĕ,RۤBbmeGq${VLH'x*n&PoexiVGƻT^e4x++ܑ},DFG*,>t{p ]gK/Z5o5 +y)羍ңLdq~ͽBWe\V c[3,/yD[%u0wqCcūww Ɣ,T*?94SރY|س_DeVsYvGEu`1S+)&&+&(21: ɫ&~rpVkY * [rCs1"WKK-kB?6{EL?n*ttsw(j`ß;{yw^)^{y,?n. <095`0$ľ\x^{7f b2hJNNl|kТiH(m6m6N輠uXM "5yՖ ՚նj:Y磧#Obp~GR+|n#N"amiG%z<eDcn K}x]M:n`Y(sY1o~Z :Z syPLF h+yIyd:RWյuU'vIbnƐ4u7s8֮PV,*cX<+({YanNfsn?*28JHlbqV|I zt˭!2㲴2RN]U.< G(B\RWM^5y\s֟]g% cI!pHe|4/CGBf+s+tV2 r' ցܓc>ʫ g)ln /q!"0k=1ϟW8{V3 SS2ٟ-H0 C-8NRL6ỉeж)^o0aFr S|.r+jBJKKPHP`aaqO*'kapf.(Ḍ0\*!#x/Ļ=YlIs?o]]qK1K''՛S^ yBNUWM^!3)[\%9ԎFu2\D"8@Udڼ N:pCh$%9{?V9XuxгON966A 7oG]\QNdyiA-X^^%Ɉuڼ^Z[c{Fni̞AZ@v6:6Su_۽cm. 5H&ozD2)rѶҺfS?YY?nc&c5Ih^_$>Z_Zu]_F.;o翜ξyqCjy߾X(۾ޞYJ5{N҇hd?m\WW`.w븺`[B,- Lb$p6z{sc56%vSUABjbucJi8cW}9 Y*DP.kA<_fdgig#;o{{_ƾc}ER"%hK,;%qdyӋ$K[(iˋyūZ(% 9;}m޷L_0O> poߩ:U\\]l$6Kf鮐eY Ԋ<}ފA4Q"4bW+*)g6 K2UnW٢ߟ7r . M(t( hi(ߜ:m9vRb]i#_>\_QhXkh=@GJiA2e@͝C}i͇CѪ~:y;jN(VW ^5xuH_"1YI[*cǡ5 0AJDm*?MvTAwu̯L&pr>l3pe475)?H~ȅt{E@:ueHp(h뾮m۽T?`mxfy4-LaU,L”Uo[1-iGIۭO΄š~ h^()d+f*dyeS/b{=_9ҏ9}٫+KNUx*KlqE7 CN#ĶRb>!_%rf)ՁO~7==ºNEA0|2:: ^qr84Mt] "b---ɚOZ71 :vjit`IMCG.C.*ONN ƴ. =`uyV[J2q֊kdxi嘛_u[:tdd%irjRqflo;.`Yv^*lY~\Y IDATdosmWdllEQ67c6^bv94}qMSA/eYOL3(-4-vdqG,< L7}<ysMBw}l`eO*fan39p5xUW+Soo!3YJ8\Ltörz  a'RM~&\ ht׋<L(>Lr-]YV6ļ?Hϧg)ڂPVV5LCG`)41b+M9n+Hr!XB*. TiS[yYuv#}n`e'fNPʾ W6e0MR"URqLQqO젨[UXX?ɯ4ґgEI4cWf/H %EFZ4”g T,"]4xUW+*o@`7gdiN'eiBn7bl6KP4~??q}BU߇]BNz[9_+ձ(~m\.fkk 5[mA"$ۊzC]Et}@Y^ih+Q_[7X k@eW 뿍-rۃC씽uʤ놭,.EQPU).;PB (j!9_4ig_%LL*c1T., 2PėgUQ udV)~A`'WMC+w(5ސYk*B^,ҜMҭu }$Хh^y Wb(JX, _]w+4) (Ώ_T/vڦUZJ0]4 S).4MۇDh]<>W(bg2β۷<ۈp+T?+XbcY!`V 6B|`+p UIK:Ko{MwIaaVc-Y̡* &SC] ~`!a i[経B%U46LX, "-ͪ2 *0|O Эp?ə9}Cxʋ7 B\wtt Q,"*Pf^2"Gd+g_ FA(4xUW+U=kcI0 c>b{j{5A}!Eneù\UauU!R|v-*OW]Ƕ˧H^kjZ녀bp3Wfen1UΜutH -JcYr:mul6gʐ~զx"i V(7K1%ސ]y%sW/ma, iH`W󬬮[!k׳ j(kF}, '_y#ln%+0! ŋdybybw}ޯq[r"i:ǏiIr&eBnuo>9폰 ˒J%ɒqMjyo'qɤuϷsA>'͢ ֋YqCV+XHs9D}@|TU}{دo}~R~%{*/# Wż0D*|zޞnVWWl1R֖=y{50MvVJGm-쯻:ql/$lmݾCQmK)Pٹ66=rz)=qmxq66c(j?৷EQ}dz;b!vשuVm47ttǡQx pBQs {ͪߍMQx"HȖ#^Swq@S{S O~,-.R.9pk6xUWo-Z]{X aI a 5;y$&2X}agj;E!"m﮹Wn*ѱIn侘_gT񣬬W}}1[Zsfn]m![1S ++(jfG^o+c#`ØVlw"m^*la oӅP[[1MT?>]@wW'l\,=PAtutvHvhMho7xWTmuY]UF1M ^J`nvӲzI9U5xUWo?,z|g*V$y&AģP|h&JG3Z) UO|P'>_>twcgr}WcKK+(*ٕcvj $LVLGssE(ZjVL}diiy6wh\Hi&BSaVLry S m68l!zKBmOu],=N'Ҳlв,zy2`ETЅRMF|PRl"Q/]ٙIЛl6 ^5xeY+Q?\䮱t|ދNCv)hfo#j<_C.L CMeˉaXb E,; ڗץS,r\\3E6b:CCq-nDvrv98JZ"fK3tJ5gu"F{$MCGE1f]X &֋SdkxD d&[$(5c|zXYl}J'VOd2m5j]י% 4?KgwO Atmab^&sx<~Uģ&f~Pk?H?rBQl:T/@*:ҔJ&QeꝽ 7~3Z$KrﰣCUl >^M4 /B"`RZnO3yϾ;;wRūM%LUe1?7K$҆VimRJVW0 t*I>rլcD@0Xs4+.h(N:::vb_fhjnaan޾~i,-3<22MhZm,ETVl"%GW `^N'cV w#Gy{&FQC]ֻ9dnu^ ShN<}/} SQqubu/V>U[<8wf8HC-B8.F(Ո 'Dmr3L -6ٻ|]uQ^|{imiarjA666"fg>B445edd(CS,n&&γ]faqcFX\\v[z=x8q|ٹ~nzŶ:2SLr33s!4Mcuu#CLO܄(D ajzH lll2<4 |n͕ 7tͫct},}d2Yr=݌M0G*P($}$)t])lmni 63~uo\p*UW,z3~ M5J |}J]8+~tE3Ϙh=ѷu*1EgG;Hcl|N t^F&&˓dhkP?xe&LLNbr1;5F*BMcs3!&'n*Iq0ŢعXYD)tvԏ%P5qQQG| "ZWeLEEC*fJͫr9EEE Yr!J3V J$]b)NIO{،%I$R$i$x2D095l+D",p ^_lvdz`l| $ɲB"-?fs%&AJr|附hR(\DJI~m}'γJn"ē'9W"H-,d4NTzlv( <+;҉JQ>Wݤ3y'lKb~xҎ/PH+G eKaU;;2ӧsy C5XL@`xy%OLh6L<lR3)_^=ml\R)~Bw6ҹE֢;+W+)%>n4xSV-.Ҏ-,u;uuiN2,0L0sK5@`vnMUЋ<L&Lshmbii%,)YJ(demUӵбp&^{hq"hH-_곴;5R0=Dr"gt}bS{`t-K?pLp=D0ri|Cν`.ML]h-s`͉󴺲5Ra|kpL&]=HGWOͱb'_׹TC9+|E~;8zL`fjg^#8K[|tv?8k30v$LQ`mqRHy;`ŧj+yR9sR)jպLv=8j"-ξJZeYlygY  LӢP(O5@EQp\}PȎ҉T0W-KlV]8Xc\n##/+6"_˹[[\YU_o}GPP0`+f.g-^bpEĄ«'UNV؊%’]433W^U9sFeubo\{mn~knN)^WY\l,߿wn__7D3cdx9*gg̐14?4̻;Isii jzHMMa|~_Q^̹9s+"ViߎSqra\:TAZ!`uIK<.' LƋMdI0!mk~n #ղg9:;X\,&JUf23lxU#a~1{nnnNWr&1^TzǺH`nUz=D"U_(NrJ2]7~{o:˫v̹EqI m*MHFǹ;l[nUn>ʨ_WygU:!ޘe1:6~g D>!'ZbN\[@>20NgWw[xwwž.Ľ-TGUW ^5xUwiu5J.ij}#֖HU[xߏ|I(,rynj}}kvv##֏u8|Pg8aL"))^0-Si[JPPmTUSP6V:TWURRHD|&_tyN]v _In샙Jq8y(KzxEխVhsV`}^Djz* 8] ƉOr]Z'"zּd_ca>:tUNO]]yA\&2 C7? #ga&=ë['.p:~.Cp{#t sߏ>wUqtr|UgGt}d_~Z\| !ҔJZ;?$%AyBI+y_;9yJBֆ0 0lBp[/`)ei< g.< wBs,p6JڼGNj.Y(7ZX=* Y(n=vS«f/4ـw6xjU#V Vja VpA!-H@+fgHiZ餿7k>n ߰.E3rqBT4M0/WҁR;У5) IDATܑZxs,-!zXba">.;mnol^FX*CwW灳Z\ZapeUN쁘sҌG w++j,!<>w~:PwwrA^xC ck {anՍCqTte؂ Qf38[uWnk+N&,̵*_/Owe Jω&ը|N̥enN,)K>:VӲ,L²$MKj얽U>VLKeL8GOh^4ecsmtvc}e16>=3 L;:eWTؿ wtZ>92FNw;>ݑ#D_Vj.E>c]+d?<;SޣH m"*O/ |sz{.u8$VUnjjbp jaO fsI-@wmB1}ϟOBcWV5LCGsqi]ʠ:2pͺb{=6lpvL>*[AӴ0ekZ,,E\[cЋ~ᐭT5 k7r2H)4}u }oYOqp/ C7@/laDzC?NRytTj+D4Ǟӥ֞3?*j#ݏ@K_;k[Fa`-RMXL>hjli`vT67bdgoeO塖wM֢$}18կ[B7`}U]x`]:"߾A2pJӑm֕]_/־}XB*8ަyO$B /_(Pl|>+ JiH$Y+0aƒ1$ýg8|3Jq?/RǁE4xUW ^]{Wƾ˹_]mM"v+5\FJRqCoZoNʩJߜLƅtɹ^~q#[~Qm*ƴ=1|yj;ۇ~ Z+ .sO̘ _/γw>oMŽ꫈n@\-8㊢ ƼR{O"bCCCri \;CW\a`ܦ+Ǵ[BeeMkY%ۓEASՃ)?nb Lqq֣Jr8Wn781 0'?&}ʩj7![:mH)u_[Jz[ -6,Dݞ䐒og2<(d6K;ޏfM wNƫ/mqS;UP c#ca^pWSec>3R-PMO%W1|9@͒4K&.oR 5WiyZSNWG=9XubcY!`Vo;qYUgG6@g+fB3ɤ@ɄzɀTLgzdm{΄e2|^LVؖJHj8r*f>/d{*/4P4NI PA"<8'r[uсַ .BZM4e!jJ`U!ؗvjF>-=@lޓrͰLQ85nޡor_OiYdC9N8'%]+#r!5 BO?w=:E-,.W`.R]^z?ä4{jX2"U`&$߈~k'}|bWѥAL­iG{=BОR0r̎} ,7:֒` VgGǁ+WVV׸z:C0!_qQ'8zMmn،mZFKOOמb/6vEFN_H_itknJ6Y=/'~2l,y#VM^yʓ頡t|'/Oγo5n W#D_Vj.E-_/z?}c;5?ߓ#.)7E(%ɣp*;M>ҩEQMH%Px뫏_x3';"0ow-6W^;;;OQ%q666~ΧbhP%ya>ghqwq?Fc:1:Nw?Tt `k+~U2LEY܋ ^5xUW^?ΞЋlnntdnnHsQ;(^|չHrGM gOa󪷷8 PD "M!~M*x񰰰H>ok/**1Z[YYYĉkxim`ww'33s$6;XZKgum֫󴵵Doo?33S<ԷjMl+2H݃x&n!wj~CM=n@zfP3. W0² _hrYQzmg+B%61)P[ܩ@m( 3&2,jp80ZBMn|R&'N묬,QXJ46 EKRi,/--"]x"Maf[^gr T~-m5X,ɳ/0lIǶ)^Ա3[Yϛ8Ufvx9XT9}Rg)nQS(rQ/j*Fs|2ZZǡ:CNq݋Qs^T=XkoހVŻzȹ33z6L1o;+m(S4WwrjTy57xj@Oo?'NNM͑im\ 2|+D\*;}] ɂsI>pQUVV!Vݍ[mzsR<'_R'Y>?Gۼ4{5TE08)jb*^H5n8Gp #.4Olѱ^ΟBQU"mXSsνj_i.}a7>B*otf |ᤣc/WӜR 4y5ks wR| ,o幭?@_MЭ-N-gX;qBTU9d7bI U?{EӴp88~Z7ot֌* N\rn 0]?jIGFbtAiVHY.Yr²lhinA͡,vl D"i+ Ma[1 a^HLh'*[i*񙒷Ed7 Ψ ́DŽprgCa pp+|#I> MaUW ^5x$)N:wΥ-0iUf A^U ;4.7װ҃jZ֡UJǔ @,[/LΪYt́ 'wuL)X]Xhτ !P┒{yBɄ#9pITp=˲;k79ox2s37(݄ޒXlVLDåq!جpv6s۩6 JVۦSNUzKS3x۽mƶ؊m=7]]%J ,y144hk9&'ꩊ%W9sVayY,/H:_@/ϫHvu(h<u) npvdo' ^5xUWo= np8^LIH7{5!:(:%CUx{-QNALO#IPdG;֍7b|3q K+kQSD#'a=bNKC$׼:RwNsK<="{ Uv@*$spXauvp Kha\Hli*\|cu]07'8AelL!.U˿p2[4++gT&&bw3\{ӝR /(]\CinY`d a>0߄ttdV47.س3ɲr3) s||[1 b1/S 0.ט\]\.&]M:ZW ^5x՛܏_]=.-V RGwzLJ!}>G͕z;1|QΞBav]gv{{Q,۲1%pIKBބ@B )$B!c-[d2iz?hܙtcϽ|>{:kڪ ^/]wao#}?XCGtS92I5~dˉ!ݾ#^?2&C A7ɿy~3X=E1V0K=y6:K }P%ˀbǼ[12c߼MMp/d2E*ru02*]wZ[cCŗ[2 %wes-%AeE7C]]-RT*|,ɍ *«8Ⱥ[$eDꊻQLkmȾ>u#GKK_ 7c}kkh'llĺa]HiG< ;;﮹ovn˲K*c$%nU~ڷ,b 8x"X* uu5E$Ir-] o{}wjk%7`s6 kc[pfmE UnmHMC?)Q0~z}eZ@vc|c %ʏ.z_8ABڢƧ\cmR^c K̛ߔo*CCkP)zޛ,~*Ȉ*lTM-j_$W_ &Ȳn,nKmP)Jf_%eTL)%xz[4quVz\4MD2h4Lb~VE#Wp.^},q5l=y)0*.UxUUW^ ~ֵ J68"kYLٗWI%a2\|%tqi P嚧%| ̸|7 F lz29sW]k;6X|UbF躵/.ƶR ,ǬP9gB>yvYg߂CC}-,,!7755q-qϻuww\ޤ 0&}hocBU*lϫ䥂gW^UxUU[Cy qq@z+R)G˅{A̷}]Xr9'o.̨`E4MЯ]}<)G%&EAVYװ hU1q o; g7~+TUuS^MVٵ+ 3%, 8 ŔeLH k%qܮ'O90\RV-y[HrTGr3H066c[J׃cۮ4xzSKg&5pvӲpĵ `wXbŴ4*« ^kqg ꂻ[5y&V^H-zSAJLo־}k `x]LiB6Doa E1;;ژxZ/ RUYJOYH\E5BGHppd<Z[*Rk+ e:7Y-/n(⿱-8}zF}.5qw1e!lwphٶ,vuHa:ˁc84we_0n^g zvH"g]T™5̫.e1&bJbP_[ÔPmyc;xM.aG+« ^f\S@POOc4icYvauNBAbaK_&w.545ԥ:R8D-.-FGrAUUTUqSJLpWp<վ&eL)64MVf~7KINJ-͚(&c b9`N^UxUՋ}.$`$eJˡ /IBƍǿ "F;u}.v_/OJQLӤ?iD.:0?`ڠL7 Eo 2㐹٥&^asYګl .%iYKҴQMrfw4M1mizmAoK. J%57^Sy!rt[[\׋i6tfٞ6 wpUFL~SUoDP[)aږǎ ]`0P$h LӶHV?e,l$5Bx6GgpȲ]]m`Ɩ$z)9Rqj&g㒀Px8ѪvW7&m s} RL&7fW[p1f}Ǔ[)rwI'.S2`RF̂?;6.+5KB(a}~ ;ұ9w~{\l_6atU^V&T] n ͳ )šW6-^{Fxgw-#yl5  )n9|©C^UxUUW/dEGԃ/X1"FUX4: z] yRy !,1A,b|}N}=²POVqۋEWWkӞyejk./_s||4Q5ޞ0\LRM|zi1l^zSvpPЏbRet+p2hJXg䑔si y2l4wCSsXmthK4F̙`zՕx{yѵڲ<ѱrŘFع{قMپ?ݟ*^$Ur>Wjv3N3::!mz]ܩSQ*,,%~~70ަyY>*>1I#ͭalFo7]WMvL,IȣR0ciTKM]̣xHerl *«-6HI$3s$ rw;{v{« *Rej ;bs =8$q jYZA(ku|ϻSI0M U>_[{+KL z(("C}8X݊y8ECLM`YZzѱ40?H"A1h29t}c vS>'c1rʊUsI[h`=[ 9񮕅475kA6vttm~ 1Cmm-eXn {.ɕv WX`rr5A[P\L1t)%sy|^/B(5ͺżVS6{5ryUmT H /y/S!oW^UxU `]U(XLU7T^ i By˭n*5вe;vg \8x%q$!1ԅWVJ| %+~T\ڊۗ+1(kl.[TN_|/|>}ռַYx?w՘l,z_"n ١U2l\0nR)ɲ2er@yaza6˥,l.W85R 豦Riw1` @&gJofzrϿ̤֩\W^UxU ]+#(|\> Kt.ӹd*{\=x$ku,` k ''F E|gt!tGڎC:őڗ@0P(쓩` ٸ Ed2^a(錎!LaFe8NPӊs'*F pT,KN&'x4Wz/B&qI򪏀al;Rx>W𦦦pH&9:::H%|3["OIVsS):gasY'2jն,jkLWƫ%_<8B[es{]UW^Ux40H>'Q`5A 7]\(B>C:6nL9ꙝ[Q5t̶G>ry t_} E&YlZzUؾfg=͂b DQH[JE:tRIbd0 -͍['yhp ,͏vm?4"$L[m+gڥ>9Az{OpOY(!ΖB%ΗC?* P;;o-dc%|ɘ_ 7ˑ`rd̼Bjnki#60Ö깛-l y!133G}}-Dj0`fv:B?44QU3#ܾ6?0= Y\\Bu< 4550?ax<˟-xuE¡gϰ{|!ZZ;imkavv߇*bqꙝ# OP`! HQ__$#燸9?tUH pqH305=C4m2 5LMPU4-LNN 8?7MB Kv0/, IsK+=ϙ'0M ۶ bq@ςfv} B |nu‰GGJ&Y)J]m MTsy'fJh$ZUW^UxU֦:u^LT(RU]؛u073\«hT2F*"]敶̫tDc58r(Cg9tu|;{M0ae'J1ǮZ|~zNVc{<v u|ťkA"F6H#G1p5h$B:V }?6󳳅L:C$,Ãpx<ǻ,lpmKoO >@ݟ(y6+U>m1r=сxCyr%Ie?NKSRK* EG|׈xWG 8i8gys_ Oql@fܚ|@s/@?R%>e{ (%fʱڻiniR/x< {ѿ}gkTx'OǏ4x6apZ;zykހi>,gQ4/oy_MmǎpA0d35JJ02|d*ý|u %mvR259b~1ξ R8ԣ « **kK&g?('mN8 's=E_#Xp^C f3,YCz?AaO492qĨmU}#M-%?  ~177϶{x[߃ZbL:ͳO?#mh~z)\̙44~ o͖er9Oܑ>wXrcqf,ڒWF?~ {A#hlt]rjat6-f9Ibmix!(=S}":Dcn(}"$]zGćsТ%> 1ZbM!vMj OC+e61jMJI߶#-eI=oDS1^/;w]vރaxJu=7ehp1UEaǮ,.-\'S"zzxo(pDfյ3::K#w0>x« *-IۿPD}Pm;v, 2#>?<=cC1M9=s N<4G2I[׿r}<3'PTfWt]=똔Az`ǮݨR2NN>o.iv﹉!]#$30}4Os| Gc73& Gzt yMK0:uVFƶB1e(-P0쒗/bJlB(kpӱp&plBkq\{$*µ\TΫq SQUFFPELe0" hnndfz cqR$« *|mqq 8}i9ȥ,K9qCCt|y|Z9EasݲNa>uK! rlkE7ұ9LtUjjz=ڗ\.<}1 m&oI OJh~|*"(lu^r|ijĻ0nPc-`!qbA8eC{}!uyLOϲXUR]%z'YQDf^sIX{QKJk@"Bhىgtq.('O#FK1md0ٽI&۔_ɷ=baߛǣｮ赡pƢ?a85xfYYcԲ;z]֫7Mm!QNYD6ŹaiR;#O!iRtKYDLa`A3z *lDlG+E0[B2ܚo}kx K,b륱~ULr$FELW 0|<ѪySX{}xQ_@cqQL .wO{33RiVxUUW^/`KAUuݪ?GqvG:xT5F om FVԫ^II]@p CX y#d4Wc}W Aemll4c~"lpa Qng}k/T 7 GJS|W&(OgW Dٹ5H^菳_$a&:~Z|g+kjJ[[KQ[;ޟ9D* UR~ IDAT60;Ed>wky0nl 2WId-AC~/{ V<1]5a1 W1M$,Z" Csxb}*]QqyAk䵯w4FGOAS9A}e/8 _6|VUW^UxUy1t}͸ ΑwL^r?FңˌIX ~i}d<`*ίo,|qC h_d4Ϭ- eaR87ߌߏDPPio~T.+d0z8|Ozb"*LF%&%S. Cw㪪,W rqL~Ap0I0'`:];J`G+fϕ7u;܌۪(JW^UxUUYzcs?þPC/L#/oڏJ>IjL,voAA@(`8۷a| ^}~zmi˕bU)* }/w0-luȶ,lYW)3|S2=T! .猔Mk^MD E _;WG]w1/zWdL={>mxV+w ~' (O? r$:6*2lڲ @tsVye^r*>ɭ9#811p< L;{1ZWfڥdrrb_]54 / a...d *«X,FeׯvF-U7=[w'&S`,e̋{UGH4KȢMbYVqLw5V.|i.7 bJ 'xSWXg:ai)V3xj[x1z_ڲf⪊BCC}UwUlLAJ j񕿉)گ'3)2,kn,WFd9qʷo-rKjj\LҌM׽V;},]UanƘK*yM˛1+« W矾hu~r5EJzd:wU+r34Qоf?0֢uu3739mkXo} HbZL)$koߍ+B Wd_lis`M7Mm.!)?D=Pu۱}pȵRImӐwDbX^(+3ҽ׋].ݯ(]^u-9#84t70b iW1hjj@:k04<¾W݁t 0/sߤm-o.URnx4d iTxUUW^2-" &yra?=k]wmz8X0U,Y]M '`'?w@FFț溘WQ2I |Oŏdٽ5˕*W>9\擟vVqq^xYPNoLߙ|`6oKQ\Unhw[x>D!o>StLQ}Fuf-f2uV!=j9āuT-ĥֲjZ)ܭo_GHǵg)qW㸮Otз* e\U*f:$HaUw1CU4e]"ͦH۶6tE}]b/6u« * 6Sc(= G15':e pӴ h0l8WC9qr!;pt0C TfbzS' ckb䲹57x1^n|3[嗯cgN&YP=yU}Eqs,X+[wC'O ޸GAe9׼4bY!Ca4]ЃrYV "7[jIl[0BU5WɠJ!U .*Wv\TUǒW)6sFsU]|]UW^UxU( BQGWN|j% k!>QuQU}ĺĉv$3фhz;|_< "C=y O7@UH`~0Mxx=L $It.d3]㓨77G'K|o_0UQ/eEY3cgN& 7:{"ׯ|v6S %Oy|}_qڠES7_m<>``\U|ַc(Ɔй,_SBJ(hæɃIچdʢ򌾏D( repF*-Пx/`V曐F9?r Q$C|5RJ,LџJL~=uUe9xQb9>|W}^~worw(Voau ȽhO<"IA+_斩YږerVoL> -1* o L0w!e#XV\p{Blu!\4.c6]\t}<ؒ3}}=MPS]*f:e||Չ E(v pf`W1z_o).DzM12\߼_d+« juc͸_G~鑕?;[޺9g{fʧh'T*B2ryU{Zt62yl؝?ƂLÅ?2ۃS__Ʒ{QDMME5)c'N`܉C:ޙ9bĚm}ꕩٹ Sx*45hhh(ʙ3X 6m "EfNd0dԩ`VđC5?<×Jjlxհw-qhΐȚܧٞ;Ƹ#,bo|aRṊ%C988L϶ݮ-,,jinnĿsz,=]0U5E1;hs01y1>w~/DWͿBїcNjb)؏,L/bPTx"3$)W^UxUUWkr @f2+@J{k~9{vA_Df1c1@BOk U~CgOg=f>G޴PAƑHEx B}Y0x菑xW2B >XTFF gA]z VƄ,rpUOhkӗ누Ck>O\O,X>Ư֢HY[^l:7}p;knOvBh+j |(3HT #q0t{zˋanZ#|oBb6i"4u-9 岘9Gxv,RCd`c]t.).y Yt tsyUL<Z56~UL˶+55Eۺ]Ŭ) 533 3(:E[\\‘w,10@^UxUUWk߿f.uڡg43wH C50S o(4tׯ֖pFisEb(+mG'=ý]LӾ%Xx9ꑣ(c!}>m۰o{ w]EZ]ejjbwMo@=,"Bz<8mX݆cq;J2tl.wEMy e}qk䔱3+BEq,pLky;ꉓipdM50-k_ 55mmM5"]}4uhBvnFcbKXH(lK3ܹ<_ Xb^v b?˰_}]2m /óoŔB஺7 ;.\t W,oNVj_ cYH*y]6MWjq77qMl« *U;fn:d =QS8Sƺz+o-\.w"c=ձ>rG׈)ؾ\]=L>>UQWC fSO:6>ᵕ/))Ӳн>jaE z mA"+#v(;[g]?4ɸHK)[p@ں1g橮]S\n^֪p3O« **_KRU_gU1W)t"&䦿y-m zW/xfY: +5jc[p <]W<1N:F6^&!OWʧe to\\Aw%SUW0;vd f6a||ں0|6)lte߶-lA.JBA?յud*« jkk AKf"p-y~ᵩz@&]^/Rb DMC]5sYta6t K@vRPxlt5g2ib=qE_lW&9ڪ@&=ۂ8 :ģcf(um;Hu]p(%k)nrN9YЙ v{_Ź>̉NiPs띯`zd\{-A˂[#L0p,G\,Y {|:*;]Z?.=(1p3/}lojr/*ǁ>EgWlh4R,]F,-H)eD"ab~!ˡS۷( KA,[g iaZP%yĶ, SSS =]wΡgads#!rF}['jjmgu/! 7};o[y3_Z0طfv+OlS=^/{olfIJ%K1T]cWnZ:C|8x$Lz|>ǏFǙD:&AsC+/߉<>~# - !xG"̏Nx-$} Cܳc/~f_Ȧ<_$u5f_R5 RNgfvvp8m;dYZؾ}pI# 233K44-rULOPU%71M(3TWW1Mh4B2f7A.w|[OPSSM&sTNgR T*ss455݃TUGy{H$Pu TU>#iEH$RtwwӷrccWϫL᳙YtwP[k |l{yB=XU]m d r!xxz_\WK1te9s7r_c~~y[.“H$hmmU8|_! 27;O0GTdٙ9 d&Hg w066C?.clgffѾ&~8>K"2x4@*loISk N~rG Vrp8x/YD6+*ǟYT7y6.mU̔ '9E#w(N hKT2gx}@RGsd?6)svacOHGL,Dc.jOPDibqm46lFX+m}w&NxG8{,(^_i) l`hh_0'Cʲx'&'R#QJɩG9y94O]4]JyNivxo|K@/% GW2=b-%lٶcvW)O0cpehbLǎ]u]v+<~[+T.&и.m$G6nފi㥾1ρb66t:M[ǦcWмK*īV5Ri6mN 2켐(}tl܄(Fc:Gl{ |w8ϏO Fss` #?`ߣ㯇o12l_6(usd7;w](+S?;9|[i>>͗8},c Ξ=rOO@ɔIڰqIe˶ |+SS5.}CT%{NxXSYF:c iO?4A1N}2M{3L, ؠř\;#Xi1<60r9T, IDATvlREf!+ȉs.dg0e#)`J0ul[ ^ L=-Zs/ QTűj|iY jc.Z99MdOZ69)+26c& Gp%Ybhx01YTīJ*jRyyP9S֯kDUTթG%gdy]}$a30 խa-n+-4-#cGonө*Ȗi(0P5a1׉;"\HD kVn ePUbFDӸsf?Xq_kc;TMy]IfMFb 'x˫ jr a$+4߹?2( (,X_mڅ6ﰨ"~?Qkk-8͖ Ob7 fOmo/NMEDL_fF3DRV =FxKSSC^ggƌc1&sSf& i6Ŵm]=\uBL! H%OtwcGc::Mum8x ^3 1HDT;æGFƈ'_W%^xUꥉI *j LLH$mMtl߾`$S2 *s|ceݼJ*īV/!>zx;ȌK$TUEvE0;]ظؘJ뾟qK"FFp{ÿǿxv>nd:^Tu%_q#5UU ,Ke %+] ʉdb~zFΌֽ`83L$Q$2/CnEUWx(+ Hh%_q9% 6UxYI>SBRq\i`)hh"޺~ɍZ<8+f~:*I% E_F$A-EwK2g(f`Ї[ʰja?a= d_('d2Y];-FF$T  iYX OԓxYMiefS<<{E-Z(쁅qCP pCuTK<û}/!- B Ø-|T :+t\g?ݷX5M]5醁$kb )]jr‰.yYe7M۶][UW%^xuV!8vL -~zm0Gij2{O*%Hbv۾T?GcY׽ 6#M|oeF~kl Ͱ57Clg$ONaspb9E偱9;C/ ud[ +u%3Q,1QH$DW^y߳<(Nr? \6^g5U<{槃wsC͵T/gbЃ y Aá%_be啎bdY*do]=gt:QK*īV/e2Y\|hl%:^c8_l& , dnsK*vS6xw{73zG'HO]e;`&ـA7mj*qk~;,9Cj"jsjhLd ~3z?m{g:tV@δJt'L9ϒ޶ܽ *+񕻺pz }JÖTKRd,ZWmjs*`A\JwZ3A_zZ {)- XWwz^>Ñ 8(+ /Ryך;<1Ad&D YZ;w-wvHM:8&e󁢬!Kr|=}躾bOnOvʏK-nIC I­ ㌎hdH5TӤK)ȏ>= /`ǻ ;eFmQeNMmX9kbkͭh 83z_Щ|˹6Scc¶_QB,?  ĴoG瑉?IԻk ޗda/kc7 ?ܵzw]{ %0P34/QUW%^x m.0JH+Z,hx7=Čg"zȏdojk\A7+Dxu0g<9WU^-r? xd]vJEeM>Y^-[}vm۠} w"x`*'jrUY1<Ӷg1E~ aX8kώ㛦!9',aڶ6bZ~'u/*.>\ɤѳmF8u,st4O/j˯)xehˠ<2G>tDU{ms./YsItIVa[KbږpځhL:eZVW%^xU%4ɦ瘞y6gE8!ѳ%ۢsrrwiڒܞ1|hs.)Z}T۶m;,Fm,-X,(^TN[|oq+d|\\}L0 HG`%*-l[~| P[ꪂI"L(beH@d)2G1?$#fs<J*īC.,+acҢP]UsN $R٢ybFOt~{~oZ`1[d-[M6Kaӑ{/nɍRИ "YBX@bꝤn3) %e2#`3Q7ʱN|_v+({qr!i@$IP*XRޘBga%ICKIrJ- rJy9t ϭoyyp/Qۥʲ̆M -W-/Ci}aC33qG1G,kiLi^4RīJ*jREEϿa}v{`]_{֋s4yb655Яi`. 4OҤmKtu1&GɚK/\p]ǝ;e/JZ5$)I4\ހBI9N,#ΐ]NlڱI\}yza]Y_xzved.{s $$ܹ0s~ v\7>vˎP_wUxQ&Xg^y97I(Cu%\Sg jj,)o .dxD<*īJZ4>> \Vk 9ym[=,e&& L|'TI 7孟'}ɓM.*+=TXZ7h.aqLm;֡)2}LӃƴ`%S9ȉe8[Μ?}gs7ܺxQ$7ԆQ9R<` LLְg&ZO ԧc$ $6\gO=®CxHy޾|MP;DOa"k1t2D2YNhYJ^>m)i]jat>oȱJi-Ou$X4WT7+~V@l6$zD>sF n|Vwy#_ 477jy1:ho@ᵯ7/?0DeM{s:9Q̡,.93#'twvwOe/~Yp_Uu%>/?īJ*jRyyn`=׏|n 4 ^Y-n=Gӧo-v\c-h^_`oύ\-e{h̆zF5 w]Vr&S#qTj*oҍHtNdtUexpشEKi47W1\LرO}u+y{[vTUV@i D`,iظ6fK[!k<\0M,[)} Tԧ)rp0GGAQ0wڂmnnPc7624MLLdfǫ++i`:+Hr[e3mܪ'frl2˵`ɲCӘ4]N9mql` I1g{*ŴWǞbJ}baXahZibLAԈͻ6d"79ſ,vdyv]:f'"{[*\>& R{rO| ;ePT>H S.XE}n`VW%^xUժ&]Q5`} k۶K3Cet`GԸ\},3ͱD<0,m#>BKBKh]{e$Nwܬ7S3*;ht03mudIBVe.Ňa hy-xx65YY)H=Zgz =r)a܁y _Cccs4,QWl3钛~`677h-yB¡eIq2So4&ĺuEuθCoF"єãX]SVֽ(TyTUW%^xuv*//PH {=77[n][@ Pű:z7=`jr͵p2-l(*++ <9݊u=/,(L6fQYɝ}MrЁظi >vPV^N6EU$I"^2 !Iu ^L&31X,dr" \vVW9E啎OV4-$as!sթkBFȦbq]f3'l5Ty6.$zRMٲn#{z[ΙWs\."?v/OOЬ.1zݼnE(n\6rեWsl!8oH&;rm[6R}-4vemɃ\HŖNc3r# $ yS[[  }e]WA*y ɬpށ,< LL9[wоi+z~;'6 TԲBuN0:2%Iw]q&}r)r^*B0{fw0`0_G0\s/&ۿ_] IDAT|P((Ģq  1<2JSc3($ HdEQ$Si*y{!#4kbrj ˅al|MOLqq{܌O~:&z=\.&'hooe-Fߥ1~?i]###cdYff&JSSã9ұXz"l߾֍0>*˰lD"ICCTVV`&TZ ҙ uukuu5Ј{&ɒTK3AuU%גJ1-ʊ i#NS_WǮ]p{<3a6eeҕގ,I<y=n7arWQ]S3TW%^xUۯDj TUVp?" 3?[L4Fˆv؁@gx8V6l@(`S#idY:g^ PV$\.7]~U<Mkmߍۥ$e̫D2eTTƹiim'~ \vj{% w}*+˙:o]MOϰqc\T]{0C?Ï lTFkڏ/X?C#{΍sqlOg3T#r?b̤)7 N>S+ 멪U2fT%A2gB1!z,l !:rHdFP|%A@n;_q4+b_D,DeFݯQp2x!LIđQet?{dQe>Bow6]ǏLJrW4}Ei}/{PTuE>+Js>V%lahhY|Ͽ"L9LNNyB Z=¦Ai],L5~0JAJ&3ط7kQG5{%L?8QʹZ2.sEq.73}a4Jv):24(q$7J1#i0!Je1{`rr56غRG nq7Hw45a?.jdB\` ̻!BS+ѡ)xq[ư E94xuuHcĨ.-WVEx7:GreWJ`E}!rֶGn߸]ljŢ䂝]v ~uRW%^x$|1rByrjjj<#D{is\@,ǡO傝RS댍]ti\fWUƴ)MmƟ'=W39;)b7!a'LFbTƌ(_ۧ\E)^㕦+rӲa:*]ݽ7"ɲ#,sCqPHJ*i^Eh|Z]?1wuxkoFQ=4תqO'HP^^6O>n~zkH&TT8hc.:wsFF'z"m׍r; q{KR|d*S]]bmC*%ݣ6m*ޙn&C1v#nY:UArqBuzʜlf6c 4Ws5d-a:)5X{/h4V0j}F_<׾z;t[fYS#y\E2"V%IZt[*H(@H\&S1ӶOO {nFG$>q'edɱ~qENt49(wxw*==2##2>XT0@+īnaVWUQ]U ފ(; 6!gس((JxX񰾹 BvimGdhP]笍CdrFAg&&$N_7o.>H7z+׿V>mc@;>W|^oH0dzcNt3#nQ%O5/~1m1u]'O=rӓٕ*7Fn$  gyji((w%l|?7ހ")Et/LJ~==2}2ӧ}IZ[EuI^5V ?%R\c4MDV>)SU%h^g/PYm+A`JZ$ S <Ѿ јÿW1 ر:^,ZSs⅃aΎ;JQ9xBWQPWg,"e!]UW%^9Ϋ/ٽ7W1#?*p5vNu_WE$YBej,۶y{XnyDepH͢L]LN(_ܣ+S_/hlXe I\1~9+f]e;yyMlg0=hAL۶m`ݫr l-'TE-p"q@;/} W\LԈxwEu6'xw*ּQOtkFXZ<56Zuim=aޒ=QS-;|3Lx?οn-! 'Mj BP9- &u]uw$E]K[BgcllM!891>Y"P[+ԧ<Ocx<`x<,ī^s9#<$ c߾h06#"-a&MWR4D5ʯP(ujkpz-8@ 淾ټ-~y>`?5/~ÿ^X<Yy|_Gk@ yVƏџy{[`z<-k Em͡C znS\Ws-_HX #~c=sbF+ n)}f(?IZAM0˒ull|mXk)pl X[!BIWkIyIl͛N*)kHaD"17^d{ГHn&) K9-XXOpeј}!6vL&N8I]CŢ1o?{Y) 1$W Wgy՛H+%^O𑣼U*Wk6&>.߄)KpI9 ;mqÍ7r% qkwkbb2Ӧ9{:ɥƎ6G' b^t{揌,n}Q0϶g36E[_5ՄCy|;]ɕWp4~ 6MĎ⌍M|v]=7{l.(2^ja/l@UwwJt>q$_wU\qYԧ.RvV)Z5Y.Ě\ֶBbQsP*//ls(A*gbbSgaYt&(?-^qmɴ(f_@~1Γkk,VW/H^9a^%^OP_ϭƁ}Q^qX>7^㚫4w8MuJ`ypuX{fSu}䢺?=n8c*3d/^`n]#S)IJʞ2SfN7e}˕ta?0xKjIYO&O%s_/NEw[;`R)nYFJ,;d2d2^)IpI 쬖ftD[ለ$rx&ۧT3uY8nrǷ8驩1;O$zNw PUW⼚ _:;yh#d#> 7⦗$`F*t͢$\u}զRi$=T4:YYYN:}q,?aYeGc(B}N*ZY.S7w?]]Q=UVJ%@ם;Ŝ]|$!([\{6Z6 ]rNVA~>n;iK؎֩m8{y{֚Y,\&xS6ͯsukYydi鞚;+˴m[`&AHp~.^ vLU.^. 0ܒuzNaX(mؖ-7_'d.{#.īme1M8SӸ7u>yvTT7Nhn} ~ Ud(^I8k;kc¶ 㖒4٘:ߋۘe Ģyl':?KLP2tIl1!ˆg{q$yIKC3qMxiEmcY/?|ir󼂯\UJTJΧ|Wh~߇2Apb8a^/J!8[!k %ux)6m::] ]g(`[AyZ 0x6dB70dQ2O;VG,iKҢ9y$-<Www/5uubl -\<$dI+īU&nw睼[ek^#ť Y2/)k߅!oz)--uЇak6S^Q=p%5CGGC˰i?0aKbJY[[C8*S ܵ|g7xqE-'I'X|˫i-rzҽs4q,1yO;ؼt?ho]KiKQx4p*BNj`0 ?+9]թryTUVVPQQUezS9j]2.m@&HK./r٣CrC5"ԉSg*SKk2KA 3IչE!./uRJFWMVl0TZKVɌ}X($-^Wu$īJrW`I_U3lC ѩf+cɰy=BGefč7\?X,N*ZÛ\Tr]{{m®|^9a.e֯c&2}nKqrbX< !L~1+>iHm|u\Su5"9 R[[dy uKi7Psy>rsU@ ю淠ڲz}`$QJ%495NBxe:|9q7wk~׾#?ĐNIn10Y4Eb]_op+ MqUM!tFp&#Q#ޮP\g(E%C.^Fh:Wo `x4S79јIyOUdxya7Y} U4-9;YUYItf f,&я(zfiTd r\`%^x*ãÓqw~ .3#/`|-رx 76w|.H$f:#s1|x~})z1`dzs4;'}f.:dd$چȒiE|׿[el2).5Q(BEeη3g}$}8?ׅnTaONqKazU8?|6D/r9gT,G1NET9LiF$^ð*tڞng$!ZjO.|ɓy$Y Xy}y4^6V{>]D01l+C z{{&f@8+JmO e;0`&4Pa㙑(4/]YG[Wo hY.Lbvm!\N.X#G4Pa?UUW%^~rNk˞kä鳳]X(ޓ<)g1&_I|cWP)AA^gg{?fYڠyg ܙg9~-~ {|dKC}e I=mNJ/ci=aw@J oYY׿oT;t).lc%fȤ>:1#g}}=[鎛L8s2a)s_g{YӾnts_YӍoJ~C܏$Ik딏?@Ƞ8:_v:G:@7uFtTWsNd2d@r4r{pAvWZTA& `"b&Fȏ-.({ng&K_W%**C΀{EQ]hhzWx%^+n佶vnf]4ck- vb٣qvxMV!).~dYa$Rr38xhL Fc@s$ICP:mzvZVBZFEE"ϺZ7{FG~;,Ac޳5_7u/^YЩ{_^{ܮSV-Nlbn'*29M2)}w̌U5ghtSۮA0W«z5phyNdd$?f\3~MTWpd^OV J&Nzz:_ l}߰P{e'4\&2:6pZFko`+VnԚֿDrBAm,r)?uRo<\F%%%oa_sX, M~|L|Yicg=V#idZIHn4F܊}r)* F#ESE`īVWP (Y ́ H=j)U:znY&@HZ=6*QlAa')YF5h#yJ^TvbG( وj4v9v.rQLxT|xd20@z?w=/e/zEv@U0#"q W«zDաVILz>bܸ$I6vA\xc4!{=pfLeXz{x.4/m 9p;huԩiHJJh HuXq9˽$''b'#pl ƥ`#E#@[bH Tmo"CSlLA ((jx9<9߇AݣUeEE1䕖\EoWAQH4A\܃}t6وdptXV$lO-!Howug(4jP2E5,_M_'n_8rWT ~*ձe̡CTUWDWaznLssc)ġS*ҤLu⵸"2\j+ $4EG"%{eTj ej,kxrtmd ]+.qܶ2| -[mU%Isc=fߓdyRZ;)(,Azdge"v21}*\uE[Cx+oDAj)*XE7g. TS2EV83L!ػ:v52R:LXjѪ}ZOHwJ>j[_^dkGRq`9y#;D_o/ 2ٳ{'%$){5R&8Cl/91'c4Z8\688PR\LUBBB Qe^~ʸq475@XX^crsz8tkx4,QqTut(Xyy3:u:jN5@j'%-=ښӄF1RԘfR*RC $qedx*`f$pdVMɦk3 AAA_`>!v;:z=99DE\l]ߍMzz DEE( =PW@LL4Wd,zbz;HJJEwJ^iO[t: W'ۓ4Z2nbϧ;HLՅZ&<,&23财j t;uL45A{` wٞV0 ASS :;LZ-V23hhl&<,HEtw܀މʕ&zٷg$''RSSG9!hfhh! fkjIJJdppIB >⒄W+Ur `wkVbcc#%%~<14Zŭ?Own#&&RפtB+$4|]m򪶶qDEBoDFp8N)Wfs<5DR_PDhx}v>ݱm$WK}Ȳ|\7nGTōx<{ٻٽkaUkk;F S]6;EGDڪ_+Zj###\$nsVFbcl^qmcOWΕ@zf>킻|DsN+N@p,111 o }z5 8WJ ^ gW'=;NDP 0+@x%o7*@ @ ,@ @ ,@ @ ,@ @ @ @ p8ѡ {PdX ^ +@x%|c|၁mHyE%AAAL=.7zlcI̟;FCuu ͭ$%g#7'~CXJ 7^-Ӗ_6lDA!! :o qfN'/86l܄$HL0M"(Y;Ǭ.WyE%:޽g3t>{u&yӛ~̓| ǐom}k/-@y%El߹Brry4Rk?o.][n7}.^|5:yyxEtttR^QAcS3!L8nCe2.1vhϝa[sibZ)*gHNJ";;k$g ~} /C0ibccYf7O㩩mtvZ4i"K $8^]W|aaaxɫl8N| m3ͷZF%t,r-3mm,}:D^xipעj)+K//!)1̌ Vj-u|ֶ6 1L܌b#?/o,n(_BKK[Iaa_y YY~#.I'򯧞fq޹SXa}}l}}ե:t_^LbbYYt~^|+. 0L<mv _RLk～rsrXZJSspt`1yDL&YXm]2l2&4lv;coW5غl<'Yj y9Ďa]QQQ74ibGR?ĄM=IXv=it:vqu`4YkS]SW^1'.[{Qg^j59Mo@DxμF%q p-7dYF=|^Re[ZhyȨT*$IB3ϖ-;ػo ﾋ`ιJEXx|4 aa]nj5}w>:w{Iix>/N狝Z,xeytZmN#e^/){OR ׋Fk*jdp,mvÍ7\Ǻپ}YY«3īthniappF-^ FՌxXa#n&O^a^Ohjnbܸ'tZ9m~׬]6vEOO3if^0,Z-n 0sϙBQa8}E&M@hhK-9󗑞NFzIcv_(xJhXt$ƪa'GP 3FKK+Ŝ VsK+!̽bRj-JǗnEPI#Lw; yHL0c6y%L({:,S^QIOO/NZCFzwI;~cGUu $%&`6SQYᠢ6**Z(l N'11]NzZ*~ᠾ(22ٵ{7&"##ַիs|?H^^.+j^y}E$Ib9'<CxuC.}~)*,G=FA~>y|}'rgyiii/O_y̞+-EVӁZ&""d2yh4peb06 Z ×KQQﾶ?znOlڴ֑B]Vk8rkųYu%bUHu\3U_,[WJ Qy/ V)((ĤD`?͙aϛ3rV5#aDx%W7Z>OfsO@%B @ b%@ b%@ ((,"J ^ + & p9[;] uKx%@pzu[lv("'D v~N{K>~&Cx%@pxuB`8(t| ΘRE$t>*݇oa>,xp @ >` rIlPY( g%=V K,J ^ +,^|@prZXC2 +@x%+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/glade/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000005154512630136167023212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual del dissenyador d'interfícies Glade El Glade és un dissenyador d'interfícies d'usuari per a aplicacions GTK+. 2006 Vincent Geddes 2004 2003 Sun Microsystems 20022000 Michael Vance Projecte de documentació del GNOME Vincent Geddes GNOME Documentation Project
vincent.geddes@gmail.com
 Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project Glade Manual 3.0 5 December 2006 Vincent Geddes GNOME Documentation Project Glade Manual 2.1; 17 June 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 2.0 25 February 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 1.2 10 Feb 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 1.1 30 Mar 2002 Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 1.0 11 May 2000 Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project Aquest manual descriu la versió 3.1.0 del Glade. Comentaris To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Glade application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. glade user interface designer Introducció El dissenyador d'interfícies Glade us permet crear i editar dissenys d'interfícies d'usuari per a aplicacions GTK+. La biblioteca GTK+ ofereix una àmplia col·lecció d'elements amb els quals construir interfícies d'usuari, com ara quadres de text, quadres de diàleg, caselles de selecció i menús. Aquests elements s'anomenen ginys. Podeu utilitzar el Glade per posicionar els ginys dins d'una interfície gràfica. El Glade us permet modificar la disposició i propietats d'aquests ginys. També podeu utilitzar el Glade per afegir connexions entre els ginys i el codi font de l'aplicació. Les interfícies d'usuari dissenyades al Glade s'emmagatzemen utilitzant un format XML, facilitant-ne la integració amb eines externes. Podeu utilitzar la biblioteca libglade per crear aquestes interfícies gràfiques de forma dinàmica des de la descripció en XML. Primers passos Per iniciar el <application>Glade</application> Podeu iniciar el Glade de les maneres següents: Menú d'Aplicacions Choose Programming Glade Interface Designer . Línia d'ordres Per iniciar el Glade des d'una línia d'ordres,escriviu l'ordre següent i a continuació, premeu la tecla de Retorn: glade-3 Quan inicieu el <application>Glade</application> Quan inicieu el Glade, es mostra la finestra següent.
Finestra del <application>Glade</application> Shows theGlade window.
La finestra del Glade conté els elements següents: Barra de menús Els menús que apareixen a la barra de menús contenen totes les ordres que necessiteu per treballar amb fitxers al Glade. Barra d'eines La barra d'eines conté un subconjunt de les ordres a les quals podeu accedir des de la barra de menús. Àrea de disseny L'àrea de disseny és on es pot editar visualment la interfície d'usuari. Paleta La paleta conté tots els ginys que es poden utilitzar per construir una interfície d'usuari. Inspector L'inspector mostra informació sobre els ginys que hi ha en un projecte. Editor de propietats L'editor de propietats s'utilitza per manipular les propietats dels ginys i per afegir connexions al codi font. Barra d'estat La barra d'estat mostra informació sobre l'activitat actual del Glade i informació contextual sobre els elements dels menús. Com treballar amb projectes Com crear un projecte nou Per crear un projecte nou, escolliu FitxerNou. L'aplicació mostrarà un projecte nou en blanc a la finestra del Glade. Com obrir un projecte Per obrir un projecte existent, seleccioneu FitxerObre. L'aplicació mostrarà el projecte a la finestra del Glade. Com desar un projecte Podeu desar un projecte de les maneres següents: Per desar els canvis d'un projecte que ja existeix, seleccioneu FitxerDesa. To save a new project file or to save an existing project file under a new filename, choose File Save As . Enter a name for the project file in the Save As dialog, then click Save. Com treballar amb ginys Com seleccionar ginys de la paleta Podeu treballar amb els ginys de la Paleta de les maneres següents: Mode «selecció» Per utilitzar el mode «selecció», feu clic a la fletxa Selectora. El punter canvia i es converteix en una fletxa per tal d'indicar que el mode «selecció» està actiu. Dins d'aquest mode, podeu utilitzar el ratolí per seleccionar ginys del vostre projecte. Tot seguit, podeu utilitzar la finestra de Propietats per tal d'editar les propietats dels ginys. També podeu utilitzar el menú contextual de ginys per seleccionar-ne un. Feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre un giny per tal d'obrir-ne el menú contextual.Podeu afegir múltiples ginys d'un tipus determinat des de la Paleta al projecte tot mantenint premuda la tecla Control en seleccionar el giny. Cal que feu clic a la fletxa Selector o a qualsevol altre giny de la Paleta per tornar al mode normal. Mode de posicionament de ginys Per utilitzar el mode de posicionament de ginys, seleccioneu un giny de la Paleta. Quan en seleccioneu més d'un, el punter canvia i es converteix en un punter amb el símbol de suma (+). D'aquesta manera podeu posicionar els ginys dins de contenidors, ginys d'alt nivell, etc. Després de posicionar un giny, el mode torna al mode de selecció. Mode de posicionament d'alt nivell Per utilitzar el mode de posicionament d'alt nivell, seleccioneu un giny d'alt nivell de la Paleta. Un cop seleccionat, el giny apareixerà immediatament a l'escriptori. Aleshores podreu editar el giny. Després de seleccionar el giny d'alt nivell, el mode torna al mode de selecció. Com organitzar els ginys al projecte Per maquetar i organitzar els ginys a la finestra del projecte podeu utilitzar contenidors de ginys o caixes. Podeu seleccionar els ginys contenidors següents de la Paleta: Caixa horitzontal Caixa vertical Taula Posicions fixes Caixa horitzontal de botons Caixa vertical de botons Subfinestres horitzontals Subfinestres verticals Bloc de notes Marc Finestra amb desplaçament Subàrea de visualització Podeu combinar les caixes com vulgueu per crear estructures de disposicions complexes. Quan creeu caixes horitzontals i verticals, el Glade us demana quantes columnes i files ha de crear inicialment, tot i que sempre podreu afegir-ne de noves o suprimir les que no us interessin. Un cop heu creat totes les caixes que necessiteu, podeu afegir-hi ginys concrets com etiquetes, botons o ginys més complicats. Fixeu-vos que el Glade posiciona els ginys segons la maquetació, estalviant-vos bona part de la feina més pesada. L'ús de les caixes permet a les finestres canviar la mida perquè es mostrin etiquetes de diferents mides en diferents idiomes quan es localitzi l'aplicació. Com posicionar un giny al porta-retalls To remove a widget from a parent and place the widget on the clipboard, select the widget then choose Edit Cut . Com copiar un giny al porta-retalls To copy a widget to the clipboard, select the widget then choose Edit Copy . The original widget remains attached to the parent. Com enganxar un giny des del porta-retalls al projecte To paste a widget that exists on the clipboard into your project, choose Edit Paste .Tots els ginys han de tenir un nom únic dins del Glade. Si retalleu un giny i l'enganxeu al projecte, aleshores el giny i tots els seus fills mantindran els seus noms originals. Si el copieu o l'enganxeu múltiples vegades al projecte, aleshores el Glade generarà noms nous per a les còpies del giny. Com suprimir un giny To delete a widget from the parent without moving the widget to the clipboard, select the widget then choose Edit Delete . Com canviar una propietat d'un giny Utilitzeu l'editor de propietats per editar les propietats del giny seleccionat. Per canviar una propietat d'un giny, seleccioneu el giny i introduïu el valor corresponent en un dels camps que trobareu a la subfinestra de propietats. Quant al Glade Els desenvolupadors del Glade i voluntaris de la comunitat GNOME són qui s'encarreguen de mantenir el Glade. Per tal de trobar més informació sobre el Glade, visiteu el lloc web del Glade. Per informar d'un error o fer algun suggeriment sobre aquesta aplicació o aquest manual, feu-ho a través del bugzilla. Les llistes de correu de l'usuari i del desenvolupador també són unes excel·lents fonts d'informació. A part de subscriure-us-hi, també podeu consultar els arxius de les llistes, que trobareu disponibles en aquests mateixos enllaços. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/license.page0000644000373100047300000000510012667644475023220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/annotations-disabled.page0000644000373100047300000000300112667644473025674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Només es poden afegir anotacions a fitxers PDF. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 No puc afegir anotacions?

Annotations can only be added to PDF files. If your file is of a format other than PDF, the option to add annotations will be greyed out (disabled).

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000402012667644476024265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 08-Page Booklet Print an 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 8-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-15pages.page0000644000373100047300000000345312667644473024351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 15 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 15-page booklet

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/print-select.page0000644000373100047300000000362012667644476024215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Only printing certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the textbox, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages textbox, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-6pages.page0000644000373100047300000000626112667644475024273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 06-Page Booklet Print a 6 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 6-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000302412667644476024323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Introducció al Visualitzador de documents Evince. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Introducció

Evince is a document viewer. See for a list of file types you can view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/print-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000345112667644472024106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing two-sided and multi-page per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Two-sided and multiple pages per side layout for printing

You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/singlesided-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000640012667644473025345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 20 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1, 2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000361112667644474024453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Poseu-vos en contacte amb l'equip de documentació. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Ajudeu a escriure documentació

The Document Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/singlesided-17-20pages.page0000644000373100047300000000607712667644476025573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 17, 18, 19 or 20 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 17-page to 20-page booklet

If you have a 17, 18 or 19 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 20-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 20, 1, 2, 19, 18, 3, 4, 17, 16, 5, 6, 15, 14, 7, 8, 13, 12, 9, 10, 11

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/password.page0000644000373100047300000000442512667644473023447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Handling password protected PDFs. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Documents protegits per contrasenya

If you try to open a PDF document that is protected with a password, a window will appear asking you to enter the document password. Enter the password and click Unlock Document.

Passwords can be set by the person who created or edited the document.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/convertSVG.page0000644000373100047300000000442512667644476023650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to SVG by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Anna Philips anna.cs.au@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Conversió d'un document a SVG

Podeu convertir els documents dels formats següents a format SVG:

Format de document portable (.pdf)

Ho podeu fer si obriu el document amb el Visualitzador de documents i «imprimiu» el document com a fitxer SVG.

Click the File options menu in the top right corner and select Print or press CtrlP.

Select Print to File and choose SVG as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The SVG file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/opening.page0000644000373100047300000000525412667644474023246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com s'obre un document. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Open a document

Podeu obrir un document de totes aquestes maneres:

Double-click on the file in Files or your file manager.

Double clicking PDF, PostScript, .djvu, .dvi and Comic Book Archive files opens them in Document Viewer by default.

Right-click on a file icon in Files and click Open WithDocument Viewer.

If a Document Viewer window is already open you can:

Drag a file into the window from Files. The new file will open in a new window.

Press the File options button in the top-right corner of the window, then select Open…. In the Open Document dialog, choose the file which you wish to open, and click Open. The file will open in a new window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/editing.page0000644000373100047300000000333312667644473023225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Amb el Visualitzador de documents no podeu editar fitxers. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Can I edit documents in the document viewer?

The document viewer can't be used to make changes to documents. You need to use the appropriate editing application for the type of file you want to change.

PDF and PostScript (.ps) files are not usually intended to be edited, but PDF editing software is available. Try pdfedit, for example.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/synctex-support.page0000644000373100047300000000345212667644475025015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com afegir compatibilitat amb SyncTeX. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Instal·lació de SyncTeX

Per tal de permetre l'ús de SyncTeX cal instal·lar els següents paquets informàtics:

Utilitats extra de TeX Live.

Connectors del gedit.

Activeu el connector de SyncTex al gedit:

Feu clic a la pestanya EditaPreferènciesConnectors.

Feu clic a SyncTeX.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/synctex-editors.page0000644000373100047300000000516712667644474024756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quin editor podeu fer servir per editar fitxers TEX? Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Editors compatibles
<app>gedit</app>

També es poden realitzar Cerca cap endavant (des de l'editor de text gedit al Visualitzador de document) i la Cerca cap enrere (des del Visualitzador de document cap al gedit).

Vim-latex

El connector del gedit conté un script de python (evince_dbus.py) que es pot fer servir per fer treballar el SyncTeX amb el Vim. Per tal de fer servir el vim-latex juntament amb el Visualitzador de documents us cal seguir els passos següents:

Copieu l'script evince_dbus.py a algun directori que estigui al camí (PATH) i feu que sigui executable (+x).

Modifiqueu el fitxer de configuració del Vim (~/.vimrc) i afegiu-hi les línies següents.

let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'evince_dbus.py' let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf' let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex --synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $*'

Ara ja podeu fer servir la cerca cap endavant amb el vim-latex si teclegeu \ls. La cerca cap enrere encara no està implementada.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/bookmarks.page0000644000373100047300000000616312667644476023601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 You can use annotations like bookmarks. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Punts d'interès

You can add, rename and delete bookmarks using the Document Viewer.

When you open a file, you should see a side pane on the left side of the window. If you do not have a visible side pane, press the F9 key.

At the top of this side pane, there is a dropdown menu. To work with bookmarks, select the Bookmarks option from this dropdown menu.

Create a bookmark

In the PDF document itself, navigate to the page to which you would like to add the bookmark.

In the side pane, select Bookmarks from the dropdown menu.

Click the Add button at the bottom of the side pane. The default name of the bookmark you just added is the page number of the document.

The bookmark is now listed in the bookmarks list.
Rename a bookmark

Select the bookmark in the side pane.

Click on the bookmark name.

Enter the new name.

Press Enter.
Delete a bookmark

Select the bookmark in the side pane.

Click the Remove button at the bottom of the side pane.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000376212667644476024354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 12-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/convertPostScript.page0000644000373100047300000000471112667644474025317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Podeu convertir un document a PostScript. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Anna Philips anna.cs.au@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Conversió d'un document a PostScript

Podeu convertir els documents dels formats següents a fitxers PostScript:

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Format de document portable (.pdf)

Format de fitxer d'imatge etiquetada (.tiff, .tif)

Ho podeu fer si obriu el document amb el Visualitzador de documents i «imprimiu» el document com a fitxer PostScript.

Click the File options menu in the top right corner and select Print or press CtrlP and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PostScript as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PostScript file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/synctex-beamer.page0000644000373100047300000000526212667644476024536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Utilització del SyncTex amb la classe LaTeX Beamer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Beamer amb SyncTeX

La Beamer és una classe de LaTeX per crear diapositives per presentacions.

You can perform forward and backward search in a Beamer-LaTeX presentation in a similar fashion to searching through other TeX files compiled with SyncTeX. However the search brings you to the corresponding frame (slide), not necessarily the associated line of text. This difference is outlined in detail below.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000352612667644475023246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Milloreu el Visualitzador de documents. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Ajudeu en el desenvolupament

Una comunitat de voluntaris desenvolupa i mantén el Visualitzador de documents. Us convidem a participar-hi.

If you would like to help develop the Document Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/convertpdf.page0000644000373100047300000000547312667644472023762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Podeu convertir un document a PDF si «imprimiu» a fitxer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Anna Philips anna.cs.au@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Conversió d'un document a PDF

Podeu convertir els documents dels formats següents a format PDF:

Format de fitxer independent del dispositiu (.dvi)

PostScript (.ps)

Ho podeu fer si obriu el document amb el Visualitzador de documents i «imprimiu» el document com a fitxer PDF.

Click the File options menu in the top right corner and select Print or press CtrlP on your keyboard.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

You can't select text in PostScript or .dvi files, but you usually can do this in PDF files. Converting .dvi or PostScript files to PDF will not make the text selectable. This is because the text itself isn't stored in the file (it's just an image of what the text looks like), so there is no way to recover it and put it in the PDF. You can use Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software to extract the text from files if you need to.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/synctex-search.page0000644000373100047300000000646212667644473024550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Canvieu entre el Visualitzador de documents i el gedit. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Cerqueu amb SyncTeX

Després de compilar el fitxer TeX amb el SyncTeX, hauríeu de ser capaç de cercar. El SyncTeX fins i tot permet cerques cap endavant i cap enrere des d'un fitxer inclòs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/noprint.page0000644000373100047300000000644612667644475023305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The author may have put printing restrictions on the document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 No puc imprimir un document
Possible reasons for printing failure

A document might not print because of:

Printer problems or,

PDF printing restrictions.
Problemes d'impressió

There are many reasons why your printer might not be working. For example, it could be out of paper or ink, or unplugged or damaged.

To check if your printer is printing correctly:

Click your name on the topbar and select System Settings.

Click on your printer in the list.

Click on Print Test Page. A page should be sent to your printer.

If this fails, see Printing help. You may also need to see your printer's manual to see what else you can do.

PDF printing restrictions

Some PDF documents have a setting which prevents you from printing them. Authors can set this printing restriction when they write a document. The document viewer overrides this restriction by default, but you may want to check that it hasn't been disabled:

Press AltF2 to open the Run Application window.

Type dconf-editor into the text box and click Run. The Configuration Editor will open.

Browse to /org/gnome/evince using the side pane.

Make sure that the override_restrictions option is checked.

Torneu al Visualitzador de documents i proveu d'imprimir el document una altra vegada.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000402212667644474024261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 04-Page Booklet Print a 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 4-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/openerror.page0000644000373100047300000000305412667644472023614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error When Opening A File. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Why can't I open a file?

If you try to open a document of a format that the document viewer does not recognize, you will get an "Unable to open document" error message. Click Close to return to the Document Viewer window.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000104612667644476022554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Aquest treball està llicenciat sota Llicència Creative Commons Reconeixement Compartir igual 3.0 Estats Units.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/default-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000370712667644473025071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save current settings as default for new documents. Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Change default settings

When a document is opened for the first time, default settings, such as zoom and page view preferences, are applied. Any changes you make to these settings are saved for the document.

You can save the settings which you are currently using as default for all new documents by selecting Edit Save Current Settings as Default or press CtrlT.

The new default settings do not override settings of previously opened documents, they are applied only to documents opened for the first time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000376312667644475022741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Working with fillable forms. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Formularis

When filling out an interactive form, you can navigate from field to field by clicking on a field with your mouse. When you are finished filling out a text field, press Enter.

You can make a selection in a scrollable list box by clicking on the list box and scrolling to your choice with your mouse.

There may be some parts of a form that you may need to fill out by hand after you print the form. For example, you might have to circle certain things, or sign the form in one or more places. If you wish to do this electronically, you may want to try Xournal.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-11pages.page0000644000373100047300000000570212667644474024345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 11 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 11-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 11, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/presentations.page0000644000373100047300000000550012667644476024501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com passar presentacions. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Anna Philips anna.cs.au@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Presentacions
Iniciació d'una presentació

Per iniciar una presentació:

Obriu un fitxer

Click the View options button in the top-right corner and select Presentation (or press F5).

The presentation will be displayed full screen.

Moure's per una presentació

Use the spacebar, →, ↓, or left mouse click to go to the next slide.

Use the ←, ↑ or right mouse click to go to the previous slide.

You can also use the scroll wheel to move back and forth through the presentation.

Use Esc to exit the presentation.

Supported presentation file formats

The following file formats can be used for presentations:

Arxiu de llibre de còmic (.cbr i .cbz)

Format de fitxer independent del dispositiu (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Presentació de l'OpenOffice (.odp)

Format de document portable (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-9pages.page0000644000373100047300000001022512667644475024271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page Booklet Print a 9 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 9-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again and choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4,9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Click FilePrint.

Enter pages 8, 5, 6, 7 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/invert-colors.page0000644000373100047300000000345212667644474024413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Inverting the colors can make it easier to read some text. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Anna Philips anna.cs.au@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Invert colors on a page

To swap black for white, white for black, and so on, click the View options button in the top-right corner and select Inverted Colors.

Doing this can make it easier to read text, especially in the case of certain kinds of visual impairment.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/synctex-compile.page0000644000373100047300000000327312667644476024733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com compilar documents de TeX amb SyncTeX Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Compilació de TeX amb SyncTeX

Només cal que afegiu la línia \synctex=1 al preàmbul dels fitxers TeX per activar la sincronització amb SyncTeX.

\documentclass{article} \synctex=1 \usepackage{fullpage} \begin{document} ... \end{document}

També podeu executar l'ordre «pdflatex» amb l'opció -synctex=1:

pdflatex -synctex=1 elVostreFitxer.tex usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/annotations-save.page0000644000373100047300000000423012667644474025071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to save your annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Save a copy of an annotated PDF

To save a copy of your annotated PDF for future viewing using the document viewer or any other PDF viewer that supports annotations:

Click File optionsSave a Copy…

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Annotations are added according to the PDF specification. Therefore, most PDF readers should be able to read them. Adobe Reader is known to work.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000560312667644476023632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 File a bug against the <app>document viewer</app>

The document viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugCoreevince. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000410012667644475024342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 16-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-3pages.page0000644000373100047300000000503212667644476024264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page Booklet Print a 3 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 3-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages. Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 3, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

It is easier to print a 4-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 4-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/forms-saving.page0000644000373100047300000000565512667644473024226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure you save the form, otherwise all of the information you entered will be lost. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Anna Philips anna.cs.au@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Saving a form

After you have filled it out, you may wish to save your form in one of two ways:

To save a copy that can be edited in the future (form remains interactive):

Click the File options menu in the top right corner and select Save a copy or press CtrlS on your keyboard.

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

To save a copy that can no longer be edited (for example, to e-mail the form or submit it on-line):

Click the File options menu in the top right corner and select Print or press CtrlP on your keyboard.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Copies of encrypted files can't be saved or printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-7pages.page0000644000373100047300000000575012667644473024274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 07-Page Booklet Print a 7 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 7-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 7, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, change the selection to Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/print-pagescaling.page0000644000373100047300000000476012667644473025216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Shrink or expand the document to fit the paper size. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Scale page for printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Open the menu at the top-right of the window, then select Print….

Select the Page Handling tab.

Choose a Paper Scaling from the dropdown list.

None: do not perform page scaling.

Shrink to Printable Area: document pages larger than the printable area are reduced to fit the printable area of the printer page.

Fit to Printable Area: document pages are enlarged or reduced as required to fit the printable area of the printer page.

Click Print to print your document.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001774512667644475023656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 See a list of all shortcuts, and learn how to create your own custom shortcuts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Taufan Lubis taufanlinux@gmail.com Ronaldi Santosa ronald.santosa@gmail.com Ibnu Amansyah javalander9@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Keyboard shortcuts
Dreceres per defecte
Opening, closing, saving and printing

Obrir un document.

CtrlO

Obre una còpia del document actual.

CtrlN

Anomena i desa una còpia del document actual.

CtrlS

Imprimeix el document actual.

CtrlP

Tanca la finestra del document actual.

CtrlW

Reload the document (effectively closes and re-opens the document).

CtrlR
Moure's pel document

Moure's a la pàgina següent/anterior

Tecles de cursor

Moure's diverses línies amunt/avall de cop.

Tecla d'avançar / Tecla de retrocedir

Vés a la pàgina següent/anterior.

CtrlTecla d'avançar / CtrlTecla de retrocedir

Go to page number.

CtrlL followed by the page number and Enter

Go to the beginning of a page (beginning of the document if View Continuous is selected).

Inici

Go to the end of a page (end of the document if ViewContinuous is selected).

Final

Vés a l'inici del document.

CtrlInici

Vés al final del document.

CtrlFinal
Selecting and copying text

Copy highlighted text.

CtrlC

Selecciona tot el text del document.

CtrlA
Cerca de text

Show the toolbar that lets you search for words in the document. The search box is automatically highlighted when you press this, and the search will start as soon as you type some text.

CtrlF

Vés al resultat de cerca següent.

CtrlG

Vés al resultat de cerca anterior.

CtrlMajúsculesG
Rotating and zooming

Rotate the pages 90 degrees counter-clockwise.

CtrlFletxa cap a l'esquerra

Rotate the pages 90 degrees clockwise.

CtrlFletxa cap a la dreta

Amplia.

Ctrl+

Redueix.

Ctrl-
Create your own custom shortcuts

Enable the /desktop/gnome/interface/can_change_accels flag in gconf:

Press AltF2. The Run Application dialogue opens.

In the textbox, type 'gconf-editor'.

In the Configuration Editor select desktopgnomeinterface.

Check the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

Podeu afegir/canviar dreceres d'aquesta manera:

Open the document viewer.

Hover the pointer over the menu item you want to change/create the shortcut for.

Enter the shortcut you want on the keyboard, e.g. CtrlShiftT.

Close the document viewer.

Repeat steps 1-3.

Uncheck the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

The next time the document viewer launches, your custom shortcut key will be preserved.

Note that this also works for many other Gnome applications as well.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000466112667644475023606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Traduïu el Visualitzador de documents. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Ajudeu a la traducció

Una comunitat internacional de voluntaris tradueixen la interfície d'usuari i la documentació del Visualitzador de documents. Us convidem a participar-hi.

Encara hi ha molts idiomes en els quals no està traduït.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/print-order.page0000644000373100047300000000467012667644476024057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the Collate and Reverse options to make pages print in order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Getting copies to print in the correct order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up.

To reverse the order:

FitxerImprimeix

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

Per compaginar:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/singlesided-13-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000606312667644473025564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13, 14, 15 or 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 13-page to 16-page booklet

If you have a 13, 14 or 15 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/print-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000507412667644475025603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Printing a document on paper of a different size or orientation. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Changing the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Open the menu at the top-right of the window, then select Print….

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the dropdown list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Vertical

Apaïsat

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-10pages.page0000644000373100047300000000623712667644473024347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 10 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 10-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/singlesided-5-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000602012667644477025423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 5, 6, 7 or 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 5-page to 8-page booklet

If you have a 5, 6 or 7 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/textselection.page0000644000373100047300000000444412667644473024500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Si copieu text dels documents, pot ser que quan l'enganxeu no sigui el mateix que heu seleccionat. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Per què el text que he seleccionat no s'ha copiat correctament?

Si seleccioneu i copieu text des d'un document fent servir el Visualitzador de documents i llavors el copieu a una altra aplicació, la formatació podria sofrir canvis. Pot contenir caràcters diferents que la selecció original de text. Això passa sovint quan es copia text des de documents en format PDF amb columnes múltiples.

El problema succeeix degut a la manera com alguns formats de document gestionen el text. El text actual en aquest document s'emmagatzema de manera diferent a com és visualitza. Per aquest motiu pot passar que la còpia que es fa no resulti ser l'esperada.

Malauradament, no hi ha cap manera definitiva per solucionar aquest problema. Per minimitzar el problema, podeu copiar petits trossos de text cada vegada, o copiar-lo a un editor de text. Podeu trobar un editor de text fent clic a AplicacionsAccessorisgedit.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-14pages.page0000644000373100047300000000626012667644476024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 14 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 14-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/annotations.page0000644000373100047300000000565012667644475024145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to create and customize annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Adding annotations

An annotation is a note or comment added to a PDF document. You can add annotations using the document viewer.

When you open a file, you should have a side pane on the left side of the window. If you do not have a visible side pane, click ViewSide Pane or press F9.

At the top of this side pane, there is a drop-down menu with options like Thumbnails, Index and Annotations (some of which may be dimmed for some documents).

To create an annotation:

Select Annotations from the drop-down menu.

You should now see List and Add tabs under the drop-down menu.

Select the Add tab.

Click on the icon to add a text annotation.

Click on the spot in the document window you would like to add the annotation to. Your annotation window will open.

Type your text into the annotation window.

You can resize the note by clicking and holding the left mouse button on one of the bottom corners of the note, and moving it around.

Close the note by clicking on the x in the top corner of the note.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/formats.page0000644000373100047300000000441212667644476023257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 PDF, PostScript and many others are. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Supported formats

El Visualitzador de documents admet els formats següents:

Arxiu de llibre de còmic (.cbr i .cbz)

Format de fitxer independent del dispositiu (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Open XML Paper Specification (.oxps, .xps)

Format de document portable (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

In some Linux distributions, not all formats are supported by default, so you might not be able to view all the formats listed above.

Support for a format is called a backend. If you get the error "Unable to Open Document", you may wish to check whether the backend package for the format is installed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/finding.page0000644000373100047300000000603012667644476023220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Anna Philips anna.cs.au@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a word or phrase in a document. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Find text in a document

Click the Magnifying glass button or press CtrlF or / to display a search box.

Start typing into the search box and the search will start automatically.

Use the ∧ and ∨ buttons to move to the previous or next search result.

To hide the search bar, click the Magnifying glass button again or press Esc.

To filter words by case or completion, you can right click on the search box and select Case Sensitive or Whole Words Only.

If the word or phrase that you searched for is not found in the document, you will see Not found next to the search box. However, if it appears in the document at least once, you will be shown how many times the search result appears on the current page.

Only PDF documents are searchable. Some PDF documents are not searchable because their text is encoded in the document as an image.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/annotations-navigate.page0000644000373100047300000000374112667644473025736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to navigate to annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Annotation navigation

If you have created annotations on your document, you can use the List tab to display the list of all the annotations in the document. The list indicates the type, page number, author and date of the annotation.

To quickly navigate to the location of a particular annotation, click on the arrow to the left of the page number. You will see a list of annotations on that page. Click on the annotation you are interested in, and the document viewer will navigate to the location of the annotation in the document.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/singlesided-3-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000573312667644473025423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 3 or 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 3-page or 4-page booklet

If you have a 3-Page PDF document you should add a blank page to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/singlesided-9-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000605012667644474025502 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page or 12-Page Booklet Print a 9, 10, 11 or 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 9-page to 12-page booklet

If you have a 9, 10 or 11 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000577312667644476024105 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command line The evince command can open any number of files, at specific pages and in various modes. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 The command line

To start the Document Viewer from the command line, type evince. You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the evince command:

evince file.pdf

You can open multiple files by typing the filenames after the evince command, separating the filenames by a space:

evince file1.pdf file2.pdf

The document viewer also supports the handling of files on the web. For example, after the evince command you can give the location of a file on the web:

evince http://www.claymath.org/millennium/P_vs_NP/pvsnp.pdf
Opening a document at a specific page

You can use the --page-label switch to open a document at a specific page. For example, to open a document to page 3, you would type:

evince --page-label=3 fitxer.pdf

The page label should be in the same format as the page number displayed in the Document Viewer toolbar.

Obertura de documents en mode a pantalla completa evince --fullscreen fitxer.pdf
Obertura de documents en mode de presentació evince --presentation fitxer.pdf
Obertura de documents en mode de previsualització evince --preview fitxer.pdf
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/reload.page0000644000373100047300000000326012667644473023047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your document will be automatically reloaded if another program changes it while you're viewing it. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Why does the document keep reloading?

If the Document Viewer detects that the document you have open has changed (perhaps because another program has modified it), it will automatically reload the document and display the most recent version for you.

If the document is deleted while you are still viewing it, it will still remain open.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/legal-unported.xml0000644000373100047300000000051412667644474024407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Aquest treball està llicenciat sota Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/annotation-properties.page0000644000373100047300000000456612667644476026162 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Personalització de l'autor, el color, l'estil i la icona d'una anotació. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Personalització de les anotacions

Feu clic amb el botó secundari a la icona de l'anotació en el document.

Trieu Propietats de l'anotació.

A la finestra Propietats de l'anotació podeu canviar l'autor, el color, l'estil i la icona de l'anotació.

Les propietats que canvieu només s'aplicaran a l'anotació que editeu. Cada anotació té les seves pròpies propietats.
Es poden canviar permanentment les propietats per defecte de les anotacions?

The default annotation properties (author, colour, style and icon) can only be changed on a particular note as stated above. So if you want all icons for your notes to be red instead of yellow, you will have to change the default from yellow to red individually on each note. There is no way to save different default settings for annotation properties, at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-5pages.page0000644000373100047300000000773012667644473024272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page Booklet Print a 5 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 5-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Per imprimir la pàgina 3, torneu a triar FitxerImprimeix.

In the General tab enter the page number in the Pages selection .

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer (taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/index.page0000644000373100047300000000560512667644476022720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evince-trail.png"/> Visualitzador de documents Evince Visualitzador de documents Evince Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Document Viewer, formally known as Evince, is made for viewing PDF documents. Learn how to get started with Document Viewer and its features. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evincelogo.png"/> Document Viewer Help
Lectura de documents
Presentacions i altres formats admesos
Impressió
Anotacions i punts d'interès
Formularis interactius
Preguntes més freqüents
Avançat
Consells i trucs
SyncTeX
Involucrar-se
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000446512667644474023444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print, and common questions about printing. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Anna Philips anna.cs.au@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Impressió d'un document

Per imprimir un document:

Click the File options menu in the top right corner and select Print or press CtrlP.

Choose your printer from the list.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats:

Format de fitxer independent del dispositiu (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Format de document portable (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Format de fitxer d'imatge etiquetada (.tiff, .tif)

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/synctex.page0000644000373100047300000000276312667644474023306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 La compatibilitat amb SyncTeX està disponible. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Què és el SyncTeX?

El SyncTeX és un mètode que permet la sincronització entre un fitxer de codi TeX i la sortida corresponent en PDF.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000370212667644472023243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Mostreu, oculteu o editeu la barra d'eines. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Barra d'eines

The toolbar contains:

∧ and ∨ for moving from page to page.

L'eina de «selecció de pàgines».

< and > for moving between history items.

Una eina per canviar el nivell d'ampliació.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/annotations-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000421312667644474025376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 David King davidk@gnome.org Delete annotations from a PDF document. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Supressió d'anotacions

An annotation is a note or comment added to a PDF document. You can remove annotations that you or other people have added.

View a page that has an annotation. If you are not sure which pages have annotations, find them in the annotation sidebar.

Right-click on the annotation icon in the document, and click Remove Annotation

Save the changes to a new document by clicking the menu button in the top right, followed by Save a Copy….

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-13pages.page0000644000373100047300000001016612667644474024347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 13-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Per imprimir la pàgina 3, torneu a triar FitxerImprimeix.

In the General tab, enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 13 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 13 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Click FilePrint again.

Enter pages 8, 9, 10, 7, 6, 11, 12, 5 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/print-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000336212667644473024375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print a booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Printing a booklet

If you are printing a booklet (which will perhaps be bound or stapled in the middle of each page), select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below. Then select the number of printed pages your booklet will have.

Printer allows single-sided printing
Printer allows double-sided printing
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/movingaround.page0000644000373100047300000001762012667644474024317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Anna Philips anna.cs.au@gmail.com Navegació, desplaçament i ampliació. Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Moure's per un document

You can move around each page of a document by any of the following methods:

Scrolling up and down using the mouse wheel. To move around a page just by moving the mouse:

Right-click the page and select Autoscroll.

Move the mouse pointer towards the bottom of the window to scroll down; it will scroll faster depending on how far down the window you go.

To stop autoscrolling, click anywhere in the document.

Utilitzeu la barra de desplaçament de la finestra del document.

Utilitzeu les tecles de desplaçament de cap amunt i de cap avall del teclat.

Dragging the page around with your mouse, as if you are grabbing it. To do this:

Move the mouse pointer over the page and hold down the middle mouse button to drag it around.

If you don't have a middle mouse button, hold down the left and right mouse buttons at the same time, then drag.
Flipping between pages

You can move between pages of a document using one of the following methods:

Click the < or > buttons on the toolbar.

Press the CtrlPage Up or CtrlPage Down buttons on the keyboard.

To go to a specific page:

Type a page number in Select Page on the toolbar and press Enter.

If you want to see the previously visited pages press < or > on the toolbar.

If you want to go to the beginning or the end of the document:

Click the File options menu in the top right corner and select First Page. You can also press CtrlHome on your keyboard.

Click the File options menu in the top right corner and select Last Page or press CtrlEnd on your keyboard.

To move ten pages at a time, press ShiftPage Up or ShiftPage Down.

You can only move around one page at a time, by default. If you want to move between pages just by scrolling or dragging, click the View options button in the top-right corner and select Continuous.
Ampliació i reducció

Click the View options button in the top-right corner and select Zoom In or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl+ to zoom in.

Click the View options button in the top-right corner and select Zoom Out or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl- to zoom out.

Alternatively, you can do one of the following:

hold down Ctrl and use your mouse scroll wheel to zoom.

select desired zoom percentage from the drop down menu above the window.

The Fit Page option will make a document page fit the whole height of the window.

The Fit Width option will make a document page fill the whole width of the window.

If you want to see two pages at once, side by side, like in a book, click the View options button in the top-right corner and select Dual.

If the allow-links-change-zoom gsetting is set to false, links are blocked from changing your zoom level.

Podeu utilitzar tota la pantalla per veure el document:

Click the View options button in the top-right corner and select Fullscreen or press F11.

To exit the full screen mode:

Premeu F11 o Escapada

Or disable Fullscreen by clicking the View options button in the top-right corner and select Fullscreen.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/evince/duplex-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000530612667644476024363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 16 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Carles Ferrando Garcia carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Xavier Roijals xavier.roijals@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/conv-base.page0000644000373100047300000000245312654423017025425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Bases numèriques

To convert the number to a different base representation use the in operator.

12 in hex

5 in binary

1A₁₆ in dec

1010₂ in octal

Number Base conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/complex.page0000644000373100047300000000177612654423016025225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Nombres complexos

La Calculador no permet treballar amb nombres complexos.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/power.page0000644000373100047300000000454612654423017024711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Sebastian Rasmussen sebras@gmail.com 2015 Learn to enter roots and powers into the calculator. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Potències i arrels

Les potències s'introdueixen escrivint un nombre de superíndex després del valor.

5²

Es pot introduir l'invers d'un número utilitzant el símbol invers ⁻¹ (CtrlI).

3⁻¹

També es poden calcular potències amb el símbol ^. Això permet que la potència sigui una equació.

5^(6−2)

Si el teclat no conté la tecla ^ podeu utilitzar la tecla * dues vegades.

Square roots can be calculated using the √ symbol (CtrlR).

√2

L'arrel enèsima es pot calcular coŀlocant un nombre de subíndex abans del símbol de l'arrel.

₃√2

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/equation.page0000644000373100047300000000350112654423016025367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 0 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Equacions bàsiques

Les equacions s'introdueixen amb la forma matemàtica estàndard. Per exemple per sumar 7 i 2 introduïu el següent:

7+2

Per resoldre l'equació premeu el botó = amb el ratolí o la tecla Retorn del teclat.

Els càlculs es realitzen en l'ordre matemàtic: la multiplicació i la divisió es realitzen abans que la suma i la resta. La següent equació és igual a 1: (3×2 = 6, 7−6 = 1).

7−3×2

Per canviar l'ordre dels càlculs utilitzeu el parèntesis. La següent equació és igual a 8 (7−3 = 4, 4×2 = 8).

(7−3)×2

Per netejar la pantalla premeu el botó Clr o la tecla d'Escapada.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/percentage.page0000644000373100047300000000274412654423017025670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Percentatges

Els percentatges es calculen utilitzant el símbol %.

Quan es suma o es resta, el símbol de percentatge equival a l'u per cent del valor al qual s'aplica la suma o la resta. La següent equació calcula el preu d'un article (140 €) amb un impost del 15% (140 + (15÷100)×140).

140+15%

En tots els altres casos el símbol de percentatge equival a una fracció de 100. La següent equació calcula la quarta part de 80 pomes ((25÷100)×80).

25%×80

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/conv-currency.page0000644000373100047300000000375012654423017026346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Robert Ancell robert.ancell@gmail.com 2010 Robin Sonefors ozamosi@flukkost.nu 2010 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Moneda

Per convertir entre monedes, canvieu al mode financer i utilitzeu els controls de moneda.

Enter the amount which you want to convert.

Select the currency that you want to convert from and the currency that you want to convert to from the drop down below.

La conversió entre monedes és aproximada i no s'ha d'utilitzar per prendre decisions financeres.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/number-display.page0000644000373100047300000000364412654423017026506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Format del resultat

El format que s'utilitza per mostrar els resultats es pot canviar des del menú CalculadoraPreferències.

Automatic

Small results are displayed as Fixed notation while long results are displayed as Scientific notation

Fixed

Results are always displayed as decimal numbers

Scientific

Els resultats es mostren en notació científica

Engineering

Els resultats es mostren en notació científica excepte l'exponent que sempre serà un múltiple de tres

També es pot configurar el número de posicions decimals i si s'han de mostrar els zeros no significatius i els separadors de milers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/boolean.page0000644000373100047300000000270412654423017025166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Àlgebra de Boole

L'àlgebra de Boole es basa amb els operadors AND (i), OR (o) i XOR (o exclusiva).

010011₂ AND 110101₂

Els botons per aquest símbols estan disponibles en el mode de programació.

La funció NOT (no) inverteix els bits d'un nombre. La mida de la paraula s'estableix des del menú CalculadoraPreferències.

NOT 010011₂

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000104512654423016024513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Aquesta documentació està llicenciada sota Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0 llicència no portada.

Com a excepció especial, els autors us donen el permís de copiar, modificar i redistribuir el codi d'exemple que conté aquesta documentació sota la llicència que us sembli, sense cap tipus de restricció.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/logarithm.page0000644000373100047300000000300712654423017025532 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Logaritmes

Els logaritmes es calculen utilitzant la funció log.

log 100

Per calcular un logaritme en una base diferent utilitzeu un nombre subíndex després de la funció.

log₂ 32

Per calcular un logaritme natural utilitzeu la funció ln.

ln 1.32

Es pot introduir el número d'Euler utilitzant la variable e.

e^1.32

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000347112654423017025351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Utilització del teclat

Totes les equacions matemàtiques es poden introduir mitjançant el teclat.

Les combinacions de tecles següents es poden utilitzar per introduir tecles que potser no estan disponibles en el vostre teclat.

×

*

÷

/

^

* dues vegades

√

CtrlR

π

CtrlP

Per introduir nombres superíndex utilitzeu Ctrlnúmero, per introduir subíndexs utilitzeu Altnumber.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/conv-length.page0000644000373100047300000000242412654423017025772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Longitud/àrea/volum

Per convertir entre unitats de longitud, d'àrea i de volum utilitzeu l'operador in.

6 metres in polzades

1 acre in cm²

1 pinta in mL

La conversió d'unitats de longitud, d'àrea i de volum cal realitzar-la utilitzant el teclat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/base.page0000644000373100047300000000343512654423017024463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Bases numèriques

Per introduir números en una base en concret utilitzeu números de subíndexs. Els números següents són equivalents.

1001011₂

113₈

75

4B₁₆

When in programming mode, use the drop-down menu to change the base of the calculation.

Keyboard shortcuts can be used to switch to Binary (CtrlB), Octal (CtrlO), Decimal (CtrlD) and Hexadecimal (CtrlH) modes.

To convert numbers to other base on the fly, Number Base conversion can be used.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/trigonometry.page0000644000373100047300000000355712654423016026317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Trigonometria

Es poden utilitzar les funcions trigonomètriques del sin, el cos i la tan.

sin 45

Les unitats dels angles es poden canviar des del menú CalculadoraPreferències. Les funcions trigonomètriques són visibles en el mode avançat.

Les funcions hiperbòliques estan disponibles afegint «h» al final d'una funció.

sinh 0.34

Les funcions inverses s'introdueixen utilitzant el símbol invers ⁻¹ (CtrlI) o utilitzant la forma «a» de la funció. Les dues funcions següents són equivalents.

sin⁻¹ 0.5

asin 0.5

Per introduir el π amb el teclat utilitzeu CtrlP.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/conv-weight.page0000644000373100047300000000220712654423017025777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Massa

Per convertir entre masses utilitzeu l'operador in.

1 kg in lliures

La conversió de masses cal realitzar-la usant el teclat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/conv-time.page0000644000373100047300000000223512654423017025447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Temps

Per convertir entre unitats de temps utilitzeu l'operador in.

3 anys in hores

La conversió d'unitats de temps cal realitzar-la utilitzant el teclat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000333112654423017024674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Utilització del ratolí

Totes les equacions es poden introduir amb el ratolí. Per accedir a tots els botons hi ha diferents modes que es poden seleccionar des del menú Mode.

Bàsic

Proporciona els botons adequats per a les equacions bàsiques.

Avançat

Proporciona els botons adequats per a les matemàtiques avançades, com ara

Financer

Proporciona els botons adequats per a les equacions financeres.

Programació

Proporciona els botons adequats pels programadors
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/absolute.page0000644000373100047300000000214412654423017025363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Valors absoluts

Els valors absoluts es calculen amb el símbol | o amb la funció abs.

|−1|

abs (−1)

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/factorize.page0000644000373100047300000000212712654423017025534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Factorització

Podeu factoritzar el número que es mostra prement el botó fact. Aquest botó és visible en el mode de programació.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/superscript.page0000644000373100047300000000345112654423017026132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 _ Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Superíndexs i subíndexs

Algunes equacions poden requerir nombres introduïts en forma de superíndexs o subíndexs, p. ex.

x³+2x²−5

Per introduir superíndexs amb el ratolí, seleccioneu el mode dels nombres utilitzant els botons ↑n i ↓n. Quan un d'aquests modes està actiu, en fer clic sobre els botons dels números els introduirà en forma de superíndex o de subíndex. Per tornar al mode de nombres normals feu clic sobre el botó activat.

Per introduir superíndexs amb el teclat mantingueu premuda Ctrl mentre introduïu el número. Mantingueu premuda Alt pels subíndexs.

El mode dels nombres torna al mode normal quan s'escriu el següent caràcter no numèric (p. ex. +).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/financial.page0000644000373100047300000000717612654423016025502 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Funcions financeres

Quan canvieu al mode financer es mostraran els botons següents.

Ctrm

Calcula el número de períodes de capitalització necessaris per incrementar una inversió des d'un valor actual a un valor futur, a una tipus d'interès fix per període de capitalització.

Ddb

Calcula la provisió per depreciació d'un actiu per a un període de temps especificat, amb el mètode de depreciació doble decreixent.

Fv

Calcula el valor futur d'una inversió basat en una sèrie de pagaments iguals a un tipus d'interès periòdic, sobre el número de períodes de pagament en el termini.

Gpm

Calcula el preu de revenda d'un producte, basat en el cost del producte i el percentatge brut de benefici desitjat.

Pmt

Calcula la quantitat del pagament periòdic d'un préstec, on els pagaments es fan al final de cada període de pagament.

Pv

Calcula el valor actual d'una inversió basat en una sèrie de pagaments iguals, descomptat a un tipus d'interès periòdic, sobre el número de períodes de pagament en el termini.

Rate

Calcula l'interès periòdic necessari per incrementar una inversió del valor actual a un valor futur, en el número de períodes composts.

Sln

Calcula la depreciació constant d'un actiu per a un període. El mètode de depreciació constant divideix el cost depreciable uniformement sobre la vida útil d'un actiu. La vida útil és el número de períodes, generalment en anys, sobre els quals un actiu es deprecia.

Syd

Calcula la provisió per a depreciació d'un actiu per a un període de temps especificat, utilitzant el mètode de depreciació per suma dels dígits dels anys. Aquest mètode de depreciació accelera el tipus de depreciació, de manera que els moments de més despeses de depreciació són els primers períodes i menys en els últims. La vida útil és el número de períodes, generalment en anys, sobre els quals un actiu es deprecia.

Term

Calcula el número de períodes composts necessaris durant el període d'un any ordinari, per a acumular un valor futur, a una tipus d'interès periòdic.

Les funcions financeres no es poden realitzar mitjançant el teclat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/modulus.page0000644000373100047300000000206012654423017025232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Mòdul de la divisió

El mòdul de la divisió es realitza utilitzant l'operador mod.

9 mod 5

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/scientific.page0000644000373100047300000000321412654423017025664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Notació científica

Per introduir nombres en format científic utilitzeu el botó ×10x (CtrlE). El mode dels nombres canvia automàticament a superíndex. Per introduir 2×10¹⁰⁰, comenceu introduint la mantissa (2):

2

Després premeu el botó de l'exponent científic (o premeu CtrlE):

2×10

Per últim premeu l'exponent (100):

2×10¹⁰⁰

Per mostrar els resultats en format científic canvieu el format del resultat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/factorial.page0000644000373100047300000000212012654423017025503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Factorials

Els factorials s'introdueixen utilitzant el símbol !. Per calcular el factorial de 6 introduïu el següent.

6!

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/conv-character.page0000644000373100047300000000227212654423017026446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Codificacions de caràcters

En el mode de programació el botó á obre un quadre de diàleg per convertir un caràcter en el seu codi.

No es pot utilitzar el teclat per convertir caràcters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/index.page0000644000373100047300000000316212654423017024655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Robert Ancell robert.ancell@gmail.com Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png" its:translate="no"/> Calculator Help
Interfície d'usuari
Equacions
Nombres
Conversions
Càlculs financers
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/variables.page0000644000373100047300000000372712654423016025524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Variables

To assign a value to a variable use the = symbol or choose the variable to assign to with the x button in advanced mode. A variable name must only contain upper or lower case characters.

x=5

valor=82

Les variables es poden utilitzar en qualsevol equació i són substituïdes pel valor que tenen assignat. Les variables es poden inserir utilitzant el botó x.

6x+3

xy−3x+7y−21

Les variables següents sempre estan definides.

ans

Resultat del càlcul anterior

e

Nombre d'Euler

π

Pi

rand

Valor aleatori en el rang [0,1] (canvia en cada lectura)
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-calculator/functions.page0000644000373100047300000000732712654423017025565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008 Sergi Morraja sergi256@gmail.com 2011, 2012 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Funcions

Functions can be used by inserting the name of the function followed by function arguments. Calculator also support user-defined functions. If the argument is not a number or a single variable then write each argument separated by semicolon and use parenthesis around the argument list.

sin 30

abs (5−9)

fun (9;10)

To add a new function type the function in the format as given below. A function name and arguments must only contain upper or lower case characters. The part after @ is the function description which is optional.

SimpleInterest (principal; rate; time) = principal * rate * time @ Simple Interest formula

Functions can also be added and inserted using the f(x) button.

Click on f(x). Type the function name in the box, choose the number of arguments and click on the plus sign button next to it. On the calculator screen type the function expression and press Enter.

Click on f(x). Choose the function and click on it.

Les funcions següents estan definides.

abs

Valor absolut

cos

Cosinus

cosh

Cosinus hiperbòlic

frac

Component fraccionari

int

Component enter

ln

Logaritme natural

log

Logaritme

not

NOT Booleà

ones

Complement a 1

sin

Sinus

sinh

Sinus hiperbòlic

sqrt

Arrel quadrada

tan

Tangent

tanh

Tangent hiperbòlica

twos

Complement a 2
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/license.page0000644000373100047300000000413512630137576024640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Informació legal. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Llicència

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/map.page0000644000373100047300000000723212630137576023774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Change tile layout

There are 9 different layouts. To select a different tile layout:

Click MahjonggPreferences.

Select a Layout from the drop-down menu.

Click Close

Your new tile layout will take effect immediately unless you have already started a game and chose for the effect to take place after you are finished.

easy image

the ziggurat layout image

four bridges layout image

overpass layout image

Easy

The Ziggurat

Four Bridges

Overpass

cloud layout image

tic tac toe layout image

red dragon layout image

pyramid walls layout image

Cloud

Tic-tac-toe

Red Dragon

Pyramid's Walls

confounding cross layout image

difficult layout image

Confounding Cross

Difficult
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000252412630137576026067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/strategy.page0000644000373100047300000000373312630137576025063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Estratègia

Since each tile layout requires a different approach, there is no one universal strategy. However, there are some strategy tips to keep in mind while you play:

The general strategy is to keep removing matching tiles in such a way that each removed tile will expose further tiles. A good strategy would be to expose new tiles with every set of tiles you match and eliminate.

Choosing easily accessible tiles, such as those from the top levels, is not beneficial. This strategy leaves essential tiles under cover, increasing your chances of losing the game.

Since you are scored by how quickly you finish the game, time is the most important factor in the game. It is therefore important to be fast.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000244712630137576024660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312630137576024161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/pause.page0000644000373100047300000000242412630137576024332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Pausing your game

You can pause your current game using one of the following methods:

The Pause button in the header bar.

The Pause key on your keyboard. Not all keyboards have this key.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/hints.page0000644000373100047300000000466012630137576024346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Pistes

Hint highlights two tiles that can be matched. If you have already selected one tile, it will show a match for that piece if one exists.

Hint can be accessed by clicking MahjonggHint. Alternatively, use the Hint button in the header bar, or press CtrlH.

Hint can make Mahjongg too easy, and should be used sparingly.

There is a 30-second penalty for each use of the "hint" option.
Video demonstration You can use Hints to help you find identical tiles. Press CtrlH. There is a 30 s penalty for each use of this option.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000431212630137576025236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Report a Problem

Mahjongg is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-mahjongg. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000410012630137576025244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Dreceres de teclat

Pantalla completa

F11

Ajuda

F1

Pista

CtrlH

Partida nova

CtrlN

Fes una pausa

Pausa

Use the header bar Pause button if your keyboard does not have a Pause key.

Tanca

CtrlQ

Torna a moure

MajúsculesCtrlZ

Desfés el moviment

CtrlZ
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000374012630137576025214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Help translate

The GNOME Games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community: you are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc: join the #i18n channel on the irc.gnome.org server. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/gameplay.page0000644000373100047300000000367312630137576025023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Basic gameplay

Mahjongg is played by matching two identical tiles per turn. A tile is eligible for matching if no part of another tile is lying directly on it, and it has a free long edge on either the left or the right. You win by removing all tiles, and you are scored by the amount of time it takes you to do so.

There are many different tile layouts to choose from.

To match two tiles:

Click on the a tile you want to match. If it is an eligible tile, it will be highlighted.

Click on a matching tile. If it is a truly a matching tile, both tiles will vanish.
Video demonstration

Video of gameplay
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/moves.page0000644000373100047300000000230012630137576024337 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Moviments que queden

The Moves Left counter is located on the header bar. It displays the number of different moves that can be made. It can help you see how far you are from running out of moves, and whether you've seen all possible moves.

Comptadors del Mahjongg

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000316012630137576024345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Regles

Tiles must be identical to be removed.

Fully and partially covered tiles cannot be matched.

Tiles must have a free long edge in order to be eligible for matching.

You can undo a move without penalty.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

If the arrangement does not allow further tiles to be matched, you will be given the option to shuffle the tiles in order to keep playing.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/scoring.page0000644000373100047300000000237112630137576024662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Puntuació

In Mahjongg, you are scored by how quickly you can complete a board.

To view the highscore board:

Select MahjonggScores

The scores are stored on a per map basis. You can view the highscores for a particular map by selecting it from the drop-down menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/index.page0000644000373100047300000000275612630137576024334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/logo.png"/> Mahjongg Mahjongg Ajuda del Mahjongg del GNOME. Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/logo32.png">Mahjongg logo</media> Mahjongg

Mahjongg is a simple pattern recognition game. You score points by matching identical tiles.

Jugar al Mahjongg
Consells útils
Avançat
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-mahjongg/bonustiles.page0000644000373100047300000000302212630137576025377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Rashi Aswani aswanirashi19@gmail.com Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Bonus tiles

There are eight bonus tiles: four flowers and four seasons. The flower group consists of blue winter motives in the postmodern theme and yellow symbols in the smooth theme. The season group consists of yellow spring motives in the postmodern theme and black symbols in the smooth theme. The identical bonus tiles are matched in the postmodern theme and the bonus tiles with the same symbol color are matched in the smooth theme.

Some of the matching bonus tiles in smooth theme are shown below:

Bonus tiles
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-system-log/log-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000645512630141465025572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Include or exclude shown lines using regular expressions. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Filter log

The log viewer allows you to filter log content based on regular expressions. To set up or manage a new filter:

Open the filter manager dialog by clicking Filters: Manage Filters.

Click Add to add a new filter, or select an existing filter and click Properties to edit it.

Fill in the form or edit the fields that you wish to change:

Name:

The identifier for the filter

 Regular Expression:

What the filter will filter for

 Highlight:

This option emphasizes the line containing the regular expression

Background:

This is the font color

The default font color is black, which does not emphasize the text.

 Foreground:

This is the highlight color

The default highlight color is black, which shows solid black lines as a result, so it would be wise to change it.

 Hide:

This option hides the lines containing the regular expression from the shown log

Click Apply to save the new filter or save changes to an existing one

Back at the filter manager dialog, click Close to apply the changes.

Check the box next to the name of the filter that you want to enable in Filters:. If you want to view only the filters which have Highlight enabled and are checked, check Filters:Show matches only.

If there is a conflict between a hidden and a highlighted filter, the line many show as an empty white line.

If you uncheck a filter while viewing only matches, the log will show the lines without any formatting, regardless of whether they were hidden or highlighted before. The filter should reset when you check a highlighted filter.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-system-log/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000270212630141465026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the GNOME System Log. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introducció

Log File Viewer is a graphical, menu-driven viewer that you can use to view and monitor your system logs. Log File Viewer comes with a few functions that can help you manage your logs, including a log monitor and log statistics display.

Log File Viewer is useful if you are new to system administration because it provides an easier, more user-friendly display of your logs than a text display of the log file. It is also useful for more experienced administrators, as it contains a monitor to enable you to continuously monitor crucial logs.

Log File Viewer is useful only to those who have access to the system log files, which generally requires root access.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-system-log/log-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000172212630141465025247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy text from the log. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy log

Highlight the section of the log that you want to copy with the cursor and press CtrlC, or click EditCopy.

You can press CtrlA, or click EditSelect All, to select all the text in the log which you are currently viewing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-system-log/log-view.page0000644000373100047300000000214312630141465025245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open and view logs. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open log

Open logs by clicking FileOpen. Your opened logs will be displayed in the side pane, to the left of the main area. You can view a log in the side pane by clicking it.

You can expand some logs. This will show you a list of dates. By clicking one of the dates, you can view only the log lines from that date, instead of the whole log.

The logs you have open when you quit the log viewer will be opened when you start it up again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-system-log/log-close.page0000644000373100047300000000157212630141465025405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove the log you are currently viewing from the side pane. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Close log

Close the log that you are currently viewing by pressing CtrlW, or by clicking FileClose. This removes it from the side pane until you open the log again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-system-log/pref-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000237412630141465026372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Increase or decrease the size of the text. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change font size

You can increase, decrease and reset the font size that the log is displayed in:

Increase font size

Click ViewZoom In, or press Ctrl+

 Decrease font size

Click ViewZoom Out, or press Ctrl-

 Reset to default size

Click ViewNormal Size, or press Ctrl0

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-system-log/log-search.page0000644000373100047300000000326012630141465025541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Search the text in the log that you are currently viewing. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Search log

To search the log you are currently viewing:

Show the Find bar by pressing CtrlF, or by clicking ViewFind. The bar will be shown below the log.

Enter your search term into the field and press Enter to see the first result.

The search is case sensitive.

Use the Find Previous and Find Next buttons to browse through the results.

If you can not see the result highlighted, try scrolling to the left.

Press Esc to hide the find bar once you are finished with the search.

You can only hide the find bar if you are currently focused on the search field. The bar will hide itself if you view another log.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-system-log/index.page0000644000373100047300000000043612630141465024626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Log File Viewer Help
Working with the <app>Log File Viewer</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/project-save.page0000644000373100047300000000563112655075113024355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desament d'un projecte per a l'edició o l'enregistrament posterior. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Desat d'un projecte

You can save an audio, a data or a video project in Brasero for editing or burning later.

Create the project and add the files you wish to use to the project.

Click ProjectSave to save the project.

Enter the name you wish to save the project under, then click Save to save the project.

There are a number of ways which can be used for opening a saved Brasero project by:

selecting it from the list on the start page, under Recent projects

clicking ProjectRecent Projects

clicking ProjectOpen and selecting the project

opening the project from a file browser

Only one instance of Brasero can be opened at any time. If you try to open a second instance, the currently open Brasero window will be focused.

If Brasero is already running and you try to open some files with it from Files, the files will be added to the project that you are currently working on.

If you open a saved project, Brasero will treat it as a new project: if you want to save an updated version of the project, it will ask you to enter a name for it, at this point you can overwrite the old version or save it as a new project by entering a different file name.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000352712655075115024500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introducció a l'aplicació d'enregistrament de discs Brasero. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Introducció

El Brasero és una aplicació per a enregistrar CD i DVD, dissenyat per a ser fàcil d'utilitzar i al mateix temps proporcionar totes les eines necessàries per a l'enregistrament.

Amb el Brasero podeu:

Enregistrar dades a CD i DVD

Enregistrar CD d'àudio des de fitxers d'àudio digitals (com ara ogg, flac i mp3)

Copiar CD i DVD

Crear DVD de vídeo o SVCD

Crear fitxers imatge i enregistrar-ne d'existents

Esborrar CD-RW i DVD-RW

Comprovar la integritat dels discs i les imatges de disc
Finestra principal del <gui>Brasero</gui>
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/project-video.page0000644000373100047300000000446312655075113024527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 3 Enregistrament d'un vídeo en un DVD o SVCD. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Creació d'un projecte de vídeo

El Brasero pot crear discs de vídeo per reproduir en reproductors de DVD o en ordinadors portàtils.

Feu clic a Projecte de vídeo a la finestra principal o trieu ProjecteProjecte nouProjecte de vídeo nou.

Afegiu els vídeos al projecte fent clic a Afegeix a la barra d'eines i seleccionant els fitxers. També podeu afegir els fitxers arrossegant-los a l'àrea de projecte o fent clic a EditaAfegeix fitxers.

Podeu afegir un títol al disc a l'entrada de text de sota l'àrea de projecte.

Trieu el disc en blanc de la llista desplegable.

Feu clic a Enregistra... per continuar.

Trieu la Velocitat d'enregistrament des de la llista desplegable i qualsevol altra opció que vulgueu canviar

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/project-audio.page0000644000373100047300000000477512655075114024531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Creació d'un projecte d'àudio. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Escriure un CD de música

Brasero can write audio files to a CD, which you can then use for playing in CD players and so on. It is usually best to use a non-rewritable CD because not all CD players will play rewritable CDs.

Feu clic a Projecte d'àudio a la finestra principal o trieu ProjecteProjecte nouProjecte d'àudio nou.

Add audio files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the desired files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can add a title for the CD in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank CD in the drop down list.

Feu clic a Enregistra... per continuar.

Trieu la Velocitat d'enregistrament des de la llista desplegable i qualsevol altra opció que vulgueu canviar

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

You can also split individual tracks into multiple tracks using the Split tool and add a two second break after a track using the Pause button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/split-track.page0000644000373100047300000000656712655075113024221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Partició d'una pista d'un projecte d'àudio en múltiples pistes. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Partició d'una pista d'àudio

Podeu partir una pista d'àudio en múltiples pistes quan creeu un projecte d'àudio.

Creeu un projecte d'àudio i afegiu les pistes que desitgeu.

Feu clic a la pista que vulgueu partir i llavors feu clic a, o bé EditaParteix la pista…, o bé, feu clic amb el botó secundari a la pista i trieu Parteix la pista… en el menú.

Trieu el mètode que preferiu per partir les pistes:

Partició manual de la pista

Aquesta opció us permet triar manualment la longitud exacta de cada porció nova de la pista.

 Partició de la pista en parts de mida fixa

Aquest mètode parteix la pista en múltiples porcions de la mateixa durada.

 Partició de la pista en un nombre fix de porcions

Aquest mètode permet partir la pista en un nombre prefixat de porcions, totes elles de la mateixa durada.

 Partició de la pista a cada silenci

Trieu aquest mètode perquè el Brasero auto-detecti silencis en l'enregistrament i divideixi la pista en aquells punts.

Feu la partició de la pista fent clic a Partició.

Si intenteu partir una pista en una porció de menys de sis segons de durada, s'augmentarà la durada de la porció nova fins als sis segons de durada.

Feu clic a D'acord per confirmar les particions de la pista i aplicar els canvis.

You can split and merge the same track as many times as you like while you are viewing the split track dialog. Once you confirm your track splitting by clicking OK, you will no longer be able to merge the sections you have already split off. To revert the changes, remove the split sections of the track from your project and re-add the track.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/project-image-burn.page0000644000373100047300000000673212655075113025450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Burn an existing disc image to a CD or DVD. Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Enregistrament d'una imatge

El Brasero us permet enregistrar imatges de disc a CD o DVD. Admet les extensions d'imatges de discos òptics següents: .iso, .toc i .cue.

Disc images are archive files which contain all the data that is on a CD or DVD. Only one disc image can be on a CD at a time, but each archive can contain as little or as much data as you want, as long as it fits on the disc.

To burn a disc image to a CD or DVD, follow these steps:

Feu clic a Enregistra una imatge a la finestra principal o trieu ProjecteProjecte nouEnregistra una imatge… .

Select a disc image to write by clicking Click here to select a disc image.

Select the disc that you want to use from drop down list below Select a disc to write to. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

After choosing the disc Brasero shows how much free space will remain on the disc after burning.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Burn to start burning the image. After this operation you can either finish burning or make the other copy of the image.

If you are using a re-writable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/project-disc-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000410112655075115025302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Creació d'una còpia idèntica d'un disc. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Còpia d'un disc

Feu clic a Copia un disc a la finestra principal o trieu ProjecteProjecte nouCopia un disc... .

Select the disc you would like to copy from the drop down list below Select disc to copy. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

Choose whether you want to make a copy to another disc or create an image for later use.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Copy to start copying the disc, or Make Several Copies, if you plan to make more than one copy of the disc.

If you are copying the disc and have only one disc drive, you will be asked to replace the disc you are copying with a writable one after the contents are copied temporarily to your hard disk.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/create-cover.page0000644000373100047300000000550212655075114024330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Creació de les cobertes per la caixa del CD. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Creació d'una coberta

Podeu utilitzar el Brasero per crear les cobertes per les caixes dels CD. Feu clic a Eines Editor de cobertes per accedir-hi.

Si esteu creant un projecte d'àudio i ja hi heu posat totes les cançons del projecte abans de crear les portades, quan accediu a la interfície de l'Editor de cobertes des de la finestra del projecte d'àudio, es mostraran automàticament la llista de pistes a la contracoberta.

Es perdran els canvis si tanqueu l'Editor de cobertes.

Obriu l'Editor de Cobertes.

Trieu el format que voleu pel text i escriviu-los. Desplaceu cap avall per veure el lateral i la contra coberta de la caixa del CD.

Quan veieu per primer cop el diàleg de l'Editor de cobertes no podreu modificar cap opció de formatació de text. Seleccioneu quina coberta voleu editar i després podreu modificar-les.

Per afegir un fons a la coberta actual feu clic a la icona de la barra d'eines Propietats del fons , també podeu canviar-lo fent clic amb el botó secundari a la coberta i seleccionant Estableix les propietats del fons.

Si seleccioneu una imatge de fons centrada, en fer clic al botó Tanca el Brasero a vegades pot fallar.

Per aplicar els canvis i tancar el diàleg de Propietats del fons, feu clic al botó Tanca.

Per imprimir la coberta feu clic al botó Imprimeix que es troba a la cantonada de dalt a la dreta del diàleg.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/tools-check-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000403512655075115026201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can test out a disc integrity after burning it. Paulina Gonzalez pau.gonzalezbr@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Check disc integrity

After burning a CD/DVD by using Brasero, you can check its integrity to make sure that the files in the disc are not corrupted.

Trieu EinesComprova la integritat....

Trieu l'opció Utilitza un fitxer MD5 per comprovar el disc si ho preferiu.

An MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5) is a cryptographic hash function widely used for checking data integrity.

If you choose this option, you will have to find the MD5 file by clicking in the folder icon placed below.

Press Check to continue or Close to cancel it.

When the checking is finished you can either choose to Check Again or just Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/tools-blank.page0000644000373100047300000000350512655075113024176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Esborrament d'un CD o d'un DVD reenregistrable Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Esborrament d'un disc

Podeu preparar un disc reenregistrable, que ja contingui dades, per escriure-hi esborrant-ne les dades.

Trieu EinesEsborra....

Si teniu més d'una unitat de disc amb un disc reenregistrable a dins, podeu triar quin disc voleu reenregistrar a Seleccioneu un disc.

Podeu triar Esborrament ràpid per esborrar el CD més ràpidament.

Si teniu problemes escrivint un disc que heu esborrat ràpidament, intenteu desactivar l'esborrat ràpid i esborreu-lo de nou.

Feu clic a Esborra per continuar.

És possible que s'expulsi el disc quan s'acabi l'esborrat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/prob-cd.page0000644000373100047300000000331412655075114023276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 My MP3s will not play in a DVD or CD player. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 CD will not play in a CD player

If your CD is not playing in your CD player or stereo, it is probably because the music was not correctly written to the disc or because you used a data project to write the music to the CD instead of an audio project.

Many new CD and DVD players will play music CDs which were created using a data project, but most older players will not.

Older CD players might not be able to play CD-RWs.

If you are using a CD-RW, blank the CD.

Reescriure el CD com un projecte d'àudio.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/prob-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000346012655075114023467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 No puc escriure DVD-R o DVD-RW Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Problemes en la creació de DVD

Some types of DVD-Rs and DVD-RWs are not compatible with all burners. Check the following to find out if those can be used with your burner.

Check if your DVD drive accepts DVD+ or DVD- discs; if it is labelled with "multi", that usually indicates that it accepts both. Check your disc to see if it is the same as the DVD drive.

Check if your disc is dual layer or single layer: some DVD drives can not write to a dual layer disc.

If you are trying to use a DVD-R, check if it has already been written to before. If you are using a DVD-RW, try blanking it before you attempt to write to it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/project-data.page0000644000373100047300000000566312655075115024337 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Escriure dades a un CD o DVD. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Francisco Domech frandj72@gmail.com 2011 Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Creació d'un projecte de dades

A data project is used for writing data (for example, files, photos or music) to a disc, without changing those files in any way. This can be useful for transferring files between computers.

Feu clic a Projecte de dades a la finestra principal o trieu ProjecteProjecte nouProjecte de dades nou.

Add the desired files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can create folders on the CD to store your data in a more structured manner. To create a folder, click New Folder in the toolbar or select EditNew Folder from the menu bar. You can also create folders inside other folders.

Podeu afegir un títol al disc a l'entrada de text de sota l'àrea de projecte.

Trieu el disc en blanc de la llista desplegable.

Feu clic a Enregistra... per continuar.

Trieu la Velocitat d'enregistrament des de la llista desplegable i qualsevol altra opció que vulgueu canviar

Click Burn to burn a single CD of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple CDs

If you are using a rewritable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

Si no s'enregistren correctament les dades en un disc reenregistrable hauríeu de fer una neteja completa del disc abans de tornar-ho a provar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/brasero/index.page0000644000373100047300000000110312655075115023052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo48.png" its:translate="no"/> Brasero Help
Creació d'un projecte nou
Resolució de problemes
Altres eines
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/pref-image-properties.page0000644000373100047300000000731612700505533025755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com ajustar la saturació, el contrast, la brillantor i el to per fer que les fotos i els vídeos quedin millor. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Les fotos i els vídeos no es veuen correctament

Si les fotos o els vídeos són massa foscos o els colors no estan bé, proveu d'ajustar la saturació, el contrast i el to:

Select CheesePreferencesImage.

Move the sliders to find the best settings for your webcam.

Click Close and check to see if the preview looks better.
Diferents opcions des de <gui>Propietats de la foto</gui> (d'esquerra a dreta): aplicant brillantor, contrast, to i saturació
Brillantor

L'increment de la brillantor aclarirà les fotos i els vídeos. Tot i així, si esteu en una habitació fosca, incrementar la brillantor pot provocar que aparegui molt de soroll a la imatge.

 Contrast

Si establiu un contrast més alt s'incrementarà la diferència entre els colors clars i els foscos. Si la imatge sembla descolorida, proveu d'incrementar el contrast.

 To

Si canvieu el to de la imatge li afegireu tint. Si la imatge sembla tenir un color estrany (per exemple, massa grogosa), proveu de canviar el to.

 Saturació

Si reduïu la saturació la imatge apareixerà amb menys color. Si el color sembla massa fort, reduïu la saturació.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000547012700505533024267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Introducció a l'aplicació de la càmera web Cheese. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Introducció

Cheese is a webcam application that lets you take photos and record videos using your webcam. You can take multiple photos in quick succession using the Burst mode and apply special Effects to add a personal touch to them.

Per defecte, el Cheese s'inicia en Mode foto, preparat per fer una foto. Heu de canviar-lo a al Mode vídeo per enregistrar un vídeo o al Mode seqüència per fer diverses fotos de cop.

El Cheese funciona amb la majoria de càmeres web, però les més antigues poden presentar problemes de compatibilitat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/pref-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000432012700505533023566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com evitar que la pantalla es torni blanca per simular el flaix en fer una foto. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Com inhabilitar el flaix

When you take a photo with Cheese, the computer screen briefly turns white.

To disable this feature, select CheesePreferencesCapture and uncheck Fire flash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/burst-mode.page0000644000373100047300000001041512700505533023622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2011, 2013 Capture several photos with one button press in Burst mode. Change your pose in between each shot! Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Take photos in quick succession

Use Burst mode to automatically take several photos in a row. It is particularly fun if you change your pose in between photos! To use Burst mode:

Make sure that you are in Burst mode. If you are, the Burst button will be selected on the left side of the screen.

Click the Take multiple photos using a webcam button in the middle of the bottom panel, or press the Space key, to start taking photos.

By default, four photos will be taken, with a one second delay and a countdown between photos.

To stop recording, press the same button again. You can also press the Esc or Space key to stop recording.
Change <gui>Burst</gui> preferences

Podeu canviar quantes fotos es dispararan en cada seqüència i el temps entre fotos:

Select CheesePreferencesCapture.

Edit the preference settings:

Countdown

Countdown from three before the photo is taken.

 Fire flash

Your screen will flash when a photo is taken.

 Number of photos

The number of photos that will be taken in a single burst.

 Delay between photos (seconds)

The delay between two photos. If you have the Countdown enabled, then this delay needs to be set to over four seconds for it to have any effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/photo-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000564512700505533024143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com suprimir les fotos i els vídeos que ja no voleu conservar. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Com suprimir una foto o un vídeo

Si ja no voleu una foto o un vídeo, el podeu suprimir per sempre:

Cerqueu la foto o el vídeo que voleu suprimir a la seqüència d'imatges de la part inferior de la finestra del Cheese.

Right-click it and select Delete.

You will be asked if you want to permanently delete it. Confirm by clicking Delete; you will not be able to recover the photo or video.

Si no esteu segurs de voler suprimir la foto o el vídeo de manera definitiva, podeu fer-hi clic amb el botó secundari i seleccionar Mou-lo a la paperera. Això enviarà el fitxer a la Paperera de l'ordinador.

El Cheese no té la seva pròpia Paperera i no podeu accedir a la Paperera de l'ordinador des del propi Cheese.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050712700505533022512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/video-record.page0000644000373100047300000000623512700505533024130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com utilitzar la càmera web per enregistrar pel·lícules curtes per compartir-les amb els amics. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Com enregistrar un vídeo

Per enregistrar un vídeo amb la càmera web:

Make sure that you are in Video mode. If you are, the Video button will be selected on the left side of the screen.

Click the Record a video using a webcam button in the middle of the bottom panel, or press the Space key, to start recording the video.

To stop recording, press the same button again. You can also press the Esc or Space key to stop recording.

Videos are saved in the WebM (.webm) format.

After you have stopped recording, the video will automatically appear in the photo stream at the bottom of the Cheese window. From there, you can open or delete the video.

Si teniu problemes per compartir un vídeo amb algú que utilitzi altres sistemes operatius (com Windows o Mac OS), pot ser us caldrà convertir-lo a un altre format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/photo-save.page0000644000373100047300000000454512700505533023635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Save a photo or video to a different folder. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Deseu una foto o un vídeo

By default, Cheese saves the photos and videos in the Pictures/Webcam and Videos/Webcam folders in your user folder.

To save an image to a different location, right-click the image in the photo stream and click Save As…. Then, choose where you want to save the image.

A new copy of the image will be saved in the new location. The old version will remain in the Pictures/Webcam or Videos/Webcam folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/photo-view.page0000644000373100047300000000504412700505533023644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Les fotografies i els vídeos apareixeran automàticament a la seqüència d'imatges. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Com visualitzar una foto o un vídeo que heu fet

After you take a photo or record a video, it will appear in the photo stream at the bottom of the window. You can right-click it and press Open to open it in the photo viewer or video player application.

All of the photos and videos in the photo stream are saved in the Pictures/Webcam or Videos/Webcam folders in your user folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/photo-take.page0000644000373100047300000000641712700505533023623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com utilitzar la càmera web per fer fotos en lloc de vídeos. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Take photos

Les càmeres web es poden utilitzar tant per fer fotos com per fer vídeos. Per fer una foto:

Make sure that you are in Photo mode. If you are, the Photo button will be selected on the left side of the screen.

Click the Take a photo using a webcam button in the middle of the bottom panel, or press the Space key, to take the photo.

Hi haurà un compte enrere curt, seguit d'un flaix i llavors la foto apareixerà a la seqüència d'imatges.

The photos in the photo stream are automatically saved in the Pictures/Webcam folder in your home folder. They are saved using the JPEG (.jpg) format.

Per cancel·lar la captura d'una foto després d'haver fet clic a Fes una foto, premeu Esc abans que acabi el compte enrere.

To take multiple photos in rapid succession, use Burst mode.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/pref-fullscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000406312700505533024637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com activar o desactivar el mode de pantalla completa Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Pantalla completa

To enable or disable the fullscreen mode:

Feu clic a CheesePantalla completa.

If you cannot see the Cheese menu in fullscreen mode, move your mouse or tap your touchscreen.

You can also enable and disable fullscreen mode by pressing F11.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/index.page0000644000373100047300000000432712700505533022655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com El Cheese us permet fer fotos i vídeos mitjançant la càmera web. Fins i tot podeu afegir-hi efectes especials. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/cheese.png" height="40" its:translate="no"/> Cheese Webcam Application
Funcions principals
Preferències
Preguntes i problemes freqüents
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/effects-apply.page0000644000373100047300000000544412700505533024311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Afegiu efectes especials a les fotos i als vídeos, com per exemple tornar-vos de color verd o distorsionar la foto com si es tractés d'un mirall de fira. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Feu servir efectes especials a les fotos i als vídeos

Podeu aplicar efectes divertits i interessants a les fotos i als vídeos:

Click Effects.

Select the effect you want to use by clicking one of the options or select No Effect if you don't want to use one.

Cheese offers 35 effects, of which only 9 are shown on the first page. Click the back and forward arrows next to Effects to navigate to the other pages.

Some of the effects, from left to right: Sepia, Shagadelic, Sobel (first row), Waveform, X-Ray, Warp (second row)
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/pref-countdown.page0000644000373100047300000000432712700505533024520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com treure el temporitzador de manera que les fotos es facin a l'instant. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Disable the <gui>Countdown</gui>

By default, Cheese counts down from three before taking a photo. You can disable this feature by selecting CheesePreferencesCapture and unchecking Countdown.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/cheese/pref-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000543212700505533024701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com La resolució del vídeo o de la foto determinen el de detall que hi podeu veure, canviar-ho afecta la mida del fitxer. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2008, 2009 Carles Ferrando carles.ferrando@gmail.com 2010 Gerard Alcorlo Bofill galcorlo@gmail.com 2011 Laura Sales laura.saflo@gmail.com 2012 Com canviar la resolució de la càmera web

Una resolució alta normalment implica imatges de millor qualitat, però les fotos i els vídeos de resolució alta ocupen més espai al disc dur. En particular, els vídeos de resolució alta ocupen molt d'espai.

Si voleu que les imatges ocupin menys espai en el disc, baixeu la resolució de la càmera web. Si voleu imatges de millor qualitat, incrementeu-ne la resolució. Per canviar la resolució de la càmera web:

Select CheesePreferencesWebcam.

Trieu una resolució diferent de la llista desplegable. Algunes càmeres web només admeten una resolució, per tant pot ser que no tingueu cap opció.

Press Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000535212640321122025237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Introducció al Gestor d'arxius del GNOME. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Introducció

El Gestor d'arxius és una aplicació per gestionar els fitxers d'arxiu, per exemple, els fitxers .zip o .tar. Està dissenyada perquè sigui fàcil d'utilitzar. El Gestor d'arxius proporciona totes les eines necessàries per la creació, modificació i extracció d'arxius.

Un arxiu consisteix en un o més fitxers o carpetes, juntament amb les seves metadades. Es pot encriptar una part o tot sencer. Els fitxers d'arxiu són útils per emmagatzemar dades i transferir-les entre ordinadors gràcies al fet que permeten agrupar diversos fitxers en un de sol.

Amb el Gestor d'arxius podeu:

crear arxius nous

visualitzar el contingut d'un arxiu existent

visualitzar un fitxer que estigui en un arxiu

modificar arxius existents

extreure fitxers d'un arxiu
Visualització d'arxius amb el <app>Gestor d'arxius</app>

Captura de pantalla de la finestra principal del Gestor d'arxius.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/archive-view.page0000644000373100047300000000657512640321122025117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Visualitzeu un arxiu existent i el seu contingut. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Visualització d'arxius

Existeixen dues formes per visualitzar un arxiu:

Visualitzar tots els fitxers

Feu clic a VisualitzaVisualitza tots els fitxers. El Gestor d'arxius mostrarà una llista amb tots els fitxers que conté l'arxiu. Podreu veure els noms, les mides, els tipus, les dates de les últimes modificacions i les ubicacions.

Podeu utilitzar els encapçalaments de les columnes esmentades abans (nom, mida…) per ordenar els fitxers de l'arxiu. Per fer-ho, feu clic a l'encapçalament; torneu-hi a fer clic per invertir l'ordre de la columna.

 Visualitzar com una carpeta

Aquesta visualització mostra l'estructura clàssica de directoris. Feu clic a Visualització Visualitza-ho com una carpeta.

Si visualitzeu l'arxiu en aquest mode i premeu F9 o feu clic a l'opció Visualitza Carpetes podreu veure la visualització en arbre de les carpetes a la subfinestra lateral. Us facilita la navegació entre les carpetes.
Obriu els fitxers de l'arxiu

Feu doble clic sobre el nom del fitxer o feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre el nom del fitxer i seleccioneu Obre. El Gestor d'arxius obrirà el fitxer amb l'aplicació per defecte per a aquest tipus de fitxer.

Per obrir el fitxer amb una aplicació diferent feu el següent:

Feu clic al fitxer amb el botó secundari.

Feu clic a Obre amb….

Seleccioneu l'aplicació que voleu utilitzar i feu clic a Selecciona.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000757712640321122026365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Llistat de les dreceres del Gestor d'arxius. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Dreceres de teclat

Gràcies a les dreceres de teclat podeu treballar més ràpidament. A la taula de sota es mostra una llista de les dreceres que es poden fer servir al Gestor d'arxius.

Crea un arxiu nou

CtrlN

Obertura d'arxius

CtrlO

Extracció d'un arxiu

CtrlE

Visualitza les propietats de l'arxiu

AltRetorn

Tanca

CtrlW

Retalla

CtrlX

Copia

CtrlC

Enganxa

CtrlV

Canvia el nom d'un fitxer o d'una carpeta continguda en un arxiu

F2

Selecciona-ho tot

CtrlA

Desselecciona-ho tot

MajúsculesCtrlA

Cerca

CtrlF

Esborra fitxers i carpetes d'un arxiu

Supressió

Mostra la visualització en arbre de les carpetes a la subfinestra lateral

F9

Visualitza el contingut d'un arxiu com a llista de fitxers

Ctrl1

Visualitza el contingut d'un arxiu com a estructura de carpetes

Ctrl2

Atura l'operació

Escapada

Actualitza

CtrlR

Mostra l'ajuda

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/archive-create.page0000644000373100047300000000523712640321122025402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Afegiu fitxers o carpetes a un arxiu nou. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Creació d'un arxiu nou

Creeu un arxiu nou amb el Gestor d'arxius seguint aquests passos:

Select Archive ManagerNew Archive.

Name your new archive file and choose the location where it will be saved, then click Create to continue.

By clicking Other Options you can set a password or split your new archive into smaller, individual files by selecting the relevant option and specifying the volume for each part in MB.

Add the desired files and folders to your archive by pressing + in the toolbar button. Check the box next to the files and folders that you want to add.

No tots els formats d'arxiu admeten carpetes — no se us notificarà que el format que utilitzeu no les permet. En els formats que no les admeten s'afegiran els fitxers dins de les carpetes, però no les carpetes.

Un cop heu acabat d'afegir els fitxers, ja teniu l'arxiu llest, no cal que el deseu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050712640321122023463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/archive-extract-advanced-options.page0000644000373100047300000000665012640321122031045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Especifiqueu les vostres preferències per a l'extracció d'arxius. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Opcions avançades per a l'extracció d'arxius

Archive Manager offers different options for extracting an archive. You can see these options in the Extract dialog. At the bottom of this dialog, you can decide if you want to extract:

<gui>Tots els fitxers</gui>

S'extrauran tots els fitxers i carpetes de l'arxiu.

 <gui>Fitxers seleccionats</gui>

El Gestor d'arxius només extraurà els fitxers seleccionats.

You need to select the files that you wish to extract before you click Extract. Do this by clicking on the file name. Use Ctrl and Shift keys, to select more than one file.

 <gui>Fitxers</gui>

You can type in the names of the files that you want to extract. Separate individual files using a semicolon (;).

El nom del fitxer ha d'anar acompanyat d'una extensió de fitxer. Podeu utilitzar l'asterisc (*) com a comodí. Per exemple, per seleccionar tots dels fitxers .txt escriviu *.txt.

Al diàleg de selecció de fitxers podeu especificar si voleu:

<gui>Mantenir l'estructura de directoris</gui>

Marqueu aquesta opció si voleu mantenir l'estructura dels directoris igual com a l'arxiu.

 <gui>No sobreescriguis els fitxers nous</gui>

Aquesta opció farà que no es sobreescriguin els fitxers existents que tinguin el mateix nom i una data de modificació posterior a la data del fitxer inclòs en l'arxiu.

Aquestes Accions es troben a la part inferior del diàleg.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/password-protection.page0000644000373100047300000000672612640321122026552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Establiu la contrasenya per al vostre arxiu. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Protecció amb una contrasenya

Podeu encriptar un arxiu amb una contrasenya de forma que només vosaltres i aquells amb qui escolliu compartir la contrasenya hi podran accedir. Tingueu en compte que la contrasenya pot ser descoberta, per tant, per a una major seguretat establiu una bona contrasenya.

El Gestor d'arxius us permet encriptar un arxiu amb una contrasenya només en circumstàncies específiques.

Seguiu aquests passos per establir una contrasenya que encripti les dades d'un arxiu nou:

Comenceu per crear un arxiu nou.

A la part inferior del diàleg de selecció de fitxers podeu escollir el format d'arxiu i a Altres opcions, introduir-hi la contrasenya.

Potser no podeu establir una contrasenya, no tots els tipus d'arxiu permeten l'encriptació. Abans d'establir-la escolliu un tipus d'arxiu que es permeti protegir amb contrasenya.

Continueu amb la creació d'un arxiu nou.

Establiu una contrasenya per protegir un arxiu existent:

Obriu un arxiu.

Feu clic a EditaContrasenya….

Escriviu la contrasenya al camp Contrasenya

Si voleu encriptar la llista de fitxers marqueu la casella de selecció Xifra la llista de fitxers també.

Per continuar feu clic a Desa.

El Gestor d'arxius encriptarà només els fitxers nous que s'afegeixin a l'arxiu!

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/archive-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000445612640321122025066 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Canvieu el contingut de l'arxiu. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Edició d'un arxiu

Amb el Gestor d'arxius podeu editar un arxiu existent: podeu afegir-hi fitxers nous, suprimir-ne els que no voleu o canviar-ne el nom. Podeu fer el mateix tan si són fitxers com carpetes.

Afegiu fitxers

Si voleu afegir fitxers a un arxiu existent heu de seguir les instruccions a Creeu un arxiu nou.

 Suprimiu fitxers

Right-click on the file and chose Delete, or press Delete.

 Canvieu el nom dels fitxers

Right-click on the file and chose Rename…. Enter the new file name into the dialog which has opened and confirm the new name.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/supported-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000560512640321122026215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 El Gestor d'arxius pot treballar amb diferents formats de fitxer. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Formats de fitxer admesos

Els formats que admet el Gestor d'arxius són:

Només arxiu

Arxiu indexat petit AIX (.ar)

Imatge de disc de CD ISO-9660 [Mode de només lectura] (.iso)

Fitxer d'arxiu en cinta (.tar)

Arxiu i compressió

Arxiu de Java (.jar)

Arxiu comprimit WinRAR (.rar)

Arxiu en cinta comprimit amb:

gzip (.tar.gz, .tgz)

bzip (.tar.bz, .tbz)

bzip2 (.tar.bz2, .tbz2)

lzop (.tar.lzo, .tzo)

7zip (.tar.7z)

xz (.tar.xz)

Fitxer Cabinet (.cab)

Còmic arxivat en ZIP (.cbz)

Arxiu ZIP (.zip)

Fitxer d'arxiu ZOO comprimit (.zoo)

Per a alguns tipus de format de fitxer el Gestor d'arxius pot requerir connectors addicionals.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/archive-extract.page0000644000373100047300000000604312640321122025605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Extreure fitxers o carpetes d'un arxiu. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Extracció d'un arxiu

Seguiu els passos següents per extreure fitxers d'un arxiu amb el Gestor d'arxius:

Obriu un arxiu.

Click Extract.

Choose where you want the archive to be extracted to in the file chooser. This will be the destination folder. See advanced options for extracting archives for more extraction options.

Feu clic a Extreu.

Si l'arxiu està protegit per una contrasenya el Gestor d'arxius us la demanarà. Escriviu la contrasenya i feu clic a D'acord.

L'aplicació us mostrarà una barra de progrés en un diàleg nou. Si l'extracció s'ha completat satisfactòriament, haureu d'escollir què voleu fer:

Per tancar el Gestor d'arxius feu clic al botó Surt.

Per visualitzar la carpeta de destinació amb l'aplicació Fitxers feu clic al botó Mostra els fitxers.

Per tancar el diàleg feu clic al botó Tanca.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/archive-open.page0000644000373100047300000000325412640321122025075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Obriu un arxiu existent. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Obertura d'arxius

You can open an existing archive with Archive Manager by clicking Archive ManagerOpen…

You can also drag and drop an archive into an open Archive Manager window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/troubleshooting-archive-open.page0000644000373100047300000000361512640321122030323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 No puc obrir un arxiu. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Problemes per obrir un arxiu

Si no podeu obrir un arxiu existent amb el Gestor d'arxius, comproveu el format del fitxer. Alguns tipus de fitxer requereixen l'ús de connectors addicionals, la instal·lació dels quals pot variar entre les diferents distribucions.

Si el Gestor d'arxius no pot obrir un arxiu acabat de fer servir, podria ser que hagués canviat la ubicació del fitxer de l'arxiu. Per a més informació consulteu l'ajuda sobre com obrir un arxiu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/index.page0000644000373100047300000000345212640321122023624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ajuda del gestor d'arxius Ajuda del gestor d'arxius Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Learn to use and manage compressed archives of files and folder. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 <media type="image" mime="image/png" its:translate="no" height="32" src="figures/file-roller-icon.png"/> Archive Manager
Gestió d'arxius
Opcions avançades
Resolució de problemes
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/test-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000336712640321122025515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 Comproveu que l'arxiu no contingui errors. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Test d'integritat

El Gestor d'arxius permet comprovar si les dades incloses en l'arxiu contenen errors. Per fer-ho feu clic a ArxiuComprova la integritat.

The dialog with the Test Result will pop up, listing the files tested, with the test summary at the bottom.

La comprovació de la integritat verifica que les dades no estiguin malmeses.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/file-roller/troubleshooting-password.page0000644000373100047300000000331312640321122027600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0

 He establert una contrasenya però no protegeix tot el fitxer. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Problemes a l'establir una contrasenya

El Gestor d'arxius no pot protegir un arxiu existent amb una contrasenya. Quan es treballa amb un arxiu existent, només es pot establir una contrasenya per als fitxers nous que s'afegeixin. Per fer-ho, seguiu les instruccions a la pàgina de Protecció amb una contrasenya.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/rhythmbox/fdl-appendix.xml0000644000373100047300000006472512703540340024603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Version 1.1, March 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. GNU Free Documentation License 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The Document, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as you. A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C State on the Title Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H Include an unaltered copy of this License. I Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K In any section entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled Endorsements, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled History; likewise combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, and any sections entitled Dedications. You must delete all sections entitled Endorsements. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an aggregate, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. Addendum To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License.
If you have no Invariant Sections, write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/rhythmbox/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012703540340023303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/rhythmbox/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000022546712703540340024161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Reproductor de música Rhythmbox 2002 Mark Finlay 2002 2002 Mark Humphreys 2005 2006 Baptiste Mille-Mathias 2006 Victor Osadci 2008 Dean Sas Projecte de documentació del GNOME Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Mark Finlay Projecte de documentació del GNOME
sisob@eircom.net
 Mark Humphreys Projecte de documentació del GNOME
marquee@users.sourceforge.net
 Baptiste Mille-Mathias Projecte de documentació del GNOME
baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com
 Victor Osadci Projecte de documentació del GNOME
Victor.Osadci.GNOME@xhtml.md
 Dean Sas Projecte de documentació d'Ubuntu
dean@deansas.org
 Manual del reproductor de música Rhythmbox versió 0.0.2 Octubre de 2002 Mark Finlay Projecte de documentació del GNOME Manual del reproductor de música Rhythmbox versió 0.0.3 Agost de 2003 Mark Humphreys Projecte de documentació del GNOME Manual del reproductor de música Rhythmbox versió 0.0.4 Octubre de 2005 Baptiste Mille-Mathias Projecte de documentació del GNOME Manual del reproductor de música Rhythmbox versió 2.0.2 Abril de 2006 Luca Ferretti Projecte de documentació del GNOME Manual del reproductor de música Rhythmbox versió 2.0.3 Maig de 2008 Dean Sas Projecte de documentació del GNOME Aquest manual descriu la versió 0.11.5 del reproductor de música Rhythmbox. Comentaris Per a informar d'un error o fer un suggeriment en relació al reproductor de música Rhythmbox, l'aplicació o aquest manual, seguiu les direccions a la Pàgina de comentaris de GNOME. El Rhythmbox és el reproductor de música per l'escriptori GNOME. Javi Ribera javiribera@gmail.com 2013 Javi Ribera Rhythmbox rhythmbox Reproductor de música Introducció El Reproductor de música Rhythmbox és un reproductor de música i una biblioteca de fitxers etiquetats que admet diversos formats de música. Les característiques actuals del Reproductor de música Rhythmbox inclouen: Play various format music files from your tagged organized Library. Display information on the songs through meta-data reading. Display songs in an organized view. Create static playlists by dragging and dropping from the Library view. Create automatic playlists from criterias. Search for songs in the sources list like Library or Playlists. Listen to Internet radio stations. Read Audio CDs, and retrieve information like track title from the Internet. Burn Audio CDs from playlists. Transfer music to iPod, MTP and USB Mass Storage music players . Getting Started To Launch the <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> You can launch the Rhythmbox Music Player in the following ways: Applications menu Choose Sound & Video Rhythmbox Music Player. Command Line Type rhythmbox, then press Return. Running the Assistant The first time you launch the Rhythmbox Music Player, an assistant will help you import your music. On the second panel of the assistant, press the Browse button and select the folder where your music is stored. Rhythmbox Music Player Window Overview The Rhythmbox Music Player window enables you to browse and play your favorite music. shows the interface of the Rhythmbox Music Player with its main components.
The <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> Window Show the Rhythmbox Music Player window showing the different parts on the Rhythmbox Music Player interface. Callouts: Menubar, Player area, Browser, Side pane, Statusbar.
Table 1 describes the components of Rhythmbox Music Player window. <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> Window Components Id Component Descripció 1 Menubar Contains menus that you use to perform tasks in Rhythmbox Music Player window. 2 Barra d'eines Provides access to player functions and details about the currently playing track. 3 Time Slider Displays the position of the read of a track; it enables to jump to another part of a track. 4 Side Pane Displays a list of available sources. 5 Navegador Allows to browse and filter the Library tracks by Genre, Artist or Album name. The Browser also provides a search function to display only tracks that match your criteria. 6 Tracks list Lists the tracks that belong to the selected source. 7 Statusbar Displays informations about the source selected in the side pane.
The Side Pane The side pane is where you can access your music library, internet radio, your playlists and audio CDs. The side pane can contain the following sources: The Rhythmbox Music Player library, where all of the imported tracks will appear. The iRadio source, with all internet radio stations. Podcasts. All playlists (normal and smart). Audio CD's inserted into the computer's CD drives. Portable players like iPod plugged to your computer. The DAAP Music shares discovered on the local network. Music stores like Jamendo and Magnatune. The display of the side pane can be toggled on or off by selecting ViewSide Pane . The Player Toolbar The toolbar area provides access to details about the currently playing track. When no track is being played, this area shows no information. When a track is played, the track name is displayed, and underneath, the artist and the album names. A tracker is also displayed, showing the progress of the playing track. When the tracker has focus, the arrow keys can be used to Fast-Forward or Rewind the playing track. Shows player area If you are using a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can adjust the volume by scrolling up or down while the mouse pointer is over the volume button. The Statusbar The statusbar contains additional information about the number of songs and the duration of the source selected. The display of the statusbar can be toggled on or off by selecting ViewStatusbar. Shows statusbar <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> Minimized Window Rhythmbox Music Player comes with a minimized mode. This mode enables access only to the menubar and the player function of Rhythmbox Music Player. To switch to the small display, select View Small Display. Shows the Rhythmbox Music Player in small display mode Using Rhythmbox Music Player Playing Music To play a track, choose Control Play, or select the track and press the Play button on the toolbar, or simply double-click on the track to start playing. When the track ends, Rhythmbox Music Player jumps to play the next track in the list showed in view pane. In the Library you can play all songs from an artist or a single album simply selecting Album or Artist entry in the library browser. Next/Play/Previous The Next and Previous buttons can be used to skip between tracks while playing. If a track is currently playing, the previous button will restart the track. Pressing the Play button will start playing the current track. Shows buttons Previous, Play and Next in toolbar. Repeat The option Repeat makes the Rhythmbox Music Player restart to play tracks from the beginning of the list when it reach the last track. To activate repeat, choose Control Repeat, or press the button Repeat on the toolbar. Shows repeat button in the statusbar. Shuffle The option Shuffle makes the Rhythmbox Music Player play tracks in a random order. To activate shuffle, choose Control Shuffle, or press the button Shuffle on the toolbar. Shows shuffle button in the statusbar. Volume Control The volume control is located in the right hand of the toolbar. Pressing the loudspeaker icon will show the volume slider. Sliding this up and down will increase and decrease the volume. The loudspeaker icon will change to reflect the relative volume. Shows volume slider in toolbar. You can adjust the volume by using the mouse scroll wheel over the loudspeaker icon. Library Source The Library is the main source available in the Rhythmbox Music Player, it is the database that contains all the music files that you import in the Rhythmbox Music Player (The Library stores the path to access your music files, not the files themself). The Library can not only contains music files which are physically on your computer (in your HOME Directory for instance), but it can also contains music files available over remote network services. Some examples of supported network services are : Public FTP Authenticated FTP NFS Windows Share The files imported in the Library are displayed in the track list with the information (like the Artist name or the Album name) stored in the tags embedded on the tracks. Rhythmbox Music Player uses these tags to display the tracks in an organized manner. Tags can be modified by choosing MusicProperties and filling in the details on the window that appears. Add tracks in the Library To add tracks to the Library, you can follow these different methods: To import only one track, choose MusicImport File from the menu, then select the file in the file selector and press the Open button. If you want to import several music files located in a folder, choose MusicImport Folder from the menu, then select the folder in the file selector and press the Open button. All the music files located in the folder and its sub-folders will be imported. Drag and drop files from the file manager (like Nautilus) over the Rhythmbox window. If you have enabled the watch directory function (see ), all the music files stored under the chosen directory will be added to the Library. New files added later will be also added. Remove tracks from the Library To remove a track from the library but leave it on the disk, choose menu EditRemove. The track and its properties (like rating or the play count) are removed from the Rhythmbox database. To delete a track from the Library and also from your disk, choose EditMove to Trash. The track will be removed in the same way as previous, but the file will be moved in to the file manager Trash. Find tracks using Search Rhythmbox comes with a search function, which enables you to find and filter tracks by using a search term. Enter some text in the search entry, and as you type, only the tracks that match the text entered will be displayed. The search function does the lookup in all of the tags of the tracks stored in the Library. To perform a more precise search, you can choose to lookup only in specific tags Artists, Albums or Titles. Find tracks using the Browser The Browser is another convenient way to find tracks. The Browser is a two or three pane view which enable to navigate among music genres, artists and albums and display tracks that match the chosen criteria. First, to display the Browser, select View Browser. Select artist, album and genre, and as you choose, only the tracks that match your choice will be displayed in the track list. The criteria on the columns apply from the left to the right. You can choose several criteria of the same category by using the key Ctrl. You can also find from a selected track in the track list, all of the tracks with the same genre, artist or album name. Select a track in the track list, right-click on it, and choose Browse this Genre/Artist/Album. Then the browser will filter the tracks using the criteria chosen. Radio Source The Internet Radio tuner can be used to listen to streamed audio files over a network, local or Internet.
Internet Radio in <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application>
Adding a station To add a new station to the Internet Radio tuner, choose Music New Internet Radio Station, then enter the URL of the Internet radio, then press the button Add. Viewing and Changing the settings of a station You can view and edit the settings of an Internet Radio station using the menu MusicProperties. You can also change the properties of a station by selecting the station and right-click, then choose Properties. When you access the properties of a radio stream, you can modify its title, its genre; you can also modify the stream location, and set a rating to it. Removing a station To remove a radio station from the radio stations list, choose Edit Remove; you can also right-click on the station and select Remove. Podcast Source Podcasting is a new way to broadcast audio content over the web; when an author publishes an episode, podcast subscribers are informed, through an XML feed. Rhythmbox Music Player enables you to subscribe to podcast feeds, so when a new episode is available you'll be informed, it will download this episode and it will play it. You can find more information about podcasts and podcasting by visiting the definition of Podcast on the site Wikipedia.
The Podcast interface The Podcast interface with some registered podcasts
Podcast Management Add a podcast To register to a podcast, choose MusicNew Podcast Feed, then in the new window, enter the URL of the podcast feed. Rhythmbox will retrieve the list of episodes and the latest episode will be downloaded on your hard disk. To add a new podcast feed, you can also right-click over the Podcasts source, and select New Podcast Feed. Delete a podcast To delete a podcast, right-click on the podcast feed's name in the browser, and choose Delete Podcast Feed, then choose Delete Feed Only if you want to keep the podcast's episodes, or choose Delete Feed And Item if you want to delete the feed and all its related episodes. Update feeds To know if new episodes have been published for a podcast, right-click over the podcast name in the browser and choose Update Podcast Feed. If new episodes were published, they will appear in the episode list. Rhythmbox Music Player checks regularly, on its own, the podcast feeds list to find out if they were updated. You can also check all podcasts, by right-clicking over the Podcasts source and choose Update All Feeds. Access Podcast Feed properties To access to the Feed properties, right-click on the Feed name, and choose Properties. On the Basic tab you can view the podcast Title, Author , the Last Updated date and the Description. On the Details tab you can view the feed Source, Language and the Copyright properties. You can view the properties, and also edit the rating. Episode Management Download a podcast episode To download an episode on your disk, right-click on the episode, and choose Download Post, Rhythmbox will start to download the episode in the location defined in the preferences. You can see the download progress of an episode in the column Status. By default, podcasts are downloaded in folder Podcasts/ in your home directory. To change location, see . Read a podcast episode To play a podcast episode, select the episode you want to read, and choose ControlPlay; you can also press the button Play. The episode have to downloaded before to read it, see to know how to download a podcast episode. Delete a podcast episode To delete an episode from a podcast, right-click on the episode, and choose Delete, then choose Delete Episode Only if you to keep the episode file on your disk, or choose Delete Episode And File if you want to remove the episode from the list and delete the file from your disk. After you delete an episode, it will no longer be available in the list of episodes, even if you update the podcast. Display Podcast Episode properties To access to the episode properties, right-click on the episode, and choose Properties. On the Basic tab you can view the podcast Title, Feed, the publication Data and the Description. On the Details tab you can view the podcast Source, Duration, the Bitrate, the Last Played Date, the Play count and the Rating. Play Queue Source Play queue is a source designed to temporarily store the next tracks you want to play. When you add a track to the Play Queue, Rhythmbox Music Player will automatically switch to this source, after the track has played. Once a track has been played, it will be automatically removed from the Play Queue Source. Once the Play Queue is empty, Rhythmbox Music Player will play the source which was played before. Add a track to the Play Queue To add a track: Select the track you want to play, in any source. Choose EditAdd to playqueue. Remove a track in Play Queue To remove a track stored in Play Queue: Select the track you want to remove in Play Queue source. Choose EditDelete . Playlists Source Playlists are sources which are created from the tracks available in the Library source. They enable you to gather tracks following a particular 'genre', a specific group of artists, or even tracks that are of a particular 'mood', or whatever you want. Rhythmbox Music Player has 2 kinds of playlists: Static Playlists Smart Playlists Rhythmbox lets you burn the tracks of your playlists to an Audio CD. Static Playlists Static playlists are playlists built from tracks dropped from the Library. Create a static playlist To create a new playlist, choose MusicPlaylistNew Playlist. An empty playlist without name appears in the side pane. Enter a name for the playlist and press Enter. Add tracks to a playlist To add tracks to a playlist, select tracks from the track list from the library and drag and drop your selection over the playlist icon in the side pane. You can also drop over a playlist a genre, an artist, or an album name from the browser, and all the tracks that belongs to the chosen category will be added to the playlist. You can create a playlist with tracks in one action. Select tracks from the Tracks List, or directly one or more categories from the browser (Genre, Artist or Album) and drop the selection over the Side pane. It will automatically create a named playlist. Remove tracks from a playlist To remove tracks from a playlist, first select the tracks to remove, and then you have two methods: Choose EditDelete. Right-click over the selection and choose Delete. This operation deletes the track only from playlist and not from the Library. Delete a static playlist To delete a static playlist, select the playlist to delete, then you have two ways to delete it: Choose EditDelete. Right-click over the playlist and choose Delete. This operation deletes only the playlist and not the tracks stored in the playlist deleted. Smart Playlists Smart Playlists are playlists built from criteria, so tracks are added to it dynamically; all of the tracks matching the criteria will be added to the playlist. Create a smart playlist To create a new playlist: Choose MusicPlaylistNew Automatic Playlist. Edit the playlist criteria through the query editor. Once your criteria have been chosen, click New to create the query. Edit a smart playlist Editing a smart playlist lets you modify the criteria set for this playlist. To edit a smart playlist, select the smart playlist, choose MusicPlaylistEdit, and edit the criteria. Once done, choose Close. Delete a smart playlist To delete a smart playlist, select the playlist to delete, then you have two ways to delete it: Choose EditDelete. Right-click over the playlist and choose Delete. Use the query editor Choose the criteria to apply to the rule. If you need one more criteria click on the button Add, a new line appears, and you can set a new criteria. If you want to limit the number of tracks in the playlist, tick Limit to:, and choose how to limit. You can limit by tracks, by total size (in MB or GB), or by duration (expressed in Minutes). Once you finish setting the criteria for the playlist, choose New; the playlist query editor window will close, and the playlist will display the tracks matched by your criteria. Audio CD Source Rhythmbox Music Player can also handle Audio CDs; it can play CDs and also let you burn your own. Playing When an Audio CD is inserted, it will appear in the side pane, and the tracks on it can be displayed in Rhythmbox Music Player's main window. If you are connected to the Internet, the CD details will be retrieved and displayed. To play and pause playback, or to skip forward or backwards, use the same controls as used for playing from the library. Importing Audio CD If you wish to keep the tracks of your Audio CDs on your computer, you can import them. To import Audio CD tracks, choose Music Import Audio CD, it will start Sound-Juicer, an application dedicated to importing Audio CDs. To know more about Sound-Juicer, you can read the Sound-Juicer manual. To get imported tracks from Sound-Juicer automatically added to you Rhythmbox Library, you will have to configure Sound-Juicer to extract tracks into your Rhythmbox Library location and the Rhythmbox watch library feature has to be activated; refer to Sound-Juicer preferences and Rhythmbox Library preferences. Creating Audio CD Rhythmbox enables you to create you own Audio CDs with the music stored in the Rhythmbox Library. To create an Audio CD: Create a playlist, static or smart (see ) and add tracks. Choose MusicPlaylistCreate Audio CD Insert a blank CD. Click the button Create, the burning process starts. Portable Audio Player Source Rhythmbox can detect when an portable audio player is plugged to your computer, and is able to read tracks stored on it. Rhythmbox Music Player should be able to deal with most portable audio players including Apple iPod, MTP players and Mass Storage players. When you plug in a portable audio player, an icon for the Portable Audio Player is added to the side pane. This source works in the same way as the Library source. If Rhythmbox Music Player does not detect your device as a portable audio player, you can create an empty file named .is_audio_player at the top level hierarchy of the filesystem of your player. DAAP Share Source DAAP is a network protocol that allows you to share the music stored in Rhythmbox. DAAP stands for Digital Audio Access Protocol. As DAAP is a standard protocol for music sharing, you can listen and share music not only with other Rhythmbox users, but also with other users who use DAAP compatible software, like iTunes. When you start Rhythmbox, it will look for all DAAP shares published on your local network (your home or your office, not the whole Internet) by other users and will display them in the side pane. If sharing is enabled, at the same time Rhythmbox will publish your library and your playlists. In this way, you can listen to music stored on your friend's computers and they can listen your music. To disable the Rhythmbox DAAP sharing feature, see in the preferences. Notification Area Overview The Notification Area is a GNOME feature that adds a small icon to the panel while the program is running; this allows you to control Rhythmbox Music Player from your tray, and receive information when the Rhythmbox Music Player interface is not visible.
<application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> in the Notification Area
Get information Tooltip information When you move the mouse cursor over the Rhythmbox Music Player icon, you can see the track artist, the track name and the time position. Notification window Each time the track has changed or a podcast episode was downloaded, the Rhythmbox Music Player can inform you; it displays a notification window on the desktop, containing the information.
The notification window of <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application>
The notification window can be disabled by deselecting the Show Notifications option from the context menu of the icon in the notification area. Control Rhythmbox Using the Rhythmbox Music Player icon in the notification area, the following commands can be sent to the application:
Notification Area (showing menu)
Play — If selected, plays the currently selected song. Previous — Skip to previous song in the selected source. Next — Skip to next song in the selected source. Show Window Player — Choose whether or not the Rhythmbox Music Player window is visible or not on the desktop. Show Notifications — Choose whether or not the Rhythmbox Music Player will notify you about track changes and various information. Quit — Quit the Rhythmbox Music Player. If you are using a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can adjust the volume by scrolling up or down while the mouse pointer is over the panel applet. You can quickly toggle Play/Pause by pressing the middle mouse button. Customizing Rhythmbox Music Player This section describes how to customize Rhythmbox Music Player to suit your requirements and preferences. Setting Your Preferences Using the Preferences dialog you can customize how you want Rhythmbox Music Player to look and behave. To display the Preferences dialog, choose EditPreferences. General Choose the way the Browser View will be displayed. You can choose to use three or two panes and what the panes should display. Choose the Visible Columns you want to display in Rhythmbox Music Player. This option affects the following sources: Library Audio CD Portable Players Playlists DAAP Music shares Music The Library Location is a folder that Rhythmbox Music Player will monitor to find new songs. When you add new audio files in this folder or its sub-folders with the file browser (like Nautilus), Rhythmbox Music Player will detect them and they will be added automatically in the Library. Avoid to set your Home folder as library location because this feature is CPU consuming. To disable the watch functionality deselect Watch my library for new files. If you want to add more than one folder to watch, use gconf-editor and add it to the list /app/rhythmbox/library_locations Podcasts The Download Location of Podcasts is defined by default to the Podcasts/ folder in your home directory. If this location doesn't fit your needs, select another folder in the drop-down list or choose Other to make the File Selector appear. Choose the frequency that Rhythmbox Music Player will check for new podcast episodes. Sharing The Rhythmbox Music Player can share your Library contents over your Local Area Network, to other Rhythmbox Music Player and Apple iTunes users. Select Share my music to enable the users of your network to see and read your songs. Enter the name of you want to appear of the network in the field Shared music name. Last.fm profile The Last.fm profile plugin collects information about the songs you listen to and sends it to the Last.fm website, building up a profile of your listening habits. With this profile, you can: consult statistics, such as most played songs or most played artists. receive recommendations about artists that you might like. In order to use the Last.fm profile plugin, you must have a Last.fm account. If you don't already have one, use the Last.fm signup page to create one. Enter your Last.fm account details in the Username and Password fields in the Last.fm profile plugin configuration window. The configuration window for the Last.fm profile plugin also displays status information. If your Last.fm profile page shows that your profile is not being updated, the information displayed here may help you to diagnose the problem. Shortcuts Keyboard Shortcuts Player Shortcuts Shortcuts Actions Ctrl p Play / Pause Ctrl Left Jump to the Previous Track / Back to the beginning of the track Ctrl Right Jump to the Next Track Ctrl Up Increase playback volume Ctrl Down Decrease playback volume Ctrl R Enable / Disable Repeat play Ctrl U Enable / Disable Shuffle play
General Shortcuts Shortcuts Actions Ctrl A Select All Shift Ctrl A Deselect All Ctrl J Jump to playing song Alt S Jump to search field Alt Return Display the Track Properties
Window Shortcuts Shortcuts Actions Ctrl Q Quit the Rhythmbox Music Player Ctrl B Show / Hide the browser F9 Show / Hide the side pane Ctrl K Show / Hide the Queue Sidebar F11 Toggle / Untoggle the Full Screen mode
Multimedia Keys Rhythmbox Music Player supports the keys on multimedia keyboards, if configured in your desktop environment. Window Shortcuts Shortcuts Actions Stop Stop Pause / Play Pause / Play Prev Previous Played Track Next Next Track
Linux Infrared Remote Control The Rhythmbox Music Player includes a plugin for Linux Infrared Remote Control (LIRC) support. The following command strings are supported, using the program name 'rhythmbox': Window Shortcuts Command string Action play Start playback pause Pause playback playpause Toggle between playing and paused shuffle Toggle the shuffle play order repeat Toggle the repeat play order next Skip to the next track previous Skip to the previous track seek_forward Skip 10 seconds forward in the playing track seek_backward Skip 10 seconds backward in the playing track volume_up Increase the playback volume by 10% volume_down Decrease the playback volume by 10% mute Mute the playback
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000273212666145670025622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose the pages that you want to print. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Only print certain pages

You can selectively print only certain pages from the document. For example, if you enter the page numbers "1,3,5-7,9", then only pages 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9 will be printed. To print pages of your choice:

Select File Print….

In the General tab in the Print dialog choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print from the document, separated by commas. Use a dash to specify a range of pages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-change-color-scheme.page0000644000373100047300000000440412666145670026314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the text and background colors in gedit. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2015 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Change the color scheme

gedit includes several different color schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.

To change the color scheme:

Open the gedit menu from the top bar, then select PreferencesFont & Colors.

Choose your desired color scheme.

The new color scheme will be applied immediately.

Use a Custom Color Scheme

You can also use color schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own color schemes.

Instructions on how to install custom color schemes, as well as examples of color schemes that you can download and use, are available on the gedit wiki.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-undo-recent-action.page0000644000373100047300000000245712666145670026215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Revert a recent change to one of your files. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Undo a recent action

If you make a mistake while using gedit, you can undo it by pressing CtrlZ.

You cannot undo a change after you have closed a gedit file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-open-files-from-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000502312666145670027277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use gedit's side pane as a file browser. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org View and open files from the side pane

The most common way to switch between files in gedit is by using the tabs at the top of the gedit window. In some cases, though, particularly when you are working with a large number of open files, you may find it easier to use the side pane.

To activate the side pane, select View Side Pane, or just press the F9 key.

You can toggle the side pane open or closed by pressing F9 at any time.

Opening files from the side pane

To open files from the side pane, first open the side pane by selecting View Side Pane, then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

Using the side pane to switch between open files

Once you have several files open, you can use the side pane to switch between open files. To activate the file browser portion of the side pane, click on the file icon at the bottom of the side pane.

Clicking on any file name in the side pane will open that file for editing.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-external-tools.page0000644000373100047300000000345112666145667027157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Run scripts on your current files, and interact with other applications. External tools

The External Tools plugin can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends gedit by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing gedit to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the External Tools plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins External Tools.

Configure the external tools plugin

Once you have enabled the plugin, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting ToolsManage External Tools.

This plugin is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plugin with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-shortcut-keys.page0000644000373100047300000002776712666145670025356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use keyboard shortcuts to help you work more quickly. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Paolo Borelli Jesse van den Kieboom Steve Frécinaux Ignacio Casal Quinteiro Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Radina Matic radina.matic@gmail.com 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Shortcut keys

Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of gedit's shortcut keys.

Tab-related Shortcut keys

Acció

Keyboard shortcut

Switch to the next tab to the left

CtrlAlt PageUp

Switch to the next tab to the right

CtrlAlt PageDown

Close tab

CtrlW

Save all tabs

CtrlShift L

Close all tabs

CtrlShiftW

Reopen the most recently closed tab

CtrlShiftT

Jump to nth tab

Alt n

New tab group

CtrlAltN

Previous tab group

ShiftCtrlAltPage up

Next tab group

ShiftCtrlAltPage down
Shortcut keys for working with files

Acció

Keyboard shortcut

Create a new document in a new window

CtrlN

Create a new document in a new tab

CtrlT

Open a document

CtrlO

Open the Quick Open window

AltO

Save the current document

CtrlS

Save the current document with a new filename

CtrlShift S

Print the current document

Ctrl P

Print preview

CtrlShift P

Close the current document

CtrlW

Quit gedit

CtrlQ
Shortcut keys for editing files

Acció

Keyboard shortcut

Move to the beginning of the current line

Home

Move to the end of the current line

End

Move to the beginning of the document

CtrlHome

Move to the end of the document

CtrlEnd

Move the selected word right one word

AltRight Arrow

Move the selected word left one word

AltLeft Arrow

Undo the last action

CtrlZ

Redo the last undone action

CtrlShift Z

Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard

CtrlX

Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard

CtrlC

Paste the contents of the clipboard

CtrlV

Select all text in the file

CtrlA

Delete the current line

CtrlD

Move the selected line up one line

AltUp Arrow

Move the selected line down one line

AltDown Arrow

Add a tab stop

Tab

Remove a tab stop

ShiftTab

Convert the selected text to upper case

CtrlU

Convert the selected text to lower case

CtrlL

Toggle case of the selected text

Ctrl~
Shortcut keys for showing and hiding panes

Acció

Keyboard shortcut

Show / hide the side pane

F9

Show / hide the bottom pane

CtrlF9

Open the file menu

F10
Shortcut keys for searching

Acció

Keyboard shortcut

Find a string

CtrlF

Find the next instance of the string

CtrlG

Find the previous instance of the string

CtrlShiftG

Search and Replace

CtrlH

Clear highlight

CtrlShift K

Goto line

CtrlI
Shortcut keys for tools

Acció

Keyboard shortcut

Check spelling

ShiftF7

Remove trailing spaces (with plugin)

AltF12

Run "make" in the current directory (with plugin)

F8

Directory listing (with plugin)

CtrlShift D
Shortcut keys for user help

Acció

Keyboard shortcut

Open the gedit user guide

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-tab-groups.page0000644000373100047300000000703512666145670024577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Group similar tabs together. Radina Matic radina.matic@gmail.com 2013 Organize files in grouped tabs

If you are working with multiple tabs in gedit you can group them, making it easier to keep your opened files organized. Adding a new tab group will divide the gedit window in two panes, open a new "Untitled Document" in the new pane, and make it active. You can open files into that tab group and move tabs from one tab group to another.

Open a new tab group in the gedit window

To open a new tab group you can:

Go to DocumentsNew Tab Group in the main menu.

Use the CtrlAltN shortcut.

This action will divide the gedit window in two panes, and the pane with the new tab group will be placed on the right of the active tab. You can move the handle right or left assigning more or less space of gedit window between panes according to your needs.

You can open as much tab groups in gedit window as your screen allows, but you will have to move the handle in order to see them correctly.

To close a tab group pane just close all the tabs that are opened inside it.

Move through tab groups

To move forward (on the next) tab group:

Go to DocumentsNext Tab Group in the main menu.

Use the ShiftCtrlAltPage down shortcut.

To move backward (on the previous) tab group:

Go to DocumentsPrevious Tab Group in the main menu.

Use the ShiftCtrlAltPage up shortcut.
Move a tab to another tab group

If you want to move a tab from one tab group to another:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab to another tab group pane.

Place it beside other tabs in the tab group.

Release the mouse button.

See the tab-related shortcut keys table to make it easier to manage your tab groups.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-create-new-file.page0000644000373100047300000000236312666145670025462 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open a new file for editing. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Create a new file

The easiest way to create a new file in gedit, is to click the Create a new document button on the left side of the toolbar, or press CtrlT.

Any one of these actions will create a new file in the gedit window. If you have other files open in gedit, the new file that you create will appear as a new tab to the right of those files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-doc-stats.page0000644000373100047300000000324412666145670026072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org View document statistics. Document statistics

The Document Statistics plugin shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsDocument Statistics.

Using Document Statistics

Once the plugin is enabled, use it by selecting Tools Document Statistics. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.

You can also use Document Statistics to show you information about just a portion of your document. To do this, use the mouse pointer to select the portion of text that you want to examine, and then select ToolsDocument Statistics. Gedit will display information for both your entire document, and for the portion of text that you highlighted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-open-files.page0000644000373100047300000000376512666145670024563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files to start working on them. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Open a file or set of files

To open a file in gedit, click the Open button, or press CtrlO.

This will cause the Open dialog to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click Open. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.

To close the Open dialog without opening a file, click Cancel.

You can use the Ctrl and Shift keys to open more than one file at a time. If you hold down the Ctrl key while you select multiple files, clicking Open will open each of the files that you have selected.

Holding down the Shift while you select multiple files will open the first file that you select, the last file that you select, and all of the files in between.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-save-file.page0000644000373100047300000000251712666145670024367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save your file to work on it later. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Save a file

To save a file in gedit, click on the Save the current file button with the disk-drive icon on the right side of the toolbar or just press CtrlS.

If you are saving a new file, the Save As dialog will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-pyconsole.page0000644000373100047300000000237712666145670026212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Add an interactive Python console to the bottom pane. Python console

You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving gedit. To enable the Python console, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Python Console.

Once the Python console is enabled, you can open it by selecting ViewBottom Pane, or just press ShiftF9.

If you have also enabled the Embeded Terminal plugin, the Python Console will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-files-basic.page0000644000373100047300000000153212666145670024671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn the basics of how to work with files in gedit. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org File basics: Open, close, and save files

If you are new to gedit, these topics will help you with creating, saving, and opening and closing files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-change-default-font.page0000644000373100047300000000304412666145670026323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use a custom font for your text in gedit. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org 2011 2012 2013 Change the default font

gedit will use the system fixed-width font by default, but you can change the default gedit font to suit your preferences.

To change the default font in <app>gedit</app>:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Uncheck the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."

Click on the current font name. gedit will open a font-chooser window, allowing you to see available fonts and choose the one that you prefer.

After you have chosen a new font, use the slider under the list of fonts to set the default font size.

Click Select, and then click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-syntax-highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000265112666145670026504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Highlight your text to make it easier to read. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Turn on syntax highlighting
Syntax highlighting

gedit provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If gedit recognizes the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.

If your syntax or language is not highlighted upon startup, you can select the appropriate syntax or language by clicking View Highlight Mode, and then choosing the desired syntax. Alternately, you can select the syntax name from a list at the bottom of the gedit window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-close-file.page0000644000373100047300000000202712666145670024532 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Exit from the file you are using. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Close a file

To close a file in gedit, select File Close. Alternately, you can click the small "X" that appears on the right-side of the file's tab, or press Ctrl W.

Any one of these actions will close a file in gedit. If your file contains changes that have not been saved, gedit will prompt you to save those changes before closing the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000435112666145670025455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set the pages to print in a certain order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Getting Copies To Print In The Correct Order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. To reverse the order:

Select File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies, check Reverse.

The last page will be printed first, and so on.

Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To Collate:

Click File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-full-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000444212666145670024732 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set gedit to use the entire screen. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Use fullscreen mode

When working with a large document, you may find it helpful to work in gedit's fullscreen mode. Using fullscreen mode will hide the menu bar, tab bar and the tool bar, presenting you with more of your text and allowing you to better focus on your tasks.

Turn on fullscreen mode

To turn on fullscreen mode, press F11. gedit's menu, title, and tab-bars will hide, and you will only be presented with the text of your current file.

If you need to perform an action from the gedit menu while working in fullscreen mode, move your mouse pointer to the top of the screen. The gedit menu bar will reappear, and you can select your desired action.

To switch between open tabs while in fullscreen mode, press either CtrlAltPgUp or CtrlAltPgDn.
Turn off fullscreen mode

To turn off fullscreen mode and return to the standard gedit window, press F11.

You can also move your mouse cursor to the top of the screen, and wait for the menu bar to appear. When the menu bar appears, select Leave Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312666145670022363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugin-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000255112666145670025103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use plugins to customize how gedit works for you. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Configure and use gedit plugins

You can do more with gedit by using plugins. Several plugins are installed by default, but a large number of other plugins are available separately.

Many Linux distributions make a group of these plugins available as a gedit-plugins package. Install the gedit-plugins package to make these extra plugins available to gedit.
Default gedit Plugins
Additional gedit Plugins
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-insert-date-time.page0000644000373100047300000000267212666145670027350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Insert the current date/time at the cursor position. Insert date/time

As this name of this plugin suggests, the Insert Date/Time plugin allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Insert Date/Time. To use the plugin, press EditInsert Date and Time.

By default, the Insert Date/Time plugin will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plugin. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by selecting geditPreferences PluginsInsert Date/TimeConfigure.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-open-recent.page0000644000373100047300000000311312666145670024724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Access files that you have updated recently. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Reopen a recently-used file

By default, gedit provides easy access to five of your most recently-used files. Here is how you can open a recently-used file:

Click the downward-facing arrow to the right of the Open button.

gedit will display a list of the five most-recently used files.

Select the desired file, and it will open in a new tab.

To adjust the number of recently-used files that gedit displays, you will need to use the dconf-editor application.

Launch dconf-editor and select org gnomegeditpreferencesui max-recents.

Double-click on the number next to max-recents and change the number to your desired value.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-edit-as-root.page0000644000373100047300000000267412666145670025027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use administrative privileges to edit a file. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Edit a file as the root user

Editing files as the root user is potentially dangerous, and may break your system in bad ways. Take great care when editing files as the root user.

To edit files as the root user, launch gedit from the terminal by entering:

sudo gedit

Using the sudo command, you will need to successfully enter your password before gedit will open.

As an alternative to the sudo command, you may obtain administrative privileges by entering:

su -

You would then launch gedit using the gedit command.

Once you have opened gedit with administrative privileges, gedit will keep those privileges until you close it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-tabs-moving.page0000644000373100047300000000704012666145670024736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the position of a tab in the gedit window. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Radina Matic radina.matic@gmail.com 2013 Move and re-order tabs

Tabs in gedit can be moved, making it easier to work with your files. Tabs can be can re-ordered within the same window, moved outside of gedit (creating a new gedit window), and moved from one window to another.

Change the order of tabs in the gedit window

To change the ordering of tabs in a window:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Move the tab to the desired position among the other tab.

Release the mouse button.

The tab will be placed in the position closest to where you release the tab, immediately beside other opened tabs.

Move a tab, creating a new gedit window

To create a new window from an existing tab:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab out of the gedit window.

Release the mouse button.

To move a tab into a new window when gedit is maximized, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.
Move a tab to another gedit window

If you want to move a tab from one window to another:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab to the new window.

Place it beside other tabs in the new window.

Release the mouse button.

You may find it easier to move a tab from one window to another by dragging the tab to the Activities hot-corner of GNOME Shell. This will reveal each of the open gedit windows. You can then release the tab on the desired gedit window.

See the tab-related shortcut keys table to make it easier to manage your tabs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-modelines.page0000644000373100047300000000665612666145670026162 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit. Modelines

The Modelines plugin allows gedit to analyze the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The Modelines plugin supports a subset of the options used by the Emacs, Kate and Vim text editors.

To enable the Modelines plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsModelines.

General Modeline Options

The following options can be set using gedit modelines:

Amplada de la tabulació

Amplada del sagnat

Inserting spaces instead of tabs

Ajustament de línia

Amplada del marge dret

Les preferències establertes utilitzant els modes de línia tenen preferència sobre les especificades al diàleg de preferències.
Modes de línia de l'Emacs

The first two lines of a document are scanned for Emacs modelines, and gedit supports the following Emacs modeline options:

Tab-width

Indent-offset

Indent-tabs-mode

Text auto-wrap

For more information on Emacs modelines, visit the GNU Emacs Manual.

Modes de línia del Kate

The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for Kate modelines, and gedit supports the following Kate modeline options:

tab-width

indent-width

space-indent

word-wrap

word-wrap-column

For more information about Kate modelines, visit the Kate website.

Modes de línia del Vim

The first and last three lines a document are scanned for Vim modelines, and gedit supports the following Vim modeline options:

et (expandtab)

ts (tabstop)

sw (shiftwidth)

wrap

textwidth

For more information on Vim modelines, visit the Vim website.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-replace.page0000644000373100047300000001177212666145670024132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Replace portions of text in a file. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Young Li li.young1618@gmail.com Replace text

Editing text can be time consuming. To save time, gedit includes a Replace function that helps you to find and replace portions of text.

Replace text in <app>gedit</app>

Open the Replace tool by clicking Menu buttonFind and Replace… or press CtrlH.

Enter the text that you wish to replace into the Search for: field.

Enter the new, replacement text into the Replace with: field.

Once you have entered the original and replacement text, you can add extra parameters to the search. You can also choose what you want to replace:

To replace only the next match, click Replace.

To replace all occurrences of the searched-for text, click Replace All.

Use the Replace All function with care. Replace All works on the entirety of your text file, and does not allow you to highlight portions of text where the replace function will be performed.
More options

If you wish, you can add some extra parameters to your search:

Match case

The Match case option allows you to specify whether you want your search to be case-sensitive. If this option is selected, searches will be case-sensitive. If not, searches will not be case-sensitive.

 Match entire word only

Use this option to search for a specific word without including fragments of other words. For example, if you searched for the word 'and' with this option selected, the word 'and' would be matched, but the words 'sand' and 'commander' would not be matched.

 Search backwards

This command behaves identically to the Find Previous command. If you wish to step through search results from end to beginning, select this option.

 Wrap around

With the wrap around option enabled, gedit will re-start the search/replace action at the top of the file after it has reached the bottom of the file. This ensures that your search/replace action is made across your entire file.
Using escape sequences

You can use escape sequences to search for line breaks, carriage returns, and tabs.

\n

Newline

 \r

Carriage return

 \t

Tab

If you actually want to search for a \ (backslash) or one of the escape sequences in the text, you need to escape the backslash with an extra backslash. For example, to search for \, you need to enter \\ into the search or replace field. You can search for escape sequences in the same way: to search for or replace with a \n, use the \\n term.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-file-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000343412666145670026572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Use the side pane to browse and open files. File browser pane

Depending on how you use gedit, you may find it helpful to use the File Browser pane plugin. This plugin embeds a file browser in the side pane, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.

You can enable the Side Pane by selecting geditPreferences PluginsFile Browser Pane.

Opening files from the side pane

To activate and use the side pane, select ViewSide pane (or just press F9), and then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-quickstart.page0000644000373100047300000000267212666145670024710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A brief introduction to gedit. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Get started with gedit

gedit is a full-featured text editor for the GNOME desktop environment. You can use it to prepare simple notes and documents, or you can use some of its advanced features, making it your own software development environment.

Once gedit launches, you can start writing right away. To save your text, just click the Save icon in the gedit toolbar.

To learn about additional gedit features and to get assistance with performing additional tasks, explore the other portions of the gedit help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-open-on-server.page0000644000373100047300000000441512666145670025372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Access files that are stored on a different computer. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Open a file that is located on a server

Prior to opening a file on a server from within gedit, you need to know some technical information about the server. For example, you will need to know the IP Address or URL of the server, and may need to know what kind of server it is (e.g., HTTP, FTP, etc.).

Also, some types of servers impose restrictions on what you can do with files stored on the server. For example, you may be able to open a file from a server, but may need to save any changes to the file locally, on your own computer.

With these caveats in mind, perform the following steps to open a file from a server using gedit:

Choose FileOpen to display the Open Files dialog.

Select the Pencil icon near the top of the Open Files dialog.

Enter the IP Address or URL of the appropriate server.

Find and select the file that you wish to open.

Use the Character coding drop-down list to select the appropriate character coding.

Click Open.

Valid types of URI include http:, ftp:, file:, and all of the methods supported by gvfs.

Files from some types of URI are opened as read-only, and any changes you make must be saved to a different location. For example, HTTP only allows files to be read. Files opened from FTP are read-only because not all FTP servers may correctly work with saving remote files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-search.page0000644000373100047300000000774612666145670023772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find a portion of text within a file. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Search for text

The Find tool can help you find specific sequences of text within in your file.

Finding text

Open the search window by clicking Menu Button Find… or pressing CtrlF. This will move your cursor to the start of the search window.

Type the text you wish to search for in the search window.

As you type, gedit will begin highlighting the portions of text that match what you have entered.

To scroll through the search results, do any of the following:

Click on the up or down facing arrows next to the search window.

Press the up arrow or down arrow keys on your keyboard.

Press CtrlG or CtrlShiftG.

Press the Ctrl and use your mouse or touchpad's scroll feature to move up or down through the text.

To close the search window, press either Esc or Enter. Pressing Esc will return the cursor to where it was before you began your search. Pressing Enter will return the cursor to the current position in the search results.

Search tips

If you highlight a portion of text with your mouse, and then press CtrlF, the text you've highlighted will appear in the search window.

For more search options, click on the Magnifying Glass icon in the search window, or right-click anywhere in the search window. You can select one or more of the following search options:

Select Match Case to make the search case sensitive.

Select Match Entire Word Only to search only complete words.

Select Wrap Around to search text from top to bottom and cycle back again.

The text that you've searched for will remain highlighted by gedit, even after you have completed your search. To remove the highlight, click SearchClear Highlight, or press CtrlShiftK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-quick-open.page0000644000373100047300000000514212666145670026243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Quickly open a file or set of files. Quick open

As the name of this plugin would imply, the Quick Open plugin helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsQuick Open.

Once you have enabled the Quick Open plugin you can use it as follows:

Open the Quick Open dialog box by pressing CtrlAltO, or by selecting FileQuick Open.

The Quick Open file dialog will appear.

Use your mouse to select the file or files that you want to open.

To select several individual files, hold down your Ctrl key while you click on the files that you want to open.

To select a group of files, click on the first file that you want to open, hold down the Shift key, and then click on the last file in the list that you want to open.

Click Open.

Quick Open will look for files in:

The directory of the currently opened document

The root directory of the File Browser Pane plugin

Recent documents which are also shown in the Recent folder in Files

Directories which you have bookmarked in Files

Your Desktop directory

Your Home directory

Quick Open displays files in any of the above locations regardless of whether or not you have opened them previously.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-snippets.page0000644000373100047300000001503312666145670026035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Use snippets to quickly insert often-used pieces of text. Snippets

Snippets provide a convenient way of inserting repetitive portions of code into your files. For example, an HTML snippet for the ]]> tag would insert the opening and closing portions of the tag, as well as fixed places where you can enter image attributes. This can make writing code easier and faster.

Enable Snippets Plugin

To enable the Snippets plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Snippets to enable the plugin.
Browse Snippets

To browse available snippets:

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

Make sure the syntax is set appropriately. The status bar at the bottom of the gedit window will show the current language setting. This language setting is what allows gedit to insert the proper snippets. Gedit will normally detect the language or syntax of the file that you're using, but sometimes you may need to set it.

In this example, the language is set to HTML.

Browse the snippets that are available for your language or syntax.
Using Snippets

To insert a snippet into your current document:

Type the desired snippet name anywhere in your current document.

Press Tab to insert the snippet associated with the input term.
Snippet Example Usage

For example, if you have set the syntax to HTML, type head , and press the Tab key. The text would have auto completed into a snippet as:

Page Title ]]>
Com afegir fragments

You can add new Snippets that work either globally (that is, they are language agnostic) or only in a particular syntax.

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

From the Manage Snippets sidebar select the desired syntax and click on the "+" button to list existing snippets for the selected syntax.

To add a snippet that works globally (that is, when no particular syntax or language has been set for the document), select Global from the Manage Snippets sidebar.

To add a new snippet, click on the "plus" icon in the Manage Snippets sidebar.

Input a name for the new snippet. The name of the snippet can be different from the snippet you want to add.

Under the Activation section, you must input a term for the Tab trigger: textarea. You will be using this term to insert your snippet.

If you wish to insert a snippet with a keyboard shortcut, then click your mouse pointer on Shortcut key: textarea and press the desired combination of keys. Once you have pressed and released the keys, the keyboard shortcut will be set.

Under the textarea for Edit:, input the desired text for the snippet. You may use ${n} to indicate variables, where n is replaced with a number that represents the numerical order of variables included.
New Snippet Example

Consider you have created a snippet with the term greetings in Tab trigger:. The Edit: textarea contains:

Hello ${1:wonderful}${2:amazing} world! ]]>

You can insert this snippet by typing greetings in the document and pressing the Tab key. The following text snippet will be inserted:

Hello wonderfulamazing world!]]>

The words "wonderful" and "amazing" can be retained or deleted depending on your choice of usage. To do so, press Tab to choose between "wonderful" and "amazing" and press Del to delete the least preferred option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000001150312666145670024624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your files for spelling errors. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Spell-check your document
Enable the spell checker

The Spell-check feature is provided as a plugin in gedit which can be enabled as required. To enable the plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Spell Checker to enable the plugin.
Spell-check your document

To check for misspelt words in your document:

Select Tools Check Spelling.

To have gedit automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select ToolsHighlight Misspelled Words.
Using spell-check

You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialog. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to Misspelled word:. You can choose from the following corrective actions:

Change to: allows you to input a word and use Check Word to check the validity of the spelling.

Suggestions: lists the available substitutions for the word.

Ignore allows you to bypass spell check for a instance of current word.

Ignore All allows you to bypass spell check for all instances of the current word.

Change substitutes the misspelt or unrecognized word with a chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Change all substitutes all misspelt or unrecognized words with the chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Add word allows you to add the current word to the gedit User dictionary. Adding custom words to the User dictionary will allow gedit to recognize the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.
Define the language to use for spell checking

By default, gedit will use your current language to spell check your document. If you need to use another language, choose ToolsSet Language…, then choose the language you want to use.

Dictionaries

gedit uses Enchant, a small system utility, for spell checking. Enchant can use several different dictionaries to check your spelling. Two such dictionary back-ends are Hunspell and Aspell.

If the language you want to use is not available in gedit, use your computer's software installer or package manager to install the dictionary back-end that you want.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-printing.page0000644000373100047300000000764212666145670024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print the files that you create with gedit. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Printing documents

Printing with gedit requires that you have connected and configured your printer. If you have not done this, please consult the printing help for GNOME.

gedit allows you to print both to a file and to paper.

Printing To Paper

You can print your documents to paper using a local or remote printer. To print a file:

Select File Print General.

Select the desired printer from the list of printers available.

You can preview the file using Print Preview and once you are satisfied with the settings, click Print to send the file to printer.

Additionally, from Page Setup tab: you can choose Layout and Paper options. As these settings are available throughout GNOME programs, please consult Layout and Paper options help.

Print Multiple Copies And Between Specified Ranges

You can set Range and Copies options to help you:

Printing To File

You can also use gedit to print to a file. To print your document to file of a different format:

Select File Print Print to File.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats, you may select from:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphic (.svg)

To print the document to file, click Print.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/index.page0000644000373100047300000000350412666145670022526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gedit Text Editor gedit Text Editor Home page of the gedit help guide. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/gedit-icon.png" its:translate="no"/> gedit Text Editor

Welcome to the gedit help guide. For a quick introduction into both gedit's most basic features, as well as some advanced keyboard shortcuts, visit the Get started with gedit and Shortcut keys pages.

Other help topics are grouped together into sections below. Enjoy using gedit!

Working With Files
Configure gedit
gedit Plugins
Printing with gedit
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000564312666145670025165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Sort lines of text into alphabetical order. Sort

The Sort plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.

You cannot use the Undo feature to correct a Sort operation, so we recommend that you save the file immediately before performing the sort. If you make a mistake with the sort, you can revert to the previously-saved version of the file by selecting FileRevert.
Enable Sort Plugin

To enable the Sort plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Sort to enable the plugin.
Using Sort Plugin

To use the Sort plugin:

Drag and highlight the desired lines of text.

Select gedit Sort.

The Sort dialog will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:

Reverse order will arrange the text in reverse alphabetical order.

Remove duplicates will remove duplicate values from the list.

Ignore case will ignore case sensitivity.

To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the Start at column spin box.

To perform the sort operation, click Sort.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-tabs.page0000644000373100047300000000412012666145670023435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create or close tabs in the gedit window. Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Radina Matic radina.matic@gmail.com 2013 Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Add and remove tabs

Working with tabs in gedit allows you to keep an eye on several files in a single window. The tab that is larger than the other tabs indicates the file that is currently open. The smaller tabs indicate other files that are available to work on.

Adding tabs

To add a new tab, create a new file with Ctrl T. The tab will be added to the right side of any other tabs.

Removing tabs

To remove a tab, click the × on the tab's right side. To remove all open tabs, press Ctrl ShiftW.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-change-case.page0000644000373100047300000000370312666145670026327 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Change the case of selected text. Change case

This plugin helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsChange Case.

Once the Change Case plugin is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:

Highlight the portion of text that you want to change.

Select geditChange Case

Choose your desired text-formatting option.

The updates to the text formatting will take place immediately.

The Invert Case option will convert all lower case letters to upper case, and will convert all upper case letters to lower case.

The Title Case option will convert the first letter of each word to upper case. All other letters will be converted to lower case.

If you have not highlighted any text, the Change Case feature will be grayed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the Change Case feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gedit/gedit-plugins-install.page0000644000373100047300000000507012666145670025636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com How to install third-party plugins. Additional gedit plugins

Installing third-party plugins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default gedit plugins, or even the extra plugins that are part of the gedit-plugins package. An online list of third-party plugins is kept here.

Installing a third-party plugin involves downloading the plugin, placing the plugin files in the right directory, and activating the plugin.

You can usually download a plugin from the plugin's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like git, bazaar, or subversion to copy a plugin's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plugin's documentation for information on getting the plugin.

Place the plugin files into the /home/username/.local/share/gedit/plugins directory.

Of course, replace the word username with your own username.

After you have placed the plugin files into the correct directory, the plugin will appear in the Preferences menu. Select Edit PreferencesPlugins [Name of Plugin] to enable the plugin.

Click Close.

After you have enabled the plugin, it should be available for you to use.

The .local directory is hidden by default. To view it and other hidden files, select ViewShow Hidden Files, or press CtrlH.

If the directory .local/share/gedit/plugins/ is not present on your system, you will need to create it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gpl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000005134712622601174022714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Llicència pública general de GNU 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation Projecte de documentació del GNOME 2 1991-06
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. Tothom pot copiar i distribuir còpies literals d'aquest document de llicència, però no es permet de fer-hi modificacions. Versió 2, Juny de 1991 Les llicències de la majoria de programari estan dissenyades per a prendre-us la llibertat de compartir-lo i modificar-lo. Contràriament, la Llicència pública general de GNU està pensada per a garantir-vos la llibertat de compartir i modificar el programari lliure, per tal d'assegurar que el programari sigui lliure per a tots els seus usuaris i usuàries. Sílvia Miranda silviamira@gmail.com 2007. Sílvia Miranda Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Gil Forcada Preàmbul Les llicències de la majoria de programari estan dissenyades per a prendre-us la llibertat de compartir-lo i modificar-lo. Contràriament, la Llicència pública general de GNU està pensada per a garantir-vos la llibertat de compartir i modificar el programari lliure, per tal d'assegurar que el programari sigui lliure per a tots els seus usuaris i usuàries. Aquesta Llicència pública general és aplicable a la majoria de programari de la Free Software Foundation (Fundació per al programari lliure) i a qualsevol altre programa els autors del qual es comprometin a utilitzar-la (algun altre programari de la Free Software Foundation, en canvi, està protegit per la Llicència pública general per a biblioteques de GNU). També podeu aplicar-la als vostres programes. Quan parlem de programari lliure ens referim a la llibertat, no al preu. Les nostres llicències públiques generals estan pensades per assegurar que tingueu la llibertat de distribuir còpies del programari lliure (i de cobrar per aquest servei, si voleu); que rebeu el codi font o que, si el voleu, el pugueu rebre; que pugueu modificar el programari o fer-ne servir parts en programes lliures nous; i que sapigueu que podeu fer totes aquestes coses. Per a protegir els vostres drets, cal que apliquem restriccions que prohibeixin a tothom de negar-vos aquests drets o demanar-vos que hi renuncieu. Aquestes restriccions suposen determinades responsabilitats per a vós si distribuïu còpies del programari o si el modifiqueu. Per exemple, si distribuïu còpies d'un programa, tant si el distribuïu de franc com si en feu pagar un preu, heu de donar als destinataris els mateixos drets que teniu vós. Us heu d'assegurar que ells també en rebin o puguin aconseguir-ne el codi font, i els heu de fer saber aquests termes per tal que coneguin els seus drets. Protegim els vostres drets amb dos passos: Ens reservem el copyright del programari, i us oferim aquesta llicència que us dóna permís legal per a copiar, distribuir i/o modificar el programari. A més a més, per protegir-nos i protegir l'autor o autora, volem estar segurs que tothom entén que no hi ha cap garantia per a aquest programari lliure. Si algú modifica el programari i el passa, volem que els destinataris sàpiguen que el que tenen no és l'original, per tal que qualsevol problema que hagin pogut introduir terceres persones no repercuteixi en la reputació de l'autor o autora original. Finalment, qualsevol programa lliure està constantment amenaçat per les patents de programari. Volem evitar el perill que els redistribuïdors d'un programa lliure acabin obtenint llicències de patents i que, com a conseqüència d'això, el programa esdevingui propietat exclusiva d'algú. Per evitar-ho, hem deixat clar que, de qualsevol patent, se n'han d'emetre llicències per a tothom o no emetre'n cap. Les condicions exactes per a la còpia, distribució i modificació són les següents. TERMES I CONDICIONS PER A LA CÒPIA, DISTRIBUCIÓ I MODIFICACIÓ Secció 0 Aquesta llicència és aplicable a qualsevol programa o altra obra que contingui un avís del posseïdor del copyright que digui que es pot distribuir sota els termes d'aquesta llicència pública general. D'ara endavant, el programa es refereix a aquest programa o obra, i una obra basada en el programa es refereix al programa o a qualsevol obra derivada segons la llei de copyright: és a dir, una obra que contingui el programa o alguna part del programa, ja sigui literalment o amb modificacions o bé traduït a altres llengües (d'ara endavant, les traduccions s'inclouen sense cap limitació en el terme modificació). Ens referim a cada beneficiari de la llicència com a vós. Les activitats que no siguin còpia, distribució o modificació no es tenen en compte en aquesta llicència, queden fora del seu àmbit. No es restringeix l'acte d'executar el programa, i la llicència només protegeix la producció que s'obtingui amb el programa si el seu contingut constitueix una obra basada en el programa (independentment de si s'ha creat executant el programa). Que aquest sigui el cas o no depèn de què faci el programa. Secció 1 Podeu copiar i distribuir còpies literals del codi font del programa tal com el rebeu, en qualsevol mitjà, sempre que publiqueu en cada còpia, de manera adient i ben visible, una nota de copyright i una renúncia de garantia; manteniu intactes tots els avisos que fan referència a aquesta llicència i a l'absència de garanties de cap mena; i lliureu a qualsevol altre destinatari del programa una còpia d'aquesta llicència juntament amb el programa. Podeu cobrar un preu per l'acte físic de trametre una còpia i podeu, si així ho voleu, oferir alguna garantia a canvi d'un preu. Secció 2 Podeu modificar la còpia o còpies del programa o qualsevol tros del programa i, així, fer una obra basada en el programa, i podeu copiar i distribuir aquestes modificacions o obres sota els termes de la Secció 1 anterior, sempre que també compliu les condicions següents: Heu de fer que els fitxers modificats portin indicacions ben visibles que diguin que heu modificat els fitxers, i hi heu d'escriure la data de la modificació. Heu d'atorgar gratuïtament a totes les terceres parts els termes d'aquesta mateixa llicència sobre la totalitat de qualsevol obra que distribuïu o publiqueu, que completament o en part contingui o sigui un derivat del programa o qualsevol part del programa. Si el programa modificat normalment llegeix instruccions interactivament quan s'executa, heu de fer que quan s'arrenqui per a aquest ús interactiu de la manera més habitual, imprimeixi o mostri un missatge que inclogui una nota de copyright adient i un avís de que no hi ha garantia (o, si no, que digui que la garantia l'oferiu vós mateix) i que els usuaris poden redistribuir el programa sota aquestes condicions, i que indiqui a l'usuari o usuària com veure una còpia d'aquesta llicència. Excepció: Si el programa és interactiu però normalment no porta cap indicació com la que s'ha descrit, tampoc cal que les obres que feu basades en el programa en portin cap. Aquests requeriments afecten l'obra modificada com un tot. Si hi ha parts identificables que no estan derivades del programa, i es poden considerar raonablement com a obres independents i separades en si mateixes, aleshores aquesta llicència i els seus termes no s'apliquen a aquelles parts quan les distribuïu com a obres separades. Però quan distribuïu aquestes mateixes parts integrades en un tot que sigui una obra basada en el programa, la distribució del tot s'ha de fer d'acord amb els termes d'aquesta llicència, i els permisos atorgats a altres beneficiaris abasten el tot sencer i, per tant, totes i cadascuna de les parts, independentment de qui les hagi escrites. Així doncs, la intenció d'aquesta secció no és reclamar o disputar-vos cap dret a codi que hagueu escrit del tot vós mateix. La intenció és més aviat exercir el dret a controlar la distribució d'obres derivades o col·lectives basades en el programa. A més a més, la simple agregació amb el programa (o amb una obra basada en el programa) d'altres obres no basades en el programa en un volum d'un mitjà d'emmagatzemament o de distribució no posa aquestes altres obres sota l'àmbit de la llicència. Secció 3 Podeu copiar i distribuir el programa (o una obra basada en el programa, segons la secció 2) en forma executable o de codi objecte d'acord amb els termes de les seccions 1 i 2 anteriors, amb la condició que també feu una de les coses següents: L'acompanyeu amb el codi font complet corresponent, capaç de ser llegit per un ordinador, que es distribuirà d'acord amb els termes de les seccions 1 i 2 anteriors en un mitjà utilitzat habitualment per a l'intercanvi de programari; o, L'acompanyeu amb un oferiment per escrit, amb validesa com a mínim fins al cap de tres anys, de subministrar a tota tercera part, i per un preu no superior al que us costi físicament realitzar la distribució, el codi font complet corresponent, que es distribuirà d'acord amb els termes de les seccions 1 i 2 anteriors en un mitjà utilitzat habitualment per a l'intercanvi de programari; o, L'acompanyeu amb la informació que hagueu rebut de l'oferiment de distribuir el codi font corresponent (aquesta alternativa només és permesa per a la distribució no comercial i només si heu rebut el programa en forma executable o de codi objecte amb aquest oferiment, d'acord amb la subsecció b anterior). El codi font per a una obra vol dir la forma preferida de l'obra per a fer-hi modificacions. Per una obra executable, el codi font complet vol dir tot el codi font per a tots els mòduls que conté, més tots els fitxers de definició d'interfícies associats si s'escau, més els scripts que es facin servir per a controlar la compilació i la instal·lació de l'executable si s'escau. Tanmateix, com a excepció especial, el codi font que es distribueixi no cal que inclogui res del que normalment es distribueixi (sia en forma binària o de codi font) amb els components principals (compilador, nucli o similars) del sistema operatiu en què s'executa el programa, tret que el component en qüestió acompanyi l'executable. Si la distribució de l'executable consisteix a donar accés per a copiar-lo d'un lloc determinat, aleshores serveix com a distribució del codi font el fet de donar un accés equivalent per a copiar el codi font, encara que les terceres parts no estiguin obligades a copiar el codi font en copiar el codi objecte. Secció 4 No podeu copiar, modificar, reemetre llicències, o distribuir el programa si no és de la forma expressa que atorga aquesta Llicència. Qualsevol altre intent de copiar, modificar, reemetre llicències, o distribuir el programa és il·lícit i finalitzarà automàticament els drets que hagueu obtingut d'aquesta llicència. Tanmateix, les parts que hagin rebut de vós còpies o drets d'acord amb aquesta llicència no veuran les seves llicències finalitzades mentre segueixin observant-les estrictament. Secció 5 No esteu obligat a acceptar aquesta llicència, ja que no l'heu signada. Tanmateix, no hi ha cap altra opció que us doni permís per modificar o distribuir el programa o les seves obres derivades. Aquestes accions queden prohibides per la llei si no accepteu aquesta llicència. Així doncs, en modificar o distribuir el programa o les seves obres derivades, indiqueu que accepteu aquesta llicència per a fer-ho, i tots els seus termes i condicions per copiar, distribuir o modificar el programa o obres que hi estiguin basades. Secció 6 Cada cop que distribuïu el programa (o qualsevol obra basada en el programa), el destinatari rep automàticament, de qui va emetre la llicència originàriament, una llicència per copiar, distribuir o modificar el programa sotmesa a aquests termes i condicions. No podeu imposar cap més restricció a l'exercici dels drets que aquí es confereixen. No sou responsable de fer complir aquesta llicència a terceres parts. Secció 7 Si, a conseqüència d'una decisió judicial, una demanda per infracció d'una patent o per qualsevol altra raó (no exclusivament relacionada amb patents), se us imposen condicions (tant si és per ordre judicial, acord, o el que sigui) que contradiuen les condicions d'aquesta llicència, no quedeu excusat de les condicions d'aquesta llicència. Si no us és possible distribuir de manera que satisfeu alhora les obligacions que us imposa aquesta llicència i qualsevol altra obligació pertinent, aleshores no podeu distribuir el programa en absolut. Per exemple, si una llicència de patent no permetés redistribuir gratuïtament el programa a aquells que hagin rebut còpies de vós directament o indirecta, aleshores la única manera en què podríeu satisfer tant això com aquesta llicència seria abstenir-vos completament de distribuir el programa. Si qualsevol fragment d'aquesta secció quedés invalidat o no es pogués fer complir en qualsevol circumstància particular, la intenció és que s'apliqui el balanç de la secció, i que s'apliqui la secció en la seva totalitat en altres circumstàncies. El propòsit d'aquesta secció no és induir-vos a infringir cap patent ni cap altre requeriment del dret a la propietat, o a discutir-ne la validesa; l'únic propòsit d'aquesta secció és protegir la integritat del sistema de distribució de programari lliure, que s'implementa amb pràctiques de llicència pública. Molta gent ha fet generoses contribucions a l'ampli ventall de programari distribuït per aquest sistema refiant-se de l'aplicació consistent del sistema; li pertoca a l'autor, autora o donant decidir si vol distribuir programari per algun altre sistema, i un beneficiari de la llicència no pot imposar aquesta elecció. Aquesta secció pretén deixar del tot clar el que es considera una conseqüència de la resta de la llicència. Secció 8 Si hi ha països que restringeixen la distribució o l'ús del programari, ja sigui per patents o per interfícies sota copyright, el posseïdor del copyright original que posi el programa sota aquesta llicència pot afegir limitacions geogràfiques explícites que excloguin aquests països, de manera que la distribució només quedi permesa dins dels països no exclosos, o entre ells. En tal cas, aquesta llicència incorpora la limitació com si estigués escrita en el text de la llicència. Secció 9 La Free Software Foundation pot publicar versions revisades o noves de la llicència pública general de tant en tant. Aquestes versions noves seran semblants en esperit a la versió present, però poden diferir en detalls per tractar noves preocupacions o problemes. Cada versió rep un número de versió distintiu. Si el programa especifica un número de versió d'aquesta llicència que li és aplicable i que també és aplicable a qualsevol versió posterior, teniu l'opció de seguir els termes i condicions de la versió especificada o bé els de qualsevol versió publicada posteriorment per la Free Software Foundation. Si el programa no especifica un número de versió d'aquesta llicència, podeu triar qualsevol versió que hagi publicat la Free Software Foundation en qualsevol data. Secció 10 Si voleu incorporar parts del programa en altres programes lliures les condicions de distribució dels quals són diferents, escriviu a l'autor per demanar-li permís. Per al programari que està sota copyright de la Free Software Foundation, escriviu a la Free Software Foundation; de vegades fem excepcions per a permetre-ho. Prendrem la nostra decisió guiats pels dos objectius de mantenir la condició de lliure de tots els derivats del nostre programari lliure i de promoure la compartició i la reutilització del programari en general. SENSE GARANTIA Secció 11 ATÈS QUE EL PROGRAMARI TÉ UNA LLICÈNCIA GRATUÏTA, NO SE N'OFEREIX CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, EN LA MESURA PERMESA PER LES LLEIS APLICABLES. LLEVAT DELS CASOS EN QUÈ S'AFIRMI EL CONTRARI PER ESCRIT, ELS LLICENCIADORS I/O LES ALTRES PARTS OFEREIXEN EL PROGRAMA TAL COM ÉS, SENSE CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, NI EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, LES GARANTIES IMPLÍCITES DE COMERCIALITZACIÓ I ADEQUACIÓ A UN ÚS CONCRET. TOT EL RISC PEL QUE FA A LA QUALITAT I RENDIMENT DEL PROGRAMA ÉS VOSTRE. EN CAS QUE EL PROGRAMA RESULTÉS DEFECTUÓS, VÓS ASSUMIU TOT EL COST D'ASSISTÈNCIA, REPARACIÓ O CORRECCIÓ. Secció 12 EL POSSEÏDOR DEL COPYRIGHT, O QUALSEVOL ALTRA PART QUE PUGUI MODIFICAR O REDISTRIBUIR EL PROGRAMA TAL I COM ES PERMET MÉS AMUNT NO US HAURÀ DE RESPONDRE EN CAP CAS, TRET DEL QUE REQUEREIXI LA LLEI APLICABLE O ELS ACORDS PER ESCRIT, PER PERJUDICIS, INCLOSOS ELS INCIDENTALS, DERIVATS, ESPECIALS O GENERALS QUE ES DERIVIN DE L'ÚS O DE LA IMPOSSIBILITAT D'ÚS DEL PROGRAMA (INCLOSES, ENTRE D'ALTRES, LES PÈRDUES DE DADES, LES DADES QUE EL PROGRAMA HAGI MALMÈS, LES PÈRDUES QUE US HAGI PROVOCAT A VÓS O A TERCERS O LA IMPOSSIBILITAT QUE EL PROGRAMA FUNCIONI AMB QUALSEVOL ALTRE PROGRAMA), FINS I TOT SI AQUEST POSSEÏDOR O ALTRA PART HA ESTAT ADVERTIDA DE LA POSSIBILITAT D'AQUESTS PERJUDICIS.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/lgpl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000007626112622601174023072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Llicència Pública General Reduïda de GNU 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation Projecte de documentació del GNOME 2.1 1999-02
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. Tothom pot copiar i distribuir còpies literals d'aquest document de llicència, però no es permet de fer-hi modificacions. Versió 2.1, febrer de 1999 Les llicències de la majoria de programari estan dissenyades per a prendre-us la llibertat de compartir-lo i modificar-lo. Contràriament, les Llicències públiques generals de GNU estan pensades per a garantir-vos la llibertat de compartir i modificar el programari lliure, per tal d'assegurar que el programari sigui lliure per a tots els seus usuaris i usuàries. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2013 Gil Forcada Preàmbul Les llicències de la majoria de programari estan dissenyades per a prendre-us la llibertat de compartir-lo i modificar-lo. Contràriament, les Llicències públiques generals de GNU estan pensades per a garantir-vos la llibertat de compartir i modificar el programari lliure, per tal d'assegurar que el programari sigui lliure per a tots els seus usuaris i usuàries. Quan parlem de programari lliure ens referim a la llibertat, no al preu. Les nostres llicències públiques generals estan pensades per assegurar que tingueu la llibertat de distribuir còpies del programari lliure (i de cobrar per aquest servei, si voleu); que rebeu el codi font o que, si el voleu, el pugueu rebre; que pugueu modificar el programari o fer-ne servir parts en programes lliures nous; i que sapigueu que podeu fer totes aquestes coses. This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. Quan parlem de programari lliure ens referim a la llibertat, no al preu. Les nostres llicències públiques generals estan pensades per assegurar que tingueu la llibertat de distribuir còpies del programari lliure (i de cobrar per aquest servei, si voleu); que rebeu el codi font o que, si el voleu, el pugueu rebre; que pugueu modificar el programari o fer-ne servir parts en programes lliures nous; i que sapigueu que podeu fer totes aquestes coses. Per protegir els vostres drets, cal que apliquem restriccions que prohibeixin a tothom de negar-vos aquests drets o demanar-vos que hi renuncieu. Aquestes restriccions suposen determinades responsabilitats per a vós si distribuïu còpies del programari o si el modifiqueu. For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others. Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs. When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library. We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances. For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating system. Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library. The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run. TERMES I CONDICIONS PER A LA CÒPIA, DISTRIBUCIÓ I MODIFICACIÓ Secció 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License (also called this License). Each licensee is addressed as you. A library means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. The Library, below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms. A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term modification.) Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library. Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does. Secció 1 Podeu copiar i distribuir còpies literals del codi font de la biblioteca tal com el rebeu, en qualsevol mitjà, sempre que publiqueu en cada còpia, de manera adient i ben visible, una nota de copyright i una renúncia de garantia; manteniu intactes tots els avisos que fan referència a aquesta llicència i a l'absència de garanties de cap mena; i distribuïu una còpia d'aquesta llicència juntament amb la biblioteca. Podeu cobrar un preu per l'acte físic de trametre una còpia i podeu, si així ho voleu, oferir alguna garantia a canvi d'un preu. Secció 2 Podeu modificar la còpia o còpies de la biblioteca o qualsevol tros de la biblioteca i, així, fer una obra basada en la biblioteca, i podeu copiar i distribuir aquestes modificacions o obres sota els termes de la Secció 1 anterior, sempre que també compliu les condicions següents: The modified work must itself be a software library. Heu de fer que els fitxers modificats portin indicacions ben visibles que diguin que heu modificat els fitxers, i hi heu d'escriure la data de la modificació. You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful. (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.) Aquests requeriments afecten l'obra modificada com un tot. Si hi ha parts identificables que no estan derivades de la biblioteca, i es poden considerar raonablement com a obres independents i separades en si mateixes, aleshores aquesta llicència i els seus termes no s'apliquen a aquelles parts quan les distribuïu com a obres separades. Però quan distribuïu aquestes mateixes parts integrades en un tot que sigui una obra basada en la biblioteca, la distribució del tot s'ha de fer d'acord amb els termes d'aquesta llicència, i els permisos atorgats a altres beneficiaris abasten el tot sencer i, per tant, totes i cadascuna de les parts, independentment de qui les hagi escrites. Així doncs, la intenció d'aquesta secció no és reclamar o disputar-vos cap dret a codi que hagueu escrit del tot vós mateix. La intenció és més aviat exercir el dret a controlar la distribució d'obres derivades o col·lectives basades en la biblioteca. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. Secció 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in these notices. Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library. Secció 4 You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2 ) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange. If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. Secció 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a work that uses the Library. Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License. However, linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a work that uses the library. The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.) Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. Secció 6 As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications. You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one of these things: Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable work that uses the Library, as object code and/or source code, so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions.) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a , above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution. If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place. Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. For an executable, the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute. Secció 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things: Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above. Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. Secció 8 You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. Secció 9 No esteu obligat a acceptar aquesta llicència, ja que no l'heu signada. Tanmateix, no hi ha cap altra opció que us doni permís per modificar o distribuir la biblioteca o les seves obres derivades. Aquestes accions queden prohibides per la llei si no accepteu aquesta llicència. Així doncs, en modificar o distribuir la biblioteca o les seves obres derivades, indiqueu que accepteu aquesta llicència per a fer-ho, i tots els seus termes i condicions per copiar, distribuir o modificar la biblioteca o obres que hi estiguin basades. Secció 10 Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. Secció 11 Si, a conseqüència d'una decisió judicial, una demanda per infracció d'una patent o per qualsevol altra raó (no exclusivament relacionada amb patents), se us imposen condicions (tant si és per ordre judicial, acord, o el que sigui) que contradiuen les condicions d'aquesta llicència, no quedeu excusat de les condicions d'aquesta llicència. Si no us és possible distribuir de manera que satisfeu alhora les obligacions que us imposa aquesta llicència i qualsevol altra obligació pertinent, aleshores no podeu distribuir el programa en absolut. Per exemple, si una llicència de patent no permetés redistribuir gratuïtament la biblioteca a aquells que hagin rebut còpies de vós directament o indirecta, aleshores la única manera en què podríeu satisfer tant això com aquesta llicència seria abstenir-vos completament de distribuir la biblioteca. Si qualsevol fragment d'aquesta secció quedés invalidat o no es pogués fer complir en qualsevol circumstància particular, la intenció és que s'apliqui el balanç de la secció, i que s'apliqui la secció en la seva totalitat en altres circumstàncies. El propòsit d'aquesta secció no és induir-vos a infringir cap patent ni cap altre requeriment del dret a la propietat, o a discutir-ne la validesa; l'únic propòsit d'aquesta secció és protegir la integritat del sistema de distribució de programari lliure, que s'implementa amb pràctiques de llicència pública. Molta gent ha fet generoses contribucions a l'ampli ventall de programari distribuït per aquest sistema refiant-se de l'aplicació consistent del sistema; li pertoca a l'autor, autora o donant decidir si vol distribuir programari per algun altre sistema, i un beneficiari de la llicència no pot imposar aquesta elecció. Aquesta secció pretén deixar del tot clar el que es considera una conseqüència de la resta de la llicència. Secció 12 Si hi ha països que restringeixen la distribució o l'ús de la biblioteca, ja sigui per patents o per interfícies sota copyright, el posseïdor del copyright original que posi la biblioteca sota aquesta llicència pot afegir limitacions geogràfiques explícites que excloguin aquests països, de manera que la distribució només quedi permesa dins dels països no exclosos, o entre ells. En tal cas, aquesta llicència incorpora la limitació com si estigués escrita en el text de la llicència. Secció 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. Secció 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. SENSE GARANTIA Secció 15 ATÈS QUE LA BIBLIOTECA TÉ UNA LLICÈNCIA GRATUÏTA, NO SE N'OFEREIX CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, EN LA MESURA PERMESA PER LES LLEIS APLICABLES. LLEVAT DELS CASOS EN QUÈ S'AFIRMI EL CONTRARI PER ESCRIT, ELS LLICENCIADORS I/O LES ALTRES PARTS OFEREIXEN LA BIBLIOTECA TAL COM ÉS, SENSE CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, NI EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, LES GARANTIES IMPLÍCITES DE COMERCIALITZACIÓ I ADEQUACIÓ A UN ÚS CONCRET. TOT EL RISC PEL QUE FA A LA QUALITAT I RENDIMENT DE LA BIBLIOTECA ÉS VOSTRE. EN CAS QUE LA BIBLIOTECA RESULTÉS DEFECTUOSA, VÓS ASSUMIU TOT EL COST D'ASSISTÈNCIA, REPARACIÓ O CORRECCIÓ. Secció 16 EL POSSEÏDOR DEL COPYRIGHT, O QUALSEVOL ALTRA PART QUE PUGUI MODIFICAR O REDISTRIBUIR LA BIBLIOTECA TAL I COM ES PERMET MÉS AMUNT NO US HAURÀ DE RESPONDRE EN CAP CAS, TRET DEL QUE REQUEREIXI LA LLEI APLICABLE O ELS ACORDS PER ESCRIT, PER PERJUDICIS, INCLOSOS ELS INCIDENTALS, DERIVATS, ESPECIALS O GENERALS QUE ES DERIVIN DE L'ÚS O DE LA IMPOSSIBILITAT D'ÚS DE LA BIBLIOTECA (INCLOSES, ENTRE D'ALTRES, LES PÈRDUES DE DADES, LES DADES QUE LA BIBLIOTECA HAGI MALMÈS, LES PÈRDUES QUE US HAGI PROVOCAT A VÓS O A TERCERS O LA IMPOSSIBILITAT QUE LA BIBLIOTECA FUNCIONI AMB QUALSEVOL ALTRE PROGRAMA), FINS I TOT SI AQUEST POSSEÏDOR O ALTRA PART HA ESTAT ADVERTIDA DE LA POSSIBILITAT D'AQUESTS PERJUDICIS.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/fdl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000006525412622601174022701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Llicència de documentació lliure de GNU Versió 1.1, Març de 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation Projecte de documentació del GNOME 1.1 2000-03
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. Es permet la còpia i la redistribució de còpies exactes d'aquesta llicència, però no se'n permet la modificació. La finalitat d'aquesta Llicència és crear manuals, llibres de text o altres documents escrits lliures pel que fa a la llibertat; per assegurar tothom la llibertat real de copiar-los i redistribuir-los, modificant-los o no, amb finalitats comercials o no. Addicionalment, aquesta Llicència assegura l'autor i l'editor una manera d'obtenir crèdit per la seva obra sense ser considerat responsables de les modificacions fetes pels altres. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2009 Joan Duran Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2011 2013 Gil Forcada PREÀMBUL La finalitat d'aquesta Llicència és crear manuals, llibres de text o altres documents escrits lliures pel que fa a la llibertat; per assegurar tothom la llibertat real de copiar-los i redistribuir-los, modificant-los o no, amb finalitats comercials o no. Addicionalment, aquesta Llicència assegura l'autor i l'editor una manera d'obtenir crèdit per la seva obra sense ser considerat responsables de les modificacions fetes pels altres. Aquesta Llicència és una mena de copyleft, el que significa que les obres que es derivin del document també han de ser lliures en el mateix sentit, i complementa la Llicència pública general de GNU, que és una llicència de copyleft dissenyada per al programari lliure. Hem dissenyat aquesta Llicència per tal d'utilitzar-la en manuals de programari lliure, perquè el programari lliure necessita documentació lliure: un programa lliure ha de venir amb manuals que tinguin les mateixes llibertats que té el programari. Però aquesta Llicència no es limita als manuals de programari; es pot utilitzar per a qualsevol obra de text, independentment del seu tema o de si s'ha publicat en forma impresa o no. Recomanem aquesta Llicència especialment per a obres la finalitat de les quals sigui formació o consulta. CAMP D'APLICACIÓ I DEFINICIONS Aquesta Llicència s'aplica a qualsevol manual o altra mena d'obra que inclogui un avís del propietari del copyright que digui que es pot distribuir sota els termes d'aquesta Llicència. Amb Document ens referirem a aquest manual o obra. Qualsevol membre del públic és un autoritzat i ens hi adreçarem com a vós. Una Versió modificada del document significa qualsevol obra que contingui el document o una part d'ell, ja sigui copiat literalment o amb modificacions i/o traduït a un altre idioma. Una Secció secundària és un apèndix amb títol o una secció preliminar del Document que té a veure exclusivament amb la relació dels editors o autors del Document amb el tema general del Document (o amb temes relacionats) i no conté res que pugui entrar directament dins d'aquest tema general (per exemple, si el Document és en part un llibre de matemàtiques, una Secció secundària pot no parlar gens de matemàtiques). La relació pot ser un assumpte de connexió històrica amb el tema o amb assumptes relacionats, o de posicions legals, comercials, filosòfiques, ètiques o polítiques relatives a ells. Les Seccions invariables són determinades Seccions secundàries els títols de les quals indiquen que són Seccions invariables en l'avís que indica que el Document es distribueix sota aquesta Llicència. Els Textos de portada són determinats fragments breus de text que consten com a Textos de portada o Textos de contraportada en l'avís que indica que el Document es distribueix sota aquesta Llicència. Una còpia Transparent del Document significa una còpia que pugui ser llegida per una màquina, presentada en un format les especificacions del qual siguin accessibles al públic en general, els continguts de la qual es poden visualitzar i editar directament amb editors de text genèrics, o, per a imatges composades de píxels, amb programes gràfics genèrics, o, per a dibuixos, amb editors de dibuix fàcilment accessibles, i que es pugui introduir a formatadors de text, o a traductors automàtics en una varietat de formats que es puguin introduir a formatadors de text. Una còpia feta en un format de fitxer Transparent, l'etiquetatge del qual s'hagi dissenyat per obstaculitzar o dissuadir als lectors de fer-hi ulteriors modificacions no és Transparent. Una còpia que no és Transparent s'anomena Opaca. Alguns dels formats adequats per a còpies Transparents són: ASCII net sense etiquetatge, format d'entrada Texinfo, format d'entrada LaTeX, SGML o XML que utilitzin un DTD accessible per a tothom, i HTML senzill que compleixi amb els estàndards que estigui dissenyat per a la modificació humana. Els formats opacs inclouen PostScript, PDF, els formats de propietat que només es poden llegir i editar per processadors de textos de propietat, SGML o XML el DTD i/o eines de processament dels quals no siguin fàcilment accessibles, i HTML generat automàticament per alguns processadors de textos només per a la sortida. La Pàgina de títol significa, per a un llibre imprès, la pròpia pàgina de títol, més totes aquelles pàgines que siguin necessàries per contenir, de manera llegible, el material que aquesta Llicència requereix que aparegui a la pàgina de títol. Per a les obres que, a causa del format de les quals, no tinguin pròpiament una pàgina de títol, la Pàgina de títol significa el text proper a l'aparició més destacada del títol de l'obra, precedint el començament del cos del text. CÒPIES LITERALS Podeu copiar i distribuir el Document en qualsevol suport, de manera comercial o no, sempre que aquesta Llicència, els avisos de copyright, i l'avís de llicència que diu que aquesta Llicència s'aplica al Document, es reprodueixin en totes les còpies, i que no hi afegiu altres condicions que les d'aquesta Llicència. No podeu utilitzar mitjans tècnics per impedir o controlar la lectura de successives còpies de les còpies que feu o distribuïu. Podeu acceptar, però, una compensació a canvi de les còpies. Si distribuïu un nombre prou gran de còpies també heu de seguir les condicions de la secció 3. També podeu prestar-ne còpies, amb les mateixes condicions esmentades, i exhibir-ne còpies públicament. CÒPIES EN GRANS QUANTITATS Si publiqueu més de 100 còpies impreses, o en un suport que habitualment tingui cobertes impreses, del Document, i l'avís de llicència del Document requereix Textos de portada, heu d'acompanyar les còpies de cobertes que portin, clarament llegible, tots aquests Textos de portada: Textos de portada a la portada i Textos de contraportada a la contraportada. A totes dues cobertes s'ha d'indicar, clarament llegible, que sou l'editor d'aquestes còpies. La portada ha d'indicar el títol complet, i totes les paraules han de destacar i veure's d'igual manera. Podeu afegir material addicional a les cobertes. Les còpies amb canvis només a les cobertes, mentre conservin el títol del Document i satisfacin aquestes condicions, es poden considerar còpies literals en altres aspectes. Si els textos requerits per a qualsevol de les cobertes són massa densos per encabir-los de manera que quedin llegibles, cal que poseu els primers (tants com sigui raonablement possible) en la coberta real, i la resta en pàgines adjacents. Si publiqueu o distribuïu més de 100 còpies Opaques del Document, heu d'incloure amb cadascuna d'elles una còpia Transparent, llegible per una màquina, o bé incloure-hi, o indicar-hi, una ubicació de xarxa accessible públicament que contingui una còpia Transparent completa del Document i sense material afegit des d'on tothom que utilitzi la xarxa pugui baixar-se, utilitzant protocols de xarxa públics. Si utilitzeu aquesta darrera opció, en començar la distribució de gran quantitat de còpies Opaques heu de prendre les mesures raonablement necessàries per tal d'assegurar que la còpia Transparent a què s'accedeix seguirà disponible, en la ubicació indicada, com a mínim durant un any a comptar des del moment en que distribuïu al públic (directament o a través dels vostres representants o minoristes) l'última còpia Opaca d'aquesta edició. Es prega, però no s'exigeix, que us poseu en contacte amb els autors del Document abans de redistribuir un gran nombre de còpies; d'aquesta manera, els autors us podran facilitar una versió actualitzada del Document, si és que n'hi ha alguna. MODIFICACIONS Podeu copiar i distribuir una Versió modificada del Document d'acord amb les condicions de les seccions 2 i 3, més amunt, sempre que distribuïu la Versió modificada d'acord precisament amb aquesta Llicència, amb la Versió modificada actuant com a Document, autoritzant d'aquesta manera la distribució i modificació de la Versió modificada a qualsevol que en posseeixi una còpia. A més, a la Versió modificada hi heu de fer el següent: Utilitzeu a la Pàgina de títol (i a les cobertes, si n'hi ha) un títol diferent del Document i del de les versions anteriors (que, si n'hi ha, han d'estar detallades a la secció Historial del Document). Podeu utilitzar el mateix títol d'una versió anterior si l'editor original d'aquesta versió ho autoritza. Relacioneu a la Pàgina de títol, com a autors, una o més persones o entitats responsables de la realització de les modificacions de la Versió modificada, juntament amb almenys cinc dels autors principals del Document (o tots els autors principals, si són menys de cinc). Indiqueu a la Pàgina de títol el nom de l'editor de la Versió modificada, com a editor. Conserveu tots els avisos de copyright del Document. Afegiu, al costat dels altres avisos de copyright, un avís de copyright adequat per a les vostres modificacions. Incloeu, immediatament després dels avisos de copyright, un avís de llicència donant autorització pública per utilitzar la Versió modificada d'acord amb els termes d'aquesta llicència, en el formulari que s'indica a l'addendum de més avall. Conserveu, en aquest avís de llicència, la relació completa de Seccions invariables i Textos de coberta necessaris que s'indiquen a l'avís de llicència del Document. Incloeu una còpia no alterada d'aquesta Llicència. Conserveu la secció titulada Historial amb el seu títol, i afegiu-hi almenys el títol, any, nous autors i editor de la Versió modificada, com s'indica a la Pàgina de títol. Si al Document no hi cap secció titulada Historial creeu-ne una indicant-hi el títol, any, autors i editor del Document com s'indica a la seva Pàgina de títol, descrivint-hi també la Versió modificada com s'indica al punt anterior. Conserveu la ubicació de xarxa, si n'hi ha, indicada al Document per a l'accés públic a una còpia Transparent del Document, i també les ubicacions de xarxa indicades al Document on es poden trobar les versions anteriors en què s'ha basat, que es poden incloure a la secció Historial. Podeu ometre les ubicacions de xarxa d'obres publicades al menys quatre anys abans del propi Document, o si l'editor original de la versió a què fa referència us hi autoritza. En qualsevol secció titulada Agraïments o Dedicatòries, conserveu-ne el títol, i conserveu-hi tota l'essència i to de cadascun dels agraïments dels col·laboradors i/o dedicatòries que hi apareguin. Conserveu totes les Seccions invariables del Document, sense canviar-ne els textos ni els títols. La numeració de seccions o sistemes equivalents no es consideren part dels títols de secció. Suprimiu qualsevol secció titulada Aprovacions. Aquestes seccions no es poden incloure a la Versió modificada. No reanomeneu cap secció existent com Aprovacions, ni tampoc de cap altra manera que pugui entrar en conflicte amb el títol de qualsevol Secció invariable. Si la Versió modificada inclou noves seccions preliminars o apèndixs que es considerin Seccions secundàries i no continguin material copiat del Document, si ho voleu podeu anomenar totes o algunes d'elles com invariables. Per fer-ho, afegiu-ne els títols a la relació de Seccions invariables de l'avís de llicència de la Versió modificada. Aquests títols han de ser diferents de tots els altres títols de secció. Podeu afegir una secció titulada Aprovacions, sempre que contingui solament aprovacions de la vostra Versió modificada fetes per diverses parts; per exemple, declaracions d'experts o afirmant que el text ha estat aprovat per una organització com a definició autoritzada d'un estàndard. Al final de la relació de Texts de portada de la Versió modificada podeu afegir un text de fins a cinc paraules com a Text de portada, i un altre de fins a 25 paraules com a Text de contraportada. Cada entitat només pot afegir (o arranjar) un Text de portada i un Text de contraportada. Si el Document ja inclou un text de coberta per a la mateixa coberta, que hagueu afegit anteriorment o que s'hagi afegit mitjançant un arranjament efectuat per la mateixa entitat en nom de la qual actueu, no en podeu afegir cap més, però podeu reemplaçar l'antiga amb l'autorització expressa de l'editor anterior que la va afegir. Per virtut d'aquesta Llicència, el(s) autor(s) i editor(s) del Document no us autoritza(en) a utilitzar-ne el(s) nom(s) amb finalitats publicitàries, ni afirmen ni queda implícita l'aprovació de qualsevol Versió modificada. COMBINACIÓ DE DOCUMENTS Podeu combinar el Document amb altres documents publicats d'acord amb aquesta Llicència, d'acord amb els termes exposats a la secció 4, més amunt, per a les versions modificades, sempre que incloeu a l'obra resultant totes les Seccions invariables de tots els documents originals, sense modificar, les relacioneu com a Seccions invariables de l'obra resultant en el seu avís de llicència. A l'obra resultant només cal incloure una còpia d'aquesta Llicència, i diverses Seccions invariables idèntiques es poden substituir per una sola còpia. Si hi ha diverses Seccions invariables amb el mateix nom, però amb continguts diferents, feu que el títol de cadascuna d'elles sigui únic afegint-hi, al final i entre parèntesis, el nom de l'autor o editor original de la secció (si es coneix) o un nombre únic. Feu la mateixa operació als títols de la secció que són a la relació de Seccions invariables a l'avís de llicència de l'obra resultant. A l'obra resultant podeu combinar totes les seccions titulades Historial dels diversos documents originals, donant com a resultat una secció titulada Historial; combineu de la mateixa manera totes les seccions titulades Agraïments i totes les titulades Dedicatòries. Heu de suprimir totes les seccions titulades Aprovacions. RECOPILACIONS DE DOCUMENTS Podeu crear una recopilació que estigui formada pel Document i altres documents publicats sota aquesta Llicència, i reemplaçar les còpies individuals d'aquesta Llicència dels diversos documents per una de sola que quedi inclosa a la recopilació, sempre que seguiu les normes d'aquesta Llicència pel que fa a la còpia literal de cadascun dels documents en tots els altres aspectes. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. AGRUPAMENT AMB OBRES INDEPENDENTS Una compilació del Document o els seus derivats amb altres documents o obres separades i independents, en qualsevol mena de distribució o suport d'emmagatzematge, no es té en compte com una Versió modificada del Document, sempre que no es reclami cap copyright per a la compilació. Aquesta compilació s'anomena un agrupament i aquesta Llicència no s'aplica a les altres obres autocontingudes compilades amb el Document, tenint en compte que estan compilades, si no són les mateixes obres derivades del Document. Si el requeriment del Text de portada de la secció 3 és aplicable a aquestes còpies del Document, i si el Document és inferior a la quarta part de tot l'agrupament, els Textos de portada del Document es poden col·locar en cobertes que encerclin solament el Document dins de l'agrupament. En cas contrari, han d'aparèixer en cobertes impreses que encerclin tot l'agrupament. TRADUCCIÓ La traducció es considera una mena de modificació, i, per tant, podeu distribuir traduccions del Document d'acord amb els termes de la secció 4. La substitució de les Seccions invariables per traduccions requereix un permís especial dels propietaris del copyright, però podeu incloure traduccions d'algunes o totes les Seccions invariables a més de les seves versions originals. Podeu incloure una traducció d'aquesta Llicència sempre que també incloeu la versió original en anglès d'aquesta Llicència. En cas de desacord entre la traducció i la versió original en anglès d'aquesta Llicència, prevaldrà la versió original. CLOENDA No podeu copiar, modificar, subllicenciar ni distribuir el Document excepte en els casos previstos expressament per aquesta Llicència. Qualsevol altre intent de copiar, modificar, subllicenciar o distribuir el Document serà nul i causarà la finalització immediata dels vostres drets d'acord amb aquesta Llicència. No obstant això, les parts que hagin rebut còpies o drets a través vostre, d'acord amb aquesta Llicència, en seguiran gaudint, atès que aquestes parts en segueixen complint els acords. REVISIONS FUTURES D'AQUESTA LLICÈNCIA De tant en tant, la Free Software Foundation pot publicar noves versions revisades de la Llicència de documentació lliure de GNU. L'essència d'aquestes versions serà similar a la de la present, però poden diferir en els detalls per contemplar nous problemes o assumptes. Consulteu http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Cada versió de la Llicència té un número de versió únic; si el Document indica que s'hi aplica una determinada versió numerada d'aquesta Llicència o qualsevol versió posterior, teniu l'opció de seguir els termes i condicions d'aquella versió o de qualsevol versió posterior que hagi estat publicada (no com a esborrany) per la Free Software Foundation. Si el Document no indica cap versió de la Llicència, podeu escollir qualsevol versió que hagi estat publicada (no com a esborrany) per la Free Software Foundation. Addendum Per utilitzar aquesta Llicència en un document que hagueu escrit, incloeu-hi una còpia de la Llicència i afegiu els avisos de copyright i de llicència següents immediatament després de la pàgina de títol:
Copyright © ANY EL VOSTRE NOM. Teniu permís per a copiar, distribuir i/o modificar aquest document, sota els termes de la Llicència de documentació lliure de GNU (GFDL), versió 1.1 o qualsevol versió publicada posteriorment per la Free Software Foundation; amb les Seccions invariables sent RELACIÓ DELS TÍTOLS, amb els Textos de portada sent RELACIÓ, i amb els Textos de contraportada sent RELACIÓ. S'inclou una còpia de la llicència a la secció Llicència de documentació lliure de GNU.
Si no teniu Seccions invariables escriviu sense Seccions invariables enlloc d'indicar quines són invariables. Si no teniu Textos de portada, escriviu sense Textos de portada enlloc de Textos de portada sent RELACIÓ; de la mateixa manera per a Textos de contraportada. Si el vostre document conté exemples no trivials de codi de programa, recomanem publicar-los de forma paral·lela sota una llicència de programari lliure, com ara la Llicència General Pública de GNU, per permetre'n l'ús en programari lliure.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000431012612521336026756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can easily look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the Super key and press ↑, or press AltF10.

You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you used to maximize the window.

Hold down the Super key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000421112612521345026527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as in the administration of a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000000601012612521344025333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Specify the default sort order and grouping for the file manager. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar and choosing Name, Size, Type or Last Modified, or by clicking the list column headers in list view.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000653112612521345024712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Locate files based on file name and type. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager.

Other search applications Search

Open the Files application from the Activities overview.

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be shown in the search bar. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Words are matched regardless of case.

Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click the + button and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000621012612521334027772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2014 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 David King amigadave@amigadave.com 2015 Com esborrar un dispositiu de la llista de dispositius Bluetooth. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Disconnect a Bluetooth device

If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Feu clic a la icona de Bluetooth de la barra superior i trieu Paràmetres del Bluetooth.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Bluetooth.

Select Bluetooth Settings to open the panel.

Click on Bluetooth to open the panel.

Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list.

In the device dialog box, switch Connection to OFF, or to remove the device from the Devices list, click Remove Device.

Podeu tornar a connectar un dispositiu Bluetooth més endavant si voleu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000346512612521346025132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org David King amigadave@amigadave.com Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen, press f or F11. Press f or F11 again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000226312612521345023461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Color management
Perfils de color
Calibration
Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/privacy-screen-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000634712612521340026225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 2013 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your screen, you may wish to have your computerʼs screen lock automatically after a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you arenʼt using it.

When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using them again.

 To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Privacy.

Click on Privacy to open the panel.

Select Screen Lock.

Make sure Automatic Screen Lock is switched ON, then select a length of time from the drop-down list.

Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on your lock screen. This is convenient, for example, to see if you have any email without unlocking your screen. If youʼre concerned about other people seeing these notifications, switch Show Notifications off.

When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press Esc, or swipe up from the bottom of the screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press Enter or click Unlock. Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be automatically raised as you type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000533112612521343030206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Activities overview.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000626112612521340030022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Move a window to a different workspace Using the mouse:

Open the Activities overview.

Open the Activities Overview from the Applications menu at the top left of the screen.

Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen.

The workspace selector will appear.

Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of the workspace selector.

Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped.

 Using the keyboard:

Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the SuperTab window switcher).

Press SuperShiftPage Up to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace selector.

Press SuperShiftPage Down to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace selector.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000460012612521340027301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What color measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000323712612521335026213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000673512612521344025476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Activities overview and start Disks.

In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, select the partition and click the gear button in the toolbar underneath the partition list. Then, click Edit Partition… and look at its Flags. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000431712612521343024227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use the Date & Time Settings to alter the date or time. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Date & Time.

Click on Date & Time to open the panel.

If you have Automatic Date & Time set to ON, your date and time should update automatically if you have an internet connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to OFF.

Click Date & Time, then adjust the time and date.

You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM for Time Format.

You may also wish to set the timezone manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000435612612521346025103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers are not very good.

Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Linux", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can use the lspci command to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000456112612521336027123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the window menu in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from the menu.

 Rename a bookmark:

Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename….

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000666512612521336025326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com fer que en prémer i mantenir el botó primari del ratolí es faci clic amb el botó secundari. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Simular un clic amb el botó secundari del ratolí

Podeu fer un clic secundari mantenint premut el botó principal del ratolí. Això és útil si teniu dificultats per moure individualment els dits d'una mà, o si el vostre dispositiu d'apuntament només té un únic botó.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Press Click Assist in the Pointing & Clicking section.

Switch Simulated Secondary Click to ON.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click by changing the Acceptance delay.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you do not get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: you do not have to release the button to right-click.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000544112612521335025205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Calendar appointments

This requires you to use your Evolution calendar or for you to have an online account set up which Calendar supports.

Most distributions come with Evolution installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution's package manager.

To view your appointments:

Feu clic al rellotge del quadre superior.

Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar.

A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment.

Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As appointments are added to your Evolution calendar, they will appear in the clock's appointment list.

Clock, calendar, and appointments

Clock, calendar, and appointments

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000507412612521343026064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Mouse & Touchpad.

Click on Mouse & Touchpad to open the panel.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you. You will see one slider per each pointing device, such as mouse or touchpad.

You can set different pointer speed for each type of device. For example, you can have one scroll speed for a laptop touchpad and another for a mouse. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device are not the best for another.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad, while the Mouse section is only visible when a mouse is plugged in.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000551612612521343026103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000474212612521337026123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Enable or block firewall access

Your system should be equipped with a firewall that allows it to block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your network. This helps to keep your computer secure.

Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended.

Each program that provides network services uses a specific network port. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you may need to "open" its assigned port on the firewall:

Go to Activities in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW).

Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change will depend on the service.

Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000450712612521346026246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000651312612521335026216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of wireless networks displayed in the Network settings. To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Open the system menu from the right side of the top bar.

Select Wi-Fi Not Connected. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand.

Click Wi-Fi Settings.

Click the Connect to Hidden Network… button.

In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network using the Connection drop-down list, or New for a new one.

For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless security from the Wi-Fi security drop-down list.

Enter the password or other security details.

Click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to see what the network name is. If you don't have the network name (SSID), you can use the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier, the access point's MAC address), which looks something like 02:00:01:02:03:04 and can usually be found on the underside of the access point.

You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000733312612521334024745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Manage and organize files with the file manager. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Activities overview. You can also search for files and folders through the overview in the same way you would search for applications.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click or middle-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-click a folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly preview each file by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly search for a file, in or below the folder you are viewing, start typing its name. A search bar will appear at the top of the window and only files which match your search will be shown. Press Esc to cancel the search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click Files in the top bar and then select Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Drag a folder to the sidebar, and drop it over New bookmark, or click the window menu and then select Bookmark this Location.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000420412612521340024653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org David King davidk@gnome.org Com verificar que la còpia de seguretat s'ha fet correctament. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Comprovar la còpia de seguretat

Després d'haver fet una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers, us hauríeu d'assegurar que la còpia s'ha fet correctament. Si no ho s'hagués fet correctament, podríeu perdre informació important, ja que alguns fitxers podrien no ser-hi.

When you use Files to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

Podeu fer una comprovació addicional tot repassant que els fitxers i directoris que heu copiat són, efectivament, als suports de destí. D'aquesta manera, estareu més segurs que el procés s'ha completat amb èxit.

Si feu còpies de seguretat de grans quantitats d'informació de forma regular, considereu la utilització de programes dedicats a efectuar còpies de seguretat, com el Déjà Dup. Un programa d'aquest tipus és més potent i fiable que simplement copiar i enganxar fitxers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000454312612521341024577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Sound.

Click on Sound to open the panel.

In the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider in the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This will not affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, switch the Alert volume to OFF.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000510512612521337025141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move and organize your windows. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Activities overview and the dash, you can launch new applications and control active windows.

You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000733012612521335030132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com L'adaptador pot estar apagat o no disposar dels controladors necessaris, o el Bluetooth està desactivat o blocat. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 I cannot connect my Bluetooth device

Hi ha diversos motius pels quals no podeu connectar-vos a un dispositiu Bluetooth, com un telèfon o uns auriculars.

La connexió està blocada o no és de confiança

Alguns dispositius Bluetooth bloquen per defecte les connexions, o necessiten que modifiqueu algun paràmetre de configuració perquè es puguin efectuar. Assegureu-vos que el dispositiu està configurat de tal manera que les permeti.

 No s'ha reconegut el maquinari Bluetooth

Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 Adapter is not switched on

Assegureu-vos que l'adaptador de Bluetooth està encès. Feu clic a la icona de Bluetooth de la barra superior i comproveu que no estigui desactivat.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth panel and check that it is not disabled.

 La connexió del dispositiu Bluetooth està desactivada

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect to, and that it is discoverable or visible. For example, if you are trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it is not in airplane mode.

 No s'ha trobat cap adaptador Bluetooth al vostre ordinador

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000742612612521343025430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background or lock screen background. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change the desktop and lock screen backgrounds

You can change the image used for your backgrounds or set it to a be a solid color.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Background.

Click on Background to open the panel.

Select the Background or Lock Screen.

There are three choices displayed on top:

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small clock icon in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use Files by right-clicking on the image file and selecting Set as Wallpaper, or Image Viewer by opening the image file, clicking the menu button in the titlebar and selecting Set as Wallpaper.

Select Colors to just use a flat color.

The settings are applied immediately.

Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000437612612521343025522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Alguns consells sobre com utilitzar la guia d'ajuda de l'escriptori. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Quant a aquesta guia

Aquesta guia ha estat pensada per donar-vos a conèixer les característiques del vostre escriptori, per respondre les preguntes que tingueu relacionades amb els ordinadors i per oferir-vos consells sobre com utilitzar millor l'ordinador. S'ha intentat que la guia sigui fàcil d'utilitzar-se:

La guia no està ordenada per capítols, sinó per temes petits orientats a tasques. Gràcies a això, no cal que mireu tot el manual per trobar les respostes a les vostres preguntes.

Els elements relacionats estan enllaçats entre ells. Els enllaços «Vegeu també» que trobareu a la part inferior d'algunes pàgines us conduiran directament als temes relacionats. Això simplifica el fet de trobar temes similars que us poden ajudar a l'hora de dur a terme una certa tasca.

Disposeu d'un mecanisme de cerca integrada. La barra que trobareu a la part superior del navegador d'ajuda és una barra de cerca, la qual us mostrarà els resultats rellevants tant bon punt comenceu a escriure-hi.

La guia es millora constantment. Tot i que pretén oferir-vos un ampli ventall d'informació útil, no pot respondre totes les preguntes. Tot i així, s'hi va afegint informació constantment per tal de fer-la cada vegada més útil.

Gràcies per llegir la Guia d'ajuda de l'escriptori. Esperem sincerament que no l'hàgiu d'utilitzar mai.

-- L'equip de documentació del GNOME

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000617312612521346025270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com ignorar les pulsacions repetides ràpidament d'una mateixa tecla. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Activació de les tecles de salt

Habiliteu les tecles de salt per ignorar les repeticions en prémer ràpidament una mateixa tecla. Si, per exemple, teniu tremolors a les mans que us fan prémer més d'una vegada una tecla que només voleu prémer una única vegada, hauríeu d'activar les tecles de salt.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Press Typing Assist (AccessX) in the Typing section.

Switch Bounce Keys to ON.

 Quickly turn bounce keys on and off

Podeu activar les tecles de salt si feu clic a la icona d'accessibilitat de la barra superior i trieu Tecles de salt. La icona d'accessibilitat només es mostra si s'ha activat alguna opció en el quadre d'Accés universal.

Utilitzeu la barra lliscant del Retard d'acceptació per modificar el temps que les tecles de salt esperen per registrar una nova pulsació després que hàgiu fet la primera. Seleccioneu Fes un avís sonor quan es denegui una tecla si voleu que l'ordinador emeti un so cada vegada que ignora la pulsació d'una tecla degut a què aquesta ha succeït massa aviat respecte la pulsació anterior.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000651412612521344024226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution's support forums.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This software is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally used in all countries. You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

You can find more information about DVD region codes on Wikipedia.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000001163212612521344026320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marina Zhurakhinskaya marinaz@redhat.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013, 2015 Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain events happen. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Notifications and the message tray
What is a notification?

If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the top of the screen.

For example, if you get a new chat message, new updates are available for your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you.

Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button.

Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray.

The message tray

The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It appears when you click on the clock, or press SuperM. The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it.

The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner of the screen, or press SuperM. You can also show the message tray by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it.

You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat messages.

You can close the message tray by pressing SuperM again or Esc.

Hiding notifications

If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Notifications.

Click on Notifications to open the panel.

Switch Show Pop Up Banners to OFF.

When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in the message tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom of the screen, or by pressing SuperM), and they will start popping up again when you switch the toggle to ON again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000001044112612521336024412 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move items to a new folder. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the menu button and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000310412612521334023122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Networking, web & email usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000425612612521341025364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001162012612521343024705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Change file or folder name. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Rename a file or folder

As with other file managers, you can use Files to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter or click Rename.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the last .). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for example, file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the menu button in the toolbar and select Undo Rename, or press CtrlZ, to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (for example, /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/…), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000003262512612521342026772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Keyboard.

Click on Keyboard to open the panel.

Select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Pre-defined shortcuts

There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:

Launchers

Launch help browser

Disabled

Launch calculator

Calculator

Launch email client

Mail

Launch web browser

WWW

Home folder

Explorer

Search

Search
Navigation

Move window to workspace 1

Disabled

Move window to workspace 2

Disabled

Move window to workspace 3

Disabled

Move window to workspace 4

Disabled

Move window one workspace to the left

ShiftCtrlAlt←

Move window one workspace to the right

ShiftCtrlAlt→

Move window one workspace up

ShiftSuper Page Up

Move window one workspace down

ShiftSuperPage Down

Switch applications

SuperTab

Switch windows

Disabled

Switch windows of an application

Disabled

Switch system controls

CtrlAltTab

Switch windows directly

AltEsc

Switch windows of an app directly

AltF6

Switch system controls directly

CtrlAltEsc

Hide all normal windows

Disabled

Switch to workspace 1

Disabled

Switch to workspace 2

Disabled

Switch to workspace 3

Disabled

Switch to workspace 4

Disabled

Move to workspace left

CtrlAlt←

Move to workspace right

CtrlAlt→

Move to workspace above

SuperPage Up

Move to workspace below

SuperPage Down
Screenshots

Take a screenshot

Print

Take a screenshot of a window

AltPrint

Take a screenshot of an area

ShiftPrint

Copy a screenshot to clipboard

CtrlPrint

Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard

CtrlAltPrint

Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard

ShiftCtrlPrint

Record a screencast

ShiftCtrlAltR

Sound and Media

Volume mute

Audio mute

Volume down

Audio lower volume

Volume up

Audio raise volume

Launch media player

Audio media

Play (or play/pause)

Audio play

Pause playback

Audio pause

Stop playback

Audio stop

Previous track

Audio previous

Next track

Audio next

Eject

Eject
System

Show the run command prompt

AltF2

Show the activities overview

AltF1

Log out

CtrlAltDelete

Lock screen

SuperL

Show the message tray

SuperM

Focus the active notification

SuperN

Show all applications

SuperA

Open the application menu

SuperF10
Typing

Switch to next input source

SuperSpace

Switch to previous input source

Disabled

Modifiers-only switch to next source

Disabled

Compose Key

Disabled

Alternative Characters Key

Disabled
Universal Access

Turn zoom on or off

AltSuper8

Zoom in

AltSuper=

Zoom out

AltSuper-

Turn screen reader on or off

Disabled

Turn on-screen keyboard on or off

Disabled

Increase text size

Disabled

Decrease text size

Disabled

High contrast on or off

Disabled
Windows

Activate the window menu

AltSpace

Toggle fullscreen mode

Disabled

Toggle maximization state

AltF10

Maximize window

Super↑

Restore window

Super↓

Toggle shaded state

Disabled

Close window

AltF4

Hide window

SuperH

Move window

AltF7

Resize window

AltF8

Toggle window on all workspaces or one

Disabled

Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it

Disabled

Raise window above other windows

Disabled

Lower window below other windows

Disabled

Maximize window vertically

Disabled

Maximize window horizontally

Disabled

View split on left

Super←

View split on right

Super→
Custom shortcuts

To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the Keyboard settings:

Click the + button. The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Add. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000342512612521342024346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000372412612521342025431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver is not available, you will not be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer cannot do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/privacy-history-recent-off.page0000644000373100047300000000617612612521336027554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Turn off or limit file history tracking

Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that you have been working on in the file manager and in file dialogs in applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history pvivate instead, or only track your very recent history.

Turn off file history tracking

Open the Activities overview and start typing Privacy.

Click on Privacy to open the panel.

Select Usage & History.

Set the Recently Used switch to OFF.

To re-enable this feature, set the Recently Used switch to ON.

Use the Clear Recent History button to purge the history immediately.

This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about the web sites you visit.

 Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked

Open the Activities overview and start typing Privacy.

Click on Privacy to open the panel.

Select Usage & History.

Ensure the Recently Used switch is ON.

Select the length of time to Retain History. Choose from options 1 day, 7 days, 30 days, or Forever.

Use the Clear Recent History button to purge the history immediately.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000001021012612521345025504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013, 2015 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

You can access the Activities overview by pressing on it, by moving your mouse pointer against the top-left corner of the screen, using CtrlAltTab followed by Enter or using Super.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Use the up and down arrow keys to select Mouse Keys in the Pointing & Clicking section then press Enter to switch Mouse Keys to On.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth numeric keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes called the Menu key. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000617612612521344024557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Què s'hauria d'incloure en una còpia de seguretat

La vostra prioritat hauria de ser fer còpies de seguretat dels fitxers més importants, així com d'aquells que són costosos de refer. Un exemple de més a menys important podria ser:

Els fitxers personals

Això inclou els documents, els llibres de càlcul, els correus electrònics, les cites del calendari, les dades financeres, les fotografies de la família i qualsevol cosa que considereu important. Aquests són, sens dubte, els més importants, ja que són irreemplaçables.

 Els paràmetres de configuració personals

Això inclou els canvis que hàgiu fet als colors, fons de pantalla, resol·lució de pantalla i paràmetres de configuració del ratolí de l'escriptori. També inclou les preferències de les aplicacions, com per exemple els paràmetres de configuració del LibreOffice, el reproductor de música i el gestor de correu electrònic. Aquests són reemplaçables, però pot dur una mica de temps refer-los.

 Paràmetres del sistema

La majoria de persones no canvia mai els paràmetres de configuració de la instal·lació per defecte. Si, en canvi, heu personalitzat el sistema, o utilitzeu l'ordinador com a servidor, considereu també fer còpies de seguretat d'aquests paràmetres de configuració.

 Programari instal·lat

Normalment, el programari es pot recuperar de forma ràpida després d'haver tingut algun problema amb l'ordinador si, simplement, es torna a instal·lar.

En general, voldreu tenir còpies de seguretat d'aquells fitxers que són irreemplaçables o que tardaríeu massa en refer. En canvi, tot allò que sigui fàcil de recuperar o tornar a fer pot interessar-vos no copiar-ho per estalviar-vos l'espai que ocuparien al suport on feu les còpies de seguretat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/status-icons.page0000644000373100047300000003003712612521343024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Monica Kochofar monicakochofar@gmail.com 2012 Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What do the icons in the top bar mean?

This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons provided by the GNOME interface are described.

GNOME Shell top bar

GNOME Shell top bar
Universal Access Menu Icons

Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings.
Volume Control Icons

The volume is set to high.

The volume is set to medium.

The volume is set to low.

The volume is muted.
Bluetooth Manager Icons

Bluetooth has been activated.

Bluetooth has been disabled.
Network Manager Icons

Cellular Connection

Connected to a 3G network.

Connected to a 4G network.

Connected to an EDGE network.

Connected to a GPRS network.

Connected to a UMTS network.

Connected to a cellular network.

Acquiring a cellular network connection.

Very high signal strength.

High signal strength.

Medium signal strength.

Low signal strength.

Extremely low signal strength.

Local Area Network (LAN) Connection

There has been an error in finding the network.

The network is inactive.

There is no route found for the network.

The network is offline.

The network is receiving data.

The network is transmitting and receiving data.

The network is transmitting data.

Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection

Acquiring a network connection.

Connected to a VPN network.

Wired Connection

Acquiring a network connection.

Disconnected from the network.

Connected to a wired network.

Wireless Connection

Acquiring a wireless connection.

The wireless network is encrypted.

Connected to a wireless network.

Very high signal strength.

High signal strength.

Medium signal strength.

Low signal strength.

Very low signal strength.
Power Manager Icons

The battery is full.

The battery is partially drained.

The battery is low.

Caution: The battery is very low.

The battery is extremely low.

The battery has been unplugged.

The battery is fully charged.

The battery is full and charging.

The battery is partially full and charging.

The battery is low and charging.

The battery is very low and charging.

The battery is empty and charging.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000541512612521341025665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume properly. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

Select Wi-Fi.

Switch the wireless OFF and then ON again.

If the wireless still does not work, switch ON the Airplane Mode and then switch it OFF again.

If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again. If you are still having problems after that, connect to the internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000001224512612521334025157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 David King amigadave@amigadave.com 2015 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Files list columns preferences

There are eleven columns of information that you can display in the Files list view. Click Files in the top bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear. Click Reset to Default to undo any changes and return to the default columns.

 <gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files.

The Name column cannot be hidden.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, but it is possible to have many users in one group. For example, a department may have their own group in a work environment.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions. For example, drwxrw-r--

The first character is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder). In rare cases, other characters can also be shown.

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each permission has the following meanings:

r: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder

w: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it

x: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or script file, or you can access subfolders and files if it is a folder

-: permission not set

 <gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 <gui>Modified – Time</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Accessed</gui>

Gives the date or time of the last time the file was modified.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000732312612521337025234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Simular un clic mantenint el ratolí immòbil

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Press Click Assist in the Pointing & Clicking section.

Switch Hover Click to ON.

La finestra Clic en mantenir s'obrirà i es quedarà sobre la resta de finestres que tingueu obertes. Podeu utilitzar-la per seleccionar el tipus de clic que voleu que es faci quan us manteniu sobre un botó. Per exemple, si seleccioneu Clic secundari, el ratolí efectuarà un clic amb el botó secundari quan us mantingueu sobre un botó durant uns pocs segons. Després de fer un doble clic, un clic secundari o un arrossegament, tornareu automàticament al mode «fer clic».

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked.

Utilitzeu la barra lliscant del Retard per controlar l'estona que heu de mantenir quiet el ratolí perquè s'efectuï en un clic.

You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000552112612521344031220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its color channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000255412612521334023500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, power off, screen dimming… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000604512612521335024377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Connect to mobile broadband

You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer's built-in 3G modem, your mobile phone, or an Internet stick.

If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick to a USB port on your computer.

Open the system menu from the right side of the top bar.

Select Mobile Broadband Off. The Mobile Broadband section of the menu will expand.

If Mobile Broadband does not appear in the system status menu, ensure that your device is not set to connect as Mass Storage.

Select Connect. If you are connecting for the first time, the Set up a Mobile Broadband Connection wizard is launched. The opening screen displays a list of required information. Click Next.

Choose your provider's country or region from the list. Click Next.

Choose your provider from the list. Click Next.

Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will determine the Access Point Name. Click Next.

Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking Apply. The wizard will close and the Network panel will display the properties of your connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000517312612521343025442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder does not exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to rename the file when you are finished.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000666712612521341027147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Press SuperTab. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Switch between windows

You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user interface in the window switcher. This makes switching between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which applications are running.

From a workspace:

Press SuperTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Super to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Super key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open windows and switch between them.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down Super and press ` (or the key above Tab) to step through the list.

In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided by vertical separators.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

From the Activities overview, click on a window to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have multiple workspaces open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000607412612521343032737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside or reverse of the device.

Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000515412612521336026664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 How do I calibrate my screen?

You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate colour. This is especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or artwork.

You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both devices are used to profile screens, but they work in slightly different ways.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Color.

Click on Color to open the panel and select your screen.

Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer.

Press Calibrate… to commence the calibration.

Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the Color panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001650512612521346025643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Activities overview, and click Other Locations in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertize their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Other Locations in the sidebar.

In Connect to Server, enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. The files on the server will be shown. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future.
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A WebDAV URL looks like this:

dav://example.hostname.com/path

 NFS share

UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share files over a local network. With NFS, security is based on the UID of the user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are needed when connecting.

A typical NFS share URL looks like this:

nfs://servername/path
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000526412612521346025462 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2015 Remove access to an online service provider from your applications. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Remove an account

You can remove an online account which you no longer wish to use.

Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that no other application or website can connect to that service using the authorization for GNOME.

How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your settings on the provider's website for authorized or connected apps or sites. Look for an app called "GNOME" and remove it.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Online Accounts.

Click on Online Accounts to open the panel.

Select the account which you wish to remove.

Click the - button in the lower-left corner of the window.

Click Remove in the confirmation dialog.

Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to restrict the services accessed by your desktop.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000672112612521337025102 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check that they have the right video codecs installed. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open Files from the Activities overview.

Right-click on the video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video or Video tab and look at which Codec are listed under Video and Audio (if the video also has audio).

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000442212612521344026560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000346412612521340025437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why add an account?

Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set up your online accounts once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services that you have added are ready to use.

See for information on which applications can access which online services.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000325612612521334025354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Petr Kovar pknbe@volny.cz David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically turn off. It does this to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either.

Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your applications and documents are not saved. To avoid losing your work, save it before the battery gets too low.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000412712612521345025154 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer or search online; a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-name-location.page0000644000373100047300000000564612612521341026725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org 2013 Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change the name or location of a printer

You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings.

You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or location of a printer.
Change printer name

If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Printers.

Click Printers to open the panel.

Click the Unlock button in the top-right corner and enter your password.

Click the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the printer.

Press Enter to save your changes.
Change printer location

To change the location of your printer:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Printers.

Click Printers to open the panel.

Click the Unlock button in the top-right corner and enter your password.

Click the location, and start editing the location.

Press Enter to save the changes.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000177312612521336024003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files by email, Media sharing… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000615612612521343025230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open Disks from the Activities overview.

Choose the disk from the list in the left pane.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark… from the menu.

Click Start Benchmark… and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000607312612521346025241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

Choose which device, Wi-Fi or Wired, from the left pane.

The MAC address for the wired device will be displayed as the Hardware Address on the right.

Click the settings button to see the MAC address for the wireless device displayed as the Hardware Address in the Details panel.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000321112612521343025442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Open the print dialog by pressing CtrlP.

In the General tab, choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000454612612521341026537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low". Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000525712612521342026043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Open the system menu from the right side of the top bar.

Select Wi-Fi Not Connected or the name of the wireless network to which you are already connected. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand.

Click Wi-Fi Settings.

Click the Use as Hotspot... button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can connect to or create only one network at a time. Click Turn On to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000532612612521334026704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching high-definition video or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000473112612521345026374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Keyboard.

Click on Keyboard to open the panel.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000510512612521336026441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Move and resize windows

You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly.

Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down Super and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down Shift while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows.

Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down Shift while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows.

You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar.

Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press AltF7 to move a window or AltF8 to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, then press Enter to finish, or press Esc to return to the original position and size.

Maximize a window by dragging it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to tile windows side by side.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000347112612521336026635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000606512612521344024564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Remove users that no longer use your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

You need administrator privileges to delete user accounts.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Users.

Click Users to open the panel.

Press Unlock in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted.

Select the user that you want to delete and press the - button, below the list of accounts on the left, to delete that user account.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external storage device before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000404012612521347025153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000166212612521343023275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Capacitat del disc, rendiment, problemes, volums i particions… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Discs i emmagatzematge usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000205312612521336023457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Paràmetres de l'ordinador Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000167012612521342024157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Contactes

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000336712612521344026671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Where do I get color profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001072112612521340031660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000540712612521345026010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Other users can't connect to the internet

When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will normally be able to use it. If the connection information is not shared, you should check the connection settings.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

Select Wi-Fi from the list on the left.

Click the settings button to open the connection details.

Select Identity from the pane on the left.

At the bottom of the Identity panel, check the Make available to other users option to allow other users to use the network connection.

Press Apply to save the changes.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

Any user can change this setting.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000277212612521343026423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001065612612521342025363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search for the NetworkManager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

To set up the VPN connection:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

At the bottom of the list on the left, click the + button to add a new connection.

Choose VPN in the interface list.

Choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Fill in the VPN connection details, then press Add once you are finished.

When you have finished setting-up the VPN, open the system menu from the right side of the top bar, click VPN off and select Connect. You may need to enter a password for the connection before it is established. Once the connection is made, you will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar.

Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this from the Network panel that you used to create the connection. Select the VPN connection from the list, then press the settings button to review the settings.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click Turn Off under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000637112612521342025302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

Select Wi-Fi from the list on the left.

Click the settings button to open the connection details.

Select Identity from the pane on the left.

At the bottom of the Identity panel, check the Make available to other users option to allow other users to use the network connection.

Press Apply to save the changes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/privacy-location.page0000644000373100047300000000341212612521336025623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2014 Enable or disable geolocation. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Control location services

Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and nearby Wi-Fi access points to determine your current location for use in setting your timezone and by applications such as Maps. When enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with a great deal of precision.

Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop

Open the Activities overview and start typing Privacy.

Click on Privacy to open the panel.

Set the Location Services switch to OFF.

To re-enable this feature, set the Location Services switch to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000666712612521345026153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, open the Activities overview and start typing Displays. Click on Displays to open the panel. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you will not be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you cannot show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Displays.

Click on Displays to open the panel.

The displays should be listed as Mirrored. Select your main display.

Select Primary in the list of display configurations, and then click Apply to save.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000502512612521336027220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by applications. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Control which online services an account can be used to access

Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email but not chat if you have a different online account that you use for chat.

You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Online Accounts.

Click on Online Accounts to open the panel.

Select the account which you want to change from the list on the left.

A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under Use for. See to see which applications access which services.

Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use.

Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer will not be able to use the account to connect to that service any more.

To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the Online Accounts window and switch it on.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sharing-personal.page0000644000373100047300000000735312612521337025625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Let other people access files in your Public folder. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Share your personal files

You can allow access to the Public folder in your Home folder from another computer on the network. Configure Personal File Sharing to allow others to access the contents of the folder.

You must have the gnome-user-share package installed for Personal File Sharing to be visible.

Install gnome-user-share

Open the Activities overview and start typing Sharing.

Click on Sharing to open the panel.

If Sharing is OFF, switch it to ON.

If the text below Computer Name allows you to edit it, you can change the name your computer displays on the network.

Select Personal File Sharing.

Switch Personal File Sharing to ON. This means that other people on your current network will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and access files in your Public folder.

A URI is displayed by which your Public folder can be accessed from other computers on the network.
Security Require Password

To require other people to use a password when accessing your Public folder, switch Require Password to ON. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your Public folder.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.
Networks

The Networks section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the ON | OFF switch next to each to choose where your personal files can be shared.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000226712612521334023453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Map a monitor, configure the stylus, use the tablet left handed… Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000426512612521343023447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Files, folders & search
Common tasks
More file-related tasks
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000524212612521342025746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Mouse & Touchpad.

Click on Mouse & Touchpad to open the panel.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000146412612521337023325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001266312612521342025160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 I cannot hear any sounds on the computer

If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, go through the following troubleshooting tips.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Open the system menu and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are using to play sound (for example, your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that.

Also, you can check the Applications tab in the Sound GUI:

Open Settings from the Activities overview.

Click Sound.

Go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.
Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on your computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the speakers) and the socket for input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input, too.

Check that the correct sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Sound.

Click on Sound to open the panel.

In the Output tab, change the Profile settings for the selected device and play a sound to see if it works. You might need to go through the list and try each profile.

If that does not work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the drivers for the card are not installed. You may need to install the drivers for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type of the card.

Run the lspci command in the Terminal to find out what sound card you have:

Go to the Activities overview and open a Terminal.

Run lspci as superuser; either type sudo lspci and type your password, or type su, enter the root (administrative) password, then type lspci.

Check if an audio controller or audio device is listed: in such case you should see the make and model number of the sound card. Also, lspci -v shows a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions.

If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000642412612521346024714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2015 Allow applications to access your accounts online for photos, contacts, calendars, and more. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program and other related applications will be set up for you.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Online Accounts.

Click on Online Accounts to open the panel.

Click the + button in the lower-left corner of the window.

Select the type of account which you want to add.

A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username and password. Some providers allow you to create a new account from the login dialog.

If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your online account. Authorize access to continue.

All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. Switch individual services to OFF to disable them.

After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the services you have chosen to allow. See for information on controlling which services to allow.

Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000510212612521345025103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org David King amigadave@amigadave.com Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Recover a file from the Trash

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Files.

Click on Files to open the file manager.

Click Trash in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click Files in the top bar and pick Sidebar.

If your deleted file is there, click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000451212612521335025777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2014 David King davidk@gnome.org 2014-2015 Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can enable Bluetooth sharing to receive files over Bluetooth in the Downloads folder

Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder

Open the Activities overview and start typing Bluetooth.

Click on Bluetooth to open the panel.

Make sure that Bluetooth is switched on.

Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your Downloads folder only when the Bluetooth panel is open.

You can change the name your computer displays to other devices.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/session-fingerprint.page0000644000373100047300000001006312612521336026350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org 2014 You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead of typing in your password. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Log in with a fingerprint

If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in.

Record a fingerprint

Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that the system can use it to identify you.

If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry.

You need administrator privileges to edit user accounts other than your own.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Users.

Click on Users to open the panel.

Press on Disabled, next to Fingerprint Login to add a fingerprint for the selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for a different user, you will first need to Unlock the panel.

Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then Next.

Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a moderate speed over your fingerprint reader. Once the computer has a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a Done! message.

Select Next. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. Select Close to finish.
Check that your fingerprint works

Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password.

Save any open work, and then log out.

At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear.

Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on the fingerprint reader.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000305612612521345026340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is a color profile?

A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB.

Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices.

Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000753612612521346024060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Users.

Click on Users to open the panel.

Press Unlock in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted.

Press the + button, below the list of accounts on the left, to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type.

Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. If you do not like the proposed username, you can change it.

You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it themselves on their first login.

If you choose to set the password now, you can press the generate password icon to automatically generate a random password.

Click Add.

If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the account, Unlock the panel and press the current password status.

In the Users panel, you can click the image next to the user's name to the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/keyboard-key-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000515412612521341025671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Juanjo Marin juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The Menu key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather than with a right-click. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is the <key>Menu</key> key?

The Menu key, also known as the Application key, is a key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the Ctrl key, but it can be placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: Menu key icon.

The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button is not present.

The Menu key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards include a Menu function key that can be activated in combination with the Function (Fn) key.

The context menu is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the area that you right-clicked. When you use the Menu key, the context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at the point when the key is pressed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000267012612521344030527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What if an online service provider is not listed? David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Only the account types that are listed are currently supported.

If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000564012612521334026046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (for example, in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000654512612521344025637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace selector

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Using workspaces:

In the Activities overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen.

Press the Super key to open the Activities overview and then move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen.

A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the workspace selector.

A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the workspace selector.

To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear below it.

To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces.

There is always at least one workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001215312612521342025635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Add keyboard layouts and switch between them. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Use alternative keyboard layouts

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Region & Language.

Click on Region & Language to open the panel.

Click the + button in the Input Sources section, select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a layout and press Add.

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of Input Sources and clicking preview

Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because they have a preview icon next to them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the language from the Input Source list and a new preferences button will give you access to the extra settings.

When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the Options button to select how you want to manage multiple layouts.

The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as en for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference.

The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the Input Source Keyboard Shortcuts. These shortcuts open the Input Source chooser where you can move forward and backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with SuperSpace and to the previous one with ShiftSuperSpace. You can change these shortcuts in the Keyboard settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000001352612612521340025444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Screen Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

You must have the Vino package installed for Screen Sharing to be visible.

Install Vino

Open the Activities overview and start typing Sharing.

Click on Sharing to open the panel.

If Sharing is OFF, switch it to ON.

If the text below Computer Name allows you to edit it, you can change the name your computer displays on the network.

Select Screen Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, switch Screen Sharing to ON. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, switch Allow Remote Control to ON. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.

This option is enabled by default when Screen Sharing is ON.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

New connections must ask for access

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, enable New connections must ask for access. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Require a Password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, enable Require a Password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.
Networks

The Networks section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the ON | OFF switch next to each to choose where your desktop can be shared.

Stop sharing your desktop

You can disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop using the notification icon in the message Tray. To do so:

Open the message tray by pressing SuperM, or by moving your mouse pointer to the very bottom of your screen.

Click on the Desktop icon in the Message Tray. This will open the Sharing panel.

Select Screen Sharing.

Toggle the Screen Sharing slider to Off.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/gnome-version.page0000644000373100047300000000260512612521345025133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Petr Kovar pknbe@volny.cz 2015 How to determine which version of GNOME is running. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Determine which version of GNOME is running

You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by going to the Details panel in Settings.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Details.

Click on Details to open the panel.

A window appears showing information about your system, including your distribution's name and the GNOME version.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000052112612521340023301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Aquest treball està llicenciat sota Creative Commons Atribució Compartir Igual 3.0 Llicència no portada.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000461612612521345027134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use the workspace selector. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Activities overview.

At the top left of the screen, click the Applications menu and choose Activities Overview.

Click on a workspace in the workspace selector on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on that workspace.

Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace.

Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu.

Using the keyboard:

Press SuperPage Up to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector.

Press SuperPage Down to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000345012612521335026263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000001043712612521340026600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set up an additional monitor. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Connect another monitor to your computer
Set up an additional monitor

To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If your system does not recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Displays.

Click on Displays to open the panel.

Click on the monitor that you would like to activate or deactivate, then in the list of monitor configuration select Turn Off to deactivate the monitor, or one of Primary, Secondary, or Mirror to activate it.

The primary monitor is the one with the top bar, and where the Activities overview is shown.

To rotate the orientation of the monitor, use the buttons with the arrows until the preview is correct.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep Changes.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000602512612521335025771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

From the Activities overview, open Files.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you Volume is busy. To safely remove the device:

Click Cancel.

Close all the files on the device.

Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000001223012612521340026037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com 2015 Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Screenshots and screencasts

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot) or record a video of what is happening on the screen (a screencast). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

Open Screenshot from the Activities overview.

In the Screenshot window, select whether to grab the whole screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.

Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing application without saving it first. Click Copy to Clipboard then paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail to the application.
Keyboard shortcuts

Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time using these global keyboard shortcuts:

Prt Scrn to take a screenshot of the desktop.

AltPrt Scrn to take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrt Scrn to take a screenshot of an area you select.

When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your Pictures folder in your home folder with a file name that begins with Screenshot and includes the date and time it was taken.

If you do not have a Pictures folder, the images will be saved in your home folder instead.

You can also hold down Ctrl with any of the above shortcuts to copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it.

Make a screencast

You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:

Press CtrlAltShiftR to start recording what is on your screen.

A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress.

Once you have finished, press CtrlAltShiftR again to stop the recording.

The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder in your home folder, with a file name that starts with Screencast and includes the date and time it was taken.

If you do not have a Videos folder, the videos will be saved in your home folder instead.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000460212612521345027033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 How do I calibrate my scanner?

If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you should calibrate it.

Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over the network.

Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Color.

Click on Color to open the panel and select your scanner.

Press Calibrate… to commence the calibration.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not usually need to be recalibrated.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001052212612521336026001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in David King amigadave@amigadave.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the top bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Behavior <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in the ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Trash <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000510012612521346025601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they are safe. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Freqüència de les còpies de seguretat

La freqüència en què feu còpies de seguretat depèn del tipus d'informació a copiar. Si, per exemple, esteu en un entorn en xarxa amb informació crítica emmagatzemada als vostres servidors, potser ni tant sols efectuant còpies de seguretat cada nit serà suficient.

Per altra banda, si feu les còpies de seguretat de la informació que teniu a l'ordinador personal, és molt possible que fer còpies de seguretat cada hora sigui innecessari. Considereu els següents punts a l'hora de determinar la política de còpies de seguretat que voldreu aplicar:

La quantitat de temps que passeu a l'ordinador.

En quina freqüència i en quina mesura canvia la informació que teniu a l'ordinador.

Si la informació que voleu assegurar és de baixa prioritat, o canvia poc, com per exemple música, correus electrònics i fotos de la família, una còpia de seguretat setmanal o, fins i tot, mensual, serà suficient. Si, en canvi, esteu preparant la declaració d'hisenda, potser cal fer les còpies amb més freqüència.

Com a regla general, el temps que passa entre dues còpies de seguretat no hauria de ser superior al temps que voleu dedicar a refer la feina que hàgiu perdut. Així, si per exemple considereu que passar-vos una setmana tornant a escriure documents perduts és massa temps, hauríeu de plantejar-vos fer les còpies de seguretat una vegada a la setmana com a mínim.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000510512612521344026170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Print envelopes

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope.

The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press CtrlP to open the Print dialog, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (for example, C5). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001406512612521341025137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Details.

Click on Details to open the panel.

Click Removable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager, with the Open folder option. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media… to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Details window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media…. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media… button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Esborrar discs

Use the Other Media… button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media…, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called Pictures.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media… button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000331312612521336025314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Select Address Book window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Done.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-apps-open.page0000644000373100047300000001007612612521341025347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Launch apps from the Activities overview. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Start applications

Move your mouse pointer to the Activities corner at the top left of the screen to show the Activities overview. This is where you can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the Super key.

You can start applications from the Applications menu at the top left of the screen, or you can use the Activities overview by pressing the Super key.

There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the Activities overview:

Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start typing.) Click the application's icon to start it.

Some applications have icons in the dash, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side of the Activities overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application.

If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can add them to the dash yourself.

Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently used applications if the Frequent view is enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the All button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the application to start it.

You can launch an application in a separate workspace by dragging its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace.

You can launch an application in a new workspace by dragging its icon to the empty workspace at the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to the small gap between two workspaces.

 Quickly running a command

Another way of launching an application is to press AltF2, enter its command name, and then press the Enter key.

For example, to launch Rhythmbox, press AltF2 and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000001043212612521336026515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2014 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 David King amigadave@amigadave.com 2015 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Turn Bluetooth on or off

You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and switch Bluetooth to ON.

You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Bluetooth.

Click on Bluetooth to open the panel.

Set the switch at the top to ON.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth to OFF.

To turn Bluetooth off:

Open the system menu from the right side of the top bar.

Select Not In Use. The Bluetooth section of the menu will expand.

Select Turn Off.

Your computer is visible if Visible is switched to ON in the Bluetooth menu.

Your computer is visible as long as the Bluetooth panel is open.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000626512612521341025737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

In the Activities overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid button in the dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000413212612521343025562 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Mouse & Touchpad.

Click on Mouse & Touchpad to open the panel.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000675612612521341024413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Open files with other applications

When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you do not see the application you want, select Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications that are known to handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click View All Applications.

If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find New Applications. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but do not want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000343412612521343023421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, editing photos, playing videos… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000276412612521337024152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keyboard layouts, cursor blinking, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Keyboard Region & Language Accés universal Altres temes usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000461212612521346026053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Color profiles can be imported by opening them. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 How do I import color profiles?

You can import a color profile by double clicking on a .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the Color panel.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Color.

Click on Color to open the panel and select your device.

Click Add profile to select an existing profile or import a new profile.

Press Add to confirm your selection.

The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. These profiles are usually made for the average display, so may not be perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should create your own profile using a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000265012612521341024134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Maquinari i controladors More topics
Problemes Problemes de maquinari Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000250612612521337024163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Add an online account, Remove an account, Learn about services… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Online accounts

You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts window. This lets you use applications to access online services like email, calendars, chat, and documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000462512612521334026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in Settings. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change which web browser opens websites by default

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. However, if you have more than one browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Details.

Click on Details to open the panel.

Choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000607312612521335026142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add your photo to the login and user screens. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

You need administrator privileges to edit user accounts other than your own.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Users.

Click Users to open the panel.

If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press Unlock in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures….

If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking Take a photo…. Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not like the picture you took, click Take Another Picture to try again, or Cancel to give up.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000727512612521345025766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Llista de directoris on podeu trobar documents, fitxers i paràmetres de configuració dels que possiblement voldreu tenir una còpia de seguretat. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 On puc trobar els fitxers que vull desar en una còpia de seguretat?

Decidir quins fitxers es desaran en una còpia de seguretat i trobar on són és el pas més difícil quan es vol fer una còpia d'aquest tipus. A continuació teniu una llista de les ubicacions on es troben la majoria de fitxers i paràmetres de configuració importants que us pot interessar assegurar.

Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)

Normalment s'ubiquen al directori personal (/home/el_vostre_nom). Poden ser dins d'algun subdirectori com Escriptori, Documents, Imatges, Música i Vídeos.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer.

Fitxers ocults

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click the View options button in the toolbar, and then choose Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

Paràmetres del sistema

Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you will not need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000215212612521344023432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set date and time, world clocks, timezone, calendar and appointments… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Date & time usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000175012612521341024606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Change the default browser, install Flash… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000765612612521336024126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000426512612521346025640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jana Heves jsvarova@gnome.org Com utilitzar el lector de pantalla Orca perquè pronunciï la interfície d'usuari en veu alta. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Llegir la pantalla en veu alta

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first.

Install Orca

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Click Universal Access to open the panel.

Click Screen Reader in the Seeing section, then switch Screen Reader on in the dialog.

 Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off

You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the accessibility icon in the top bar and selecting Screen Reader.

Refer to the Orca Help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000635412612521334026015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend your computer, then try to resume it, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and is not resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it once).

If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly support suspend. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000412412612521341024536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com These are backup files. They are hidden by default. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?

Files with a ~ at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the view options menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000622312612521344026326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows your password.

You need administrator privileges to edit user accounts other than your own.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Users.

Click Users to open the panel.

Click the label ····· next to Password. If you are changing the password for a different user, you will first need to Unlock the panel.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Verify New Password field.

You can press the generate password icon to automatically generate a random password.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

When you update your login password, your login keyring password will automatically be updated to be the same as your new login password.

If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can change it for you.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-icon.page0000644000373100047300000000511612612521334024042 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com El menú d'accés universal és la icona del quadre superior que s'assembla a una persona. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Trobar el menú d'accés universal

The universal access menu is where you can turn on some of the accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar.

El menú d'accés universal és al quadre superior.

If you do not see the universal access menu, you can enable it from the Universal Access settings panel:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Switch Always Show Universal Access Menu to ON.

Per accedir a aquest menú amb el teclat enlloc d'amb el ratolí, premeu CtrlAltTab per posicionar-vos al quadre superior. Veureu com una línia blanca apareix sota el botó d'Activitats indicant-vos quin element del quadre superior està seleccionat. Utilitzeu les fletxes del teclat per situar la línia blanca a la icona del menú d'accés universal i premeu Retorn per obrir-lo. Podeu utilitzar les fletxes d'amunt i cap avall per seleccionar els elements del menú. Premeu Retorn per canviar el valor de l'element seleccionat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000551412612521335024747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Participate to improve this guide
Report a bug or an improvement

This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to bugzilla.gnome.org.

You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugCoregnome-user-docs. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if something similar already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the gnome-help component. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!

Contact us

You can send an email to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000201512612521341024556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Problemes de xarxa usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000720312612521340032705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the system status area on the top bar and select Wi-Fi, then select Wi-Fi Settings. Make sure that Wi-Fi is set to ON. You should also check that Airplane Mode is not switched on.

Open the Terminal, type nmcli device and press Enter.

This will display information about your network interfaces and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is an item related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is connected, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nmcli device did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000413212612521346024336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to help translate these topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Petr Kovar pknbe@volny.cz David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Participate to improve translations

GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating, you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators by joining the #i18n channel on the GNOME IRC server. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001721512612521334033060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you may need to install the lshw program on your computer.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/messages

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
No s'ha reconegut l'adaptador de la xarxa sense fils

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE).

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000605412612521335026024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or a USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers (usually accompanied by a picture of headphones). Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Open the Activities overview and start typing Sound.

Click on Sound to open the panel.

In the Output tab, select the device that you want to use.

Use the Test Speakers button to check that all speakers are working and are connected to the correct socket.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000001107012612521335025311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com escriure les dreceres de teclat prement una única tecla cada vegada enlloc d'havent-les de mantenir totes premudes alhora. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Activació les tecles enganxoses

Les tecles enganxoses us permeten escriure les dreceres de teclat prement les tecles d'una a una en comptes d'haver-les de prémer totes alhora. Per exemple, la drecera de teclat SúperTabulació canvia entre finestres. Sense les tecles enganxoses activades, hauríeu de mantenir premudes les dues tecles alhora. En canvi, amb les tecles enganxoses activades, primer hauríeu de prémer Súper i, després, Tabulació per aconseguir el mateix efecte.

Activeu les tecles enganxoses si teniu problemes a l'hora de prémer més d'una tecla alhora.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Press Typing Assist (AccessX) in the Typing section.

Switch Sticky Keys to ON.

 Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

També podeu activar les tecles enganxoses si feu clic a la icona d'accessibilitat del quadre superior i seleccioneu les Tecles enganxoses. La icona d'accessibilitat només es mostra si s'ha activat alguna opció en el quadre d'Accés universal.

Si premeu dues tecles alhora, podeu fer que les tecles enganxoses es desactivin automàticament, de forma temporal, per tal que pugueu introduir una drecera de teclat de la forma «estàndard».

Per exemple, si tot i tenint activades les tecles enganxoses premeu Súper i Tabulació simultàniament, les tecles enganxoses no esperaran a què premeu una altra tecla. Només l'esperarien si haguéssiu premut una única tecla. Això és útil si sou capaços de prémer algunes dreceres de teclat alhora (aquelles en què, per exemple, les tecles estan juntes), i d'altres no.

Seleccioneu Inhabilita si es premen dues tecles alhora per activar-ho.

Podeu configurar l'ordinador perquè emeti un so quan comenceu a introduir una drecera de teclat tenint les tecles enganxoses activades. Això és útil si voleu saber quan les tecles enganxoses estan esperant que s'introdueixi una drecera de teclat, per tal que la següent pulsació s'interpreti com a part d'aquesta drecera. Seleccioneu Fes un avís sonor quan es premi una tecla modificadora per activar-ho.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000167412612521346024247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000277412612521337027350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000710712612521335026171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Printers.

Click Printers to open the panel.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that will not cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though. If you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Printers.

Click Printers to open the panel.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000624612612521341025071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open Disk Usage Analyzer from the Activities overview. The window will display a list of file locations together with the usage and capacity of each.

Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage for that item. Click the menu button, and then Scan Folder… or Scan Remote Folder… to scan a different location.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Size, Contents and when the data was last Modified. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000001437312612521344025765 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Activities overview. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Compose key

A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter é, you can press compose then ' then e.

Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key.

Define a compose key

Open the Activities overview and start typing Keyboard.

Click on Keyboard to open the panel.

Select the Shortcuts tab and click Typing.

Click on Compose Key in the right pane.

Click on Disabled and select the key you would like to behave as a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the Ctrl keys, the right Alt key, the right Win or Super key if you have one, the Menu key or Caps Lock. Any key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work for its original purpose.

You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:

Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as é.

Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that letter, such as è.

Press compose then " then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as ë.

Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as ē.

For more compose key sequences, see the compose key page on Wikipedia.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type U followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Keyboard layouts

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn how, see .

Input methods

An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard but also any input devices. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard.

To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu Input Method, choose an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation to see how to use them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000003016612612521343026172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the Activities overview. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Introduction to GNOME

GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar.

GNOME shell top bar

GNOME shell top bar

The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and system properties like sound, networking, and power. In the status menu in the top bar, you can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your Wi-Fi connection details, check your battery status, log out or switch users, and turn off your computer.

<gui>Activities</gui> overview

Activities button

Activities button

To access your windows and applications, click the Activities button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the Super key on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start typing to search your applications, files, folders, and the web.

To access your windows and applications, click the Applications menu at the top left of the screen and select the Activities Overview item. You can also press the Super key to see your windows and applications in the Activities overview. Just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders.

The dash

On the left of the overview, you will find the dash. The dash shows you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already running, it will be highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the right.

Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down Ctrl to open a new window.

When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace.

Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not running, so you can access them quickly.

Learn more about starting applications.

Learn more about windows and workspaces.
Application menu

App Menu of Terminal

Application menu, located beside the Activities button, shows the name of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or help. The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the application.

App Menu of Terminal

Application menu, located next to the Applications and Places menus, shows the name of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or help. The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the application.
Clock, calendar & appointments

Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications

Clock, calendar, and appointments

Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, a list of your upcoming appointments and new notifications. You can also open the calendar by pressing SuperM. You can access the date and time settings and open your full Evolution calendar directly from the menu.

Learn more about the calendar and appointments.

Learn more about notifications and the message tray.
You and your computer

User menu

User menu

Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings and your computer.

When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can also quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you can suspend or power off the computer from the menu.

Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer.
Lock Screen

Lock Screen

When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. It also shows information about your battery and network status, and allows you to control media playback.

Learn more about the lock screen.
Window List

GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus on the task at hand without distractions.

Learn more about switching windows.

Window List

The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them.

At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current workspace, such as 1 for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu.

If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the blue icon shows the message tray.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000771112612521336025775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color space is a defined range of colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is a color space?

A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the gcm-viewer application.

sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000627712612521342025142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied correctly to your screen. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

GNOME comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Blue

This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Color.

Click on Color to open the panel.

Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make a note of which profile is currently being used.

Click Add profile to select a test profile, which should be at the bottom of the list.

Press Add to confirm your selection.

To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the Color panel, then select the profile that you were using before you tried one of the test profiles and press Enable to use it again.

Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/prefs-sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000251112612521342025104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Bluetooth sharing, Personal file sharing, Screen sharing, Media sharing… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Sharing Settings

The Sharing Settings in GNOME help you control what is shared over the local network, or through other technologies such as Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000502212612521345025664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2015 To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The wired network icon (settings) is displayed on the top bar with three dots while the connection is being established. The dots disappear when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you will have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000001234212612521335024417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Log out, power off or switch users

When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To Log Out or Switch User, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option.

The Log Out and Switch User entries only appear in the menu if you have more than one user account on your system.

The Switch User entry only appears in the menu if you have more than one user account on your system.
Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, raise the lock screen curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the lock screen button at the bottom of the menu.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Log in as another user on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Suspend

To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME, by default, suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and hold down the Alt key. The power off button will change to suspend. Press the button.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the power off button at the bottom of the menu. A dialog will open offering you the options to either Restart or Power Off.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses less energy than one which is suspended.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000567112612521346024407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

Choose which connection, Wi-Fi or Wired, from the left pane.

The IP address for a wired connection will be displayed on the right.

Click the settings button to see the IP address for the wireless network in the Details panel.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000537312612521342024722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 c Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Alguns consells sobre on emmagatzemar les còpies de seguretat i quin tipus de dispositiu d'emmagatzemament hauríeu d'utilitzar. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 On emmagatzemar una còpia de seguretat

Hauríeu de desar les còpies de seguretat dels fitxers a algun lloc separat del vostre ordinador, per exemple un disc dur extern. D'aquesta manera, si l'ordinador es trenca, la còpia de seguretat continuarà intacta. Per tal d'assolir la màxima seguretat, no hauríeu de desar la còpia de seguretat al mateix edifici on hi ha el vostre ordinador. En cas d'incendi o robatori, perdríeu les dues còpies de les vostres dades si les teniu al mateix lloc.

És important escollir un suport per a les còpies de seguretat adequat. El suport que escolliu ha de tenir prou espai per emmagatzemar tots els fitxers que vulgueu assegurar.

Opcions d'emmagatzemament local i remot

Un llapis USB (capacitat baixa)

Un disc dur intern (capacitat alta)

Un disc dur intern (normalment, capacitat alta)

Una unitat en xarxa (alta capacitat)

Un servidor de fitxers o de còpies de seguretat (capacitat alta)

CD o DVD gravables (capacitat baixa o mitjana)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Algunes d'aquestes opcions tenen prou capacitat com per permetre-us fer una còpia de seguretat d'absolutament tots els fitxers del sistema, també coneguda com a còpia de seguretat del sistema complet.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000171312612521344025123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000605512612521337024741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse or a touchscreen. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Use an on-screen keyboard

If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the on-screen keyboard to enter text.

The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Switch on Screen Keyboard in the Typing section.

When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open at the bottom of the screen.

Press the 123 button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available if you then press the {#* button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press the Abc button.

You can press the keyboard icon to hide the keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again automatically when you next press on something where you can use it. To make the keyboard show again, open the message tray (by moving your mouse to the bottom of the screen), and press the keyboard icon.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000303112612521335025307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Calendar, notifications, keyboard shortcuts, windows and workspaces… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Your desktop
Customise your desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sharing-media.page0000644000373100047300000000662512612521342025056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Share media on your local network using UPnP. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Share your music, photos and videos

You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a UPnP or DLNA enabled device such as a phone, TV or game console. Configure Media Sharing to allow these devices to access the folders containing your music, photos and videos.

You must have the Rygel package installed for Media Sharing to be visible.

Install Rygel

Open the Activities overview and start typing Sharing.

Click on Sharing to open the panel.

If Sharing is OFF, switch it to ON.

If the text below Computer Name allows you to edit it, you can change the name your computer displays on the network.

Select Media Sharing.

Switch Media Sharing to ON.

By default, Music, Pictures and Videos are shared. To remove one of these, click the X next to the folder name.

To add another folder, click + to open the Choose a folder window. Navigate into the desired folder and click Open.

Click X. You will now be able to browse or play media in the folders you selected using the external device.
Networks

The Networks section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the ON | OFF switch next to each to choose where your media can be shared.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/display-blank.page0000644000373100047300000000354312612521335025076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Petr Kovar pknbe@volny.cz Change the screen blanking time to save power. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Set screen blanking time

To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left idle. You can also disable the blanking completely.

To set the screen blanking time:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Power.

Click Power to open the panel.

Use the Blank screen drop-down list under Power Saving to set the blank screen time, or disable the blanking completely.

When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself for security reasons. To change this behavior, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000633712612521340024311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web services anonymously, for control or security purposes. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receives requests from your web browser to fetch web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

Select Network proxy from the list on the left.

Choose which proxy method you want to use from:

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000355312612521335027070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company

Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-booklet-singlesided.page0000644000373100047300000000744412612521341030124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Petr Kovar pknbe@volny.cz Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Print a booklet on a single-sided printer

These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document.

If you want to print a booklet from a LibreOffice document, first export it to a PDF by choosing FileExport as PDF…. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages.

To print:

Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through Print in the menu or using the CtrlP keyboard shortcut.

Click the Properties... button

In the Orientation drop-down list, make sure that Landscape is selected.

Click OK to go back to the print dialog.

Under Range and Copies, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):

n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…

…until you have typed all of the pages.

Examples:

4 page booklet: Type 4,1,2,3

8 page booklet: Type 8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5

12 page booklet: Type 12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7

16 page booklet: Type 16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9

20 page booklet: Type 20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11

Choose the Page Layout tab.

Under Layout, select Brochure.

Under Page Sides, in the Include drop-down list, select Front sides / right pages.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through Print in the menu or using the CtrlP keyboard shortcut.

Choose the Page Layout tab.

Under Page Sides, in the Include drop-down list, select Back sides / left pages.

Click Print.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000237212612521340024540 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu El projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000343512612521346025613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013-2014 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Connect with your contact

To email, chat with or phone someone in Contacts:

Trieu el contacte de la llista de contactes.

Press on the detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, you will not be able to select it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001117212612521341033115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices.

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Arch Fedora or openSUSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for restricted (binary) drivers.

Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are free and open source. This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or "binary-only" version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux drivers.

Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter.

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000444412612521343024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you have edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000404712612521346026532 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Trieu el contacte de la llista de contactes.

Press Edit in the top-rigth corner of Contacts.

Editeu les dades del contacte.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000457112612521346024552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Share files by email

You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the file manager.

Before you begin, make sure Evolution or Geary is installed on your computer, and your email account is configured.

 To share a file by email:

Open the Files application from the Activities overview.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send to…. An email compose window will appear with the file attached.

Click To to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you want to send the file. Fill in the Subject and the body of the message as required and click Send.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl while clicking the files, then right-click any selected file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/help-mailing-list.page0000644000373100047300000000327612612521340025662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com Request support by e-mail. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Mailing list

Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at .

You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it.

The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user mailing lists for other languages. For example, gnome-de for German speakers or gnome-cl-list for all things related to Chile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001142312612521344030372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org David King amigadave@amigadave.com View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Parent Folder

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its parent folder would be /home/jim and its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000001103012612521342026032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed incorrectly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have administrative privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get administrative privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your administrator password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again.

Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. Administrator users are allowed to have these privileges while Standard users are not. Without administrative privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent administrative privileges. You should not use administrative privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (administrative) privileges.
Why are administrative privileges useful?

Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000413512612521342026225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have administrative privileges. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you do not have administrative privileges. Some tasks require administrative privileges in order to work, such as:

connecting to networks or wireless networks,

viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows partition), or

installing new applications.

You can change who has administrative privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000751012612521345026224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why is color management important?

Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium.

The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters.

In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000306412612521342024523 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jana Heves jsvarova@gnome.org Com utilitzar el lector de pantalla Orca amb una pantalla Braille refrescable. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Llegir la pantalla en Braille

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first.

Install Orca

Refer to the Orca Help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000557212612521335024763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate audio socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red in color or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the appropriate socket are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Open the Activities overview and start typing Sound.

Click on Sound to open the panel.

In the Input tab, select the device that you want to use. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000724712612521340025275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Petr Kovar pknbe@volny.cz Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

These instructions will only work if you are using systemd. Contact your distribution for more information.

You need to have the Tweak Tool installed on your computer to change this setting.

Install Tweak Tool

If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the setting for that behavior.

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Tweak Tool.

Click Tweak Tool to open the application.

Click the Power tab.

Switch Don't suspend on lid close to ON.

Close the Tweak Tool window.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000721712612521346024437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type, By Modification Date, or By Access Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the view options button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns… and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 Last Modified

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000650212612521337027457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, and other things to try. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the correct password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the correct type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000547612612521340025016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Configure the stylus

Open the Activities overview and start typing Wacom Tablet.

Click on Wacom Tablet to open the panel.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet. Click the Bluetooth Settings link to connect a wireless tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, or Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000444512612521345025653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink or toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

 Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head. See the printer's manual for instructions.

 Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

 Jagged lines, or lines are not straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-autologin.page0000644000373100047300000000452112612521344025316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Log in automatically

You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your account when you start up your computer:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Users.

Click Users to open the panel.

Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup.

Press Unlock and enter your password.

Toggle the Automatic Login switch to ON.

When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data including your files and browser history.

If your account type is Standard, you cannot change this setting. Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000166512612521345027564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000521212612521342025660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Control when thumbnails are used for files. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the top bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000317412612521345023475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Mouse
Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000363012612521337025136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Users Add user, change password, administrators… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know their password.

Accounts Manage user accounts
Passwords
Privileges User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000430312612521337026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000002174112612521337024730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

Super F10

Open the application menu on the top bar.

ShiftF10 or Menu

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop

AltF6

Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the Alt key and press F6 until the window you want is highlighted, then release Alt. This is similar to the Alt` feature.

AltEsc

Cycle through all open windows on a workspace.

SuperM

Open the message tray. Press Esc to close.
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF5 or Super↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use AltF10 to maximize. AltF10 both maximizes and restores.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

AltF10 or Super↑

Maximize a window. Press AltF10 or Super↓ to restore a maximized window to its original size.

SuperH

Minimize a window.

Super←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size. Press Super→ to switch sides.

Super→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size. Press Super← to switch sides.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000001053712612521345026012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power panel in Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the screen after a certain time, reduce the screen brightness, and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness. Powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless or Bluetooth cards. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet or play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000504412612521340026406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Pin your favorite apps to the dash

To add an application to the dash for easy access:

Open the Activities overview by clicking Activities at the top left of the screen

Click the Applications menu at the top left of the screen and choose the Activities Overview item from the menu.

Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add.

Right-click the application icon and select Add to Favorites.

Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash.

To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application icon and select Remove from Favorites.

Favorite applications also appear in the Favorites section of the Applications menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-windows-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000522112612521344026115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Check the Activities overview or other workspaces. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Find a lost window

A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the Activities overview:

Open the Activities overview. If the missing window is on the current workspace, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or

Click different workspaces in the workspace selector at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or

Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click the window in the list to switch to it.

Using the window switcher:

Press SuperTab to display the window switcher. Continue to hold down the Super key and press Tab to cycle through the open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

If an application has multiple open windows, hold down Super and press ` (or the key above Tab) to step through them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-to-file.page0000644000373100047300000000442112612521337025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it to a printer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Print to file

You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing to file will create a PDF, a Postscript or a SVG file that contains the document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with someone.

To print to file:

Open the print dialog by pressing CtrlP.

Select Print to File under Printer in the General tab.

To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the filename below the printer selection. Click Select once you have finished choosing.

PDF is the default file type for the document. If you want to use a different Output format, select either Postscript or SVG.

Choose your other page preferences.

Press Print to save the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000000707512612521337027156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org How to checki why your mouse is not working. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can take it with you without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000412112612521345026175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press the + button.

In the New contact dialog, enter the contact name and their information. Click on the drop down box next to each field to chose the type of detail.

Press Add.

To remove a contact:

Trieu el contacte de la llista de contactes.

Press Edit in the top-rigth corner of Contacts.

Feu clic a Suprimeix el contacte.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000243312612521336024215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu El projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Default email apps, Should I scan for viruses?… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000426412612521337026561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2015 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

Switch Airplane Mode to ON. This will turn off your wireless connection until you disable airplane mode again.

Using Airplane Mode will completely turn off all wireless connections, including WiFi, 3G and Bluetooth connections.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000651012612521346025753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com General tips to keep in mind when using the internet. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorised remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing root level permissions to any application, especially ones that you have not used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000663512612521334025340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install a network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Printers.

Click Printers.

Click the Unlock button in the top-right corner and enter your password.

Click the + button.

In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click Add.

If your printer does not appear in the Add a New Printer window, you may need to install print drivers.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000707112612521342024773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com afegir un retard entre prémer una tecla i que la lletra aparegui a la pantalla. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Activació de les tecles lentes

Activeu les tecles lentes si voleu que hi hagi un retard entre la pulsació d'una tecla i l'aparició a la pantalla de la lletra associada. D'aquesta manera, haureu de mantenir premuda cada tecla que voleu escriure durant uns instants abans que aparegui. Utilitzeu les tecles lentes si acostumeu a prémer més d'una lletra alhora de forma accidental mentre escriviu, o si teniu dificultats per prémer la tecla correcta del teclat la primera vegada.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Press Typing Assist (AccessX) in the Typing section.

Switch Slow Keys to ON.

 Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

També podeu activar les tecles lentes si feu clic a la icona d'accessibilitat de la barra superior i seleccioneu Tecles lentes. La icona d'accessibilitat només es mostra si s'ha activat alguna opció en el quadre d'Accés universal.

Utilitzeu la barra lliscant del Retard d'acceptació per controlar quanta estona heu de mantenir premuda una tecla perquè s'enregistri l'esdeveniment.

Podeu configurar l'ordinador perquè emeti un so quan premeu una tecla, quan s'accepta la pulsació d'una tecla o quan es rebutja la pulsació perquè no heu premut la tecla durant prou estona.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001014312612521337026410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Get on the internet - wirelessly. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

Open the system menu from the right side of the top bar.

Select Wi-Fi Not Connected. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand.

Click Select Network.

Click the name of the network you want, then click Connect.

If the name of the network is not in the list, try clicking More to see if the network is further down the list. If you still do not see the network, you may be out of range, or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, or in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several curved bars above it (). More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is weaker and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000766112612521341024701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Hide a file

The Files file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it is not displayed by the file manager, but it is still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the View options button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the View options button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the view options button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000437712612521335025647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in Settings. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you have more than one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Details.

Click on Details to open the panel.

Choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000320512612521344025265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com recuperar els fitxers d'una còpia de seguretat. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Recuperar una còpia de seguretat

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

Si vàreu copiar els fitxers a una ubicació segura, com un disc dur extern, un altre ordinador de la xarxa o un llapis USB, podeu copiar-los una altra vegada cap al vostre ordinador.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000425112612521337026013 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 The laptop fan is always running

If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/clock-world.page0000644000373100047300000000442112612521344024560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Clocks Help Michael Hill mdhill@gnome.org 2015 Display times in other cities under the calendar. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Add a world clock

Use Clocks to add times in other cities.

This requires the Clocks application to be installed.

Most distributions come with Clocks installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution package manager.

To add a world clock:

Feu clic al rellotge del quadre superior.

Click the Add world clocks... link under the calendar to launch Clocks.

If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and Clocks will launch.

In the Clocks window, click New button or CtrlN to add a new city.

Start typing the name of the city into the search.

Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list.

Press Add to finish adding the city.

Refer to the Clocks Help for more of the capabilities of Clocks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000577612612521337024600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open Disks from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the left.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the toolbar underneath the Volumes section, click the gear icon. Then click Format….

In the window that pops up, choose a file system Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format… to continue and show a confirmation window. Check the details carefully, and click Format to wipe the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000322512612521336024414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còpies de seguretat Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Per què, què, on i quan fer còpies de seguretat. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Fer còpies de seguretat dels fitxers importants

Fer còpies de seguretat dels vostres fitxers significa copiar-los a un lloc segur. Això es fa perquè, suposant que els fitxers originals es perdin o es malmetin, es puguin recuperar a partir de les còpies que se n'hagi fet prèviament. Aquestes còpies s'haurien d'emmagatzemar en un dispositiu diferent de l'utilitzat pels fitxers originals. Per exemple, podeu utilitzar una unitat USB, un disc dur extern, un CD/DVD o un servei remot.

La millor manera de fer còpies de seguretat dels vostres fitxers és fer-ho habitualment, mantenint les còpies a un lloc remot i (molt millor) encriptades.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000752512612521340025511 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change the resolution or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Displays.

Click on Displays to open the panel.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select the resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep Changes.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to the top and bottom or both sides of the screen.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can rotate what you see on your screen by pressing the buttons with the arrows.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000405012612521341024766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why does my screen go dim after a while?

If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Power.

Click Power to open the panel.

Switch Blank screen to OFF in the Power Saving section.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000425312612521336027035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Open the print dialog by pressing CtrlP.

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print to print your document.

You can also use the Orientation drop-down list to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000474112612521347025037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com utilitzar tipus de lletra més grans per a fer el text més fàcil de llegir. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Canviar la mida del text a la pantalla

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Switch Large Text to ON in the Seeing section.

També podeu canviar ràpidament la mida del text si feu clic a la icona d'accessibilitat de la barra superior i trieu Text gran.

In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

Large Text will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use Tweak Tool to make text size bigger or smaller.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000740312612521343024403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You may have to enter network settings if they don't get assigned automatically. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

In the left pane, select the network connection that you want to set up manually. If you plug in to the network with a cable, click Wired, then click the settings button in the lower right corner of the panel. For a Wi-Fi connection, the settings button will be located next to the active network.

Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in.

Click IPv4 and change Addresses to Manual.

Type in the Address and Gateway, as well as the appropriate Netmask.

These must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78).

In the DNS section, switch Automatic to OFF. Enter the IP address of a DNS server you want to use. Enter additional DNS server addresses using the + button.

In the Routes section, switch Automatic to OFF. Enter the Address, Netmask, Gateway and Metric for a route you want to use. Enter additional routes using the + button.

Click Apply. If you are not connected to the network, click the system status area on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000455312612521341025266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change your timezone

Open the Activities overview and start typing Date & Time.

Click on Date & Time to open the panel.

If you have Automatic Time Zone set to ON, your time zone should update automatically if you have an internet connection. To update your time zone manually, set this to OFF.

Click Time Zone, then select your location on the map or search for your current city.

The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. You may also wish to set the clock manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000663512612521337025525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc notification that pops up at the bottom of the screen, select Open with CD/DVD Creator. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Feu clic a Escriu al disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for example, 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000627012612521336024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open Disks from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the left. Information and status of the disk will be shown.

Click the gear icon and select SMART Data & Self Tests…. The Overall Assessment should say "Disk is OK".

See more information under SMART Attributes, or click the Start Self-test button to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the Overall Assessment indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000246512612521345024770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Disconnecting… L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Wireless Networking usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000500212612521346026332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Privacy settings. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Privacy.

Click on Privacy to open the panel.

Press on Screen Lock.

If Automatic Screen Lock is on, you can change the value in the Lock screen after blank for drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Automatic Screen Lock to OFF.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000755112612521344024711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Remove files or folders you no longer need. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Delete files and folders

If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Feu un sol clic a l'element que voleu enviar a la paperera per seleccionar-lo.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

The file will be moved to the trash, and you'll be presented with an option to Undo the deletion. The Undo button will appear for a few seconds. If you select Undo, the file will be restored to its original location.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can remove the delete confirmation. Click Files in the top bar, select Preferences and click the Behavior tab. Select Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000376412612521336025433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000524112612521344025700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect to a hidden network. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of available networks from the system menu.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000367112612521336025626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Wacom Tablet.

Click on Wacom Tablet to open the panel.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet. Click the Bluetooth Settings link to connect a wireless tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000445512612521335026541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2014 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 David King amigadave@amigadave.com 2015 Whether other devices can discover your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Què és la visibilitat del Bluetooth?

Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on and the Bluetooth panel is open, your computer will advertize itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to your computer.

You can change the name your computer displays to other devices.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000321612612521335024763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2011 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Jana Svarova jsvarova@redhat.com 2013 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000363112612521340027002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Can I share my color profile?

Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-booklet-duplex.page0000644000373100047300000000644612612521343027136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Petr Kovar pknbe@volny.cz Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal A4/Letter-size paper. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Print a booklet on a double-sided printer

You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing options.

These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document.

If you want to print a booklet from a LibreOffice document, first export it to a PDF by choosing FileExport as PDF…. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages.

To print a booklet:

Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through Print in the menu or using the CtrlP keyboard shortcut.

Click the Properties... button

In the Orientation drop-down list, make sure that Landscape is selected.

In the Duplex drop-down list, select Short Edge.

Click OK to go back to the print dialog.

Under Range and Copies, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):

n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…

Examples:

4 page booklet: Type 4,1,2,3

8 page booklet: Type 8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5

20 page booklet: Type 20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11

Choose the Page Layout tab.

Under Layout, select Brochure.

Under Page Sides, in the Include drop-down list, select All pages.

Click Print.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000636412612521344025614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Region & Language.

Click on Region & Language to open the panel.

Click Language.

Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not listed, click ... at the bottom of the list to select from all available regions and languages.

Click Done to save.

Respond to the prompt, Your session needs to be restarted for changes to take effect by clicking Restart Now, or click X to restart later.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually American English.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001045312612521341026026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" – people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that do not matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000555312612521334025655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Control icon captions used in the file manager. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Files in the top bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar and choosing a zoom level with the slider. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See for more information.

List View

When viewing files as a list, you can Navigate folders in a tree. This shows expanders on each directory in the file list, so that the contents of several folders can be shown at once. This is useful if the folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with a folder per artist, and a subfolder per album.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000161712612521342025323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org View and set preferences for the file browser. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000000767712612521343026230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 David King amigadave@amigadave.com 2015 Com compartir fitxers amb dispositius Bluetooth com, per exemple, el mòbil. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Send files to a Bluetooth device

Podeu enviar fitxers als dispositius Bluetooth que tingueu connectats, tals com telèfons mòbils o altres ordinadors. Alguns tipus de dispositius no permeten la transferència de fitxers o de tipus de fitxers específics. Teniu tres formes d'enviar fitxers: des de la icona de Bluetooth a la barra superior, des de la finestra de configuració del Bluetooth i des del gestor de fitxers directament.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices do not allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth settings window.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Bluetooth.

Click on Bluetooth to open the panel.

Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to ON.

In the Devices list, select the device to which to send the files. If the desired device is not shown as Connected in the list, you need to connect to it.

A panel specific to the external device appears.

Click Send Files… and the file chooser will appear.

Escolliu el fitxer que voleu enviar i feu clic a Selecciona.

Per enviar més d'un fitxer d'una carpeta, mantingueu premuda la tecla Ctrl mentre seleccioneu els fitxers un a un.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. The Bluetooth File Transfer dialog will show the progress bar. Click Close when the transfer is complete.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000574312612521342026415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000515712612521340026266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Choose a monitor

Open the Activities overview and start typing Wacom Tablet.

Click on Wacom Tablet to open the panel.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet. Click the Bluetooth Settings link to connect a wireless tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Switch Keep aspect ratio (letterbox) to ON to match the drawing area of the tablet to the proportions of the monitor. This setting, also called force proportions, letterboxes the drawing area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For example, a 4:3 tablet would be mapped so that the drawing area would correspond to a widescreen display.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000414612612521342026552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Keyboard.

Click on Keyboard to open the panel.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/keyboard-key-super.page0000644000373100047300000000471512612521335026070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The Super key opens the Activities overview. You can usually find it next to the Alt key on your keyboard. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is the <key>Super</key> key?

When you press the Super key, the Activities overview is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a Windows logo on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a ⌘ (Command) key instead of the Windows key, while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass instead.

To change which key is used to display the Activities overview:

Open the Activities overview, then open the Settings.

Feu clic a l'apartat Teclat.

Click the Shortcuts tab.

Select System on the left side of the window, and Show the activities overview on the right.

Hold down the desired key combination.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000325012612521340025762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/gnome-classic.page0000644000373100047300000001221612612521340025061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Petr Kovar pknbe@volny.cz Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 What is GNOME Classic?

GNOME Classic is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While GNOME Classic is based on GNOME 3 technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, such as the Applications and Places menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen.

GNOME Classic is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While GNOME Classic is based on GNOME 3 technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, such as the Applications and Places menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen.

You can use the Applications menu on the top bar to launch applications. The Activities overview is available by selecting the Activities Overview item from the menu.

To access the Activities overview, you can also press the Super key.

Window list

The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them.

At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current workspace, such as 1 for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu.

If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the blue icon shows the message tray, which lets you access all your notifications.

Switch to and from GNOME Classic

GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions available or installed by default.

 To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:

Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option.

A confirmation message will appear. Select Log Out to confirm.

At the login screen, select your name from the list.

Enter your password in the password entry box.

Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the Sign In button, and select GNOME Classic.

Click the Sign In button.

 To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:

Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option.

A confirmation message will appear. Select Log Out to confirm.

At the login screen, select your name from the list.

Enter your password in the password entry box.

Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the Sign In button, and select GNOME.

Click the Sign In button.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000610212612521342026223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Troubleshoot media card readers David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files from the Activities overview. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click the View options button in the toolbar and choose Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press CtrlL, then type computer:/// and press Enter. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted.

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the Computer location, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000442612612521341024372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Wacom Tablet.

Click on Wacom Tablet to open the panel.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet. Click the Bluetooth Settings link to connect a wireless tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/help-irc.page0000644000373100047300000000354412612521341024045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get live support on IRC. Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 IRC

IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers.

To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use empathy or xchat, or use a web interface like mibbit.

To create an IRC account in empathy, see the Empathy documentation.

The GNOME IRC server is irc.gnome.org. You may also see it referred to as the "GIMP network". If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link to access the gnome channel.

While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply immediately, so be patient.

Please note the GNOME code of conduct applies when you chat on IRC.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000205512612521342025237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Language, region and formats, keyboard layouts… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Region & Language usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001501712612521335027304 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get around the desktop using the keyboard. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF1 or the Super key

Switch between the Activities overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and documents.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

SuperTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Super`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after SuperTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Super plus the key above Tab.

CtrlAltTab

Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the Activities overview, switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, search field, and message tray. Use the arrow keys to navigate.

SuperA

Show the list of applications.

SuperPage Up and SuperPage Down

Switch between workspaces.

SuperShiftPage Up and SuperShiftPage Down

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Power Off.

SuperL

Lock the screen.

SuperM

Open the message tray. Press SuperM again or Esc to close.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Prnt Scrn

Take a screenshot.

AltPrnt Scrn

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrnt Scrn

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.

CtrlAltShiftR

Start and end screencast recording.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/hardware-auth.page0000644000373100047300000000150312612521334025071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Fingerprint readers, smart cards… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Fingerprints & smart cards usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000001036612612521337027240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Aparellar dispositius Bluetooth. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Connectar l'ordinador a un dispositiu Bluetooth

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Bluetooth.

Click on Bluetooth to open the panel.

Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to ON. With the panel open and the switch ON, your computer will begin searching for devices.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 5-10 meters (about 16-33 feet) of your computer.

Click the device in the Devices list. The panel for the device will open.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device (you may need to click Pair or Confirm), then click Confirm on the computer.

La majoria de dispositius exigeixen que introduïu el PIN en uns 20 segons, o la connexió no es completarà. Si succeeix això, torneu a la llista de dispositius i comenceu de nou.

The entry for the device in the Devices list will show a Connected status.

To edit the device, click on it in the Device list. You will see a panel specific to the device. It may display additional options applicable to the type of device to which you are connecting.

Close the panel once you have changed the settings.

Feu clic a la icona de Bluetooth del quadre superior

When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears in the system status area.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000437212612521345027456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Activities overview). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000452112612521346024751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com fer que les finestres i els botons es vegin més (o menys) vívids, per a què siguin més fàcils de veure. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Ajustar el contrast

Podeu ajustar el contrast de les finestres i els botons per fer-los més fàcils de veure. Adoneu-vos que no és el mateix que modificar la brillantor de tota la pantalla; només algunes parts de la interfície d'usuari canviaran.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Switch High Contrast to ON in the Seeing section.

 Quickly turn high contrast on and off

You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting High Contrast.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000211412612521337024227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide, mailing list, IRC David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000710312612521344026254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Network.

Click on Network to open the panel.

In the left pane, select the network connection that you want to give a fixed address. If you plug in to the network with a cable, click Wired, then click the settings button in the lower right corner of the panel. For a Wi-Fi connection, the settings button will be located next to the active network.

Click on the IPv4 Settings or IPv6 Settings tab and change the Addresses to Manual.

Enter the Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Apply. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/display-brightness.page0000644000373100047300000000647212612521346026165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Set screen brightness

Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light.

To change the brightness of your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to use. The change should take effect immediately.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These often have a picture that looks like the sun. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

You can also adjust the screen brightness by using the Power panel.

To set the screen brightness using the Power panel:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Power.

Click Power to open the panel.

Adjust the Screen brightness slider to the value you want to use. The change should take effect immediately.

If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness will automatically be adjusted for you. You can disable automatic screen brightness in the Power panel.

If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have the screen dim automatically to save power. For more information, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000547212612521346025640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

You need administrator privileges to change account types.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Users.

Click Users to open the panel.

Press Unlock in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted.

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account Type and select Administrator.

The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system is usually the one that has administrator privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-lockscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000370212612521336025577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 The Lock Screen

The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:

the name of the logged-in user

date and time, and certain notifications

battery and network status

the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or pause your music without having to enter a password

To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward with the cursor, or by pressing Esc or Enter. This will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. Alternatively, just start typing your password and the curtain will be automatically raised as you type. You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000241512612521343026051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000001013712612521340027555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012, 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Online services and applications

Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account for any of the available services that you have not disabled. Different providers provide different services. This page lists the different services and some of the applications that are known to use them.

Calendar

The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online calendar. It is used by applications like Calendar, Evolution, and California.

 Chat

The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant messaging platforms. It is used used by the Empathy application.

 Contactes

The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your contacts on various services. It is used by applications like Contacts and Evolution.

 Documents

The Documents service allows you to view your online documents such as those in Google docs. You can view your documents using the Documents application.

 Files

The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using the Connect to Server functionality in the file manager. You can access remote files using the file manager, as well as through file open and save dialogs in any application.

 Mail

The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email provider like Google. It is used by Evolution.

 Photos

The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you post on Facebook. You can view your photos using the Photos application.

 Printers

The Print service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within the print dialog of any application. The provider might provide print services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, which you can download and print later.

 Read Later

The Read Later service allows you to save a web page to an external services so that you can read it later on another device. No applications currently use this service.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sharing-displayname.page0000644000373100047300000000317012612521343026276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2014 Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Set the display name for your computer

You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other computers or devices, on the network or over Bluetooth.

Change the display name of your computer:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Sharing.

Click on Sharing to open the panel.

Edit the text below Computer Name to change the name your computer displays on the network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000236312612521346023454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Una guia pels usuaris de l'escriptori GNOME 3 Ajuda del GNOME Ajuda del GNOME <media its:translate="no" type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/gnome.png"><span its:translate="yes">Help</span></media> David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 <media its:translate="no" type="image" src="figures/yelp-icon-big.png"><span its:translate="yes">Yelp logo</span></media> GNOME Help usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000321512612521345024173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Printing
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-mag.page0000644000373100047300000000734412612521345023665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Magnify a screen area

Engrandir la pantalla és completament diferent a augmentar la mida del text. Aquesta característica és com tenir una lupa, la qual us permet moure-us d'una banda a l'altra de la pantalla tot ampliant-ne les diferents parts.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Press on Zoom in the Seeing section.

Switch Zoom to ON in the top-right corner of the Zoom Options window.

Podeu moure-us d'una banda a l'altra de l'àrea de la pantalla. Si moveu el ratolí a les vores d'aquesta, moureu l'àrea ampliada en diferents direccions, permetent-vos veure allò que us interessa.

Podeu activar i desactivar ràpidament aquesta característica des de la icona d'accessibilitat del quadre superior i seleccionant Amplia.

You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view on the screen. Adjust these in the Magnifier tab of the Zoom Options window.

You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. Switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness in the Crosshairs tab of the Zoom settings window.

You can switch to inverse video or White on black, and adjust brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Select the Color Effects tab in the Zoom settings window to enable and change these options.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000535712612521335026515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Look in SettingsColor to add a color profile for your screen. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 How do I assign profiles to devices?

You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that the colours which it shows are more accurate.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Color.

Click on Color to open the panel.

Select the device for which you want to add a profile.

Click Add profile to select an existing profile or import a new profile.

Press Add to confirm your selection.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

If calibration hardware is connected, the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000325312612521340026234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize two windows side-by-side. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Super and press the Left or Right key.

To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000551412612521337025452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com activar els avisos visuals perquè facin parpellejar la pantalla o la finestra quan es produeixi un avís sonor. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Fer parpellejar la pantalla quan es produeixen avisos sonors

L'ordinador reproduirà una alerta sonora quan succeeixin certs tipus de missatges i esdeveniments. Si teniu problemes per sentir-los, podeu fer que, o bé tota la pantalla o bé la finestra actual, parpellegi perquè us adoneu visualment de què s'ha reproduït un so.

Això també pot resultar útil quan esteu en un entorn on l'ordinador ha de ser silenciós, com per exemple una biblioteca. Vegeu les Alertes sonores per aprendre com silenciar-les i activar els avisos visuals.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Universal Access.

Feu clic a Accés universal per obrir el quadre.

Press Visual Alerts in the Hearing section.

Switch Visual Alerts to ON.

Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

Podeu activar ràpidament els avisos visuals fent clic a la icona d'accessibilitat del quadre superior i seleccionant els Avisos visuals.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000746112612521342027613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000513412612521342023113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Visió, audició, mobilitat, braille, ampliador de pantalla… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Accés universal

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, giving easier access to many of the accessibility features.

Discapacitats visuals Ceguera Poca visió Daltonisme Altres temes
Discapacitats auditives
Discapacitats de mobilitat Moviment del ratolí Com fer clic i arrossegar Utilització del teclat Altres temes
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/privacy-purge.page0000644000373100047300000000570712612521335025145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Shaun McCance mdhillca@gmail.com 2015 Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your computer. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Purge trash & temporary files

Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you can also set your computer to automatically do this for you.

Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the background. They can increase performance by providing a copy of data that was downloaded or computed.

Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files

Open the Activities overview and start typing Privacy.

Click on Privacy to open the panel.

Select Purge Trash & Temporary Files.

Set one or both of the Automatically empty Trash or Automatically purge Temporary Files switches to ON.

Set how often you would like your Trash and Temporary Files to be purged by changing the Purge After value.

Use the Empty Trash or Purge Temporary Files buttons to perform these actions immediately.

You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. See for information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000524612612521343025501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Region & Language.

Click on Region & Language to open the panel.

Click Formats.

Select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you would like to use. If your region and language are not listed, click ... at the bottom of the list to select from all available regions and languages.

Click Done to save.

Respond to the prompt, Your session needs to be restarted for changes to take effect by clicking Restart Now, or click X to restart later.

After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/privacy.page0000644000373100047300000000320412612521341024010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Screen lock, Usage history, Purge trash & temporary files… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Privacy Settings

The Privacy Settings in GNOME help you control whether or not certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these settings to clear your computer usage history and clean out unnecessary files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000575012612521334026435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory or RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000563412612521346024411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com utilitzar el Déjà Dup (o algun altre programa de còpies de seguretat) per fer les còpies dels vostres fitxers i paràmetres de configuració valuosos i protegir-vos de possibles pèrdues. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Fer una còpia de seguretat

La manera més senzilla de fer les còpies de seguretat dels fitxers i paràmetres de configuració és deixar que una aplicació de còpies de seguretat se'n faci càrrec. Hi ha nombroses aplicacions d'aquest tipus, com per exemple el Déjà Dup.

L'ajuda de l'aplicació de còpies de seguretat que hàgiu escollit us indicarà com configurar l'aplicació per fer les còpies, i què haureu de fer per recuperar la informació que teniu copiada.

Una altra opció és simplement copiar els fitxers a una ubicació segura, com per exemple un disc dur extern, un altre ordinador de la xarxa, o un llapis USB. Els vostres fitxers personals i paràmetres de configuració solen estar al directori personal i, per tant, els podeu copiar d'allà.

La quantitat d'informació de la que podeu fer una còpia de seguretat depèn de la mida del dispositiu d'emmagatzemament que utilitzeu. Si disposeu de prou espai al dispositiu on realitzareu la còpia, el millor que podeu fer és copiar tot el directori personal, amb les següent excepcions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you do not have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Qualsevol fitxer de la paperera. Trobareu el directori de la Paperera a ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000501512612521346030435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jcampbell@gnome.org Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 Pick the printer that you use most often. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Printers.

Click Printers.

Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers.

Click the Unlock button in the top-right corner and enter your password.

Select the Default printer checkbox.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000411612612521344025630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Print a booklet

You can print a booklet from a PDF.

If you want to print a booklet from a LibreOffice document, first export it to a PDF by choosing FileExport as PDF…. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a LibreOffice document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed.

Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing File Export as PDF….

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler or PDF Mod, placing the blank pages at the end.

Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000441212612521340026321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of time. Unfortunately, it is not possible to tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate devices regularly.

Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the Color panel next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

$ gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 $ gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 90 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000232712612521340024745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001153012612521345026360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013, 2015 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Tap to click

You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Mouse & Touchpad.

Click on Mouse & Touchpad to open the panel.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Mouse & Touchpad.

Click on Mouse & Touchpad to open the panel.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and bottom of your touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to scroll sideways. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Natural scrolling

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Open the Activities overview and start typing Mouse & Touchpad.

Click on Mouse & Touchpad to open the panel.

In the Touchpad section, check Natural scrolling.

This feature is also known as Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000600212612521337024774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, open the system menu from the right side of the top bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by dragging the slider to the left.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the speakers' volume control. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you are listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the web browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has its volume control, use that to change the volume. If not:

Open the Activities overview and start typing Sound.

Click on Sound to open the panel.

Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application listed there.

Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is playing sounds but is not listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In such case, you cannot change its volume.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000507012612521344024422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com David King amigadave@amigadave.com Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow these tips.

If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the view options button in the Files toolbar and enable Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000257412612521334026017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Missing information for whole-screen color correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000405512612521341025342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Open the print dialog by pressing CtrlP.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000203712612521336024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Antivirus software, basic firewalls, firewall ports… David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000414412612521343026002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 How can I check my printer's ink or toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found in the Printers panel in Settings

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mtink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000456512612521337025316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Collate and reverse the print order. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Press CtrlP to open the Print dialog.

In the General tab, under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (that is, all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To collate:

Press CtrlP to open the Print dialog.

In the General tab, under Copies, check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000724312612521335025672 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their software installer (package manager) too.

If Flash is available from the software installer:

Open the software installer application and search for flash.

Look for the Adobe Flash plug-in, Adobe Flash Player or similar and click to install it.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.

 If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:

Go to the Flash Player download website. Your browser and operating system should be automatically detected.

Click where it says Select version to download and choose the type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you don't know which to use, choose the .tar.gz option.

Look at the installation instructions for Flash to learn how to install it for your web browser.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

LightSpark

Gnash
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000334212612521347026762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com David Aguilera david.aguilera.moncusi@gmail.com 2011 Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/xchat-gnome/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717112677535677023525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/xchat-gnome/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000011345312677535677024371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual de l'<application>XChat-GNOME</application> 2005-2006 Brian Pepple 2006 Joachim Noreiko Brian Pepple Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Brian Pepple Fedora Project
bpepple@fedoraproject.org
Joachim Noreiko GNOME Documentation Project
jnoreiko@yahoo.com
XChat-GNOME Manual 2.1 December 2006 Joachim Noreiko jnoreiko@yahoo.com GNOME Documentation Project XChat-GNOME Manual V2.0 November 2005 Brian Pepple bpepple@fedoraproject.org GNOME Documentation Project Aquest manual descriu la versió 0.16 de l'XChat-GNOME Comentaris Per a llistar un error o fer una suggerència sobre l'aplicació o aquest manual de l'XChat-GNOME, seguiu les adreces dins la secció de comentaris a la Guia d'usuari GNOME. Un manual d'usuari que descriu l'ús del client XChat-GNOME. XChat-GNOME xchat-gnome Introducció L'aplicació XChat-GNOME és un programa d'IRC per a l'escriptori GNOME. L'XChat-GNOME proporciona les funcions següents: Connector per a mostrar una icona a l'àrea de notificació Transferències directes client-a-client (DCC) Xats directes client-a-client (DCC) Segueix les guies d'interfície humana del GNOME (HIG) Primers passos Iniciar l'<application>XChat-GNOME</application> Podeu iniciar l'XChat-GNOME de les maneres següents: Menú Aplicacions Choose Internet XChat-GNOME IRC Chat . Línia d'ordres Teclegeu xchat-gnome i premeu la tecla de retorn per a iniciar l'XChat-GNOME des de la línia d'ordres: Teclegeu xchat-gnome --help i premeu la tecla de retorn per a veure les altres opcions disponibles des de la línia d'ordres Quan inicieu l'<application>XChat-GNOME</application> Es mostra la finestra següent quan inicieu l'XChat-GNOME.
Finestra principal de l'<application>XChat-GNOME</application> Shows XChat-GNOME main window. Contains titlebar, menubar, display area, and scrollbars. Menubar contains IRC, Edit, Network, Discussion, Go, and Help menus.
La finestra de l'XChat-GNOME conté els elements següents: Barra de menú Els menús de la barra de menú contenen totes les ordres que necessiteu per a utilitzar a l'XChat-GNOME. Subfinestra de servidor La subfinestra de servidor mostra els servidors i els canals on s'està connectat actualment. Botó d'usuari The User Button shows the number of users present in the selected Channel. Click the User Button to show a list of users. User's in the list marked as away are "Grayed out". Àrea de conversa L'àrea de conversa mostra les converses que s'han produït en el canal seleccionat. Tecleja dins de la línia del missatge d'entrada a sota de l'àrea de conversa per a xatejar al canal seleccionat. Utilització Connectar-se a un servidor d'IRC To connect to an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) Server, choose IRC Connect . The Connect dialog is displayed. Select the Server that you wish to connect to, then click Connect. Visualitzar la informació de transferència de fitxers directe de client a client (DCC) To view Direct Client-To-Client (DCC) file transfer information, choose IRC File Transfers . Editar el text Podeu editar el text de les maneres següents: To delete the selected text from the file and move the selected text to a buffer, choose Edit Cut . To copy the selected text to a buffer, choose Edit Copy . To insert the contents of the buffer at the cursor position, choose Edit Paste . You must cut or copy text before you can paste text into the file. To clear all text from the Discussion Area for the currently selected Channel, choose Edit Clear. Tornar-se a connectar a un servidor To reconnect XChat-GNOME to an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server, choose Network Reconnect . Desconnectar-se d'un servidor To disconnect XChat-GNOME from an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server, choose Network Disconnect . Desar la transcripció d'un canal To save a transcript of a Channel, choose Ctrl S Discussion Save Transcript . Deixar un canal Quan deixeu un canal, sereu esborrats de la llista de participants i ja no podreu xatejar-hi, encara que les converses fins aquell moment continuaran a la subfinestra del servidor. To leave a Channel, choose Ctrl Q Discussion Leave . Tancar un canal Quan tanqueu un canal, el canal s'esborrarà de la llista de la subfinestra del servidors. To close a Channel, choose Ctrl W Discussion Close . Navegar pels canals To view previous channel, choose Alt Up Go Previous Discussion To view next channel, choose Alt Down Go Next Discussion Navegar pels servidors To view previous server, choose Ctrl Up Go Previous Network To view next server, choose Ctrl Down Go Next Network Sortir de l'XChat-GNOME To quit XChat-GNOME, choose Ctrl Q IRC Quit . Preferències To modify the preferences of XChat-GNOME, choose Edit Preferences . The Preferences dialog contains the following sections: Preferències del xat General Introduïu el Sobrenom que voleu utilitzar al canal de l'IRC. Introduïu el vostre Nom real, que es mostrarà en les peticions /whois. Introduïu el Missatge de desconnexió que voleu que es mostri als altres usuaris quan sortiu de la xarxa d'IRC. Introduïu el Missatge de sortida que voleu que es mostri als altres usuaris quan sortiu del canal d'IRC però seguiu connectats a la xarxa del canal. Introduïu el Missage d'absència que voleu que es mostri als altres usuaris quan intenten contactar amb vosaltres quan sou fora. Highlighting Esfecifiqueu paraules o frases que s'haurien de realçar en colors diferents quan un usuari d'un altre xat els utilitzi. Això és addicional al vostre sobrenom, el qual sempre apareix realçat. Use Interface Seleccioneu l'opció Utilitza el tipus de lletra de terminal de sistema per a utilitzar les mateixes fons que el vostre terminal de sistema. Seleccioneu l'opció Utilitza aquest tipus de lletra per a obrir la caixa de diàleg selecció de font Seleccioneu l'opció Mostra els colors per a habilitar els sobrenoms de color a l'àrea de conversa. Seleccioneu l'opció Mostra les marques horàries per a mostrar les marques horàries a la conversa. Colors Text Colors Utilitzeu els Esquemes integrats del quadre desplegable per a especificar com l'XChat-GNOME mostrarà el text i el color de fons. Seleccioneu una de les opcions següents: Utilitzeu l'opció Negre sobre blanc per a disposar de text negre sobre fons blanc. Utilitzeu l'opció Blanc sobre negre per a disposar de text blanc sobre fons negre. Utilitzeu l'opció Personalitzat per a crear un esquema de color personalitzat. Les opcions següents només estan habilitades si els Esquemes integrats estan establits a Personalitzat. Feu clic en el botó Color de primer pla per a mostrar el diàleg de selector de color. Seleccioneu un color pel primer pla per a l'àrea de conversa de l'XChat-GNOME. Feu clic en el botó Color de fons per a mostrar el diàleg de selector de color. Seleccioneu un color de fons per a l'àrea de conversa de l'XChat-GNOME. Feu clic en el botó Marca de primer pla per a mostrar el diàleg de selector de color. Seleccioneu una marca pel primer pla per a l'àrea de conversa de l'XChat-GNOME. Feu clic en el botó Marca de fons per a mostrar el diàleg de selector de color. Seleccioneu una marca de fons per a l'àrea de conversa de l'XChat-GNOME. mIRC Colors Seleccioneu els botons dels colors que volgueu canviar, per a mostrar el color al selector de diàleg. Els colors només estan habilitats si els Esquemes integrats estan establits a Personalitzat. Extra Colors Seleccioneu els botons dels colors que volgueu canviar, per a mostrar el color al selector de diàleg. Els colors només estan habilitats si els Esquemes integrats estan establits a Personalitzat. Transferències de fitxers & DCC File Transfers Utilitzeu el botó Baixa el fitxer baixat a per a seleccionar la carpeta on voleu baixar el fitxer. Utilitzeu el botó Moveu els fitxers completats a per a seleccionar la carpeta on voleu moure les baixades completades. Seleccioneu Converteix els espais en caràcters de subratllat en els noms dels fitxers si voleu convertir els espais en caràcters de subratllat en els noms dels fitxers Seleccioneu Afegeix el sobrenom dels remitent en els noms dels fitxers per afegir els sobrenom del remitent al fitxer baixat. DCC Settings Seleccioneu l'opció Accepta automàticament xats DCC per acceptar automàticament xats directes client-a-client (DCC). Seleccioneu l'opció Accepta automàticament fitxers per DCC per acceptar automàticament transferències de fitxers directe de client-a-client (DCC). Seleccioneu l'opció Obtingues la meva adreça IP des del servidor per utilitzar els vostres proveïdors de DNS per a resoldre una adreça IP. Seleccioneu l'opció Utilitza aquesta adreça IP per a introduir la vostra adreça IP i utilitzar una adreça IP estàtica. Throttling Utilitzeu la caixa de selecció KB/s de pujada individuals per a configurar la vostra velocitat màxima individual de pujada. Utilitzeu la caixa de selecció KB/s de pujada globals per a configurar la vostra velocitat màxima global de pujada. Utilitzeu la caixa de selecció KB/s de baixada individuals per a configurar la vostra velocitat màxima individual de baixada. Utilitzeu la caixa de selecció KB/s de baixada globals per a configurar la vostra velocitat màxima global de baixada. Xarxes Servidors d'IRC Per afegir un servidor d'IRC, feu clic en el botó Afegeix per a obrir el diàleg Propietats de la xarxa. Per editar un servidor d'IRC, feu clic en el botó Edita per a obrir el diàleg Propietats de la xarxa. Per eliminar un servidor d'IRC, feu clic en el botó Suprimeix Scripts i connectors Script and Plugins Per habilitar o deshabilitar un connector o script, seleccioneu l'opció Habilita al costat de l'element apropiat. Per afegir un connector o script nou, feu clic en el botó Obree per a obrir el diàleg obre fitxer. Per a eliminar un connector o script, seleccioneu l'element apropiat i feu clic en el botó Suprimeix. Network monitor Use the Network Manager to control connection state. Auto Away Mark yourself as away when screensaver is active. Sound notification Raise an audio notification when a word is highlighted (including your nick) or when you receive a private message. Notification Add an icon in the notification area informing you of events in xchat-gnome. This allows one to minimize to notification area if Always display notification icon is selected from Notification preferences. On-screen display Display a notification box when a word is highlighted (including your nick) or when you receive a private message. URL scrapper Display all the urls from your conversation in a ugly box. Propietats de xarxa El diàleg Propietats de la xarxa de l'XChat-GNOME, us permet configurar les propietats pel servidor d'IRC, i conté les pestanyes següents: Paràmetres de xarxa General Introduïu el Nom pel servidor d'IRC. Seleccioneu l'opció Connecta't a aquesta xarxa automàticament a l'inici per a connectar-se a la xarxa tot just iniciar l'XChat-GNOME. Seleccioneu l'opció Utilitza una connexió segura (SSL) per a conectar-se amb capa de sòcol segura (SSL). Seleccioneu l'opció Surt i entra al canal fins a connectar-te per a provar de connectar-se fins a obtenir un resultat satisfactori. Utilitzeu el quadre desplegable Joc de caràcters per a especificar el joc de caràcters que l'XChat-GNOME utilitzarà. Introduïu la Contrasenya pel servidor, si el xat d'IRC ho requereix. Usuaris i canals Users Info Seleccioneu l'opció Utilitza la informació global d'usuari per a utilitzar els paràmetres globals utilitzats a la secció General de . Seleccioneu l'opció Utilitza la informació d'usuari per a introduïr el Sobrenom i Nom real especific al servidor d'IRC. Automatically Join Channels Feu clic en el botó Afegeix fer afegir un canal nou. Feu clic en el botó Edita per a editar el canal seleccionat Feu clic en el botó Suprimeix per a suprimir el canal seleccionat El nom del canal ha de començar amb el signe (#). Servidors Servidors Feu clic en el botó Afegeix per afegir un nou servidor d'IRC. Feu clic en el botó Edita per a editar el servidor d'IRC seleccionat. Feu clic en el botó Suprimeix per a suprimir el servidor d'IRC seleccionat. To specify custom port use (/) as seperator, as "host/port" Sobre l'<application>XChat-GNOME</application> Per a trobar més informació sobre l'XChat-GNOME, visiteu la Pàgina web de l'XChat-GNOME. Per a reportar una errada o fer suggerències sobre l'aplicació o aquest manual, mireu la secció comentaris a Guia d'usuari del GNOME. Aquest programa es distribueix sota els termes de la llicència pública GNU publicats per la Free Software Foundation; tant la versió 2 de la llicència, o qualsevol versió posterior. Podeu trobar una copia d'aquesta llicència a link, o al fitxer COPYING inclòs amb el codi font d'aquest programa.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/format-change.page0000644000373100047300000000647612670174231023611 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Podeu convertir les imatges d'un format a un altre. També ho podeu fer per a múltiples imatges alhora. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Convert to a different file format

Les imatges es desen un format de fitxer específic, com el JPEG o el PNG. Podeu convertir d'un format de fitxer a un altre.

Convert a single picture to a different file format

Feu clic a ImatgeAnomena i desa. Apareixerà la finestra Desa la imatge.

In the name field, change the file extension to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.

Per exemple, per convertir un fitxer JPEG (.jpg) a un fitxer Bitmap (.bmp):

original file: image.jpg

new file: image.bmp

Feu clic a Desa i creareu un fitxer nou amb el format nou. El fitxer antic (amb el format vell) es mantindrà a la mateixa ubicació i no se suprimirà.

The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click Supported image files in the Save Image window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

Conversió de múltiples imatges a un format diferent

Podeu convertir conjuntament múltiples imatges d'un format de fitxer a un altre. És molt útil si heu de convertir moltes imatges.

A la galeria d'imatges mantingueu premuda la tecla Ctrl i seleccioneu les imatges que voleu convertir una a una. Per seleccionar totes les imatges premeu CtrlA.

Feu clic a ImatgeAnomena i desa. Apareixerà una finestra (es mostra a sota).

Les imatges convertides es desaran, per defecte, a la carpeta actual. Si les voleu desar en alguna altra ubicació canvieu la Carpeta de destinació.

Seleccioneu el format de fitxer al qual voleu convertir les imatges a la llista desplegable a la dreta del quadre Format del nom de fitxer.

Feu clic a Desa.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112670174230022507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/edit.page0000644000373100047300000000346212670174227022020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Per editar una imatge utilitzant un editor d'imatges extern feu clic a ImatgeObre amb. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Edició o supressió d'una imatge
Edició d'una imatge

El visualitzador d'imatges només es pot utilitzar per visualitzar imatges, no les pot editar. Per editar-les heu d'utilitzar una aplicació d'edició d'imatges com el GIMP. Per obrir una imatge per editar-la en una aplicació diferent:

Feu clic a ImatgeObre amb o feu clic a la imatge amb el botó secundari.

Seleccioneu l'aplicació que voleu utilitzar per editar-la.

Una vegada finalitzada l'edició, deseu-la i tanqueu l'altra aplicació.

The image viewer will detect that the picture has been changed and will reload it.
Supressió d'una imatge

Per suprimir una imatge, feu clic a EditaMou a la paperera, o feu clic a la imatge amb el botó secundari i seleccioneu Mou a la paperera.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000216412670174231023605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Us donem la benvinguda al visualitzador d'imatges Eye of GNOME. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introducció

L'Eye of GNOME és un visualitzador d'imatges. Us permet visualitzar imatges de gairebé qualsevol tipus. També gestiona col·leccions de moltes imatges i pot mostrar una projecció de diapositives. També podeu fer modificacions bàsiques de les imatges, per exemple girar-les o invertir-les o convertir-les a un format de fitxer diferent.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000222612670174230023733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Image Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/preferences.page0000644000373100047300000001072112670174227023370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Visualització de la imatge, projecció de diapositives i connectors. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Preferències

Aquest tema explica tots els paràmetres que podeu canviar del visualitzador d'imatges. Per canviar les preferències feu clic a EditaPreferències.

Preferències del visualitzador d'imatges Millores de la imatge

Select Smooth images when zoomed out to enable image smoothing when you zoom in and out. This makes low-resolution (pixelated) pictures look better by smoothing out jagged edges.

Si habiliteu l'Orientació automàtica, les imatges es giraran automàticament en funció de les metadades EXIF. Aquesta informació de la imatge l'afegeix automàticament una càmera digital i inclou detalls de l'orientació de la màquina quan es va fer la fotografia. Per exemple, a l'habilitar l'orientació automàtica, les fotos verticals es giren automàticament a la dreta. La rotació no es desa fins que deseu la imatge girada.

L'orientació automàtica no funciona a totes les imatges, només funcionarà per les fotografies fetes amb una càmera que desi les metadades d'orientació de l'EXIF.

 Parts transparents

Seleccioneu una de les opcions següents per determinar com es mostren les parts transparents d'una imatge (si n'hi ha cap):

As check pattern:

Mostra les parts transparents de la imatge com un patró de quadrats.

As custom color:

Mostra les parts transparents de la imatge amb el color sòlid que heu indicat fent clic al botó de selecció de color.

As background:

Mostra les parts transparents de la imatge amb el color de Fons si s'ha seleccionat l'opció Com a color personalitzat de Fons. Sinó, s'utilitza el color de fons per defecte.
Preferències de la projecció de diapositives

Per personalitzar els paràmetres de la projecció de diapositives:

A Ampliació de la imatge podeu decidir si voleu que s'ampliïn les imatges que són més petites que la pantalla perquè s'hi ajustin.

A Seqüència podeu seleccionar quants segons (d'1 a 100) es mostrarà una imatge abans que es mostri la següent.

Si voleu que la projecció de diapositives es repeteixi contínuament escolliu Seqüència en bucle. Si no l'escolliu, la projecció de diapositives començarà a la imatge que hàgiu seleccionat i acabarà a l'última imatge de la carpeta.
Preferències dels connectors

Podeu seleccionar/desseleccionar qualsevol funció addicional que voleu activar o desactivar. A la imatge de l'esquerra es mostren els connectors per defecte disponibles.

Potser us interessa instal·lar el paquet eog-plugins, que conté connectors amb funcions addicionals. A continuació, podreu activar els connectors addicionals com els que es mostren a la imatge de la dreta.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/zoom.page0000644000373100047300000000405112670174227022052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Amplieu la imatge de la pantalla fent clic a VisualitzaAmplia. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Ampliació i reducció

Podeu ampliar i reduir les imatges per visualitzar-ne més o menys a la pantalla. És molt útil si voleu visualitzar una imatge gran en la seva totalitat o si voleu inspeccionar-ne detalls específics.

Podeu ampliar o reduir la imatge utilitzant la rodeta del ratolí. Desplaceu-la amunt per ampliar-la o avall per reduir-la.

També podeu ampliar i reduir la imatge utilitzant els botons de la barra d'eines. Per ampliar-la feu clic a la icona Amplia la imatge i per reduir-la feu clic a la icona Encongeix la imatge. Són les icones amb els símbols «més» i «menys».

També podeu fer clic a VisualitzaAmplia o VisualitzaRedueix.

Per veure la imatge en la mida original, sense modificar-ne les mides, feu clic a VisualitzaMida normal. És la mateixa que el nivell d'ampliació «100%».

Ampliació per ajustar-se a la finestra

Podeu escollir l'ampliació per tal que la imatge s'ajusti completament a la finestra, fins i tot si la redimensioneu. Per fer-ho feu clic a VisualitzaMillor ajust.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215612670174227022530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Image Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Image Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/plugin-python-console.page0000644000373100047300000000300512670174227025341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 La consola de Python es pot utilitzar per afegir funcions addicionals i executar scripts al visualitzador d'imatges. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Consola de Python

El visualitzador d'imatges disposa d'un sistema de connectors que utilitza el llenguatge Python. Si activeu la consola de Python podreu accedir directament a un intèrpret de Python des del visualitzador d'imatges. Podeu utilitzar-ho, per exemple, per desenvolupar scripts o programar la manipulació d'imatges.

Per poder activar la consola de Python caldrà que instal·leu l'eog-plugins.

Once eog-plugins is installed, click Edit Preferences and go to the Plugins tab.

Seleccioneu Consola de Python i feu clic a Tanca.

Per mostrar la consola feu clic a EinesConsola de Python.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/plugin-fullscreen-double-click.page0000644000373100047300000000227112670174227027061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activeu el mode de pantalla completa fent doble clic a la imatge. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Pantalla completa amb un doble clic

Podeu fer que les imatges es mostrin en mode a pantalla completa quan els feu doble clic al visualitzador d'imatges.

Per fer-ho, feu clic a EditaPreferències i aneu a la pestanya Connectors. A continuació, seleccioneu Pantalla completa amb un doble clic i feu clic a Tanca.

Fent doble clic a una imatge commutareu entre els modes pantalla completa i normal (finestra).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/print.page0000644000373100047300000000402312670174230022213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Feu clic a ImatgeImprimeix i utilitzeu les pestanyes per canviar els paràmetres de configuració de la impressió. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Impressió d'imatges

Per imprimir la imatge que esteu visualitzant:

Feu clic a ImatgeImprimeix.

A la pestanya General escolliu la impressora que voleu utilitzar i el nombre de còpies que voleu imprimir-ne.

Si aneu a la pestanya Paràmetres de la imatge podeu ajustar la Posició i la Mida de la imatge.

També podeu ajustar la posició de la imatge a la pàgina arrossegant-la en la previsualització.

Si utilitzeu paper fotogràfic d'alta qualitat, aneu a la pestanya Configuració de la pàgina i seleccioneu el Tipus de paper corresponent. Per tal d'obtenir la millor qualitat de foto, també hauríeu d'anar a la pestanya Qualitat de la imatge i escollir els paràmetres d'alta qualitat.

Feu clic a Imprimeix.

Algunes de les pestanyes que s'han mencionat no es mostren en alguns models d'impressora. Això és deu a què els controladors de les impressores no permeten canviar els paràmetres. Per exemple, si no veieu la pestanya Qualitat de la imatge, segurament es deu a què els controladors de la impressora que s'utilitzen no admeten aquests paràmetres.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/default.page0000644000373100047300000000332712670174230022511 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Definiu el visualitzador d'imatges com l'aplicació per defecte per visualitzar imatges. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Obertura de les imatges al visualitzador d'imatges per defecte

Si voleu que el visualitzador d'imatges sigui el programa per defecte que obri alguns tipus de fitxer d'imatge:

Al navegador de fitxer, feu clic amb el botó secundari i escolliu Propietats.

Aneu a la pestanya Obre amb. Apareixerà una llista d'Aplicacions recomanades.

Seleccioneu el Visualitzador d'imatges i feu clic a Defineix com a per defecte.

Si el Visualitzador d'imatges no està a la llista d'Aplicacions recomanades feu clic a Mostra altres aplicacions. Seleccioneu el Visualitzador d'imatges a la llista i feu clic a Estableix com a per defecte.

Feu clic a Tanca.

En el futur, quan feu doble clic a un fitxer del mateix tipus s'obrirà al visualitzador d'imatges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/slideshow.page0000644000373100047300000000353312670174230023065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Per veure totes les imatges d'una carpeta en una projecció de diapositives feu clic a VisualitzaProjecció de diapositives. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Projecció de diapositives

Per visualitzar totes les imatges d'una carpeta en una projecció de diapositives:

Obre una de les imatges de la carpeta.

Feu clic a VisualitzaProjecció de diapositives or premeu F5.

S'iniciarà una projecció de diapositives a pantalla completa. Cada pocs segons es visualitzarà una imatge nova. Si voleu moure-us per la projecció més ràpidament o tornar a una imatge que ja s'ha visualitzat, podeu utilitzar les tecles de cursor Esquerra i Dreta per moure-us endavant i endarrere.

Per sortir del mode de projecció de diapositives premeu Esc o F5.

Podeu canviar els paràmetres de configuració de la projecció de diapositives, per exemple, el temps de visualització de cada imatge. Per a més informació vegeu les preferències de la projecció de diapositives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712670174227022036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/plugins.page0000644000373100047300000000613412670174230022545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Instal·leu connectors per accedir a funcions addicionals. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Connectors

Podeu instal·lar el paquet eog-plugins per obtenir connectors addicionals del visualitzador d'imatges. Els connectors afegeixen funcions com les que es mostren a sota.

Podeu instal·lar el paquet eog-plugins utilitzant el gestor de paquets de la distribució de Linux que utilitzeu.

install eog-plugins

L'eog-plugins inclou les funcions següents:

Date in statusbar: Shows the image date in the window statusbar.

Visualitza l'EXIF: mostra els paràmetres de la càmera i els histogrames de les fotos digitals.

Fullscreen Background: Enables changing background in fullscreen mode.

Fullscreen with double-click: Activate fullscreen mode with double-click.

Mapa: mostra la geolocalització d'una foto digital a un mapa.

PicasaWeb Uploader: Upload your pictures to PicasaWeb.

Consola de Python: una consola de Python per al visualitzador d'imatges.

Envia per correu electrònic: envia una imatge a un amic adjuntant-la a un correu electrònic.

Projecció de diapositives mesclades: mescla les imatges en el mode de projecció de diapositives.

Amplia per ajustar-se a l'amplada de la imatge: ajusta l'escala perquè l'amplada de la imatge s'ajusti a la finestra.

Podeu gestionar els connectors utilitzant la pestanya de Connectors de la finestra de preferències.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000503612670174227023115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com informar d'un error associat al visualitzador d'imatges. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Informar d'un problema amb el visualitzador d'imatges

El visualitzador d'imatges el mantenen una comunitat de voluntaris. S'us convida a participar-hi.

Si teniu problemes amb el visualitzador d'imatges (per exemple, falla o té un comportament inesperat), o si creieu que falta una funció que creieu que hi hauria de ser, creeu un informe d'error fent clic a . Els desenvolupadors de programari utilitzen els informes d'error per fer un seguiment dels errors i solucionar-los.

Per poder-ho fer necessitareu un compte que us permetrà informar d'errors i fer-hi comentaris. També us caldrà registrar-vos per poder rebre les actualitzacions de l'estat del vostre error per correu electrònic. Si no teniu un compte, el podeu crear fent clic a l'enllaç New Account (compte nou).

Un cop tingueu el compte, inicieu la sessió i feu clic a File a bugCoreeog. Abans d'informar d'un error llegiu la guia de descripció d'errors i navegueu per la base de dades d'errors per veure si ja existeix.

Per informar d'un error trieu el component al menú Component. Si no esteu segur del component al qual pertany l'error trieu general.

Si sol·liciteu una funció nova, escolliu enhancement (millora) al menú Severity (gravetat). Empleneu les seccions «Summary» (resum) i «Description» (descripció) i feu clic a Commit (envia).

S'assignarà un número identificador a l'informe i el seu estat s'anirà actualitzant a mesura que evolucioni la seva resolució. Solucionar un error pot portar temps i pot ser que els desenvolupadors us demanin informació addicional per comprendre l'origen del problema.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/plugin-fullscreen-background.page0000644000373100047300000000215612670174230026637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change fullscreen background color

If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen Background and click Preferences. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and click Close

Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/desktop-background.page0000644000373100047300000000205412670174230024647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Establiu la vostra imatge preferida com a fons d'escriptori. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Ús de la imatge actual com a fons d'escriptori

To set the picture that you are currently viewing as the background image on your desktop, click ImageSet as Wallpaper .

S'establirà la imatge que esteu visualitzant com a fons. A continuació us demanarà si voleu modificar l'aparença de la imatge utilitzant la finestra de preferències de fons. Si feu clic a Oculta el missatge desapareixerà.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/view.page0000644000373100047300000000613112670174230022033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Per intercanviar les imatges premeu les tecles Esquerra i Dreta o visualitzeu-les totes utilitzant la galeria d'imatges. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Visualització de totes les imatges d'una carpeta

Podeu navegar per totes les imatges d'una carpeta obrint una de les imatges i fent clic, per exemple, a Següent i Anterior. També podeu visualitzar una col·lecció d'imatges amb una petita previsualització de totes les imatges de la carpeta.

Navegació per totes les imatges d'una carpeta

Si teniu una carpeta amb múltiples imatges podeu navegar per totes elles sense haver d'obrir-les individualment.

Obriu qualsevol de les imatges de la carpeta que voleu veure.

Per navegar per les imatges feu clic a Següent i Anterior a la barra d'eines o premeu les tecles Dreta i Esquerra.

També podeu utilitzar les tecles Amunt i Avall o la Barra espaiadora i la Tecla de retrocés. Finalment, també podeu fer clic a VésImatge anterior i VésImatge següent.

Podeu navegar per les imatges en mode de pantalla completa fent clic a VisualitzaPantalla completa o prement F11. Utilitzeu les tecles del teclat per intercanviar les imatges en el mode de pantalla completa.

Per tornar a la visualització normal premeu Esc o F11.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/plugin-picasa.page0000644000373100047300000000222512670174227023623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily upload pictures to PicasaWeb directly from the Image Viewer. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Upload photos to <app>PicasaWeb</app>

PicasaWeb is a photo album service that lets you share pictures with people online. You can add a shortcut button that provides a convenient way of uploading pictures to PicasaWeb.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences, go to the Plugins tab and check PicasaWeb Uploader.

This will give you a convenient ToolsUpload to PicasaWeb menu item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001151612670174230023122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Una llista de totes les tecles de drecera. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Tecles de drecera

És una llista de totes les dreceres de teclat que podeu utilitzar al visualitzador d'imatges.

Obertura, tancament, desat i impressió

Obertura d'un fitxer d'imatge

CtrlO

Desat de la imatge amb el mateix nom de fitxer

CtrlS

Desat d'una còpia de la imatge actual amb un nom de fitxer nou

ShiftCtrlS

Impressió de la imatge actual

CtrlP

Tancament de la finestra actual

CtrlW

Establiment la imatge com a fons de l'escriptori

CtrlF8
Visualització d'imatges

Anar a la imatge anterior de la carpeta

Back space / Left

Anar a la imatge següent de la carpeta

Space bar / Right

Anar a la primera imatge de la carpeta

AltHome

Anar a l'última imatge de la carpeta

AltEnd

Selecció d'una imatge aleatòria de la carpeta

CtrlM

Visualització de la col·lecció d'imatges

F9

Visualització en pantalla completa

F11

Visualització la projecció de diapositives

F5

Mida actual

Ctrl0 (Zero)

Millor ajust

F

Desplaçar-se per una imatge gran

Altarrow keys
Copia d'una imatge per enganxar-la a una altra aplicació

Copia

CtrlC
Ampliació i rotació

Amplia

+

Redueix

-

Gira en sentit horari

CtrlR

Gira en sentit antihorari

ShiftCtrlR
Altres

Visualització de la subfinestra lateral

CtrlF9

Visualització de les propietats de la imatge

AltReturn

Desfer

CtrlZ

Ajuda

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/formats-view.page0000644000373100047300000000371312670174230023507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 El visualitzador d'imatges pot visualitzar imatges de molts formats diferents, entre ells el PNG, el JPEG i el TIFF. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formats d'imatge compatibles

El visualitzador d'imatges pot obrir imatges dels formats següents:

ANI - Animation (animació)

BMP - Bitmap (mapa de bits)

GIF - Graphics Interchange Format (format d'intercanvi de gràfics)

ICO - Windows Icon (icona del Windows)

JPEG - Joint Photographic Experts Group (grup conjunt d'experts fotogràfics)

PCX - PC Paintbrush (pinzell de dibuix per PC)

PNG - Portable Network Graphics (gràfics de xarxa portables)

PNM - Portable Anymap del joc d'eines PPM

RAS - Sun Raster (imatge d'escombratge de Sun)

SVG - Scalable Vector Graphics (gràfics de vectors escalables)

TGA - Targa

TIFF - Tagged Image File Format (format de fitxer d'etiquetat d'imatge)

WBMP - Wireless Bitmap (mapa de bits sense fil)

XBM - X Bitmap (mapa de bits d'X)

XPM - X Pixmap (mapa de píxels d'X)

Si intenteu obrir una imatge d'un format no compatible us apareixerà l'error No s'ha pogut carregar la imatge «nom de la imatge».

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000330212670174231023054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Image Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/rename-multiple.page0000644000373100047300000000703412670174230024164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Canvia el nom i enumera automàticament lots d'imatges. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Canvi del nom de múltiples imatges a la vegada

Si voleu canviar el nom a moltes imatges perquè tinguin un format de nom enumerat i estàndard:

Obriu la col·lecció d'imatges prement F9.

Seleccioneu totes les imatges que voleu canviar-ne el nom de la col·lecció d'imatges mantenint premuda la tecla Ctrl i fent clic a cada una d'elles.

Si les voleu seleccionar totes, premeu CtrlA.

Feu clic a ImatgeAnomena i desa. Us apareixerà una finestra amb diverses opcions per establir el nom de fitxer (la imatge de sota mostra com és la finestra).

Per defecte les imatges que s'han canviat de nom es desen a la carpeta actual. Per desar-les en algun altre lloc canvieu la Carpeta de destinació.

Per escollir el format del nom de les imatges utilitzeu el quadre Format del nom del fitxer. La Previsualització del nom del fitxer mostrarà com seran els noms de fitxer. A la secció de teniu uns quants consells de com canviar el nom dels fitxers.

Assegureu-vos que l'opció del desplegable Format del nom del fitxer és com està, si no és que voleu convertir les imatges a un format de fitxer diferent.

Feu clic a Anomena i desa per canviar el nom de les imatges.
Selecció d'un format de nom de fitxer

El nom de fitxer dels fitxers que se'ls canvia el nom es determina pel que poseu al quadre Format del nom del fitxer.

Si voleu mantenir el nom original del fitxer com a part del nom nou deixeu %f al quadre.

Per exemple, si introduïu paris_%f al quadre Format del nom del fitxer, els fitxers anomenats flor.jpg, casa.jpg i gat.jpg es canviaran per paris_flor.jpg, paris_casa.jpg i paris_gat.jpg.

Si afegiu %n les imatges s'enumeraran consecutivament, començant pel nombre de comptador que escolliu a Opcions.

Per exemple, si introduïu sol_%n al quadre Format del nom del fitxer, les imatges que s'anomenen flor.jpg, casa.jpg i gat.jpg es canviaran per sol_2.jpg, sol_1.jpg, i sol_3.jpg. (s'enumeren segons l'ordre alfabètic del nom de fitxer original).
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/plugin-zoom-width.page0000644000373100047300000000223512670174230024457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ajusta el nivell d'ampliació per ajustar la imatge horitzontal de la imatge a la finestra. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Ampliació per ajustar l'amplada de la imatge

Si voleu que les imatges s'escalin per omplir tota l'amplada de la pantalla activeu el connector Amplia per ajustar-se a l'amplada de la imatge.

Per fer-ho, feu clic a EditaPreferències i aneu a la pestanya Connectors. A continuació, feu clic a Amplia per ajustar-se a l'amplada de la imatge i feu clic a Tanca.

Per afegir la funció heu de tenir instal·lat l'eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/plugin-send-by-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000260712670174231024643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Envieu fàcilment imatges adjuntant-les a un correu electrònic. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Envia imatges per correu electrònic

Podeu afegir un botó que permet enviar imatges per correu electrònic.

Per fer-ho, feu clic a EditaPreferències i aneu a la pestanya Connectors. A continuació, seleccioneu Envia per correu electrònic i feu clic a Tanca. Us afegirà l'element de menú EinesEnvia per correu electrònic.

Per poder habilitar la funció heu d'instal·lar l'eog-plugins.

Per fer-ho funcionar cal que el programa de correu electrònic Evolution estigui configurat per connectar-se al vostre compte de correu electrònic.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/plugin-slideshow-shuffle.page0000644000373100047300000000225312670174227026017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 La projecció de diapositives mostra les imatges ordenades aleatòriament. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Projecció de diapositives mesclades

Podeu fer que l'ordre de visualització d'imatges a l'iniciar una projecció de diapositives sigui aleatori.

Per fer-ho, feu clic a EditaPreferències i aneu a la pestanya de Connectors. A continuació, seleccioneu Projecció de diapositives mesclada i feu clic a Tanca.

Per poder habilitar la funció heu d'instal·lar l'eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/open.page0000644000373100047300000000265512670174227022037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Obertura d'imatges en una nova finestra. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Obrir una imatge

Les imatges s'haurien d'obrir automàticament al visualitzador d'imatges al fer-hi doble clic al navegador de fitxer. Si no fora el cas, pot ser que hàgiu de definir el visualitzador d'imatges com a aplicació per defecte de visualització d'imatges.

Per defecte, s'obrirà una finestra nova del visualitzador d'imatges per cada imatge que feu doble clic, però, si voleu, podeu visualitzar múltiples imatges en una única finestra.

També podeu obrir imatges des del visualitzador d'imatges:

Feu clic a ImatgeObre (o premeu CtrlO). Apareixerà la finestra Obre una imatge.

Seleccioneu la imatge que voleu obrir i feu clic a Obre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/plugin-exif-digital.page0000644000373100047300000001000412670174230024715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View information such as camera settings and histogram, geolocation, and date. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Visualització de la informació d'una imatge

Les fotografies fetes amb una càmera digital es desen amb tot un seguit d'informació addicional incrustada, com per exemple la data que es van fer, els paràmetres d'exposició que es van utilitzar i, en alguns casos, fins i tot a on es va fer la fotografia.

Aquest tema us mostra com accedir a aquesta informació.

Mostra la data a la barra d'estat

Podeu visualitzar la data que es va fer la fotografia a la barra d'estat de la part inferior de la finestra.

Per fer-ho, feu clic a EditaPreferències i aneu a la pestanya Connectors. A continuació, seleccioneu Data a la barra d'estat.

Dades detallades de l'EXIF

La informació detallada que es desa a les fotografies digitals s'anomena Dades EXIF. La podeu visualitzar instal·lant un connector del visualitzador d'imatges.

Per poder veure les dades EXIF incrustades a les fotografies heu d'instal·lar el paquet informàtic eog-plugins.

Si l'eog-plugins està instal·lat, feu clic a EditaPreferències i aneu a la pestanya Connectors. A continuació, seleccioneu Visualitza l'EXIF i feu clic a Tanca.

Click ViewSide Pane to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under Histogram.

You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check Display camera settings in statusbar.
Visualització d'un mapa de localització de la fotografia

Algunes càmeres poden adjuntar la informació de geolocalització (etiquetes geogràfiques) a les fotos digitals. Les etiquetes geogràfiques són coordenades GPS (latitud i longitud) del lloc on es va fer la fotografia.

Per poder veure un mapa dels llocs on es van fer les fotografies heu d'instal·lar el paquet informàtic eog-plugins.

Si l'eog-plugins està instal·lat, feu clic a EditaPreferències i aneu a la pestanya Connectors. A continuació, seleccioneu Mapa i feu clic a Tanca.

Per visualitzar el mapa feu clic a VisualitzaSubfinestra lateral.

El mapa mostrarà la ubicació de la imatge si adjunta la informació de geolocalització. Moltes càmeres no l'adjunten.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000351112670174230023346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command Line L'ordre eog pot obrir múltiples imatges en diferents modes. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 La línia d'ordres

To start the Image Viewer from the Terminal, type eog.

Podeu obrir un fitxer específic introduint el nom de fitxer després de l'ordre eog:

eog imatge.jpeg

You can open a specific folder by typing the folder name after the eog command:

eog folder

To see all the images in a folder at once, you may wish to browse the image gallery.

Obertura d'una imatge a pantalla completa eog --fullscreen imatge.jpeg
Open image in a new instance eog --new-instance imatge.jpeg
Open a folder in slideshow mode eog --slide-show Imatges/
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/formats-save.page0000644000373100047300000000202612670174230023467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 El JPEG, el PNG, el BMP i d'altres. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formats compatibles pel desament d'imatges

El visualitzador d'imatges pot desar imatges en els formats de fitxer següents:

JPEG/JPG

PNG

BMP

TIFF

És possible que es pugui desar en altres formats d'imatge en funció de la configuració del sistema.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/copy-paste.page0000644000373100047300000000226612670174230023152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com copiar/enganxar del visualitzador d'imatges a una altra aplicació. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copia i enganxament d'una imatge

To copy a picture from the image viewer into another application, click EditCopy or right-click on the picture and choose Copy.

La imatge s'ha copiat al porta-retalls i la podeu enganxar a un document del LibreOffice, a una imatge del GIMP o a qualsevol altra aplicació.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/index.page0000644000373100047300000000326112670174230022171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ajuda del visualitzador d'imatges Eye of GNOME. <media its:translate="no" type="image" src="figures/eog-trail.png"/> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/eog-logo.png">Eye of GNOME logo</media> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer
Visualització d'imatges
Edició d'imatges
Impressió d'imatges
Addició de funcions addicionals
Avançat
Preguntes més freqüents
Consells i suggeriments
Implicar-se
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/flip-rotate.page0000644000373100047300000000406312670174231023312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Horitzontal/vertical, sentit horari/antihorari Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Inversió o gir d'imatges

Si les imatges estan mal orientades o al revés, les podeu invertir o girar perquè es visualitzin correctament.

Inversió d'una imatge

Feu clic a Edita.

Seleccioneu Inverteix horitzontalment o Inverteix verticalment.

Si voleu mantenir la imatge invertida feu clic a ImatgeDesa.

En cas contrari, no deseu la imatge i es tornarà a visualitzar en l'orientació original la pròxima vegada que l'obriu.
Gir d'una imatge

Feu clic a Edita.

Seleccioneu Gira cap a la dreta o Gira cap a l'esquerra.

Si voleu mantenir la imatge girada feu clic a ImatgeDesa.

En cas contrari, no deseu la imatge i es tornarà a visualitzar en l'orientació original la pròxima vegada que l'obriu.

També podeu utilitzar les eines de la barra d'eines o les tecles de drecera:

Gira cap a la dreta

CtrlR

Gira cap a l'esquerra

CtrlShiftR
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/eog/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000457712670174230022537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Mostra, oculta o edita la barra d'eines. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Barra d'eines

La barra d'eines permet accedir fàcilment a funcions com l'ampliació i la rotació. En qualsevol cas la podeu ocultar si us distreu o ocupa massa espai.

Mostrar o ocultar la barra d'eines

Per canviar la visualització de la barra d'eines feu clic a VisualitzaBarra d'eines.

Addició, supressió i organització de les eines de la barra d'eines.

Per defecte, la barra d'eines conté únicament un conjunt bàsic d'eines. Podeu afegir-ne modificant la barra d'eines:

Assegureu-vos que la barra d'eines no està oculta.

Feu clic a EditaBarra d'eines.

L'editor de la barra d'eines conté els elements que no estan a la barra d'eines (vegeu la imatge de sota). Podeu utilitzar un separador per agrupar elements de la barra d'eines.

Per afegir elements nous a la barra d'eines arrossegueu-los de l'editor de la barra d'eines a la barra d'eines.

Per organitzar els elements de la barra d'eines arrossegueu-los a la posició on els voleu ubicar.

Podeu suprimir elements de la barra d'eines arrossegant-los de la barra d'eines a l'editor de la barra d'eines.

Quan hàgiu finalitzat l'edició de la barra d'eines, feu clic a Tanca a la finestra d'edició de la barra d'eines.

Per reiniciar els paràmetres per defecte de la barra d'eines feu clic a Reinicia als predeterminats a la finestra de l'editor.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112630141127024345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/statistics.page0000644000373100047300000000341112630141127025107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Statistics

To view the statistics about the current puzzle, click GamePuzzle Statistics.

Very hard puzzle statistics box example

GNOME Sudoku ranks puzzles based on the number of cells that can be rapidly filled.

The puzzle statistics box shows:

the overall difficulty

the number of cells which can be filled by elimination, starting from the blank grid (i.e. only a 2 can go in this box, so it must be a 2)

the number of cells that can be filled by the process of filling, starting from the blank grid (i.e. only one cell in this row can be a 2, so it must be a 2)

the number of times in solving the puzzle that the program used the trial-and-error algorithm to solve the puzzle

All sudoku puzzles can be solved without ever having to guess. When the statistics box says that Sudoku used trial-and-error X number of times, it does not mean that a human would have to use trial-and-error to solve the puzzle.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000214712630141127025573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/strategy.page0000644000373100047300000000727112630141127024567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Radoslav Asparuhov rasparuhov@gmail.com 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Strategy

There is only one possibility for each cell in a Sudoku puzzle. The following strategies will help you systematically discover the solution for every cell.

Strategy 1:

Choose the row with the most numbers in it.

You should choose the row or column with the most numbers. For simplicity, these instructions are written as if a row had the most numbers in it.

Determine which numbers in the row are missing.

Choose one of the empty cells in this row. Determine which of the missing numbers are in that column or in that 3x3 box.

Using notes, enter the missing numbers which are not in that column or 3x3 box, into the the upper field. These numbers are candidate solutions for that cell.

Go to the next empty cell of the chosen row and repeat the above method. Repeat this for every row and column, starting at those with the most numbers and continuing through to the least. Always look carefully for the numbers and don't forget the 3x3 boxes.

This strategy will help reveal the cells which have only one possible choice. When revealed, you can fill those cells in with that choice, and repeat the strategy again until the entire puzzle is solved.
Example use of strategy 1.
Strategy 2:

Find the number which appears most often.

Now look at the left vertical alignment of the 3x3 boxes and locate the column(s) in which this number appears.

In this alignment, go to a 3x3 box which does not contain this number in any of its cells. Using notes, enter this number in every empty cell of the column in which this number does not appear. If the number appears in the row of one of these cells, do not enter it in that cell's notes.

Repeat the last two steps for the center and right vertical alignments.

Find the next number which appears most, and repeat until you have done this for all 9 numbers.

This strategy will help reveal the cells which have only one possible choice. When revealed, you can fill those cells in with that choice, and repeat the strategy again until the entire puzzle is solved.
Example use of strategy2.

If neither of the above strategies solves the puzzle on its own, you can alternate strategies. You can also combine the strategies.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207212630141127024355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000531412630141127026555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of the keyboard shortcuts you can use in Sudoku.

Starting and exiting

New game

CtrlN

Reset game

CtrlB

Close the sudoku window

CtrlW
Hints and Notes

Hint

CtrlH

Track Additions

CtrlT

Clear notes from the top of a cell

CtrlJ

Clear notes from the bottom of a cell

CtrlK

Add a number to the top notes of a cell

Ctrl#

Remove a number to the top notes of a cell

Alt#
Other

Print displayed puzzle

CtrlP

Undo

CtrlZ

Redo

CtrlShiftZ

Open Help

F1

Switch to fullscreen mode

F11
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/print-inprogress-game.page0000644000373100047300000000220012630141127027144 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print your game

You can print the sudoku are playing to a file or to a printer.

To print the sudoku you are currently playing:

Click GamePrint.

Select your printer.

Click Print.

If you don't have a printer in the list, see Set up a local printer.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000205612630141127025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Realçar

You can turn on highlighting to automatically highlight the current row, column and box in different colors. This can make it easier to see which values cannot go into a current square. To toggle highlighting, click SettingsHighlighter.

Sudoku with highlighting.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312630141127023664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/basics.page0000644000373100047300000000423012630141127024161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Basics

Sudoku can be played using the keyboard, the mouse, or any combination of the two.

Using the keyboard

To select a cell, use the arrow keys to move the blue outline onto it.

To put a number in a cell, select the cell, and then press the number.

To remove a number from a cell, select the cell, and then press the Delete key, the Backspace, or the 0 key.
Using the mouse

To select a cell, move your mouse over it and click.

To put a number in a selected cell, click on the center of the cell, and then click on the number you wish to input.

To remove a number from a selected cell, click in the center of the cell and then click Clear.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/notes.page0000644000373100047300000000346712630141127024060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Notes

Notes, or pencilmarks, can be added to any cell. They allow you to mark possible values for a cell, or store other data that might help you. Notes will store all characters in order, but will remove repetitions of characters.

To add notes to a cell:

Select the cell

Click on the part of a cell that is above the line that appears when you hover over it. Alternatively, type N.

Type your notes

Press Enter or click outside of the text box.

You can also take notes in the bottom of the cell by clicking in the bottom of the cell or by typing M. However, this area is used when you click Show All Possible Numbers. If you plan to use this area, you should not use Show All Possible Numbers.

You can add a number to the notes at the top of the square by typing Ctrl1 through Ctrl9

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/hints.page0000644000373100047300000000351712630141127024051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Pistes

To show possible values for all cells click:

SettingsShow Possible Numbers.

To ask Sudoku to show a cell that is easy to fill:

Click ToolsHint, or Hint in the toolbar.

These features work based on the logical possibilities given the current board and not work by looking at the solution. This means that if you made an error in an earlier move, these features may show incorrect possible values.

A cell which usually has only one possible solution based on the current state of the board is outlined with flashing red. In the case of a puzzle that has no cells that have only one possible solution, a cell with two possible solutions or the least amount of possible solutions will be highlighted. Clicking Hint multiple times may not always point you to the same cell.

You can edit the possible numbers by clicking in the bottom of the cell.

These features can make easy puzzles too easy, so you should use this mode sparingly.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000401312630141127024737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a Problem

GNOME Sudoku is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-sudoku. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/print-blank-puzzles.page0000644000373100047300000000302612630141127026652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print blank sudokus

To print one or more blank puzzles:

Click GamePrint multiple sudokus.

Select the total number of sudokus to print from the drop down menu.

Select the number of sudokus per page from the next drop down menu.

Select difficult level of the games you would like to print.

Games that have already been played are not printed by default. If you don't care about repeating games, select Include games you've already played in list of games to print in the Details category.

Games that are printed are not marked as played by default. You can choose to Mark games as played once you've printed them. under the Details category.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000324012630141127024712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/trackers.page0000644000373100047300000000676112630141127024546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Track trial-and-error solutions

Trackers can be used to keep track of trial-and-error solutions. Tracked moves are entered in a different color to help make the moves visually distinct from moves made earlier in the game. This feature is particularly useful when solving difficult games.

Using the tracker:

You can toggle the tracker interface in one of the following ways:

Click ToolsTrack Additions.

Click Track Additions in the toolbar. If the toolbar is not visible, click SettingsShow Toolbar.

You can make untracked moves if no tracker is selected.

To create a new tracker click Add. From this point on, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker.

You can create as many trackers as you want by clicking Add.

You can apply a set of tracked additions by selecting the tracker and clicking Apply.

You can clear a tracker by selecting it and clicking Clear.

Alguns jugadors de Sudoku creuen que mai s'hauria d'utilitzar el prova i error per a resoldre un trencaclosques. Aquests jugadors no haurien d'utilitzar aquesta característica.
Video Demonstration Click ToolsTrack Additions. You can make untracked moves if no tracker is selected. To create a new tracker click Add. From this point on, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker. You can create as many trackers as you want by clicking Add. You can apply a set of tracked additions by selecting the tracker and clicking Apply. You can clear a tracker by selecting it and clicking Clear.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000217412630141127024054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Game rules

In order to complete the puzzle, you must fill each cell with a number between 1 and 9, inclusive, such that no number is repeated in any row, column or 3x3 box.

In a solved sudoku, each row, column, and 3x3 box contains all the numbers 1 through 9.

Each puzzle has only one solution.

Outline of a row, a column and a 3x3 box using highlighting option.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000336612630141127025214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Commandline

To view commandline options for gnome-sudoku: gnome-sudoku --help

To view the version number of your gnome-sudoku: gnome-sudoku --version

Print debug information

This command may be useful when you are filing a bug and need to post debug information: gnome-sudoku -v

Profile information

This command is useful if you are filing a bug about slow performance. It will show the performance of different functions that run, and possibly reveal which specific function(s) may be responsible for poor performance. This information attached to a bug could make it easier to fix the problem, but this command is used mostly by programmers.

gnome-sudoku -p

When you exit the application, the terminal will show you performance statistics.

Step through <app>GNOME Sudoku</app>

This command is mostly used by programmers to step through the code: gnome-sudoku -w

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/save-resume.page0000644000373100047300000000271012630141127025152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save and resume
Saving your game

Your games are saved automatically every few minutes and whenever you change games or close the application.

Resuming your game

Whenever you start Sudoku or click New, your saved games will be listed in the puzzle selection screen. You will see a miniature image of the saved puzzle, the date you last played it, and how long you have played it. To open the puzzle, just double click on it.

If you'd like to stop playing one game and begin another, just select New and begin your new game.

Resuming previous games.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/index.page0000644000373100047300000000370612630141127024033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png" its:translate="no"/> GNOME Sudoku GNOME Sudoku Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2015 Learn to play GNOME Sudoku, a logic-based puzzle game in which a grid must be filled with the correct numbers. <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png" its:translate="no"/> GNOME Sudoku

GNOME Sudoku is a logic-based number-placement puzzle in which a 9×9 square must be filled with the correct digits. The unique puzzles can be played on screen or printed. If you do not have time to finish a game, you can resume it any time, as well as replay any game you've already won.

Game Play
Useful tips
Printing
Advanced
Get Involved
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000163112630141127024361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Toolbar

To show or hide the toolbar, click SettingsShow Toolbar.

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Undo, Redo, Hint, and Track Additions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-sudoku/figures/resuming.png0000644000373100047300000012553212630141127026073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRѓsBIT|dtEXtCREATORgnome-panel-screenshot7w IDATx{\Tu?  5ID@H\rVZdWӶLآvU4Ʀ[}5u՟&iE$FEns~3\pΜs8zfs}|9s.gtu?ߎ;c<ٲ 's;V=zM溦6Ч:?Ƀ'""""%B[ cw|4y[-`;;3 7 /֢/ ϒztn[v}|5ړ6=Hc̫V}\s }z447ړs|tF{rZc݇Gꇠ>ȣ`cOy4-)fƍPwb1Om>YO[k+{m:^tQOm GsDzQ d!wDDvͼm$4DDJ3Z[tQ@1 <:'vyNfmhXezߝ?s GkWވ^6&D,0h:zC/R*JvunNCDMfh85l6[sEglo[onyy5Ww9/K 7#ZC}3ОɹH|W}F GOtØ#G/dDDp3,/eڵCc7##AsO> mGMZ[.ے<;O߇NwNn=|}Zߍo&#^_f~>.iH%Ao.[x-`C477cɒ'ѷo_?vkg(9'7\~B@?U`'q {>=q|>:]W3M4|#ovlnÀؙ7z* }j؍͡ψ8Sw|Y1I0szH[k i(Nikmqk~C<{_ ˃|E_DwitsSSfsݏ$%#ɏ >v.CxOGh(?_W, Hykހ11gwܟƏHz)t \ݯbMݣHu?CAd nG/Ԉ%7׻,pK}Kۥs:+U=Gw9o|tZwI)O=K}rn06˨w}N:mm0;95lnzh+ ߿h|d*Y ]\\1s[+weS`՘n ǎH: O5apoc'®lѿA?}Jfݏ׼qeϼ =Oca|T,ikq+IMhHzrKڂq[gpY*f2~}_G⮱CNױ0Zg=.9M-w|q|$"pJ8>`ӡOɷ`6_ ٌ{ܩyy˄k1zlV}gw5b؀^ݥ<8 c!r5z"*?tur-u*~-8,Z̨|^zd,oxOY=~8qCcԹX"ҿysn1/˼/c뱟?sw>9SSw\dY:ө9I #FO" ^rID Q[sƠG]8\rmf'3[O'NN9ћv<0 _]+4b/Tn\=w{8w ^;ހ_4.An"]業ľW#p+&D$7NמEvqL@ w\pZNg\cW? l?n=|l?~G],w᎘.tMcI:t:zAӣ]yy7?w`@k(+.C>,\1a!]WԜ??܊AcϹħ]X-ۊ~Q}=ӊ_Nܝ4-uQFc^~||*ڕMbbKD]>?ܙ:~̍zA e=pd|Ku]tN#2^`  @yI\3eO/3Ba5ohCs6A@o=_a5W@=+?kOߋCk@CsS:N˷l?P^݄V!חA f~2_+iAs>Fag?:cfDQ<;g">_=? ܥs'&D$RӜ?oٴ:S ;c/-3*#V=9?uǖ]I=wޝNkջwQ"Rۢķmhk  u?tz&_WE3~:~C0.6W!zYw6;FB+.5 d:L7E]S{ޯF@ZB[1rzHWͯbb?POԐ>AEб@#xM`+-muN <_^C=]DŽp$@ oİFtunrGcJd]DD$+5K抾VH]ZZZ6M@[[=S,vu:|){]kŝjlp4 g_^/.6;ǟb4lx?>=jHt[0F)F ^x$HruDDDDDDs~oADDDDDt{z j_g xohq{Rt.uLӉA.2FADDDDDV"NwFuatָC]u Q78/XrCIˀnLˁ8CIFxPP ~6fB7"u=>۞x#J,V ~hlƫyK@+[sKh }DDDZ"bᩌ4JdL7Ǩ17aCɨx~+F2!"HfD/777!Oq餟cKv1{[8U\epr-ln[m/~wL5M?z=aym;(;Ʒ19~*M>n|WZlg1:f,OMC}}[sw!+Яo_epmk8pϸ c9˝!x3(y8X\kd>ǎ<~)OQŧ] P}E{v_o%}NOW߇,㎖QaaC={w.xh>ӲaX#Ã|gN1߽OLI|򶽂[M/c_bG~>(/F#;WYBYރ۶28[F58pA냧dOz{ GkpO@;zZh @ 0dz*סmoq+.e<._Uq[ｔ -}xzp r`,s>,_{z}z3qWZ_eDkks;ﲛmg^}u\=Fnj~Z.{JnkDDD=wwqs_{Ή -JÒ'c  3vUʪo1|X)gpq~[cҖWv G!g_!>2z`0"zVv}TW_ S?ꫯ\u*f_}ϝ}Ϟhnn܉ b};,|]~,1ZJnkDDD=lv.65h 1Uv(y+簎;W> .Ysuz:8lǻZFqYsq8mKPVV6N"GF=wy#yxscxH{o߼9fk!"U1ҡ4c+g`"`&F zF%QWnsW|^eq7L/cڮH>2܂>Hy{Vu܀ZcW3fCBtE(ȫ>nDDDj%tΉ|/y^:H:Qd{(m"""t"""""q;I?uL8|Nxs;I"""""'W0I'""""R&DDDDD*$He t"""""aNDDDD2L҉TI:0I'""""R&DDDDD*$He t"""""aNDDDD2L҉TI:0I'""""R&DDDDD*$He t"""""aNDDDD2f,r͚H:wqH:0I'""""RNwk#GuzOף{S,R i\BҲDDDDDRtٌc`=O>k#GuGy%Iاؘ1hjnƪ/x#.!""""R#IիnƵO>;je= ~ 1ۦZ(ko`ԘA=[|?<0?܄hS=].;1:bŘÈw3F2aҔ۰o`pWoOFړ9ڄ<$Zfqm(kwٵF¯~(IDDDD$?YI[^7572\ZZ[fi):O}-#𑏻#s/WuVW@Yu8_]m-wĻy2s7zOxͷpSoI)iDDDD$Iojj#z}t^xUqv؞b{#] 6f /Sy_ey11::dE||A^?1prmUX?{?cKKphifa;#1cLvv\:Q\~s7 ͷ!A@o.RODDDDʑtw爐go!` ?޽{cvYOdE58NTo߾N۷=Ӎ7 *r$:^%BTVUahh(n'""""ꉣȽ{x?z4/rYKoAkk+ʾK)kL]S}nqoo`4qfDDDDU_;NZ|qyS=G|[obt-2{c[Gz$θˮ7'""""ϨHs_' 00ƀD_+=W#$d[eÆE~6Le"z ш1>{1244;| 3`0`utx5 +;%܌ 7CZ3O' t$]jC4,YfC+Va8C!7iH> ,YJP֫!p L}QuRK2AA3gиtaKҫ[t$5AH&^?+E붭LH&\ڢ]lλ_+uCp4}`\P: eheGCwJA0zPJ0D5 _t Q.`_(y@sGm1A>-C&ڧu]kסviHŋ/(EMIyq䘴N1i۝c*;mDڤ#DDDDDI:l: b?ڶ= IDAT'n݊#F`0`غu'm-uIRcڊ%K`ۻw/"##a41eq999}r/5 5nk$ MA ؼy3`„ nFL%?W,%%'ODII ***"In DXڒ;}e˖!++ 3f@SSܜ9sPZZ!554̔-&jljH>[]O*I;AyL&IGGGK:6m tvVWWgzϞ=N y!--MΰBMmBIçB=z& ӦMS:^ǤIjȥaȑؾ}'R@c4|eUUߣ<>>شii8b a̙srrЀŋ{#<٨Mq[#it @ZfԩS֎M* 8q>RL>]vq[ fBrri?!??nXrr2jkk{nСCDnn.l&Ը4|6I/++CAAÑt8v K:ߊ GR6y[ \\ÜQc4uTׁ.mǵf,_0w\emw.CmBIgul6#==ݭ;^-U:z񈉉 6`ذaCXX֯_/In DYxL&l۶4j֬Yɓ'cܸq-[NhΝ; 建X<ޗMq[#iGmIru$%%!))I:H{n Dyw? AQQ8ם}\CjljH>{$H 5{0AW <*'VU\,uw?u:D!#qlCޏW0au&ujqu]Q FBRxWqU0jln>qT}S0НlU9LYPo3O/*?|QxR^l\=9&bvLZv혴N16t"""""$}֭1b .T݋HFL2gθr`Q\>M,kv[byrrrzc!]zZ,?tHycBLd[iIg!""qqq9r$o.WX ̜9PSStΝCBB`ժUƤfFaaaW:Ymw999hhhŋzѣ0L6mӲno=O4iBCCֈi}0Im'G$ Mp >|>}ONNFmm-v :tiZZZ dggc֬YƤF l6UUUHNNV:$YmwG,q爩;0(,,ĩSh6቞nk=?"il^QQ/^f,_0w\,Xb^ .<\dO!ѝcPPPp$&&5'; r+x zjLg 6`ذaCXX֯_/u:F#v܉4dddroT^1nWa<>>& ۶msXmw]]H.*Znf3AڝN^G||ɶ#9$"NN22ѝvדl `sWl/|O'et""""">7oAԜwG <*'VU\,uw?u:D!#qlCW0au&~u뎶X`$$e]#qֱ'* I%:1# ɏVE(>L. 6.. 5|QxR^l\=9&bvLZv혴N16t"""""a~kFĜQu.Kl;ڻw/"##a41e9Onbrۺu+FÇkn'ruܝ>]#wK,e~]j+mtw-+**±c0{l_^^LQێ̙RǦ6'OHIIQ:$U͛7&LpDyI;4˖-CVVf̘&1@}V]n +͛4"qٽ/jr*B8Hs b`Ķ# Kb R3&F!??es!!!j*srrЀŋw;Nbъ+d}uMMlq&//ȑ#}vCRB=z& ӦMS:ێ;WUUGpp06m$yb R3&ٌTUU!99i$&&٘5k:233+H{ĶdbCJmAp >|>}!AZ=I,v>޹`@~~>jkkeA:`_Aj$݆N?`p~w W… ݚuu5.E!='˗/̝;Wl jTQQۻJ%Q2 <<JOĶ#M:u``u]+H͘_b:>>& ۶msZrTBX,HlӬY'OƸq-[H^uƾ~!2H3=;wv:䖔$u>ET h7iwڑ/lGR AQQsg`! I'""""R~?xDyw`Q9rube+#')cc|GnT6HEێ[R0ۿ8VcsU\l{옂g`"`&F zFy$He|tD?i<)/6Vi;&bvLZvHx$He|6IܲvpK,UwoZlݺ#F`ñuVGTT^@lS39)޽{ ш)STyOs$Oln=Sl2deeaƌhjjR-ˑVYw+77i'͛'ˣ-a9zmsU,M&l2HY֮] x'%o]]={H:Oxҟ<]rS 7>F!??i*@|||>}if3 q)ډmwjvGVgyG'Q[[ݻw*ybyҟj;OցԂM&jnSN{([\Ftt݅,R_RQQ|tk:Y__/i<@LS#o;R72 <<|rܹseC OS-S['vxZpIb)EĒT L&Yi5k7n"""qFoE8qvaNDʝi6l؀ !,,̺sUG@@bbbrJ ÈmwjvGFn:f򫌥 4iiiȐZN:o|6I Hhϝ$)JJJBRDg圯}?r;R7lirPc۟j/)Ow!""""ҢN4xDyw`Q9rube+#')ccfW0au&ulqu]Q FBRxWqU0jln[>qT}S0НlU9LYPo3O/*?|QxR^l\=9&bvLZv혴N16t"""""a!Ng7hUhRQQQBۻw/"##a41e9CSi>{jkmmŒ%K0x`; p;vY0I >qŶe96o 0a,bۑ}pq9gEEEHMMuk:¶~=-[ YYY1cݑtc|ICɤp4{g"!wv HOOG@@lq48vGL 8z(L&Mt8^ǤIji͊+d}{b 磶iii븿q,peee(((@xx8d0=^H @åfE8_U~ظzrLZv혴N1i۝c"m.DDDDD*$NNQF|?粎[bĈ0 >|8nVZZIZ[[d mΜ9(--EII *KLb5WcAPPuWAL&壢/Lmsq3Gp m `޼y|4b6)ӾjmA9hbiuuuv;Ԕ+48wVrY^cҤI n!""qqq9r$orB=z& ӦMs2ACC/^t(䦪*@||qT}S0НlU9LYPo3"On@]5'Փc*;mǤUlwڎIi tۺu+FÇd+-˷Dkk+,Ykm00j(Y{iGTT$I\@zz:{@5-L&QN̛7iiiƥuVWWgZ_Hybک75ɻX^^"""#GbnMg4|Y*,,ѣGa20m4YЪ*@||)BnmmŒ%K0x`.x&|YlI߷o?ٟˑv9s栴%%%(**Bjj񤤤ɓ())AEERRR$x6o 0ax9mG令ǎٳov嶽l2deeaƌhjj2\e>{B_&Ih˺:RqjF\DYEͧvv7q;vOnn. == G;?RO$݆^ǤIj$'' XxӬXAAAG!HS^^"""#Gbѣ0L6m[F!??_vt9$$$VZ%w>͛۱vUU >>شii'#vDd$݆lFaa!N:eMZ$33&''w :TҘp >|>}CsHf r bQKK QQQl̚5K&olǾж&uMLF;"`ށ~Wz#ѝJss3/_;w1UTTh*++%֕HLLtkĶ W… eyk;z۞:u@" &vuN^G||ClF;"#DDDDDZoo߼9m <*'VU\,uw?u:D!#qlC2W0au&uӶ#~w`$b3}D#!d[;`$;٪r<> @åfE8rϟ/jOʋ'ǤUlwڎIVi;&&BDDDD2Lҽrչ\wQQQ˓ˑûl8cػw/"##a41e9[O{9bɒ%ӘjhC}4{Q#5})//Gffl򸎵eΜ9(--EII 괼e[߼y3`„ өe˖!++ 3f@SS[}QJJ N<TTT %% .os$W[F}Z/60I1 X6L Gϼy=u=uuuvtk׮唛 HOOG@@[DE_|k#m.$Ϩmc!W[Ft$$zL4 NJFaaawZ.'' XxlgŊ ̙3555.),,ѣGa20m4Ct `lڴ4yyy@\\F۷>G 9۪7ڐ''~I1(,,ĩSAlFAA|ff&rss~Ziױ$''w :4ʨ(:Q[[/9 8q>RL>]0}OVцnbˤL}~gzYoPȶ.Gmw! /j-\܌˗ΝlYY DoԩS^@_>H}rUo!1' nL5Ek./ 111Xr$Ʉ5k8-olR//ױXӠA ׭[ٌtbf>}ƍCDD6nr 6 ##qqq &AosĒz >I;{܉7qkm=@-BBBPTT$j$$%Z]6${Uz it"""""Q7oAԜw~}g <*'VU\,uw?u:D!#qlC۬㱺 FBR9"LڤΣm;n?+JHH*o:w׻ FXm'NT0JVquc F*ǃ)P|4\m\>?(utMZ\չ.Duu!P7qjI2CLt=rS!P4/ܑ(Ddu4BH.*^~]t$[m\~kt V: X`/]0J5_t$@ *DoZJ0Hjj_*駡2R>$~Z0H͝fCtEƿWZ0 o(0qpeaax;NDDDD똤 t"""""aNDDDD2L҉TI:0I'""""R&DDDDD*$He t"""""aNDDDD2L҉TI:0I'""""R&DDDDD*$]eRSSѷo_>}ڣu:t:oNC߾}!amCbvRѱ;w3f@pp0t:ƍxa0pM7믿5_=뼴:C ǶK$݋aaƍӦMCJJJ;|0 66|m{1bgœgԩtx7])e%mؿ㪫m݆/Xo6.] ٌ?V{P:j鍊nrXm$݋<ٻ|  GeЊHCmh^*=h2QpjmҎ:09P2 2֪)x ⅀bY?0[Ie'_ϓ^OǕ<3B4-X@1o35~1w^XۑCin߾}ȁ|||0ar^5k 00jطoի$ :uM޾m/+_Epp0IPVV߿?$IqH.]0-ɵ͐OjGƻ !֮] g*++=zZŋ!I4܎'ҥKѿ ,͛76 yKaƜ;w< #`ƌ̔cH:<> ^7o")) GK/uƍ7|֭õklΝF_M޾->>{/ pei=sعs'`ܸq(ϢE2!m-mԨQ7|0Ye(V}Q!P[[+Vj|z*Fw}vױb $%%ar yKaM!44?3Nsy~_`7g} ;u'2wXIKS]M~+WDii)xrC2~U־<E!((H0}jx@}~ښ|}6V^ Z-焱<34ذiڎÒ'ü~X~̰ZKxx8Ǽϰ***/ػwodo,"̙3aÆ_֭[ϣ'|fܼy@盼}jGg?=Ê (Qaa!4Z: 0)ɵ5qQ79998x ȆOv t|>M<B||<~zƏ0c +֭[m40wI8'z%nǎWT*1`tRyNBQRR"^~eѥK.&L >:w,"!={Ðo?F/_oCB'|||'Μ9#:$ !L_rm| ܄"""2sXn֭[0) t"""""aNDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""RDDDDD "HaX) t"""""aNDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""RDDDDD "HaX) t"""""aNDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""RDDDDD "HaX) t"""""aNDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""RDDDDD "HaX) t"""""aNDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""R:V&""""r>cI'""""RDDDDD "HaX) t"""""aNDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""RDDDDD "HaX) t"""""aNDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""RDDDDD "HaX) t"""""aNDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""RDDDDD ey1777<#F m-Ch1?Y=)5%N""""%Hz]]q@p&?x$)]?ɷ3_cDpܾs[iCDDDDD6bLǎXޞQÏg/akKj>m 2:tx _ _@uu5.h}Canl ŋ~f|s[̛3s(//[;wfޝ%b@ro`2;EEB_/ybŸaz9:.S$"""r%ԡGqT[ܱkq>riiFGǎs/~8_[ "3p/5-қ~S*+}>e"JJJh兴ԃ<0Wc%ePBDDDD Y>Dѯ!oT߻U5_ so߾}_&"OG3G}e߷9gN7hT漵cUVbDpd|)r 2#?v[;PRR*3{Oú5CcmroNqgs4?+c1tH`2x(!N""""Wb渫8dTWW#q.8+WP[{WnRSI~?0ÃQ9fC5nqL?S}fC=ߝ=.^z{n4 3(!.S$"""IwssC.] H_V~；˗pݦ]ѡYڵk>{7zO>F6?<UUȔ8r'NBoq8j#o O?9F7Mqz<'QGW':T/(IJ?ZԗZ ϭ:\xwŅDŽ>%q]zo15EmK3q- qkW)>.S$"""r5[Řז>o--ԤsMN)_7Zwyy9_:qqطgwWB\GIDDDd/.;'%$ ԩ<$nlQ_K׷Im~~HK=B  h۵kW|񇈜 wwx~9Ey/>PUr5y9:.S$"""r56I'""""r%IG4-_/CDDDZX+ o"""KQs҉E:H'""""RDDDDD "HaX) t"""""aNDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""RDDDDD "HaTsتk""""",/~8NDDDD0,҉E:°H'""""RDDDDD "Hal|sK~+e7 YQnc[shoGbݓ'C]}]"pƍPPq,]ЕH؝0Uv- tTW\kH?WXF|lp!9t[Gà6(=Y Ϗ<0 ^ܟ~rtDDDrX;?g<,Н!)SٳǬfmcI{sj19+sDDDdN=NDDDDX)@߾}RЧO8pB|8w"l$Indz37Oi"9O=[Y1ْ((('PXXۗVISB@axGBBTVV? Fj{sT y;ƌc}̙3yyy8qcVlxY ؾ[nMtzj߿&ӻ~:x gr]BӡO>&mcI*ͅ """fs6l;wn%IZT.qI""jG\/׮]b @܍ٽ{7u///,]`Æ P /C]b5Okؗ-oO^~e;v ΝâELƜlشiO۷od !BNNfϞm}'ѣmuj_hĉ(,,DttI WV!""j;!0o<,_ѡȒpww龼W!<d6Jz_k Kpe+$ nnn Cppp+(ߵkzhZܹ)R"""!/#]"++˦Psu澞J|g͚Yf^ρq$Ha}=Wǎ}ZU M(ߟw& _Js`$ͫl alh#!kٔ-q`$DDLR1?5dM8j{Ըtü^SEFF%͍=䬘wq °HǰBJ!Cp <xꩧP\l+III&bhVԶȁзo_T*ӧNlxfd1{.УGŬ8CDDްHǰbVVrrr0{lG9s //'N@VVbbbZ&?? &=\OFAAN8BDGG[1`̘1fmgR=ׯǦM0}tܾ}9&@WuV[B`޼yf_T!d+ܿ0T`0]9899 wwwFDDDb@ii)N زe6nooo򕕕-OJJ^ǒ%KڏƎ^zť!!!4hRRRڿeffٳ ¤ILZiii6ɜcaaah4ػwMb"""H(,,Dbb"fΜ7n??'$$ 99oꐙ"?2uT;wOF^^Lb(11iB!==:QQQ6ɜchiiiqQ۱Hg…֭[xbG#s6l;wnm+**D?SOSW㬪0R ԏ˗ڿ\p8p """LpR'p8؂xĉ~ԩb""""XcXg9&&F1+ZH|gX|9VXb{c'vҟ$IpssCXXʮ]лwo@bΝV_iv؁:ƚ!Z=&sm0~x9x%.fd J\-1Y0k,CI.Gޙ___dee("""2G҉؜uQw:v]<GՂ~6']>Ⱦ2tI*,HZ6eg}rr 9%|̏~ _ޭj5I'""""Rn8TfmcI{sj19+sDDDdI'""""R- Kj9Żw"..=z0yMcjmCZZ+|bRT2d222LpjKNɒl}:n߾m־gRG"77W_bBNNfϞmv/7OkK)M~~>lҷ;DDDp"֒pww~(cPPc.ooo0=ϟGnn.Zry;[B`޼yX|M)X[0*F{Z-Zm憱cǢW^ؾ}ZSii)N زeKmݻ; %hK)IRRz=,Yb}(CDDd*h44ܸqäAütt:DEEM]]233QTT6V@aa!1sfVUU yyyɴKNl71R{.#L8)))ϝ:u2i;lRUUU-\غu+/^bXcƌ;YҼS 6@P#֞c9\Ho:𳵊m۶ʕ+9r${ncRT ¶mLj`l޼큷a=ꘘh5ݹs'XnV\.V`I)QÜ{aJzet[z달,17&%anL$aժU6$y98'Ha?PucQY^lq>]}-&mOd}}e/90U6?HZ6eg}rr 9%|̏~ _ޭj5.10OTfmcI{sj19+sDDDdBDDDD0,-$Ib@@RSS[ݻC=MaX_ԘT*  ix#$ȑ#DDD 6pssرcѫW/l߾0h4ݻeeeDMRZZSlb6V4!07hƍFxx8) 6Cff&b%7n`ͶL-EDD 3ga{zz:t:L9yDQQQq> spDDDDK0:JUVUUvĉHIIԩSmcccQPPd1c@V… [bŦ/o|H;s6l;w!""RVd2L?qwwGpp06o6۶mÕ+W0rHcͶݹs'XnV\itZ111xjWR!((۶mku?8Gnݰ|rX) t Y /Ln/IVZeӘsq*σV8'Ha͡PucQYnF|ZU M(ߟw& _Js`$ͫ dž:0M}FBDDΤ-q._C߄wjp@KLw16UddYXܸsLΊy1)) {$Izf :Jɒ޽8ìLeSV# V_i,#sWT2d^֯s" 񈈈~jֶBfW6C`̘1&7i&L>o߶=v3<2߬,`V^m""%K.!..Wm#77Zf _=>>}'''x 2HWOy{{:tHƖMDD\H:t(4 :wVEZZZݻL={AAA4i7| F{Z}nnn;v,z%e}pfmy=~L})B!pQZ+nC`̘1&mFGG'N@aa!- Ͽ%|vڢ\{[ ׈etx0d۷o`ڥͅ7o/_nR_ ' #ҥKի~GC6dskDDDJEƎ^zŴ5effٳ ¤IZm^%Kjj*A!%%![Z-Қm3tPh4tY.5f{Ҹt^WWL!<<h(:$$$ 99ˠO:Νӧ)SX!PWWtt:DEEؾ&Fl^3`{Hi\H~ɪ*{c0i 6: ԏR˗Nz==:QQQV߇%ꐙ""e3\xQtHHH@rr2'p >|g%`l*66O83f jUpBdggc֭XxUnpT9\X … HOOj 6XC%aNݹs6l̝;צqYr>+ڹs'XnV\i.ucbbҬ]VT ¶m۬ڿ% 1#887ovpDԚ;v&7cvtnnw ˗/NJ+l#5d^jG%D-KLLK)87\rN:336D:zԝGekyT-7i|%+CO)=΁4PFBֲ);[Hș>.c~kpnU Wq.ᦊ4kKڛW{Y1;&"""%t"""""ano߾PTӧ8`}HIR0dE]5Ѱ{k޽8C~>ARRIFV# VŰ7g^󈈈/FAAN8BDGG[}B!̞=Zm~zlڴ ӧO۷ŪHHH0=z6aؗ3sΝ;زe 6l؀k"))ɎYt sӋX7( ϟGnn.Zmm_`֡9ƐGB3'jkktR#$$/=B$""*JMM?BBB0h d?:u*`˖-6ه9ݻ40F{:DJJJ^ǒ%KL cǎE^}vV4Vɣz$ʕ+KDDLX[hԩ8wN>S9|I:l۶ Ǐȑ#:3[*%IlUZ}fNݺu ϟy"DDD|Cj 1k,̚5˦P*$aժU&EVV #R.S=\QN0o<GDDDd[I'""""Rc'ԡGqT[ܱOW_ˣjAI.dd_~Kqy NĆ:0M}FBDDΤ-q._C߄wjp@Sx9:j#g<W::j#C""R:}yG@ܟ~rtDDDn$ݿwWG@6caG@6cKDDJtE &gYYnFHIL0?}4-*++tRł pMy|֭j5 w}'x I~!I~ayCII $IB.]hJ,ΊyǼ#""uQB!](;wĸqǾ@B !yxD/zHJJij>o񆨮G~4裏DuuŬYbccÇ^n_$I" >z)D~,**JWB~z@,ZHn{ r!gZ,ΎyǼ#"^EKMw<@PPrê"co&rrrӧ?Co~ 'C+=z0pF:c1BaT0g[oeee_Yfmb'Y7oDAAv-?s `ذaG/n 7nI}4-&O xwQSSC!>>X~=Xt):tW^y˖-pCAg*gϞٳg~۷cG쯿 P @V~5BEkwDDDbN!;,~wDDDƩ)$IRzD¼#""2#DDDDD "HaX) t3\ܒ111+Wl9_~$B6IF~ibh4$ #G{PTx 6a~DDDJ"t:\l۷i8q"$I/ޒ?O4i:ّ)#F ^sr{f,\߱vZɓزe ~cѢE1p6?"""W]o߾(..H!xF5-yӶ$z dIkCR.o}1c\P/[ ˖-3k_ zDDԞp$ _~%W^`WB$t C$I}v\r$K.}#nnn ?eҥKѿ ,͛76 ۖrɘsgy̘1rMsPYY ѣj5.^Ihvzk֬A`` <==jo>>"""W" W||< ++ {_| 6_Νy:s=;wƍ!Xh\ y&pKvzd)sի5j}]ڵ ׯ_NJ+6,n[ʥ'OĥK~Ai G}B)ܺu ƍÛouڵkE:',mV1e 4BLL F' cJ^^MָqFL0x衇 /.\s%Y'+V@nn.6mڄg}xW~)-\F#SsիQRRM6aСh4={4<ִի"11ӧOGǎOF{DDDE}ws ;駟FYYjjjo7:U/ *((Q /))ATTIVQSSӨ/RK?`RRRӦM3y(7,m0<E!((H.z366:ixiap$}ڴixrJB_jFcI?cZ"\.5UQQ~/޽{g,W4.қ+//jڞS]ancMg}?vZWhX|,,,y_ZA`8s `ذaG+n ~1)%y2ydﾋ:t /n1i5iiiubcc^Hz½i'|fܼyؽ{wYQ{"ƚ_^^^ r1j(yc=裐$ ?\0C$l޼9r$.Ocɒ,ɓ}W_ի#::8v:w xqk,ٷo1{ljQ-Ioi$3^~e|ڵ+^}Uwk=t""joMTucQY^lq>]}-Ln:Z ˖-͛kK}\א7ݪܯPÑt'U\\ 3fpt8DDDDdE,ҝʕ+ѫW/>誑DDDD\*G@[n֭[0F8NDDDD0,҉Ez;Uϟ?Vkv:O>$:v__C1,2Ez~~>$I$IPTjXd zC=z@Bm?9ѣG͛52܆jv JOyWZZ9sSNӧ>sODDd/.Sx饗 ۷qQ\p-rthvuU|9.aFFFT={Ο?}OԵkW6~ &(00Pqqq*--UUU_0.vXasٙ[^ȑ#.몫 ʕ+999$cƹs<5Əo.]2poFHH駟UUU'|btҥ;U#F0 0K#**8xq#))0.]tSٳLju}4***mkU3g442b8IC$ )`IHSt%e#GԿ}4iԮ];EGG+<<\TPPq)%%E׽ڼy kȑ(Pnn^{57yUTT4zwݽ{y0`$iѢEJOOP``p8wS>|<~Vg3gGuСѶVD]ee&Nh^КDHU\\ ?kJHHPllT[[LEGGK SOnݾ}TYY2{;~i| 2;={p8\>C=$Iڿnn/)7SÇcx~wΜ9{LG֋/VfBz}hРA\-_ݺ5k(;;[;v4V\\챽s6~Ahh?AGn8;m4EEEiذa7yꫯG:zsSJ7Wf͚ K. wYߍ?^}f͚e^cǎm {Ha15yޥ7wbg!aH3f̐$m޼Ymۦ'Nh˖-Ӝ9s 2eOwvZ-Ykh tHW… j˖-ڰa̶=S??r5|[J\'iŊ*//W||fϞXرC7ovi'IK,Qzz'Ir8$*33SÇ$=sJLLt50%$$h钤|P^@UPPxinWZZիW/ul;`~}v^XXh{n;֥Hz ڻw㕙!CHۧJa.ϟ$߿_111Ptt$.ven+,,4û$+..kh k1c_g>m֏\gg9s4!\SNUrrΞ=+Iܹ/_/ްOHH6nܨ*eddhfٳUSS;w꥗^RJJ$PԄQFymTIڶm9W\:*O[?*//7|jڴi_qqs4!)**Jv] ,PVV$i͚5VǎedT\\,IJKKSbbz'O*""Bݺu$^Z RRR-[qI1\S<Ձaؾ}KHw xGoyW 4N6MQQQ6l$'S]:[~= vl0 ?~\III;v͛%ӧ4cVw~VRkEUIsfG#GԈ#4w. XDG CH,~?={vwh ='NP=Z]tQIIӿk.lziJG6oxȑvΓoRe͚5JU@@z;v4Ek3ghĉ P=~}ϓ~ApX>ٳGCmcOQ׮M]JMq֭ﯾ}ޡkJ{ՓO>)SH̙@3sf̘YYYYzX}'WJKKrJ͘1*;ˇ{jС:yxs3gԹsg猌 u]\>(mnJЕl68[vz`-] J)++SHH?GOuSNPddx&X@}v{YYBCC3۷O RPP.\RScyMNvv#Gѣ^?FkW^yEcƌQeeۧɓ'mgWv]֭s[krr&L@ũTUUUnR裏*''|8͛7wѶmt mٲE6~2 CW\g} H5|[p_Zh֭[ձc4h Bt}w^(((Pee|}}UTTkjɒ%MYAA~_x~HW… j˖-ڰa~OyM}޽zw>}/0jǎp,X;z}_qql6վ}{u }oZrUZZӧOaz7j*vm,/_Ciھ}BK,Qzz:p(::ZjҤI SvpIݻ#x>^IIII&W_uv9-^XǏ=Bkƙ3gDm[復\SNUrrΞ=CGԩSA*K;wjذa7xC?+___Ҕ޽{ɓPn$IK.ՓO>^z)''G}ѠA$IӦMSTTy~mѣ=@s[= Ecu4lk%k׮l*//Wծ];ЮyoP)vGl /_z7%IӧOfSdd?m۶}Fkƨ(_}$Zl(v-X@YYYn?~;͚5c<~.ZS]:[~v>WWW;wj„ >aJJJرc5o޼[>?]=MsqS1+Y;w?+JR*Iվ.""BAAAhH:w]*11Qsνe +dHm\StСO&XzN:p/"CH,X !Bz +ݮuI>sEGGOڰaOFFwp}zm7nPտرCTVVN:)##|ŋm&O+WZ:}+ZJ.\>H3f̐$m޼Ymۦ'Nh˖-Ӝ9s 2eOcvZ-YkhwO.((H+VPyy5{ljǎڼyK;IZdկ_?IP]]$)55U>|$Sbba)!!AӧO$= Z.m#-`޽Wff "Iڷo*++e?^~Ę8p@ђl۵k Q8uvoTkԩJNNٳg%I;wu ƍUUU _ D={TvvjjjsNKJIItuDsqrrr4j(umжo0EEEnkʒ$YFرl6l6%IiiiJLLT޽uIEDD[nիW+55UAAAJJJҲe4n8I7\=^$vGmb{ΖCºzU 0tq%%%iر7o^k{Ӝ|\zfJVJTymJR5#ܹslȑ#5b͝;BGڸK+С h2p`mCH,X !B:`1tb!CH,X !B:`1tb!CH,X !B:`1tb!CH,X !B:`1tb!CH,X !B:`1tbԁϖԡ6tb!CH,X !B:`1tb!CH,X !B:`1tb!CH,X !B:`1tb|d@c--W?-~'psX !B:`1tb!Y'YbbboÌ4fH:p8Oqa `S\XwPS02ťŦTW6@[Ԕ).Lw1,7p7n<<7U0Xfϝ_aPwY[z 9ʵ^9;܅˺k-u aFη"'BzRGͻ46.'pN@\9JT#"uxҝ~{~ r_W1pSEkQifiJHn Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013-2014 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Configura Terminal per executar una ordre o un intèrpret d'ordres diferent a l'iniciar-se. Ordres personalitzades i intèrprets d'ordres.

Un interpret d'ordres és un programari que proporciona una interfície per als usuaris del sistema operatiu per executar ordres, amb les qual es poden fer programes com top o el terminal de la línia d'ordres. L'interpret d'ordres per defecte és normalment Bash.

Podeu configurar Terminal per executar una ordre quan comenci o mentre espera una entrada seva:

Selecciona EditaPreferències de perfilOrdre.

Habilita Executa una ordre personalitzada a l'interpret d'ordres.

Al quadre de text, escriviu l'ordre desitjada per a l'interpret d'ordres.

L'ordre es passarà exactament com l'escriviu, incloent-hi els arguments que especifiqueu. Les variables d'entorn seran heretades del terminal ja que es consideren processos fills del terminal.

Obriu una pestanya nova al Terminal o finestra per veure com l'interpret d'ordres personalitzat o l'ordre s'executa.

També podeu configurar el comportament del terminal una vegada acabi l'execució de l'ordre.

Podeu necessitar entrar el camí sencer a l'ordre o a l'interpret d'ordres si el directori on l'interpret es troba no és al CAMÍ de la variable del vostre sistema.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-scrolling.page0000644000373100047300000000737412672047332026171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013–2014 Canvia la sortida del desplaçament i el comportament de la barra del desplaçament. Preferències de la barra de desplaçament

Quan un lot de sortides s'imprimeix a una pantalla de terminal, pot ser útil tindre un terminal amb un comportament d'una forma especifica per ser més fàcil treballar.

Visibilitat de la barra de desplaçament

Per deshabilitar la barra de desplaçament:

Selecciona EditaPreferències del perfilDesplaçament.

Desmarca Mostra la barra de desplaçament.

La vostra preferència s'ha desat de forma immediata.

Desplaçament a la sortida

Podeu bloquejar el desplaçament de forma que sempre mostri la sortida més nova quan una ordre s'executa.

Selecciona EditaPreferències del perfilDesplaçament.

Marca Desplaçament a la sortida.
Desplaçament a l'entrada

Podeu configurar el terminal per desplaçar-se de forma automàtica a la part inferior de la finestra quan entreu text a l'indicador.

Selecciona EditaPreferències del perfilDesplaçament.

Marca Desplaçament en prémer una tecla.
Línies de desplaçament enrere

Podeu limitar el nombre de línies del terminal de sortida que hi ha emmagatzemades en memòria. Podeu fer això si alguna vegada reinicieu el terminal i d'aquesta forma teniu un límit a la quantitat de memòria a usar en desplaçaments enrere.

Selecciona EditaPreferències del perfilDesplaçament.

Marca Limit al desplaçament enrere i entreu un nombre de línies que sigui més gran que 0 per posar el límit al desplaçament enrere.

De forma opcional, podeu prémer a + per augmentar i a - per disminuir les línies.

Si utilitzeu desplaçament enrere sense límit podeu tornar lent el Terminal durant el desplaçament.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/app-fonts.page0000644000373100047300000000735112672047332025145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Usa tipus de lletra del sistema o personalitzades per al vostre terminal. Canvia la font i l'estil

Quan treballeu amb molt de text al Terminal, podeu preferir canviar la mida de la lletra a preferències. Teniu les següents opcions:

Tipus de lletra d'amplada fixa del sistema

Per usar tipus de lletra per defecte al sistema:

Selecciona Edita Preferències de perfil General.

Selecciona Usa el tipus de lletra d'amplada fixa del sistema.
Configura un tipus de lletra personalitzat

Per configurar un tipus de lletra personalitzat i la mida:

Selecciona Edita Preferències del perfil General.

Comprova que l'opció Usa el tipus de lletra d'amplada fixa del sistema està deshabilitat.

Prem al botó al costat de Tipus de lletra.

Escriu el nom del tipus de lletra al camp de cerca o navega per la llista de tipus de lletres.

Arrossegueu el control lliscant que és a sota de la llista del tipus de lletra per a configurar la mida del tipus de lletra. De forma alternativa, podeu escriure la mida del tipus de lletra dins del camp al costat del control lliscant, o prémer+per augmentar la mida del tipus de lletra o - per disminuir la mida del tipus de lletra seleccionat.

Prem Selecciona per aplicar els canvis. Per revertir els canvis i tornar enrere al diàleg previ, premeu Cancel·la.
Text en negreta

El Terminal permet a l'interpret d'ordres processar text com a l'indicador, noms de carpetes o capçaleres de pàgines de manual per aparèixer en negreta.

Ves a Edita Preferències de perfil General.

Selecciona Permet text en negreta.

Permet text en negreta és una característica especifica de l'interpret d'ordres. Si esteu utilitzant un interpret d'ordres diferent a Bash, llavors el comportament descrit ací pot ser diferent.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref.page0000644000373100047300000000076712672047332024176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Preferències del <app>Terminal</app> usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000276712672047332025765 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Aprèn sobre l'emulador de terminal del GNOME Introducció

Terminal és una aplicació emuladora del terminal per l'accés a l'intèrpret d'ordres UNIX que pot usar-se per executar programes del vostre sistema.

Terminal suporta seqüencies d'escapament que controlen la posició del cursos i els colors.

Terminal del GNOME Captura de pantalla del GNOME Terminal
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/txt-links.page0000644000373100047300000000632212672047332025170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Obre enllaços web i adreces de correu. Hiperenllaços i adreces de correu

El Terminal analitza la sortida del terminal i de forma automàtica detecta fragments de text que són adreces web o adreces de correu. Les adreces web i de correu són automàticament ressaltades quan apunta el vostre cursor al text, indicant que l'enllaç pot ser obert per una aplicació.

per exemple, podeu veure http://www.gnome.org o username@example.com generades com una part del terminal de sortida amb programes com wget o curl.

Correu electrònic o copia les adreces de correu

Les adreces de correu poder copiar-se al porta-retall del sistema o obertes amb el vostre client de correu.

Copia una adreça de correu:

Botó dret sobre l'adreça de correu al Terminal.

Selecciona Copia l'adreça de correu electrònic.

Envia un correu a l'adreça de correu usant un client de correu:

Botó dret sobre l'adreça.

Seleccioneu S'està enviant correu a ....
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-profile-encoding.page0000644000373100047300000000330312672047333027406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 Configura una codificació diferent per cada perfil desat. Canvia la codificació del caràcters del perfil

Normalment usareu la codificació per defecte, UTF-8, per a tots els terminals que necessiteu. Si trobeu que us cal usar regularment una codificació diferent per una tasca especifica, podeu crear un nou perfil amb una codificació diferent.

Obre EditaPreferènciesPerfils.

Seleccioneu el perfil que voleu editar i premeu Edita per obrir les preferències del perfil a editar.

Obre la pestanya Compatibilitat i configura la codificació del caràcter.

Els sistemes operatius més moderns suporten avui en dia i usen la codificació UTF-8 per defecte.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/profile.page0000644000373100047300000000075512672047332024677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Preferències del perfil usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/txt-copy-paste.page0000644000373100047300000000357212672047333026141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Copieu i enganxeu text al Terminal. Copia i enganxa

Podeu copiar i enganxar text al Terminal d'una forma semblant a altres aplicacions. De totes formes, les dreceres de teclat són diferents.

<gui>Copia</gui>

Ressalteu les porcions de text que voleu copiar, llavors seleccioneu Edita Copia. De forma alternativa, podeu prémer Ctrl Majúscules C.

 <gui>Enganxa</gui>

Botó dret sobre Terminal i seleccioneu Enganxa. De forma alternativa, podeu prémer CtrlMajúsculesV.

Les dreceres de teclat estàndard, com CtrlC, no poden ser usades per copiar text ni enganxar text.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/app-colors.page0000644000373100047300000001041412672047332025307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Canvia colors i fons. Esquemes de color

Si no us agrada el tema per defecte del Terminal, podeu canviar els colors que utilitzeu al text i als fons. Podeu utilitzar colors del vostre tema, seleccioneu-ne un dels preseleccionats o utilitzeu un esquema personalitzat.

Useu colors del tema del vostre sistema

Per utilitzar colors del tema del sistema:

Seleccioneu Edita Preferències del perfil Colors.

Habilita Usa colors del tema del sistema. Els canvis s'aplicaran de forma automatitzada.
Esquemes integrats

Podeu escollir un dels esquemes integrats de color: Negre sobre groc clar, Negre sobre blanc, Gris sobre negre, Verd sobre negre, Blanc sobre negre, Solarized clar, Solarized fosc. Per establir qualsevol d'aquests esquemes integrats:

Seleccioneu Edita Preferències del perfil Colors.

Comproveu que Usa colors del tema del sistema està deshabilitat. Tria l'esquema de color desitjat de Esquemes integrats.L'esquema de color triat s'aplicarà de forma automàtica.

Les aplicacions poden triar utilitzar un color de la paleta en lloc del color de la negreta especificat.
Esquema de color personalitzat

Podeu usar colors personalitzats per al text i els fons al Terminal:

Seleccioneu Edita Preferències del perfil Colors.

Comproveu que Usa colors del tema del sistema està deshabilitat. Selecciona Personalitzat a la llista desplegable de Esquemes integrats.

Prem en la mostra de color al costat del component que vols canviar.

Tria el color desitjat de la mostra de color i prem Selecciona.

Si voleu seleccionar un color de la pipeta, premeu a +. Podeu triar el color de les següents formes:

Entra el codi de color hexadecimal al quadre d'entrada.

Arrossegueu el control lliscant a l'esquerra per ajustar els colors i premeu al color desitjat a l'àrea de selecció de color.

Els canvis es desaran de forma automàtica.

També podeu alterar un color quan trieu un esquema integrat prement a la mostra de color. Una vegada canviat, la vostra selecció al menú del esquema integrat canviarà a Personalitza.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-bell.page0000644000373100047300000000367112672047332025107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Habilita la notificació sonora al Terminal Configura la campana sonora

El Terminal pot fer sonar una campana sonora per indicar esdeveniments a la finestra del Terminal i a les pestanyes. Per exemple, la campana sonarà quan la tecla Tab sigui premuda per auto completar una ordre, quan una ordre sigui executada amb èxit, o quan una ordre acabi amb un avís, error o notificació.

Per ser notificat d'aquests esdeveniments:

Selecciona Edita Preferències de perfil General.

Selecciona Campana de Terminal

Aquest paràmetre es desarà de forma automàtica. Prem Tanca per sortir del diàleg de preferències.

Per comprovar el só de la campana del vostre sistema, premeu CtrlG.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/txt-search.page0000644000373100047300000000637512672047333025326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Cerca la sortida del Terminal. Usa <gui style="menuitem">Cerca</gui>

Podeu cercar text a la sortida del Terminal:

Seleccioneu Cerca Cerca....

Escriviu el terme de cerca i premeu Cerca. Per cancel·lar premeu Tanca .

Podeu cercar utilitzant les següents opcions per restringir més els resultats:

<gui style="checkbox">Coincidència de majúscules i minúscules</gui>

Fer la cerca distingint majúscules i minúscules: Això restringeix els resultats a sols aquells en que es distingeix majúscules i minúscules del termes de cerca.

 <gui style="checkbox">Coincidència només amb la paraula sencera</gui>

El Terminal cercarà la paraula clau sencera i ignorarà resultats parcials amb la paraula clau de cerca. Per exemple, si heu cercat "gnome", Terminal mostrarà sols els resultats que coincideixen amb aquesta cerca de forma exacta i ometrà resultats com "gnome-terminal".

 <gui style="checkbox">Cerca una expressió regular</gui>

Podeu usar patrons d'expressions regulars, també coneguts com patrons regex, en la cerca de paraules clau. Terminal mostrarà els resultats que concordin amb els termes de cerca.

 <gui style="checkbox">Cerca enrere</gui>

Terminal cercarà la paraula clau des de la darrera sortida i continuarà la cerca cap amunt. Aquesta opció es recomana quan esteu cercant una paraula clau recent, el que us permetrà trobar la cerca més ràpidament.

 <gui style="checkbox">Continua des de l'inici</gui>

Terminal cerca la vostra localització actual a la barra de desplaçament cap al final de la sortida disponible del terminal i llavors reinicia la cerca des de dalt.

Si espereu treballar amb un lot de sortides de Terminal, incrementa les Línies de desplaçament enrere cap un limit superior per permetre al Terminal cercar més enrere.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/gs-execute-commands.page0000644000373100047300000000416612672047332027107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013–2014 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Llança programes o executa ordres usant el Terminal Executa una ordre

Qualsevol entrada al Terminal per a ser executada és una ordre. Podeu executar tant programes ordres com programes amb interfície gràfica (GUI) des del terminal.

Per executar ordres:

Escriu l'ordre a l'indicador del Terminal.

Prem Intro per executar-la.

Si teniu un programa que es tanca de forma sobtada sense cap avís o error, podeu executar-lo en un Terminal. Això permet al programa mostrar les sortides amb el missatges de depuració o errors a la finestra del Terminal. Aquesta informació pot ser molt útil per enviar amb els informes d'error.

Llegiu a propòsit del Interpret d'ordres Bash per cercar més informació sobre el que podeu fer al terminal.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/app-cursor.page0000644000373100047300000000357312672047333025334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Selecciona un estil de cursor diferent Canvia el cursor

Terminal té tres cursors on podeu escollir. Per seleccionar el cursor preferit:

Selecciona Edita Preferències del perfil General.

Tria la forma del cursor desitjada de la llista desplegable a Formes de cursor. Podeu triar alguna de les següents opcions:

|

Forma d'I

 ⎕

Bloc

 _

Subratllat

La vostra selecció del cursor és desada de forma automàtica.

Per tornar al Terminal, premTanca.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/prob-reset.page0000644000373100047300000000442312672047332025315 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Com recuperar la meva pantalla del Terminal quan es penja o té un munt d'estranys símbols a dins? Reinicieu la sortida del vostre <app>Terminal</app>

Després de veure un fitxer binari amb errors, o llançar alguna ordre, pot succeir que la pantalla del Terminal no respongui, o tingui lletres estranyes quan premeu tecles. Podeu recuperar el Terminal d'aquestes formes:

Reiniciar

Reinicia la pantalla del Terminal.

Selecciona TerminalReinicia.

Per obtindre l'indicador premeu Intro.
Reiniciar i netejar

A més a més de reiniciar el Terminal, Reinicia i neteja neteja la pantalla visible del Terminal a totes les sortides de tots els terminals. Per Reiniciar i netejar el vostre Terminal:

Selecciona Terminal Reinicia i neteja.

Per obtindre l'indicador premeu Intro.

Reinicia i neteja proporciona una funcionalitat semblant a l'ordre de terminal reset.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-custom-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000452412672047332026450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013-2014 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Configura el comportament del Terminal quan una ordre personalitzada o l'interpret d'ordres per defecte surt. Configura el comportament de l'ordre de sortida

Podeu configurar el terminal per tancar-se, reiniciar-se o romandre oberta quan un interpret d'ordres o una ordre personalitzada surt.

Selecciona EditaPreferències de perfilOrdre.

Des de la llista desplegable Quan l'ordre surti, selecciona una de les opcions següents:

Surt del terminal

Reinicia l'ordre

Manté el terminal obert

La configuració es desarà de forma automàtica quan ho seleccioneu.

Si heu configurat una ordre personalitzada que és no interactiva, heu configurat el comportament de sortida a Surt del terminal, i heu configurat el perfil per a ser el perfil per defecte, Terminal pot sortir abans de mostrar la sortida de l'ordre.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000207612672047333024206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Aquest treball està llicenciat sota una Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0 llicència no portada i una Llicència pública general GNU versió 3. Pot ser redistribuït i/o modificat sota la mateixa llicència.

Declaració GPL 3:

Aquest treball és programari lliure: podeu redistribuir-lo i/o modificar-lo sota els termes de la llicència publica general GNU versió 3 publicada per la Free Software Foundation.

Aquest treball es distribueix amb l'expectativa que serà útil, però SENSE CAP GARANTIA; ni tan sols la garantia implícita de COMERCIABILITAT o ADEQUACIÓ PER UN PROPÒSIT PARTICULAR. Vegeu la Llicència Pública General GNU per obtenir-ne més detalls.

Hauríeu d'haver rebut una còpia de la Llicència Pública General GNU amb aquest programa. Si no l'heu rebuda, mireu http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-keyboard-access.page0000644000373100047300000000557212672047333027233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Navega pels menús del Terminal usant tecles del teclat. Accessibilitat del teclat

Aquestes tecles sols tindran efecte a la finestra on la barra de menú estigui configurada com visible.

Podeu navegar pel menú del Terminal usant una combinació de tecles que s'anomenen mnemonics o una tecla especial que prem directament el primer menú de la barra, la qual s'anomena tecla acceleradora de menú.

Mnemonics

El menú Terminal pot ser accessible amb la combinació de la tecla Alt i una lletra de l'element del menú. La lletra que necessiteu per accedir al menú està subratllada quan es manté premuda la tecla Alt.

Per exemple, mireu el menú Edita usant AltE. De forma semblant, podeu accedir al menú Fitxer usant AltF.

Per habilitar mnemonics:

Selecciona Edita Preferències General.

Marca Habilita mnemonics.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/gs-tabs.page0000644000373100047300000001374012672047332024575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013–2014 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Habilita, afegeix, suprimeix o reordena les pestanyes del Terminal. Usa pestanyes

Abans de poder navegar a les pestanyes en la utilització de menús, us cal comprovar que les teniu habilitades a les vostres preferències.

La barra de pestanyes es mostra a la part superior de la finestra del Terminal, que té múltiples pestanyes obertes (sembla una fila de botons). Premeu en la pestanya per commutar-la. Podeu obrir múltiples pestanyes per gestionar la vostra feina al Terminal. Això us permet multi tasca amb activitats com executar programes, navegar per directoris i editar fitxers de text en una única finestra de Terminal.

Obrir una nova pestanya

Per obrir una nova pestanya dins de la finestra actual del Terminal:

Prem MajúsculesCtrlT.
Suprimir una pestanya

Per a tancar una pestanya situada dins de la vostra finestra del Terminal:

Selecciona FitxerTanca el Terminal.

De forma alternativa, podeu prémer sobre × a la cantonada superior dreta de la pestanya o prémer el botó dret sobre la pestanya i seleccionar Tanca el terminal.

Reordena les pestanyes

Per a canviar l'ordenació de les pestanyes en una finestra:

Prem i retin el botó esquerre del ratolí a la pestanya.

Arrossega la pestanya a la posició desitjada entre les altres pestanyes.

Allibera el botó del ratolí.

La pestanya es situarà a la posició on heu alliberat la pestanya, al costat de les altres pestanyes obertes.

De forma alternativa, podeu reordenar una pestanya prement el botó dret sobre la pestanya i seleccionant Mou a l'esquerra del terminal per moure la pestanya a l'esquerre o Mou a la dreta del terminal per moure la pestanya a la dreta. Això reordenarà la posició de la pestanya movent-la una posició cada vegada.

Mou la pestanya a una altra finestra del <app>Terminal</app>

Si voleu moure la pestanya des d'una finestra a una altra:

Prem i retin el botó esquerre del ratolí a la pestanya.

Arrossegueu la pestanya a la nova finestra.

Poseu-la al costat de les altres pestanyes a la finestra nova.

Allibera el botó del ratolí.

Podeu moure una pestanya des d'una finestra a una altra arrossegant la pestanya al cantó Activitats a l'interpret d'ordres GNOMEl. Això mostrarà cadascuna de les finestres del Terminal obertes. Podeu alliberar la pestanya que esteu retenint sobre la finestra del Terminal desitjada.
Mou una pestanya per a crear una finestra de <app>Terminal</app> nova

Per a crear una finestra nova des d'una pestanya que ja existeix:

Prem i retin el botó esquerre del ratolí a la pestanya.

Arrossega la pestanya fora de la finestra del Terminal actual.

Allibera el botó del ratolí.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-user-input.page0000644000373100047300000000311012672047332026270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 No envieu entrades d'usuari a una aplicació que s'executi en un terminal. Deshabilita l'entrada d'usuari

Podeu impedir les entrades d'usuari dins del terminal una vegada estigui en marxa una aplicació dins del terminal. Això impedirà qualsevol el teclejat, el clics de ratolí i els moviments de ratolí que afectin a l'aplicació. Podreu encara interactuar amb el vostre propi terminal, utilitzar el teclat per al desplaçament i el punter del ratolí per seleccionar text. També sereu capaç de copiar el text seleccionat des de la terminal, però que no sereu capaç d'enganxar text en el terminal.

Per utilitzar el mode de sols lectura:

Botó dret a la finestra del Terminal o seleccioneu el menú Terminal.

Seleccioneu Sols lectura i comproveu que queda marcat.

Podeu deshabilitar el mode de sols lectura desmarcant Sols lectura.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/overview.page0000644000373100047300000001003712672047333025100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Que és un terminal? Resum de terminal

Terminal és un programa terminal per a GNOME. Els següents termes i les seves descripcions us ajudaran a familiaritzar-vos amb el Terminal i les seves capacitats.

Un terminal

Un terminal és un punt d'entrada de text en una computadora anomenat també Interfície de línia d'ordres.

 Terminals físics

IBM 3270, VT100 i molts altres són terminals de maquinari que ja no es fabriquen com a dispositius físics. Per emular aquests terminals, hi ha emuladors de terminal.

 Emuladors de terminal

L'emulació és l'habilitat d'un programa d'ordinador d'imitar un altre programa o dispositiu.

A terminal emulator also called tty is a software program that emulates a video terminal in modern computers that use graphical user interfaces and provide interactive access to applications that run only in the command line environments. These applications may be running either on the same machine or on a different one via telnet, ssh, or dial-up.

 VTE

L'entorn terminal virtual (VTE) és un emulador de terminal que emula un terminal de text dins d'una interfície gràfica d'usuari (GUI). Terminal està basat en VTE. VTE té ginys que implementen un emulador de terminal completament funcional.

 Intèrpret d'ordres

Un interpret d'ordres és un programa que proporciona una interfície per invocar o «llançar» ordres o altres programes dins del terminal. També us permet veure i navegar pel contingut de directoris. Alguns intèrprets d'ordres populars són bash, zsh, csh.

 Seqüencies d'escapament

Una seqüencia d'escapament és una serie de caràcters usats per canviar el significat d'una dada en un terminal. Les seqüencies d'escapament són utilitzades quan un ordinador té un sol canal per enviar informació d'anada i tornada. Les seqüencies d'escapament s'usen per distingir si la dada que s'envia és una ordre per a executar o informació per emmagatzemar o mostrar.

 Indicador

Un indicador també anomenat indicador d'ordres. És una seqüencia de caràcters usats a l'entorn de la línia d'ordres per indicar que l'intèrpret d'ordres és a punt per rebre ordres.

Un indicador acaba normalment amb els caràcters $, %, # o > i inclou informació sobre el camí del directori de treball. En sistemes basats en Unix, és comú que l'indicador acabi en $ o % tot depenent del rol de l'usuari com $ per l'usuari de l'escriptori i # per l'usuari administrador (també anomenat root).

 Ordre

Una entrada escrita a l'indicador per a ser executada s'anomena ordre. És una combinació del nom del programa amb paràmetres addicionals passats com a senyals per alterar l'execució del programa.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/app-zoom.page0000644000373100047300000000330212672047332024770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Augmenta o disminueix la mida del text. Apropa i allunya

Per augmentar la mida del text al Terminal:

Selecciona Visualitza Apropa o prem Ctrl+.

Per disminuir la mida del text al Terminal:

Selecciona Visualitza Allunya o prem Ctrl-.

Per restaurar la mida per defecte del text al Terminal:

Selecciona Visualitza Mida normal o prem Ctrl0.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-encoding.page0000644000373100047300000000535712672047332025762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Canvia a un caràcter diferent la configuració del suport. Codificació de caràcters

La codificació de caràcters per defecte és normalment UTF-8. Podeu voler canviar la codificació de caràcters al Terminal si vosaltres:

esteu treballant amb un fitxer o directori de noms que utilitzen caràcters no disponibles per a la vostra codificació.

utilitzeu un disc dur extern que utilitza una codificació diferent al vostre sistema operatiu.

connecteu amb un ordinador remot que utilitza una codificació diferent.
Canvia la codificació de caràcters per defecte

Selecciona Terminal Configura la configuració de caràcters.

Selecciona la codificació de caràcters desitjada.
Afegeix més opcions al menú de codificació de caràcters

Selecciona Terminal Configura la configuració de caràcters Afegeix o elimina….

Navega per les codificacions disponibles.

Selecciona les codificacions que voleu afegir al menú.

Prem Tanca per sortir del diàleg i tornar al Terminal.

Els sistemes operatius més moderns suporten avui en dia i usen la codificació UTF-8 per defecte.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/app-fullscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000441612672047332026155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Habilita el mode pantalla completa Sessió amb pantalla completa

El mode amb pantalla completa permet al Terminal usar la pantalla sencera.

Aquest mode és útil si teniu un dispositiu amb un espai limitat a la pantalla i intenteu treballar en un Terminal durant molt de temps, o esteu treballant amb línies llargues en la sortida del terminal. Temporalment amaga la decoració de la finestra, permetent-vos veure més línies de desplaçament a la pantalla.

Per habilitar el mode a pantalla completa:

Selecciona Visualitza i marca Pantalla completa, o prem F11.

La barra del menú romandrà visible al mode pantalla completa llevat que l'amagueu.

Si teniu més d'una pestanya oberta al Terminal, la barra de pestanyes romandrà visible al mode pantalla completa.

Per deshabilitar el mode pantalla completa:

Selecciona Visualitza i deshabilita Pantalla completa, o prem amb botó dret i selecciona Surt de la pantalla completa. De forma alternativa, prem F11.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/app-terminal-sizes.page0000644000373100047300000000571412672047333026764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Canvia la mida de la finestra del Terminal mides del <app>Terminal</app>

Si treballeu amb certes aplicacions de la línia d'ordres que tinguin uns requeriments mínims de mida per mostrar-se correctament, o si voleu veure línies llargues a la sortida del terminal amb salts de línia mínims a la vostra pantalla, us caldran finestres de Terminal per assolir una mida particular.

Podeu canviar la mida de la finestra del Terminal amb alguns valors predefinits:

Selecciona Terminal.

Tria una de les següents opcions:

80×24

80×43

132×24

132×43

Si heu habilitat les tecles d'accés al menú, podeu accedir al menú al prémer AltT i llavors prémer 1 per obrir la finestra delTerminal amb una mida de 80×24 etcètera.

Si us cal una finestra del Terminal amb la mida personalitzada, podeu també configurar la mida de la finestra d'acord amb les vostres necessitats:

Selecciona Edita Preferències de perfil General.

Habilita Usa mida personalitzada del terminal per defecte.

Configura Default size escrivint el nombre desitjat de columnes i files als quadres d'entrada. També podeu prémer + per augmentar o - per disminuir la mida.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/adv-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000003003712672047332027637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Visualitza i edita les dreceres de teclat Dreceres de teclat

Les dreceres de teclat són combinacions de tecles que us permeten realitzar accions, com obrir el diàleg de configuració o accedir a una característica dins del Terminal ràpidament. Aquestes dreceres poden ser modificades per ajustar-se a les vostres preferències.

Canviar una drecera de teclat:

Selecciona Edita Preferències Dreceres.

Seleccioneu la drecera que voleu editar prement sobre ella.

Quan la drecera estigui seleccionada, premeu sobre la combinació de tecles de la drecera per editar-la.

Premeu la vostra combinació de tecles de la drecera desitjada que voleu entrar-hi. Les tecles podeu usar inclouen Alt, Alt Gr, Ctrl, Majúscules, nombres i lletres.

Combinacions mnemotècniques de tecles, com Alt F no funcionaran.

Quan hàgeu entrat la nova drecera, aquesta es desarà de forma automàtica i podreu veure-la al llistat al costat de l'acció corresponent.

Per deshabilitar una drecera, editeu-la i premeu la tecla Retrocés en comptes de la nova drecera.
<gui style="menu">Fitxer</gui> dreceres

Les dreceres per defecte per a les opcions dins de Fitxer menú són:

Acció

Drecera de teclat

Pestanya nova

MajúsculesCtrlT

Finestra nova

MajúsculesCtrlN

Tanca pestanya

MajúsculesCtrlW

Tanca finestra

MajúsculesCtrlQ
<gui style="menu">Edita</gui> dreceres

Les dreceres per defecte per a les opcions dins de Edita menú són:

Acció

Drecera de teclat

Còpia

CtrlMajúsculesC

Enganxa

CtrlMajúsculesV
<gui style="menu">Visualitza</gui> dreceres

Les dreceres per defecte a les opcions de Visualitza menú són:

Acció

Drecera de teclat

Pantalla completa

F11

Apropa

Ctrl+

Allunya

Ctrl-

Mida normal

Ctrl0
Pestanya de dreceres

Les dreceres per defecte per treballar amb les pestanyes són:

Acció

Drecera de teclat

Canvia a la pestanya anterior

CtrlRe Pàg

Canvia a la pestanya següent

CtrlAv Pàg

Mou la pestanya a l'esquerra

MajúsculesCtrlRe Pàg

Mou la pestanya a la dreta

MajúsculesCtrlAv Pàg

Canvia a la pestanya 1

Alt1

Canvia a la pestanya 2

Alt2

Canvia a la pestanya 3

Alt3

Canvia a la pestanya 4

Alt4

Canvia a la pestanya 5

Alt5

Canvia a la pestanya 6

Alt6

Canvia a la pestanya 7

Alt7

Canvia a la pestanya 8

Alt8

Canvia a la pestanya 9

Alt9

Canvia a la pestanya 10

Alt0
Dreceres d'ajuda

Les dreceres per defecte per accedir als elements al menú d'Ajuda són:

Acció

Drecera de teclat

Continguts

F1
Altres

Hi ha algunes dreceres que no poden ser editades:

Acció

Drecera de teclat

Desplaça amunt una línia

MajúsculesCtrlAmunt

Desplaça avall una línia

MajúsculesCtrlAvall
Dreceres Bash

Hi ha dreceres Bash. Bash és normalment l'interpret d'ordres per defecte.

Les dreceres específiques al teclat de l'interpret d'ordres Bash són:

Acció

Drecera de teclat

Esborra una paraula

CtrlW

Esborra una línia

CtrlU

Ves al començament de la línia

CtrlA

Ves al final de la línia

CtrlE

Ves un caràcter enrere

CtrlB

Ves una paraula enrere

AltB

Ves un caràcter endavant

CtrlF

Ves una paraula endavant

AltF

Esborra des del cursor fins el començament de la línia.

Ctrlu

Esborra des del cursor fins el final de la línia.

CtrlK

Esborra des del cursor fins el començament de la paraula.

CtrlW

Esborra la paraula prèvia

EscSupr o EscRetrocés

Enganxa text des del porta-retalls.

CtrlY

Esborra la pantalla deixant la línia actual al capdamunt de la pantalla.

CtrlL

Inverteix la cerca incremental de l'historial.

CtrlR

Inverteix la cerca no incremental de l'historial.

AltP
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-profile-char-width.page0000644000373100047300000000351412672047333027656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 Mostra els caràcters d'amplada ambigua com amples en lloc d'estrets. Caràcters d'aspecte massa estret

Alguns caràcters, com algunes lletres gregues i alguns logogrames asiàtics, poden omplir dos o més cel·les en una finestra de terminal. Aquestes caràcters són anomenats caràcters ambigus . Per defecte, aquests caràcters es mostren amb una amplada estreta al Terminal, que millora la imatge en situacions on la disposició perfecta és important, com a l'art ASCII. Podeu canviar les preferències del perfil per mostrar caràcters ambigus com amples, que pot ser millor si estàs llegint prosa corrent.

Obre EditaPreferènciesPerfils.

Seleccioneu el perfil que voleu editar i premeu Edita per obrir les preferències del perfil a editar.

Obriu la pestanya Compatibilitat i configureu els caràcters amb amplària ambigua per Ampliar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-tab-window.page0000644000373100047300000000355312672047332026243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014–2015 Trieu si voleu obrir una nova finestra o una pestanya nova per defecte. Finestres i pestanyes

Podeu decidir si voleu obrir una nova pestanya o una finestra de Terminal quan s'utilitzeu Obre terminal .

Selecciona EditaPreferènciesGeneral.

Configura Obre terminals nous en: una Pestanya o una Finestra.

Una vegada heu configurat les preferències, podeu usar Ctrl per invertir les preferències. Per exemple, si heu configurat les preferències per obrir un terminal nou en una pestanya nova, llavors al prémer Terminal nou s'obrirà una pestanya nova. D'un altre costat si manteniu premuda Ctrl i premeu Terminal nou , llavors s'obrirà una finestra nova al seu lloc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/index.page0000644000373100047300000000334612672047332024345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Terminal Terminal Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 2013 Configura i utilitza l'altament personalitzable emulador de terminal GNOME. <media type="image" mime="image/png" its:translate="no" src="figures/gnome-terminal-icon.png"> </media> Ajuda del terminal
Primers passos
Treball amb text
Personalitza l'aparença
Personalitza el comportament
Paràmetres avançats
Solució de problemes
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/txt-select-text.page0000644000373100047300000000330012672047332026302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013, 2015 Selecciona mots individuals o línies al terminal. Selecció de text

Podeu seleccionar un mot o una sentencia, o feu una selecció rectangular des de la sortida del terminal:

Selecciona un mot

Prem dues vegades sobre el mot.

 Selecciona una línia

Prem tres vegades sobre la línia.

 Fes una selecció rectangular

Manteniu premuda Ctrl, premeu i manteniu el botó esquerre del ratolí, llavors arrossegueu el ratolí.

Si esteu executant una aplicació al Terminal que accepta entrades de ratolí, us cal usar el modificador Majúscules al Terminal per captar l'entrada del ratolí.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-profiles.page0000644000373100047300000002305112672047332026006 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013-2014 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Crea, edita i suprimeix perfils. Gestiona perfils

Un perfil és una col·lecció de paràmetres del Terminal. El Terminal suporta múltiples perfils. Podeu configurar els perfils del Terminal per executar una ordre personalitzada o un interpret d'ordres, configurar un perfil de forma exclusiva per connectar-se a ordinadors remots usant SSH o configurar un perfil que llanci una sessió GNU Screen.

Les configuracions disponibles per al Terminal inclouen:

Nom de perfil.

Tipus de lletra i colors de fons.

Compatibilitat amb les tecles Retrocés i Suprimeix.

Desplaçament.

El perfil per defecte es carrega quan el nou terminal s'obre llevat que hàgeu seleccionat un altre perfil. Qualsevol canvi que feu als paràmetres es desarà al perfil actual.

Configura el perfil per defecte

El perfil per defecte és un col·lecció de paràmetres de perfils aplicats en el llançament de cada pestanya o finestra al Terminal.

Selecciona Edita Preferències Perfils.

Selecciona el perfil per configurar per defecte de la llista desplegable Perfil usat quan es llanci un nou terminal.
Selecciona un perfil

Podeu canviar el perfil de la pestanya o finestra actual al Terminal seleccionant un perfil de Terminal Canvia perfil.

Crea un nou perfil

Qualsevol canvi al nou perfil es desarà de forma automàtica. Per crear un nou perfil:

Selecciona Fitxer Perfil nou.

Entreu un nom per al nou perfil a continuació de Nom del perfil.

Selecciona tipus de lletra, forma del cursor imida de la finestra a la pestanya General.

Configureu el vostre comportament favorit per l' ordre surt. Podeu també configurar un intèrpret d'ordres personalitzat a la pestanya Ordre.

Configureu els vostres temes i colors favorits a la pestanya Colors.

Configureu les preferències de desplaçament a la pestanya Desplaçament.
Creeu un nou perfil basat en el perfil existent

Podeu crear un perfil nou basat en els paràmetres del perfil existent:

Seleccioneu el perfil que voleu editar aTerminal Canvia el perfil Nom del perfil on Nom del perfil és el nom del perfil que voleu editar. De forma alternativa podeu seleccionar Fitxer Perfil nou per clonar el perfil actual que voleu usar.

Configureu les vostres preferències de perfil. Aquest es desarà de forma automatitzada. Si no voleu actualitzar el Nom del perfil a la pestanya General , el nou perfil no sobreescriurà el perfil en el qual està basat.

De forma alternativa, podeu crear primer una copia del perfil existent i després editar el perfil:

Selecciona Edita Preferències Perfils.

Seleccioneu el vostre perfil desitjat.

Prem Clona.

Configureu les vostres preferències de perfil. Aquestes es desaran de forma automàtica. Si no actualitzeu el nom del perfil, el nou perfil no sobreescriurà el perfil en qual està basat.

La creació d'un nou perfil a partir d'un perfil existent no afecta les configuracions del perfil existent. Qualsevol canvi als paràmetres serà desat al nou perfil.
Edita un perfil

Si el perfil per defecte s'edita, no podran ser restaurat als paràmetres originals! Si no heu creat un altre perfil Terminal i heu personalitzat el perfil per defecte, Terminal pot tornar-se inusable si qualsevol paràmetre provoca problemes. És recomanable per a vostè crear una copia del perfil per defecte i després editar la copia per crear un perfil personalitzat.

Podeu fer canvis als perfils existents. Per editar un perfil, seleccioneu Edita Preferències del perfil.

Selecciona tipus de lletra, forma del cursor i Mida del Terminal .

També podeu canviar el comportament del Terminal a l'ordre surt, configura una entrada a un interpret d'ordres personalitzada o canvia les preferències de la barra de desplaçament.

Per canviar el fons i els colors del text del Terminal, mireu els esquemes de color delTerminal.

Les canvis del perfil es desen de forma immediata. Per retornar al Terminal, premeu Tanca .

Per estar segur que esteu editant el perfil que desitgeu, seleccioneu el perfil de Terminal Canvia perfil.
Canvia el nom a un perfil existent

Podeu canviar el nom a perfils que ja existeixen, incloent-hi el perfil per defecte:

Selecciona Edita Preferències Perfils.

Selecciona el perfil al qual voleu canviar el nom.

Prem Edita. Això obrirà el diàleg amb les preferències del perfil per al perfil seleccionat.

Al quadre de text en Nom del perfil, escriviu el nom del perfil nou.

Premeu Tanca per tornar.
Suprimeix un perfil

Per suprimir un perfil:

Selecciona Edita Preferències Perfils.

Selecciona el perfil que voleu suprimir.

Prem Suprimeix.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gnome-terminal/pref-menubar.page0000644000373100047300000000421212672047332025612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 2013 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Amaga i restaura la barra del menú. Visibilitat de la barra del menú

Podeu habilitar o deshabilitar la barra del menú com desitgeu. Això pot ser útil si teniu una resolució de pantalla limitada. Per amagar la barra del menú:

Selecciona Visualitza i des-selecciona Mostra la barra del menú.

Per restaurar la barra del menú:

Botó dret a Terminal i selecciona Mostra la barra del menú.

Per habilitar la barra del menú per defecte a totes les finestres del Terminal que obriu:

Selecciona Edita Preferències General.

Selecciona Mostra la barra del menú per defecte als terminals nous.

Podeu configurar una drecera al teclat per mostrar i amagar la barra del menú.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000342512701705144027201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323312701705130026742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001302212701705146025554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000234712701705120025710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/startup-applications.page0000644000373100047300000000310112701705127026737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose what applications to start when you log in. Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Startup Applications

You can configure what applications should be started at login, in addition to the default startup applications configured on the system.

Use the Dash to find and open Startup Applications. Alternatively you can press AltF2 and run the gnome-session-properties command.

Click Add and enter the command to be executed at login (name and comment are optional). For example, to make Firefox start automatically, it's sufficient to type firefox in the Command field and confirm with Add.

You can either type the command, or click the Browse... button and select a command. Applications to autostart are typically located in the /usr/bin folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000717212701705117025131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Cerqueu fitxers

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Altres aplicacions de cerca Cerca

Obriu el gestor de fitxers

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Deseu una cerca

Inicieu una cerca com s'indica més amunt.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the menu bar and select Save Search As....

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000362712701705144030222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com esborrar un dispositiu de la llista de dispositius Bluetooth. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Esborrar una connexió entre dispositius Bluetooth

Si voleu deixar d'estar connectat al dispositiu Bluetooth podeu suprimir la connexió. Això és útil si voleu deixar d'usar un dispositiu com ara un ratolí o uns auriculars, o si voleu deixar de transferir fitxers a o d'un dispositiu.

Feu clic a la icona del Bluetooth a la barra dels indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del Bluetooth.

Cliqueu la icona Bluetooth a la barra superior i seleccioneu Configuració del Bluetooth

Seleccioneu un dispositiu que voleu desconnectar a la subfinestra de l'esquerra, i després cliqueu la icona - a sota de la llista.

Cliqueu Suprimeix a la finestra de confirmació.

Podeu tornar a connectar un dispositiu Bluetooth més endavant si voleu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245012701705123025334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000176112701705140023674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Perquè això és important, Perfils de color, Com calibrar un dispositiu… Gestió del color
Perfils de color
Calibarció
Problemes
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000162412701705140024566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com És com la vostra cabina fotogràfica personal. Creeu fotografies divertides i vídeos amb la càmera web

Amb l'aplicació Cheese i la vostra càmera web, podeu fer fotos i vídeos, aplicar efectes divertits i compartir la diversió amb d'altri.

Per l'ajuda sobre l'ús del Cheese, llegiu la Guia de l'usuari del Cheese.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000421712701705117026610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. Projecte de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

Enter your password to complete the installation.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000255512701705140026044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000436012701705140030422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Col·laboradors de la documentació de l'Ubuntu al wiki Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Com utilitzar la línia d'ordres

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000222012701705147025363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu What applications can I use to make video calls? Trucades de vídeo

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000357412701705136027234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

Click the scrollbar to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000432012701705115030234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Please see about enabling workspaces.

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000441612701705125027527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Donem suport a un nombre elevat de dispositius de calibrat. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Quins instruments de mesura de color tenen suport?

El GNOME depèn del sistema de gestió de color Argyll per donar suport a instruments de color. En conseqüència els següents instruments de mesura de visualització tenen suport:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (especròmetre)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (especròmetre)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorímetre)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorímetre)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (especròmetre)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorímetre)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorímetre)

Pantone Huey (colorímetre)

MonacoOPTIX (colorímetre)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorímetre)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorímetre)

El Pantone Huey és actualment al maquinari més barat i millor suportat a Linux.

Gràcies al Argyll també hi ha suport per un nombre de espectómetres reflectius de lectura puntual o lliscant per ajudar-vos a calibrar i caracteritzar les vostres impresores:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" (espectòmetre reflectiu de tipus "lliscant")

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (espectòmetre reflectiu de tipus punt )

X-Rite DTP41 (espectòmetre reflectiu de tipus punt i lliscant)

X-Rite DTP41T (espectòmetre reflectiu de tipus punt i lliscant)

X-Rite DTP51 (espectòmetre reflectiu de tipus punt)

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000265612701705147026440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 El calibrat és important si us importen els colors que mostreu o imprimiu. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Perquè necessito fer un calibrat jo mateix?

Els perfils genèrics són dolents. Quan un fabricant crea un nou model, simplement agafen alguns elements de la línia de producció i fan una mitjana entre ells.

Perfils mitjans

Els panells dels monitors són força diferents d'una unitat a una altra i canvien substancialment a mesura que el monitor es fa més vell. També és més difícil per a les impressores, ja que un canvi del tipus o pes del paper pot invalidar l'estat de caracterització i fer que el perfil sigui incorrecte.

La millor manera d'assegurar-vos que el perfil que teniu és correcte és fer el calibrat vos mateix, o fer que una empresa externa us proveeixi amb un perfil basat en el vostre estat exacte de caracterització.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000632012701705142025700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Gestioneu volums i particions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000551012701705130024435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Projecte de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000372612701705146025321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

Podeu executar l'ordre sudo lspci -v al Terminal per obtenir més informació sobre la vostra targeta de so.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000431512701705132027332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Afegiu, suprimiu i canvieu el nom de les adreces d'interès del gestor de fitxers. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmarks... from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000643312701705121025527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com fer que en prémer i mantenir el botó primari del ratolí es faci clic amb el botó secundari. Simular un clic amb el botó secundari del ratolí

Podeu fer clic amb el botó dret del ratolí mantenint premut el botó esquerre del ratolí. Això és útil si us resulta difícil moure els dits de forma individual a una mà, o si el dispositiu ratolí tant sols té un botó.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Cliqueu el vostre nom a la barra de menú i seleccioneu Configuració del sistema.

Obriu Accés universal i seleccioneu la pestanya Apuntar i fer clic.

Canvia Clic secundari simulat a actiu

Podeu modificar el temps que ha d'estar premut el botó esquerre del ratolí abans de la tramesa del clic dret. A la pestanya Apuntar i clicar, canvieu l'Acceptació de retard sota Clic secundari simulat.

Per fer un clic dret amb Clic secundari simulat, manteniu premut el botó esquerra del ratolí on clicaríeu normalment, i després deixeu anar. El punter s'omple de blau a mesura que manteniu premut el botó esquerre del ratolí. Un cop que és completament blau, deixeu anar el botó del ratolí per fer un clic amb el botó dret.

Alguns punters especials, com ara els punters de canvi de mida, no canvien els colors. Podeu seguir utilitzant Clic secundari simulat de forma normal, encara que no veureu cap canvi de color del punter.

Si utilitzeu Tecles del ratolí, podreu fer un clic dret prement la tecla 5 del vostre teclat.

En la panoràmica Activitats sempre sereu capaç de fer clic dret mantenint pressionat el clic esquerre, fins i tot quant aquesta funció està desactivada. Clicar en mantenir funciona de forma lleugerament diferent en aquesta panoràmica: No heu de deixar anar el botó per fer un clic amb el botó dret.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000366512701705141025426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

A built in calendar application called Calendar allows you to organize your calendar appointments or events. Up to five of these, over a four-week duration, will appear by clicking on the clock in the menu bar.

Calendar appointment integration is also supported with a mail and calendar application called Evolution, which may be installed separately.
Launch the Calendar application

Appointments and events may be managed through the built in Calendar application.

Click on the Dash icon in the Launcher.

Type calendar in the Search your computer to locate the Calendar application.

Click the Calendar application icon.

Alternatively, you may also type gnome-calendar in the Terminal application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000444412701705142026301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000476012701705137026324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Nom

Descripció

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Impressió

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Impressió

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presència

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000560312701705133026332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Utilitzeu l'UFW sense un terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000411212701705146026454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000412612701705143026431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000620712701705123025160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organize files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Navegueu entre fitxers i carpetes

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Com explorar el contingut de les carpetes

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000362412701705141025077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com verificar que la còpia de seguretat s'ha fet correctament. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Comprovar la còpia de seguretat

Un cop que heu fet una còpia de seguretat dels vostres fitxers, hauríeu d'assegurar-vos que la còpia de seguretat ha tingut èxit. Si no ha funcionat correctament, podríeu perdre dades importants ja que alguns fitxers podrien estar absents a la còpia de seguretat.

Quan useu el gestor de fitxers per copiar o moure fitxers, l'ordinador comprova per assegurar que totes les dades s'han transferit correctament. No obstant, si esteu transferint dades que us són molt importants, potser voleu realitzar comprovacions addicionals per confirmar que les vostres dades s'han transferit correctament.

Podeu ver una comprovació extra mirant els fitxers i les carpetes copiats al mitjà de destinació. Comprovant que els fitxers i les carpetes que heu transferit estan realment en la còpia de seguretat, podreu tenir una confiança extra que el procés ha tingut èxit.

Si us trobeu al cas que feu còpies regulars de seguretat de grans quantitats de dades, potser pugueu trobar més fàcil usar un programa dedicat de còpies de seguretat, com ara Déja Dup. Un programa d'aquest tipus és més poderós i més fiable que simplement copiar i enganxar els fitxers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000277512701705142025023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000453112701705145025360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organize your windows. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Finestres i espais de treball

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Finestres Com treballar amb finestres
Espais de treball Com treballar amb espais de treball
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001674212701705132027332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org He oblidat la contrasenya

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Llavors escriviu:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

usuari:$1$2abCd0E or

usuari:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Restart the computer.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000563312701705144030354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 L'adaptador podria estar apagat o poden mancar els controladors, o el Bluetooth pot estar deshabilitat o bloquejat. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com No em puc connectar al dispositiu Bluetooth

HI ha un nombre de raons per les quals no us podríeu connectar a un dispositiu Bluetooth, com ara un telèfon o una tauleta.

La connexió està blocada o no és de confiança

Alguns dispositius Bluetooth bloquegen la connexió de forma predeterminada, o requereixen que canvieu un paràmetre de configuració per permetre que s'estableixin les connexions. Assegureu-vos que el vostre dispositiu esta configurat per permetre connexions.

 No s'ha reconegut el maquinari Bluetooth

El vostre adaptador/motxilla podria no haver estat reconegut pel vostra ordinador. Això podria ser perquè no hi ha instal·lats controladors per a l'adaptador. Alguns adaptadors Bluetooth no tenen suport a Linux, així que podríeu ser incapaç d'obtenir els controladores correctes per a ells. En aquest cas, probablement haureu d'obtenir un adaptador Bluetooth diferent.

 L'adaptador no està activat

Assegureu-vos que l'adaptador Bluetooth està engegat. Cliqueu la icona Bluetooth a la barra de menús i comproveu que no està deshabilitat.

Assegureu-vos que el vostre adaptador Bluetooth està engegat. Cliqueu la icona Bluetooth a la barra superior i comproveu que no està deshabilitat.>

 La connexió del dispositiu Bluetooth està desactivada

Comproveu que el Bluetooth està engegat al dispositiu al qual esteu intentant connectar. Per exemple, si esteu intentant connectar a un telèfon, assegureu-vos que no està en mode avió.

 No hi ha un adaptador Bluetooth al vostre ordinador

Hi ha molts ordinadors que no tenen adaptador Bluetooth. Podeu comprar un adaptador si voleu usar el Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000546612701705132025646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Canvieu el fons de l'escriptori

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient.

Feu clic amb el botó secundari del ratolí i seleccioneu l'opció Canvia el fons de l'escriptori.

Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colors & Gradients to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000445512701705113027011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running applications. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your application. This is useful because while some applications start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the application has finished starting, a set of small white triangles will show to the left and right of the Launcher square. Additional triangles will appear on the left of the Launcher square as additional windows of the same application are open (i.e. two triangles means that you have two windows of the same application open; three triangles means three windows). If you have more than three windows of the same application open, only three triangles will show.

Applications that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an application is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Notifications

If an application wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Applications can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging applications use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, applications can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the application window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000376012701705145025736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Alguns consells sobre l'ús de la Guia d'Escriptori d'Ubuntu. Quant a aquesta guia

Aquesta guia us ofereix un recorregut per les funcions d'escriptori d'Ubuntu, respon a preguntes relacionades amb l'ordinador, i ofereix suggeriments per utilitzar l'equip de forma efectiva.

La guia es divideix en petits temes, orientats a tasques - no capítols. Això vol dir que no heu de llegir-vos tot el manual per trobar la resposta a la pregunta que cerqueu.

Els articles relacionats estan units entre si. Els enllaços "Vegeu també" de la part inferior d'algunes pàgines us dirigeixen a temes relacionats.

En la part superior d'aquesta guia, el quadre d'entrada de text actua com una barra de cerca, i els resultats trobats apareixeran sota d'aqueta barra tan aviat com comenceu a escriure. Feu clic esquerre en qualsevol resultat per obrir la pàgina.

La guia s'està perfeccionant constantment. Tot i que sabem que no podrem respondre a totes les vostres preguntes, seguim intentant oferir-vos una col·lecció més gran i més útil.

Gràcies per trobar el temps per llegir Guia de l'escriptori Ubuntu.

-- L'Equip de documentació d'Ubuntu

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000417012701705125025476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com ignorar les pulsacions repetides ràpidament d'una mateixa tecla. Com activar les tecles de salt

Habiliteu les tecles de salt per ignorar les repeticions en prémer ràpidament una mateixa tecla. Si, per exemple teniu tremolors a les mans que us fan prémer més d'una vegada una tecla quan el que voleu és prémer-la una única vegada, hauríeu d'activar les tecles de salt.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Obriu Accés universal i seleccioneu la pestanya Escriptura.

Activeu l'omissió de tecles redundants.

Utilitzeu la barra lliscant del Retard d'acceptació per modificar el temps que les tecles de salt esperen per registrar una nova pulsació després que hàgiu fet la primera. Seleccioneu Fes un avís sonor quan es denegui una tecla si voleu que l'ordinador emeti un so cada vegada que ignora la pulsació d'una tecla degut a què aquesta ha succeït massa aviat respecte la pulsació anterior.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000435612701705133024444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000767012701705113024635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copieu i enganxeu fitxers

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Right-click and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Right-click and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Arrossegueu fitxers per copiar-los o moure'ls

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000236012701705117023344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… Xarxa, web, correu electrònic i xat usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000352112701705146025601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001044012701705135025123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action and restore the former name, immediately click Edit in the menu bar and select Undo Rename.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Problemes habituals The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 El nom del fitxer és massa llarg

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000563412701705130027205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Dreceres personalitzades

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000245612701705116024570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connecta, envia els fitxers, engega o apaga… Bluetooth

El Bluetooth és un protocol sense fil que us permet connectar molts tipus diferents de dispositius al vostre ordinador. El Bluetooth és habitualment usat per auriculars i dispositius d'entrada com ara ratolins o teclats. També podeu usar el Bluetooth per enviar fitxers entre dispositius, per exemple des del vostre ordinador al vostre telèfon mòbil.

Problemes amb el Bluetooth Problemes
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000331712701705123025644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000665212701705120025732 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

Aquestes instruccions proporcionen la manera més ràpida d'activar botons del ratolí a través del teclat. Seleccioneu Accés universal per veure més opcions d'accessibilitat.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000565512701705147025001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com copiar tot allò que no podeu perdre de cap manera si alguna cosa va malament. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Què s'hauria d'incloure en una còpia de seguretat

La vostra prioritat hauria de ser fer còpia de seguretat dels vostres fitxers més importants així com dels que són difícils de recrear. Per exemple, ordenats des de més important a menys important:

Els fitxers personals

Això pot incloure documents, fulls de càlcul, correu electrònic, cites del calendari, dades financeres, fotos familiars o qualssevol altres fitxers personal que consideraríeu irreemplaçables.

 Els paràmetres de configuració personals

Això inclou els canvis que hàgiu fet als colors, fons de pantalla, resol·lució de pantalla i paràmetres de configuració del ratolí de l'escriptori. També inclou les preferències de les aplicacions, com per exemple els paràmetres de configuració del LibreOffice, el reproductor de música i el gestor de correu electrònic. Aquests són reemplaçables, però pot dur una mica de temps refer-los.

 Paràmetres del sistema

La major part de la gent no canvia els paràmetres configuracions dels sistema que es creen durant la instal·lació. Si de fet canvieu els paràmetres de configuració del sistema per alguna raó, o si useu el vostre ordinador com a servidor, aleshores potser voleu fer una còpia de seguretat d'aquests paràmetres de configuració.

 Programari instal·lat

El programari que useu normalment es pot restaurar força ràpid després d'un problema seriós de l'ordinador mitjançant la seva reinstal·lació.

En general, voldreu fer còpia de seguretat de fitxers que són irreemplaçables i fitxers que requereixen una gran inversió de temps per reemplaçar-los sense una còpia de seguretat. Si per una altra banda es tracta de coses fàcilment reemplaçables, potser no voleu usar espai de disc tenint còpies de seguretat d'aquest tipus de coses.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000410512701705134026100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000675412701705117025406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

<gui>Nom</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Mida</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Tipus</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Propietari</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Grup</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permisos</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

<gui>Tipus MIME</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Ubicació</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000642112701705137025450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com La característica Clic en mantenir et permet fer clic mentre manteniu el ratolí inmòbil sobre l'opció clicable. Simular un clic mantenint el ratolí inmòvil

Podeu clicar o arrossegar un objecte situant el punter del ratolí sobre un control o un objecte de la pantalla. Això és útil si us resulta difícil moure el ratolí i clicar al mateix temps. Aquesta característica s'anomena Clic en mantenir.

Quan Clic en mantenir està actiu, es pot moure el punter del ratolí sobre un control, deixar-lo fix en aquella posició i esperar uns instants perquè s'activi el clic de forma automàtica.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Cliqueu el vostre nom a la barra de menú i seleccioneu Configuració del sistema.

Obriu Accés universal i seleccioneu la pestanya Apuntar i fer clic.

Canvia Clic en mantenir a actiu

S'obrirà la finestra Clic en mantenir i es quedarà per sobre les vostres altres finestres. Podeu utilitzar aquest mètode per triar quin tipus de clic s'hauria de trametre quan el ratolí passa per sobre els objectes. Per exemple, si seleccioneu Clic secundari, es transmetrà un clic secundari en mantenir el botó primari. Després de fer doble clic, fer clic amb el botó dret del ratolí, o fer un arrossegament, se us retornarà automàticament a clicar.

Si manteniu el punter del ratolí sobre un botó i no el moveu, veureu com el primer canvia de color gradualment. Quan hagi canviat el seu color completament, es farà clic al botó.

Ajusti el paràmetre Retard per modificar el temps en el que s'ha de mantenir quiet el punter del ratolí abans de trametre el clic.

Per a que es faci el clic automàtic, no cal que el ratolí estigui completament immòbil. Es permet que el punter es mogui una mica. Si es mou massa, però, el clic automàtic no succeirà.

Ajusta el paràmetre Llindar del moviment per configurar la permissibilitat del moviment que no es considerarà per fer el clic.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000540212701705134031433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Canvi de controls o de configuracions internes que en té

Aplicació de corbes als seus canals de color

La idea del calibrat és posar a un dispositiu en el seu estat definit respecte a la seva resposta al color. Sovint això es fa servir com un mitjà quotidià per mantenir un comportament reproduïble. En general el calibrat es desarà en formats de fitxer específics del dispositiu o del sistema que registren els paràmetres de configuració del dispositiu o les corbes de calibrat per canal.

La caracterització (o el perfilat) està registrant la manera amb què un dispositiu reprodueix o respon al color. Generalment el resultat es desa a un perfil ICC de dispositiu. Un perfil d'aquest tipus no modifica per sí mateix el color de cap manera. Permet a un sistema com ara un MGC (Mòdul de gestió de color) o a una aplicació que detecta el color modificar el color quan es combina amb un altre perfil de dispositiu. Sols coneixent les característiques de dos dispositius, es pot assolir una via per transferir el color d'una representació de dispositiu a un altre.

Noteu que una caracterització (un perfil) únicament serà vàlida per a un dispositiu si està en el mateix estat de calibrat en el qual estava quan va ser caracteritzat.

En el cas de perfils de visualització hi ha alguna confusió addicional perquè sovint la informació de calibrat es desa en un perfil per conveniència. Per convenció, es desa a una etiqueta anomenada la etiqueta vcgt. Tot i que es desa al perfil, cap de les eines o aplicacions normals basades en ICC la detecten, o fan quelcom amb ella. De forma semblant, les eines i aplicacions típiques de calibrat de monitors no la detectaran o faran quelcom amb la informació de la caracterització (el perfil) ICC.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000226412701705113023711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Energia i bateria
Battery settings
Problemes d'energia Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problemes
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000552712701705124024617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000412212701705136025653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000604612701705143027356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Projecte de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.

From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000510312701705123033143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Col·laboradors de la documentació de l'Ubuntu al wiki Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000446412701705131027100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001470212701705122026050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Tipus de servidors

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (amb entrada)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 FTP públic

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000347412701705134025676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com Suprimeix els serveis de comptes en línia Suprimeix un compte

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Seleccioneu Comptes en línia

Des de la subfinestra de l'esquerra, seleccioneu un compte que voleu suprimir.

Cliqueu el botó Suprimeix un compte a la part inferior dreta de la finestra.

Si se suprimeix la selecció de Comptes en línia el compte del vostre proveïdor de serveis no es veurà afectat de cap manera.

Cliqueu Suprimeix

En comptes de suprimir el compte completament, podeu clicar restringeix el servei per restringir l'accés del servei pel vostre escriptori.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000543112701705125025312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check Software to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000365612701705140027002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000310112701705121025640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com Perquè afegir el vostre correu electrònic i els vostres comptes de xarxes socials al vostre escriptori? Perquè he d'afegir un compte?

L'enllaç dels vostres comptes us porta un ventall de serveis com ara el calendari, el xat i el correu electrònic directament al vostre escriptori, fent aquests serveis una part integral de la vostra experiència d'usuari. Afegint els comptes podeu mantenir-vos en contacte amb els serveis dels diferents comptes, com ara xats, al mateix temps. Simplement configureu un cop el vostre compte i cada vegada que inicieu el vostre ordinador tots els comptes i serveis que heu afegit us estaran disponibles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000374512701705130025571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000352412701705144025371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in Software where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000141512701705121024254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Xat i xarxes socials usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000142612701705132024210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000272712701705140026276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000545212701705147025450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000401112701705116025442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. Què és una adreça MAC?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000241112701705122025656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000415512701705126026754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000355012701705146026257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000471612701705145027126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000402512701705127026606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000767412701705136026674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow.

Minimize, restore and close

To minimize or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Resize

A window cannot be resized if it is maximized.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000442512701705131025302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Afegiu PPA per col·laborar a comprovar programari especial o en desenvolupament. Afegiu un arxiu de paquets personal (PPA)

Els arxius de paquets personals (PPA) són dipòsits de paquets dissenyats per a usuaris de l'Ubuntu i són més fàcils d'instal·lar que altres dipòsits de tercers.

Afegiu només dipòsits de programari de fonts en les quals confieu.

Els dipòsits de programari de terceres parts no estan verificats en quant a la seva seguretat o fiabilitat per membres de l'Ubuntu, i poden contenir programari que pot ser danyí per al vostre ordinador.

 Instal·leu un PPA

A la pàgina de detalls dels PPA, busqueu la capçalera Afegeix aquest PPA al vostre sistema. Feu una nota sobre la ubicació del PPA, que hauríeu de ser semblant a: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Software icon in the Launcher, or search for Software in the Dash.

When Software launches, click Software & Updates

Canvieu a la pestanya Altre programari.

Cliqueu Afegeix i entreu la ubicació ppa:.

Cliqueu Afegeix la font. Entreu la vostra contrasenya a la finestra Autentifica.

Close the Software & Updates window. Software will then check your software sources for new software.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000320312701705140027037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000366512701705124025003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Suprimiu un compte d'usuari

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000345312701705134025374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 L'aturada temporal posa l'ordinador a dormir de manera que utilitzi menys energia. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Què passa quan s'atura temporalment l'ordinador?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Deseu sempre la feina abans d'aturar temporalment

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000141312701705117023506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Emmagatzematge en disc usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000157712701705134023705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Paràmetres de l'ordinador Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… Paràmetres d'usuari i del sistema usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000140712701705122024371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000313012701705124027071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Els proveïdors proveeixen perfiles de color o els podeu generar vos mateix. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com On puc aconseguir perfils de color?

La millor manera d'obtenir perfils és generar-los vos mateix, malgrat que això requereixi un despesa inicial.

Molts fabricants realment intenten proveir perfils de colors per als dispositius, tot i que a vegades estan inclosos a paquets de controlador que potser heu de descarregar, extraure i després buscar per trobar els perfils de color.

Alguns fabricants no proveeixen perfils correctes per al maquinari i millor evitar els perfils. Una bona pista és descarregar el perfil, i si la data de creació és de fa més d'un any abans que la data que heu comprat el dispositiu aleshores és probable que es tracti de dades fictícies que no tenen cap utilitat.

Vegeu per veure que els perfils oferts pels proveïdors són sovint més que inútils.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001043712701705120032100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Fitxers

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Carpetes

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>Cap</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Creeu i suprimiu fitxers</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000247512701705126026031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Cerqueu fitxers

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415212701705133026217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000250712701705124026634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000632412701705140025574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Software and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000457512701705122025522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000517412701705142026356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

Uncheck Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000431712701705137027442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com Alguns comptes en línia us permetes usar serveis múltiples (com ara el calendari i el correu electrònic). Podeu controlar quines d'aquestes aplicacions poder ser usades per aplicacions locals. Deshabilita els serveis de comptes

Alguns tipus de comptes en línia us permeten l'accés a diversos serveis des d'un únic compte d'usuari. Per exemple, els comptes Google ofereixen accés al correu electrònic, el calendari, codi font, contactes, entre altres coses. Podeu escollir el Google per al correu electrònic i el Yahoo per al xat, o qualsevol altra combinació que el proveïdor de serveis permeti.

Per desactivar serveis:

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Seleccioneu Comptes en línia

Seleccioneu el compte que voleu canviar des de la subfinestra de l'esquerra.

Es fa una llista dels serveis disponibles per a aquest compte a la subfinestra de la dreta.

Desactiveu els serveis que no voleu usar.

Un cop un servei ha estat desactivat, les aplicacions locals no tindran més accés a ell. Per recuperar l'accés, torneu a Comptes en línia i activeu-lo.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000310712701705134024310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There's no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000433612701705121025036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What is the "Super" key?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

Si teniu un teclat Apple, no hi haurà la tecla Windows. Es pot usar la tecla ⌘ (Command) en el seu lloc.

La super tecla té una funció especial a l'Unity. Si premeu la super tecla, es mostra el Traç. Si premeu i hi manteniu la super tecla, apareix una superposició que mostra moltes de les dreceres de teclat de l'Unity fins que deixeu anar la super tecla.

La super tecla us pot ajudar encara més, però. Per aprendre més usos de la super tecla, mireu la pàgina keyboard shortcuts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000117512701705122023663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000353112701705114023656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Fitxers Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Fitxers, carpetes i cerca

Gestor de fitxers Nautilus

 Tasques habituals Més temes
Unitats extraïbles i discs externs
Com fer còpies de seguretat
Documents
Consells i preguntes
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000434012701705117026164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ajusteu la velocitat del doble clic

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000116512701705115023535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Consells usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001227712701705116025400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000600212701705146025122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com Connecta a comptes en línia Afegeix un compte

Afegir un compte us ajudarà a enllaçar els vostres comptes en línia amb el vostre escriptori Ubuntu. Així, el vostre correu electrònic, xat i altres aplicacions relacionades se us configuraran.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Seleccioneu Comptes en línia

Seleccioneu un Tipus de compte de la subfinestra de la dreta.

Si voleu configurar més comptes, podeu repetir aquest procés a continuació.

Una interfície d'usuari petita s'obrirà on podeu entrar les vostres credencials dels comptes en línia. Per exemple, si esteu configurant un compte de Google, entreu el vostre nom d'usuari i contrasenya de Google i valideu-vos.

Si heu entrat les vostres credencials correctament, se us demanarà que accepteu les condicions d'ús. Seleccioneu Accepta per continuar. Un cop acceptat, Ubuntu necessita permís per accedir el vostre compte. Per permetre l'accés, cliqueu sobre el botó Permet l'accés. Quan se us demani, entreu la contrasenya actual d'usuari.

Ara podeu seleccionar les aplicacions que voleu enllaçar amb el vostre compte en línia. Per exemple, si voleu usar el vostre compte en línia per a un xat, però no voleu el calendari, desactiveu l'opció calendari.

Un cop que hàgiu afegit els comptes, cada aplicació que heu seleccionat utilitzarà automàticament aquestes credencials quan inicieu la sessió al vostre compte.

Per raons de seguretat, Ubuntu no desarà la vostra contrasenya en el vostre ordinador. Desa en canvi un testimoni que es proveeix al servei en línia. Si voleu cancel·lar completament l'enllaç entre el vostre escriptori i el servei en línia, escolliu suprimeix.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000366512701705133025332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recupereu un fitxer de la paperera

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000262612701705142026217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000427712701705141026546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Un dispositiu virtual és un dispositiu amb gestió de color que no està connectat a l'ordinador. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Què és un dispositiu virtual amb gestió de color?

Un dispositiu virtual és un dispositiu amb gestió de color que no està connectat a l'ordinador. Poden ser exemples d'això:

Una copisteria en línia on es poden pujar, imprimir fotos perquè les us enviïn.

Fotos d'una càmera digital emmagatzemades a una targeta de memòria

Per crear un perfil virtual per a una càmera digital simplement arrossegueu i deixeu un dels fitxers d'imatge al diàleg Paràmetres del sistema Color. Després podeu assignar perfils a ella com si fos qualsevol altre dispositiu o fins i tot escollir: calibra per calibrar-la.

Per crear un perfil virtual per a una càmera digital simplement arrossegueu i deixeu un dels fitxers d'imatge al diàleg Paràmetres del sistema Color. Després podeu assignar perfils a ella com si fos qualsevol altre dispositiu o fins i tot escollir: calibra per calibrar-la.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000372212701705131025150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000265212701705126026556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Un perfil de color és un fitxer simple que expressa un espai de color o una resposta d'un dispositiu. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Què és un perfil de color?

Un perfil de color és un conjunt de dades que caracteritza o bé un dispositiu com ara un projecte o un espai de color tal com sRGB.

La major part dels perfils de color tenen la forma d'un perfil ICC, que és un fitxer petit amb l'extensió de fitxer .ICC o .ICM.

El perfils de color es poden incrustar en imatges per especificar el rang gamma de les dades. Això assegura que els usuaris veuen els mateixos colors a diferents dispositius.

Cada dispositiu que està processant color hauria de tenir el seu propi perfil ICC i quan això s'aconsegueix es diu que el sistema té un flux de treball de gestió de color end-to-end. Amb aquest tipus de flux de treball podeu tenir seguretat que els colors no es perden o es modifiquen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000524212701705126026174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000660112701705143024263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Afegiu un compte d'usuari nou

Podeu afegir múltiples comptes d'usuari a l'ordinador. Creeu un compte per cada persona de casa o de l'empresa. Cada usuari té la seva carpeta personal i els seus documents i paràmetres.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000357112701705141030743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com Perquè no es mostren a la llista els proveïdors de serveis? Perquè no està a la llista el meu tipus de compte?

Es necessita que alguna persona desenvolupi el suport per al vostre proveïdor favorit de serveis en línia. Actualment, es permeten els següents tipus de comptes en línia:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000523212701705132026257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000540512701705135026047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Enable workspaces

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the Behavior tab.

Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox.

Now you can open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001603112701705147026057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method. More about that in the section Complex input methods.

Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Keyboard shortcuts

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

Complex input methods

Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, Japanese, Korean and Vietnamese.

Input source options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable.

For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, follow these steps:

Install Korean. One of the installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx.

Close Language Support and open it again.

Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system.

Log out and log in again.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click Add.

This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)

If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed automatically when you install a language, you can install the IBus or Fcitx IM engine of your choice separately.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000736312701705136025671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Seguretat

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000314612701705117026566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301012701705125026776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000051612701705145023530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Aquesta obra està sota una llicència Llicència Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlicke 3.0 Unported.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000333212701705143030221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Què són els controladors de propietat?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000373512701705130027345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Canvia entre espais de treball

Please see about enabling workspaces.

 Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000262512701705130026477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000565212701705121027020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000600412701705115026161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On i com podeu informar sobre problemes amb l'Ubuntu. Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Informeu d'un problema a l'Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000553112701705131026204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000377112701705127026274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Feu una fotografia d'allò que està passant a la pantalla. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Captures de pantalla

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000347412701705126027256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 El calibrat del vostre escàner és important per capturar colors exactes. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com es calibra el meu escàner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001067212701705126026224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Comportament <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Fitxers de text executables

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Paperera <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000460612701705140026023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Apreneu amb quina freqüència hauríeu de fer còpies de seguretat dels vostres fitxers importants per assegurar-vos que estan segurs. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Freqüència de les còpies de seguretat

La freqüència en què feu còpies de seguretat depen del tipus d'informació a copiar. Si, per exemple, esteu en un entorn en xarxa amb informació crítica emmagatzemada als vostres servidors, potser ni tant sols efectuant còpies de seguretat cada nit serà suficient.

Per una altra banda, si esteu fent una còpia de seguretat de les dades del vostre ordinador domèstic aleshores segurament no haurien de ser necessàries còpies se seguretat horàries. Podeu trobar útil considerar els punts següents quan planifiqueu el vostre horari de còpies de seguretat:

La quantitat de temps que passeu a l'ordinador.

En quina freqüència i en quina mesura canvia la informació que teniu a l'ordinador.

Si les dades de les quals voleu fer còpia de seguretat són de prioritat baixa, o subjectes a no patir gaires canvis, com ara música, correus electrònics o fotos familiars, aleshores pot se suficient fer còpies de seguretat setmanals o fins i tot mensuals. No obstant, si esteu al mig d'una auditoria fiscal, pot ser necessari fer còpies de seguretat més freqüents.

Com a regla general, el període de temps entre còpies de seguretat no hauria de ser més gran que el període de temps que esteu disposat a ocupar a refer el treball perdut. Per exemple, si fer servir una setmana per reescriure documents perduts us representa massa temps, hauríeu de fer còpies de seguretat almenys un cop per setmana.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000427212701705115026410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001300012701705127025345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000264412701705121025532 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000230212701705131026200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000452212701705114026167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Use Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful. Instal·leu programari addicional

L'equip de desenvolupament de l'Ubuntu ha escollit un conjunt predeterminat d'aplicacions que pensem que fa l'Ubuntu molt útil per a la major part de les tasques de cada dia. No obstant, amb tota certesa voldreu instal·lar més programari per fer-vos l'Ubuntu més útil.

Seguiu els passos següents per instal·lar programari addicional:

Connecteu-vos a Internet a través d'una connexió sense fil o amb fil.

Click the Software icon in the Launcher, or search for Software in the Dash.

When Software launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list.

Escolliu l'aplicació en la qual esteu interessat i cliqueu Instal·la.

Se us demanarà entrar la vostra contrasenya. Un cop que heu fet això s'iniciarà la instal·lació.

La instal·lació en general finalitza ràpidament, però pot trigar una estona si teniu una connexió lenta d'Internet.

S'afegirà una drecera a la vostra nova aplicació al Llançador. Per deshabilitar aquesta funcionalitat, desmarqueu ViewAplicacions noves al Llançador.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000447012701705136030045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000451512701705131026733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activa o desactiva el dispositiu Bluetooth a l'ordinador. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Engega o apaga el Bluetooth

La icona de Bluetooth a la barra de menú

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Per deshabilitar el Bluetooth, cliqueu la icona del Bluetooth i apagueu el Bluetooth.

You only need to switch Visible on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000703112701705115026146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000271012701705115025777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000641512701705123024621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Obriu fitxers amb altres aplicacions

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Canvieu l'aplicació predeterminada

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Seleccioneu un tipus de fitxer per al qual vulgueu canviar l'aplicació que l'obrirà. Per exemple, per canviar quina aplicació s'utilitzarà per obrir fitxers MPe, seleccioneu un fitxer .mp3.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000311412701705131023627 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… So, vídeo i fotografies
So So So Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Temes bàsics del so
Música i reproductors Música i reproductors d'àudio portàtils
Fotografies Fotografies i càmeres digitals
Vídeos Vídeos i càmeres de vídeo
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000232112701705131024347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Teclat Region & Language Accés universal Altres temes usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000303412701705137026266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Es poden importar els perfils de color obrint-los. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com es poden importar els perfils de color?

Es pot importar el perfil fent un doble clic sobre el fitxer .ICC o .ICM al navegador de fitxers.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000264512701705120025761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000236712701705141024357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maquinari Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Maquinari i controladors Més temes
Problems Problemes de maquinari Problemes habituals
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000241012701705132024366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com Afegeix comptes, Esborra comptes, Deshabilita serveis Comptes en línia

Podeu introduir les vostres dades d'accés per als serveis en línia, com ara Google i Facebook, en els Comptes en línia de l'aplicació. Això us permetrà accedir al vostre calendari, correu, comptes de xat, i aplicacions similars sense haver d'introduir novament les dades del vostre compte.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000342012701705125026444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000302312701705125026347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000675312701705127026204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Llista de directoris on podeu trobar documents, fitxers i paràmetres de configuració dels que possiblement voldreu tenir una còpia de seguretat. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com On puc trobar els fitxers que vull desar en una còpia de seguretat?

A sota hi ha una llista de les ubicacions més comuns de fitxers i configuracions importants dels quals potser voleu fer una còpia de seguretat.

Fitxers personals (documents, música, fotografies i vídeos)

Habitualment estan ubicats en el vostre directori de l'usuari (/home/el_vostre_nom). Podrien estar en subcarpetes tals com Escriptori, Documents, Imatges, Música o Vídeos.

Si el vostre suport de còpia de seguretat té espai suficient (si és un disc dur extern, per exemple), considereu fer una còpia de seguretat del directori de l'usuari sencer. Podeu esbrinar quan espai de disc ocupa el vostre directori de l'usuari usant l'Analitzador d'ús dels discos.

Fitxers ocults

Tot nom de fitxer o carpeta que comença amb un punt (.) està ocult de forma predeterminada. Per veure fitxers ocults, cliqueu ViewMostra els fitxers ocults o premeu la tecla ControlH. Podeu copiar aquests fitxers ocults a una ubicació de còpia de seguretat com qualsevol altre fitxer.

Paràmetres personals (preferències de l'escriptori, temes i paràmetres de programari)

La major part de les aplicacions desen els seus paràmetres de configuració dins del directori de l'usuari (vegeu a dalt la informació sobre fitxers ocults).

La major part dels paràmetres de configuració de les vostres aplicacions estaran desats a les carpetes ocultes .config, .gconf, .gnome2, i .local al vostre directori de l'usuari.

Paràmetres del sistema

El paràmetres de configuració per a parts importants del sistema no estan desat al directori de l'usuari. Hi ha un seguit d'ubicacions on podrien estar desats, però la major part està desat a la carpeta /etc. en general, no haureu de necessitar fer còpia de seguretat d'aquests fitxers per a un ordinador domèstic. Si esteu fent servir un servidor, en canvi, hauríeu de fer còpia de seguretat per als serveis que està executant.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000136312701705123023650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Data i hora usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000152612701705120025022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Navegadors web usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000657712701705117024344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000424712701705114027076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000301312701705116026150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000177512701705133026055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Com utilitzar el lector de pantalla Orca perquè pronunciï la interfície d'usuari en veu alta. Llegir la pantalla en veu alta

GNOME proporciona el lector de pantalla Orca per llegir la interfície d'usuari. Depenent de la forma en què s'ha instal·lat GNOME, és possible que no hi hagi instal·lat l'Orca. Instal·leu l'Orca, i després consulteu l'ajuda de l'Orca per a més informació.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000001006112701705134026221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 El maquinari d'alguns ordinadors ocasiona problemes amb l'aturada temporal o la hibernació. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Com és que l'ordinador no es torna a engegar després d'aturar-lo temporalment?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and isn't resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000316112701705135024757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000615512701705125026547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Canvieu la contrasenya

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Feu clic a D'acord.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000266512701705115025167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On i com podeu informar sobre problemes d'aquesta ajuda. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participeu en la millora d'aquesta guia

Aquest sistema d'ajuda l'ha creat una comunitat de voluntaris, a la qual esteu convidat a participar. Si veieu cap problema en aquestes pàgines d'ajuda (com ara errors d'escriptura, instruccions incorrectes o temes que manquin), podeu enviar un informe d'error.

Per enviar un informe d'error, premeu la combinació de tecles AltF2 i escriviu ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Seguidament premeu la tecla Retorn per iniciar el procés d'enviament d'errors.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Us agraïm que ens ajudeu a millorar l'Ubuntu!

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000135312701705140024777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000607412701705145033135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Col·laboradors de la documentació de l'Ubuntu al wiki Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Assegureu-vos que l'ordinador portàtil no estigui connectat a una connexió d'Internet amb fil.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is checked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001524312701705125033275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Col·laboradors de la documentació de l'Ubuntu al wiki Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognized

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000502412701705135026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000701012701705144025526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com escriure les dreceres de teclat prement una única tecla cada vegada enlloc d'havent-les de mantenir totes premudes alhora. Activa les tecles persistents

Tecles persistents us permet escriure dreceres de teclat de combinació de tecles sense haver de mantenir premudes totes les tecles alhora. Per exemple, la combinació de tecles AltTab permet l'accés directe entre les finestres. Amb Tecles persistents desactivat hauríeu de mantenir premudes les dues tecles a la vegada; en canvi, amb Tecles persistents activat, tant sols haureu de prémer Alt i després Tab per fer el mateix.

Activeu les tecles enganxoses si teniu problemes a l'hora de prémer més d'una tecla alhora.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Obriu Accés universal i seleccioneu la pestanya Escriptura.

Activeu les Tecles enganxoses.

 Activa i desactiva ràpìdament les tecles persistents

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

Si pressioneu dues tecles alhora, podeu fer que les tecles persistents es desactivin temporalment per permetre una combinació de tecles normal.

Per exemple, si tot i tenint activades les tecles enganxoses premeu Alt i Tab simultàniament, les tecles enganxoses no esperaran a què premeu una altra tecla. Només l'esperarien si haguéssiu premut una única tecla. Això és útil si sou capaços de prémer algunes dreceres de teclat alhora (aquelles en què, per exemple, les tecles estan juntes), i d'altres no.

Seleccioneu Inhabilita si es premen dues tecles alhora per activar-ho.

Podeu configurar l'ordinador perquè emeti un so quan comenceu a introduir una drecera de teclat tenint les tecles enganxoses activades. Això és útil si voleu saber quan les tecles enganxoses estan esperant que s'introdueixi una drecera de teclat, per tal que la següent pulsació s'interpreti com a part d'aquesta drecera. Seleccioneu Fes un avís sonor quan es premi una tecla modificadora per activar-ho.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000147512701705134027230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000130212701705133024445 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Xarxes amb fil usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000407012701705136027123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000245012701705142027551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calen objectius de calibrat per perfilar escàners i càmeres. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Quins tipus d'objectius tenen suport?

El següents tipus d'objectius estan suportats:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

Podeu comprar objectius de proveïdores ben coneguts com ara KODAT, X-Rite i LaserSoft a diverses botigues en línia.

Alternativament podeu comprar objectius a Wolf Faust a un preu molt raonable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000606612701705127026413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000642712701705123025310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000742512701705145025661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 La funció d'hibernació està inhabilitada perquè no funciona bé a tots els ordinadors. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Com puc posar l'ordinador en hibernació?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Comproveu si la hibernació és compatible amb l'ordinador Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

Podeu utilitzar la línia d'ordres per comprovar si la hibernació funciona amb el vostre ordinador.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Escriviu l'ordre sudo pm-hibernate en un terminal i premeu la tecla de Retorn.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Habiliteu la hibernació

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate;org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate-multiple-sessions ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000573412701705127026205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Introducció de caràcters especials

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Mètodes per introduir caràcters
Mapa de caràcters

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, press CtrlShiftU, type the four-character code point, and press Enter. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000752112701705144026211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Un espai de color és un rang definit de colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Què és un espai de color?

Un espai de color és un rang definit de colors. Els eEspais de color ben coneguts inclouen sRGB, AdobeRGB i ProPhotoRGB.

El sistema visual dels humans no és un sensor RGB simple, però podem aproximar la manera que l'ull respon amb un diagrama de cromaticitat CIE 1931 que mostra la resposta visual humana amb una forma de ferradura. Podeu veure que a la visió humana es detecten molts més matisos de verd que blau o vermell. Amb un espai de color trictomàtic com el RGB representem els colors a l'ordinador usant tres valors, que restringeix la codificació a un triangle de colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.

sRGB, AdobeRGB i ProPhotoRGB estan representats per triangles blancs.

Primer mirem a sRGB, que és l'espai més reduït i que pot codificar el nombre més petit de colors. És una aproximació d'un monitor CRT amb 10 anys d'antiguitat, de manera que la major part dels monitors moderns poden mostrar més colors que això. sRGB és un estàndard mínim comú denominador i s'usa a un nombre molt gran d'aplicacions (incloent-hi la Internet).

L'AdobeRGB s'usa amb freqüència com un espai d'edició. Pot codificar més colores que sRGB, el que significa que podeu canviar els colors a una fotografia sense tenir massa por que els colors més vívids es retallin o els negres s'aixafin.

El ProPhoto és l'espai disponible més extens i s'usa amb freqüència per a l'arxivat de documents. Pot codificar pràcticament tot el rang de colors detectats per l'ull humà, i fins i tot codificar colors que l'ull no pot detectar!

Ara, si el ProPhoto és clarament millor, perquè no l'usem per a tot? La resposta té a veure amb quantització. Si sols teniu 8 bits (256 nivells) per codificar cada canal, aleshores un rang més extens tindrà esglaons més grans entre cada valor.

Uns esglaons més grans volen dir un error més gran entre el color capturat i el color desat, i per a alguns colors això és un gran problema. Resulta que els colors clau, com ara els colors de la pell, són molt importants, i fins i tot erros petits faran que fins i tot visualitzadors sense entrenament notaran que quelcom a la fotografia sembla incorrecte.

Per suposat si s'usa una imatge de 16 bits es deixaran molt més esglaons i un error de quantització mol més petit, però això duplica la mida del fitxer d'imatge. La major part del contingut avui en dia és 8bpp, és a dir 8 bits per píxel.

La gestió del color és un procés per convertir d'un espai de color a un altre, on l'espai de color pot ser un espai definit ben conegut com ara el sRGB, o un espai personalitzat com el vostre monitor o el vostre perfil d'impressora.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000404312701705122025343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com La comprovació de la gestió del color no és difícil, i fins i tot proveïm alguns perfils de prova. Com puc comprovar si la gestió del perfil està funcionant correctament?

Els efectes d'un perfil de color són a vegades subtils i pot ser difícil veure si alguna cosa ha canviat.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Prova de blau: Això farà que la pantalla es torni blava i comprova si les corbes de calibrat s'envien al monitor

Prova ADOBEGAMA: Això farà que la pantalla es torni rosa i comprova diverses funcionalitats d'un perfil de pantalla

Fals BRG: Això no canviarà la pantalla, però intercanviarà els canals RGB per convertir-se a BGR. Això farà que el gradients de color funcionin en la seva major part de forma correcta, i no hi haurà massa diferència a la pantalla sencera, però les imatges es veuran molt diferents a aplicacions que donen suport a la gestió de color.

Afegeix un dels perfils de prova al vostre dispositiu monitor usant les preferències Paràmetres del sistemaColor.

Si useu aquests perfiles podeu veure clarament quan una aplicació dóna suport a la gestió de color.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000166312701705146026237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000350412701705114026101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Per configurar la majoria de connexions de xarxa amb fil, l'únic que us caldrà fer és connectar un cable de xarxa. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

Per configurar la majoria de connexions de xarxa amb fil, l'únic que us caldrà fer és connectar un cable de xarxa. La icona de xarxa de l'indicador parpellejarà durant uns segons i mostrarà un pictograma de connexió un cop us hàgiu connectat.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000730412701705123024634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Sortiu de la sessió, atureu l'ordinador, commuteu usuaris

Un cop hàgiu acabat d'utilitzar l'ordinador el podeu aturar, aturar-lo temporalment (per estalviar energia) o bé deixar-lo engegat i sortir de la sessió.

Sortiu o commuteu usuaris

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

Per sortir de la sessió o commutar usuaris, feu clic al menú del sistema al final del costat dret de la barra de menús i seleccioneu l'opció apropiada.

Bloqueu la pantalla

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Atureu temporalment

To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Atureu o reinicieu

Si voleu aturar completament l'ordinardor, o reiniciar-lo, feu clis al menú de Paràmetres del sistema i seleccioneu Atura.

Si hi ha altres usuaris connectats, pot ser que no pugueu aturar o reiniciar l'ordinador, atès que això provocaria la finalització de les seves sessions. Si sou un usuari amb permisos d'administració se us demanarà la contrasenya per dur a terme l'aturada.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000411212701705127024611 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000323412701705126026376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000501012701705137025130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Consell sobre on arxivar les vostres còpies de seguretat i quin tipus de suport d'emmagatzematge usar. c Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com On emmagatzemar una còpia de seguretat

Hauríeu d'arxivar les còpies de seguretat dels vostres fitxers en algun lloc separat del vostre ordinador - a un disc dur extern, per exemple. D'aquesta manera, si l'ordinador s'espatlla, la còpia de seguretat estarà intacta. Per a seguretat màxima, no hauríeu de mantenir la còpia de seguretat al mateix edifici que el vostre ordinador. Si hi ha un incendi o un robatori es podrien perdre les dues còpies de les dades si es mantenen juntes.

És important escollir també un dispositiu de còpia de seguretat apropiat. Heu d'arxivar les vostres còpies de seguretat a un dispositiu que tingui suficient capacitat de disc per a tots els fitxers copiats.

Opcions d'emmagatzemament local i remot

Llapis USB (capacitat baixa)

CD o DVD enregistrable (capacitat baixa o mitjana)

Disc dur extern (generalment de capacitat alta)

Disc dur intern (alta capacitat)

Disc dur connextat a la xarxa (alta capacitat)

Servidor de fitxers o de còpies de seguretat (alta capacitat)

Servei en línia de còpia de seguretat (Amazon S3, per exemple; la capacitat depèn del preu)

Algunes d'aquestes opcions tenen capacitat suficient per permetre una còpia de seguretat de tots els fitxers del vostre sistema, el que es coneix com una còpia de seguretat completa del sistema.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000126712701705137025347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Monitor i pantalla usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000274212701705136025155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

Obriu Accés universal i seleccioneu la pestanya Escriptura.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000312712701705135030552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to either the left side or top left corner of the screen.

Click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the reveal location for the Launcher.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000212512701705143025527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Escriptori Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org L'escriptori, aplicacions i finestres
L'escriptori
Aplicacions i finestres
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000330512701705113026652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Utilitzeu el llançador per iniciar aplicacions

Icones del llançador

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000505712701705123024526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

Cap

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000336512701705115027305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 El calibrat de la vostra impressora és important per imprimir colors exactes. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Com calibrar la meva impressora?

Hi ha dues maneres de fer un perfil per a un dispositiu d'impressora:

Usant un dispositiu fotoespectrometria com ara el Pantone ColorMunki

Descarregant un fitxer de referència d'impressió de una empresa de color

Usant una empresa de color per generar un perfil d'impressora és generalment l'opció més barata si sols teniu un o dos tipus diferents de paper. Mitjançant la descàrrega del diagrama de referència del lloc web de l'empresa podeu retornar-los la impressió en un sobre omplert on escanejaran el paper, generaran un perfil i us retornaran per correu electrònic un perfil ICC exacte.

L'ús d'un dispositiu car tal com el ColorMunki resultarà més barat sols si esteu perfilant un gran nombre de conjunts de tinta o tipus de paper.

Si canvieu de proveïdor de tinta, assegureu-vos de tornar a calibrar la impressora!

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002175712701705117030272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Xarxa sense fil <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Seguretat</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
Paràmetres IPv4

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Inhabilitat</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
Paràmetres IPv6

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000527112701705114030021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Software. Utilitzeu el Synaptic per dur a terme una gestió més avançada del programari

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Software can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software.

Instal·leu programari amb el Synaptic

Obriu el Synaptic des del Traç o el Llançador. Haureu d'entrar la vostra contrasenya a la finestra Autentifica.

Cliqueu Cerca per buscar una aplicació, o cliqueu Seccions i reviseu les categories per trobar-ne una.

Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark for Installation.

Si se us demana marcar canvis addicionals, cliqueu Marca.

Seleccioneu qualsevol altra aplicació que vulgueu instal·lar.

Cliqueu Aplica, i després cliqueu Aplica a la finestra que apareix. L'aplicació que escolliu es baixarà i s'instal·larà.

Per a més informació sobre l'ús del Synaptic, consulteu el Com fer amb el Synaptic.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000165012701705132024755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu El Projecte de documentació del GNOME Termes i consells relacionats amb la xarxa usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000252012701705127026022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001412312701705134033334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Col·laboradors de la documentació de l'Ubuntu al wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software & Updates.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000405712701705140025136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Seleccioneu fitxers a partir d'un patró

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

Per exemple:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Factura.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacances-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacances-???-editat.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000326612701705144026116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000276012701705132027040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000354512701705134026747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000533212701705134024761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Compartiu i transferiu fitxers

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinacions

To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001170512701705141030610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Propietats dels fitxers

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Propietats bàsiques <gui>Nom</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Tipus</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contingut

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Mida

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Ubicació

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volum

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000726412701705137026272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Com funcionen els privilegis d'administració?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000251412701705133026442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Com instal·lar aplicacions noves

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/numeric-keypad.page0000644000373100047300000000326612701705135025501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable the numeric keypad by default. Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Numeric keypad

With the Num Lock key you can manually switch on or off the numeric keypad on your keyboard. Also, computers' BIOS settings often include an option to decide if the computer should be started with the numeric keypad enabled. Otherwise, this is a way to configure it:

Install the numlockx package.

Open Startup Applications and add a startup program with the command: numlockx on

If you want the numeric keyboard to be on also at the login screen, you can create a special configuration file. Press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\ngreeter-setup-script=numlockx on\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-numlock.conf'

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000724312701705133026442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 La gestió de color és important per al disseny, la fotografia i l'art. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com La importància de la gestió del color

La gestió del color és el procés de capturar un color utilitzant un dispositiu d'entrada, mostrar-lo en una pantalla i imprimir-lo de manera que es gestionin els colors exactes i el rang de colors de cada suport.

La necessitat de la gestió de color s'explica probablement de la millor manera amb una fotografia d'un ocell un dia gelat d'hivern.

Un ocell a una paret gelada tal com es veu al visor de la càmera

Els monitors en general sobresaturen el canal blau, fent que les imatges es vegin fredes.

Això és el que l'usuari veu en una pantalla típica d'un portàtil professional

Noteu que el blanc no és un 'blanc de paper' i el negre de l'ull és ara un marró fangós.

Això és el que veu l'usuari quan s'està imprimint a una impressora típica d'injecció de tinta.

El problema bàsic que tenim aquí és que cada dispositiu és capaç de gestionar un rang diferent de colors. Així mentre que potser podeu fer una foto d'un blau elèctric, la major part de les impressores no seran capaces de reproduir-lo.

La major part dels dispositius d'entrada capturen a RGB (Vermell, Verd, Blau) i han de convertir a CMYK (Cian, Magenta, Groc i Negre) per imprimir. Un altre problema és que no podeu tenir tinta blanc, de manera que la blancor sols pot ser tan bona com el color del paper.

Un altre problema són les unitats. Si no s'especifica l'escala que s'usa per mesurar un color, no sabem si el vermell 100% és a prop de l'infraroig o sols el vermell més profund a la impressora. Un vermell 50% a una impressora és probablement semblant a 62% en un altre monitor. És com dir-li a una persona que heu conduït 7 unitats de distància, sense la unitat no sabeu si això són 7 kilòmetres o 7 metres.

Pel que fa al color, ens referim a les unitats com a la gamma. La gamma és essencialment el rang de color que es poden reproduir. Un dispositiu com ara una càmera DSLR pot tenir una gamma molt gran, sent capaç de capturar tots els colors d'una posta de sol, però un projector té una gamma molt reduïda i tots els colors es veuran com "rentats".

En alguns casos podem corregir la sortida del dispositiu alterant les dades que hi envieml, però en uns altres casos on això no és possible (no podeu imprimir el blau elèctric) cal que mostrem a l'usuari com es veurà el resultat.

Per a fotografies té sentit usar el rang complet de tonalitats per a un dispositiu de color, per poder fer canvis suaus al color. Per a unes altres gràfiques, potser voldríeu emparellar exactament el color, cosa que és important si esteu intentar imprimir una tassa personalitzada amb el logo de Red Hat que ha de ser el vermell exacte de Red Hat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000204312701705137024741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Com utilitzar el lector de pantalla Orca amb una pantalla Braille refrescable. Llegir la pantalla en Braille

El GNOME us permet mostrar la interfície d'usuari en una pantalla Braille refrescable utilitzant el lector de pantalla Orca. Segons com hàgiu instal·lat el GNOME, potser no teniu l'Orca instal·lat. Vegeu Com instal·lar l'Orca i l'Ajuda de l'Orca per a més informació.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000363112701705136025174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000513112701705132025502 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000702612701705125024650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Maneres d'ordenar els fitxers Per nom

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 Per mida

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 Per tipus

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 Per data de modificació

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577012701705116027700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000427412701705137025235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000342012701705121026053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000140712701705131027767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Problemes de pantalla

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000470112701705115026100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Fitxers</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Carpetes</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000243612701705144023712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Ratolí
Problemes habituals del ratolí Problemes habituals Problemes habituals
Consells per utilitzar el ratolí Consells Consells
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000306412701705120025345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Usuaris Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Comptes d'usuari

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Comptes Gestioneu els comptes d'usuari
Contrasenyes
Privilegis Privilegis d'usuari
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000436112701705120025505 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000402012701705146026264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001537112701705114025143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Utilitzeu aplicacions i l'escriptori sense un ratolí. Navegació amb el teclat

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navegueu per la interfície d'usuari

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Espai

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navegueu per l'escriptori
Navegueu per les finestres

AltF4

Tanca la finestra actual

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximize a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltEspai

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000001003312701705144026216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

Consells generals

Atureu temporalment l'ordinador quan no l'estigueu utilitzant. Això reduirà de manera significativa la quantitat d'energia que utilitza, i permet reprendre el funcionament normal (és a dir, despertar-se) de manera molt ràpida.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
Més consells avançats

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000345112701705135026630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Projecte de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

De manera alternativa, quan una aplicació s'estigui executant, feu clic amb el botó secundari del ratolí a la icona de l'aplicació i seleccioneu l'opció Mantén al llançador.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000144012701705114024517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Afegeix/suprimeix programari Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Instal·la, suprimmeix, dipòsits extra… Afegeix & suprimeix programari usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000374312701705125025417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer.

Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000352012701705125026032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001132112701705141027354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000246112701705123024556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000347012701705142026416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Afegeix o remou un contacte de llibre local d'adresses. Afegeix o remou un contacte

Per afegir un contacte:

Premeu Nou.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000137012701705133024427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu El Projecte de documentació del GNOME Correu electrònic i gestors de correu usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000314112701705124026764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000553512701705144026175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Consells generals per tenir en consideració en navegar per Internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorized remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000621112701705125025544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000523512701705135025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com afegir un retard entre prémer una tecla i que la lletra aparegui a la pantalla. Turn on slow keys

Activeu les tecles lentes si voleu que hi hagi un retard entre la pulsació d'una tecla i l'aparició a la pantalla de la lletra associada. D'aquesta manera, haureu de mantenir premuda cada tecla que voleu escriure durant uns instants abans de què aparegui. Utilitzeu les tecles lentes si acostumeu a prémer més d'una lletra alhora de forma accidental mentre escriviu, o si teniu dificultats per prémer la tecla correcta del teclat la primera vegada.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Obriu Accés universal i seleccioneu la pestanya Escriptura.

Activeu les Tecles lentes.

 Alterna de forma ràpida l'estat activat/desactivat de les tecles lentes

Sota Assistent d'escriptura, seleccioneu Activa les funcions d'accessibilitat des del teclat per activar o desactivar les tecles lentes des del teclat. Si se selecciona aquesta opció, podeu mantenir premuda la tecla Maj durant vuit segons per activar o desactivar les tecles lentes.

Utilitzeu la barra lliscant del Retard d'acceptació per controlar quanta estona heu de mantenir premuda una tecla perquè s'enregistri l'esdeveniment.

Podeu configurar l'ordinador perquè emeti un so quan premeu una tecla, quan s'accepta la pulsació d'una tecla o quan es rebutja la pulsació perquè no heu premut la tecla durant prou estona.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000642312701705142026630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Get on the internet - wirelessly. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

La icona de xarxa canviarà d'aparença quan l'ordinador intenti connectar-se a la xarxa.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000644312701705142025115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Oculteu un fitxer

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Mostra tots els fitxers ocults

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Feu un fitxer ocult visible

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000320012701705143026044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000306312701705143025504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com recuperar els fitxers d'una còpia de seguretat. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recuperar una còpia de seguretat

Si heu perdut o esborrat alguns dels vostres fitxers, però teniu una còpia de seguretat d'ells, podeu restaurar-los des de la còpia de seguretat:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

Si vau crear la vostra còpia de seguretat usant una aplicació de còpia de seguretat com ara Déjà Dup, és recomanable que useu la mateixa aplicació per restaurar la vostra còpia de seguretat. Reviseu l'ajuda de l'aplicació per al vostre programa de còpia de seguretat: us proveirà instruccions específiques sobre com restaurar els vostres fitxers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000374212701705116025557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash can also show you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off.

Turn on online search results

If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this feature through the Security & Privacy system setting.

Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch on Include online search results.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000364612701705124026234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000315012701705117025724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks Missatgeria instantània a l'Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000550312701705146025002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Formateu un disc extraïble

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000271412701705124024631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Perquè, què, on i com de les còpies de seguretat. Còpies de seguretat Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Fer còpies de seguretat dels fitxers importants

Fer còpies de seguretat dels vostres fitxers simplement vol dir fer una còpia d'ells per a mantenir-los segurs. Això es fa per si de cas els fitxers originals es tornen inusables degut a la seva pèrdua o corrupció. Aquests còpies es poden usar per restaurar les dades originals en el cas d'una pèrdua. Les còpies han d'arxivar-se en un dispositiu diferent que el dispositiu dels fitxers originals. Per exemple, podeu usar una memòria USB, un disc dur extern, o un servei en línia.

La millor manera de fer una còpia de seguretat dels vostres fitxers és fer-la regularment, mantenint les còpies fora de línia i (possiblement) encriptades.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000633712701705135025733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Canvieu la mida o la rotació de la pantalla

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolució

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotació

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000276012701705124025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000372312701705131025604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your applications or applications available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its Software rating, and what version is available.

For installed applications, you can see when the application was installed and either launch the application or uninstall it. Certain essential applications cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For applications that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Applications to only view installed applications or SourcesSoftware Center to only show applications available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000267412701705126025221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334212701705117027250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000317612701705130025246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com utilitzar tipus de lletra més grans per a fer el text més fàcil de llegir. Canviar la mida del text a la pantalla

Si teniu dificultats per llegir el text a la pantalla, podeu canviar la mida del tipus de lletra.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Obre l'Accés universal i selecciona la pestanya Veure

Switch Large Text to ON.

A moltes aplicacions podeu incrementar la mida del text en qualsevol moment si premeu la combinació de tecles Ctrl+. Per reduir-ne la mida, premeu Ctrl-.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000401312701705145025633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Comenceu a escriure

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000456312701705130024621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000514412701705146026500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Customization

The Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000357612701705127025514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Mostreu altres fusos horaris

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000650612701705120025730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
Si el disc no s'ha enregistrat correctament

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000602112701705143024560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000170612701705143025201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Xarxes sense fil usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000341012701705136026550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000631412701705137025125 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Suprimiu fitxers i carpetes

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

Suprimiu permanentment un fitxer

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

Seleccioneu l'element que vulgueu suprimir.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346412701705144025645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000421212701705126026113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000372012701705146025545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. Projecte de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Modifiqueu quanta informació es mostrarà al rellotge

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Canvieu el format de la data

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000250412701705145026036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000421612701705114030464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Cliqueu el vostre nom a la barra de menú i seleccioneu Configuració del sistema.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000311212701705141026741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Si altres dispositius poden descobrir o no el vostre ordinador. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Qué vol dir visibilitat del Bluetooth?

La visibilitat del Bluetooth fa referència simplement a si altres dispositius poden descobrir el vostre ordinador quan estan cercant dispositius Bluetooth. Quan la visibilitat del Bluetooth està habilitada, el vostre ordinador s'anunciarà a tots els altres dispositius a dins de l'abast, permetent-los intentar connectar-se amb vos.

Al vostre ordinador no li cal ser visible per cercar altres dispositius, però aquests altres dispositius han de ser visibles perquè el vostre ordinador els pugui descobrir.

Un cop us heu connectat a un dispositiu, ni al vostre ordinador ni a l'altre dispositiu li calen ser visibles per comunicar-se entre ells.

A menys que a vos o a algú de la vostra confiança li calgui connectar-se al vostre ordinador des d'un altre dispositiu, hauríeu de deixar la visibilitat deshabilitada.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000236212701705130025175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000525612701705134026453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Una introducció visual a l'escriptori Unity. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Us donem la benvinguda a l'Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Primers passos amb l'Unity

L'escriptori Unity
El llançador

El llançador

El llançador apareix automàticament quan entreu a l'escriptori, i us proporciona accés ràpid a les aplicacions que utilitzeu més sovint.

Learn more about the Launcher.
El tauler

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

El tauler de l'Unity

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use applications, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000337012701705116027223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Compartir perfils de color no és mai una bona idea perquè el maquina canvia al llarg del temps. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Puc compartir el meu perfil de color?

Els perfils colors que heu creat vos mateix són específics del maquinari i les condicions d'il·luminació pels quals vau calibrar. Un monitor que ha estat engegat per uns quants centenars d'hores tindrà un perfil de color molt diferent que un monitor semblant amb el número de sèrie següent que ha estat il·luminat durant mil hores.

Això significa que si compartiu el vostre perfil de color amb alguna persona, l'apropareu al calibrat, però és com a mínim enganyós dir que està calibrat.

De forma semblant, a menys que tothom tingui una il·luminació controlada (sense llum solar des de les finestres, parets negres, bombetes de llum de dia, etc.) a l'habitació on té lloc la visualització i edició d'imatges, el compartir un perfil que heu creat en les vostres condicions específiques d'il·luminació no té massa sentit.

Hauríeu de comprovar curosament les condicions de redistribució dels perfiles descarregats dels llocs web dels proveïdors o que us van crear.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000646612701705120026027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001037112701705120026240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

No utilitzeu cap nom.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000316712701705133026473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icon is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000457112701705136026074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000120112701705137025532 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Preferències del gestor de fitxers usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001160012701705123026421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Compartiu fitxers amb dispositius Bluetooth com ara el vostre telèfon. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Envieu un fitxer a un dispositiu Bluetooth

Podeu enviar fitxers a dispositius Bluetooth connectats, tals com telèfons mòbils o d'altres ordinadors. Alguns tipus de dispositius no permeten la transferència de fitxers, o tipus específics de fitxers. Podeu enviar els fitxers per tres vies diferents: usant la icona de Bluetooth a la barra de menús, des de la finestra de paràmetres de configuració del Bluetooth, o directament des del gestor de fitxers.

Podeu enviar fitxers a dispositius Bluetooth connectats, tals com telèfons mòbils o d'altres ordinadors. Alguns tipus de dispositius no permeten la transferència de fitxers, o tipus específics de fitxers. Podeu enviar fitxers usant la icona del Bluetooth al plafó superior, o des de la finestra de paràmetres de configuració del Bluetooth.

Per enviar fitxers directament des del gestor de fitxers, vegeu .

Abans que comenceu, assegureu-vos que el Bluetooth està habilitat al vostre ordinador. Vegeu .

 Envieu fitxers fent servir la icona del Bluetooth

Cliqueu la icona del Bluetooth a la barra de menús i seleccioneu Envia els fitxers al dispositiu

Cliqueu la icona del Bluetooth al plafó superior i seleccioneu Envia els fitxers al dispositiu

Escolliu el fitxer que voleu enviar i feu clic a Selecciona.

Per enviar més d'un fitxers d'una carpeta, manteniu la tecla Ctrl quan seleccioneu cada fitxer.

Seleccioneu el dispositiu al qual voleu enviar els fitxers i cliqueu Envia.

La llista de dispositius mostrarà tant els dispositius als quals esteu connectat com dispositius visibles dins de l'abast.

Si hi ha molts dispositius, podeu limitar la llista a únicament tipus específics de dispositius usant el desplegable Tipus de dispositius

Normalment, el propietari del dispositiu que està rebent el fitxer ha de prémer un botó per acceptar-lo. Després que l'hagi acceptat o rebutjat, podreu veure el resultat de la transferència a la pantalla.

 Envieu fitxers des dels paràmetres del Bluetooth

Feu clic a la icona del Bluetooth a la barra dels indicadors i seleccioneu Paràmetres del Bluetooth.

Cliqueu la icona Bluetooth a la barra superior i seleccioneu Configuració del Bluetooth

Seleccioneu el dispositiu per enviar fitxers des de la llista a l'esquerra. La llista sols mostra els dispositius als quals ja us heu connectat. Vegeu .

A la informació del dispositiu, a la dreta, cliqueu Envia els fitxers

Escolliu el fitxer que voleu enviar i feu clic a Selecciona.

Per enviar més d'un fitxers d'una carpeta, manteniu la tecla Ctrl quan seleccioneu cada fitxer.

Normalment, el propietari del dispositiu que està rebent el fitxer ha de prémer un botó per acceptar-lo. Després que l'hagi acceptat o rebutjat, podreu veure el resultat de la transferència a la pantalla.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000516712701705115026633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000267412701705127026512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000322012701705115026760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000243512701705141026205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000517712701705116026455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000252612701705145025754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000331112701705141024600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000226712701705124025462 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001252612701705141027521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Moveu-vos per l'escriptori utilitzant el teclat Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Dreceres de teclat útils

Aquesta pàgina proporciona un resum de les dreceres de teclat que us ajudaran a utilitzar l'escriptori i les aplicacions de manera més eficient. Si no podeu utilitzar un ratolí o un altre dispositiu apuntador, vegeu la secció per obtenir més informació sobre la navegació per la interfície d'usuari utilitzant només el teclat.

Com moure's per l'escriptori

AltF4

Tanca la finestra actual

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Altº

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Canvia entre espais de treball.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Surt.

CtrlSuperD

Oculta totes les finestres i mostra l'escriptori. Premeu les tecles de nou per restaurar les finestres.

CtrlAltL

Bloca la pantalla.
Dreceres d'edició habituals

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Captura des de la pantalla

Impr Pant

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000001004112701705126027442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Aparellar dispositius Bluetooth. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connecteu l'ordinador a un dispositiu Bluetooth

Abans que podeu usar un dispositiu Bluetooth com ara un ratolí o uns auriculars, primer heu de connectar el vostre ordinador al dispositiu. Això també es diu aparellament de dispositius Bluetooth.

Abans que comenceu, assegureu-vos que el Bluetooth està habilitat al vostre ordinador. Vegeu .

Cliqueu la icona del Bluetooth a la barra de menús i seleccioneu Configura un dispositiu nou.

Cliqueu la icona a la barra superior i seleccioneu Configura un dispositiu nou.

Feu que l'altre dispositiu Bluetooth sigui detectable o visible i poseu-lo en un radi de 10 metres (aproximadament 33 peus) del vostre ordinador. Cliqueu Continua. El vostre ordinador començarà a buscar dispositius.

Si hi ha massa dispositius llistats, useu el desplegable Tipus de dispositiu per mostrar únicament un únic tipus de dispositiu a la llista.

Cliqueu Opcions de PIN per establir com es lliurarà un PIN cap a l'altra dispositiu.

La configuració de PIN automàtic utilitza un codi numèric de sis dígits. Un dispositiu que no disposi de teclat o pantalla, com ara un ratolí o un auricular, pot necessitar un PIN concret com per exemple 0000, o no necessitar-ne cap. Comproveu el manual del dispositiu per escollir la configuració adequada.

Escolliu una configuració apropiada de PIN per al vostre dispositiu, després cliqueu Tanca.

Cliqueu Continua per procedir. Si no heu escollit un PIN preestablert, el PIN es mostrarà a la pantalla.

Si és requerit, confirmeu el PIN al vostre altre dispositiu. El dispositiu hauria de mostrar-vos el PIN que veieu a la pantalla de l'ordinador, o pot demanar-vos que entreu el PIN. Confirmeu el PIN al dispositiu, i després cliqueu Concorda.

Heu de finalitzar l'entrada dins de 20 segons en la major part dels dispositius, o sinó la connexió no es completarà. Si passa això, retorneu a la llista de dispositius i comenceu un altre cop.

Un missatge apareix quan la connexió es completa amb èxit. Cliqueu Tanca.

Podeu eliminar una connexió Bluetooth més endavant si voleu.

Per controlar l'accés als vostres fitxers compartits, referiu-vos als paràmetres de configuració Compartició de Bluetooth. Vegeu .

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000407112701705132027664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000313312701705124025161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com fer que les finestres i els botons es vegin més (o menys) vívids, per a què siguin més fàcils de veure. Ajustar el contrast

Podeu ajustar el contrast de les finestres i els botons de manera que siguin més fàcils de veure. Això no serà el mateix que canviar la brillantor de tota la pantalla; només es canviaran algunes parts de la interfície d'usuari.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Obre l'Accés universal i selecciona la pestanya Veure

Canvia el Contrast realçat a Actiu

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000700412701705131026201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Afegeix altres dipòsits per estendre les fonts de programari que l'Ubuntu usa per a instal·lacions i actualitzacions. Afegiu dipòsits de programari addicionals

Hi ha programari disponibles de fonts de terceres parts, així com dels dipòsits predeterminats de l'Ubuntu. Si voleu instal·lar programari d'un dipòsit de programari d'una tercera part, l'heu d'afegir a la llista de dipòsits disponibles de l'Ubuntu.

Afegiu només dipòsits de programari de fonts en les quals confieu.

Els dipòsits de programari de terceres parts no estan verificats en quant a la seva seguretat o fiabilitat per membres de l'Ubuntu, i poden contenir programari que pot ser danyí per al vostre ordinador.

 Instal·leu altres dipòsits

Click on the Software icon in the Launcher, or search for Software in the search bar of the Dash.

When Software launches, click Software & Updates

Se us demanarà entrar la contrasenya. Un cop que heu fet això, canvieu a la pestanya Altre programari.

Cliqueu Afegeix i entre la línia APT per al dipòsit. Això hauria d'estar disponible al lloc web del dipòsit, i hauria de ser semblant a:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ xenial main

Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates window. Software will then check your software sources for new updates.

Activa el dipòsit Socis de Canonical

The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Plugin. Software in this repository will appear in Software search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled.

To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software & Updates window. If you don't see it, click Add and enter:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu xenial partner

Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates window. Wait a moment for Software to download the repository information.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000147412701705121024446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Obteniu més ajuda

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452412701705143026475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000410112701705130026033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Canvieu qui té privilegis d'administració

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000353212701705124025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Xarxes socials des de l'escriptori

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000202512701705132026262 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000272212701705116026422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000652412701705145030005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alejandro Agustin, David Aguilera, David Planella, Jaume Villalba, Matthew East, Rafael Carreras, Gred Beam, Joan Coll ki7mt@yahoo.com Les aplicacions poden usar els comptes creats a Comptes en línia i els serveis que fan servir. Quines aplicacions poden aprofitar-se de comptes en línia?

Els Comptes en línia poden usar aplicacions externes per configurar-se a sí mateixos.

Amb un compte del Google

L'Evolution, l'aplicació de correu electrònic. El vostre compte de correu electrònic s'afegirà a l'Evolution automàticament, de manera que obtindrà el vostre correu electrònic, us donarà accés als vostres contactes i mostrarà les entrades del vostre calendari a l'agenda Google.

L'Empathy, l'aplicació de missatgeria instantània. El vostre compte en línia s'afegirà i podreu comunicar-vos amb els vostres amics.

El Contactes, que us permetrà veure i editar els vostres contactes.

El Documents pot accedir els vostres documents en línia i mostrar-los.
Amb comptes del Windows Live, del Facebook o del Twitter

L'Empathy pot usar aquests comptes per connectar-vos en línia i xatejar amb els vostres contactes, amics i seguidors.

Amb un compte del SkyDrive

Documents pot accedir els vostres documents en línia al Microsoft SkyDrive i visualitzar-los.

Amb un compte de l'Exchange

Un cop que heu creat un compte de l'Exchange, l'Evolution començarà a baixar correus electrònics d'aquest compte.

Amb un compte de l'ownCloud

Quan es configura un compte de l'ownCloud, l'Evolution és capaç d'accedir i d'editar els contactes i les cites del calendari.

El Files i altres aplicacions podran fer una llista dels vostres fitxers en línia emmagatzemats a la instal·lació de l'ownCloud i accedir-los.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000363012701705136023667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Guia de l'escriptori de l'Ubuntu Guia de l'escriptori de l'Ubuntu <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ajuda</media> Guia de l'escriptori de l'Ubuntu <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Logotip de l'Ubuntu</media> Guia de l'escriptori de l'Ubuntu usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000261212701705132024405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Impressió
Setup Set up a printer
Mides i disposicions Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000330012701705126026012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Suprimiu programari que ja no utilitzeu. Suprimiu una aplicació

Software helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Software icon in the Launcher or search for Software in the Dash.

When Software opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Trobeu l'aplicació que voleu suprimir usant el quadre de cerca o mirant a través de la llista d'aplicacions instal·lades.

Seleccioneu l'aplicació i feu clic a Suprimeix-lo.

És possible que se us demani la vostra contrasenya. Un cop heu fet això, se suprimirà l'aplicació.

Algunes aplicacions depenen d'altres aplicacions per funcionar correctament. Si intenteu suprimir una aplicació que es necessita a una altra aplicació, ambdues seran suprimides. Se us demanarà confirmar si voleu que això passi abans que se suprimeixin les aplicacions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001310212701705142026500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior to having your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar, and setting the visibility to always displayed instead of only displayed on mouse hovering.

Click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.

Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connecteu-vos a xarxes amb fil, sense fil, mòbils, i VPN.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Envieu o rebeu fitxers a través del Bluetooth. Aquest menú no es mostrarà si no es detecta un dispositiu Bluetooth compatible.

Messaging menu Message icon

Rebeu i activeu notificacions d'aplicacions de missatgeria com ara el correu electrònic, xarxes socials i xat per Internet.

Battery menu Battery icon

Comproveu l'estat de càrrega de la bateria del portàtil. Aquest menú no es mostrarà si no es detecta cap bateria.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Rellotge

Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Algunes de les icones que s'utilitzen a la barra de menús canvien segons l'estat de l'aplicació.

Altres aplicacions com ara el Tomboy o el Transmission també poden afegir menús d'indicadors al quadre.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000422012701705116026716 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Mireu a Paràmetres del sistemaColor per a l'opció per canviar això. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com puc assignar perfils a dispositius?

Obriu Paràmetres del sistemaColor, i cliqueu el dispositiu al qual el voleu afegir un perfil.

Obriu Paràmetres del sistemaColor, i cliqueu el dispositiu al qual el voleu afegir un perfil.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000320312701705123025735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000250612701705133027720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu l'opció Paràmetres del sistema.

Feu clic a Aparença.

Moveu el lliscador de la Mida de les icones del llançador per incrementar o reduir la mida de les icones del Llançador.

La mida predeterminada de les icones del Llançador és de 48 píxels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000276512701705140026461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000357012701705144025666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Com activar les alertes visuals perquè facin parpellejar la pantalla o la finestra quan es produeixi un avís sonor. Fer parpellejar la pantalla quan es produeixen avisos sonors

L'ordinador reproduirà una alerta sonora quan succeeixin certs tipus de missatges i esdeveniments. Si teniu problemes per sentir-los, podeu fer que, o bé tota la pantalla o bé la finestra actual, parpellegi perquè us adoneu visualment de què s'ha reproduït un so.

Això pot ser útil si esteu en un entorn, com ara una biblioteca, en el qual necessiteu el so silenciat (vegeu aprendre a silenciar el so d'alerta).

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Obriu Accés universal i seleccioneu la pestanya d'Oïda.

Canvia Alerta visual a actiu. Seleccioneu si voleu que parpellegi la pantalla completa o només el títol de la finestra actual.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000657712701705124030040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000530612701705145023335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Visió, Audició, mobilitat, Escriptura… Accés universal

L'escriptori Unity inclou tecnologies d'assistència per ajudar als usuaris amb diferents discapacitats i necessitats especials, i per interaccionar amb els dispositius d'assistència habituals. Es pot accedir a moltes de les característiques d'accessibilitat des de la secció Accés universal de la Configuració del sistema.

L'escriptori GNOME inclou tecnologies d'assistència per ajudar als usuaris amb diverses discapacitats i necessitats especials. També permet interaccionar amb els dispositius d'assistència habituals. Des del menú d'accessibilitat de la barra superior podeu accedir a moltes d'aquestes característiques.
Discapacitats visuals Ceguera Poca visió Daltonisme Altres temes
Discapacitats auditives
Discapacitats de mobilitat Moviment del ratolí Com fer clic i arrossegar Utilització del teclat Altres temes
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000567412701705130025720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Canvieu el format de la data i de les unitats de mesura

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000535312701705146026655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000541712701705135024624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Com utilitzar el Déjà Dup (o algun altre programa de còpies de seguretat) per fer les còpies dels vostres fitxers i paràmetres de configuració valuosos i protegir-vos de possibles pèrdues. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Fer una còpia de seguretat

La manera recomanada de fer còpies de seguretat dels vostres fitxers i configuracions és deixar que l'aplicació de còpia de seguretat us gestioni el procés de còpia de seguretat. Hi ha un seguit d'aplicacions disponibles de còpia de seguretat, com ara Déjà Dup.

L'ajuda de l'aplicació de còpia de seguretat que heu escollit us guiarà en la configuració de les vostres preferències per a la còpia de seguretat, així com en la restauració de les vostres dades.

Una opció alternativa és copiar els vostres fitxers a una ubicació segura, com ara un disc extern, un altre ordinador a la xarxa o una memòria USB. Els vostres fitxers personals i les vostres configuracions són habitualment al vostre directori de l'usuari, de manera que els podeu copiar des d'aquí.

La quantitat d'informació de la que podeu fer una còpia de seguretat depen de la mida del dispositiu d'emmagatzemament que utilitzeu. Si disposeu de prou espai al dispositiu on realitzareu la còpia, el millor que podeu fer és copiar tot el directori personal, amb les següent excepcions:

Els fitxers que ja s'han copiat en algun altre lloc, com ara a un CD, DVD o altres suports extraïbles.

Fitxers que podeu recrear fàcilment. Per exemple, si sou un programador, no heu de fer còpia de seguretat dels fitxers que es produeixen quan compileu els vostres programes. Assegureu-vos en canvi simplement de fer còpia de seguretat dels vostres fitxers originals de cofi font.

Qualsevol fitxer a la carpeta de Paperera. Podeu trobar al vostra carpeta de Paperera a ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000401512701705133030646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000371612701705142026547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Es pot notificar-vos si el vostre perfil de color és vell i incorrecte. Puc ser notificat quan el meu perfil de color és incorrecte?

Desafortunadament no podem informar-vos sense tornar a calibrar si un perfil és imprecís. Podem usar una mètrica simple del temps passat des del calibrat per determinar is es recomana tornar a calibrar.

Algunes empreses tenen polítiques molt específiques de caducitat per als perfils, ja que un perfil incorrecte de color pot implicar una diferència enorme a un producte final.

Si establiu una política de caducitat i un perfil és més vell que la política aleshores es mostrarà un triangle vermell d'advertiment al Paràmetres del sistemaColordiàleg al costat del perfil. Es mostrarà també una notificació d'advertiment cada cop que inicieu una sessió d'usuari a l'ordinador.

Per establir la política per a monitors i dispositius d'impressió, heu d'especificar l'edat màxima del perfil en dies:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000162612701705135025170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001017412701705136026601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000462212701705130025211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000407712701705135024646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Seguiu aquests consells si no podeu trobar un fitxer que heu creat o baixat. Projecte de documentació del GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Cerqueu un fitxer que hàgiu perdut

Seguiu aquests consells si no podeu trobar un fitxer que heu creat o baixat.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000606512701705114025777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find applications, files, music, and more with the Dash

Cerca a l'Unity

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you applications and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000232012701705116026222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 La correcció de pantalla sencera modifica tots els colors de pantalla a totes les finestres. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Manca informació per a la correcció de color de pantalla sencera?

Desafortunadament, mols perfils ICC oferts pels proveïdors no inclouen la informació requerida per a la correcció de pantalla sencera. Aquests perfils poden ser útils per a aplicacions que poden fer compensació de color, però no veureu canviar tots els colors de la vostra pantalla.

Per crear un perfil de monitor, que inclou tant dades de calibrat com de caracterització, us caldrà usar un instrument especial de mesura de color anomenat colorímetre o espectròmetre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000322012701705114025551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Feu clic a FitxerImprimeix.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000130312701705136025206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000321712701705117026221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000400012701705120025504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Feu clic a FitxerImprimeix.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Feu clic a FitxerImprimeix.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000454512701705141026107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

Com instal·lar el Flash

Click this link to launch an install option window.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000275312701705137027204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com El perfils predeterminats de monitor no tenen una data de calibrat. Perquè no tenen els perfils predeterminats de monitor una caducitat de calibrat?

El perfil predeterminat de color usat per cada monitor es genera automàticament basant-se en l'EDID del monitor que està emmagatzemat a un xip de memòria dins del monitor. L'EDID sols ens dóna una instantània dels colors disponibles que el monitor era capaç de mostrar quan es va fabricar, i no conté massa informació alternativa per a la correcció de color.

Com que l'EDID no es pot actualitzar, no té data de caducitat.

L'obtenció d'un perfil del proveïdor o la creació d'un perfil per vos mateix implicaria una correcció de color més precisa.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/totem/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000601412670221731022406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Teniu permís per a copiar, distribuir i/o modificar aquest document, sota els termes de la Llicència de documentació lliure GNU (GFDL), versió 1.1 o qualsevol versió publicada posteriorment per la Free Software Foundation, sense seccions invariants, sense texts de portada i sense texts de contraportada. Podeu trobar una còpia de la GFDL en aquest enllaç> o en el fitxer COPYING-DOCS distribuït amb aquest manual. Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. EL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIXEN SOTA ELS TERMES DE LA LLICÈNCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓ LLIURE DE GNU, TENINT EN COMPTE QUE: EL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIX «TAL COM ÉS», SENSE CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, NI EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, LES GARANTIES QUE EL DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NO TINGUI DEFECTES, SIGUI COMERCIALITZABLE, SIGUI ADEQUAT PER A UN ÚS CONCRET O NO INFRINGEIXI CAP LLEI. TOT EL RISC PEL QUE FA A LA QUALITAT, EXACTITUD I RENDIMENT DEL DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT ÉS VOSTRE. EN CAS QUE EL DOCUMENT RESULTÉS DEFECTUÓS EN QUALSEVOL ASPECTE, VÓS (NO PAS L'ESCRIPTOR INICIAL, L'AUTOR O CAP ALTRE COL·LABORADOR) ASSUMIU TOT EL COST DE MANTENIMENT, REPARACIÓ O CORRECCIÓ. AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA CONSTITUEIX UNA PART ESSENCIAL D'AQUESTA LLICÈNCIA. NO S'AUTORITZA L'ÚS DE CAP DOCUMENT O VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT EXCEPTE SOTA AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA; I EN CAP CAS I SOTA CAP INTERPRETACIÓ LEGAL, JA SIGUI PER AGREUJAMENT (INCLOENT-HI LA NEGLIGÈNCIA), CONTRACTE O ALTRE CAS, L'AUTOR, L'ESCRIPTOR ORIGINAL, QUALSEVOL DELS COL·LABORADORS O DISTRIBUÏDORS DEL DOCUMENT O UNA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NI CAP PROVEÏDOR D'AQUESTES PARTS NO SERAN RESPONSABLES DAVANT DE NINGÚ PER CAP DANY DIRECTE, INDIRECTE, ESPECIAL, ACCIDENTAL O CONSECUTIU DE QUALSEVOL TIPUS; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, ELS DANYS PER PÈRDUA DE CLIENTS, INTERRUPCIONS DE LA FEINA, FALLADA O MALFUNCIONAMENT DE L'ORDINADOR, O QUALSEVOL ALTRA PÈRDUA O DANY RELACIONAT AMB L'ÚS DEL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT, FINS I TOT SI S'HA INFORMAT AQUESTA PART DE LA POSSIBILITAT D'AQUESTS DANYS. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/totem/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000017422012670221731023256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual del <application>reproductor de pel·lícules Totem</application> 2003 Chee Bin HOH 2009 Philip Withnall El reproductor de pel·lícules Totem és un reproductor de suports pel GNOME que utilitza el GStreamer per defecte, però també pot utilitzar el xine. Pot reproduir la gran majoria de còdecs d'àudio i vídeo, també DVD. El Totem inclou funcions com la televisió externa, la pantalla completa, els subtítols i més. Projecte de documentació del GNOME Teniu permís per a copiar, distribuir i/o modificar aquest document, sota els termes de la Llicència de documentació lliure GNU (GFDL), versió 1.1 o qualsevol versió publicada posteriorment per la Free Software Foundation, sense seccions invariants, sense texts de portada i sense texts de contraportada. Podeu trobar una còpia de la GFDL en aquest enllaç o en el fitxer COPYING-DOCS distribuït amb aquest manual. Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. EL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIXEN SOTA ELS TERMES DE LA LLICÈNCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓ LLIURE DE GNU, TENINT EN COMPTE QUE: EL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIX «TAL COM ÉS», SENSE CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, NI EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, LES GARANTIES QUE EL DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NO TINGUI DEFECTES, SIGUI COMERCIALITZABLE, SIGUI ADEQUAT PER A UN ÚS CONCRET O NO INFRINGEIXI CAP LLEI. TOT EL RISC PEL QUE FA A LA QUALITAT, EXACTITUD I RENDIMENT DEL DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT ÉS VOSTRE. EN CAS QUE EL DOCUMENT RESULTÉS DEFECTUÓS EN QUALSEVOL ASPECTE, VÓS (NO PAS L'ESCRIPTOR INICIAL, L'AUTOR O CAP ALTRE COL·LABORADOR) ASSUMIU TOT EL COST DE MANTENIMENT, REPARACIÓ O CORRECCIÓ. AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA CONSTITUEIX UNA PART ESSENCIAL D'AQUESTA LLICÈNCIA. NO S'AUTORITZA L'ÚS DE CAP DOCUMENT O VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT EXCEPTE SOTA AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA; I EN CAP CAS I SOTA CAP INTERPRETACIÓ LEGAL, JA SIGUI PER AGREUJAMENT (INCLOENT-HI LA NEGLIGÈNCIA), CONTRACTE O ALTRE CAS, L'AUTOR, L'ESCRIPTOR ORIGINAL, QUALSEVOL DELS COL·LABORADORS O DISTRIBUÏDORS DEL DOCUMENT O UNA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NI CAP PROVEÏDOR D'AQUESTES PARTS NO SERAN RESPONSABLES DAVANT DE NINGÚ PER CAP DANY DIRECTE, INDIRECTE, ESPECIAL, ACCIDENTAL O CONSECUTIU DE QUALSEVOL TIPUS; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, ELS DANYS PER PÈRDUA DE CLIENTS, INTERRUPCIONS DE LA FEINA, FALLADA O MALFUNCIONAMENT DE L'ORDINADOR, O QUALSEVOL ALTRA PÈRDUA O DANY RELACIONAT AMB L'ÚS DEL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT, FINS I TOT SI S'HA INFORMAT AQUESTA PART DE LA POSSIBILITAT D'AQUESTS DANYS. Chee Bin HOH Projecte de documentació del GNOME cbhoh@gnome.org Baptiste Mille-Mathias Projecte de documentació del GNOME Actualitza la documentació baptiste.millemathias@gmail.org Philip Withnall Actualització de la documentació philip@tecnocode.co.uk Versió 2.0 del manual del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem agost del 2006 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org Projecte de documentació del GNOME Versió 3.0 del manual del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem febrer del 2009 Philip Withnall philip@tecnocode.co.uk Projecte de documentació del GNOME Aquest manual descriu la versió 2.26 del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Comentaris Per informar d'un error o fer un suggeriment sobre el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem o aquest manual, seguiu les indicacions de la Pàgina de suggeriments del GNOME. Gil Forcada gilforcada@guifi.net 2007 Gil Forcada Jordi Bultó jbulto@gmail.com 2011 Jordi Bultó Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Manel Vidal Reproductor de pel·lícules Totem totem Introducció L'aplicació reproductor de pel·lícules Totem és un reproductor per a l'escriptori GNOME basat en l'entorn de treball GStreamer i la biblioteca xine, que us permet reproduir pel·lícules o cançons. El reproductor de pel·lícules Totem proporciona les característiques següents: Permet la reproducció d'una gran varietat de fitxers de vídeo i àudio. Proporciona diversos nivells de zoom i de relacions d'aspecte a més de visualització a pantalla completa. Controls de desplaçament i volum. Llista de reproducció. Permet l'ús de subtítols. Navegació totalment per teclat. Inclou un conjunt important de connectors per baixar subtítols, per navegar pel YouTube i per enregistrar discs. El reproductor de pel·lícules Totem també incorpora funcionalitats addicionals tals com ara: Miniaturitzador de vídeos pel GNOME. Previsualització d'àudio pel GNOME Pestanya de propietats del Nautilus. Primers passos Per iniciar el <application>reproductor de pel·lícules Totem</application> Podeu iniciar el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem de les maneres següents: Des del menú d'Aplicacions Trieu So i vídeo Reproductor de pel·lícules Totem . Des de la línia d'ordres Per iniciar el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem des de la línia d'ordres, teclegeu l'ordre següent i premeu la tecla de Retorn: totem Per veure les altres opcions disponibles des de la línia d'ordres, teclegeu totem --help i després premeu la tecla de Retorn. Quan inicieu el <application>reproductor de pel·lícules Totem</application> Quan inicieu el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem es mostrarà la finestra següent.
Finestra d'inici del <application>reproductor de pel·lícules Totem</application> Mostra la finestra principal del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem amb la barra lateral oberta amb la llista de reproducció. Conté la barra de menú, l'àrea de visualització, la barra lateral, el lliscador de desplaçament, els botons de control del progrés, el lliscador del volum i la barra d'estat.
La finestra del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem conté els elements següents: Barra de menú. Els menús de la barra de menú contenen totes les ordres que necessiteu per utilitzar el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Àrea de visualització. L'àrea de visualització mostra la pel·lícula o la visualització d'una cançó. Barra lateral. La barra lateral mostra les propietats del fitxer que s'està reproduint i a més funciona com a llista de reproducció. També es pot utilitzar amb diversos connectors com el MythTV, el YouTube o el cercador de vídeos. Per utilitzar algun d'aquests connectors feu clic a la llista desplegable que hi ha a la part superior de la barra lateral. Lliscador del temps transcorregut. El lliscador del temps transcorregut mostra el temps transcorregut de la pel·lícula o cançó que s'està reproduint. També us permet avançar o retrocedir una pel·lícula o cançó si arrossegueu el lliscador del temps per la barra o si feu clic en algun punt de la barra. Botons de control del progrés Els botons de control del progrés us permeten anar a la pista següent o anterior, fer una pausa o reproduir una pel·lícula o cançó. Botó del volum. El botó del volum us permet ajustar el volum. Barra d'estat. La barra d'estat mostra informació sobre la pel·lícula o cançó que s'està reproduint. Utilització Per obrir un fitxer Per obrir un fitxer de vídeo o d'àudio, trieu CtrlO Pel·lícula Obre . Es mostrarà el diàleg Seleccioneu pel·lícules o llistes de reproducció. Seleccioneu els fitxers que voleu obrir i feu clic a Afegeix. Podeu arrossegar i deixar anar un fitxer des d'una altra aplicació com ara el gestor de fitxers a la finestra del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Si arrossegueu i deixeu anar el fitxer a l'àrea de visualització, el fitxer substituirà la llista de reproducció actual i es reproduirà immediatament. Si arrossegueu i deixeu anar el fitxer a la barra lateral, el fitxer s'afegirà a la llista de reproducció actual. El reproductor de pel·lícules Totem obrirà el fitxer i reproduirà la pel·lícula o cançó. El reproductor de pel·lícules Totem mostra el títol de la pel·lícula o cançó a la barra de títol de la finestra i a la llista de reproducció a la barra lateral. If you try to open a file format that Totem Movie Player does not recognize, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the Totem Movie Player website. Podeu fer un doble clic en un fitxer de vídeo o d'àudio en el gestor de fitxers Nautilus per obrir-lo a la finestra del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Per obrir una ubicació Per obrir un fitxer pel seu URI (ubicació), trieu CtrlL Pel·lícula Obre una ubicació . Es mostrarà el diàleg Obre una ubicació. Utilitzeu el quadre combinat desplegable per especificar l'URI que voleu obrir (es llistaran tots els URI que hàgiu obert anteriorment) —o escriviu-ne un directament—, després feu clic al botó Obre. L'URI s'enganxarà automàticament al quadre combinat si ja en teniu un al porta-retalls. Per reproduir una pel·lícula (DVD, VCD o CD) Inseriu el disc en la unitat òptica de l'ordinador, després trieu Pel·lículaReprodueix el disc . Per expulsar un DVD, VCD o CD, trieu CtrlE Pel·lícula Expulsa . Per fer una pausa en una pel·lícula o cançó Per fer una pausa en una pel·lícula o una cançó que s'està reproduint, feu clic en el botó Mostra el botó de fes una pausa. , o trieu Ctrlbarra espaiadora Pel·lícula Reprodueix / Fes una pausa . També podeu utilitzar la tecla P per fer una pausa o reproduir una pel·lícula. Per continuar la reproducció d'una pel·lícula o cançó, feu de nou clic en el botó Mostra el botó reprodueix. , o trieu Ctrlbarra espaiadora Pel·lícula Reprodueix / Fes una pausa . Per visualitzar les propietats d'una pel·lícula o cançó Per visualitzar les propietats d'una pel·lícula o cançó, trieu Visualitza Barra lateral per fer que aparegui la barra lateral i trieu Propietats en el quadre de llista desplegable que hi ha a la part superior de la barra lateral. Per desplaçar-se a través de pel·lícules o de cançons Per desplaçar-se a través de pel·lícules o de cançons, podeu emprar els mètodes següents: Per saltar endavant Per saltar endavant en una pel·lícula o una cançó, trieu Dreta Vés Salta endavant . Per saltar enrere Per saltar enrere en una pel·lícula o una cançó, trieu Esquerra Vés Salta enrere . Per saltar a un instant Per saltar a un instant en concret d'una pel·lícula o d'una cançó, trieu CtrlK Vés Salta a . Es mostrarà el diàleg Salta a. Empreu el quadre de selecció de valors per especificar el temps transcorregut al qual saltar (en segons), després feu clic a D'acord. El quadre de selecció de valors també permet introduir valors de forma més natural. Podeu introduir el temps en els formats «hh:mm:ss», «mm:ss» o «ss». En aquests formats «hh» representa les hores, «mm» els minuts, i «ss» els segons on voleu saltar. Per desplaçar-se a la pel·lícula o la cançó següent Per desplaçar-se a la pel·lícula o la cançó següent, trieu AltDreta Vés Capítol/pel·lícula següent o feu clic en el botó Mostra el botó de cançó o Capítol/pel·lícula següent . Per desplaçar-se a la pel·lícula o la cançó anterior Per desplaçar-se a la pel·lícula o la cançó anterior, trieu AltEsquerra Vés Capítol/pel·lícula anterior o feu clic en el botó Mostra el botó de cançó o Capítol/pel·lícula anterior . Per canviar el factor d'escala Per canviar la mida del vídeo Per canviar el factor d'escala de l'àrea de visualització, podeu emprar els mètodes següents: Per passar a mode de pantalla completa, trieu F11 VisualitzaPantalla completa. També podeu utilitzar la tecla F per commutar el mode de pantalla completa. Per sortir del mode de pantalla completa, feu clic en el botó Surt de la pantalla completa o premeu la tecla Esc, F11 o F. Per canviar la visualització o la mida de la pel·lícula original, trieu Ctrl0 VisualitzaAjusta la finestra a la pel·lícula i trieu una relació d'escala. Per canviar la relació d'aspecte del vídeo Per canviar entre diferents relacions d'aspecte, trieu A Visualitza Relació d'aspecte . Per ajustar el volum Per apujar el volum, trieu Amunt So Apuja el volum . Per abaixar el volum, trieu Avall So Abaixa el volum . Per ajustar el volum del so, també podeu emprar el botó del volum. Premeu el botó del volum i trieu el nivell de volum amb el lliscador. Per fer que la finestra es mantingui sempre per damunt Per fer que la finestra del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem sempre es mantingui per damunt de les finestres d'altres aplicacions, trieu Edita Connectors i seleccioneu el connector Sempre per damunt per habilitar-lo. Així la finestra del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem sempre es mantindrà per sobre de les altres quan s'estigui reproduint una pel·lícula, però no mentre s'estigui reproduint àudio o visualitzacions. Per aturar que la finestra es mantingui sempre per damunt, torneu a deshabilitar el connector Sempre per damunt. Si voleu més informació, vegeu . Per mostrar o amagar els controls Per mostrar o amagar els controls de la finestra del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem, trieu CtrlH VisualitzaMostra els controls o premeu la tecla H. També podeu fer clic amb el botó secundari en la finestra del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem i llavors trieu en el menú emergent CtrlH Mostra els controls . Si està seleccionada l'opció Mostra els controls, el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem mostrarà la barra de menú, el lliscador de temps transcorregut, els botons de control de cerca, el lliscador de volum i la barra d'estat en la finestra. Si no està seleccionada l'opció Mostra els controls, l'aplicació amagarà aquests controls i només mostrarà l'àrea de visualització. Per gestionar la llista de reproducció Per mostrar o amagar la llista de reproducció Per mostrar o amagar la llista de reproducció, trieu VisualitzaBarra lateral , o feu clic en el botó de la Barra lateral i trieu Llista de reproducció a la part superior de la barra lateral. Per gestionar una llista de reproducció Podeu utilitzar el diàleg de la Llista de reproducció per fer el següent: Per afegir una pista o pel·lícula Per afegir una pista o pel·lícula a la llista de reproducció, feu clic en el botó Afegeix. Es mostrarà el diàleg Seleccioneu pel·lícules o llistes de reproducció. Seleccioneu el fitxer que voleu afegir a la llista de reproducció, després feu clic a D'acord. Per suprimir una pista o pel·lícula Per suprimir una pista o pel·lícula de la llista de reproducció, seleccioneu l'element o els elements que voleu suprimir de la llista de reproducció i després feu clic en el botó Suprimeix. Per desar una llista de reproducció a un fitxer Per desar una llista de reproducció a un fitxer, feu clic en el botó Desa la llista de reproducció. Es mostrarà el diàleg Desa la llista de reproducció, especifiqueu el nom de fitxer amb què voleu desar la llista de reproducció i feu clic en el botó Desa. Per moure una pista o una pel·lícula cap amunt en la llista de reproducció Per moure una pista o una pel·lícula cap amunt en la llista de reproducció, seleccioneu l'element de la llista de reproducció i després feu clic en el botó Mou amunt. Per moure una pista o una pel·lícula cap avall en la llista de reproducció Per moure una pista o una pel·lícula cap avall en la llista de reproducció, seleccioneu l'element de la llista de reproducció i després feu clic en el botó Mou avall. Per seleccionar o desseleccionar el mode de repetició Per habilitar o inhabilitar el mode de repetició, trieu EditaMode de repetició. Per seleccionar o desseleccionar el mode aleatori Per habilitar o inhabilitar el mode aleatori, trieu EditaMode aleatori. Per triar els subtítols Per triar l'idioma dels subtítols, seleccioneu VisualitzaSubtítols i trieu l'idioma en què voleu que es mostrin els subtítols. Per inhabilitar la visualització dels subtítols, trieu VisualitzaSubtítolsCap. Per defecte, el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem utilitzarà el mateix idioma en què s'està utilitzant l'ordinador per mostrar els subtítols. El reproductor de pel·lícules Totem carregarà i mostrarà automàticament els subtítols si el nom del fitxer del vídeo i dels subtítols tenen el mateix nom i l'extensió dels subtítols és asc, txt, sub, srt, smi, ssa o ass. Si el fitxer dels subtítols té un nom diferent del fitxer de vídeo, feu clic amb el botó secundari damunt del nom del fitxer de vídeo a la llista de reproducció i trieu Seleccioneu els subtítols de text en el menú emergent per carregar el fitxer de subtítols correcte. També podeu seleccionar els subtítols des de VisualitzaSeleccioneu els subtítols de text. Podeu baixar els subtítols des del servei d'OpenSubtitles si utilitzeu el connector Baixador de subtítols. Vegeu més informació a . Per fer una captura de pantalla Per fer una captura de pantalla d'una pel·lícula o d'una visualització d'una cançó que s'està reproduint, trieu Edita Fes una captura de pantalla . Es mostrarà el diàleg Desa la captura de pantalla. Trieu una ubicació i escriviu el nom del fitxer amb què voleu desar la captura de pantalla i després feu clic en el botó Desa per desar-la. El reproductor de pel·lícules Totem mostrarà una previsualització de la captura de pantalla que es desarà a la part esquerra del diàleg Desa la captura de pantalla. Per crear una galeria de captures de pantalla Per crear una galeria de captures de pantalla d'una pel·lícula o d'una visualització d'una cançó que s'està reproduint, trieu Edita Crea una galeria de captures de pantalla . Es mostrarà el diàleg Desa la galeria. Trieu una ubicació i escriviu el nom del fitxer amb què voleu desar la galeria d'imatges i després feu clic en el botó Desa per desar-la. Podeu especificar l'amplada de les captures a la galeria si modifiqueu l'entrada Amplada de la captura de pantalla (en píxels). L'amplada per defecte és de 128 píxels. També podeu especificar el nombre de captures que voleu que es mostrin a la galeria. Per defecte, el nombre es calcula en funció de la durada de la pel·lícula, tot i així aquest nombre es pot substituir si es desselecciona la casella de selecció Calcula el nombre de captures de pantalla i s'introdueix un número nou en el quadre de selecció de valors Nombre de captures de pantalla. Connectors El reproductor de pel·lícules Totem té moltes característiques que estan presents en forma de connectors —peces de programari que només es carreguen quan és necessari. Per habilitar un connector Per visualitzar el llistat de connectors instal·lats, trieu EditaConnectors. Es mostrarà el diàleg Configura els connectors. A la part esquerra hi haurà una llista de tots els connectors instal·lats, mentre que a la dreta hi haurà la descripció del connector seleccionat. Els connectors que tinguin opcions que es puguin canviar tindran el botó sensible Preferències a la dreta. Per habilitar un connector, activeu la casella de selecció a l'esquerra del nom a la llista de connectors i el connector es carregarà automàticament. Si hi ha algun error quan el connector es carregui, es mostrarà un diàleg d'error immediatament. Per inhabilitar el connector, desseleccioneu la seva casella de selecció. Els connectors restaran habilitats o inhabilitats tal com hàgiu indicat, fins i tot, quan el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem estigui tancat. Sempre per damunt Si està habilitat, el connector Sempre per damunt farà que la finestra principal del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem es mantingui per sobre de totes les altres finestres quan s'estigui reproduint una pel·lícula, però no mentre s'estigui reproduint àudio o visualitzacions. Per deixar que la finestra es mantingui sempre per damunt, desactiveu el connector. Client DLNA/UPnP de Coherence El connector Client DLNA/UPnP de Coherence permet que el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem reprodueixi contingut multimèdia des dels servidors de suports UPnP (com els servidors Coherence) en una xarxa local. Amb el connector Client DLNA/UPnP de Coherence habilitat, trieu F9VisualitzaBarra lateral o feu clic en el botó Barra lateral per mostrar la barra lateral. Seleccioneu el Client DLNA/UPnP de Coherence en el quadre de llista desplegable de la part superior de la barra lateral per mostrar la barra del Client DLNA/UPnP de Coherence. La visualització en arbre a la barra lateral llistarà els servidors de suports disponibles. Si feu clic en un d'ells s'ampliarà per mostrar els tipus de suports que admet i si feu clic en un directori multimèdia s'ampliarà per llistar tots els fitxers multimèdia disponibles. Si feu doble clic en un fitxer multimèdia s'afegirà a la llista de reproducció del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem i el reproduirà. O bé podeu fer doble clic en un fitxer i triar Reprodueix o Envia a la cua per reproduir el fitxer immediatament o afegir-lo a la llista de reproducció, respectivament. Si el servidor de suports ho permet, podeu suprimir un fitxer del servidor de suports si trieu Suprimeix del menú contextual d'aquest fitxer. Anotacions del Gromit El connector Anotacions del Gromit permet dibuixar damunt de les pel·lícules mentre s'estan reproduint si utilitzeu el Gromit. Heu de tenir instal·lat el Gromit abans d'habilitar el connector. Consulteu la documentació del vostre sistema operatiu per instal·lar-lo. Amb el connector habilitat, premeu CtrlD per activar o desactivar el Gromit. Quan el Gromit està habilitat, la busca esdevindrà una creu. Per dibuixar a la pantalla, mantingueu premut el botó del ratolí i arrossegueu la busca abans de deixar-la anar. Torneu a prémer CtrlD per desactivar el Gromit. Per netejar la pantalla de les anotacions, premeu CtrlE o tanqueu el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Jamendo El connector Jamendo permet escoltar la col·lecció de música sota la llicència Creative Commons del servei Jamendo. Per configurar el connector Si ja heu habilitat el connector Jamendo, per configurar-lo feu clic en el botó Preferències i es mostrarà el diàleg del Jamendo. En el diàleg podeu triar en quin format, Ogg o MP3, voleu baixar-vos les cançons (és preferible el format Ogg per la seva naturalesa de codi font obert) i el nombre d'àlbums a recuperar quan es faci una cerca (trieu més àlbums si teniu una connexió ràpida d'Internet). Quan hàgiu finalitzat, feu clic a Tanca. Per mostrar la barra lateral del Jamendo Amb el connector Jamendo habilitat, trieu F9VisualitzaBarra lateral o feu clic en el botó Barra lateral. Seleccioneu el Jamendo en el quadre de llista desplegable de la part superior de la barra lateral per mostrar la barra del Jamendo. Per cercar música Escriviu els termes que busqueu al quadre de cerca a la part superior de la barra lateral del Jamendo. Podeu cercar per artista o per etiquetes. Per iniciar la cerca feu clic en el botó «Cerca». Els resultats de la cerca es mostraran en una visualització en arbre a la pestanya Resultats de la cerca de la barra lateral i es poden explorar si utilitzeu els botons de desplaçament de la part inferior de la barra. Es llistaran els àlbums i si feu clic en un àlbum, es llistaran les cançons a sota. Si voleu amagar les cançons, torneu a fer clic en l'àlbum. Si seleccioneu un artista, podeu fer clic en el botó Pàgina a Jamendo de l'àlbum per obrir la pàgina de l'àlbum al lloc web del Jamendo. Si feu doble clic en un àlbum o trieu Afegeix a la llista de reproducció del menú contextual de l'àlbum, reemplaçareu la vostra llista de reproducció amb totes les cançons de l'àlbum i començareu a reproduir en temps real la primera cançó des del lloc web del Jamendo. Si feu doble clic en una cançó, reemplaçareu la vostra llista de reproducció només amb aquesta cançó. Àlbums populars i últimes versions Quan visualitzeu la pestanya Popular a la barra lateral del Jamendo es carregarà una llista dels àlbums més populars del Jamendo en aquell instant, que es poden reproduir com els resultats de la cerca. De la mateixa manera, quan visualitzeu la pestanya Últimes versions es carregarà una llista dels darrers àlbums que s'hagin publicat al Jamendo. Cerca local El connector Cerca local permet cercar pel·lícules i fitxers d'àudio en el vostre ordinador des del mateix reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Si teniu el connector habilitat, trieu F9VisualitzaBarra lateral o feu clic en el botó Barra lateral per mostrar la barra lateral. Seleccioneu Cerca local en el quadre de llista desplegable de la part superior de la barra lateral per mostrar la barra de Cerca local. Per realitzar una cerca, escriviu els termes que busqueu al quadre de cerca a la part superior de la barra lateral i feu clic a Cerca. Els termes de cerca poden incloure caràcters comodí com *, que coincidiran amb qualsevol caràcter. Per exemple, la cerca *.mpg buscarà totes les pel·lícules que tinguin l'extensió .mpg. Els resultats de la cerca es poden explorar si utilitzeu els botons Enrere i Endavant de la part inferior de la barra lateral. Així podreu saltar a una pestanya concreta de resultats si escriviu el seu número en el quadre de selecció de valors. Publica la llista de reproducció El connector Publica la llista de reproducció permet publicar les llistes de reproducció en una xarxa local perquè hi accedeixin altres ordinadors i puguin reproduir-les. Per configurar el connector Si ja heu habilitat el connector Publica la llista de reproducció, per configurar-lo feu clic en el botó Preferències i es mostrarà el diàleg de configuració. Aquí podeu canviar el nom que apareixerà per compartir la llista de reproducció. Les cadenes següents es reemplaçaran quan es publiquin les llistes de reproducció: %a Reemplaçat amb el nom del programa: reproductor de pel·lícules Totem %h Reemplaçat amb el vostre nom d'ordinador. %u Reemplaçat amb el vostre nom d'usuari. %U Reemplaçat amb el vostre nom real. %% Reemplaçat amb un símbol de tant per cent. També podeu seleccionar la casella de selecció Utilitzeu el protocol de transport encriptat si voleu encriptar les llistes de reproducció compartides quan s'estiguin transmetent a la xarxa. Quan hàgiu finalitzat, feu clic a Tanca. Per publicar les llistes de reproducció Amb el connector habilitat, no cal que publiqueu les llistes de reproducció explícitament, atès que automàticament estan disponibles a la xarxa com un lloc web Zeroconf. Per navegar per altres ordinadors de la xarxa Per visualitzar les llistes de reproducció compartides a la xarxa, seleccioneu Altres ordinadors de la xarxa des del quadre de llista desplegable de la part superior de la barra lateral. Si s'ha publicat alguna llista de reproducció a la xarxa, aquesta es llistarà aquí. Feu doble clic en la llista de reproducció per carregar-la i reproduir-la en el vostre ordinador. Baixador de subtítols El connector Baixador de subtítols permet trobar i baixar els fitxers de subtítols des del servei OpenSubtitles. Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose CtrlShifts ViewDownload Movie Subtitles, which will display the Download Movie Subtitles dialog. Seleccioneu la llengua en què voleu baixar els subtítols des del quadre de llista desplegable a la part superior del diàleg, després feu clic en el botó Cerca per cercar els subtítols de la pel·lícula actual. Els subtítols es troben en funció del contingut de la pel·lícula, més que en funció del seu nom i les seves etiquetes. Els resultats de la cerca es llisten en visualització en arbre al mig del diàleg. Actualment els subtítols només es poden utilitzar si la pel·lícula es torna a carregar amb els subtítols; així que després de seleccionar el fitxer de subtítol que voleu baixar, feu clic en el botó Reprodueix amb subtítols per baixar els subtítols i tornar a carregar la pel·lícula. Els fitxers de subtítol baixats es guarden en memòria cau (de forma predeterminada a ~/.cache/totem/subtitles) per tal que no sigui necessari tornar-los a baixar per veure la pel·lícula. Quan baixeu subtítols nous per una pel·lícula, se suprimeixen qualssevol subtítols que s'hagin baixat anteriorment per a la pel·lícula. Miniatura El connector Miniatura estableix la icona de la finestra principal del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem com una miniatura de la pel·lícula actual i actualitza la icona quan es carreguen pel·lícules noves. Si no existeix una miniatura per a la pel·lícula actual (o si esteu reproduint un fitxer d'àudio), la icona de la finestra principal restablirà el logo del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Enregistrador de discs de vídeo El connector Enregistrador de discs de vídeo permet enregistrar la llista de reproducció actual a un DVD, VCD o CD mitjançant el Brasero. Per enregistrar la llista de reproducció actual, trieu Pel·lículaCrea un disc de vídeo. Es mostrarà el diàleg del Brasero, que us donarà opcions per convertir les pel·lícules al format apropiat per enregistrar-les al disc. Per a més informació, vegeu la documentació del Brasero. Navegador del YouTube El connector Navegador del YouTube permet cercar i navegar pel YouTube i reproduir directament vídeos del YouTube en el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Amb el connector habilitat, trieu F9VisualitzaBarra lateral o feu clic en el botó Barra lateral per mostrar la barra lateral. Seleccioneu YouTube en el quadre de llista desplegable de la part superior de la barra lateral per mostrar la barra del YouTube. Per cercar un vídeo del YouTube, escriviu els termes de cerca al quadre de cerca a la part superior de la barra lateral i feu clic en el botó Cerca. Els resultats de la cerca es llistaran a sota en visualització en arbre. Si us desplaceu per la llista, automàticament es carregaran més resultats. Per reproduir un vídeo, feu doble clic en un vídeo a la llista de resultats o trieu Afegeix a la llista de reproducció del seu menú contextual. Quan es reprodueix un vídeo, es carreguen automàticament una llista de vídeos relacionats a la pestanya Vídeos relacionats de la barra lateral del YouTube. Els vídeos del YouTube es poden obrir en un navegador si trieu Obre en el navegador en el seu menú contextual. Així obrireu el vídeo en la seva ubicació original al lloc web del YouTube. Servei D-Bus El connector Servei D-Bus envia notificacions al subsistema D-Bus sobre les pel·lícules que s'estan reproduint en el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Aplicacions com el Gajim poden escoltar aquestes notificacions i poden respondre en conseqüència, per exemple, amb l'actualització del vostre missatge d'estat per mostrar el vídeo que estigueu reproduint en el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem. Preferències Per modificar les preferències del reproductor de pel·lícules Totem, trieu Edita Preferències . General Xarxa Seleccioneu la velocitat de connexió a la xarxa en el quadre de llista desplegable Velocitat de connexió. Subtítols Carrega els fitxers de subtítols quan es carrega una pel·lícula: seleccioneu aquesta opció per carregar automàticament qualsevol fitxer de subtítol que tingui el mateix nom que la pel·lícula que es reproduirà. Tipus de lletra: seleccioneu aquesta opció per canviar el tipus de lletra que s'utilitzarà per mostrar els subtítols. Codificació: seleccioneu aquesta opció per canviar la codificació que s'utilitzarà per mostrar els subtítols. Pantalla Pantalla Seleccioneu l'opció redimensiona si voleu que el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem redimensioni automàticament la finestra quan es carregui un vídeo nou. Seleccioneu l'opció d'estalvi de pantalla si voleu que l'estalvi de pantalla s'activi quan estigueu reproduint fitxers d'àudio. Alguns monitors que tinguin els altaveus integrats podrien deixar de reproduir la música quan s'activi l'estalvi de pantalla. Efectes visuals Efectes visuals: seleccioneu aquesta opció per mostrar efectes visuals quan es reprodueix un fitxer d'àudio. Tipus de visualització: seleccioneu el tipus de visualització des del quadre de llista desplegable. Mida de la visualització: seleccioneu la mida de la visualització des del quadre de llista desplegable. Balanç del color Brillantor: empreu el lliscador per especificar el nivell de brillantor. Contrast: empreu el lliscador per especificar el nivell de contrast. Saturació: empreu el lliscador per especificar el nivell de saturació. To: empreu el lliscador per especificar el nivell de to. Utilitzeu el botó Torna als valors per defecte per reiniciar els controls del balanç de color a les seves posicions predeterminades. Àudio Sortida d'àudio Seleccioneu un tipus de sortida d'àudio des del quadre llista desplegable Tipus de sortida d'àudio. Quant al <application>reproductor de pel·lícules Totem</application> Totem Movie Player is written by Bastien Nocera (hadess@hadess.net), Julien Moutte (julien@moutte.net) for the GStreamer backend, and Guenter Bartsch (guenter@users.sourceforge.net). To find more information about Totem Movie Player, please visit the Totem Movie Player website. Per informar d'un error o fer un suggeriment sobre el reproductor de pel·lícules Totem o aquest manual, seguiu les indicacions de la Pàgina de suggeriments del GNOME. Aquest programa es distribueix sota els termes de la Llicència pública general de GNU tal com publica la Free Software Foundation; tant en la versió 2 de la llicència, o (a la vostra opció) una versió posterior. Es pot trobar una còpia d'aquesta llicència en aquest enllaç, o en el fitxer COPYING inclòs amb el codi font d'aquest programa.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/klondike.xml0000644000373100047300000001200512630035522023757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Klondike Escrit per en Jonathan Blandford Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es mostren una per una a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Set piles. Es reparteix un carta de cara amunt a la primera pila. Es col·loca una carta cara avall a la resta de les piles. Es col·loca una carta cara amunt a la pila següent seguida d'una carta cara avall en totes les piles cobertes. Es repeteix fins que hi ha set cartes a l'última pila. El tauler es pot construir baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Les piles buides només es poden omplir amb reis i grups de cartes que comencin amb un rei. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Una pila buida només es pot omplir amb un rei o un grup de cartes amb un rei a la part inferior. Les cartes es giren d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla tres vegades. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. En fer doble clic a una carta de la base es mouran a la base totes les cartes que hi puguin anar. És molt útil per netejar al final de la partida. Opcions Hi ha tres camins possibles per a jugar. Les diferències entre ells és com es reparteixen les cartes de la pila principal. Cartes de tres en tres Les cartes es reparteixen des de la pila principal de tres en tres. No hi ha límit de quants cops es torna a donar des de la pila principal. Cartes d'una en una Les cartes es reparteixen des de la pila principal d'una en una. Tot i això, només podeu tornar a donar des de la pila principal dos cops. Sense cartes per tornar a donar Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Jugueu d'aquesta manera si voleu un gran repte (i una mica de frustració). Sense límit de tornar a donar Les cartes es reparteixen des de la pila principal d'una en una. No hi ha límit de quants cops es torna a donar des de la pila principal. Probablement considerareu que un dels dos primers mètodes és el tradicional, depenent d'on viviu i qui us ha ensenyat. L'opció de no tornar a donar és la trobada normalment a les regles antigues, però rarament es juga al joc d'aquesta manera. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia No desistiu. Intenteu mètodes de força bruta quan la partida sembli perduda. A vegades una combinació amb les cartes de les bases i tornar a ordenar les seqüències alliberarà algunes cartes necessàries. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/gaps.xml0000644000373100047300000000531712630035522023121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Llocs buits Escrit per en Zach Keene Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Totes les cartes es reparteixen en quatre files de 13 cartes cada una. Els asos es descarten per a deixar quatre llocs buits. Es pot tornar a donar dos cops. Objectiu Col·locar totes les cartes en seqüència des del 2 al rei, per pal. Regles Els llocs buits a la columna de l'esquerra es poden omplir movent-hi un 2 de qualsevol pal. Un lloc buit a la dreta de qualsevol carta que no sigui un rei, es pot omplir col·locant al lloc buit la carta amb el mateix pal però un rang superior. Els llocs buits que segueixen els reis o els altres llocs buits no es poden omplir. Quan s'ha col·locat una carta en una seqüència que comença amb 2 al lloc buit de l'esquerra, aquesta no es podrà moure més. Si no hi ha moviments possibles (ex. tots els llocs buits segueixen els reis), en fer doble clic a qualsevol carta provocarà que es torni a donar. Les cartes que no estiguin en seqüència seran suprimides, barrejades i repartides. Només es pot tornar a donar dos cops. Opcions Llocs buits col·locats aleatòriament en tornar a donar: Activeu aquesta opció per a tenir llocs buits col·locats aleatòriament després de tornar a donar. Si està desactivat, els llocs buits sempre es col·locaran a la dreta de les cartes que estan en seqüència després de tornar a donar. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada en seqüència, començant amb un dos al lloc de l'esquerra, puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Ajorneu qualsevol moviment que afegeixi un lloc buit després d'un rei tant temps com sigui possible. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/aunt_mary.xml0000644000373100047300000000644312630035523024170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tia Maria Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es mostren una per una a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Bases Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Sis piles, es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a la primera pila. Es col·loca una carta cara avall a la resta de les piles. Es col·loca una carta cara amunt a les dues primeres piles i després una carta cara avall a les piles cobertes. Es reparteixen tres cartes de cara amunt i la resta cara avall. Es repeteix el procés revelant més cartes cada cop de forma gradual fins que hi ha sis files amb sis cartes. El tauler es pot construir baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Les piles buides només es poden omplir amb reis o grups de cartes que comencin amb un rei. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Una pila buida només es pot omplir amb un rei o un grup de cartes amb un rei a la part inferior. Les cartes es giren d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla tres vegades. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia La Tia Maria és extremadament difícil i rarament es pot solucionar. El repte real no és acabar el joc, si no veure on podeu arribar. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/isabel.xml0000644000373100047300000000323212630035522023420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Isabel Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Tauler Tretze piles. Es reparteixen tres cartes cara avall i una carta de cara amunt a cada pila. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Suprimiu les parelles de cartes del mateix rang. Cada cop que una carta és suprimida, la carta de sota es gira cara amunt i es pot jugar. Els llocs buits no s'omplen. Puntuació Cada parella de cartes suprimida puntua dos punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Cada pila comença amb quatre cartes. El truc és recordar quantes cartes queden a cada lloc en un moment determinat de manera que intenteu suprimir les cartes de forma equitativa. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/poker.xml0000644000373100047300000000740712630035523023312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pòquer Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Pila de descartades Al costat de la pila principal. La pila de descartades només pot tenir una carta. Tauler Graella de cinc per cinc. Cada lloc només pot tenir una carta. Objectiu Puntueu tants punts com sigui possible utilitzant mans de pòquer. Hi ha dotze mans al tauler: 5 files, 5 columnes i 2 diagonals. Es considera victòria puntuar 75 punts o més. Regles Feu clic a la pila principal per girar les cartes d'una en una. La carta s'ha de col·locar en algun lloc del tauler abans que la carta següent pugui ser girada. Una carta no es pot moure un cop col·locada. Opcions Mode de barreja: Si està seleccionat, podeu moure les cartes després que s'hagin col·locat. D'aquesta manera necessiteu almenys 120 punts per a guanyar. Puntuació Les mans del pòquer es puntuen utilitzant el sistema de puntuació britànic, que és el següent: Mà Descripció Puntuació Escala de color Totes les cartes estan en seqüència i tenen el mateix pal 30 Quatre d'un tipus Conté quatre cartes que tenen el mateix rang 16 Escala Totes les cartes estan en seqüència 12 Full Tres d'un rang i dos d'un altre 10 Tres d'un tipus Conté tres cartes que tenen el mateix rang 6 Color Les cinc cartes tenen el mateix pal 5 Dues parelles Conté dos jocs de dues cartes del mateix rang 3 Una parella Conté dues cartes del mateix rang 1 Puntuació màxima possible: 276 Estratègia Recordeu que veureu almenys la meitat de la baralla i planifiqueu en concordança. No es recomana intentar enganyar l'ordinador. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/scorpion.xml0000644000373100047300000000465412630035523024027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Escorpí Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Les últimes tres cartes es col·loquen aquí després de repartir. Tauler Set piles a la dreta de la pila principal. * Es reparteix una carta cara avall a cada una de les primeres quatre files. Es reparteix una carta cara amunt a les últimes tres files. Es repeteix des de * dues vegades més, repartint un total de tres files. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada pila durant quatre files més. Objectiu Creeu quatre piles de tretze cartes cada una, cada pila consistent amb un pal i ordenada per rang. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant per pal. Els grups de cartes es poden moure independentment de la seqüència. Una pila buida al tauler només es pot omplir amb un rei o un grup de cartes amb un rei a la part inferior. En qualsevol moment, en fer clic a la pila principal es repartiran les últimes tres cartes, cada una a les tres primeres piles. Puntuació Per cada seqüència d'un pal, la puntuació aconseguida és (longitud de la seqüència - 1). Cada cop que es crei una seqüència de tretze i està al seu lloc, s'aconseguiran quatre punts extra. S'aconsegueixen tres punts en aconseguir una carta que està cara avall. Puntuació màxima possible: 100 Estratègia No sempre és fàcil desfer els nusos. Eviteu fer-vos un embolic del que no podeu sortir. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/athena.xml0000644000373100047300000000716212630035522023427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Athena Escrit per l'Alan Horkan, basat en el treball d'en Jonathan Blandford Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es mostren una per una a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Bases Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Set piles. Quatre files, la primera fila està cara avall, la segona fila està cara amunt, la tercera fila està cara avall i la quarta i última fila està cara amunt. Essencialment l'Athena és el mateix joc que el Klondike però la disposició inicial és diferent. El tauler es pot construir baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Les piles buides només es poden omplir amb reis o grups de cartes que comencin amb un rei. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Una pila buida només es pot omplir amb un rei o un grup de cartes amb un rei a la part inferior. Les cartes es giren d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla tres vegades. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia No desistiu. Intenteu mètodes de força bruta quan la partida sembli perduda. A vegades una combinació amb les cartes de les bases i tornar a ordenar les seqüències alliberarà algunes cartes necessàries. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/doublets.xml0000644000373100047300000000627112630035523024011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Doblets Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Directament a la dreta de la pila principal. Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Reserva Set piles, en forma d'arc (una U invertida) a la dreta. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada pila. Durant la repartició, si es reparteix un rei, aquest és suprimit i es col·loca a la part inferior de la baralla. Es reparteix una altra carta en aquesta pila. La pila de la reserva només pot tenir una carta. Quan una pila de la reserva està buida, aquesta s'omple automàticament des de la pila de descartades o, si la pila de descartades està buida, des de la pila principal. Quan s'ha acabat la repartició inicial, quan un rei es col·loca a una pila de la reserva, aquesta pila queda congelada ja que els reis no es poden moure. Base Una pila, la pila central de la fila inferior dels llocs de la reserva. Per a construir des de la carta original doblant, independentment del pal o del color. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a la pila base. Regles Les cartes es poden col·locar a la pila base si dupliquen el valor de la carta superior de la base. Les jotes i reines són onze i dotze, respectivament. Si el número doblat supera tretze, resteu tretze per a trobar la carta següent necessària. La sèrie seria: A, 2, 4, 8, 3, 6, Q, J, 9, 5, 10, 7, repeteix... Les cartes es giren des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades d'una en una. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes des de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla tres vegades. Puntuació Cada carta a la pila base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Sense el rei, no hi pot haver regicidi. Eviteu-los. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/giant.xml0000644000373100047300000000664312630035522023274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gegant Escrit per l'Ed Sirett Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Totes les cartes es col·loquen aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es reparteixen de fila en fila a les piles del tauler. Només es reparteixen un cop. Base Vuit piles a la part superior dreta. Per construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Vuit piles. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cadascuna de les vuit piles. Reserva A la dreta del tauler. Inicialment buit. Poc contenir qualsevol carta. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Les cartes es poden moure individualment o per grups. Un lloc buit al tauler es pot omplir amb qualsevol carta. Hi ha l'opció de restringir el moviment a les cartes del mateix pal. Vegeu a sota. Les cartes es reparteixen des de la pila principal al tauler en files completes. Podeu optar per deixar la reserva buida o ocupada. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal de l'as al rei. Les cartes superiors a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. En fer doble clic a una base es mouran automàticament tantes cartes com sigui possible a la base. Opcions Hi ha dues maneres de jugar-hi. La diferència rau en com es construeixen les cartes al tauler. Del mateix pal Les cartes han de ser del mateix pal per poder-les moure com a grup i s'han de col·locar sobre una carta del mateix pal. De colors alternants To be moved as a group cards must be in a sequence of alternating colors. The top card must be placed on a card of the opposite color. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 104 Estratègia Eviteu que les cartes més baixes es quedin al tauler. Utilitzeu la reserva amb intel·ligència. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/spiderette.xml0000644000373100047300000000514312630035523024335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Aranyeta Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler quan s'hi fa clic. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Tauler Set piles a la part inferior. Es reparteix una carta cara avall a les set piles, després una a les últimes sis piles, seguida d'una a les últimes cinc piles. Es continua d'aquesta manera fins que hi ha set cartes a l'última pila. Es gira la carta superior de cada pila. Objectiu Crear quatre piles de tretze cartes construïdes baixant per pal i en seqüència. Regles Les cartes al tauler es poden construir baixant independentment del pal. Les construccions de cartes en seqüència i del mateix pal es poden moure com una unitat. Les piles buides del tauler es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta o construcció de cartes. S'han d'omplir totes les piles del tauler abans de cada repartició. En fer clic a la pila principal es repartirà una carta a cada pila del tauler excepte a l'última repartició que col·loca una carta a cada una de les tres primeres piles. La seqüència de totes les tretze cartes d'un pal es pot moure a una pila base. Un cop allà, ja no es poden jugar més. Puntuació Cada parell de cartes per pal i en seqüència puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Intenteu mantenir una pila del tauler buida sempre que sigui possibles per a crear un espai d'intercanvi per a moure les cartes. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/terrace.xml0000644000373100047300000001547012630035522023615 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Terrassa Escrit per en David Rogers Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir la reserva al tauler. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. La pila principal no es pot girar. Pila de descartades Per agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per jugar. Reserva Es reparteixen onze cartes de cara amunt en una pila. Totes les cartes són visibles però només es pot jugar la carta de sobre. Base Vuit piles al mig. Per construir en seqüència alternant colors des de la carta base. Tauler Es reparteixen nou cartes de la baralla de cara amunt un cop s'ha seleccionat la carta base. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant en seqüència i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes no es poden moure. Una pila buida al tauler es pot omplir amb la carta superior de la pila de descartades o amb la carta següent de la pila principal. Les cartes superiors es poden moure a les bases o a una altra pila del tauler. Les bases es construeixen pujant en seqüència i alternant els colors des de la carta base. Les bases buides es poden omplir amb la carta base que seleccioneu d'entre les quatre cartes a l'atzar del primer moviment. Les cartes de les bases estan fora de joc. La carta superior de la reserva es pot jugar i només es pot moure a les bases. Les cartes es poden girar d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades a si no és que hi ha espai al tauler. Si hi ha un espai al tauler només es pot girar una carta de la pila principal a la pila de descartades fins que el tauler és ple o la carta superior de la pila de descartades es mou a la base o al tauler. Mentre la pila principal està bloquejada podeu moure cartes al voltant del tauler, de la reserva a la base. Si la pila de descartades és buida es reparteix una carta de la pila principal automàticament. La carta superior de la pila de descartades és en joc. La pila principal no es pot mostrar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mou a la pila base apropiada si el moviment és possible. Opcions Hi ha set maneres de jugar. La diferència entre elles rau en el nombre de cartes de la reserva, les piles al tauler o l'elecció de carta base. Terrassa Reserva d'11 cartes, 9 piles al tauler. Les bases es construeixen pujant en seqüència i alternant colors des de la carta base. Seleccioneu una carta base d'entre quatre cartes al principi de la partida i es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler. La pila principal no es pot mostrar. Paciència general Reserva de 13 cartes, 9 piles al tauler. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal en seqüència. Seleccioneu una carta base d'entre quatre cartes al principi de la partida i es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler. La pila principal es pot mostrar una vegada però la partida es perd si no podeu jugar les cartes noves després d'haver-les mostrat. Estrelles fugaces Reserva d'11 cartes, 9 piles al tauler. Les bases es construeixen pujant en seqüència i alternant colors des de la carta base. A l'inici de la partida se selecciona automàticament una carta base i es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler. La pila principal no es pot mostrar. Senyora Reserva d'11 cartes, 9 piles al tauler. Les bases es construeixen pujant en seqüència i alternant colors des de la carta base. A l'inici de la partida se selecciona automàticament una carta base i es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler. Els espais al tauler s'omplen automàticament des de la pila de descartades o, si aquesta és buida, des de la pila principal. La pila principal no es pot mostrar. Pèl-roges Reserva de 21 cartes, 8 piles al tauler. Les bases es construeixen pujant en seqüència i alternant colors des de la carta base. A l'inici de la partida se selecciona automàticament una carta base i es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler. Els espais al tauler s'omplen automàticament des de la reserva o, si aquesta és buida, amb qualsevol carta. La pila principal no es pot mostrar. Rosses i morenes Reserva de 10 cartes, 8 piles al tauler. Les bases es construeixen pujant en seqüència i alternant colors des de la carta base. A l'inici de la partida se selecciona automàticament una carta base i es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler. La pila principal no es pot mostrar. Fusta Reserva de 10 cartes, 9 piles al tauler. Les bases es construeixen pujant en seqüència i alternant colors des de la carta base. A l'inici de la partida es selecciona automàticament una carta base i es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler. La pila principal no es pot mostrar. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Estratègia A l'inici de la partida examineu la reserva curosament abans d'escollir la vostra carta base. Eviteu les cartes base amb moltes cartes enterrades a la reserva. Vigileu les seqüències invertides a la pila principal. Reserveu una base per suprimir les seqüències invertides. Intenteu començar les piles del tauler a partir de l'última carta necessària per completar la base. Recordeu que podeu continuar girant cartes de la pila principal mentre aquesta estigui bloquejada sense emplenar el tauler utilitzant la carta superior de la pila de descartades. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/gold_mine.xml0000644000373100047300000000547412630035523024131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Mina d'or Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es mostren una per una a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Bases Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Set piles, totes buides en començar. La mina d'or és una variació del Klondike. El tauler es pot construir baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Una pila buida al tauler es pot omplir amb qualsevol carta. Es giren tres cartes a la vegada des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, s'acaba la partida. Només hi ha un intent per a aconseguir-ho i establir la mina d'or. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Vigileu com omplir les piles base buides. La majoria de les vegades és possible guanyar la mina d'or amb habilitat. Si no ho aconseguiu la primera vegada, torneu a iniciar i intenteu-ho un altre cop. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/definitions.xml0000644000373100047300000001747512630035523024513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Glossari Nota de l'autor: Aquestes definicions només pretenen ser una guia. Vegeu les regles de cada joc ja que cada joc té el dret de tornar a definir o modificar les regles. Carta base La primera carta a repartir a la pila base. La resta de bases normalment s'han de començar amb una carta d'aquest rang. Vegeu: Base Construir alternant el color Quan es pot construir col·locant una carta sobre una altra de color oposat. Per exemple, és correcte col·locar un diamant sobre una pica, però no ho és col·locar un diamant sobre un cor. Construir amb qualsevol pal excepte el propi Quan es pot construir col·locant una carta sobre una altra d'un pal diferent. Per exemple, és correcte col·locar un diamant sobre un cor, però no ho és col·locar un cor sobre un cor. Construir per color Quan es pot construir col·locant una carta sobre una altra del mateix color. Per exemple, és correcte col·locar un diamant sobre un cor, però no ho és col·locar un diamant sobre un trèvol. Construir sense importar el pal Tot és correcte. Construir per pal Quan es pot construir col·locant una carta sobre una altra del mateix pal. Per exemple, és correcte col·locar un trèvol sobre un trèvol, però no ho és col·locar un trèvol sobre una pica. Construir baixant Quan es pot construir col·locant una carta de rang menor sobre una altra de rang major. Generalment això implica una diferència de només un rang entre les dues cartes. Per exemple, és correcte col·locar un 10 sobre una jota, però no ho és col·locar un 10 sobre un 9. Construir baixant de * en * Quan es pot construir col·locant una carta de rang menor sobre una altra de rang * major. Per exemple, si * és 2, és correcte col·locar un 10 sobre una reina, però no ho és col·locar un 10 sobre una jota. Construir pujant Quan es pot construir col·locant una carta de rang major sobre una altra de rang menor. Generalment això implica una diferència de només un rang entre les dues cartes. Per exemple, és correcte col·locar una reina sobre una jota, però no ho és col·locar una reina sobre un rei. Construir pujant de * en * Quan es pot construir col·locant una carta de rang major sobre una altra de rang * menor. Per exemple, si * és 2, és correcte col·locar un 10 sobre un 8, però no ho és col·locar un 10 sobre un 9. Construir pujant o baixant Quan es pot construir col·locant una carta de sobre una altra de rang major o menor. Per exemple, és correcte col·locar una jota sobre una reina, però no ho és col·locar un 10 sobre una reina. Construir L'habilitat de col·locar una carta (o grup de cartes) sobre una altra carta. De manera dependent al rang, podeu construir pujant, construir baixant o construir pujant/baixant de * en *. De manera dependent al pal/color, podeu construir per pal, construir per color, construir alternant el color, construir amb qualsevol pal excepte el propi o construir sense importar el pal. Noteu que en tots els jocs que es pot construir seguiran dues d'aquestes regles, una de cada llista. Baralla Joc de cartes utilitzat. La majora dels jocs utilitzen una Baralla estàndard, però no són estranys els jocs que utilitzen una Baralla doble, una Baralla de comodí o una Baralla despullada. Baralla doble Una baralla de cartes que consisteix en dues Baralles estàndard, que fan un total de 104 cartes. Base Si un joc té una base, normalment la partida es guanya col·locant totes les cartes a les piles base. Baralla de comodí Una baralla de cartes que consisteix en una Baralla estàndard i dos comodins, que fan un total de 54 cartes. Pila Una àrea designada on les cartes poden existir. Rang El valor de la carta. Les cartes numerades normalment tenen el mateix rang que el número associat. Els asos poden ser alts o baixos. Si són alts, es considera que el seu rang és 14. Si són baixos, es considera que el seu rang és 1. El rang de la J, Q i K normalment és 11, 12 i 13 respectivament. Tot i així, alguns jocs poden fer que el rang d'aquestes cartes sigui 10. En aquests casos, el rang d'un as alt pot ser 11. Reserva Les cartes a la reserva normalment estan disponibles per a jugar-les a qualsevol lloc. Normalment no s'hi pot construir. Lloc Vegeu Pila. Baralla estàndard Una baralla de pòquer de 52 cartes. Aquesta conté quatre pals de tretze cartes cada un. Cada pal conté un as, del 2 al 10, una jota, una reina i un rei. Aquests pals normalment són trèvols, piques, cors i diamants. Aquests pals es poden agrupar en dos colors, normalment són el negre i el vermell. Els trèvols i les piques són negres mentre que els cors i els diamants són vermells. L'AisleRiot permet utilitzar diferents baralles. En aquest cas, els colors i/o pals nous són substituïts pel nou paradigma. Pila principal La resta de la baralla després que s'hagin repartit totes les cartes originals, on normalment les cartes estan cara avall. Pal Hi ha quatres classes diferents en una Baralla estàndard. Normalment són trèvols, piques, cors i diamants. Tauler El camp de joc, on succeeix l'acció principal. Normalment s'hi pot construir. Pila de descartades Una pila de cartes de cara amunt, normalment està al costat de la Pila principal. Normalment la carta superior es pot jugar. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/thumb_and_pouch.xml0000644000373100047300000000621012630035523025320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thumb and Pouch Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es mostren una per una a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Set piles. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a la primera pila. Es col·loca una carta cara avall a la resta de les piles. Es col·loca una carta cara amunt a la pila següent, seguida per una carta cara avall en totes les piles cobertes. Es repeteix fins que hi ha set cartes a l'última pila. El tauler es pot construir baixant en qualsevol pal. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol seqüència legal de cartes. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant independentment del pal. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Una pila buida al tauler es pot omplir amb qualsevol seqüència de cartes vàlida. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes des de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla tres vegades. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia La força bruta no sempre funciona, però en aquest cas segurament ho farà. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/kansas.xml0000644000373100047300000000701312630035522023442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Kansas Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Es reparteix una carta a la primera pila base per començar. Les altres piles base es comencen amb les altres tres cartes del mateix rang que aquesta carta base. Les quatre piles es construeixen pujant, amb els rangs continus. Reserva Pila sota la pila principal. Es reparteixen dotze cartes aquí per a començar. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar al tauler o a les piles base. Tauler Tres piles a la part inferior dreta. Es reparteix una carta a cada pila per a començar. Les piles es poden construir baixant independentment del pal. Els espais s'omplen automàticament des de la reserva. Quan la reserva està buida, els espais del tauler es poden omplir des de la pila de descartades al vostre gust. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Al tauler les cartes es construeixen baixant independentment del pal. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Un lloc buit al tauler s'omple automàticament des de la reserva. Si la reserva està buida, el lloc buit es pot omplir amb la carta superior de la pila de descartades. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. No es torna a donar. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de la carta base (la primera carta repartida a la primera base). Les bases noves es comencen quan una carta del mateix rang que aquesta carta base es col·loca a una pila base buida. Els asos es construeixen sobre els reis, i els dosos sobre els asos. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia No podeu excavar a la ferralla. Quan s'ha enterrat una carta a la pila de descartades, és difícil recuperar-la. Intenteu moure tantes cartes com sigui possible des de la pila de descartades al tauler. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/hamilton.xml0000644000373100047300000001175712630035523024010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hamilton Written by Timothy Goodwin Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. The first three cards may be turned over one at a time to Chooser. After choosing a Start card, clicking on Stock deals one card face up to each pile in the Tableau. Chooser Top left, next to Stock. While the Start card is being chosen, clicking Stock deals the top card face up to Chooser. The card in Chooser can be moved to a Foundation. Or if Stock is clicked again, it is returned face down to the bottom of Stock, and the next card moved to Chooser. Base Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from the chosen Start card to King, then Ace to the card with value one less than the Start Card. Tauler Seven piles. Deal one card face up to each pile. Start the second row on the second pile in the Tableau, and deal one card face up to each pile except the first. Repeat, till there are seven cards in the last pile. The Tableau can be built down by matching color. Groups of cards in order and in suit can be moved. Empty piles can be filled by any card or group of cards in order and in suit. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles To start the game, one card is flipped over from the Stock to the Chooser. This card can be moved to a Foundation, in which case it is the Start card for this game. Otherwise, the card in the Chooser is returned face down to the bottom of the stock, and the next card flipped over from Stock to Chooser. If none of the first three cards is chosen, the game is over. Double clicking on the Chooser will move the card there to a Foundation. Cards in the Tableau are built down by color. A King may be placed on an Ace (unless the Start card is Ace). Groups of cards that are in suit can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card, or with a group of cards that are in order and all the same suit. Foundations are built up in suit from the Start card to King, then Ace, Two, and so on to one less than the Start card. For example, if the Start card is Seven, the Foundations are built up from Seven to King, Ace to Six. Cards in Foundations are still in play. A group of cards that are in order and all the same suit can be moved to a Foundation in a single move. Double clicking on a pile in the Tableau will move all possible cards from that pile to the Foundation. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Choose wisely. If you cannot move to the Foundation all visible cards of the Start value, you are unlikely to win. An empty slot in the Tableau is invaluable. Dedication This game is dedicated to, and named for, my father: Geoffrey Hamilton Goodwin (b. 1937). He taught me many patience (or solitaire) games; we both consider Hamilton the most interesting single-pack game. References This game is found under the name Agnes in the book Games of Patience by Basil Dalton, London 1924. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/spider_three_decks.xml0000644000373100047300000000563712630035522026022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Aranya de tres baralles Escrit per en Jonathan Blandford i en Daniel Werner Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla triple Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. En fer clic es repartirà una carta de cara amunt a cada pila. Base Dotze piles a la part superior. No són part de les «regles oficials». Tauler Dotze piles. A les primeres sis piles es reparteixen 4 cartes cara avall i una carta de cara amunt, mentre que a la resta de piles es reparteixen 3 cartes cara avall i una carta de cara amunt. Les cartes es poden construir baixant independentment del pal. Les seqüències de cartes del mateix pal es poden moure com una unitat. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta o unitat movible. Objectiu Aconseguir dotze seqüències de cartes (tres de cada pal) a la base que baixin des del rei a l'as. Si voleu un repte extremadament difícil, també podeu guanyar formant les dotze seqüències al tauler. Això és més difícil perquè hi ha menys piles buides disponibles. De fet, és pràcticament impossible. Regles Construïu baixant independentment del pal. Les seqüències de cartes del mateix pal es poden moure com una unitat. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta o seqüència legal. En fer clic en qualsevol moment a la pila principal es repartirà una carta cara amunt a cada pila. A diferència d'altres variants de l'aranya, es permet que hi hagi piles buides durant les reparticions. Una seqüència de tretze cartes es pot moure a la pila base. Un cop allà, aquestes cartes no es poden jugar més. Puntuació Per cada seqüència per pal, els punts que s'aconsegueixen són (longitud de la seqüència - 1). Puntuació màxima possible: 144 Estratègia Si no teniu èxit al començament, no us hi tornareu addicte. Construïu per pal sempre que sigui possible, però mostreu tantes cartes com pugueu. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/bakers_dozen.xml0000644000373100047300000000417212630035522024633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dotzena de forners Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles a la part superior. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Tretze piles. Es reparteixen quatre cartes de cara amunt a cada pila. Els reis es mouen a la part inferior de les seves piles respectives. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles La carta superior de cada pila del tauler es pot moure a una altra pila del tauler si té un valor inferior que la carta superior de la segona pila. No importa el pal. No es poden omplir les piles buides del tauler. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases encara es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta del tauler aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta moguda a la base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Vigileu no enterrar les cartes baixes. Intenteu que les piles del tauler no es buidin. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/streets_and_alleys.xml0000644000373100047300000000405312630035523026050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Carrers i carrerons Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles a la columna del mig. Per a construir des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Vuit llocs (quatre a l'esquerra i quatre a la dreta de les bases). Es reparteixen totes les cartes de cara amunt i escampades en aquestes vuit piles de manera que hi ha set cartes a cada pila del flanc esquerre i sis cartes a cada pila del flanc dret i es mostren totes les cartes. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant independentment del pal. Només es pot moure una carta a la vegada. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Construïu fins i tot a les bases si és possible. Intenteu aconseguir un lloc buit al tauler. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/peek.xml0000644000373100047300000000546312630035522023115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ullada Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Reserves Quatres piles separades a l'esquerra. Es reparteixen quatre cartes cara amunt a cada pila de la reserva. No es permet construir. Base Quatre piles a la dreta. Es reparteix una carta a la primera base. Pila principal Aquí es col·loquen totes les cartes restants. Les cartes es giren d'una en una a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Qualsevol carta del pal de la primera base es pot jugar a aquesta pila base en qualsevol moment. La resta de bases només es poden començar amb una carta del mateix rang que aquesta primera carta. Un cop començat, aquestes altres bases es poden construir per pal sempre que una carta del mateix rang estigui a la base de sobre. Jugueu les cartes a la reserva sempre que sigui possible seguint aquestes regles. Les cartes es giren d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla tres vegades. Opcions Cartes de tres en tres: Es reparteixen tres cartes a la vegada des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades i no hi ha límit de tornar a donar. Puntuació Un punt per cada carta col·locada a la base. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Les reserves són visibles. Seleccioneu l'ordre intel·ligentment. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/union_square.xml0000644000373100047300000000556612630035523024706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Plaça Unió Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Tauler Reparteix de cara amunt una graella quatre per quatre al tauler, fent un total de setze piles. La carta superior de cada pila està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a la dreta. Les piles base es construeixen per pal des de l'as al rei, llavors es torna del rei a l'as. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les bases. Regles Les cartes al tauler es poden construir pujant o baixant per pal. Tot i això, cada pila ha de seguir només una d'aquestes regles. Per exemple, si una pila de tauler té un tres de trèvols sobre el dos de trèvols, en aquesta pila només es pot jugar un quatre de trèvols. Qualsevol carta disponible pot ser jugada a una pila buida del tauler. Les piles base es construeixen per pal des de l'as al rei, seguit per un altre rei, i tornar a baixar a l'as, fent 26 cartes per pila quan es guanya la partida. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està disponible per a jugar. No es torna a donar. Puntuació Cada carta moguda a la base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 104 Estratègia Es pot afegir un seguit de cartes a o des de els dosos finals i també a les vostres piles. Feu un bon ús dels llocs buits per a afegir cartes. Amb una mica de perseverança, aquest joc pot ser molt divertit. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/beleaguered_castle.xml0000644000373100047300000000406612630035522025766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Castell assetjat Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles a la columna del mig. Els quatre asos es col·loquen aquí, un a cada pila. Per a construir des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Vuit llocs (quatre a l'esquerra i quatre a la dreta de les bases). Es reparteixen totes les cartes de cara amunt i escampades en aquestes vuit piles de manera que hi ha sis cartes a cada pila i es mostren totes les cartes. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant independentment del pal. Només es pot moure una carta a la vegada. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base, que no sigui un as, puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Construïu fins i tot a les bases si és possible. Intenteu aconseguir un lloc buit. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/bakers_game.xml0000644000373100047300000000513212630035522024422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Joc dels forners Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir des de l'as al rei per pal. Reserves Quatre piles a la part superior esquerra. Cada pila de la reserva només pot tenir una carta. Tauler Vuit piles sota la base i les reserves. Les cartes es reparteixen cara amunt al tauler, amb set cartes als quatre primers llocs i sis cartes a cada un dels quatre llocs restants. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles El tauler es construeix baixant per pal. Només es pot moure la carta superior o les construccions de cartes. Una construcció de cartes només es pot moure si el número de cartes construït és igual o inferior al número de llocs buits a la reserva. Els espais buits al tauler només es poden omplir amb un rei o una construcció que comenci amb un rei. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Tot i que les cartes de les bases tècnicament encara estan en joc, no hi ha cap necessitat real de jugar aquestes cartes ja que no ajuden de cap manera. Qualsevol carta superior al tauler es pot col·locar a un lloc buit de la reserva. Aquestes cartes estan disponibles per a tornar-les a jugar al tauler o a una pila base. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Moveu qualsevol carta que pugueu a les bases quan sigui possible. Deixant-les només dificultareu els moviments. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/maze.xml0000644000373100047300000000554012630035522023121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Catacumbes Escrit per en Matthew Wilcox Configuració Tipus de baralla 48 cartes: Baralla estàndard sense els reis Tauler Cinquanta-quatre espais disposats en sis fileres i nou columnes. Es reparteixen les cartes en els espais de l'u al vuit. Es deixa l'espai nou en blanc. Es reparteixen les cartes en els espais del deu al disset. Es deixa l'espai divuit en blanc. Es reparteixen les cartes restants de forma homogènia. Llavors tots els reis són suprimits (no formaran part del joc), de manera que queden sis espais buits en total. Qualsevol carta es pot moure a un espai a l'esquerra d'una altra carta del mateix pal i un rang superior. Qualsevol carta es pot moure a un espai a la dreta d'una altra carta del mateix pal i un valor inferior. Un as es pot moure a la dreta d'una reina o a l'espai superior esquerra. Una reina es pot moure a l'esquerra d'un as o a l'espai inferior dret. Objectiu Col·loqueu cada pal de cartes en ordre ascendent, amb l'as a la cantonada superior esquerra, per a crear una seqüència de cartes: des de l'as a la reina d'un pal, des de l'as a la reina d'un altre, des de l'as a la reina del tercer i des de l'as a la reina del quart. Regles Les cartes es mouen individualment. Qualsevol carta es pot moure a un espai a l'esquerra d'una altra carta d'un valor superior i del mateix pal. Qualsevol carta es pot moure a un espai a la dreta d'una altra carta d'un valor inferior del mateix pal. Un as es pot moure a la dreta d'una reina o a l'espai superior esquerra. Una reina es pot moure a l'esquerra d'un as o a l'espai inferior dret. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada al costat d'una altra del mateix pal en l'ordre correcte puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Múltiples espais adjacents us permeten generar llargues seqüències de cartes. Vigileu en quedar atrapat en una situació on només podeu moure una carta de forma indefinida entre dos punts. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/quatorze.xml0000644000373100047300000000473312630035523024043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quatorze Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Els espais buits al tauler s'omplen automàticament amb cartes de la pila principal. Tauler Graella de cinc per cinc, cada una capaç de tenir una carta. Es reparteix una carta a cada espai al començament de la partida. Els espais buits s'omplen des de la pila principal. Quan la pila principal s'ha acabat, els espais s'omplen movent les cartes des de la dreta a l'esquerra, des de la carta més a l'esquerra de la fila inferior a l'espai més a la dreta, deixant tots els espais buits al final. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Les cartes es poden suprimir per parelles si sumen catorze (les jotes valen 11, les reines 12 i els reis 13) i estan a la mateixa fila o columna. Els llocs buits s'omplen automàticament des de la pila principal. Quan la pila principal s'ha acabat, les cartes a la dreta d'una pila buida es mouran automàticament per a omplir l'espai, les piles buides de la columna de la dreta s'omplen amb cartes de la columna de l'esquerra de la fila de sota. Puntuació Cada parella de cartes suprimida puntua dos punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia A vegades, enmig d'aquest joc, només hi ha un moviment. Feu-lo. Un cop la pila principal s'hagi acabat, hi haurà molts moviments al tauler. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/zebra.xml0000644000373100047300000000640312630035522023267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Zebra Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar un cop. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Vuit piles a la part superior dreta. Es col·loquen vuit asos en aquestes piles per a començar les bases. Les bases es construeixen pujant i alternant el color fins als reis. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Tauler Vuit piles sota les bases. Es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler per a començar. Les piles del tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Només la carta superior de cada pila està disponible per a jugar. Els espais buits s'omplen immediatament des de la pila de descartades o, si la pila de descartades està buida, des de la pila principal. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Només la carta superior de cada pila està en joc. Tot i això, per a facilitar el joc, es pot moure una pila sencera a la base apropiada amb una arrossegada. En fer doble clic a una pila es mourà la carta superior a la pila base apropiada si això és possible. Els espais al tauler s'omplen automàticament des de la pila de descartades o, si la pila de descartades està buida, des de la pila principal. La pila principal es reparteix a la pila de descartades individualment. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està disponible per a jugar. Es torna a donar un cop. Les bases es construeixen pujant alternant el color des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 96 Estratègia Hi ha molt poques segones oportunitats a la vida real, així que utilitzeu-les quan les trobeu. Les oportunitats són que necessitareu utilitzar la segona repartició per a guanyar aquest joc. Recordeu on estan les cartes clau i estareu orgullós de com ho heu fet. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/easthaven.xml0000644000373100047300000000501012630035522024133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Port Est Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Tauler Set piles a la part inferior. Es reparteixen a cada pila dues cartes cara avall i una carta de cara amunt. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles El tauler es construeix baixant i alternant el color. Les construccions de cartes en seqüència i alternant el color es poden moure com una unitat. Les piles buides del tauler es poden omplir amb reis o construccions que comencin amb un rei. Qualsevol lloc buit del tauler s'ha d'omplir si és possible abans de repartir més cartes. En fer clic a la pila principal es reparteix una carta cara amunt a cada pila del tauler. L'última repartició col·loca una carta cara amunt a les tres primeres piles. No es torna a donar. La base es construeix pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a la base no es poden jugar. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a la base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Moveu les cartes a la base quan podeu perquè la següent repartició les podria bloquejar. Tot i així, ja que les cartes a la base no es poden jugar més, us podríeu encallar més tard si necessitéssiu aquesta carta. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/backbone.xml0000644000373100047300000000640512630035523023733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Columna vertebral Escrit per en Vincent Povirk Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Una pila sota les bases a l'esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler i a la reserva. Les cartes es mostren d'una en una a la pila de descartades. Es tornar a donar un cop. Pila de descartades Una pila a la dreta de la pila principal. Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Vuit piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Reserva Dues piles de 9 cartes cada una, amb una carta sobre ambdues piles. Les cartes que no estan cobertes estan disponibles per a jugar a qualsevol lloc excepte als espais buits del tauler. Tauler Vuit piles, quatre a cada banda de la reserva. Es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler quan comença la partida. Es construeix baixant per pal. Els espais buits es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta. Només es pot moure una carta a la vegada. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant per pal. Només es pot moure una carta a la vegada. Els espais buits es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta excepte des de la reserva. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla dues vegades. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar més. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 104 Estratègia Podeu utilitzar els espais buits al tauler per a moure múltiples cartes. Vigileu amb els reis a la reserva: l'única manera de suprimir-los és jugant-los a les bases sobre una reina. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/forty_thieves.xml0000644000373100047300000000572612630035522025065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quaranta lladres Escrit per l'Ed Sirett Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir el tauler. Les cartes es reparteixen d'una en una a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està disponible per a jugar. Base Vuit piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Tauler Deu piles. Per a començar es reparteixen quatre files cara amunt. El tauler es construeix baixant per pal. Les cartes es mouen individualment. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant per pal. Les cartes es mouen individualment. Una pila buida al tauler es pot omplir amb qualsevol carta. Podeu moure més d'una carta si hi ha suficients espais buits. Les cartes també es poden moure en grups a les piles base. Les cartes es poden jugar individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades, on la carta superior està disponible per a jugar. No es torna a donar. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. En fer doble clic a una base les cartes es jugaran automàticament. En fer doble clic a una carta del tauler o de la pila de descartades aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada si aquest moviment és possible, o al tauler si és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a la base puntua 5 punts. Quan es completa una pila base (des de l'as al rei), es puntuen 60 punts més. Puntuació màxima possible: 1000 Estratègia No intenteu tornar cartes al tauler per a obtenir un espai buit tan ràpid com sigui possible. Equilibreu les necessitats per a mantenir espais buits en contra la necessitat de desar les cartes baixes perquè no siguin enterrades en la pila de descartades. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/valentine.xml0000644000373100047300000000542412630035522024153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Valentine Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Les cartes restants es col·loquen aquí després de repartir. Pila de descartades Pila superior a la dreta. Només pot tenir una carta. Tauler Quatre piles. Es reparteix una carta a cada lloc al començament de la partida. En tornar a repartir des de la pila principal es mouran totes les cartes al tauler a la part inferior de la pila principal. Objectiu Tenir totes les cartes al tauler, cada lloc que contingui des d'un as al rei per pal. Eviteu tornar-vos boig per a aconseguir-ho. Regles Si alguna parella de cartes repartides al tauler té el mateix pal i està en seqüència, col·loqueu la carta inferior sobre la superior. Els asos són baixos, els reis són alts i les seqüències no salten. Feu clic a la pila principal per a omplir els llocs buits que s'hagin creat. Quan no es poden fer més jugades al tauler, feu clic a la pila principal per a repartir una carta a la pila de descartades. Si aquesta carta es pot jugar a qualsevol pila del tauler, feu-ho. Repetiu aquest procés fins que no hi hagi més moviments al tauler o des de la pila de descartades. At this point, clicking on the Stock again moves all the cards in the Tableau back to the bottom of the Stock. The card in the Waste is put in the first Tableau pile and the rest of the Tableau is filled with one card to each pile from the Stock. Puntuació No hi ha puntuació en aquest joc. Estratègia Un gran joc per a matar el temps, el Valentine realment no té estratègia, a no ser que l'estratègia sigui jugar en lloc de fer altres coses més importants, com anar al llit. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/plait.xml0000644000373100047300000000534012630035522023274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Trena Escrit per en W. Borgert Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Tercera fila de la banda dreta al mig. Es permet tornar a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Quarta fila a la dreta al mig, directament a l'esquerra de la pila principal. Base Vuit piles de la dreta. En començar hi ha una carta aquí. Aquesta és la carta base. Tots els camps han de començar amb aquesta carta. Trena El grup de cartes al mig de la taula. Comença amb 20 cartes. Només es pot moure la carta del nivell superior. Cantonades Els quatre camps a la part superior i inferior, esquerra i dreta de la trena. Aquests es tornen a omplir automàticament des de la trena. Tauler Els vuit camps a la dreta i l'esquerra de la trena, entre els camps cantonada. Només hi pot haver una carta per pila. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les bases. Regles Les vuit bases han de començar amb la mateixa carta. Al començament podeu seleccionar si construir pujant o baixant. Podeu agafar cartes des de la trena al mig del tauler, des dels vuit camps lliures a l'esquerra i dreta de la trena, des de les quatre cantonades al voltant de la trena i des de la pila de descartades. Perdeu la partida si no podeu moure cap de les cartes disponibles a les piles base i la pila principal està buida. Puntuació No hi ha puntuació. Només podeu guanyar o perdre. Estratègia Agafeu les cartes de la trena quan sigui possible ja que són difícils d'alliberar. Després agafeu cartes del tauler ja que us donarà llocs buits per a emmagatzemar temporalment algunes cartes. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/scuffle.xml0000644000373100047300000000523012630035522023610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baralla Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Totes les cartes excepte els asos es col·loquen aquí al començament de la partida. En fer clic a la pila principal es repartirà una carta a cada una de les quatre piles de la reserva. Es pot tornar a donar dos cops. Base Quatre piles a la part superior, a la dreta de la pila principal. Es col·loca un as a cada base en iniciar la partida. Les piles base es construeixen pujant independentment del pal. Reserves Quatre piles col·locades sota les bases. Cada cop que es fa un clic a la pila principal, es col·locarà una carta a cada pila de la reserva. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Les cartes de la reserva només es poden moure a les bases. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles La partida comença amb la repartició de quatre cartes de cara amunt a la reserva. Si és possible, jugueu les cartes des la reserva a la base. Continueu aquest procés fins que no quedin cartes a la pila principal i no es puguin fer més moviments cap a la base. S'agafen totes les cartes que queden a la reserva i es tornen a barrejar. Es col·loquen un altre cop aquestes cartes a la pila principal per a tornar a donar. Es pot tornar a donar dos cops. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Intenteu mantenir en ment què hi ha sota les piles de la reserva. Quan s'hagi de decidir, aquest coneixement us ajudarà a decidir quina carta heu de jugar. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/fortunes.xml0000644000373100047300000000366212630035523024036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fortunes Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler quan s'hi fa clic. Tauler Quatre piles a la dreta. Els grups de cartes es poden moure a les piles buides. Objectiu Suprimiu totes les cartes excepte els quatre asos. Regles Els asos són les cartes superiors. Quan dues cartes del mateix pal estan disponibles, la que té el rang inferior es pot suprimir. Quan apareix un lloc buit, es pot omplir amb un grup de cartes. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia No hi ha cap raó per a tenir un lloc lliure quan es reparteix un altre grup de cartes. Tot i això, quan teniu un lloc buit, intenteu-lo mantenir el màxim de temps possible, ja que és la millor manera d'acabar amb les cartes enterrades. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/bear_river.xml0000644000373100047300000000623612630035523024311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Riu de l'ós Escrit per en Bruce i en Joel Levin Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles a la part superior. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a la primera pila base. Tauler Al tauler hi ha 18 piles ordenades en tres files de sis piles cadascuna. Es reparteixen les cartes de cara amunt i de manera que totes les cartes estiguin a la vista. Les primeres cinc piles de cada fila comencen amb tres cartes cadascuna. La sisena pila de cada fila comença amb dues cartes cadascuna. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Es reparteix una carta a l'atzar a la pila base. El rang d'aquesta carta serà la carta base. Les altres tres cartes amb el mateix rang es poden moure a una base buida. Les bases s'agrupen en ordre ascendent, per pals. Les cartes poden «saltar» de la reina al rei, a l'as, al dos. Les cartes de les bases no es poden moure a les piles del tauler. Cap pila del tauler pot tenir més de tres cartes. La carta superior de cada pila del tauler es pot moure a qualsevol pila del tauler si coincideix amb el pal i té un valor superior o un valor inferior que la carta superior de la pila que es vol moure. Les cartes poden saltar del rei a l'as. Al tauler hi ha dos tipus de piles: les piles estàndards i les piles obertes. Les primeres cinc piles de cada fila (les que tenen tres cartes) són les piles estàndards. En una pila estàndard buida NO ES POT afegir una carta nova. L'última pila de cada fila (les que tenen dues cartes) són piles obertes. En una pila oberta ES POT afegir una nova carta. Puntuació Cada carta moguda a la base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Intenteu deixar lliure una o més piles obertes aviat. Moure cartes a les bases us afavoreix. Moveu-ne tantes com pugueu, tan aviat com pugueu. Les cartes que tenen un rang inferior a la carta base us poden ser més difícils de moure. Vigileu on les col·loqueu. Al Riu de l'ós podeu guanyar en un terç del temps. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/agnes.xml0000644000373100047300000000554412630035523023267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Agnes Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir el tauler. Les cartes es reparteixen en grups de set, una a cada pila del tauler. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Es construeix per pal i en seqüència, saltant des del rei a l'as quan sigui necessari. Es reparteix una carta a la primera pila base. Les altres piles base s'han d'iniciar amb cartes del mateix rang. Tauler Set piles. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a la primera pila. Es col·loca una carta cara avall a la resta de les piles. Es col·loca una carta cara amunt a la pila següent, seguida per una carta cara avall a totes les piles cobertes. Es repeteix fins que hi ha set cartes a l'última pila. El tauler es pot construir baixant amb cartes del mateix color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Les piles buides només es poden omplir amb la repartició següent de la pila principal. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes del tauler es construeixen baixant amb el mateix color. Els grups de cartes en seqüència i del mateix color es poden moure com una unitat. En cada repartició es mou una carta des de la pila principal a cada pila del tauler. No es torna a donar. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal i en seqüència, saltant des del rei a l'as quan sigui necessari. Les cartes de les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta del tauler aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si és possible fer el moviment. Puntuació Cada carta a la base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Intenteu construir baixant per pal sempre que sigui possible. Intenteu puntuar tants punts com sigui possible ja que és molt difícil guanyar en aquest joc. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/labyrinth.xml0000644000373100047300000000452212630035522024160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Laberint Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Els asos es col·loquen a les seves respectives piles base abans de barrejar la baralla. Tauler Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada pila del tauler al començament de la partida. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Construïu qualsevol carta des del tauler a la base per pal i en seqüència. Els espais s'omplen automàticament des de la pila principal. Quan les vuit cartes a les piles del tauler no es puguin jugar, feu clic a la pila principal per a repartir una carta a cada pila. Els llocs buits al tauler no s'ompliran automàticament. Les cartes a la part superior i inferior de cada pila del tauler estan disponibles per a jugar a les piles base. No es pot construir al tauler. No es torna a donar. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Dormiu molt la nit abans de manera que estigueu despert i atent quan jugueu. Moveu qualsevol carta que podeu a les piles base. Divertiu-vos! usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/yield.xml0000644000373100047300000000515212630035522023272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Yield Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior i la inferior estan disponibles per a jugar. Tauler Es reparteixen cartes de cara amunt en set files sobreposades començant amb set cartes a la primera fila, reduint amb una per fila i escalonant les piles per a aconseguir una piràmide invertida. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Totes les cartes exposades a la piràmide estan disponibles per a jugar. Els reis es poden suprimir individualment. La resta de cartes es poden suprimir per parelles que sumint tretze, amb els asos que valen 1, les jotes valen 11 i les reines valen 12. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior i inferior estan disponibles per a jugar amb elles mateixes o amb les cartes disponibles a la piràmide. La carta superior de la pila de descartades també es pot jugar amb la segona carta de la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia La part més difícil és suprimir el fons de la piràmide invertida. Un cop s'ha aconseguit, a vegades és millor suprimir cartes des de la pila de descartades que des de la piràmide invertida, ja que hi ha més cartes en joc. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/golf.xml0000644000373100047300000000425112630035523023113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Golf Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Col·loqueu totes les cartes restants aquí. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a repartir. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Tauler Set piles. Es reparteixen cinc cartes de cara amunt a cada pila. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a la pila de descartades. Regles La pila de descartades es pot construir pujant o baixant amb cartes disponibles del tauler. Només els dosos es poden col·locar sobre els asos, i no es pot jugar res sobre un rei. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. No es torna a repartir. Puntuació Cada carta moguda des del tauler a la pila de descartades puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 35 Estratègia Recordeu que no es pot jugar res sobre un rei. Intenteu generar seqüències on es puguin suprimir moltes cartes sense utilitzar cap carta nova de la pila principal. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/glenwood.xml0000644000373100047300000000660612630035522024007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Glenwood Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler i a les reserves. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar un cop. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. La primera pila de la base es comença amb una carta de les reserves que seleccioni el jugador. Es construeix pujant per pal, saltant des del rei a l'as quan sigui necessari. Reserves Quatre piles de tres cartes cada una a la banda esquerra repartides cara amunt. La carta superior de cada pila de la reserva està disponible per a jugar. No es poden col·locar cartes a les piles de la reserva buides. Tauler Quatre piles sota les bases. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada pila. El tauler es construeix baixant i alternant el color. La carta superior es pot jugar a la base. Es poden jugar totes les piles a una altra pila del tauler. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles El primer pas de la partida és seleccionar una carta disponible per a la primera base. Un cop seleccionada, la resta de bases han de començar amb aquest valor. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal, saltant des del rei a l'as quan sigui necessari. Un cop una carta es col·loca a una pila base, aquesta està fora de joc. Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Es poden moure piles de cartes senceres a una altra pila del tauler. Els llocs buits al tauler es poden omplir per qualsevol carta disponible a les reserves o, si totes les reserves estan buides, des de la pila de descartades. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar un cop. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Vigileu quan seleccioneu la primera pila de la base. Intenteu treure les cartes fora de les reserves quan sigui possible. A vegades mantenir cartes en joc és més important que moure-les a la base. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/ten_across.xml0000644000373100047300000000523612630035522024327 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deu a través Escrit per en James LewisMoss Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Llocs temporals Ubicacions on col·locar una carta fora del joc. Els llocs comencen la partida plens. Una versió del joc no permet posar cartes noves en aquests llocs un cop estan buits. Tauler Deu piles al llarg de la part inferior. En repartir es col·loquen 10 cartes d'esquerra a dreta amb la primera i l'última carta de cara amunt. Es continua col·locant deu cartes a les piles des de la dreta fins a l'esquerra (al revés) amb les dues primeres i les dues últimes cartes col·locades cara amunt. Es continua amb aquest patró (invertint i una carta més a cada passada) fins que s'hagin col·locat 50 cartes. Es col·loquen les últimes dues cartes en els llocs temporals de la part superior. Objectiu Formeu quatre piles al tauler totes del mateix pal començant des del rei a l'as. Regles Només un rei es pot moure a un lloc blanc del tauler. Les cartes només es poden moure sobre altres cartes si el pal coincideix i la carta moguda és un menys que l'altra. Això inclou moure una pila de cartes de diferents pals mentre la carta superior de la pila moguda coincideixi amb la carta inferior de la ubicació on s'han mogut. Opcions Permet emprar llocs temporals: Si està activat els llocs temporals es poden tornar a utilitzar. Puntuació Guanyeu o perdeu. No hi ha puntuació. Estratègia Aquest joc és difícil de guanyar (influeix molt en com s'han col·locat les cartes en començar). No oblideu que teniu llocs temporals. Intenteu netejar-los ràpidament perquè són molt útils quan esteu encallat. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/jumbo.xml0000644000373100047300000000561512630035522023304 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jumbo Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Totes les cartes es col·loquen aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es giren d'una en una a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar un cop. Pila de descartades Directament a la dreta de la pila principal. Les cartes a repartir des de la pila principal durant la partida, una a la vegada. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Vuit piles a la part superior dreta. Per construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Nou piles. Es reparteix una carta cara avall a totes les nou piles, després una carta a les vuit primeres piles, seguida per una carta a les set primeres piles, etc. fins que hi ha nou cartes a la primera pila. Es gira l'última carta repartida a cada pila. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Una pila buida només es pot omplir amb un rei o un grup de cartes amb un rei a la part inferior. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes des de pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Es torna a donar un cop. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 104 Estratègia usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/diamond_mine.xml0000644000373100047300000000465312630035523024615 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Mina de diamants Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Una pila a la part superior. Es construeix en seqüència de diamants començant amb qualsevol diamant que seleccioneu. Tauler Tretze piles. Es reparteixen tres cartes cara avall i una carta de cara amunt a cada pila. Objectiu Suprimiu tots els diamants a la base i col·loqueu la resta de cartes per pal i en seqüència començant pels asos a la part inferior del tauler. Regles Les cartes (que no siguin diamants) es poden construir baixant en seqüència independentment del pal. Les construccions de cartes es poden moure com una unitat. Els llocs buits es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta (excepte amb diamants) o construcció de cartes. Els diamants no es poden moure excepte per a moure'ls a la base. La base de diamants s'ha de construir pujant en seqüència però es pot començar amb el número que desitgeu. Puntuació Cada diamant col·locat a la base puntua el valor de la carta, amb l'as un punt, les jotes onze punts, reines dotze punts i reis tretze punts. Cada seqüència des de l'as al rei i del mateix pal a la pila del tauler puntua tretze punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 100 Estratègia Excavar per a obtenir diamants és una feina difícil. Recordeu que no tots els diamants valen el mateix. No oblideu de netejar i poseu la resta de pals en ordre. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000620012630035522023243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Teniu permís per a copiar, distribuir i/o modificar aquest document, sota els termes de la Llicència de documentació lliure GNU (GFDL), versió 1.1 o qualsevol versió publicada posteriorment per la Free Software Foundation, sense seccions invariants, sense texts de portada i sense texts de contraportada. Podeu trobar una còpia de la GFDL en aquest enllaç o en el fitxer COPYING-DOCS distribuït amb aquest manual. Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. EL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIXEN SOTA ELS TERMES DE LA LLICÈNCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓ LLIURE DE GNU, TENINT EN COMPTE QUE: EL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIX «TAL COM ÉS», SENSE CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, NI EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, LES GARANTIES QUE EL DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NO TINGUI DEFECTES, SIGUI COMERCIALITZABLE, SIGUI ADEQUAT PER A UN ÚS CONCRET O NO INFRINGEIXI CAP LLEI. TOT EL RISC PEL QUE FA A LA QUALITAT, EXACTITUD I RENDIMENT DEL DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT ÉS VOSTRE. EN CAS QUE EL DOCUMENT RESULTÉS DEFECTUÓS EN QUALSEVOL ASPECTE, VÓS (NO PAS L'ESCRIPTOR INICIAL, L'AUTOR O CAP ALTRE COL·LABORADOR) ASSUMIU TOT EL COST DE MANTENIMENT, REPARACIÓ O CORRECCIÓ. AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA CONSTITUEIX UNA PART ESSENCIAL D'AQUESTA LLICÈNCIA. NO S'AUTORITZA L'ÚS DE CAP DOCUMENT O VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT EXCEPTE SOTA AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA; I EN CAP CAS I SOTA CAP INTERPRETACIÓ LEGAL, JA SIGUI PER AGREUJAMENT (INCLOENT-HI LA NEGLIGÈNCIA), CONTRACTE O ALTRE CAS, L'AUTOR, L'ESCRIPTOR ORIGINAL, QUALSEVOL DELS COL·LABORADORS O DISTRIBUÏDORS DEL DOCUMENT O UNA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NI CAP PROVEÏDOR D'AQUESTES PARTS NO SERAN RESPONSABLES DAVANT DE NINGÚ PER CAP DANY DIRECTE, INDIRECTE, ESPECIAL, ACCIDENTAL O CONSECUTIU DE QUALSEVOL TIPUS; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, ELS DANYS PER PÈRDUA DE CLIENTS, INTERRUPCIONS DE LA FEINA, FALLADA O MALFUNCIONAMENT DE L'ORDINADOR, O QUALSEVOL ALTRA PÈRDUA O DANY RELACIONAT AMB L'ÚS DEL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT, FINS I TOT SI S'HA INFORMAT AQUESTA PART DE LA POSSIBILITAT D'AQUESTS DANYS. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/accordion.xml0000644000373100047300000000435312630035523024130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Acordió Escrit per l'Ed Sirett Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Tauler Cinquanta-quatre espais en cinc files de nou i l'última fila de set. Repartiu les cartes de cara amunt una a cada espai. Els espais es consideren una línia contínua, les files només ordenen el tauler perquè totes les cartes siguin visibles. Així l'espai més a la dreta d'una fila es considera que es troba a l'esquerra de l'espai més a l'esquerra de la fila de sota. Objectiu Per suprimir totes les cartes menys una. Regles Les cartes es mouen d'una en una. Qualsevol carta es pot col·locar sobre una altra del mateix pal o rang que estigui just a l'esquerra o tres espais a l'esquerra. La carta que es cobreix s'elimina de la partida. Les cartes (si n'hi ha alguna) que es troben a la dreta del forat que queda es mouen un espai a l'esquerra per tancar el lloc buit. Si feu doble clic sobre la carta, aquesta, si és possible, es mou tres llocs o si no un espai a l'esquerra. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua 1 punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 51 Estratègia This is a difficult game. Try to find two or three cards of the same rank at or near the last row. Try not to remove any card of this rank. At the end you can move these cards onto each other to win. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/wall.xml0000644000373100047300000001610212630035523023121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wall Configuració Tipus de baralla Standard Double Deck Pila principal Bottom left pile of 39 cards. Cards are turned over three at a time to Waste. Pila de descartades Three rightmost piles at the bottom row. To be taken from Stock one on to each at a time. Tauler Wall, Low Guard Post, High Guard Post and Throne. Wall 45 cards in six rows. Low Guard Post Four piles of three cards, placed face down initially. High Guard Post Three piles of two cards. Throne A pile with two kings of spades. Objectiu Remove the two kings in Throne. Regles You start from the bottom of Wall and try to move up to Throne by removing cards on the way. You can remove cards by attacking them with Waste cards that are dealt three at a time from Stock. If Stock runs out and you cannot remove the kings in Throne with the remaining cards in Waste, the game is lost. Waste cards used in attacks are called attack cards. An attack on any card or pile succeeds if the health of the attack cards exceeds the health of the attacked card or pile. Health is computed as a sum of card values as explained below. A successful attack removes both the attacked cards and the attack cards. Order of removing cards The basic rule is to remove cards immediately above and next to already empty Tableau slots. Wall From the beginning all cards in the bottom row of Wall can be removed. Furthermore, you can remove any card if a card covering its bottom left or right corner has been removed or a card in the same (horizontal) row next to it has been removed. Low Guard Post A pile can be removed when one of the two cards in Wall immediately below it has been removed or a pile next to it in Low Guard Post has been removed. High Guard Post A pile can be removed once the pile closest to its bottom left corner or the pile closest to its bottom right corner in Low Guard Post has been removed, or a pile next to it in High Guard Post has been removed. Throne Can be removed when all piles in High Guard Post have been removed. Health For attack cards, health is the sum of card values. For most Wall cards, health is the sum of values of the card and the cards touching its top left and right corners. For the cards in the top row of Wall, health is just the card's value. For the cards on the left and right edge of Wall, health is the sum of values of the card, the only card touching its top corner and the card immediately above it. For the piles in Low Guard Post, High Guard Post and Throne, a whole pile must be removed at once. A pile's health is the sum of values of the cards in that pile. Ace is low. Attacking You can attack with any combination of Waste cards by piling them and dragging the pile on the card you want to attack. Clicking a Tableau card attacks the clicked card with all cards in Waste. New cards can be dealt from Stock on to Waste at any time. Dealing new cards discards the cards that were in Waste before. The piles in Low Guard Post behave differently from others. The first attack on any of these piles flips the cards in the pile face up and removes the attack cards. If this first attack succeeds, the pile is removed as normal. If the attack fails, subsequent failing attacks on that pile do not cause attack cards to be removed. Other rules Double-clicking a Tableau card is an action shortcut. It has the same effect as clicking (see Attacking) and in addition causes new cards to be dealt from Stock on to Waste regardless of whether the attack was successful or not. Puntuació Each successful attack scores the health of the attacked card or pile. Estratègia It is best to move as directly up as possible. Try to find an easy path through Wall before starting off. Try not to waste cards, but make as many attacks as possible before dealing new cards. When trying to remove a Low Guard Post pile, it is often a good idea to first flip the cards over by attacking them with a low-valued card, and after that to decide whether to try through there or through some other Low Guard Post pile. Note that the expectation of a Low Guard Post pile's health is a little less than 21. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/straight_up.xml0000644000373100047300000000603412630035523024516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Straight Up Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Col·loqueu un dos a cada pila base per a començar. Per a construir pujant per pal fins a l'as. Reserva Pila sota la pila principal. Per a començar es reparteixen tretze cartes aquí. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar al tauler o a les piles base. Tauler Quatre piles a la part inferior dreta. Per a començar es reparteix una carta a cada pila. Les piles es poden construir per pal. Els espais s'omplen automàticament des de la reserva. Un cop la reserva està buida, els espais de tauler es poden omplir des de la pila de descartades. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant per pal. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Un lloc buit al tauler només s'omple automàticament des de la reserva. Si la reserva està buida, un lloc buit es pot omplir amb la carta superior de la pila de descartades. Les cartes es poden girar individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Es pot tornar a donar dos cops. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des del dos a l'as. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta del tauler aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta moguda a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia No us desanimeu. Moveu les cartes a les piles base quan sigui possible. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/osmosis.xml0000644000373100047300000000603012630035523023655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Osmosis Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Reserves Quatre piles separades a l'esquerra. Es reparteixen tres cartes cara avall i una carta de cara amunt a cada pila de la reserva. No es permet construir. Base Quatre piles a la dreta. Es reparteix una carta a la primera base. Pila principal Aquí es col·loquen totes les cartes restants. Les cartes es giren d'una en una a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Qualsevol carta del pal de la primera base es pot jugar a aquesta pila base en qualsevol moment. La resta de bases només es poden començar amb una carta del mateix rang que aquesta primera carta. Un cop començat, aquestes altres bases es poden construir per pal sempre que una carta del mateix rang estigui a la base de sobre. Jugueu les cartes a la reserva sempre que sigui possible seguint aquestes regles. Les cartes es giren d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla tres vegades. Opcions Cartes de tres en tres: Es reparteixen tres cartes a la vegada des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades i no hi ha límit de tornar a donar. Puntuació Un punt per cada carta col·locada a la base. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia No és cap coincidència que els jocs solitaris siguin coneguts com a «jocs de paciència». No poseu automàticament la primera carta disponible a la segona (i tercera) pila base. A vegades és millor utilitzar un pal diferent per a alliberar més cartes de les reserves. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/kings_audience.xml0000644000373100047300000000555312630035522025141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Audiència reial Escrit per en Zach Keene Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Reserves (avantsala) El rectangle exterior de setze cartes. Les cartes a la reserva estan disponibles per a jugar i es tornen a omplir des de la pila de descartades (o la pila principal si no hi ha cartes a la pila de descartades). Pila principal El lloc esquerre a la fila central. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Lloc a la dreta de la pila principal. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està disponible per a jugar. «Trons» Quatre llocs a la part superior de la «sala d'audiència» (l'àrea dins de les setze cartes). Quan un rei i una reina del mateix pal estan disponibles, es poden moure a un d'aquests llocs. Bases A sota els quatre llocs a la sala d'audiència. Quan una jota i un as del mateix pal estan disponibles, s'han de moure a un lloc buit de la base, amb la jota a sobre. Llavors la base es pot construir baixant per pal. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base o trons. Regles Es reparteixen cartes d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. Quan un rei i una reina del mateix pal estan disponibles, es poden moure a un tron arrossegant el rei sobre la reina (o al revés) o en fer doble clic a una de les cartes. Quan una jota i un as del mateix pal estan disponibles, es poden moure a la base de la mateixa manera. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a la sala d'audiència rep un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Cap; l'audiència reial es basa totalment en la sort. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/carpet.xml0000644000373100047300000000513512630035522023443 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Catifa Escrit per en Vincent Povirk Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Els asos són suprimits abans de repartir i es col·loquen a les bases. Tauler La «Catifa». Es reparteixen quatre files de cinc cartes de cara amunt. Les cartes al tauler estan disponibles per a jugar. No es pot construir. Els espais buits s'omplen automàticament des de la pila de descartades si és possible o si no des de la pila principal. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler estan en joc. Les cartes es giren d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. No es torna a donar. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Simplement poseu tot el que podeu a la base. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/seahaven.xml0000644000373100047300000000547312630035523023765 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Port de mar Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles: dues a la part superior esquerra i dues a la part superior dreta. Es construeix per pal des de l'as al rei. Reserves Quatre piles a la part superior central. Cada pila de la reserva només pot tenir una carta. Per començar es reparteix un carta en dues de les reserves. Tauler Deu piles sota la base i les reserves. Les altres cinquanta cartes es reparteixen cara amunt aquí amb cinc cartes a cada lloc. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles El tauler es construeix baixant per pal. Només es pot moure la carta superior o les construccions de cartes. Una construcció de cartes només es pot moure si el número de cartes construït és igual o inferior al número de llocs buits a la reserva. Els espais buits al tauler només es poden omplir amb un rei o una construcció que comenci amb un rei. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Tot i que les cartes de les bases tècnicament encara estan en joc, no hi ha cap necessitat real de jugar aquestes cartes ja que no ajuden de cap manera. Qualsevol carta superior al tauler es pot col·locar a un lloc buit de la reserva. Aquestes cartes estan disponibles per a tornar-les a jugar al tauler o a una pila base. Per comoditat, les seqüències del mateix pal es poden moure a una pila base coincident en lloc de moure-les individualment. Això és especialment útil al final de la partida. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Moveu qualsevol carta que pugueu a les bases quan sigui possible. Deixant-les només dificultareu els moviments. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/eagle-wing.xml0000644000373100047300000001002312630035523024175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ala d'àguila Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Directament a la dreta de la pila principal. Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Bases Four piles top right. One card is dealt in the first Foundation at the start of the game, this is the base card. Other Foundations must be started with a card of the same rank as the base card. To be built up in suit from the base card. Reserva Lloc del mig (en la part inferior). Aquí es reparteixen tretze cartes cara avall. Gireu les cartes per a omplir qualsevol espai al tauler. Quan només quedi una carta a la reserva, aquesta es girarà i es podrà jugar a la base o a una pila del tauler. Tauler Vuit llocs (quatre a l'esquerra i quatre a la dreta de la reserva). Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada lloc. El tauler es pot construir baixant per pal. Les cartes es poden moure individualment a altres llocs del tauler o en grup a la base. Cada lloc del tauler pot tenir un màxim de tres cartes. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes del tauler es construeixen baixant per pal. Les cartes només es poden moure individualment a una altra pila del tauler. Tot i així, per a facilitar la monotonia, els grups de cartes es poden moure a les bases. Un lloc buit al tauler s'omple automàticament des de la reserva. Si la reserva està buida, el lloc buit es pot omplir amb una carta de la pila de descartades o des d'una altra pila del tauler. La reserva existeix principalment per a repartir cartes als llocs buits del tauler. Tot i així, quan només queda una carta a la reserva, aquesta es tornarà visible i es podrà jugar. Les cartes es giren d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes de pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla tres vegades. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de la carta base (la primera carta repartida a la primera base). Les bases noves es comencen quan una carta del mateix rang que la primera carta col·locada durant la repartició es col·loca a una pila base buida. Els asos es col·loquen sobre els reis, i els dosos sobre els asos. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Una petita planificació porta a un llarg camí. Comproveu abans d'apilar cartes al tauler. Recordeu la regla de les tres cartes per lloc. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/spider.xml0000644000373100047300000001036012630035523023450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Aranya Escrit per en Jonathan Blandford Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. En fer clic es repartirà una carta de cara amunt a cada pila. Base Vuit piles a la part superior. Només s'utilitza per a tenir les seqüències completades de cartes que baixen des del rei a l'as. Tauler Deu piles. Quatre piles (piles 1, 4, 7 i 10) on es reparteixen 5 cartes cara avall i una carta de cara amunt, mentre que a la resta de piles es reparteixen 4 cartes cara avall i una carta de cara amunt. Les cartes es poden construir baixant independentment del pal. Les seqüències de cartes del mateix pal es poden moure com una unitat. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta o unitat movible. Objectiu Aconseguir vuit seqüències de cartes a la base que baixin des del rei a l'as. Si voleu un repte extremadament difícil, no moveu les seqüències de cartes a una base. També podeu guanyar deixant les vuit seqüències al tauler. Això és més difícil perquè hi ha menys piles buides disponibles. De fet, és pràcticament impossible. Regles Construïu baixant independentment del pal. Les seqüències de cartes del mateix pal es poden moure com una unitat. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta o seqüència legal. En fer clic en qualsevol moment a la pila principal es repartirà una carta cara amunt a cada pila. Tot i això, cap de les piles pot estar buida. Si hi ha una pila buida, apareixerà un missatge d'error. Una seqüència de cartes que baixa des del rei a l'as es pot moure a la pila base. Un cop allà, aquestes cartes no es poden jugar més. Opcions Hi ha tres tipus possibles de baralla. Cada baralla té 104 cartes. Un pal La baralla són vuit pals de piques. Aquesta és la baralla més senzilla de l'aranya i la millor manera d'aprendre les regles. Dos pals La baralla són quatre pals de cors i quatre de piques. Hi ha quatre seqüències de cartes completes per a cada pal. Aquesta no és tan diabòlicament difícil com la baralla estàndard de quatre pals. Quatre pals La baralla són dues baralles estàndards. Hi ha dues seqüències completes de cartes de cada pal. Aquesta és la baralla estàndard de l'aranya. També és la més difícil. Moltes implementacions de l'aranya no utilitzen una base i simplement suprimeixen les seqüències completes de cartes. Això no té cap impacte a la partida. Puntuació Per cada seqüència per pal, els punts que s'aconsegueixen són (longitud de la seqüència - 1). Puntuació màxima possible: 96 Estratègia Si no teniu èxit al començament, no us hi tornareu addicte. Construïu per pal sempre que sigui possible, però mostreu tantes cartes com pugueu. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/thirteen.xml0000644000373100047300000000472212630035523024011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tretze Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Tauler Es reparteixen cara avall set files sobreposades començant amb una carta a la primera fila, incrementant en una carta cada fila i escalonant les piles per a aconseguir una piràmide. Es gira la fila inferior. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Totes les cartes exposades a la piràmide estan disponibles per a jugar. Els reis es poden suprimir individualment. La resta de cartes es poden suprimir per parelles que sumint tretze, amb els asos que valen 1, les jotes valen 11 i les reines valen 12. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar amb les cartes disponibles de la piràmide o amb la carta de sota. No es torna a donar. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Cada piràmide necessita una base forta. Primer construïu les cartes inferiors, amb vista a intentar exposar tantes cartes com sigui possible. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/neighbor.xml0000644000373100047300000000400612630035523023757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Veí Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Es reparteix al tauler de la manera descrita a sota. Tauler Graella cinc per cinc, cada espai pot tenir una carta. Es reparteix una carta a cada espai al començament de la partida. Els llocs buits s'omplen automàticament movent les cartes des de la dreta a l'esquerra, des de la carta més a l'esquerra de la fila inferior a l'espai més a la dreta, i des de la pila principal a qualsevol espai buit. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Feu clic als reis per a suprimir-los. Les altres cartes es poden suprimir per parelles que sumin tretze sempre que les dues cartes es toquin en horitzontal, en vertical o en diagonal. Opcions Cap Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Primer suprimiu les cartes més altes del tauler ja que això crea més moviment a la graella. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/elevator.xml0000644000373100047300000000456412630035523024014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ascensor Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. Tauler Es reparteixen cara avall set files sobreposades començant amb una carta a la primera fila, incrementant en una carta cada fila i escalonant les piles per a aconseguir una piràmide. Es gira la fila inferior. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a la pila de descartades. Regles Totes les cartes exposades a la piràmide estan disponibles per a jugar. Construïu a la pila de descartades amb aquestes cartes disponibles sempre que sigui possible jugant una carta amb un rang immediatament superior o inferior al rang de la carta superior a la pila de descartades. Els asos es col·loquen sobre els reis i sota els dosos. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida de la piràmide puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 28 Estratègia Cada piràmide necessita una base forta. Primer construïu les cartes inferiors, amb vista a intentar exposar tantes cartes com sigui possible. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/sir_tommy.xml0000644000373100047300000000502612630035523024207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sir Tommy Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Totes les cartes es col·loquen aquí al començament de la partida. Les cartes es reparteixen individualment a la pila de descartades. Pila de descartades A la dreta de la pila principal. Només pot tenir una carta. La carta s'ha de col·locar immediatament a la pila base o a la pila de la reserva que hàgiu seleccionat. Base Quatre piles a la part superior, a la dreta de la pila de descartades. Per a construir en seqüència des de l'as al rei independentment del pal. Reserves Quatre piles col·locades sota les bases. Les cartes a la reserva només es poden jugar a les piles base. Objectiu Move all cards to the Foundations. Regles Es construeix a les bases en seqüència des de l'as al rei independentment del pal. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar més. Aquestes es reparteixen individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. Tot i això, la pila de descartades només pot tenir una carta, que s'ha de jugar immediatament a la pila base o a qualsevol de les quatre piles de la reserva. No es poden reordenar les cartes a les piles de la reserva. Puntuació Cada carta moguda a la base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Intenteu no col·locar a la reserva cartes de rang superior sobre cartes de rang inferior. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/clock.xml0000644000373100047300000000563412630035523023265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Rellotge Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Tauler Es reparteixen cartes en forma de rellotge, amb un total de dotze piles amb quatre cartes cada una. Pila principal Es col·loquen les últimes quatre cartes a la pila principal (al mig del tauler). Es gira de cara amunt la carta superior. Objectiu Mostra totes les cartes. Regles Moveu la carta superior al mig a la pila apropiada. El tauler té forma de rellotge i, per tant, les cartes numerades aniran on haurien d'anar a un rellotge analògic. Els asos van on hi ha els uns i les jotes i reines van on hi ha els onzes i dotzes respectivament. Per a tota aquella gent que mai ha tingut un rellotge analògic, aquest és el patró: Forma del rellotge. Els reis es mantenen a la pila del mig. Quan una carta es mou a una pila nova (o es manté a la mateixa pila, com és el cas del rei), la carta inferior de la pila nova es col·loca de cara amunt a la part superior de la pila del mig. Aquesta carta nova es pot jugar. Per a moure una carta a la pila apropiada, arrossegueu la carta a sobre o feu un doble clic a la pila receptora apropiada. La partida s'acaba quan hi ha quatre reis al mig. Heu guanyat si l'objectiu s'ha aconseguit en aquest punt. Noteu que si una carta d'una pila està al seu lloc, això és correcte fins i tot si està cara avall. Puntuació Cada carta a la pila apropiada del rellotge (no conten el reis, ja que no hi ha reis en els rellotges reals) puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Trobeu el camí per a automatitzar aquest joc. No hi ha cap decisió per prendre. Si perdeu no és culpa vostra. En contrapartida, si guanyeu, només és sort. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/eight_off.xml0000644000373100047300000000510612630035523024116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Vuit fora Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles a l'esquerra. Es construeix des de l'as al rei per pal. Reserves Vuit piles a la part superior. Cada pila de la reserva només pot tenir una carta. Es reparteix una carta a les primeres quatre piles de la reserva al començament de la partida. Tauler Vuit piles sota les reserves. Les cartes es reparteixen cara amunt al tauler, amb sis cartes a cada lloc. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles El tauler es construeix baixant per pal. Només es pot moure la carta superior o les construccions de cartes. Una construcció de cartes només es pot moure si el número de cartes construït és igual o inferior al número de llocs buits a la reserva. Els espais buits al tauler només es poden omplir amb un rei o una construcció que comenci amb un rei. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Tot i que les cartes de les bases tècnicament encara estan en joc, no hi ha cap necessitat real de jugar aquestes cartes ja que no ajuden de cap manera. Qualsevol carta superior al tauler es pot col·locar a un lloc buit de la reserva. Aquestes cartes estan disponibles per a tornar-les a jugar al tauler o a una pila base. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Moveu qualsevol carta que pugueu a les bases quan sigui possible. Deixant-les només dificultareu els moviments. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/fortress.xml0000644000373100047300000000407212630035522024033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fortalesa Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles al mig. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les piles base no es poden jugar. Tauler Cinc piles a cada banda de la base. Es reparteixen cinc cartes de cara amunt a cada una d'aquestes piles i una més a les dues piles superiors. La carta superior en qualsevol pila del tauler està disponible per a jugar. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes a les piles del tauler es poden construir pujant o baixant per pal. Només la carta superior de cada pila està disponible per a jugar. Els llocs buits es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta disponible. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de l'as al rei per pal. Les cartes a les piles base no es poden jugar. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Guardeu qualsevol lloc buit del tauler que podeu crear. Són la clau d'una partida amb èxit. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/will_o_the_wisp.xml0000644000373100047300000000505312630035523025354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Will o' the Wisp Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Quan s'hi fa clic, es reparteix una carta a cada pila del tauler excepte a l'última repartició que es col·loca una carta a cada una de les tres primeres piles. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Tauler Set piles a la part inferior. Es reparteixen dues cartes cara avall i una carta de cara amunt a cada pila. Objectiu Crear quatre piles de tretze cartes construïdes baixant per pal i en seqüència. Regles Les piles del tauler es poden construir baixant independentment del pal. Les construccions de cartes en seqüència i del mateix pal es poden moure com una unitat. Les piles buides del tauler es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta o construcció de cartes. S'han d'omplir totes les piles del tauler abans de cada repartició. En fer clic a la pila principal es repartirà una carta a cada pila del tauler excepte a l'última repartició que col·loca una carta a cada una de les tres primeres piles. La seqüència de totes les tretze cartes d'un pal es pot moure a una pila base. Un cop allà, ja no es poden jugar més. Puntuació Cada parell de cartes per pal i en seqüència puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Intenteu mantenir una pila del tauler buida sempre que sigui possibles per a crear un espai d'intercanvi per a moure les cartes. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/hopscotch.xml0000644000373100047300000000616312630035523024162 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hopscotch Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Totes les cartes es col·loquen aquí al començament de la partida, excepte des de l'as al quatre de trèvols. Les cartes es reparteixen individualment a la pila de descartades. Pila de descartades Directament a la dreta de la pila principal. Només pot tenir una carta a la vegada. La carta s'ha de col·locar immediatament a una pila base o a la pila de la reserva de la vostra elecció. Base Quatre piles a la part superior, a la dreta de la pila principal. Es col·loca un as a la primera pila, un dos a la segona pila, un tres a la tercera pila i un quatre a la quarta pila. La primera pila base es construeix pujant d'un en un, la segona es construeix pujant de dos en dos, la tercera de tres en tres i la quarta de quatre en quatre, tots saltant a l'as quan se supera el tretze. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Els pals no importen. Reserva Quatre piles col·locades sota les bases. Les cartes a la reserva només es poden jugar a les piles base. Les cartes es poden moure des de la pila de descartades a qualsevol de les piles de la reserva. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les bases. Regles Construïu les bases d'un en un, de dos en dos, de tres en tres i de quatre en quatre per les piles un, dos, tres i quatre respectivament. Les cartes es reparteixen individualment a la pila de descartades des de la pila principal. Tot i això, com que la pila de descartades només pot tenir una carta, aquesta carta s'ha de jugar immediatament a una pila base o a una de les quatres piles de la reserva. Les cartes de les piles de la reserva no es poden reordenar. Puntuació Cada carta moguda a la base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Milloreu les vostres habilitats per a aquest joc. Aquí la sort no us portarà molt lluny. Intenteu no cobrir les cartes que necessitareu aviat. Penseu en reservar una columna només per a reis (ja que són l'última carta a jugar a cada base). usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/auld_lang_syne.xml0000644000373100047300000000477312630035523025161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Auld Lang Syne Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Totes les cartes excepte els asos es col·loquen aquí en iniciar una partida. En fer clic a la pila principal es repartirà una carta a cada una de les quatre piles de la reserva. Base Quatre piles a la part superior, a la dreta de la pila principal. Es col·loca un as a cada base en iniciar la partida. Les piles base es construeixen pujant independentment del pal. Reserva Quatre piles col·locades sota les bases. Cada cop que es fa un clic a la pila principal, es col·locarà una carta a cada pila de la reserva. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Les cartes de la reserva només es poden moure a les bases. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les bases. Regles La partida comença repartint quatre cartes a la reserva. Si és possible, col·loqueu les cartes des de la reserva a les bases. Continueu amb aquest procés fins que no quedin cartes a la pila principal i no es puguin fer més moviment a les bases. Un joc similar a aquest, i una mica més fàcil, és la Baralla. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Creieu en la sort? Tot i que aquest joc requereix més habilitat per a jugar que el Rellotge, l'habilitat involucrada suposa posar-hi més atenció. Un gran joc per a jugar sense pensar. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/treize.xml0000644000373100047300000000502112630035523023462 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Treize Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior i la inferior estan disponibles per a jugar. Tauler Es reparteixen les cartes de cara amunt en set files sobreposades començant amb una carta a la primera fila, incrementant en una per fila i escalonant les piles per a aconseguir una piràmide. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Totes les cartes exposades a la piràmide estan disponibles per a jugar. Els reis es poden suprimir individualment. La resta de cartes es poden suprimir per parelles que sumint tretze, amb els asos que valen 1, les jotes valen 11 i les reines valen 12. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior i inferior estan disponibles per a jugar amb elles mateixes o amb les cartes disponibles a la piràmide. La carta superior de la pila de descartades també es pot jugar amb la segona carta de la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Aquest joc és més fàcil de guanyar que el tretze. Això és perquè podeu planificar el futur i evitar bloquejos jugant estratègicament. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/escalator.xml0000644000373100047300000000445512630035523024147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Escalador Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. Tauler Reparteix cara amunt set files sobreposades començant amb una carta a la primera fila, incrementant amb una per cada fila i escalonant les piles per a aconseguir una piràmide. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a la pila de descartades. Regles Totes les cartes exposades a la piràmide estan disponibles per a jugar. Construïu a la pila de descartades amb aquestes cartes disponibles sempre que sigui possible jugant una carta amb un rang immediatament superior o inferior al rang de la carta superior a la pila de descartades. Els asos es col·loquen sobre els reis i sota els dosos. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida del tauler puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 28 Estratègia Intenteu planejar prèviament de manera que podreu córrer en el futur. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/westhaven.xml0000644000373100047300000000501512630035523024167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Port Oest Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Tauler Deu piles de tres cartes cada una, amb l'última fila de cartes de cara amunt. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. La carta superior o la porció completa cara amunt de cada pila està disponible per a jugar. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta disponible o grup de cartes. Les piles base es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades sempre està disponible per a jugar. No es torna a donar. Puntuació Cada carta moguda a la base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia La precaució és per aquells que tenen diners apostats. Viviu al límit. Feu tants moviments com podeu, ja que l'atzar està al vostre costat. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/cover.xml0000644000373100047300000000355112630035522023303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Coberta Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Les cartes restants es col·loquen aquí després de repartir. Tauler Quatre piles. Es reparteix una carta a cada lloc al començament de la partida. Els llocs buits s'omplen immediatament des de la pila principal. Objectiu Buida la pila principal. Regles Qualsevol parella de cartes al tauler es pot suprimir si pertanyen al mateix pal. Els espais s'omplen immediatament amb cartes de la pila principal. La partida s'acaba quan queda una carta de cada pal al tauler. Puntuació Cada parella suprimida de la partida puntua dos punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Un joc ràpid i curt al que no s'ha de pensar molt, la coberta és jugar millor pensant poc i amb reflexes ràpids. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/odessa.xml0000644000373100047300000000460312630035523023443 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Odessa Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles a la part esquerra. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Tauler Set piles. Es reparteixen tres files cara avall seguides de tres files cara amunt. Llavors es reparteixen dues files més cara amunt a les cinc piles del mig. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant per pal. Els grups de cartes es poden moure independentment de la seqüència. Els grups de cartes en seqüència es poden moure a una pila base apropiada i receptiva. Una pila buida al tauler només es pot omplir amb un rei o un grup de cartes amb un rei a la part inferior. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Opcions Cap Puntuació Quan el joc s'ha repartit, qualsevol seqüència de cartes que baixi per pal és premiada amb un punt per carta. Cada moviment dins del tauler serà premiat amb un punt per cada carta a la seqüència nova. També es premia amb un punt per cada carta col·locada a la base. Puntuació màxima possible: 412 Estratègia Com més aguanteu, més aconseguireu. Intenteu mantenir les cartes fora de les bases tant com sigui possible. Com més llargues les seqüències, més punts obtindreu. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/royal_east.xml0000644000373100047300000000567112630035522024334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Est Reial Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a les cantonades d'una graella tres per tres. Es reparteix una carta a la primera pila base. Aquesta carta és la carta base. Es construeix pujant per pal, jugant els asos sobre els reis quan sigui necessari. Tauler Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada una de les cinc piles del tauler. Aquestes piles són les que formen una creu a la graella tres per tres. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant independentment del pal. Els reis es poden col·locar sobre els asos. Les cartes només es poden moure individualment. Qualsevol carta disponible pot ser jugada a una pila buida del tauler. Cada pila base s'ha de començar amb una carta del mateix rang que la carta base. Les piles base es construeixen pujant per pal des de la carta base, jugant els asos sobre els reis si és necessari. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Les cartes es giren individualment des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades sempre està disponible per a jugar. No es torna a donar. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Els tresors ocults són coses meravelloses, però només si sabeu on estan. Mantingueu el seguiment de quines cartes hi ha a les piles, ja que aquesta informació us anirà molt bé. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/jamestown.xml0000644000373100047300000000327712630035522024201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jamestown Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Totes les cartes es col·loquen aquí al començament de la partida. Tauler Nou piles en formació 3 per 3. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada pila del tauler. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Suprimiu les parelles de cartes del mateix rang. Els llocs buits s'omplen automàticament des de la pila principal. Puntuació En suprimir una parella de cartes puntuareu dos punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Suprimiu les parelles de cartes tan ràpid com sigui possible. Aquest és l'únic repte. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/bristol.xml0000644000373100047300000000520112630035523023636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bristol Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. No es torna a donar. Reserva Tres piles a la dreta de la pila principal. Es reparteix una carta a cada pila de la reserva cada cop que es fa clic a la pila principal. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Les bases es construeixen pujant en seqüència independentment del pal. Tauler Reparteix cara amunt vuit piles de tres cartes cada una. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant independentment del pal. Les cartes només es poden moure d'una en una. Una pila buida del tauler no es pot omplir. Les cartes es giren des de la pila principal a les tres piles de la reserva, una carta per repartició. La carta superior de cada pila de la reserva està en joc. Les piles buides de la reserva no es poden omplir excepte amb la següent repartició des de la pila principal. Les piles base es construeixen pujant independentment del pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Mai mireu enrere. Les cartes que es bloquegen en ordre invers són per a jugar-les quan sigui possible. Moveu tantes cartes com pugueu des de la reserva al tauler, els reis són difícils de moure. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/triple_peaks.xml0000644000373100047300000000674012630035523024653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Triple pic Escrit per en Richard Hoelscher Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Tot el joc està a la pila de descartades. Les cartes cara avall no són part de la puntuació en curs. Tauler Es reparteixen 18 cartes cara avall en forma de tres triangles, amb tres files a cada triangle, incrementant amb una carta a la primera fila i tres a l'última. Es connecten els triangles repartint 10 cartes de cara amunt a la fila inferior. Les cartes del final de cada fila haurien de sobreposar-se amb les cartes del final de la fila superior, i les cartes interior haurien de sobreposar-se amb les dues cartes adjacents de la fila. Objectiu Suprimiu totes les cartes del tauler. Regles Les cartes exposades al tauler estan disponibles per a jugar. Es construeix a la carta superior de la pila de descartades amb cartes immediatament superiors o inferiors del tauler, independentment del pal. Els asos es col·loquen sobre els reis i sota els dosos. Les cartes del tauler estan disponibles quan no estan cobertes per altres cartes. Les cartes es poden girar individualment des de la pila principal a la part superior de la pila de descartades. Opcions Puntuació multiplicant: els punts es dupliquen per cada carta jugada en una ronda. Una ronda de cinc cartes puntuarà 1, 2, 4, 16 i 32 punts, amb un total de 55 punts. Les bonificacions valen 25 punts. No es descompten punts per jugar una carta des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. Arrodoniments progressius: després de què totes les cartes s'hagin suprimit del tauler, comença una ronda nova. La puntuació de l'última ronda s'acumula a la ronda nova. Puntuació La puntuació per a cada carta jugada és igual al número de cartes que heu jugat des que heu girat l'última carta des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. Com més llarga sigui la ronda, més alta serà la puntuació. Es dedueixen 5 punts quan gireu una carta des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. Cada pic de triangle suprimit dóna una bonificació de 15 punts i a més a més tindreu 15 punts addicionals quan totes les cartes s'hagin suprimit del tauler. Puntuació màxima possible en una sola ronda: 466 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/king_albert.xml0000644000373100047300000000464712630035523024456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Rei Albert Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles a la part superior. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal i en seqüència des de l'as al rei. Reserva Set piles a la dreta. Per començar es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada pila de la reserva. No es pot construir a les reserves. Les piles de la reserva buides no es poden omplir. Tauler Nou piles de cartes, amb nou cartes a la primera pila, vuit a la segona i així fins a una carta a l'última pila. Aquestes cartes es reparteixen cara avall. Finalment la carta superior de cada pila es gira cara amunt. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Al tauler les cartes es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els llocs buits al tauler es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta o construcció de cartes. Les cartes a la reserva es poden jugar al tauler o a la base. Les piles de la reserva buides no es poden omplir. Les piles base es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Recordeu que qualsevol carta es pot col·locar a qualsevol lloc buit del tauler. La màxima prioritat d'aquest joc és exposar les cartes noves. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/lady_jane.xml0000644000373100047300000000731212630035522024112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dama Jane Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir. En cada repartició es gira una carta a cada pila de la reserva. Quan només queden dues cartes a la pila principal, es reparteixen de manera que les dues cartes estan disponibles per a jugar-les. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Es reparteix una carta a la primera pila base després de repartir al tauler i a la reserva. Aquesta carta és la carta base. Es construeix pujant per pal. Reserva Set piles a la dreta. La carta superior de cada pila està disponible per a jugar al tauler o a la base. Els espais buits no es poden omplir excepte per a reparticions des de la pila principal. Tauler Set piles sota la pila principal i la base. Es reparteix una carta cara amunt a la primera pila. Es col·loca una carta cara avall a la resta de les piles. Es col·loca una carta de cara amunt a la pila següent, seguida per una carta cara avall en totes les piles cobertes. Es repeteix fins que hi ha set cartes a l'última pila. El tauler es pot construir baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Les piles buides només es poden omplir amb cartes que tinguin un rang inferior a la carta base o grups de cartes que comencen amb una carta d'aquest rang. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Una pila buida al tauler es pot omplir amb una carta amb un rang inferior a la carta base o amb un grup de cartes que comenci amb una carta amb aquest rang. Les cartes es reparteixen des de la pila principal a la reserva. Cada repartició col·loca una carta a cada pila de la reserva. La carta superior de cada pila de la reserva sempre està disponible per a jugar al tauler o a la base. No es pot construir a les piles de la reserva. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de la carta base. Les bases noves es comencen quan una carta del mateix rang que la carta base es col·loca a una pila base buida. Els asos es col·loquen sobre els reis, i els dosos sobre els asos. Les cartes de les bases encara es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Com més profunda estigui una carta, més difícil és aconseguir-la. Intenteu moure les cartes fora de la reserva quan sigui possible. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/yukon.xml0000644000373100047300000000442012630035522023326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Yukon Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles a la part esquerra. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Tauler Set piles. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a la primera pila. Es col·loca una carta cara avall a la resta de les piles. Es col·loca una carta cara amunt a la pila següent, seguida per una carta cara avall en totes les piles cobertes. Es repeteix fins que hi ha set cartes a l'última pila. Es reparteixen la resta de les cartes de cara amunt des de la segona a la setena pila. Es construeix baixant i alternant el color. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure independentment de la seqüència. Una carta cara avall es gira quan es desenterra. Una pila buida al tauler es pot omplir amb un rei o un grup de cartes amb un rei a la part inferior. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Intenteu descobrir tantes cartes tan ràpid com sigui possible. Fer-ho us ajudarà molt en l'aventura de conquistar el Yukon. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/saratoga.xml0000644000373100047300000000777412630035523024002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Saratoga Escrit per l'Alan Horkan, basat en el treball d'en Jonathan Blandford Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es mostren una per una a la pila de descartades. Es torna a donar dos cops. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Bases Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Set piles. Es col·loca una carta de cara amunt en totes les piles. A la següent fila se salta la primera pila i es col·loquen les cartes a la resta de piles. Es continua aquest procés de saltar un lloc a la dreta de cada fila fins que hi ha set files amb set cartes a l'última pila. Essencialment el Saratoga és el mateix que el Klondike però totes les cartes estan cara amunt al començament de la partida. Com que es poden veure totes les cartes, es redueix l'element de risc i fa que el Saratoga sigui lleugerament més fàcil que el Klondike. El tauler es pot construir baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Les piles buides només es poden omplir amb reis o grups de cartes que comencin amb un rei. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Una pila buida només es pot omplir amb un rei o un grup de cartes amb un rei a la part inferior. Les cartes es giren d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Podeu utilitzar tota la baralla tres vegades. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia No desistiu. Intenteu mètodes de força bruta quan la partida sembli perduda. A vegades una combinació amb les cartes de les bases i tornar a ordenar les seqüències alliberarà algunes cartes necessàries. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/fourteen.xml0000644000373100047300000000334112630035522024011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Catorze Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Tauler Es reparteixen totes les cartes de cara amunt a les dotze piles. Les primeres quatre piles tindran cada una cinc cartes, mentre que les altres piles tindran quatre cartes. La carta exposada a cada pila està en joc. Les piles buides no es poden omplir. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Les cartes es poden suprimir per parelles que sumin catorze. Els asos valen un i les jotes, reines i reis valen 11, 12 i 13 respectivament. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Vigileu els moviments. Intenteu moure les cartes que queden per a emparellar o us podríeu quedar encallat. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/whitehead.xml0000644000373100047300000000542512630035522024131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whitehead Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Es gira una carta cada vegada a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Set piles. Es reparteixen totes les cartes de cara amunt de manera que hi ha una carta a la primera pila, dues a la segona pila i acabant amb set a la setena pila. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i del mateix color. Les construccions del mateix pal i en seqüència es poden moure com una unitat. Els llocs buits al tauler es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta o construcció de cartes. Les cartes es giren d'una en una des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. La carta superior de la pila de descartades està en joc. No es torna a donar. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Els llocs buits del tauler són una comoditat apreciada en aquest joc. A vegades mantenir-los fins que els necessiteu és una idea molt bona. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/napoleons_tomb.xml0000644000373100047300000000521612630035522025204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tomba de Napoleó Escrit per en Kimmo Karlsson Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Pila de descartades Al costat de la pila principal. Tauler Graella tres per tres, totes cara amunt. Bases La pila central de la graella es construeix baixant, les cantonades es construeixen pujant. El pal no importa. Reserves Quatre piles a la graella que no són bases. Cada pila de la reserva pot tenir només una carta a la vegada. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes de sis o menys a la pila central, 7 o més a les piles de les cantonades. Regles Feu clic a la pila principal per a girar cartes. Es mou una carta cada vegada al tauler. Una carta no es pot moure un cop col·locada a la pila base. Cada pila a una cantonada es construeix pujant des del 7 al rei. La pila central es construeix baixant des del 6 a l'as. Després de l'as toca un altre 6, etc. El pal no importa. Opcions Reparteix tres cartes: Si repartiu tres cartes a la vegada des de la pila principal, podreu utilitzar tota la baralla tres cops. Joc automàtic: Si el joc automàtic està activat, les cartes es col·locaran automàticament a les piles base quan sigui possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Intenteu mantenir la reserva. No és fàcil portar Napoleó a la seva tomba, però continueu intentant-ho. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/thieves.xml0000644000373100047300000000552612630035523023641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lladres Escrit per en Robert Brady Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla de comodí Tauler Set piles de cinc cartes cada una, de cara amunt. Pila principal Col·loqueu totes les cartes restants aquí. Les cartes es giren individualment a la pila de descartades. No es torna a repartir. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a la pila de descartades. Regles La pila de descartades es pot construir pujant o baixant amb les cartes disponibles del tauler. Els comodins es poden utilitzar com una carta de qualsevol rang i es poden jugar sobre una carta de qualsevol rang. En qualsevol moment es pot repartir una carta des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades. Puntuació A la taula següent podeu observar els punts que obteniu per cada tipus de carta. Els comodins no sumen punts. Carta Punts As 8 2, 3 6 4, 5 4 6, 7, 8 2 9, 10 4 Jack, Queen 6 Rei 8 Estratègia Com que podeu veure totes les cartes al tauler, intenteu aconseguir carreres, per a intentar alliberar tantes cartes com sigui possible, ja que només teniu una provisió limitada de cartes a la pila principal. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/pileon.xml0000644000373100047300000000467012630035523023457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pileon Escrit per en Nick Lamb Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Tauler Quinze piles, ordenades en files de quatre. Es reparteixen quatre cartes a la vegada, cara amunt a les primeres tretze piles. Es deixen els dos últims espais buits. Una pila pot tenir com a màxim quatre cartes, com a mínim cap. Objectiu Ordeneu les cartes de manera que cada pila contingui quatre cartes d'un mateix valor. Això hauria de deixar dues piles buides, però no importa si són les mateixes piles que estaven buides al començament de la partida. Regles Les cartes es poden moure a la part superior d'una altra carta o cartes del mateix valor sempre que cap pila tingui més de quatre cartes. Els grups de cartes es poden moure si tenen el mateix valor, però no us aporta res. Un lloc buit es pot omplir amb qualsevol carta o grup de cartes del mateix valor. Quan una pila conté les quatre cartes del mateix valor, aquesta es congela i la carta superior es gira per a indicar que no heu de fer res més amb aquestes cartes. No es poden jugar més, encara que de tota manera seria inútil moure-les. Puntuació Quan una pila de quatre cartes està congelada puntueu 4 punts, un per cada carta. No hi ha cap altra manera de puntuar punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Mantingueu una de les piles neta tant de temps com sigui possible. No deixeu una pila de tres cartes construïdes sobre una carta, especialment si la carta del final no és la part inferior d'una altra pila. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/eliminator.xml0000644000373100047300000000342412630035523024330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Eliminador Escrit per Wa (logicplace.com) Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Tauler Quatre piles. Es reparteixen 13 cartes a cada pila (totes les cartes). Base De quatre a sis llocs buits que construïu en qualsevol direcció. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a la base. Regles Qualsevol carta pot estar situada al primer lloc de la base. Les piles base es poden construir pujant o baixant des de la carta amb el valor més alt, independentment del seu pal. Els reis es poden col·locar sobre els asos i viceversa. Puntuació Cada carta moguda des del tauler sobre una carta de la base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 51 Estratègia Assegureu-vos de mirar totes les cartes que venen després i de no bloquejar-ne cap que us faci falta per moure-la a sobre. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/chessboard.xml0000644000373100047300000000431312630035523024300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tauler d'escacs Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Base Quatre piles al mig. Per a construir pujant per pal des de la carta base de la vostra elecció, saltant des del rei a l'as quan sigui necessari. Les cartes a les piles base no es poden jugar. Tauler Cinc piles a cada banda de la base. Es reparteixen cinc cartes de cara amunt a cada una d'aquestes piles i una més a les dues piles superiors. La carta superior en qualsevol pila del tauler està disponible per a jugar. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes a les piles del tauler es poden construir pujant o baixant per pal. Només la carta superior de cada pila està disponible per a jugar. Els llocs buits es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta disponible. Les bases es construeixen pujant des de la carta base de la vostra elecció, saltant des del rei a l'as quan sigui necessari. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Seleccioneu la carta base intel·ligentment. L'opció òbvia us pot portar a un final desastrós. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/gypsy.xml0000644000373100047300000000533212630035522023337 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gitano Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla doble Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Es reparteixen les cartes en grups de vuit, un a cada tauler. Base Vuit piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. La carta superior de cada base es pot tornar a jugar al tauler. Tauler Vuit piles. Per a començar es reparteixen dues files cara avall i una fila cara amunt. El tauler es construeix baixant i alternant el color. Les construccions de cartes es poden moure. Les piles buides es poden omplir amb qualsevol carta o construcció. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Les construccions de cartes es poden moure. Una pila buida al tauler es pot omplir amb qualsevol carta o construcció de cartes. En cada repartició es mou una carta des de la pila principal a cada pila del tauler. No es torna a donar. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases encara es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta del tauler aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a la base puntua 5 punts. Quan es completa una pila base (des de l'as al rei), es puntuen 60 punts més. Cada parella de cartes al tauler en ordre alternant puntua 2 punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 1000 Estratègia Intenteu exposar cartes noves al tauler quan sigui possible. Recordeu que sempre podeu tornar cartes des de la base cap al joc. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/first_law.xml0000644000373100047300000000461612630035523024163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Primera llei Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Les cartes es col·loquen aquí al començament. Quan està buit, les cartes es retornen des del tauler i es tornen a posar a la pila principal. Tauler Quatre piles a la dreta. Cada repartició des de la pila principal repartirà una carta a cada pila del tauler. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles En fer clic a la pila principal es repartirà una carta a cada pila del tauler. Si qualsevol de les cartes mostrades al tauler és del mateix rang, moveu les altres a les cartes similars de l'esquerra. Les piles buides només es poden omplir amb una repartició des de la pila principal. Si en qualsevol moment les quatre cartes mostrades tenen el mateix rang, són suprimides. Quan la pila principal està buida, les piles del tauler es recullen, de la pila de la dreta a l'esquerra, i es tornen a col·locar a la pila principal. La primera carta repartida sempre serà la primera carta repartida fins que es suprimeixi. No hi ha límit de tornar a donar. Puntuació Cada joc de quatre cartes suprimit puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 13 Estratègia No oblideu utilitzar els frens. Aquest joc pot ser que no s'acabi mai a no ser que decidiu fer moviments cautelosos. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/camelot.xml0000644000373100047300000001014212630035522023603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Camelot Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Totes les cartes es col·loquen a la pila principal al començament de la partida. Aquestes es giren una per una a la pila de descartades. No es torna a donar. Pila de descartades Per a agafar des de la pila principal. Només es pot tenir una carta que s'ha de jugar immediatament al tauler. Tauler Graella quatre per quatre, cada casella pot contenir una carta. Els reis només es poden col·locar en els espais de les cantonades. Les reines només es poden col·locar en els dos espais del mig de la primera i de l'última fila. Les jotes només es poden col·locar en els dos espais del mig de la primera i de l'última columna. Objectiu Suprimiu totes les cartes excepte les figures (jotes, reines i reis). Heu guanyat si el tauler s'assembla a aquest -- El tauler guanyador. -- i la pila principal i la pila de descartades estan buides. Els pals no importen. Regles Hi ha dues fases en aquest joc. Alterneu entre les dues fases fins que la partida es perd o es guanya. Comenceu a la primera fase fins que el tauler està totalment omplert. En aquest punt, canvieu a la segona fase. Fixeu-vos que no podeu començar la segona fase fins que el tauler està totalment omplert. En qualsevol moment, podeu tornar a la primera fase, però recordeu que no podeu tornar a la segona fase fins que el tauler torna a estar omplert. Una excepció a aquesta regla és quan la pila principal i la pila de descartades estan buides. Primera fase -- Feu clic a la pila principal per a moure una carta a la pila de descartades buida. Si la carta és un: Rei: Col·loqueu-lo a un espai de les quatre cantonades que estigui buit. Reina: Col·loqueu-la a un dels dos espais de la fila superior o inferior que estigui buit. Jota: Col·loqueu-la a un dels dos espais de les columnes de l'esquerra o de la dreta que estigui buit. Qualsevol altra carta: Col·loqueu-la en qualsevol espai que estigui buit. Segona fase -- Suprimiu els deus simplement en fer clic sobre ells. Suprimiu les parelles que sumin 10 arrossegant una carta sobre la seva parella. La partida es perd si una carta figura no es pot posar al lloc apropiat o si tots els espais estan omplerts i no es poden suprimir cartes. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 40 Estratègia La part més segura és la del mig. Durant la primera fase de la partida, reparteix al mig abans d'anar als costats. Si veieu una possible parella, col·loqueu aquesta carta al costat de manera que podreu alliberar més espais del costat durant la segona fase de la partida. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000002466712630035522024127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 AisleRiot"> ]> Manual de l'<application>AisleRiot</application> L'AisleRiot és una col·lecció de més de 80 jocs de cartes programats amb el llenguatge d'scripting del GNOME, Scheme. 2001 Rosanna Yuen Projecte de documentació del GNOME Rosanna Yuen Projecte de documentació del GNOME
zana@webwynk.net
Telsa Gwynne
hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk
 Manual de l'AisleRiot (versió 3.2) Setembre 2011 Rosanna Yuen zana@webwynk.net Projecte de documentació del GNOME Aquest manual descriu la versió 3.2 de l'AisleRiot. Comentaris Per a informar d'un error o fer algun suggeriment quant a l'AisleRiot o aquest manual, seguiu les indicacions a la pàgina de comentaris del GNOME. Joan Duran jodufi@gmail.com 2007 2008 Joan Duran Introducció AisleRiot L'AisleRiot (també conegut com a Solitari o sol) és una col·lecció de jocs de cartes fàcils de jugar amb el ratolí. Les regles dels jocs s'han codificat en el llenguatge d'script del GNOME (Scheme). Jugar a l'<application>AisleRiot</application> Utilitzeu el ratolí per a moure les cartes. Feu clic a una carta i arrossegueu-la a qualsevol lloc. Deixeu el botó del ratolí per a deixar-la. També podeu moure una carta fent un clic per a agafar-la i fent un altre clic per a deixar-la. Per a habilitar aquesta manera de moure les cartes, seleccioneu ControlFer clic per a moure. Això pot ser més ràpid que arrossegar i més còmode per a la mà que mantenir premut el botó del ratolí. Tot i això, pot costar una mica a acostumar-s'hi. Si una carta es pot moure a les bases, no necessiteu arrossegar-la. Podeu fer un doble clic en aquesta i es mourà. Si una seqüència de cartes es pot moure a les bases, generalment podreu moure la seqüència d'un sol cop. En fer doble clic a una carta l'enviareu a la base, si és possible. Això és útil per a netejar números grans de cartes al final d'una partida victoriosa. En els jocs que tenen una pila principal podeu tornar a apilar-les en fer clic a l'espai buit on estaven. Vigileu que alguns jocs només us ho permeten fer un número limitat de vegades. Vegeu el missatge Cartes per repartir a la part inferior de la finestra. Una pista útil és saber que en fer clic amb el botó secundari a una carta coberta parcialment per una altra, es mostrarà de manera que podreu veure quina és. Alguns jocs tenen opcions per a canviar la manera de jugar-hi. Per exemple, al Klondike s'hi pot jugar repartint una carta o de tres en tres. En aquests jocs hi ha un menú separat amb el nom del joc. Només podeu canviar les regles del joc a l'inici de la partida, el menú estarà inhabilitat durant la partida. Podeu veure com ho esteu fent de bé a un joc particular si seleccioneu Estadístiques en el menú Partida. Només es tenen en compte les partides en què s'ha mogut alguna carta. Les estadístiques són per a passar-ho bé, hi ha moltes maneres de fer trampes i no es recomana fer comparacions. Els jocs usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/cruel.xml0000644000373100047300000000563212630035523023302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cruel Escrit per en Zach Keene Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal El lloc superior esquerra. Com que totes les cartes restants es reparteixen al tauler, sempre estarà buit. No hi ha límit de reparticions. Bases Les piles a la dreta a la fila superior; els asos es col·loquen aquí al començament de la partida. Es construeix pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Tauler Fins a tretze piles, es reparteixen quatre cartes a la vegada fins que la pila principal s'acaba. Les piles de tauler es poden construir baixant per pal. Objectiu Moveu totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Construïu les bases pujant per pal i les piles del tauler baixant per pal. Si no queden moviments disponibles (o això creieu), feu clic al lloc buit a la part superior esquerra per a tornar a repartir. Les reparticions es realitzen col·locant les piles del tauler una sobre una altra i en ordre, començant per l'última pila. Llavors la baralla simplement es gira i es torna a repartir, quatre cartes cada vegada, de tornada al tauler. Si no es realitza cap moviment, tornar a repartir no modificarà l'ordre de les cartes. Per tant, la partida es perd si no hi ha cap moviment possible immediatament després de repartir. Nota: un cas degenerat succeeix sempre que, després de repartir, l'última pila del tauler conté només una carta i l'únic moviment possible es des de la pila del final del tauler a la pila d'abans. En fer aquest moviment i tornar a repartir només s'aconsegueix l'ordre original de les cartes. L'AisleRiot finalitzarà la partida si es detecta aquesta situació. Puntuació Cada carta col·locada a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Si es pot construir més d'una pila al tauler, primer construïu la pila amb el rang més alt. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/canfield.xml0000644000373100047300000000730712630035523023736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Canfield Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir. Es giren tres cartes a la vegada a la pila de descartades. No hi ha límit de tornar a donar. Pila de descartades Directament a la dreta de la pila principal. Per a agafar des de la pila principal. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar. Reserva A l'esquerra sota la pila principal. Aquí es reparteixen tretze cartes amb la carta superior de cara amunt. La carta superior està disponible per a jugar a les bases o al tauler. Tauler Quatre piles sota les bases. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada pila. El tauler es construeix baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a la primera pila de les bases. Aquesta és la carta base. Es construeix pujant per pal. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure. Un lloc buit al tauler s'omple automàticament des de la reserva. Si la reserva està buida, un lloc buit es pot omplir amb qualsevol carta o grup de cartes en seqüència. Les cartes es giren des de la pila principal a la pila de descartades de tres en tres. Si l'última girada té menys de tres cartes, en aquest moviment es giren les cartes que queden. Quan la pila principal està buida, es mouen totes les cartes de la pila de descartades a la pila principal, mantenint l'ordre. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de la carta base (la primera carta repartida a la primera base). Les bases noves es comencen quan una carta del mateix rang que la primera carta col·locada en el període de repartició, es col·loqui a una pila base buida. Els asos es construeixen sobre els reis, i els dosos sobre els asos. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta del tauler aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Aquest joc s'hi juga als casinos. Guanyaríeu fins i tot si la puntuació fos 10. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Val més un ocell al puny que una grua lluny. Aquest joc és difícil de guanyar. La majoria de la gent juga pensant amb les apostes i intenten aconseguir el màxim de punts possibles. Per a aconseguir aquest objectiu, sempre mou les cartes a les bases quan sigui possible. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/helsinki.xml0000644000373100047300000000346612630035523024001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Helsinki Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Es col·loca una carta al tauler automàticament quan hi ha un espai. Tauler Deu piles. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada pila. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Suprimiu les cartes en parelles que sumin tretze, on els asos valen un, les jotes valen onze i les reines valen dotze. Els reis són suprimits individualment. Les piles buides del tauler s'omplen automàticament des de la pila principal. Puntuació Cada carta suprimida puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Aneu tan ràpid com podeu. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/freecell.xml0000644000373100047300000000522512630035522023746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Freecell Escrit per en Changwoo Ryu Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Reserves Quatre piles a l'esquerra a la fila superior. Cada pila de la reserva només pot tenir una carta. Base Quatre piles a la part superior dreta. Per a construir pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. Tauler Vuit piles. Es reparteixen totes les cartes de cara amunt en aquestes vuit piles, acabant amb set cartes a cada una de les primeres quatre piles i sis cartes a les últimes quatre piles. El tauler es construeix baixant i alternant el color. Les cartes només es poden moure individualment, però com a drecera, si hi ha suficients piles de la reserva lliures per a permetre-ho, es poden moure juntes cartes en seqüència. Objectiu Moure totes les cartes a les piles base. Regles Les cartes al tauler es construeixen baixant i alternant el color. Els grups de cartes es poden moure si hi ha suficients piles de la reserva lliures que permetin el moviment si les cartes es moguessin individualment. Una pila buida al tauler es pot omplir amb qualsevol carta o grup de cartes. Les bases es construeixen pujant per pal des de l'as al rei. Les cartes a les bases no es poden jugar. En fer doble clic a una carta aquesta es mourà a la pila base apropiada, si aquest moviment és possible. Les cartes a les piles de la reserva es poden jugar de nou al tauler o a la base. Puntuació Cada carta a les piles base puntua un punt. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia L'espai es una comoditat valuosa. Mantingueu tantes piles de la reserva lliures com sigui possible. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/gay_gordons.xml0000644000373100047300000000343112630035523024476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gay Gordons Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Reserva Pila a la part superior esquerra. Aquí es reparteixen dues cartes cara amunt. La carta superior es pot jugar. No es pot tornar a omplir o construir. Tauler Deu piles. Es reparteixen cinc cartes de cara amunt a cada pila. La carta superior de cada pila es pot jugar. Les piles buides no es poden omplir. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Suprimiu les cartes per parelles que sumin onze. Els reis s'emparellen amb les reines. Les jotes s'emparellem amb altres jotes. Puntuació Cada parella de cartes suprimida puntua dos punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Intenteu descobrir les cartes que estan enterrades sota la seva parella. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/block_ten.xml0000644000373100047300000000347112630035522024126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bloc deu Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. Totes les cartes es col·loquen aquí al començament de la partida. Tauler Nou piles en formació 3 per 3. Es reparteix una carta de cara amunt a cada pila del tauler. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Suprimiu les cartes per parelles que sumin deu. Les jotes, reines i reis són suprimits per parelles. Els deus no es poden suprimir. Tots els llocs buits s'omplen automàticament des de la pila principal. Puntuació En suprimir una parella de cartes puntuareu dos punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 48 Estratègia Aquest és un joc d'atzar pur. Tot i això, qualsevol estratègia utilitzada hauria d'incrementar la vostra sort. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/aisleriot/monte_carlo.xml0000644000373100047300000000474712630035523024500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Monte Carlo Escrit per la Rosanna Yuen Configuració Tipus de baralla Baralla estàndard Pila principal Pila a la part superior esquerra. La resta de la baralla es col·loca aquí després de repartir al tauler. Les cartes es reparteixen després de concatenar el tauler als llocs buits. Tauler Graella cinc per cinc, cada una capaç de tenir una carta. Es reparteix una carta a cada espai al començament de la partida. Els llocs buits s'omplen automàticament movent les cartes des de la dreta a l'esquerra, des de la carta més a l'esquerra de la fila inferior a l'espai més a la dreta, i des de la pila principal a qualsevol espai buit en fer clic a la pila principal. Objectiu Suprimeix totes les cartes. Regles Les cartes són suprimides per parelles que tenen el mateix valor sempre que les dues cartes es toquin en horitzontal, en vertical o en diagonal. En qualsevol punt al que hi hagi piles buides al tauler, repartir des de la pila principal mou totes les cartes al tauler des de la dreta a l'esquerra i movent-les a la fila superior a la dreta si és necessari perquè tots els llocs buits es quedin al final. Llavors la pila principal es reparteix en aquests llocs buits. Puntuació Cada parella de cartes suprimida puntua dos punts. Puntuació màxima possible: 52 Estratègia Vigileu com s'encongeix el tauler quan es reparteix. A vegades deixar parelles intencionadament farà que hi hagi més parelles disponibles després de repartir. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/license.page0000644000373100047300000000164712701535750023434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Know your rights License

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/support.page0000644000373100047300000000132612701535750023520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get more help Support

If you have unanswered questions or a problem you don’t understand, please ask about it it in the support forum.

Keep in mind that the people answering your questions are volunteers and that while Déjà Dup is intended to work well, it comes with no warranty. So please be polite and patient.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/contribute.page0000644000373100047300000000362312701535750024164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help make Déjà Dup better Getting Involved

So you want to help make Déjà Dup even better? Excellent! Here are some suggestions.

Report Issues

Did you see a flaw? Do you have an idea for a new feature? Simply report it as a bug. Be patient for a reply.

Note that bug reports should be in English only.

Talk to Us

We don’t bite. Send an email to the mailing list.

Or subscribe to the list. The list is very low traffic.

Note that the list is English only.

Translating

Do you speak both English and another language? Good! You can help translate Déjà Dup through a web interface. It’s really quite easy and is very appreciated.

Support

Do you like helping people? Answer user questions and support requests.

This is another great way for non-English speakers to get involved, as you can answer questions posted in your language.

Coding

There are always more bugs to fix. If you want to find out what needs doing, talk to us on the mailing list as described above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/restore-revert.page0000644000373100047300000000235712701535750025001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a previous version of a file Reverting a File

Browse to the folder containing the file you want to revert.

Select the file you want to revert by clicking on it.

Click EditRevert to Previous Version….

When the Restore dialog appears, choose the date from which to restore.

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore. Note that this will overwrite your current version of the file.

You can select multiple files at once before reverting.

You can also revert files on the command line:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/backup-auto.page0000644000373100047300000000202212701535750024211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 La tranquil·litat de tenir-ho tot sota control Còpies de seguretat automàtiques

If you only back up when you remember to do so, you’re not backing up often enough. Fortunately, it’s easy to set up automatic backups.

Open your Backups settings.

Verifiqueu que les preferències de les còpies de seguretat s'ajusten a les vostres necessitats.

Turn on the Automatic backups option on the Overview page.

Consider only saving your backups for a certain length of time, using the Keep backups option on the Schedule page. Otherwise, they may end up consuming a lot of space while you’re not paying attention.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/backup-first.page0000644000373100047300000000143712701535751024402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start now La primera còpia de seguretat

Open your Backups settings.

Verifiqueu que les preferències de les còpies de seguretat s'ajusten a les vostres necessitats.

Click on the Back Up Now… button on the Overview page.

Wait. It may take a long time to backup, especially if you are backing up to a remote server. Just let it run in the background while you do something else.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000001067112701535751023127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust your backup settings Settings <gui>Automatic backup</gui>

Turn this option on to have Déjà Dup automatically back up for you. This is recommended so that you don’t forget to do it yourself. Backups are more useful the more recent they are, so it is important to back up regularly.

 <gui>Folders to save</gui>

Choose a list of folders to save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list. If you are only interested in backing up your own data, the default of Home is sufficient.

 <gui>Folders to ignore</gui>

Choose a list of folders to not save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list.

Some of your data may be large and not very important to you. In that case, you can save yourself some time and space by not backing them up.

Some locations are always ignored by default:

~/.adobe/Flash_Player/AssetCache

~/.cache

~/.gvfs

~/.Private

~/.recent-applications.xbel

~/.recently-used.xbel

~/.steam/root (which by default also ignores ~/.local/share/Steam)

~/.thumbnails

~/.xsession-errors

/proc

/run

/sys

/tmp

 <gui>Storage location</gui>

Use these options to specify the storage location that Déjà Dup will use when backing up or restoring:

Cloud Services

The first few storage locations are cloud storage services provided by various companies. For a small fee, they hold your data for you. A cloud service like this is recommended because it is an easy way to keep your data offsite (meaning out of your home: in case of disaster or theft, your data will still be safe).

These services cost money. Read their rates carefully before using them.

 Remote Servers

Choose the type of remote server to which you want to connect. Then you can enter the server information. Alternatively, if you know your server’s URL, choose Custom Location and enter it.

 Removable Media

You may see removable media like external hard drives or thumb drives listed.

 Local Folder

You may also want to choose a local folder as a storage location. Note that backups can be quite large, so make sure you have enough free disk space.

This is not recommended, because if your hardware fails, you will lose both your original data and your backups.

 <gui>Keep</gui>

Choose the minimum amount of time to keep backup files. If you find that the backup files are taking up too much space, you may want to decrease this duration. Due to implementation details, files may be kept a bit longer than the chosen time. But no files will be deleted early.

Backups are kept forever by default, but still may be deleted earlier if the storage location begins to run out of space.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/restore-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000223512701535750024446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a file that is no longer present Restoring a Lost File

Browse to the folder containing the file you lost.

Click FileRestore Missing Files….

When the Restore dialog appears, it will scan for files that are in the backup but no longer in the folder.

When you see the file you want to restore appear, select it and click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

You can restore lost files from the command line as well, if you remember what their filenames were:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/restore-full.page0000644000373100047300000000461012701535751024427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Recover from total system failure Full System Restore
Setup

Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customizing settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customizations you make now may get overridden once you restore.

Next, you need to install Déjà Dup. Your distribution vendor may package it for you. Otherwise, download and compile it.
Restore

Open your Backups settings.

Click on the Restore… button on the Overview page.

A Restore dialog will appear asking where your backup files are stored (your Backup location).

Click Forward and wait for Déjà Dup to scan the backup location.

Choose the date you want to restore from. Usually you can just leave this alone, as the default is the most recent backup.

Click Forward.

Choose where to restore. Since this is a full system backup, leave it as the default (which restores over your current install).

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

Wait. It may take a long time to finish restoring.

Finally, reinstall any programs that you enjoyed in your previous install.

If for whatever reason you have a problem after trying to restore with the Restore files to original locations option, try restoring instead to a temporary directory and moving your files to where they belong.

If that still doesn’t work, there are more drastic things you can try.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/restore-worst-case.page0000644000373100047300000002410512701535750025554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What to do if you can’t restore your files When Everything Goes Wrong

Déjà Dup may fail. Maybe it crashes or gives you an error when you try to restore. When you really need your data back, the last thing you want do deal with is a bug. Consider filing a bug report but in the meantime, here are some approaches to workaround a misbehaving Déjà Dup and get your data back.

This is going to get technical. If none of this makes sense to you, don’t be afraid to ask for help.

Open a Terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT.

Create the directory in which you will place your restored files. This guide will use /tmp/restore:

mkdir -p /tmp/restore
Restoring with Duplicity

On the assumption that Déjà Dup is just not working for you right now, you’re going to use the command line tool duplicity that is used by Déjà Dup behind the scenes to back up and restore your files.

If you want more information about duplicity than presented here, run man duplicity.

The first thing we’ll try is a simple restore of all your data. Assuming your files are on an external drive mounted as /media/backup and you chose to encrypt the backup, try this:

duplicity --gio file:///media/backup /tmp/restore

If you didn’t encrypt the backup, add --no-encryption to the command.

Other Backup Locations

If you backed up to a remote or cloud server, the syntax you use with duplicity will be different than the external drive example above. See below for how to connect to your chosen backup location.

Remember to add --no-encryption to any example commands if your backup is not encrypted.

If duplicity appears to be having trouble connecting to your server, try downloading all the duplicity files yourself to a local folder and following the simpler example above.

Amazon S3

Look up your Amazon S3 access key ID and secret access key and replace instances of ID and SECRET in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=ID export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET duplicity s3+http://deja-dup-auto-LOWERCASE_ID/FOLDER /tmp/restore Rackspace Cloud Files

Look up your Rackspace username and API key and replace instances of USERNAME and KEY in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a container in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of CONTAINER with that name.

export CLOUDFILES_USERNAME=USERNAME export CLOUDFILES_APIKEY=KEY duplicity cf+http://CONTAINER /tmp/restore FTP

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to not log in with a username, use anonymous as your USERNAME below.

gvfs-mount ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore SSH

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

gvfs-mount ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore WebDAV

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to use a secure connection (HTTPS) when backing up, use davs:// instead of dav:// in the example below.

gvfs-mount dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore Windows Share

Look up your server address, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you specified a domain for your Windows server, add it to the beginning of USERNAME with a semicolon between them. For example, domain;username.

gvfs-mount smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER duplicity --gio smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER /tmp/restore
Restoring by Hand

If even duplicity isn’t working for you, there may be little hope. The backup file format is complicated and not easily manipulated. But if you’re desperate, it’s worth a try.

If you used a remote or cloud server to store your backup, first download all the duplicity files and place them in a folder on your computer. Then enter that folder in your terminal.

Duplicity stores your data in small chunks called volumes. Some volumes belong to the periodic ‘full’ or fresh backups and others to the ‘inc’ or incremental backups. Starting with a full backup set of volumes at volume 1, you’ll need to restore files volume by volume.

If you encrypted your backup, first you must decrypt the volume with gpg. Say you have duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg:

gpg --output duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg

Or to do all at once (make sure you have plenty of space!):

gpg --multifile --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar.gpg

Now you have either a .difftar or a .difftar.gz volume (depending on whether you had to decrypt it or not). Use tar on whichever one you have to extract the individual patch files:

tar xf duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar

Or again, to do all at once:

for t in duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar; do tar xf $t; done

Now the patch files will be in multivolume_snapshot and snapshot folders. Each file that spanned multiple volumes will be in multivolume_snapshot. Let’s say you backed up /home/jane/essay.txt:

cd multivolume_snapshot/home/jane/essay.txt cat * > essay.txt

To recover data from incremental backups, use rdiff to stitch the files together. See man rdiff for usage.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000377212701535750023450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Meet the team Credits
Development

Andrew Fister

Michael Terry

Michael Vogt

Urban Skudnik

Lars Jegenhorst

Canonical Ltd
Documentation

Michael Terry

Canonical Ltd
Art

Andreas Nilsson

Jakub Steiner

Lapo Calamandrei

Michael Terry
Translation Launchpad Contributions: BennyBeat https://launchpad.net/~bennybeat David Planella https://launchpad.net/~dpm Víctor Sánchez https://launchpad.net/~victor-sanchez-rodriguez
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/deja-dup/index.page0000644000373100047300000000174612701535750023121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backup Help Backup Help Michael Terry mike@mterry.name 2010,2011

Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/deja-dup-icon.png"/> Backup Help
Backing Up
Restoring Files
About <app>Déjà Dup Backup Tool</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000474212630051110024227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com L'Analitzador de l'ús dels discs, és una aplicació que mostra l'ús de l'espai d'emmagatzematge mitjançant gràfics. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Introducció

L'Analitzador de l'ús dels discs és una aplicació gràfica que serveix per analitzar l'ús dels dispositius d'emmagatzematge. Es pot fer servir per escanejar diversos dispositius d'emmagatzematge locals o remots, que inclouen discs durs, unitats d'estat sòlid (SSD), memòries USB, càmeres digitals i targetes de memòria. L'Analitzador de l'ús dels discs pot escanejar tot el sistema de fitxers, la carpeta de l'usuari, una carpeta especificada per l'usuari o una carpeta remota.

Amb la finalitat d'alliberar espai, els resultats poden ser útils per decidir quines carpetes poden ser comprimides, esborrades o mogudes. També si es vol fer una còpia de seguretat d'unes determinades carpetes, els resultats poden servir per fer l'estimació de la quantitat d'espai que seria necessari.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/pref-view-chart.page0000644000373100047300000000400412630051110024500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Mostra els resultats com a diagrama d'anells o com a diagrama de mapa d'arbre. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Diferents tipus de diagrama

Per defecte, els resultats de l'escaneig mostren cada subcarpeta com una porció de l'anell, amb un angle proporcional a la mida de la carpeta que representa. Les subcarpetes es mostren en colors diferents, com a capes addicionals al voltant de l'anell interior.

Si moveu el ratolí per sobre del diagrama d'anells es mostren més dades de les carpetes i subcarpetes.

Es pot canviar la visualització del diagrama a mapa d'arbre mitjançant els botons situats a la part inferior dreta del diagrama. La disposició en arbre mostra les carpetes com a quadres de mida proporcional.

També podeu fer clic a un anell o a un quadre perquè sigui el punt d'inici del diagrama.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/problem-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000000364212630051110025515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2014 I see a Could not scan /… or some of the folders it contains error message when scanning. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Error when scanning

When scanning you might see a message Could not scan /… or some of the folders it contains at the top of Disk Usage Analyzer window. This error appears because you don't have the required permissions to access some files due to restrictions set on the target system. The files you can't access won't be used to compute the chart representing the disk usage, hence the result reported may be wrong.

Not having access to all files and directories is perfectly common thought so there is nothing you can do about this error.

Disk Usage Analyzer uses command du to create the detailed view of the use of storage, and needs you have read permission on files and execute permission of directories.

On the other hand, filesystem disk usage on the use command df for disk utilisation on the main window which relies on the filesystem and not on file permissions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/question-open-folder.page0000644000373100047300000000226112630051110025557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 Open a folder in a file browser such as Files. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 How do I open a folder?

You can open a folder in your default file browser, such as Files. This can be useful if you want to quickly find out which files are in that folder.

Right-click on the folder that you want to open and select Open Folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050712630051110022451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/scan-file-system.page0000644000373100047300000000336312630051110024667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Escaneja els dispositius d'emmagatzematge interns. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Escaneja el sistema de fitxers

Per escanejar l'ordinador, seleccioneu el seu nom de la llista Dispositius i ubicacions. S'escanejaran totes les carpetes per a les que tingueu permís d'accés. És normal que no tingueu permís per escanejar alguns directoris de l'ordinador.

Si el sistema de fitxers que es vol escanejar és gran, l'escaneig pot trigar uns minuts. Per cancel·lar l'escaneig, premeu el botó situat a la part superior esquerra de la finestra per tornar a mostrar la llista de dispositius.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/scan-home.page0000644000373100047300000000356612630051110023363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Escaneja tots els fitxers personals que estiguin a l'ordinador. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Escaneja la <file>carpeta de l'usuari</file>

A la carpeta de l'usuari és a on es troben la majoria de fitxers per a la majoria d'usuaris, això es degut a que els paràmetres per defecte estableixen desar o copiar els fitxers en subcarpetes dintre d'aquesta carpeta. Això inclou les baixades d'Internet, els documents en els que treballeu i les fotos de la càmera. Normalment cada usuari de l'ordinador té la seva pròpia carpeta de l'usuari.

Seleccioneu la carpeta de l'usuari a la llista Dispositius i ubicacions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/problem-slow-scan.page0000644000373100047300000000236612630051110025052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2014 Scanning a folder or a remote location is slow. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Scanning is slow

The speed required to scan a folder or a remote location depends on the speed of the media you're scanning. For instance a mechanical hard drive will be slower than a SSD, and scanning a remote directory over Internet will generally take longer than scanning a folder over a local network.

The speed also depends on the depth of the directory structure and the number of files stored.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/scan-remote.page0000644000373100047300000000503312630051110023715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Escaneja una carpeta remota des de l'ordinador. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Escaneja una carpeta remota

L'Analitzador de l'ús dels discs pot escanejar dispositius d'emmagatzematge que siguin accessibles remotament. Per escanejar remotament tot el sistema de fitxers o una carpeta en concret:

Premeu el botó situat a la part superior dreta de la finestra principal i seleccioneu Escaneja una carpeta remota….

Enter the URL into the Server Address field. It will normally have a protocol, followed by a colon and two slashes, that looks different depending on the protocol that you are using.

Per continuar feu clic a Connecta; abans que comenci l'escaneig potser s'us demanaran més dades, com la contrasenya i el nom d'usuari.

L'escaneig a través de la xarxa pot ser més lent que fer-ho en un sistema de fitxers local.

També podeu seleccionar un servidor utilitzat recentment en comptes d'introduir un URL nou. Si introduïu un URL que no és vàlid, no podreu prémer Connecta, però si l'URL és vàlid però incorrecte, la connexió fallarà sense cap avís.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/question-trash.page0000644000373100047300000000244412630051110024471 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2014 Move unwanted folders to Trash. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 How do I delete a folder?

You can clear out some space from your computer or a remote file system using Disk Usage Analyzer by moving folders to Trash and deleting them.

Right-click on the folder that you want to delete and select Move to Trash.

Open a file browser such as Files and empty the Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/index.page0000644000373100047300000000302312630051110022604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Disk Usage Analyzer help Disk Usage Analyzer Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer is a graphical storage device scanner. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 <media type="image" mime="image/png" its:translate="no" src="media/hicolor_apps_48x48_baobab.png"/> Disk Usage Analyzer
Escaneja
Preferències
Common problems and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/baobab/scan-folder.page0000644000373100047300000000416612630051110023703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Escaneja una carpeta local, incloent totes les subcarpetes. Manel Vidal verduler@gmail.com 2013 Escaneja una carpeta

L'escaneig de carpetes individuals és més ràpid que l'escaneig de tot el sistema de fitxers, per tant potser és el més adient, si el que es vol és només informació sobre una part del sistema de fitxers.

Premeu el botó situat a la part superior dreta de la finestra principal i seleccioneu Escaneja una carpeta….

S'obrirà el selector de fitxers. Escolliu la carpeta que voleu escanejar.

Per començar l'escaneig feu clic a Obre.

La carpeta que acabeu d'escanejar s'afegirà a la llista Dispositius i ubicacions. Si canvieu el nom de la carpeta o l'esborreu s'eliminarà de la llista la propera vegada que inicieu l'Analitzador de l'ús dels discs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gucharmap/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717112652302345023233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/gucharmap/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000006463112652302345024102 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual del mapa de caràcters El mapa de caràcters és un mapa de caràcters Unicode que us permet seleccionar caràcters des d'una taula i inserir-los a una cadena de text. 2004 Sun Microsystems 2003 2004 Chee Bin HOH Projecte de documentació del GNOME Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project
cbhoh@gnome.org
Projecte de documentació del GNOME Character Map Manual V2.1 2004-02-26 Updated for GNOME 2.6, program version 1.3.0. Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Unicode Character Map Manual V2.0 October 2003 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project Aquest manual descriu la versió 1.3.0 del mapa de caràcters. Comentaris To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Character Map application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. gucharmap Character Map Character Map Introducció El mapa de caràcters us permet inserir caràcters especials en un document o en un camp de text. El mapa de caràcters proporciona caràcters accentuats, símbols matemàtics, símbols especials i signes de puntuació. Utilitzeu el mapa de caràcters per a accedir a caràcters que no estan disponibles en el teclat. El mapa de caràcters mostra tots els caràcters disponibles en tots els sistemes d'escriptura de l'ordinador, utilitzant el joc de caràcters Unicode. L'Unicode és un estàndard de joc de caràcters que té l'objectiu d'incloure tots els caràcters que s'utilitzen en tots els llenguatges escrits del món. Primers passos Per a iniciar el mapa de caràcters Podeu iniciar el mapa de caràcters de les maneres següents: Menú Aplicacions Seleccioneu AccessorisMapa de caràcters. Línia d'ordres Executeu l'ordre següent: gnome-character-map Quan inicieu el mapa de caràcters Quan inicieu el mapa de caràcters, es mostrarà la finestra següent.
Finestra del mapa de caràcters Shows Character Map window.
La finestra del mapa de caràcters conté els elements següents: Barra de menú Els menús de la barra de menú contenen la majoria de les ordres que necessiteu per a treballar amb el mapa de caràcters. Barra d'eines La barra d'eines conté una llista desplegable dels tipus de lletra, botons de l'estil de la lletra i un quadre de selecció d'ampliació. Àrea de visualització L'àrea de visualització conté els components següents: Quadre de llista Grafia o Bloc Unicode Pestanya Taula de caràcters Pestanya Detalls del caràcter Quadre de text Text a copiar Botó Copia Barra d'estat La barra d'estat mostra el punt de codi Unicode i el nom del caràcter Unicode del caràcter seleccionat actualment. Utilització Per a canviar la llista del joc de caràcters Per a llistar els jocs de caràcter pel nom de la grafia, seleccioneu VisualitzaPer grafia. Per a llistar els jocs de caràcter pel bloc Unicode, seleccioneu VisualitzaPer bloc Unicode. Per a crear una cadena de text Per a crear una cadena de text en el camp Text a copiar, realitzeu els passos següents: Seleccioneu un joc de caràcters del quadre de llista Grafia o Bloc Unicode. Inseriu caràcters d'alguna de les maneres següents: Per a inserir un caràcter en el camp Text a copiar, feu doble clic a un botó de caràcter de la pestanya Taula de caràcters. Per inserir un caràcter en el camp Text a copiar, seleccioneu un botó de caràcter de la pestanya Taula de caràcters i premeu Retorn. Seleccioneu un botó de caràcter de la pestanya Taula de caràcters i arrossegueu el caràcter en el camp Text a copiar. Feu clic al camp Text a copiar per a donar el focus al camp. Si hi ha una cadena de text al camp, feu clic a la cadena de text per a senyalar on voleu inserir el caràcter. Premeu una tecla de caràcter del teclat per a inserir aquest caràcter en el camp. Per a copiar i enganxar la cadena de text a una aplicació Per a copiar i enganxar la cadena de text des del camp Text a copiar a una aplicació, realitzeu els passos següents: Feu clic a Copia. Si la cadena de text no està seleccionada, o està tota seleccionada, es copiarà tota la cadena en el porta-retalls. Si només hi ha seleccionada una part de la cadena, es copiarà aquesta part. Canvieu a l'aplicació i seleccioneu EditaEnganxa o premeu la tecla de drecera CtrlV. Quan enganxeu el contingut del camp Text a copiar a altres aplicacions, la cadena de text apareixerà en el joc de caràcters actual de l'aplicació. Si la cadena de text conté caràcters no visibles, només la podreu inserir a aplicacions que admetin tot el joc de caràcters. Per a cercar un caràcter Per a cercar un caràcter, realitzeu els passos següents: Seleccioneu CercaCerca o premeu la tecla de drecera: CtrlF. S'obrirà el diàleg Cerca. Introduïu el text a cercar en el camp Cerca. Seleccioneu Coincideix tota la paraula per a trobar només paraules completes que coincideixen amb el text. Per defecte, només es cerca els noms dels caràcters. Seleccioneu Cerca en els detalls del caràcter per a cercar en altres parts de la descripció del caràcter, com ara les notes, equivalents i equivalents aproximats. Feu clic a Següent per a trobar la primera coincidència del text després del caràcter seleccionat actualment. El mapa de caràcters selecciona el caràcter que troba. Feu clic a Següent per a trobar el següent caràcter coincident. També podeu seleccionar CercaCerca el següent o premeu la tecla de drecera CtrlG. Feu clic a Anterior per a trobar l'anterior caràcter coincident. També podeu seleccionar CercaCerca l'anterior o premeu tecla de drecera: MajCtrlG. Per a navegar a través de tots els caràcters Per a navegar a través del mapa de caràcters, utilitzeu el menú Vés. Caràcter següent, o premeu la tecla de drecera CtrlN. Caràcter anterior o premeu la tecla de drecera CtrlP. Grafia següent, o premeu la tecla de drecera CtrlAvança pàgina. Grafia anterior o premeu la tecla de drecera CtrlRetrocedeix pàgina. Podeu navegar pel mapa de caràcters per caràcter individual i per grafia o bloc Unicode. Això depen de si el mapa de caràcters es mostra per grafia o per blocs Unicode. Per a canviar-ho, seleccioneu VisualitzaPer grafia o VisualitzaPer bloc Unicode. També funcionen les tecles següents per a navegar pel mapa de caràcters: Premeu les tecles de cursor del teclat per a navegar a través dels caràcters. Premeu les tecles Retrocedir pàgina o Avançar pàgina per a navegar a través dels caràcters pàgina per pàgina. Premeu la tecla Inici per a seleccionar el primer caràcter de la seqüència Unicode. Per a seleccionar l'últim caràcter, premeu la tecla Final. Per a visualitzar informació detallada sobre un caràcter Per a visualitzar informació detallada sobre un caràcter, realitzeu els passos següents: Seleccioneu un joc de caràcters del quadre de llista Grafia o Bloc Unicode. Exemple: Llatí Seleccioneu un caràcter de la pestanya Taula de caràcters. Exemple: B Feu clic a la pestanya Detalls del caràcter. La pestanya Detalls del caràcter mostra la informació següent sobre el caràcter seleccionat: Punt de codi Unicode Exemple: U+0042 Nom del caràcter Unicode Exemple: LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B General Character Properties Categoria Unicode Exemple: Lletra, majúscula Various Useful Representations Codificació UTF-8 Exemple: 0x42 Codificació UTF-16 Exemple: 0x0042 Codificació octal UTF-8 escapada en C Exemple: \102 Entitat decimal XML Exemple: "&#66" Annotations and Cross References Exemple: U+212C SCRIPT CAPITAL B Feu clic en l'enllaç per a mostrar els detalls del caràcter de la referència. Per a canviar el format d'un caràcter Per a canviar el format d'un caràcter, realitzeu qualsevol dels passos següents: Per a canviar el tipus de lletra, seleccioneu un tipus de lletra de la llista desplegable dels tipus de lletra. Per a canviar el tipus de lletra a negreta, feu clic al botó Negreta o premeu la tecla de drecera: AltB. Per a canviar el tipus de lletra a cursiva, feu clic al botó Cursiva o premeu la tecla de drecera AltI. Per a incrementar la mida de la lletra, seleccioneu VisualitzaAmplia o utilitzeu el quadre de selecció d'ampliació o premeu la tecla de drecera Ctrl+. Per a reduir la mida de la lletra, seleccioneu VisualitzaRedueix o utilitzeu el quadre de selecció d'ampliació o premeu la tecla de drecera Ctrl-. Per mostra la mida normal de la lletra, seleccioneu VisualitzaMida normal o premeu la tecla de drecera Ctrl=. Per a ampliar el caràcter seleccionat, mantingueu premuda la tecla Majúscules. Per a canviar el format de la taula de caràcters Per a canviar el format de la taula de caràcters, seleccioneu VisualitzaAjusta les columnes a una potència de dos. El mapa de caràcters canvia la pestanya Taula de caràcters de manera que el número de columnes és una potència de dos, per exemple, dues columnes, quatre columnes, vuit columnes... El número de columnes depen de la mida de la finestra i de la mida de la lletra.
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/color-selection.page0000644000373100047300000000252612660640153024737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --color-selection option. Color Selection Dialog

Use the --color-selection option to create a color selection dialog.

The color selection dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--color</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set the initial color.(ex: #FF0000)

 <cmd>--show-palette</cmd>

Show the palette.

The following example script shows how to create a color selection dialog:

#!/bin/sh COLOR=`zenity --color-selection --show-palette` case $? in 0) echo "You selected $COLOR.";; 1) echo "No color selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Color Selection Dialog Example Zenity color selection dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/password.page0000644000373100047300000000234412660640153023476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --password option. Password Dialog

Use the --password option to create a password entry dialog.

The password entry dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--username</cmd>

Display the username field.

The following example script shows how to create a password entry dialog:

#!/bin/sh ENTRY=`zenity --password --username` case $? in 0) echo "User Name: `echo $ENTRY | cut -d'|' -f1`" echo "Password : `echo $ENTRY | cut -d'|' -f2`" ;; 1) echo "Stop login.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Password Entry Dialog Example Zenity password entry dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/progress.page0000644000373100047300000000427012660640153023500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --progress option. Diàleg de progrés

Use the --progress option to create a progress dialog.

Zenity reads data from standard input line by line. If a line is prefixed with #, the text is updated with the text on that line. If a line contains only a number, the percentage is updated with that number.

El diàleg de progrés admet les opcions següents:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Especifica el text que es mostrarà al diàleg de progrés.

 <cmd>--percentage</cmd>=<var>percentage</var>

Especifica els percentatge inicial que s'estableix al diàleg de progrés.

 <cmd>--auto-close</cmd>

Tanca el diàleg de progrés quan s'arribi al 100%.

 <cmd>--pulsate</cmd>

Especifica que la barra de progrés parpellegi fins que es llegeixi un caràcter EOF (final de fitxer) de l'entrada estàndard.

The following example script shows how to create a progress dialog:

#!/bin/sh ( echo "10" ; sleep 1 echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1 echo "20" ; sleep 1 echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1 echo "50" ; sleep 1 echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1 echo "75" ; sleep 1 echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1 echo "100" ; sleep 1 ) | zenity --progress \ --title="Update System Logs" \ --text="Scanning mail logs..." \ --percentage=0 if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then zenity --error \ --text="Update canceled." fi
Exemple de diàleg de progrés Zenity progress dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/text.page0000644000373100047300000000423312660640153022617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --text-info option. Diàleg de text informatiu

Use the --text-info option to create a text information dialog.

El diàleg de text informatiu admet les opcions següents:

<cmd>--filename</cmd>=<var>filename</var>

Especifica el fitxer que es carregarà al diàleg de text informatiu.

 <cmd>--editable</cmd>

Permet que el text mostrat es pugui editar. El text editat es retorna a la sortida estàndard quan es tanca el diàleg.

 <cmd>--font</cmd>=<var>FONT</var>

Specifies the text font.

 <cmd>--checkbox</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Enable a checkbox for use like a 'I read and accept the terms.'

 <cmd>--html</cmd>

Enable html support.

 <cmd>--url</cmd>=<var>URL</var>

Sets an url instead of a file. Only works if you use --html option.

The following example script shows how to create a text information dialog:

#!/bin/sh # You must place file "COPYING" in same folder of this script. FILE=`dirname $0`/COPYING zenity --text-info \ --title="License" \ --filename=$FILE \ --checkbox="I read and accept the terms." case $? in 0) echo "Start installation!" # next step ;; 1) echo "Stop installation!" ;; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred." ;; esac
Exemple del diàleg de text informatiu Zenity text information dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/notification.page0000644000373100047300000000413312660640153024320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --notification option. Icona de notificació

Use the --notification option to create a notification icon.

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Especifica el text que es mostra a l'àrea de notificació.

 <cmd>--listen</cmd>=icon: '<var>text</var>', message: '<var>text</var>', tooltip: '<var>text</var>', visible: '<var>text</var>',

Listens for commands at standard input. At least one command must be specified. Commands are comma separated. A command must be followed by a colon and a value.

The icon command also accepts four stock icon values such as error, info, question and warning.

The following example script shows how to create a notification icon:

#!/bin/sh zenity --notification\ --window-icon="info" \ --text="There are system updates necessary!"
Exemple d'icona de notificació Zenity notification icon example

The following example script shows how to create a notification icon along with --listen:

#!/bin/sh cat <<EOH| zenity --notification --listen message: this is the message text EOH
Notification Icon with <cmd>--listen</cmd> Example Zenity notification with --listen example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000425412660640153023407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --calendar option. Diàleg de calendari

Use the --calendar option to create a calendar dialog. Zenity returns the selected date to standard output. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialog uses the current date.

El diàleg de calendari admet les opcions següents:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Especifica el text que es mostra al diàleg del calendari.

 <cmd>--day</cmd>=<var>day</var>

Specifies the day that is selected in the calendar dialog. day must be a number between 1 and 31 inclusive.

 <cmd>--month</cmd>=<var>month</var>

Specifies the month that is selected in the calendar dialog. month must be a number between 1 and 12 inclusive.

 <cmd>--year</cmd>=<var>year</var>

Especifica l'any hi ha seleccionat al diàleg del calendari.

 <cmd>--date-format</cmd>=<var>format</var>

Specifies the format that is returned from the calendar dialog after date selection. The default format depends on your locale. Format must be a format that is acceptable to the strftime function, for example %A %d/%m/%y.

The following example script shows how to create a calendar dialog:

#!/bin/sh if zenity --calendar \ --title="Select a Date" \ --text="Click on a date to select that date." \ --day=10 --month=8 --year=2004 then echo $? else echo "No date selected" fi
Exemple de diàleg de calendari Zenity calendar dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717112660640153022607 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/question.page0000644000373100047300000000150712660640153023503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --question option. Diàleg de pregunta

Use the --question option to create a question dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a question dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --question \ --text="Are you sure you wish to proceed?"
Exemple de diàleg de pregunta Zenity question dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000423512660640153022763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --forms option. Forms Dialog

Use the --forms option to create a forms dialog.

The forms dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--add-entry</cmd>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Entry in forms dialog.

 --add-password<cmd/>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Password Entry in forms dialog. (Hide text)

 <cmd>--add-calendar</cmd>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Calendar in forms dialog.

 <cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Set the dialog text.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>SEPARATOR</var>

Set output separator character. (Default: | )

 <cmd>--forms-date-format</cmd>=<var>PATTERN</var>

Set the format for the returned date. The default format depends on your locale. format must be a Format that is acceptable to the strftime function, for example %A %d/%m/%y.

The following example script shows how to create a forms dialog:

#!/bin/sh zenity --forms --title="Add Friend" \ --text="Enter information about your friend." \ --separator="," \ --add-entry="First Name" \ --add-entry="Family Name" \ --add-entry="Email" \ --add-calendar="Birthday" >> addr.csv case $? in 0) echo "Friend added.";; 1) echo "No friend added." ;; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred." ;; esac
Forms Dialog Example Zenity forms dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/scale.page0000644000373100047300000000374412660640153022730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --scale option. Scale Dialog

Use the --scale option to create a scale dialog.

The scale dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Set the dialog text. (Default: Adjust the scale value)

 <cmd>--value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set initial value. (Default: 0) You must specify value between minimum value to maximum value.

 <cmd>--min-value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set minimum value. (Default: 0)

 <cmd>--max-value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set maximum value. (Default: 100)

 <cmd>--step</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set step size. (Default: 1)

 <cmd>--print-partial</cmd>

Print value to standard output, whenever a value is changed.

<cmd>--hide-value</cmd>

Hide value on dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a scale dialog:

#!/bin/sh VALUE=`zenity --scale --text="Select window transparency." --value=50` case $? in 0) echo "You selected $VALUE%.";; 1) echo "No value selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Scale Dialog Example Zenity scale dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/usage.page0000644000373100047300000002073312660640153022742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can use Zenity to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user. Utilització

When you write scripts, you can use Zenity to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user, as follows:

Podeu crear un diàleg per obtenir informació de l'usuari. Per exemple, podeu sol·licitar a l'usuari que seleccioni una data d'un diàleg de calendari o que seleccioni un fitxer d'un diàleg de selecció de fitxers.

Podeu crear un diàleg per proporcionar informació a l'usuari. Per exemple, podeu utilitzar un diàleg de progrés per indicar l'estat actual d'una operació o utilitzar el diàleg de missatge d'avís per alertar a l'usuari.

When the user closes the dialog, Zenity prints the text produced by the dialog to standard output.

When you write Zenity commands, ensure that you place quotation marks around each argument.

For example, use:

zenity --calendar --title="Holiday Planner"

Do not use:

zenity --calendar --title=Holiday Planner

Si no utilitzeu les cometes no obtindreu els resultats esperats.
Tecles d'accés

Una tecla d'accés és una tecla que us permet realitzar una acció des del teclat enlloc d'utilitzar el ratolí per a seleccionar una ordre des d'un menú o diàleg. Cada tecla d'accés està identificada per una lletra subratllada en l'opció d'un menú o d'un diàleg.

Some Zenity dialogs support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialog. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:

"_Choose a name".
Codis de sortida

Zenity returns the following exit codes:

Codi de sortida

Descripció

0

The user has pressed either OK or Close.

1

The user has either pressed Cancel, or used the window functions to close the dialog.

-1

S'ha produït un error inesperat.

5

S'ha tancat el diàleg perquè s'ha acabat el temps d'espera.
Opcions generals

All Zenity dialogs support the following general options:

<cmd>--title</cmd>=<var>title</var>

Especifica el títol d'un diàleg.

 <cmd>--window-icon</cmd>=<var>icon_path</var>

Especifica la icona que es mostrarà al marc de la finestra del diàleg. També podeu utilitzar 4 icones predefinides si proporcioneu les paraules clau següents: «info» (informació), «warning» (avís), «question» (pregunta) i «error» (error).

 <cmd>--width</cmd>=<var>width</var>

Especifica l'amplada del diàleg.

 <cmd>--height</cmd>=<var>height</var>

Especifica l'alçada del diàleg.

 <cmd>--timeout</cmd>=<var>timeout</var>

Especifica el temps d'espera, en segons, passats els quals es tancarà el diàleg.
Opcions d'ajuda

Zenity provides the following help options:

<cmd>--help</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda abreviat.

 <cmd>--help-all</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda complet per tots els diàlegs.

 <cmd>--help-general</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions generals dels diàlegs.

 <cmd>--help-calendar</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg de calendari.

 <cmd>--help-entry</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg d'entrada de text.

 <cmd>--help-error</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg d'error.

 <cmd>--help-info</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg informatiu.

 <cmd>--help-file-selection</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg de selecció de fitxers.

 <cmd>--help-list</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg de llista.

 <cmd>--help-notification</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions de la icona de notificació.

 <cmd>--help-progress</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg de progrés.

 <cmd>--help-question</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg de pregunta.

 <cmd>--help-warning</cmd>

Mostra el text d'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg d'avís.

 <cmd>--help-text-info</cmd>

Mostra l'ajuda de les opcions del diàleg de text informatiu.

 <cmd>--help-misc</cmd>

Mostra l'ajuda de les opcions miscel·lànies.

 <cmd>--help-gtk</cmd>

Mostra l'ajuda de les opcions de la GTK+.
Opcions miscel·lànies

Zenity also provides the following miscellaneous options:

<cmd>--about</cmd>

Displays the About Zenity dialog, which contains Zenity version information, copyright information, and developer information.

 <cmd>--version</cmd>

Displays the version number of Zenity.
Opcions de la GTK+

Zenity supports the standard GTK+ options. For more information about the GTK+ options, execute the zenity --help-gtk command.

Variables d'entorn

Normally, Zenity detects the terminal window from which it was launched and keeps itself above that window. This behavior can be disabled by unsetting the WINDOWID environment variable.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/file-selection.page0000644000373100047300000000421512660640153024535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --file-selection option. Diàleg de selecció de fitxers

Use the --file-selection option to create a file selection dialog. Zenity returns the selected files or directories to standard output. The default mode of the file selection dialog is open.

El diàleg de selecció de fitxers admet les opcions següents:

<cmd>--filename</cmd>=<var>filename</var>

Especifica el fitxer o directori que està seleccionat al diàleg de selecció de fitxers quan es mostra el diàleg per primer cop.

 <cmd>--multiple</cmd>

Permet la selecció de diversos noms de fitxer al diàleg de selecció de fitxers.

 <cmd>--directory</cmd>

Només permet la selecció de directoris al diàleg de selecció de fitxers.

 <cmd>--save</cmd>

Estableix el diàleg de selecció de fitxers al mode de desar.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>separator</var>

Especifica la cadena que s'utilitza per a dividir la llista de noms de fitxers retornada.

The following example script shows how to create a file selection dialog:

#!/bin/sh FILE=`zenity --file-selection --title="Select a File"` case $? in 0) echo "\"$FILE\" selected.";; 1) echo "No file selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Exemple de diàleg de selecció de fitxers Zenity file selection dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/list.page0000644000373100047300000000540612660640153022611 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --list option. Diàleg de llista

Use the --list option to create a list dialog. Zenity returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard output.

Les dades del diàleg s'han d'especificar columna per columna, fila per fila. Les dades es poden proporcionar al diàleg a través de l'entrada estàndard. Cada entrada s'ha de separar per un caràcter de línia nova.

If you use the --checklist or --radiolist options, each row must start with either 'TRUE' or 'FALSE'.

El diàleg de llista admet les opcions següents:

<cmd>--column</cmd>=<var>column</var>

Specifies the column headers that are displayed in the list dialog. You must specify a --column option for each column that you want to display in the dialog.

<cmd>--checklist</cmd>

Especifica que la primera columna del diàleg de llista conté caselles de selecció.

 <cmd>--radiolist</cmd>

Especifica que la primera columna del diàleg de llista conté botons d'opció.

 <cmd>--editable</cmd>

Permet que s'editin els elements mostrats.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>separator</var>

Especifica quina cadena s'utilitza quan el diàleg de llista retorna les entrades seleccionades.

 <cmd>--print-column</cmd>=<var>column</var>

Especifica quina columna s'hauria d'imprimir si es selecciona. La columna per defecte és «1». Es pot utilitzar «ALL» (totes) per a imprimir totes les columnes de la llista.

The following example script shows how to create a list dialog:

#!/bin/sh zenity --list \ --title="Choose the Bugs You Wish to View" \ --column="Bug Number" --column="Severity" --column="Description" \ 992383 Normal "GtkTreeView crashes on multiple selections" \ 293823 High "GNOME Dictionary does not handle proxy" \ 393823 Critical "Menu editing does not work in GNOME 2.0"
Exemple de diàleg de llista Zenity list dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/info.page0000644000373100047300000000151612660640153022567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --info option. Info Dialog

Use the --info option to create an information dialog.

The following example script shows how to create an information dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --info \ --text="Merge complete. Updated 3 of 10 files."
Exemple de diàleg d'informació Zenity information dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/message.page0000644000373100047300000000111212660640153023250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error, Info, Question, Warning Message Dialog

For each type, use the --text option to specify the text that is displayed in the dialog.

usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/warning.page0000644000373100047300000000151212660640153023275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --warning option. Diàleg d'avís

Use the --warning option to create a warning dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a warning dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --warning \ --text="Disconnect the power cable to avoid electrical shock."
Exemple de diàleg d'avís Zenity warning dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/intro.page0000644000373100047300000000200112660640153022755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Zenity enables you to create the various types of simple dialog. Introducció

Zenity enables you to create the following types of simple dialog:

Calendari

Selecció de fitxers

Forms

Llista

Icona de notificació

Missatge

Error

Informació

Pregunta

Avís

Password entry

Progrés

Entrada de text

Text informatiu

Scale

Color selection

 usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/error.page0000644000373100047300000000145512660640153022767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --error option. Diàleg d'error

Use the --error option to create an error dialog.

The following example script shows how to create an error dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --error \ --text="Could not find /var/log/syslog."
Exemple de diàleg d'error Zenity error dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/entry.page0000644000373100047300000000306212660640153022773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --entry option. Diàleg d'entrada de text

Use the --entry option to create a text entry dialog. Zenity returns the contents of the text entry to standard output.

El diàleg d'entrada de text admet les opcions següents:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Especifica el text que es mostra al diàleg d'entrada de text.

 <cmd>--entry-text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Especifica el text que es mostra al camp d'entrada del diàleg d'entrada de text.

 <cmd>--hide-text</cmd>

Amaga el text del camp d'entrada del diàleg d'entrada de text.

The following example script shows how to create a text entry dialog:

#!/bin/sh if zenity --entry \ --title="Add new profile" \ --text="Enter name of new profile:" \ --entry-text "NewProfile" then echo $? else echo "No name entered" fi
Exemple de diàleg d'entrada de text Zenity text entry dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/index.page0000644000373100047300000000146712660640153022750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Equip de documentació del sistema d'escriptori de Sun Java Glynn Foster Nicholas Curran Yasumichi Akahoshi yasumichi@vinelinux.org

GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL)

 Manual del Zenity
Dialogs
usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-question-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000003133512660640153030514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRO`esBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxw|e3[S 7J5&Aγx~6,鉞S E)*]:H%gݙ%ɦxޯ 6_ zLX?^3 Pz#1ElnKpdTq),[? jWR ˯YD¢8B+mP֨Ș#zKh^c9 P*4 ;ɧuP෡ n_˘SҪ2O5rB;]\J*y Jn]t۟U-¬%J,IƩ M":4}$2⫉r#-kV%}mP ĉ4+Qadx4`GZ.' I@AE-'2u5f<=g< qBs]%EQ+&ج1̦֪0n` {X)cE nfϒ$a6 kb:C}F&]@]=.CPOJgrW~ظI̡.3r9@|L1gf"#+Z$p1W=6ms~ݣX,5IޅN k-edrI$`4Lu3;y2N=t-_Zw~y'u#I'*y%ȺW֒Ĩ^2Uo}2bpڱ<ҳI3è/v2fhW.k ;7,|s &[AxX0DucWa4N`Fُ >Ϻyrai62/}'!*4r^|?9կ/3},qQRQټJA'ŸCqd+]R_\f=qlݗF{6z/IG'LiyF RX3*+8q~I!LO*ޖC9OQi%!ر_ceA7TV-)]ݞknc꥽(Ȓpvgв5:{mw[O\ɑ̻u4M/}Ǥ+ţi}KTQ%Jdd3KLc̘FxYϯdE#z=Mdd<wqi'SkmRU!@V1ROB˭dVi2 fDikmt7 ظ;` ]e=dƪrc7"!ucxcNU2wl4MCf!9;[HA wbPUә5}8zOwd*--ڧrM\o8\o[Ӟ7(LN^50v@ kwR\Qdjk??Fqb9SʑSÚ & _U5 J()==DрiZ]_{dG}!"I!T+nzwsײfQcWT"ה/klf޵O'6M?PԺ nͰ!\tY6hTjfI D~).KYWY ϨƆ^'q82Or Ptr.8$a4 Grweh4PPREThxsJ*, /$:, P5HXsڔ-)sh:;N~,vE'K|dKlr$/ݥ_ ;κ9EMFa5MdI":3+ٕtO鼽f=׎HdN ;Z3tp J%_/b]שkΪg >q<{>FTd+7:ʌωt32AuLFr*;GqӸ~MB^mtTYɣCٺ}X1zUݓ"5L5z~%2h@Kl+/K5_JHmT#T [dj!KrŴ:EFqIj۸dZ"ܩ??,ʤzE-u;U`xm̜<cn7&: c\{nH]⩻/8pZ/>Of@~.Aп_:s#MՐ 4hhpxU#=2C@UVnǦuMJ@v__R,KNNhF.|07fS0'sV`2 BWRSS` ::ң]m~/~EQׯOmMmwugJz=фAPYfoz Q#h63FC 9-wI z6U.44ІO:O?ߍovq,&4'2*UWu{͎k`G@`@BZtOLnQa閐WTty2fLF &?L~+AUmDb4e,74%ݖ̜<.AXe[9zBll Ua܄ic{]@pP樕VyMz3| [B$t:#:47;w&ڀbA$ #&&Z\HE1ןyu?ZU-g3d;wsRY]ChP'|a/XmTV7@ٚ'"#TuJ)*2:7~3GNiAF=zEI\!+3-Ee{O"#|@S"DF !2>E@ )BdO"#|@S"DF &'s6Q^mU~Afh02N~6M##(,oo3gHdK, gL'wf3%+ڙ68E&7M#tY 8ٯo>+ 2hc܃{֯_ަ oǟ|F /⧟~jjq ̜F2vP6k5GϜDhNlV})YlټӦK.`U,_:'ҏgqmY+2͵9]NZv9o=~V ƍ?!)1NGXX'Ob]eE'гg/󮻨{b{#>!^Ҳeꫯ^Y\m,{V18)..&gOJJJl٫7%%%tڍ.]1{jjv>VEҳ'ݺ'?kή8h01\zeٻףͰFkSXO[~GbRbc(((([>$_?L&#G^|Y)2M Cg >ٳu6,6‹ܵ~XKf WO?CYYvO7yV۱}v~a-y^~ 6_dž {ss$$$kӧO#88z\m-駟9v[_{uv]y-맟~믾#L0ٳuݢ‚&HnfΜw %v9|/[VWWӥk7NȖ3ݿ> 8F_Ȃ8q׺ZYצ@#UWʓiwvhXx?m@Vf}UUU~ǝ2999y˕ջGB|sBBBhJ`m$&&>'94w у^z/XjÇ #q'%%Ԛv[©S=???l6[?lʄIHL",Obl2a69q$<u]dNG`¢K8Yʿ3 O?eWSUUoU#F2yT{ &L_0>?QF3tP /_}]vc袋Zm "F\7fΘ u}-\HDdCcaDGGpu4nk#?LJJ.RJ|\]75vy{1cO ܱYh1 L4GV;mE~[+0Nn؎4qdzogŠͼ3pؾݧ!-o^٠vMTuM@f)˿9LM!̾axhZE())!// W_}u{$dKO W|gE`48UR%ݝKU#:=03C@^?=ĄDRbym@pF4%0 {%(/ڠI? cP~vJվ%!fOኡ hB3c̘qw)J_Ҧݥ&-̣cOv}hNU5J-TzlA1%4jm*WMu@p.f7yceZԭ;ʚ9V@uuRb;ɾo]]Owb/!<\M<oy0u^@TZ}o7kw{Y#^fƕ=\Bm^K"!~uo:@\jI f 2_o9k3cbO_ݥN^aZg^:e^74;T\ݞ{tuK aΔ~ :r|)~I !m2O&"̋3F|h4'=:7x!بXQaM{-obs:fIxoiNygBO^ 3Jhv0F{^Q^K]ڊ6}v)43kvd`7)qעuޕZ4i]$!0A-|.4_ۛ^A@#DquT/}=Ft6]^ZV Mz79BTYcR?.4}BxhZ!0A;./ \14&dIy˷_R\?%0/~'nKpѦhSI3)BH'=ol=ѠN 굸OץN`ṛ7"%*n@ =m.2ZT@='{zILOhܟM[X4=@=69 X vH$Inq}d`Ѵ,}Vo9ɠ7)AS`3; n4ޮ@ =m*2$!28,#˲o_tB&v=_0M`6hZwƒLt:Grvp|b# m:O4 t:튢= Dx'1:=In#ڎvWdYv}i8,1J7r]ޚ,Ld^H$E h'Md8uO]y0gD>(|E~,DT?& ^o؈n@о8܂N4M`0`6 Hl^l6c0\B"E 88kDa20Ll@ h-@ 8?"#|@S"DF !2>E@ )BdO"#|@S"DF !2>E@ )BdO"#|@S"DF !2>E@ )BdO"#|Y3-AQTEAӴ6:}ʶPm}$0%zD1ڦ-26,CqQQ{s!2ݻ7II] M{Bqy%째U(M"Ka! mnEQcm\ztEk#i`Z9qN#!1kp(BIy%k/N0;!/Yv=} :UV];ҵ[{s^b0HNΠ?kي7gژٻ-Lt&6ڱh 谁_M(..&!1M9OhM .ܣ -xҡ=(.@Uۦa=UUE,`0jwU0HLb44֡E,lD_R~EwcFe{$r&O&F3 i J~Y}HBb8I0 ՔQy >=G@.m|^d6Us #cIDAThi1ly%2y7㢫aP,ew Nc0Йt؃X=?=flo 4G6E~ɻ`6h6T ʪl<,"Ӧ7"S~H~ DtF;y:$5hեKJ/cbt>TXV]bBe Mo 0nIjU(c&'ZaGh>~SIU~zF ۾mHȲz ;V߁Zɀ]q,Zٖt:i&׫5iݯ>A9{IBMêhXmZ+$-Rc\߂/2-C^6]cMCRU$ $ddRF-&B{ɜ)oT r+~kU 6UBQ7=әG[r΋ZSg8 _ Fz1]&!R(۳ sA:"##gĈ|>;˙Ūkjjcx+ICR@y]h"8DH'3 1\4j8e! ʵtL9'b2MŻwc`O'GO+j<4B#ѿrR ΟAM *OM_xGGaر,ZW_}@vҥK:uE4u}@;I`eW-=<\Fs$>-~R2K9Ydr(CO% NB@e+oǵ^n~3﹏Ov=zp#>nfv=HvV+oɓ{232xjo۶7l cϔO?p,j,#ɒ^UPT% &Xm>͞Ȩh\yeծp3X ӕ{g&&.%>Xշ9gI%ϸ\s< ܿ=ӥËff5|TFh@  h:=K`$ަ䶫PN{<]d4r:ƣPnԎM6x"vMee%` q+00Ya\srrm6@VV}V?3Eizy UѨUTVPZiCBC/k$ Avk2Mr I Zx$44k-Yģٽ*!I\bccK~^GٰPyNOcvt|!CTA34HBZ[OlG(v!i$h(OFQ40QVZEq饗'4iǭʌ38|ed7m.s=::Ǐ{;::CҨ(w2TT7Fs6.Tq&-b.+Ā0*2 -VڰԪܒBQU z?v7QݦmKumuH;v1lnOQQoxD'N>',K7x", ۶m[~*S]]dh4}Ͳ[By̤svf͚űcǰZݻ?&ל.M48&?Oǫ7_HNd1$5}+!="=>]"HNbc\}g=f zz uUٵ,ϻ6=-j F<<z&ΛKvf6ť {-ךԖtxњdL11&'s*)<%,;3}9ج9NeOrsPt*/AݺucժYcΜ6m+̼y󉊊f9r̼ysII_T]ygf 0a"Q~L8"Ӝ؋ޘȰޱ,J~ٶ2g#f?!Cf>w.YmOe_;xA oAB|t(`h2IHHj_,$Kӧ\ðaÝGhyzHae2r@]ys,"""#3z`;={d>81fԨ ;[Ǘ Y+RTXЦƴښ>X>wjkk,[q0.ޱˡ5W% :rlNϐp>?oZCoO4rPe[P3e`9<ߘae wZgefYצ@#UWmҀdz̛K/ (HT1:?H2 ?ojVp#_*wJJ[{X,g䝗W'Zk4ȡ㿆, ;1M:9F"CGoH۷.A#cP Hk94 `xv!:=}Zfk&%U1s{L·l6l6bcIDu2 ]dIFedNFӣۓ,ENdlaGY{EտiJ^^~O>Aw%ߏȐHtzhHɄBqYK0m^\BѣFvqzO+Z}ʂՆձϬ(..FSU$YFӡ1 uKހhlmc:ȴZXjjXj\8ˆ*y $:UJ5V+JD UTW[\O Nz ${B[e@:$ dUr/slׯm"Ӓf88DѼyP{(Rٹ3QQ '28HJBtL4FAܤgz2$a41 L+b Hl:>躶^dhA'>>xV+TUUbXP[S$I؄dS@02I cg$vEa0[O[!^dZuGDppP 7o}8ZddYc@ڢk Iez'6ɡߚ+2$LAAAO@ |KaaaM $AhPg0*5 gL‚Qۀ+2NGjl'AdDA۠yضe hl<>`dx>nZ0 M;ҙzaEFKjj*~Iii O~ȲLHHRSo47>E=9Lκ-ظu1$Ȕ+ٟnBd`0е{2qlVqӶ$c0oNff01NȲD'm"v? @tO"#|@S"DF !2>E@ )BdO"#|@S"DF &h+;9J"sjK;A ITG o& -fG˾ Gv$۲1OFîF vboC`.25@-u^ӣ{w樎tFid_@pt@j {ejL(^wq@ 8q39v2OƛXS#<wqw#IN]p_ʓqKjS}٤'9-Qٸ'@pK* QZ7Zs\Hb}IENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-list-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000006050412660640153027620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRe/[sBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxwTW A@V"k, Xbj5j1$wFT4 ^a}fsww^ggB!B!B!B!B!4-5rK!B^,h +SoB!mpxdʥDsԫĵ-.UiB!R4x>©yx,bZM\[>e8@Rz&M!BAZV>Jʹ3Q6L  g72bW@.:E DaZ#B!CZV>ҳϭsjo Y}H:>O7 zJﭙ)\tꚷ|I y۩GG_岄B!D=f"y;-mU*eΝ/Rrda֬Rÿ+c(grD!B41wΣk@6у0PMʫ;bw~I=m逼Gg^6$⛖/)Zfff:\PPUZsً}k'oԶʩMdz"nm !ֿ&(+Wo!fabRӅSErG8dddaIHmJ{v 5Sj[HԦYS}nL?*]/d-:ߣD~E+R_ŦJ›5EHH0&i cJS_x(^UR*PZ5gC«(*.F#=]Y!qXR\y1tvN@Qq ݺ---tqG9c"NSOzu;44i3#8 P^=JsU8qSʫo3!+6Ӿ>"z,N:+ri~.|޿Թҙkn"77t\Y"iii0+ xWn#1h6BЂ T; :{ܨ2r qS\z[HUQF>yꖖtcW"-HM1(~c#tw05lsõ:]-Stjcz^ XZEBh]>icܪhͯ<~V}Ҳr5h c"*_|#usitnEW?^F[]4 1dV+96d7%B}z9%6[sa}1#EbsGWfݦrzJt6m;CQFt45 WP,eB\"_;Ơn1"Y^+ڗ̻ яc}aDv]ƽѪrW{nȰIQvx;b{8x1}Q}\1=W00܉}N|:W1$&9 pǵ tYӮ o8|i3kKQzAQc\|`=_a;&|gL7'_r-(++>YwCiC|PO[ {/ɔ&Xlv^97ҏB[[ *->'vjOmVSt_gi_Ar*S]_lV|]?Ddff_oǛok˭DzrZ8;aC\uW"-19 GE%e8rl~qQ^#Rw25lreVt.[VI;!g'p#pr¡K}:8uފ^Ƽ=;Cs;;;߇K3ʎxXI4+v8yY\Ǯnm-#ep큤ש0_%cA=m Z8ګܶ5RۉәW({DE[\iKS~SGU} pv^4;KD6y¸dOjyTUͬ˙OrWdfeIJ(KJD?.[Fz}qP\Rzc(Qc@jf>zR35u.]NWW9%xWG X6м!FZN JKKU ߾:u\#+'EYX6 쭍S_A(--)Eש0)ЩĬ2ܶڦA=m ;ermm-(SZ6=akk|>^C}A<N3aic8,ZDTj[wxs"@Aa!LڃUgo>-1fq_{UҎxToР>2s `jF o~m#-+ 4@qqܲ!53MMany ZJSv,CZؕpu@Ǯ^s7Jb)EbݪuE my;+0dd\~/?Ѹ%^[ZZImyw^(:WYE|`x$  9=O0 ȧniOc0 쭍rhikUY;b1߉ӧ*gnDaYu`inwH|!%/c'`dSwz4<}CCb_i\DžO?޳G{n2m)S^=Dc O>CXtÎcwqVRSD]ӯMw"Q9WsG\EOE$*TDM6_$:x~2}氢yman@qm脟 1υ߰066 O af>|ϧl?ekjjcWb0 ZL<Qk^e(G~8r-Za@H.gpvGde.z~<:\`y,C|0O00 M/J>.vv&|]?.DVM-۟cX7T|H=ƽߗm+Ng;7 ~ԝ.6V<"d2^ΔI|x`)vZ?g膶SBjPOwW#U"hkkqư07C}@nn^$$: iS < ~i\uK';;SRY zzhfmƍUi;\qbUkgd ׇ 6,RRHI utPXT$MgOwWǂ+ "D«$oKGDKYU[|PTT /%H+<%U'2mR6`谑xVz qa?YySRZg+('@Eg|쟺W:4avB!M^bk_*DB!TZtB!E'!B8ZtB!E'!B8ZtB!E'!B8ZtB!E'!B8ZtB!E'!B8ZtB!E'!BѸZ453.jb|*3*[^B!(SՁ޴Ie󧼼cBtW![tfggceS+8:9cTh\tISM%MZ]xk 2:bQ^g9Viœ!wU}MU2u ̟qܾs[Wi4ܻKv|}HNG1–*)}*S.U);α!IKξӦ{5!++ }NƳg`nnaܹ022{xbHMM_WD7np8::EYxm]\qa888bcc4D>};ur׾9<~ V O(si_~; .n8z0Eç/1KS낂{ѣβ++U\U6eqsU6NBObKl -? P -OqB]444Ē%ar9 /}Ƌ$%%oGiZQWׯ_yr*K*yHM|X`JKKUeESuuVx_~ٍǏbzjYXXHǕaSS,1/UƦNJ\u:W):&!꧱EСHMMEYYh%36$fF|| ,īWaa EC(B(bE4h 1sm۶شi3 O9~n*㣎ihhOJ0a"=zR0PVAiii Xxq BWW_U]&/+UsU8pcƉ~jBj?-:Ν·c'XYཾ;̘1|4p 0q$_n}\y͝-տ<ڣM3^i/9{ë76mŋ3W7l'N??JէnުONE=%}1!ϗPX~Ѣ042[;wtΝ;WYv–AӁQ66yP\Pe|\u:WƁ8B4E"BHK<BZE"B!B*ТB!h-: !yB!D$B!GNB!q$B!GNB!q$B!GNB!q5Q5Q-!Bр5ކF0 B!Tvlv4"MVO!BB!hFt24Y=!B#hIjԝ[7%%5ݕŔBENТEsQL !"t4jj/[\zSB!fUPGyy9F777,X jŻtKclXyu?bL󶼆BH]WW: гgO[v0ĘHԹq&l M CAA~2 V6'Ӧ@c(,,DhdXXZ 6lWKcuƢ䕩M\aҥ|s4 SSS 8'OEzz:###Ct;8"##C8V M$galjS3s 8)))JTgL抵k``| s3cSi?KV\\ =lӊ|D)(,,]wcU]hwmn5lҤ 6l'LDqqDNJ/uNC0h>}ǎA ´Eekܽ{ tuudgu޾u.!+Be_ )) Fn|/VPxXB!DE%~sk̕:WF^QodtܸqCAQ,;wJ߱s'>p Վ#c YLdge|8tLgq}NXp2SEicFƅ=&NEUbN:nVDG<|D^1x|\v+Wⱪ.mFۻU7-9LZ&Tcb%HƻP^},]Lcye!YLLLlj%Ϧhm]\q8;;RRRЩs<}XT磘XY5ٲU+8~Ob#&:Z[nǏAӫ\}P/qE+S߅o'?7lS'Y}}}zWZZ*ziiiIijj"<%%֢}HIIU8ׯS`ee%_|lWOUST-ZE1Ob˖nx,stѩVT^ϻ׮c?Ν;3gEeEW/O|NxS.!ͪ{:şpvƘ1c`Bm`ǫW97fhS<{ %%%0aD8, HMMŢabɒ  aa*Ϙ:S~UO(=0(FJJ JKK_|///ޱGvNmێFťhhh'OJaC4lϟ?O?,S1OGTT//ĉ#QEڰC`"$&Bff–)9$  TnU]hwmn5da#%%E"mpI8:9ѥKtyp'CB'_߾J/\f hji +< σ!<<տ:uRIݱ3>EWW8x :wfyRL'Maa:eJqջ7,,}7XR4GA,S1 ˦lj6m]0}LܟgѬY3ޱy>;|زymΧpvvFx{{ƆwLӫ=1`;w(HH&L(DEEf^ ?CUG?FªU0~xuI7"** O+W+KwuuEq 6:888ȴnݺƍ$!77pusJr\WÈF߾}1o<͘1~),==]E"Unj+%ʮHDa}갶f;wdݻ &XOvNz*ׯDݻwxwiurӦMUt%hҤI̙3cGٜRVV4X[[ ۳;vW^߼W)KSAؕU^7{V\\򒛗+}oիW#++ -LLLxWvƎ^D`ر={h̙31dDGG#::ƌ3x'5gx"n޼)& !DR豞}WWo߾666prrBzz!ibb"WUʇcСpww_%''k׮/K+cǎիWGY};wƝ;w7|#g422;w5Fu甪bܗuV\xzBNpY7%%E,MecW6VyT}]jSSS㊽&D])mϞ=lԩ*>|yxx{q_PP qϧ=\*K'%G1#s%CCa=df٬eggU[T3f(՘W^N:-[UGYRRq3 ȑ#c 6?^a{Ln> cM꾷J9sB:u ׯǬYxcŊػw/ڵk'S3"%%k֬Eظq#Z]Ԭ-Z 88aaa?|g  XaÆhذ!^xќ9s?bxJKKK"_&M+S ={qFܹss"&&F'W^HJJ&K`ٲe4h`Xx:;T-'62e ?~R0$ܩW?aaaHJJBvv6-[+M\e_*i? +̫l2!-- K.㊽MH]ܳg`l*+-771ѣGY=@ `nnnlƌ|12dspp`?<^6|Gil٬EEl٬@i=;y$ر#eluJt2XBB={6`mۖ=]xQoe }5g|Lߔ}wowޝ>|wz3@[Ç@ `B1Xjj*<9ReN2qE+b~~~L v[RR>3֦Mֺuk+*_O̸=x[-]v)<\g̘!M \Weܤ+Z mirAxZe !:xvlŀ@WŹ$&pl`(?I!B4B!DhI!uRѢB!h-: !BѢB!h\}MU !BHCW: !BѢB!h-: !BѢB!h-:IR]xw=]hV $TxQn\MM}Ѥʎ.ǩZ/_ƸqΝ;cHOOgggO?E-[H@HH<==ѹsg̙3)))xL0۷G1an~R3v܉vaΝJݪÇkEu}P+VO>pwwGNQL4 1ɓ'SsGMRƩJ_ܫlk1SU.:wڅDDDѣܹsE˗/.Ν;cǎ˗8x(}Νŋqhfϙ3p.\777窟Tro7o݋RCԬ9&&&رcn߾'N`Ĉؽ{D^CCCٳGi}/^qq xľ .@OOO^;ʨE֭[FsݻwE.]ahhCCC,X@bѹchܸ1ƌQg0~x'ND\\'044ȑ#add+WW^/ OOOOJ\&#,, ۷̕g񸗖bڵCǎ?JK./|}}l2Iݷoz www 2D|:...駟УGʴ˱a sA^^GTشi )SׇO"%K믿ٳg ۲e BBB0tPC__CEHH{1o.o7n+u|",ZH;vH/GDD ((ݻ7Q?+˷8絋 -QVVvlqrq>q>EtT1S%6޽{ѧOxxx ((8t/j[SvTy* jΫW]v>28BAA~gtA۷oGnn.rrr}vn~R~710|pWx*H_}:u*K.k׮|B7nDzz:Μ9ƍ n޼O>q~Wt{8q?$lܸQ"͛7{n\v =zeDi|}TTߏTz￱~\t X~=g7@^y tR,Xr\v  ?`\vMb_^{nݺLٓWQv|_q7nDnn.Ξ=C!22R"+-ԩSqMڵ CmMEqgÇի~wG&MdƩl9l,\T1S%6kװk.\v ɓ۷ӧjGʾNU&5111Xf .]*燯_|...O? W\Eǎq!t'+!!<@~}ŃȻÇChذ!1sLWKޗwq,X&&&055Uzn9r-% 0|^iN8[p!N8!gɒ%ƎhQc?o<W8ŋ7ƬY;==ooo`r̔LMMeD6BBBDW;mۆcB[[Aչ9N8!:^Ƙ7oD:W6lTddd ˗/Ww5=)+y&>o PVVGik9U+<Ʀ²eдiS"88yyyXd>-W;VVu2 ܺu -agg'ڿd,[ Çݻdڵ xb|3f ŋuV^sOo xyyOyq=_(((hiiUy_uKKKCfDmmm ӕI'iiiy EuuuEocoaa(ׯe.kHKKOqR>}:F ???xzzJW1yزe N8Ǐ+Qv|_[[[HsÆ ec֭qT\|qΞ={gΜ;S9W+<ƦD;Վ*}L|kB/:O:kbƍh۶D1[*x[__cǎExxhߝ;wyf&N;n~R}pa>}Z%11Ç'| r3{l̛7]tAƍ___MvejjoD+bff/_O4e|R;EsJ ;wÇ1ae4h/f͒ǎ,رcrc#Gb…>}5TT=x\`ӦM`Xd /UsQY_ՙgؼy3{=޽aaa)=ՉCe⮪ʜUَ*}Vjum6 > _FQQΟ?-[`ɢ "..eee $tttĶmېlݺNNN窟T'OMj \\\p)2?Y@GGk׮EFFӱfyj*~999y{zj#==WF߾}y= e˖˗(++Ó'O0g^uO:{-[2s aÆaժUL;wb߾}Enn.~wܹr?~<߿_/۷/+ddd ##C7ϝ;(--cLʕ׎UsQY_ՙg:uB^^~W4j[kec yǬ2*Q嵲ST󫯾BRR*6=<<0bt{w}'q5[n3g<==1h dffbݺu5k֭u놻wJ0qU?>{ 6LƎCJ|_`ڵرcᡱ>9m44i={DPP2e 0h G;;;l߾]SI?m6+Ttz|MFgϞ DvPqſ{1cڷocբ4y4U碲;ςzj;Va9N2ʜjGʾNi*"漣Ӧ{ $s;v 8r=#BxBCCq !uу1 pZe^bkx86na0nyb ҟ$R'Y ꫯУG!D5uB!DU666߿?O>DQ-: ! F¨Qj5B!DhI!B4B!D4vO'߿gL!B~tB!h-: !BѢB!h-: !BѢR%lllj *66v'DhI:0a6l 7T4o:~o+rJ$&&j-: y7U 蹳3=`AAA۳"B࠰|~~>]?^SNe璵5 g^^^F_MLtRZj~QZ||<3f svvfvvvlȑ,55*XǮ,Z2rrrDEEEl̙ёk׎mٲE+,,dsa-[d-[dse 1pb׮]ח5oޜ7n{Ν;3@zŢUj履~b>>>>T>*Ox;W~UwvT=O+ٳٷ~0],Ǟa7o)yf6m42Ge ;S._,z~e~gp|Q"ٴ) } =ضmt"\AY={bAvv66mڄ=z(åKŻ~R._@|8}4$W^׭[Ǐ̙3qDi!!!0aGGG|QݱqFDEEӸ>tuurJQڵkׯٳrºXܚ5k˗/#""Xvz5.? ܹsطobbb0`̝;W^Ç#::}żyxGeO>犪WqW֎iecС6ik֬QZZ*7ODD $РAׯ_?Bܾ}/~eddo߾×Ex1Dѣ*yhJgسgD'LfϞ233Yff&5k'%%1QKNNۇ2___˻~R+))QZs_|9 O~~>suu啷{LJ=}T<%%kNS܈Uwe1$TG>p*bzzy~~}O|PX^+S5mҩ:\HS<ί,^>M/ؗ_~)7Vk\IIܹ?c}۽{LW ͚5ceeeeee֖Wzt&&&"&&cǎٳEW^,xzz011]~̙2dcƌ2]cￇI266Fzz:g>KKKHII@ vm 8ΰ ѵkWї%\ [[[sE1XP('~\cbll,z'w,>),eϪn*vT=O+s^qEܼyS&X1 r{СCmS{:+p/Vhܸ1Dиqc j' w`۶mŽ{`eeΝ;. ̘1M4A&M0c ܸqCܑ#G0uTlݺ*T.]ѣm/^6i$;HHH@LL;-M ܹsGMKsss|R\XD=/^\}CUl{GAAyFFFjjUl]h-*TWvx- *-jgZlkbQ T-!;!$3G!$Cy?cs97߳HFF@ Nʲe(,,K6q}7|3K. m-mCGk ƺu먬$'' ?mݟݟPwڞyꫯj*;F [6[!-Ysaݺu딖RZZƍYn]fϞѣG;-}/B$YYYյC--_έouVƏYxqf͚ō7}ΝˠA7n\V\ɓO>6mW]uU|К{͞=1cpw΃> УGƌäIꫛ\_sE 0aIII6tge˖- :[n1uvtBU/ki{xbԩ3vX^yo4c ͛yw5jF6mjwKrΖ{a̘1L8'2n8γt/F#y^|gw޾HrϘr˭g٬lzּ6mW> BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB;T 冟j""""ń$tNP,VDDDD(^SSSSSSSS `Kea[tvW%00MuB\mWGP./'';;ݎi%\B߾p{<ίzu֫(tHfYyyy|#&^?r:[݊/ؾm+.>mWkK:Btiew??-y<'))ȨFU:_[Ցt!tiPTTDvvW9UTorњzu$Nl!/RWGu`͗gΝ)ܾ0Mb׵גp: #=tz)""R<dsq/.NaMWy%%y')o~:8Pt6v0=^:ED۾םGW|%-I|T qq |GdXc͜ݗVX66Q^, `@IEg6ASnAv|c #.CBdcq*mr&PUSYm9 Jxv/{wTO͐F|YȀ8Lζ=Ǩ PeL:)tqtlu'pO?m:ne`O e9ՕX?&H}(^wht=}ӦM#11HƎo~mWwVQϿ̹gRÉ8j J}8ե\گrݸn<qqq={3擳='""Gxt$XԌq s;T&|KĽ0\SQeDRs':>sn,Y/Ltt4{eʕ| Js\nn2Jxh: Ss+g`GV`UX4z ]M^cl߾}O|;,)n\Ů ⇾ufx=>C:r`NmK˸(Cg㩧b<z3f 7osanVzItt4SL!///8~zHdd$W^y%{ N̛7XzupeY,^Tbbb)-mvoqK0je8৏//o>}]q|{xz*,lQQQ\~^}{<~jV>/$>>3g=?<',, *ӣGXre;乥)""B6Jk£`[V~  e߈mm׶2"#9{_´iӚ-?̉'b̟?<۶mc۶m3uTfֻMSO= 3338G?1v"++}6l|w/KW}}IDX129YLF)>?Q"/dr K/*\ Zw3f{5:\.]Jvv6׿ؿ?Ǐ?#ڵ]vQ]]s*O޽m}JED[$® U#CJN'v0/Nuc̀S,W;Euѩ3QXXHBBBطo_yDD˗/g Yf qqq̙3~:8mƍ$-- h+;O3zh֮]{F?<Oݚ>vGg27BY͑J" Ĩ94VM2o]JII0>ki?5W͛7{Xs.s=ɓYbEpg}M65ի6lX|)""@cbǏl⢢q,'81E?y=80/?~S~ +7fDԪ KYq)1Q]]`qqq8Errrع<Gyy9a4XVttT"_gggӻwK/mޗ[j^6-eT[0pppA >wlLz),_rl_ljotZKZ6ֻw* իzsrrHMMi}>u 8{?6bGH_n=`C(0lMĪ,<Wsgcĉ[c<dd l{>|e'''sJ唕6\z5֞:&Nc[H*-2 }U,5@,6IWoq;ëu]wVlV9r$$$$4۟9rHzuN@4{唞*9\+P:{!??@޷wW:'}q kSnAϱcXc=ʕذa'OGq穬Ƒ#G=޷2tu]̝;LN:… o=_|~O>~՗ǎ 1g~rnodck%& JJ+5+gcӟ#HM͜9saײhѣ$%%s_gܸo]\h!aᤥ=#7nBbb3fǔ)S:[cG\wio^s#;w?=ĸ!_<_3{ư̊|f}j3yr3־Cyrbbzпf͚IXA>}GKZ-]DFɈ#INNoV/&66a.eq\S{ˮ:tfV˜,,8i*ܼg xoS22qqIj/r#,( b*"_*Gd[TVVPY0 |Yt?lAl ^7]svϘׅi9)"" w޸kz^N.ZD~aՇ>vȜcb(OJ"'^$gϞ􊏧o~$$(Ck0 ` XeY8\fU2PygP C+/Lݤ溺r|>*0 ǃ 碋[BKtDCdXXX+WuN ͅ)nh:X:J{.$ISDD<4)//kpE{uD:?^ESDD40NVXX@\\|AF:^ISDD4bo\5v, If7y|kWWkK:Bti.T졸mwv4ٳ' N||<&U:_[Ց:EDx@8QyxtOh.""""]|=V55PN-jpq::H&tV՜tuàvvhIDAT\8&>+""""Ke55!c(Eび.HVZhg]u#N?ݒΌuF:x(t+rb6t=w0p6v廈t/uY~HC{+DDDD{sl̒MG"""""NK 9EaOaIENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-fileselection-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000015402112660640153031470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRh"|,4CsBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxw|B5tA /x_E)P"EZQ)D^B{ϖyHvM6&dS;9癳+3yr !B!B!B!B!D~ !BB?-ؒT/+7!B_Iab?/&U ׊;-Bq+so-3/[ּKab/ӸYVV6iaĦأB!Nrz:V8hz0@o-k^01:`9VjfJb+9!B(9=l>gڷv7 i@5/40)Z3N=SJM\ZP]B!d䒔#۸Qj\BE?к@|깚ʊr+W 3 n4TǾlqSז(TR P hjJ.B!Dšo}<*#b,gl[{ 0߿/hf?I0y\.eH0\08prq+9:RTQ9=omfɩp|{H˘x7T,'gbr"ˑ33V砙+k7/Dw8ZuJT75g4 $Mh9{ )i z48ѣKc< ePnn6KJNI *UR;c6P 2}w_zcR4OU#h+Az$^8G=O?'O`NG:;{q{+(rE&߉NpqҐ%15?E.+lo5HV=7?o7]ȸu'vn !̘4~ݶU0}&ػJ9p#9ә-E_ZBNGjJ2A~<5q9¾}O`1+$&'t,t !}2LVA,l7$Лj>GLln. k͟g\W-l|fGƸFvd9{ !8(_kѺEha!DFǒ_Pw!4U3}&ksY݌37nH3MѢ2#hp '}pJOÎx \5bS /j!ʓA_Sgxm[g/ЧmGۍ<~whצeE͙شK#zdϿ@P_/^ ߧ' 3_/7R2rm%<~m[c!Sw;ȳ#&ǝ뉙|()g}7cܶu`t6F-ѝAfQN\(t bˬuNkwfQ^3_/7Fα]!nAy=l)!+M_{qTR$8XY4A4^O>q`>͌`fiY((("dSӕwơ39s5#҉#a1qmȸ{;U>0jtDo0q-DܨrۨU*a.:s#q2,1,/.2:w7aqY c:pum1stjϜ}<ykǚ?e݊͌̓2kuم:A`oKkΥT  ok&^<7s 9 QF"I3lwau9hjn'fjlA+Ж|No =3<}ZYM-ލW[)!,4:4ț]2kSzx+ %0Xiz6>?^-qmm˜!|BpqqдI#E.<&6bq } wely}[1GX'i(T*ǚ?ezvCʭ+hƒ/|`^|7"'O/вEsΜȼGl7NҲE 8,DeԦzeSLXѢ.NqdSx4OJBQ )N!AFœvA<6#nN<>#N7=Fh_ߍmmT* $fӸ+*4iAQ((ЖY^bZ&iY4ws%-+_/7 ZL%}UI[^r)Ni}u](08eFo ;΢'' '8:91Xr8jԦzÍG=:rܘ֭k':0ZB[Te-ZYT[(mWY 8Q86 ٙ ^|ޛu/. zIJ!ǝ'^hJzuġ#',&SdggLl\<5a8GG2srÙ .ONёD1"W.̘r5wijW\EOVNvv iAtBicdeeW߀()#", ;`T,ȘP/CfFFђNue99٥ƓEY,.TEBb!^O=OOyy:ѽm0¹ K϶ o݅&<ЙQ\xZrˋ϶#Wѷ/^bdm=x>V;黳q)YtoӐK/ۗ]|-}ۖv‘@9^'2/<Aa{X^f?ҋk5𿁚-,uaQ_$`PJ-l;usDj~W~Jԉ*0!%9P4Vc !nP50x{Q϶#Wr)B(^hL?O߀L~ mSӓ_#i =;o83 |},/.(0M.VsSFmEJF._m=ohJu֎]RLم!)-uN3{2c4i\nűfNP?qnLJ/<78s`|yvέп9 Q>kAԱ)Ա}cUv68x7n K^NjB)͚str7/ Ją.]Jn^>:Az7 AcBbR2yy*k`'6ɩ$$%A46Ezl<)it:hC`)~VYY\!?'GG]"Nq.!1ظzikѤ41>HIMjd>>iڤM߉-}Bo?ϘbLrbx: !ҳoL? gq>Rx u.Wfv5.D`@+* |  {%B쒠zN?Ai(ё-[qt`^Uok1?FqusEAn޹G>. BQE쒠)Bjj*#|5jBZj*Z GRIJLc888#DbbBN4Bns OkZ`yT JJ]u2L!Zv(eggsq0qppG=i&>Bc+OEEA)ZB!=A&qNT*Ur^OvNY$%'Ա3MCB֯$AB!u5EEGһ睤'PA1 T*qvq&?f-8lĠ}3IЄBQ\$hz}ajyZEA1)(AM]ɶ~gȠ{jd~B!DukVq`?+3ƈGp=&f͚Ύ]۸v;Y-#[dM!%^gP ~Gkcԕ~F2y=E HPے]8~TB!Fna(P7@h5/#bxzJjΖS)))<#V(q;IGP6 dXp=`5Fw7gt UF!UNqGG-|@U a%YHfJn[#%aÆѩS'BB)YZΟMS:s˗#Y6g4%z"N;rSBQujb'*J@e:Y*@9M-sQjyrV&f7p87`0X&n.2m8*'gO.[s:ON0_eoV_~1pw/|^ix;8~mBa5z*_xsHKV3/ٱ%TJ%gDG hUY8IrL6tm(77[GF::_6B!ZvMt:-:z4ZرL? .]l9VfW(Zm))(`W8G+ITUEP9v%բnzz~{zaע+\}5z| ) ^g]%UB!VNi==DʴB!Dղ)βoTVOJmmf?p AٍPU0y{{iF3LwWUc텷y_NjzsI.\aȀ.xyyڔ套MRR2˗-gzuw2mBQ5jfhJfSPTE)UFҮL{"9 }7㐓BjA3fƍ7H6mZ-Zhݢ \#RKWdfփ<2zMYYq:7F!U}dy|bfĽZBRV2͗._Œo8F.<-JaƷW/lذ2땈nvӼNրVgi6m;[`onnv]PF?xZ|MC̳ߣӸqu*F.BG!F,q^7YqZM#bE2-H,־;,uڕ"ƨ#,TB!죆NqX7q$T4M:eTA1ݼ%Q }V5j2 hPTI ]ZFB[/6ڢR&@0}jUf7Un Fr w6aКQfTƥ !ofe$* xZTfpɩ*{\OW#EF dD')Bq)b0 $%&AŎ˯-mTFˤjwOyzH```⢬~W9+τB!B!D2hб#!..`ӝof1 Ų^ڴmS%~[돣9{ ZFc^FFQ qן|;KB!nOvAh45C8v4jׯOŵ1ߥ'49.ط:;ViDƍή. ! Astt$49 i>]*G'G\]**m?hQn  !U̮Wqj4 wɗSB!(EB!I&BQH&BQH&BQH&BQH&BQH&BQH&BQH&BQH&BQH&BQY?ma?AeBQ8y*G&11vj ڥ+!Mڱ7a?5^|ߵe$7q6uài Fb0( :b +3xكA ڽvK ^ۊOBQul=zҢe+z=z`@Q ޫT* mʖ-S?&BێV=FڴkVgXQ>ٟ(z6ڎŒ QG$ՑCٻ/ZmAMw [)BLt ث5AC~QudBT7*DQNF'Z$M,yV{eϮQjQv'ƑX~+BcЪM[b@Qh,FcNu>"sΕ(3.oڵѮ}||Э{˗_~Iw>:uƿ+Yd]7\ěo.yRqX܌x~{?|yyyL<5gʕ=<~xxֳX~Fy |HHHu kNll,Ǐ#DEEoXvũĘ&Mzyr=&-[~ࡃ5"-KE'vcL82+mg˯u-ѣoh% IDATm͛ȑ#5]"̝3sE|Z-ZW_ϛKk_qX>|$&&~Ea]WoɈ_;vZ7HO #=ʹ+13u\ĥhޢsγuOX~=K/Zכʿk bq0/ qq$%'ӨQ#]&>ծwү__|s+wquu噩SbŊ-;v:>;0 {{ š y ^09;j}v:+F~{3f+$y-ڗ~섳3kL^^^\p4:2sudђ%-Ԭ%%|3JjMK,͝;~tѓ=z9/gΚI-kuFpplذ{IBk5S"-KE'v׍)*_Yc:Yd-e77.1s{h_b ^4 e䃣֭E۩S0xS^akTV9N:T?mǟHB|NĖ7s$ ҳw_k+5]Zgg+JFA`0T+a0(%x:^V<[S1Q]U} -fsj԰:q!nu/A!D͐FU- Zr!&QwUUBʓIQQrܨ$AIaf͉n uuOB!uOBq[/ZێOBq{[6摱 --- n!5 jW]BT=tnR=IЄ 2L!n+ QBq{i GWz!D!,:&o7Y#Q5J!TkAgϝ#B2E${Y2!B#?sݽk]6jMwC!jM_6?PV4uqmm8^H@4 侻:mVk4jzu@m BTL%h'O Yjj5ÆFpz,[;v,3ŋYd {%;;m3p}U'_$DsSgqr$&8D{^s>kxe=j>_k :9IUy5+]üqAW)-:ix_C<]XEûɟQqx]ЧB<dcywwd@_p=%'IS=Afw*h8{ .EѶu rsseտIɉq=^_NS"+W=z4?~!qqqDGGx7t'%hfʫ_ӑ;Lǁ,W ?,=''gIMM)/ĤD.] YT4^#%'}VhuKNMMǧr ͛Yh5XnMe۷o7vqqaΜ9ѣ>QU-Ѱ0R>sdQS7 89M+dLօy@F̎W 'h.O~g( Z'OC o/o d5fIII߿ ѯ_?u*}@@4ib5ÇYp!N"''j-V)`P?Nj\ 㞊L9;R-sw'?דsKoϠ( Ύj|=N*9LQA]p~Vj+Bbz>AM־$mwݟ@juhٰioss[%KpBrssi׮SN5ՙ6mWf̘1Ѽysf̘Qf_gΜ믿ΠAPT|r,Xĉ dlڴ%!f~l+<՗coV3p-1{bL7epx4"#W˾)kRTT44tŶpgF&Uu6ex k@f=giӢ&kedbCQ{cyhsJWV5wZbNcx7ݑx{82yX\Jإ4RU}׹@z.C{cn#ǎ3Lyz<9`H'[עE >Rj5ӧOgVcbJ/ X:sذa 6bSO=UJƿ454RhV\? uݘ+l9ǖ#qeղK)|6.Xw{@QyoΥǒb*X|2kʪR?j>C]T WqJBll,`1ޖ:BܾNZWpMQޱU毋}V,Н璫lx'hYYY̚Jm#̸;oFfV$N]R,ĭj :ޭ ډCY|y 5.<QBۋ$hB !E4!ꀨ+k BQj\=IЄBi\_]?I@!BT$hB!LL?όCe|nJ3Q2$BQT[fb˽++ykFs=$C캉ĭ>ţ&Dru&.\bڗk5#!UZ4CAfk@̘MLeK7v%{k2R9B(Ev+*8839UdC41U? !-Z {p-gƿ@`PCz߬͛7ӱc{ "7$ {|*KiI$k.p3/Nl-?P͂<֯Ց5G F_!c-v$Τp ^_Ylܼ\2ss}MIDxP"fYɔyz3__ڭՖS[QR?kOˑ,3mz=Oj־}{T*4jԈ>}0n8ׯoQڷoϩS()qٽ{7| ǏŅ} /cQ/55ѣGWb_x"ӦMc˖-P(XJŘ1c1c*j_z r1:wK/DӦM; ~y|/4j z*4 ׿1c6qmɾ_o'Dqo`C4[Οrrf *5ZԸNɓl߾_<z2Vg1n8v͛`%^~j}ѻwoSNw}Ǒ#Gظq#6lСC+Yܹ3۷ogtj:'hnnnOXG'g|?777qtpӓ$7!O7Jo788|}YKkW|1dܸqlْP{1ʌm6HHH=z૯*];F#"-cǎ1eLmt:ϧCiӆ?TV^` zAHHC ~?9ziӦ 8n:NSgڵ:gtxGµtz۞J6m;w.Fw5ꫯҳgOzϿ Kҷo_zŧ~j*3ں2tP:wȑ#9z(6l#<<\pwa0rJK׮]5k1׭[ǐ!CLn߾E?vȑ# gȐ!|6}oB%k׮o߾ìYLQF/_fϞ=b`۷>}q}1ev:t(7_f Ofܹ~m/d߾}}ݦƿ?oɜ9sرcGq\\\HHH 99`-[Vfkz_o_5wzYb+-E ͍ɓ'4Wgҥ4lWWW&NHVV/Xa~l 6~~~/ܹs_L6mb޼yɋ/X͟?@\\\;v,ټ+K?aW^WWW|IΜ9SfILL$55 ^{ }!ꚳgϲd^}UӺ}ʽk͉'h֬6m#''777{777rrnW^9s?ҳgOzņ 3gm{*d0@yg޼6m.+ 'СC;.Wa"SVh4z=jr3w\<..~Y3fBBM47&<ńrWWWث:Ve$&&ZKNNqOnܸ1ɦIIIe:}t 4oT^<^y9իqr*65iҤ %uOq=O4lԐ2ڶ"??<<">5 ?/\';v,3gѣPPP[X9 IDAT#G9s)W.]p{'>}:ݺu+Q?//gggviTYNt(Rᑡc2{l"##t={)SG/Lll,8k[~ Տ&_k@ؒ-A̙3,^~iӦʆ ŋIII!%%ŋs=GoI||<,YT֪U+>HHHS?0'** ^υ 5k===zźٳgs%~Yވug}裏J$gpcnMό \BxT1b $$$;0rRU >L233YvEwgīgXs|}dOዏ ēs87oIFB:U@xgpssc٦+75kرc7nޔ)S{ήDrk=ѣGyLe˗/gL8@&O̦Mʌ7tP&L@dd$aaam1m4V^͘1cy̘1T>sL^u (<6SuMV_2nT*\]]iܸ1}aE1c .4%eCg5O:e˖1j(Eaɦ >Ə֭[+?~<1Ǐ'!!P~i?䓌3/2c  e7G!jz Ç[?xũDk8@.]ppL_ 7ѣGň3f F*5^Y,Yo Ztvq~JiZղ6>⹧GX+iZ+l'nBkFfxjelqqw2ꁡdh CORb3eųC*Շ(֮Yê>xrl׹@^\/vr+\x+63r:p>^L+&>x+?܈VWSozj^ !n{Gn%vC 2YR)III K B ={DF[sfthΜ:GlO*jMF6T`%3At!6lɓ'S...,\˒u=.@Q|_Ɩ*ߥ PIt2N0wnrK}=_SqZ4){/5³cL8]ˊ+"""B,_1cl4q}bEv~ _ܽ{_]V/]G<ģ:?tU'N9J\ÇxvU>ۡXxI ~M@H&V ~͙?Y«^vj͋/hM)O?lg+s P4mhMC 7xu څrg/KlMSiѸnMHH'%%+W2rH¸|2‚+Vh=}4A#山̘1e˖ORR)PܹÑ#GPTL>K2|)(:vX| |}}155} ,/P<:1!mTBCmimWad-5L^LhSF1mjK<2Gfff$''s}R)˗/W$""&MF@@@RPPzJPPnnnY~Ϟ=ڵK]gѢEihSG.\@@@/)**48 غ7J̘̀S 11%R;;G!W9ϴ  "!_\YN722؄Αya'mR _G>R2hZkA gժUammM``  99-ZYQFO5[޽{kѢ똂 ۛ͛7co_z",YDX4UR`s K΃\RP*W4)V *š%ngHVЏ:nHn v.2uzC޼D"ʧ$J*9ۿK">ߞ1#m8̶mPT:t/lmmILL7hժ]eccQ'11Q B%|Ӿ}{tÆ H+DABU)U 1kiY|s Cu,5JF;e?{cnաkHJwJD_<ծ'gL7(ۗ]iruQr1呕ꚗӧOJ\ #,,L4gy `…N2d ,Pu[`:/AxVm޼-[7X. U68s6c.ҥcv~w_};{hzﺨ[V>e'Cv۟b8qKxnP+GR WP*1Tsƹr,o ?~< 888fu-ZD~PT̘1Csҥ ...dgg3x`|}}y&MbРAdgg燿?={`̙3Gc ³.00}j_| ,@Zx,==N0t]<9'1Wx9Kuhk߮%owkF3sL w QOYAOXȐkڳ\;7LjK#.ϾLt YheRݒi^^^xyyim{ڴiL6M#̌0[e)Ϻg+S2O+\)xc;A[`e]_"7p;%23rqFT_|0ɽcA2J/S"+mElnnAۗɕt Ќ ۯoe]OYA|Fgt Ե jħ#A*<1({]Y2yo\6;xa=[0n 2~68רOYA1!P*A340 3k3u !.@֔uħr&>U#;*+ PTyvذRYA Mnm'AAxT]s욗_XvAAUIIK+3Avy*Wq  {*Wq  #h  Lht.{-&+6_l$% G,@;uk~%w-W'Jw͏,_i 9o-bPo^dcx' q~A*GhPäfɸ|)Ec#O`FuKQ(|vϟVu ȑ#|ߘѻwofϞMNNN|_z)S/SJbʕDFF"HpwwD_~`/:t耿?ZzN5Rڊ>(lѤ¦FY [ރzUu024bP*5/173f!HLL|TΎ= ϶۷3vX:vH^^ׯח[T*&&=z*-ԩSݻ3fw1bUT~֬Yb mۆ/z,*6}0 QS1(w'Uv|2uˮظWhPR`s Ku瑘\UNNN̟?>dZlɂ HLL$<<$Yd ?<7o$$$Ǐ#ҥ ~)WX[!O`` ‚?+VJ%Wf׮]kEh¸~:xzzj| Ppssssf͚l"&&ÇTv޽L6 [[[MڵkKhEUTڵk?<<<ضm^ 2* B_JlY϶ef6oȗ}yl;G$7j_*>jRVq+5zr=ۉ᭷bҤIDGGuVbcc8p 'OfDGGEVXt)( ;75k֐ůʞ={8}F6o̅ oLm`ܹL<Ǐ}vΜ9 ѣo^#gϞ8;;3x`Q d>}]~\\m۶Un۶-W^-Ӈ[Eff&[nO>t T֠=H3tp0&*c;p;3Ѳ~2++IJJzb}LR*C=t l-\6zhk]V]hԔӧӿrO?_P^=fϞÇ}7oQF@Ù?8)))ѤIt>?AtlڴIV|$իʜ9s8s XYYtկy4_1j(֭[@ӦMꫯ=j4;i"vARt6ܩ-U.ti0=ϣ|j~;N&lW1³J?@ӧNQ `ff5Mx4b .^Hnn(^ſܿMmRKݻwGc Bq2%2~|Yh`bbBRRR`ʊׯk 4e˖FZZZĻK@@7n@Ppf͚%..\J|۷o',,-[h*˕+WP(ܸqy1`222vκիINN&99իW3t2+<p[l!33L5& S>9255ĔQ#h08;tLR /{smLEܿTe"##I&РA2e߳gvRYhnnn4S˓)˫ n-ZҥK1c;V7G};999-SN%00~aaaѣ9r䈺θqغu+ƍ#99;;;<==...x{{s  ڦh`aȐ!Ǐܜ~1ghРo;vW^y##%vssƍbS[{啇ŋqvv.%6-Rd6+ cZLJ:G~h慝J|yJɠiCk햷-<(>@|333,Y’%K[u&L`„ Z3۶mCRq!|||;ڒ}ƍŔ7oTFNbb-*m°Nڴ\[=u^UNhh(&Me˖]GVګM<@t3o_2#t٧Y5Fᗃ+  Eh>{3wlZubUwGA{jbQݳRAx6TAAMA  B5#֠ B s\"}]*}gH\mAChP;Ȥ% A˦ Rd7>&4AZ@hP5s<$[?&$}+nud 76S}2{ *J<==i۶-ӧOשT*WB HA&5KIƍi$NYcRC>d#ZۓJkT*tJE߾}V-((ggg3Buq!ݱm۶L:{*JΝ~CZ*%T*yy饗XdIϛUT>>>GGGyϣuVBЫ!u0kZŅadh֝Tj~3$&^_^gdeԩoFi\kʝ ͛73qDvJnn.+Vˋr˗/g̘1j#**W_}U "66Ç0~xvȑ#WQ'2p@6mƍ4iOz-//affN^^Nݻ rui IDAT[6UujǙ"?޽{b$Sla<S "^^^[N#@[n'OC`xbhܸ1r9/f׮]rO' ,\G"ٳ'VƦ :رc祗^(s>̡C }5Ϗe˖ ЊګիW011[&U>)122"//JI^^#77l$33PTz--Ykז-GJH ZZǭ2ɕr}7w'O &&4 Wʕ+|w>}Zk0._́8voV; &pYΞ=zCEEEѱcG |}}155-U^&q zS/_]vڵ-׏u֑IFFk׮_dksDR$5>*JJz\RyyOQ$33˗~n߾ݺu?Vu%zV._x-/~Ϡh42u 8q"֭?gڵL4 ÙJ,_\kH"""hҤ 9ez!ڵ^A7.\ 괨(:t:'OkkkeWQ \]]՟/͚5ש/5SH@P %7/\=|P(Pĉd2"""'::aÆjժq:5R^^FF@?@ӥ;7{Mㄇпz\rr2-Zhɓ 6T#zEGa遁,XD^g)` JWQӧ;pE.^Ȉ#ֹ?5 rLLM/0xG:u)ޟ?-ZА oߪ;x ...lْ]_k)yB`ɒ%k&MDVVF_|ݻwUVpq"""ի-[d\tI]'!!cҺuk5j֫f0c qvvfÆ ? X\,~~~~~|7mܹ???>tԉf͚;'W?]Y:&&&7oooƏ^QR4򝝝ٶmΝc̞=[lmmILLԚG}ӧy&.]*uŗ gɄ쬑w% o@tt^Z֭9{ٳgylǎkkkرc:x*ܜl"WdyG>ETҴq3233040,Ν;3{lN:E^^^/k]LѴ^RRߚ5k8{,̙3ftt4vŋ :ѣGK)yU`ѢEDDDo>ŋu>ӧٿ?7o,w /_D&/-2e L޽ lllhذ!AAAzٸq#~)K,aɒ%lܸQ=E˱hРly2rRG^9[lcٲe/iWWRqtt$885khmLJ~ѭ[7oaaa舛;w~"}P`` III}ŧrtRjLѶQFѥKK߾}֭MmW`ڵҡC:t'XvcL*_|/3S3~?xݻrvRis[SNK9ܻ±ñї{םX[[''RcӦMxzzsRYjaaaX[[@Iw)5|[r.^zuњV|ɓsyrrrY\JJ ͛7W.^G>> 2bV\ɂ hذ^.<A;c#C2 6ӫ^fvG+@xSƌ~ꊫku77H ˚,MD¼y7o^;;RbA6zh|}}Yx1RWm7tP CR`'ǒ?Nڵk֭FFFxzzw^*u~ם=i ѣպڤ8S$f&clhJdr ((W aH>>c >s̙CVVӇ7j-_.&!!u1&MbРAdgghLºupwwΝ;8::>%Ej&L@ƍ8qb̞=ٳgӥK,--8q"T?>|'|t suΝˊ+*u~  hҶhxĂ6zm ݌xsH00` y000@|yD2J Bg v5IA3V`ȑPP*UW GTJoeJlQVNP>$ݼAͬYq <|d{ UZILH,R@ˢvc#C$ 2ەAA<@˪>  B"#5@AlT+  Nh  ՌAAMjSo1!x_pbG “&4AAN]_ A˦ R]#˦Aϟmry\AFhPL7ɖ (mھo^/18?Bb =-Z}]~\\m۶Un۶-W^-Ӈ[Eff&[nO>l RZѨB@RiLi |%Xt%%%Uu^ʄ h۶-Z7hG*ҬY3ڴiÀOT>=ZnͻKLL ۷@q4^Ӯ];q_7Oگ ^uy4UNZZt]k޽{ڵ+XZZ2}tO2֖:uGqE[w}?5‚3foMMMIII!--&MgK e…괘x79s XYYtկy4_{nuFٳg~~~p T6U)U(rT? TFG2d*ݿWg׮]͍޽{s._LppznHRR7oӬX<ύ7*rHu.qrr_~={VP8q>}p ܹŋׯPT8q^zܧ_~-[O?iٳg:t޾mRJ_i˒pywM/S"ȗ=|LLL011!))I@ʊׯ}w}nܸBʕ+̚5KK\\r Bm}vزeZ"ſ_; W]{*zjINNf :+ܖ-[$33px*H hdCCƒcdd R*d2YOK,n}&NȪUt{!s333t^Y$--2jԨ4NY.|1dv̈́ 8q,Z(yȐ!8y$X[[էSxbN۸q#aaaz_@W*>d GbC-bҥ̘1[[[ƎI}uqغu+ƍ#99;;;<==...x{{s  YR4s1dǏkL%js1^yRڮ.zq `;Ç/xb Υ.V )f,[JRM4nOOLLLP(_BgHQpPNr}?y$?^=^nԫWTlmmnwKRR*D|||8<͛7ݝ3f0vXر#4A{ *^6% >>>^yt~UDy,\ĵ8Z:Xq9ZۿH$ 5mڔ^zI#ŋOt OOO.\k%YYYiF6zž}J]IԢH$Zlɚ5kx7ݻzoC@˟9C̛7O>A(ѣ7ndɕ:;"{5̈́aXi/2~#bzXEYqQ/eխڤ|rrWFh Ks>!wQI4iC#իB@}ѣ!88X=z9Νˇ~X~Z[[:-//SSSLMMILL,5mNI>>> >SSS9ׯz@nn.qqqDFFo߾RW{VI&tܙݻw3zh Qѣ뤧sU:uꤵ͊ԿBCCo>Z{+Keλ&xw?MA ,i/ګM<@k޼ށI7pRM&yNFRέ;76iױߧh޼6'O9݃=z4cǎT?'MĠAV܄Ȅ hܸ1'N/NIvvvDDDJpp0m///rRD9-[o߾8p>`ɒ%=Çxbrnט?r]t)@>I$9s&+W']eQ5}[A+mS&^*{w3µ"YY;055 3S3s|@fV&4l`DbgSP C*:d8qz.pttduWY_|`aZ~ػ{$P@2rd(nxW^RU*)GY9m@t7f@.]y.W#h|~ὼ⮲mVM7F U瑘xC[Cqp}VgQQQ|u7AAx5H 8yJ;;{sz=. P捱AAo<͠իG~g"ly*wAAt'4AAjFh  Lͽ! }z n4@֣wU6/N8h099%fɸ|)UO`FuKQ(|vZ[lYYYѧO>S4hQ.((ggg&O\ Tޗ/ĉXYY1{l{=uG}G*/ޞJO?嫯B"0zhH o~?'NscooZа*Zx@-8324bP*Uf̟2)ٱ>2}`޻w ̙Ö-[4s* TcEym@gرuVRSS ТxWujO}յ< IDATWraƏώ;9r$'Ndlڴ 72i$߯b T#99ZQla<Sr+WdccCPP;wVi,~z6mDvv6C !$$R'Yx1vB.3}t<==u U',,3go+Vhb,^dd$~~~4j(_eիWԟ1`6lB5!-J=/T@b_J=nٮ\ԹE'66-[Va0._́8vo wyG$bƍx{{s'֧o TW\)W>]k422"77:uV̍7hժ7oƦ>ڒX뮼_,V|Ctt4{b+^֭9{,={ٳ cǎ_hAkӦOuQS}ǻm dPdVHGke&'Պ.S2%2~|A]^z7˝;w3gN2ܿ_=E:lذ ussc޼yܾ} 1)ĻKPP餧@~HOOիtK[{nnnr]޽Khh(֭[f222`յ2@{*SUoD"Ғ-Zзo_<==KTM>k?]8d Gb"˖-LJUVѸqc&Ȍ?QK.]-ZD~PT̘1}A?ŷ(z^͛Ջ\\\\9r.]`dds{kkoԨQ$$$зo_Fqڵk;w.ׯcǎ]?޷)''x"""߿?{X#5IESFdf`cmWkߗɩBcƌ)U˫?722"00;/W~֬Y̚5TzttgWV$ +s'22UUM899䄕˖-c3o<!CXh(g~J,Y 6pm ^7n /h * .]ʎ;f,[ KKKu!!!];w /rJڶmQYx1qqq4nooo^1BS{j^drFČ \/³+**?ڶWT}Vl&}oS#G2x?jܹs#GR>}:K.e>L6Htt4v^z3zhKDD:W Ygϲ~?>,YDѣGٻw/lڴٳg?5h&$$ʕ+EVU49L}AxEv&OeܷF~gL 6dѢEٳG0-]MRN&L@VV!!!igϞU߱cx̝;Y%Kиqc͙8q"ϟ/fff$''s}R)˗/ꥢjAgS Ъb&m޽Kw>K-Z޽{׏Szϋ (&կܹëT*E*uY_pO=_+}>O8A\Y6i_k,6؟)11Q*ae'}ڲo>7nmqvvf۶mT*:k_xtSAZU۔Yp!;vиdȐ!,X{q=,X:}tI_Gחr9.]bҤI:׷&..N#ˋ˗/#QT ՛A)UžMRD9-[o߾8p@cs???ջ0s{$9s};wu2yyyxw~zX8p`Y{{+ƪʕ+5j~jIb},c…شiA@~ A5knRg}'OMJ?8IDU7ĩR ݳSG`eYm=s ֭[oT*g,Gyd(ʑ#GЮ]ZWUb}6mɓ'O?Ǝ-[_|ڵ+>3u0~xlڴh5LЈ,HuC,bլwRV-FbFzm ?}BqwaF 6`͚51+--̙3믿~% /͛QXX.]`ƌ/[~npL4I׋wA,Xׯ_'LDȑ#xLRO?1c@K.v +++!CnݺK4RODT3͊I  u-FvQjo֬{n;v@hh!%K ;;v–-[p1Up8plllttgdd`ǎؾ};RSSV裏0rH?~ׯǙ3g|_Dd۷GXXzիW i4:u ?9ֽǣyxq^xk֬A~~>f -}:^[LЈ,HM⬪7cekm[n]כm߾QQQpss;[lɓ{{{;.cL8QW~ҤIرc.nmm 3gά%;<:u }9ygΜAPPvvv DEE?m[n{q`عD4|eNDZs8<#&ՊR4ceZn RǏ 44YYY׽_^͛իBBB^xz+_>^7h">|:ño߾ZW"z0 4ilݺUhM@o}&d&l'OF޽q9r?1yKakЎK?ibR< z$.NX;+3h |WhӦ3pwwGrr24(&''իoVwHu哒`ҥeԩS=D |Kޑ#G0nܸV5j.\ y^pɓ'l2kdh)LރfԷFݼMێ& (=:>75ػ$b~䁵C$ <-q??v|gFF[Gxֹsgܼy۶mCvv6:tzܗ_~111Avv6Ν70}t$%%AE?1gdgg#;;sAϞ=u#>>Z,Ck/ݟ#..(")) SLAoƵkV9e,^HOOŋꫯ5—_~}zU7ĩV)WP 'Z՛WP Zit^zW/Ia_O駟 0@\P`|۷ǢEQ!SD¢/~F[aZ>Ȧx-lj 6FU6{1g8qZ‘#GSoޑ3gu놌 ,\PU`b׮]כwEtt4V\ Fcƌzs;DuC"0(\ADT[K;Yj}\mʆQ e˖aڵXt)7zM ==YYY i&lܸ>>>LݫW_TT,5fAT_~8}4n݊/o߾>ի~t ڵ4ztݴ:qƍz>TM$"ǟY4SVVV8p "##HR899CaaaXnΝ;hL0<==hxbݡCb8uq%9cj&wq, )m*7j($$$T9}FfͰrJ!-- 'Nԋ19Zz)S 55o,..5XeGT$"'YA3żM55o<7-7F۷=zAFUyaq'ॗ^,;v.`̘17 ,U[FDDd6U7lxHHvܩwt#""tGRaƌ1cF3F"C8IDDPy"߮z$"" ڛm1oS"SnZSdYB&9NDDYA#牓ѱ puq+ՔVN8`4ob""tLЈ,HM8̬thE-$Y$I$ Ɓ{qᢌB|2,lQdZI!CVBDHI!I4 22oBPcθ{i7~???qȂdS$@DQ QV!bY&hJMرc;BBBqsj~z={E~͛c̬q*hݺu⤏ DT6VԔdgb}ޞ j/z 11AWhժU6lΝ;#Fq*כƪq#YFL+JE99yر ^BX[C%Kٳ]vE@@y|VM/zjj m˗/G->z6mm?<н{w\p艵atԩS8Tþ}0dǬ.N1A#za[Yt)7o#ek KR${"##1n8a˖-8u.`b׮]8vRSSʞ:u ;wDrr=GEFF͛PhJJaQcmÇ㧟~={r5:8pZlY8̜9ǏuT4GLp rSY3-P)V␫޴Azz:b6mBtt4|||䤷-L>U=sLxxx3gď?Xjm0{lx{{Æ kU?ѓ… >}:bbbjjdYc9%DI*T*xnؼy;J J-#w{BR_իWc֭ڵkݻwbhРAe]~}վ \\\tmmmjkU?ѓȑ#0`VXZ͘11AS 3J̜9aaa9rdDdi$I@PB \7A@ 4C=zAFaɒ%ظq'ॗ^,;vlڦMtիƏ >={DAAA3cm#1cszcccaoo_m Jš~GFzCجJZAzff&fΜ'/ۧeCwnN2&,'{ $K"""a0R0c / %Un1bD'3cƌ1ZDTYu| '3$h,bլwtWt3iE˕ֺuk6Ccn[|9 wޘ3g*_VEtt46o VCQ;g'gddͣb*fp[rhGDD $]˩U9m-f>˝!3رc1oqWmξ|w"Zw礕._4w>kuM{R&++ | :vXg*޷ojM6aƍ!Tz8"Ç݌jq̒\\27 8::SN;wnL EDDD  5WWطsJ"rr*e~&̲@FF[GI]f͚aʕ(**BZZ&NXic3U~"""" kZb:øqh"x{{cȑؾ}>g ETWzeMR"N6*WP Zi0V!!!عs޶wyRgwr""""zPLW,'hS|ZEDDDdL߬\MFf:.]dYRݽݭv D ŭRTS[998azQPCh!/IDNaa\]q3ɩHL7p+z@^^.=LHHnɰ#@ IDAT2dЊZ],ɐd $AehK5h)t[ggWxg3$$ϟ7˱gLЈ1$2 Z4hPɒ.IKNJ6JigpZ$gLCaڵ8}4lllбcGL0nnn5W%''}EZZgXf Ξ= [[[m&LI磎CDI*SP+jw \Õ+W+(,.Z /z 5 ضm.^e˖7ި}ڵ߿?ߏ]vI&G=b$M(AhP @"8ܨ1j&>x ^}U{ؼy.j;m۶Xn./"BCCu*ƿ+t ZԩSQZZ_HHkɌ 6n܈ݻ#,, K. =V^;nnn_8Tի?-W__#`F{dׯ^õkqu$\D$'&#)1*e lqn݊]v!++ K.pw(F9 ?oG/XأHtÇѢE:`5jWTTx' A#zĔ' a /U]&FFFrrrベ3gb?3֬Y/// ZeQQQV&N{|AomS0`\R۱c/_ThCǎO?Wq;W.]ܹs_*^Ց#G_~{7gfIЎKěQVݜ|hs4!IeCJ P!I4QUYhV\˗QQQܹ3 33ׯlu=4m@ D%Ê+`ӦMg}Z`ԩ,7|Sbo&OЎK?b{>GԇIQ-Y**7KQ@ߏ۫ ҥK!2:Sb߾}$%%lLrr24(|ݽV卵:111={DϞ=kulٯ,Y͛7uJמUu UVxa商9'|;w.^y]ׯ_UnmDT7ׯ7|/AAA{{I&a@NN֮][5md!| b/e8w"^MrTFE `燔I!P(hܸ1w{5h qvHJJBÆ 1g]lĈ?>^{5ȲaÆժ="""PXX=z`ԨQ؀Я_?VyQ̛7лwoǏ]ܹ3>C;vĂ '4R5V鏄SG`eYʵvFoD*T*%beXqNA(4STBTTTm{=u2C 1ZDTYu|soGѣGG:&O$YĪYnfn13 ӊƿٳb "((sױxb$%%ᩧŋO0m4>|۷ǢE???]t=iŘ8q"o 2fEQDLL 6l؀t̓`Ϟ=F||<zg#sQ13[9ppR4W0}&ɀ_rjUN[y<͛7WFѹsglܸQmضmwEtt4V\ FcƌXd RRR q //ǎ7N/d={;w#NYfaH̙3ݺuCFF.\U6yOugJ˿= ''<߆q=jr ZM{Z&&&F71w\̙3Go[{ **I~'lٲEwӱ{n]|Æ olnݺ4#++ ~~~?~QE~_,+ \|e*NikkkpVս>qƍ6zJs:UN:~~~ ӛiؿ?uv%wDDDD˪ԥLM :ӦMC.]|iU@rr2T'mooo°n:Ȳ{bܸq6#"""ԃVQ1]V\\ kkkX[[#11&LЋ;99!>>^o[DDfΜldggWZ?~<jq%GXhZȲףGDDDTYzЊ5b{ĊM8Ƃ 0c <6l~g]|ٳ' t7 L0'ND֭]6j(,[ CZZ BBB5j%KzDD1yV)WP 'Z+(ZmxjwXPm׋Wi̘13f^/ŋW\ tqBѣGc1"""LW,'hS|ZU7ӧOرcQRR3fp="""2 'ho7yѡC{?~n=r bРA4hn=r'4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" ˜ecfԷ7-<M """zd=k@ZcQom(I0tP4o~e3;_K+l;w"^MrTFE ^/Az*^u=zܾ֕}}-[pBaȑxKDDDD&cMTawAdv6jL5fU*: -(([wyR=1}> $X5u3iEѣGcذa M֭ƍ_cVZZ'b۶mpppСCE111ذa н{w̛7L2۶m|oϞ=F||<z6HlH  u-FvQ崒dp{hh(c[nų>JebbbGb?K,ٳgsN9s6665k.>w\СC8x RRRGFFbܸqÖ-[pԩ""""C2ZUau-3zhXBoʕ+̙3za̙z 6 ::>>>pppG}֭['غu.ncctdeeϯ%"""*gMj+Ӷm[( >|o>",,_uzSN󃟟gffiР^|ؿ?uvaݵ{DDDDp=z4/_xԫWIII'N<#99Y+www배0[ΝCtt4&LP7IDDDdYv[nHMM?,tҥ}_}UL>YYY߿?ƏhZ\t Ç{?# V Yjx̔kDhEV{ظ 1bƍL2a8;;M6xѮ];QЦM5ȑ#ѳgO]<** CѾ}{xyyaĉx=0h c֬YXdIQOV)WP 'Z+(Z4믿_`2NUL FѣG , #""zԈE_xؽ*%"`VY.'ho7붞&ѓ,נQ1A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 2U_TU=Lcj$"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0&fDQ$eٔ{Bf?Ғh4HdQE *)DDdaLi5s6a Nhڴ)R_XX[9HM<3񃯿?c""cMEE6R4š ׮}P* s)-EA^L {xd&%%%ĥ g'g>f0I&"Μ ]_A8UAV#SPU8|`kgopR$$!E1:CNv6Rp` ܏ۺ2,#س{'vg:LY$%=9)ΟFDDO}SF[98;A3zqAꊥWYʕ+uIñb @bjݙ̙SNpvvرc1i$,]0m4ʕ+!C.\p١o߾ظq#k: z6j56mj0'?fԗeI{Tvmty;#v5A|𰠠vT|n.w GGG\?'uG''\.CE_Cnn.: _SO7՝C'g<ݴ9NVV牴HINB/@UλٟΩ]e+++A_7]'N`ƍ~!** ׯ_G``2k׮Ŏ;5kZlK6n܈{^zʮo_j\6l؀:ظq#:gnZOWLdsεZѡ׮U{VHNJ琟+kkxyyQ&z϶l q籣h"@sR)w`ڪ? ((.*Ν m EEakk<$%mNppt@Qa!C"9U(xE=\$C.& gM׵D,#%%@YX؊%I{]oii:-[ 8::V>kVu)))h޼ IKK^Օ a٘=ST^ҋij4(..6j7@㧟5 p 8w/>(f,R"j"+3Coby+kJqkm,CRسrJFivOoo\f!prvƭJm!""AMNNQ ոw i… h~z:w)S&Nƞ=W'Ѱa !!A/^]ϝ;6|q>+jϗT*\t{{. 2e (@> Q0NNȽA VH CE@qQP(.!25[;;u@~~n$'Uy#""qUAdȒQdIZY+m7t&D-0}ȰP˵l?Zj ?loUaј7oׯ˗/c޼X߹lhu(:+_oaa! 5kDT*ѿ;ؽ{7lmmj|jH"ݤIzO:_pquZFiI  Z Y˗.Wb/Wn$".2}|!I䷪vU;aee‚$\f!zjZ\<-Z a$IS'lODDix\YU3Ac 4cj5w.*M_| SL6Xf;7o/;v,.\W^酴44nǏ3eMÇoWWx?CEv 2>˗/ӹT q&. V ++k{x?C{쩦p%2.; kk4lzxı#@ τ="ñ݁ zΜ:"#Q0][azÿ~4 B\89;W0(d#"8i.2Y!CV]re퓺4cJ%T*;'[*eY{KoAccʔcccUU_bcc~zk挕/?ʕ+*oĈUAMs2ް (n@e;83Tj5DQDP䦼O7k `goAP\\!/ @o[uyQpcATBբ ?_Χ6 PZRv /QXP&Օ$Ieĝr %%%cȭY jŵ}nڣ&&M'N@II)&OW^yCYUؿj)Ot 2bz QPoiFUj[Mk`Z&gDDTgIIIٝuJ%DQRjk{4-[={GMzt4'ExV_ZȜg""2^B>_Y02E :ÆضE[IDAThT5M""" F ܡTM n6A3Aڤ*A$zDDD7{mJgN{=&@7q>ϩL5MDDxų8w/>xj Z (R֮}%Q_f&I45JξjZDDEq!lyю$B>կ NTΞ6Ypb@DX  D@`nA2!"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" 0A#"""0LЈ, 4"""" cҵ82I!nI( (U$eJG2l@}wk(Ե h!';a7牣P(쌦M" *WRKp5%}%Z3*R٦>4O ""q t"BT>f=Q4 ]ŁT*QA@?ƟVx?!Fɋiɮ<L\&hDDOIq_R76 zy"j7y J l W;jOj hw<Li8De~ݔ'ɁFr$T`_3 iťf94"'$Iִj$F k>|*Ug\p U;83ōۑu`?ϞBGǎץ+* nw>YQkHa7@O' nvz6rƅpy^ ~T v7VY, zh' 4""2*y_pwP˭( _򠶱!(1ů-3scxذ|('C^5DYV$]̘QbcqLH}  0P P* %r!2$-< w>*{{4a 2Jr|ݠPSg{?RI@(V]5?&hDDO YI$~z­#N@P P(($iI,K.-xlEX  ]a݅RXj='bڗ!weH2R h@q Ax,3~""2@ 662I P(P(6ŝ5~8{,,˷âQTr7Q)O$J(M!Jܼ'4""D*)Tc?7M) [p/ /~oukhRϝAs%?͛7}= K4|N~Q?(M!eIYC.C@JuT*T*je˖裏Qi?9"'!ga`;[IR(< m Œ(|bn _ha&@ȅ@a>ܝy(<:t;ƕ+WK/aʔ)Xbp,X~;G%t/zwy9Z\o (n]o ..ׯG˖-qܝ҆F-=UaU}$!B{~P6ۡ.9_FCdwR^>>>W.\ɓ'NNNxWwsM~~X3 w8-4صhi"(Az^;{{{a…0`MfpΓUqq; b]\V?GÆ aee())A ,X>Ϥy1A#"JJWhI2$Q܁=uI,HOD@< a`'+cϞ=۷vDDD`̘1qRRRФI?^oca9s&.^?qqqHNN̙SNHII-&MTsU6>,<܋/ȇ$ɸɹME\-\&e4e!#'nB5xn0Vy2㏑/^DRRRD8~8JKˆM ɓػwomOC!N""(9.J% X8 ڛi=?\;ri >1fYR *%JsnU:FVVիggϞ=Ett4Yd |f͚}7صk؋vZرC5kZlKVjZr̚aoKś|%gJP@#Vvݙ Q (IJ jeYJ@F [ >>>ҽxΪ;O~V=~wxz]h"t s3o}<֯_%\rLVPwIEEŨ Cimm]&"F?:)K|cV왳qk-iف=s6z~p]7GoJ]wC=̺u"m6|D3 hK,aժU޽n֬Y37Ċ+qo\:f98>c 7~;,M[hɜ",J. s0 sB|3C̝Vr"1mÃ}˖݂׶PSS3l?FսKEEzꩬ{Vk׮% 2w<s~6/_6e[o'jgDDĊ e^6}Ė .)=3L@KNw2ZgUWQ,vG7WY;}D=W_z6%^}\sSiƹVivWO?ͣO<}֛"Ɉ@YڼGaVE005= c `yuT/}G$麻<vO^|h4%jjiQtT㥀&"R]c|9mĎۙVRH^ #'?9 Nz,~r?X ˲|}]qlȴ^q]qb1p:UA'^rK 01M˲, χeYضi:#*%488 |aJCX>(^4aۘ dgw.u_7--TUU1iҤ,}5X,8-w}$Og_Wb&χaۉgl#BX h""(q  9<:+*}9Zwa|[}~;0χ 8ahDxZiLiŸiYs X4M/DDr41uT|)@ @Ws3{;;t{[\Lo8LrBJKK)/+SQYU߶u?k8a#a;bxxTWW8K$!20@t`0m@ @ GQ$ m;mw:qH =p(>nUEMD$I>``$}>^"rR@1i{pȕy}3ۋrD@VDDraA:::8iL\6jHy~~ʳ;9܎O; ٹUMD$Em]o:44chd&<ף}lۺ>{&v&ڲher,+;;>sRR&""̲,*P[[;}q]dw+Iii)gRVVF /uNWW^0=<gFMU,OMD$ض2X'a~Q3MQ\PŴ8Vv@oQoQQ* ˲((,<ݐ @E ]#"""2(L0 h""""&"""2(L0 h""""&"""2(L0 h""""&"""2F{ݻI1~۲lCDDD$W8@,‛l^a y@~2:/}b."""@$-i#$ҝX t^EDDD$s1mrh4-5S578=GVDDDDFiӝӜ#YY*HR*RhBf#hÅ3ݢCDDDhUZz8K?'DMDDDhLeQ^[ g]*""""#Kuc8 7ɜwXs92w """"rt.@:H(`IENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-text-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000004553412660640153027637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRFXsBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxyxSeIR*kleS`PYVߙ0@pq" #( ::+!PdBQ49s]ڞyg9{I       -O {`xOBPPMA|lA'罕!H OۗrUw,x#{A{87|eyOt$O H0lEuǂW <mV"n Bj6`>5zf9 (jt$vbN,eM# \Cf^k¯ڿ߰0 ĕ w@W['#hqe[-ѷc   ւFgoB+/w t$ܸ$fػ4mz3z=m-hn+ehk ` ʂ_@Aҹ\ۈ}q#XT'W  7QeTT7=b{+hiJ8FNZZe]]N_0j6J-o'aYIZ8B<{Le#=Gu!G0 FqW"{zY.^tt=ٌKb>ZLm4ΜgЈ6@| u,| 8S،\}/ q#\;Rw?IjFť\]VZ-90w')mZuゔ"| `V;Zn*?-KzbSh :@_-Oi0A?#m|{?Οf߇X:QS]}:{c.},^^ t<;~VF}c+/_?r?[% c nmΨ,97?`ß])&Oźܲ,7KK}e8s鼲Ajh4HN -~̿C UPipT?[ iG?sh/~^7B`ajkBT\BZ$DY;&*i8:s1OͿ[bbC֢^K1g.id6q##-ҰyT\i^ Ekº ߧMFd|o* ]ŀkRu#U Σet _aBF ?k-};`._05 =CPVՀw<[F` Ck|BqF9CD@5c4θWZ~6^0 6>SA48t?[FGtM]Wlq9WA@VZC687ጩ큟;a9.j?cV}|<ҧ<j?>nAxdP!#9,ö=6[v`7{EL6aұ-Iģk>5'ۤO1閑U*g>v^8s~/ Ʈo>cG#!>0aT:EѶ{CBAMX8B"2SUSǤJ]JK {085OGQᘘ?{N; VScܱ,\%3ӆoq&?>Yބ9`4Dq%cX:`@dxwLG6TTVg; i*rvDZT=[iQ)HA gZZ[QVySRFހOt=%*.sm{Axc(n݀onEMm}խqa iL`*UGLloш=<2%啨­ߝE\L~}kkAX}hn"O*kKKSGۙ杝17'/238.ܪ!Oo`l$7kرp>Aq&:Ј0S\kAo??4tzQmH NoMm5ӱ_+jeFl^>ժȰ@pZkp궫xaĆ\GHa }]SWVwD`v&1!1:*ƻ'/\ޑH ʫ?8[ZnPqm}3/b-۱Wpah57 Z`<ؼL(CVA2*\]AcMCpH0BoƢ@^w ۊթu "z# $N}e*8[RZZ34݃ԌРk6CBqco͈?u9iv`s}B|b2B_Jh*l_y5e볰R9& 2dRRM->)b2}Mg7h| T;[ ?; 1Qbc՛`>(r 0mt;?NEeX/' }S9cr|Y6t0/_N_o7~mQ0fq "zG˫Lz{axk9ºwz3__q狈{"#±Y FPA/// +n0qS>} Ǔ>ꎍo PTQw O ~SG Ks yhq#wOD{|QYq?jMp"~?iGtː`z0z`d?*CXX(b{mVKb0¥K^Ԗ7L{)`G$h{:A7YS\=qīA !$EuCD@xCC펗e1QNjPU53cZ )>R>SPV^Ye8p:LJŻ΀No@jl{!;99'̟Qs||gjIxz>L)Ywg&|4j44*F#c#Oމ':. f?!ܞl#xh<1{4뛱Ә4}S\L4>WĞIJT_3.g#a?Gg|v~ iẢd-Snkgvgta_v| c70}3: A=b!JLʌTY)K7ONd 4ooaW\Fm]=ۡAxte5AkkjFq744mm:h>DIi6BpX7 +Uը6NӕjTT^`ܞ&M_ёT\ʺe pil6><.c19jkQq)jk된au(T=ﰏc{ΗՈ*#8ىۧޅM7.mۍg@W-ZYKQe z6u\kO監4 o'|I- \/\>]!iQxcq;"<!øIٸʽZ(wL 7\^;H!n7HL>veܞgR9SpoDtDl I]]Vޅ=,t (-ޅVA<型}2A7;ǮSL }Ӱhnz"%9 jKAW8y~ɳЦkG3wcP̅ o>Vӱ4Gh͸{c;fg -Bw~TT\_ʲnrI'- ;H9! d A!;\ ١BA% Bv(ACɅ J.APr! d A!;\ a}*X>AtieϴRQ󏠪u?ZyHJNV0(\`* oZ]Q^w&!94  Àv}{ |/bbW\e1 䫯@F`I Z C{;ۡڂf477CR!*2))/% Do#;?z}‘u@Ʌ aiaN.qqq!xW!ks@c~0 W]inn[o{աN`͕7?™3gpap18 Ο;X\Ο?HNNƔ)S,_|FdRy'K.ŠA/J*u'̟?Ν3gr@a8 kk~\SKaa!rrr0vX8pgϞE^^vݎ={;ZF},Z/b{ߐCaժUǫ8q(b¤ۑ' CĵkWQtKqJrYv-.\9s ,, Ė-[\t ?ҐnGg>rY\\{=1IIIpiY:eeeDCC8ĉ:tQ[[q#==˗/G[[>2^h? Z  B޽QPӆ p ޽Ǐ?÷L=zwFii)}bjÒ%Kl2;w;vѣGφ;>tcba4i4AgO+>!aJXzFJJLL4=efǎ 0ŋoinn-)))(33x .0C ږsbÙϛr 3x`qTVV އ-6 :yrxc.[ƿ}+t:iinfkטkW뙪+˕LEyS^Z”_b V~Qх1f  @b$,, [ȑ#éS PTهݻ@{/-^yyy>}:֬Y " @TQQQ(//Gbby;QuuUL.KzWVVbܸqVl>GEE އ-6X~=֮]nݺ_ĤI0\3f vźMnn.ΝGZZZ jmVUV!??gA:]p> GIɍgϞ Ah7_)++3_rFb҆ _ɓ'rJїmaH=\=?yqJrYl6n܈[:ǎ ۴~~~(..tu .\ZƵ%͛҂J<ڠRdlڴ K,VL4;sϡx8 Ah?͞=?8.]vvZb .ٳgAYzz~x"Wa+/ok^ ^[^Û[&y׿[؜\RRRm6۷YYYHKKO?mƵvZHMMENN fU?ɓ'[}kK^}U|WHOOGvv6ƌ#)))ɱZ.$:u*>"2w'|=z4F(olGyÇ=܃޽{cѢE^ך0?a42áC?`DPVZ7l76@W-ZrC1xQTTӧR棏>*K9A%$$$ !!7oZMc# DAXCACɅ .\lǗsbƍJDx!R_wp/\raMb˖-hmm,h4bX~aol! g&)5JܓMԫW/|ؽ{7g9+V@FF.]*k|aބ*1cA9>-fâE>}:kG()r&o% {n0*3v 8p n&09)9q GT4d/PZ %Ddo7xFjj*?AneBGN[[[dNc=Tddd`ӦM -yeղ_ӛ3W\\<M?V aX! (Ϟ=?***AdJF|B#*˗,1 "Ca޽8tꫯ 5 iVGjV9bW^AMM :={V'F5eTWWȑ#uuuWLH9m26Iȇ첰op/! MdONG Ķ8az=ӫW/(-"^e g`B i̞ԌRceȐ!V]pj{%2{1?0 ?ٺukjױħmV at'leas_̻+w-gٲټY"W?>Ϭ,ߘ0o|QyGv+ %\ 2%>!1qʤ-ʄPRBBUUU濅CxXb|flm#&K곝R+{vZ|'_Fy IDAT;tچ+.vq'mB")%22իWux1~x&0ol2صkq!n!m1LK%{ 99PZZp:>>N{R3SDDU}5>!d\,Ń>%K` W\\BJ-JE{.999xgPQQk׮Y}K&S'7+#*X4CI/^@MM jjjc"j>N>R3ӌ3lH=#tOYq.K<m*lS,(w9r LɞH@+B9r,9Prl>|8&L#F ,, ?yQvpv򑚱U/_P >'NĨQReelp.K<mOw`G]w`,!C#:Qu/u]y)d$% /a:-;EK+]&Jm%Kfb\IA'tB%e1'O ~gҕڪRbr8W] oyk s $N.!sbA98̅K&c[gTapȑ IxM%aYL[Mlc5w%#._qU{ow!{+ږqj} 8%pɝdbl,CH8H$EHK26\sGh?iۼ#._qU5'9Gs>7em:N8&= $Ʉ$:KLb#MeeeVn1bܹ8z(JKKQPPaxkn=%$!>nZj=a⇞!~N)>[_t)^u⋼ pвMX> ؛Ƕb=繻7;vvuq[YآE\%½ԄC F{?R0䲘T|LM<%U,Ꮬ,(2*Slcol¦YfaΝV!33 .!()̲W\8.ʵl"w+1?~U9||IqIr*/Y&*qGN_YX 1oM/ƺu`4ۮ[CHH/Y_fY"e-ג"wKLXŶm۰k.~۷cʕ" tlK峉l##YPllݗ X|*bS> Lرêfaɺ"pNlJ ʵl"wsk1r 3rH楗^bF\rSJb+ ?0GĜ< _(% s=>" KT*kʗ,aO9ryyy8u͆-a7vZt /"&Mh\\ۘMشxbaXf .\d]|+̲o?sͅ1W]BTiDD.[="""pe1%E@l)g \!*bSvmjXj1{l:1.G()*[Ir-)r7.JlW!}믿>[o-[HRlގK" 6aMog `EIQc*T*,YM6aɒ%juBe]l㫤0l86kIq!Ez&FǷo裏bƍ]RY4<(nMBByfn(< @Ʌv7 _A Bv(***0b: Pr!z0?>֯_P7`+<3:.]A)thW`˭-Q+V@FF.]h=qbdMFXKtr% %IBrr2&L۶mØ1c>.20>.GmpTT1cЍMƆиYJ1}.E4g [Yl.G*JcY@Om. ʌ{|G8s f̘ٳgc޽ضm 0m4ggIm %e`RdS*Rb,qI!&.6K>*,6aI,y7,2".ITQmmU]Y'}\#[ĔT1cN.%6.9llR=zќ-\e O(MHR\,L$l!$20X-c)C9d`rLHC)1rSN ؤzls9K**Jc]cʛpe1.aBEIJʌ!}\!*CLcMJL\J DhNHYB]REil#NI.\.Cj,QJUW!/ B8.iREny"9eq O(-vg=$.aBEIJʌ!}(%* ڗJb2"7[gAhoY\.{*Jc]Ny7B0pCH$Fi0(2A=Pr! d A!tIt(ACɅ %!*vx˃''loi3LRʔPLr[SY<>(9AJTj_^xSEMM >rCp1|ɘ2e >s{;oo !EyO رcq={yyyعsC#$N{ Ms }!Ed)Rb[Vٕ2G*8)+ۖpX.9[;m++׮] bΜ9 /233eIq fI͚5S",++Cff&D 98%+Cg|>+'Rb+e 6 IMfƻYd 3w\cvږ#UŅ~%11Jmb)S0;v`F777󊃭^[{9 YG"/>B!)ϞHI\Jh|bBURce٢x.g`ܸqXzz>gc!*B~ Cmm-"##n#&nYlxbaXf .\h߳\YH"wyPBv* lQzM`˖-6B!i2/q̘1f#-dbn ZVB~~>fϞ-)vG8=qJr1cY|dBY"E裄 o=JȮ&1R"V6-Jiql2lܸ[nE}}=t:; H[4KXORaɒ%شi,YV+*.0}tWCp@Ʌ  !! ؼy3jzCɅ D@ĜgA J.Axurǃ nt6N.&2!4O)EAK< gıĘ"tBAȎELIM GW%E 6rIДn)^0GDN_ecgڶShWZXgَo97xr#+S"aBkzQYJ)-`*ǑMv+c!E|=l)ml+-,--j. +BtM '6R/r$WHq&AEvK IY[&d~:ǶpM|NnamَI9H>*.{ؤP|b+Բ!6KU *c)"5Sv m lvL9ЗC%E&S&Ug#q#DD)bR眘-~eRA98%W)II䔀I#B*6  Sf69{c-f m ˤ9U>J"F^G$E&S&U 6r$hJ&BN2썵9+ml+-,:RÇ%'A01HJJtpHF(MNN{Nda]SN!""al߾!8 dggAMЙ:B$tI \ ١BAȎ[$oWQG 6R^Wcn\YXɭ\yyyn{ސDҸãqqqHOOGnn.jjjxgә?G)S?罿'Ol%'̙30aS&=QrN[\tqG'ƣ8???^ߤ|l3),,DNNƎٳΝ;+3^J$A(SiXNxx8VX'S'8LHk׮… 1gزeyw%%B/@.Ye_>lW%UTfPb66*%coQ;NI.BMRD;"bK&$p>EIrls.VHf @̄S?}KLLy(!fqG (_ vd z XW]],Y;wmAlurÄěz->BEIRDH\%FHf @M%~>Pe9\2)"UVr:.11,BMBE;SԐ7W LV'8LHaaaEdd(Ixdp S?}Kҍ{B3tB#わPhDNI.صk95v~e˖_~q򹹹x1~x4Òt w̘1صk|A}ĔoCB#L1x y:lfՋu;aqcdy: 8型iYB@lurÄĻl2lܸ[nE}}=t:; բ$%EHrɸbr/5f6i%rĔ̈́r:z8%6 E!DV'8LH)))ضmۇ,駟.Jk|!K &wRcffY"hLLyJL()GN1 a  <Oy(  A!;\ ١BA% Bv\Ao /Ař7#77 8>q< xr_= ɅWсtR 4bsB7 gLʳ1: 5E: sig.l$>.d?l&.H1p@\zժz <W^M6Ol/ IFqɳﾋ,$''c„ 矱m63\fAA>|*b?JELYbduO_:{^ +] %6a%dTJ~ʚW1uTlݺժ[b̙ Ts'pF>㣏>™3g0c ̞={ŶmPPPiӦwJ3"}&Ĉ7}'.>}y%]ea\$.%d?l&.JΝ; 6,̈#N ;GpFxZoo>.Q- /r礔!󊫝ri0 ,y7~L4 Fž={X˕*+k+[\۷/ C:a/.5dddts(GuqxYoo[̜9}A\\RSSQ[[,㌶C|~ʰO_:{^)No->-fIFuI\3a*1ɚ䎕+y᭷[x衇DH/5Y]"&i {(:RܹsqQlGw]]l~1eiԾTb,+o J ƥ-܂F; €xl>K$Dx4 pIDm(і~ahiiAee$UW8Ε nކ%66YÇg/=$Þ>K$D4 pIDm(іW_}_}ӑ1cƈ.Kx|* JJ7oda,d3$POy͗(` #qbACɅ J.APr! de1AARVQJWM.ϟի? âE0uT^őD 承< anƎ`Юoho8%6RXX;ٳg;w:4 b4a0`hoG{{;z=:Z[[Ҍf475 N)E`ʖkb…3gLlٲżiӬY:%²2dff$DAx$/>lZ  C=SNnV^ o><AsNz78%!$,,S#F#M^d:{1 Xf .\h ޽Ӝ`s=o]S܂1c`׮]uGnVŪUٳgK ƍ1h :~ZL`۶mطo~&&FX-' AbPظa6oڄu[,̥̝;٘1cC!ͱc&%@4#B*w1~-" ? (,,wLqJ|%w~S <1=z4~v}?lQ1I.7 eHJNFRrð ]' d A!;\ ١BA% Bv(ACɅ J.APr! d A!;\ ١"TY#&| @BO?htJAɅ |E.U3Ehӵ:7%Aj$\ PZӆ˵8|fOAi8o/@oGcGD+_/% ܚ6৓i1o8Z Z_ }}1=Q^JA5FZuɕ2OظxDҥBǡą{>\Z g"&:eeCJJ2^Xё`L%.. (//CtT4Ξ=vq"n@A ΃saEދh˗_ZJ>i}JDGEW๧[^7jJ߀\Z3/%%ĕHLLDzMIIRu(.)Aye 3gDXX1m4\rż^b˖-HMME`` ǏzFLL """n:e#\j3/.!g8TU!:&Bxp\*J<  \Ovv6/^r!-- ?6QUU3fࡇ2[b~W>|ΝCii ,FcJ0O<zI B^*^XĉrJZma? yyyu[n_}vZAe\horikkc0BQ`0`x`V3ӵ > ?&J2 >>@\\&ne1 <]a؈V")) hh VQFLϞ=8w,EGGn=\e\ D#>*ሎBmm CPZZ2QKx'Frhii|}}QTTGyjePZZz<˦B!1g.MMMXKEppQR\ҒR]*FPP0jjݱ$(F<_ɓ`V-'@ZZ_de€ϻlwL.tυ AёXBCCQTTWǖAVc`0#&&#DD]oυFի昦NSZ_`y//be#tBG 9ظXQ\\̾oh4b}%`3AMMM3^b.׹L̅ tYmmmhiiAtt,JKJ\{aT*h4ju>:=P^^(477CVCa} \!0 hQ1m4Tj?~܋aa D#00={8~vqr4j5D̅ @ZFPPbcp?B՚sϽ0P, jNBɅ xCݺuCHHF#R:ʻ^FApp0`4͗mK Aj;leXnǵ-% <!7 CɅ  >jX ƎB[f냳qSrX~+~)J.A5AnDph 7#_ ُp~ B~h5D |}v<<_de!!'"S'% n1HD?_ hz)DQ!ιCHBA% Bv(ACɅ J.APr! d A!;\ ١BA% Bv(ACɅ J.A>YqA^xΌ گ _B}`Zec' =6_-_?0Btd&=: =*JENA-H.mtqc:aL5;hlX %   Ҙa:k1~b1% ka Ŕ33{E3ADWĔL/Qg.\ "OOAg.5N,>iFAx7`d,0̲ 7d,_ADׂy9g8L*? 5'iIENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-error-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000002363112660640153027776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRBل'sBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxwT9ӷ XX`)uiRD@Srr1J3bWM4_b)&B5v"E]ާs~0;3;.x̜~!B!B!D*S:1oGB[_#$^ wjmB$vym;;(WƇt{_xV7Z!SzѴFwPk:@X Bo{i9B[kz3Fa6:ҙL?{@W) PjT"-44k[Z~A3:3Ϲȿ@C}qAhÈzl1r (-̀HG/Ԋ !RCM&voy^!ǵZzeƞ~9Yд`9`x±b0,Qλf/n#F̟KΞM{Iӽ(A3f-T9YǷrBUM?>or2:U/{L;" 8R7^=ްp=ɒxA"/O10.G 館p_m}/|B7J !Q]9hz{dwe''z|Jc^bb>T_w5ok{L&[5n%FxO$78sϞу-})Âϊ?ֲbd=GB'2j?v1|>  z5 m9v#U=^ux`;^{ERƒ07!OvKYÅ̌;>eX58hOTk+!7`lG ~?5"grOVDڍwt y#O#x<^5=xebZ(ПCt{b[=ye,ydM}zQq cЙ(yGUAC/ՎCM G*ş; ^3kZg0XPW>ᎫF3˗s|Nv?Ι4WO"יFM6|[xemr079% _\ΛsF|R{(c=N#li"]u͟D-T=$Fҝ ܘ8oYgϜh<.oÊ1'߾ɷV̷/(`˗1={TٮX=gDa%aQ{qJ"=BŪ_x~t@r)Qd64L/~LwE;Vvw`QlV6lumoM F?ÂcڌSX1˔m ?FƙX)k[^pPی#ildX,@ -\.tl6Ӥ2b}ScӧNbOC=Xv^/t1l]i:*!Vo{M?vݦ-1iO 32TU6=%u723 5z{P[qs;svم9 o}wooktL_遫[X,xިˊKkel{5 O<,Ub v;}94AΦ0ڝ,у ʢd9x6my (ssy{K qx_ɷV  )5dI~KYšq緉NYx vm{Y6餺>jdeaMKckPgak&S*S"!:~|UU;y f_kKu(A^:‰N 'N8euv8봠P~ƅ=44550 JFz: (k`dj~^V{zZ*ƔIQ.|: )CRN>׶Oo~b60 #o ?k~Ʒo|kY'G@3ѬK+qBT ,tx2,O&sZ߸uX,`u{Z{Gk'1TVg͞Aޠ;si>4vUQ\ Yn()Pkia 7Ō?ѳgch޴ ϗ_56B`Q:Zc#h޴ ss3<ѓor~[Od^8nz͛'?m?%]JK`Y;w2qʹlقȑ ^j-[:瞋9/</o߾x<~t)Æ`,] s~MӸ{3f,7@SSShoŬf3``!&Oܼ|xIƌ!E,z kܼ|~'L$/C<ȷmpW}TUUŭ3u1qDFC]]]ĴZƌG]]][~siWoGv Rqy'}e.R^?"+++cАMIM{sؿ?çNŻgރA#C-+gMТ"6|m랕tأpނ:}ѣGټi#6~L2em9vYh-;v lƏ>O~Bee%>ֲcm˖-Aв?7t#YYY o?]mo*%}OSS]e./y6  xEia=ˆ9qUUqOW_gq6|xW̝WviŬ] #F/d ٹc{r'MF @ee%Ϟw0a$~d1]tq YpBvlߖP9mܼ|>۹%RWr4i2{Yg[|!w3^۷+*lބl3m ֮yw~7i׿2lP8iC˷-;vpys7qEqp8qHJygyW,\@Kph{I#\.6^r)EECWT{N ?01N0jChٹ9e(6^r =frJy6|J7CRY{c9r3839v]w1gQ]Sζ֭;k9j(ƎNYӦB3VG_QQ2$:ٶe~l)??,pt\w7Y$E\lܑ#! {.EE׏mUeXxWde9tPˋYVAA;wlnVWUFMlTFݰdz)8ߞ=r1c+"/\x9+W*V\W,Yw˖QRRg׮ 7pÍٳߏah?nVjYj5W.ZpۜN'_|E':jna9xK: M=vɼysill'== ŝ/ZdzW\; 55TDVv@Q-[ƓO=ŏ-j$\wU2< 4^>>v,Ç]83wl;|׋᧞+њ+nTT|1nU8}4 +c_Θq/C񦛸C/Bsu Rwg~&nf1bdb۶[9gq7DI{'qVCXrfL{}Θ1KX(|MX%G?bߪ_bL03g1uPYh;0&FW=b|OWڛLzdgg6e ;-Rb msL8m1 e}xvq"FqG7e;o6FM7'߷o_j>ٲSeװ,niOG{%phavoæ1D'rR8ne=DFjjꨨΟ.u߽"`w=dkW&iv;֬,\'v0BFƚ7&L YN'G_Yào\ꈓĖL1} n^p+/?PTT ?zDɤv,232>lMcz6-n} 7u\xN$QaaU?V`}GC, dB޽_1!D+AXS2rs1) 'Wk0<&m+J0|>PaCUz%vl'V6Sl|@l;OZs3i {ɡWN4܉bAw1< bFGk;m6ižqB HCv {{Gڲ-ЂqX22pBzeԄj2o߉v'E;lh|B0B$^ B#Lxz :aߣ+zeXMOGkjB1iCKqX]PB]Uݘӏ!D+Ah[Y#;DàW{O>vpux4dra=}NgOrXET&(׋Sw !O3Ǝ+_W4zdB1#SgbGud;Rt Ӊ[=!ɭW03hA)( wY&jV 5ݷBkAh# iۥ ΐ4OCUiH B!ɫWizbƜBRZ1G~-(H~|wih:p w.\QQDMu5]FƘ1ݳBk]zuUU,3f3Y,WUa\y%jCskw@7 3' d™҂Ԅ]OU1efb̤:cdyfoIzGh6ZXVl66ݎuDG,yyO8OX,N,xT* }ئNfcmٰZj5B^~u0&f-?ZF0WViIQ0c5-_3Y,(V+vXW`z:iiiNZzw!D HOOjbXl8vi]n\gkTNoPV b2aZ1*`2:~Mç봸\h>b:,Á -- Azz:fsR|%B4- #33ۍrxp{ `͐RT2z4pfbڰ#v ’&[L&҃ap3^|~?ZQys4MBUQQUIl6c6[X̡nb6 !ANQɔpaizaGaa&5xBx:cQE !B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!Dʓ B< B!D3v4`o0z5'EYa;S)A(D'<䦶wQ[ׄ.ie)c0qG uS+onⲳ9gXlVU>w23"<>Ţ8qݜfᲹY-a';)9Y"D'71{ʨnIiQ7=sAzBtnXf`Z-=zUP0 nwvFl0Q{QV8FP$tGs|64Cn@C~ "A(DalTUp3O<~h ' ʼn 'KC7:=d?(rIg7i>CU.՗,CV5z ^X|-( F0:h:uMP}'d[ у\˟7;Wۑ%?n o#kWV 2ldg203sOVQUUn> Ww -x#[~1_dR8o(_sUMaS/㏿Μoh6L& B!0H-{soٓ7b41q_. f6 YafCQM'TnOD2gwsi7_IVc{w=~f_?O^~>>~ݾ[w.z=p?pNx_>)/Ï~dddx#ړ,dX/o߾UEaA_u=e-g:(goY-{KUrՍT6W(( w͵eݺNU;p=_dԨѬZq{h?gݔ>v=wq|IDAT[wPVZ}QY[޻bێݼ&]8!=B!{m͡ɣSR"ͪ* MU1+j ClR8bVwԄU7B?Ih>fҩcB?ϵ2p Ci_X=GYp}2!rB/E,C0}ʄ$1 K4stx5bx5(UEnQ[{C7@F8y= pܨ6m{SvlNKKצ(Jhޯ0겕 777'sW_1peb7ɮ]\f΄Bf(vSk ~@ 4]bVq;9{Ⰸ/sDv߻;>pE { ^PRr yҟXעrcڱZm*9QUW}U__˵}0p+}'}'kZpY)=,OE h a][zBt밚{s /.Q( (/)*OC -I $th3R47P]]OUTTUE50TL&3fs`Pc6H}ɵ $0G5͏_:Xrjjj0tEU1̘&,f f9j6[ZL=)FP.\QKAQʱR?M1L &-d2N B!"c Vقͪci~4MG400+]eǟїJ$DŤلkuHhBt(445c3 Z5nBt@3ͻJY\9lUFn TgPPNH*̙>Wgք!Xge^·Ky[ W?gZD07?On( 2Xxte1"OPe2Aqf.?-鞸ܗB=OBt ߌ3䠆"I !R"I !R"I !R"I !R"I !R"I !R"}lҞjBA['!'#8̀ tˉmBt WOA 15)#J%lD\!@z/z=Cv!XV!IkGK wCDZ¬7=[R!Yk|!a!!_k`1C B!Dk=Cܚ]#l}o"2{'Z+<_ "Q8C "m3̔_"S IDATx{WUs璜\B$H@R TPݎv8V ŲtQeQU-ERG)"h+X"@@9߻֜ǜ'&uR8ּ<3W9::z<_c#[w}7y|P'80vuƞ(w7~}S9plT:5SUa׷zo_܌wQ_#o~g~2f?K_O޷q=UO\9ĩwq6c{/S<(K/rO)[׾VDaq짖]wⲇwڴ< Qڃ('O㗹qwi~{sK~<|O_ÝG79I=c/},Վ;vZwÇ9y8{G>Ď;w3cȇﻕg=bZs9]j)|OοG_WᆏIwڴj5ѻ!;~oG\p1w}/gV׼K7?~ۍO!xo>w３v朳psعs!zn=|:I>y'w|P:ݻ9p|q;i*hc_|^_Ͼ}{YVϦ|={0[[\tEj>&'{{?b˯{ wZ`F6؏8Σ.ëj [ ;6qͻ1Qu졘9q.yn=?ԧ_W~";WQ>P/wA1募h>t/ټ 'Y~N8G>z=w|67[̭q;h->cs6T攢ןXmPnx޳w'qWqrsmK}]W/ǿ9r(X(_z{97D<,#.rƏuT u*ԩ""}6U''snСCr˭<+H)e~;6P679y'N`1|cbCM{S\=սkx7 _K.yPw^:f}^5#뿏g~rc|3wV^>c{?{!6668t`]mנ\+:U?-k'W|w(Wc'\w]ݾ{ͷ^8vl)貇cG)Zx\5?+}{+^k_ꪫ}3Mg6u7_\o^~m؛[oͻ?ƥW}g|رc>ر_/wqu['`RNP0m{߻K].~];wpmeO`׮mG>vo_SP_%_΍;>9]ʛ}#G_pEO=s޳G?s6|>]/7ݻuyo{8uW\q/{KOf 8m3cgnԡ?\2|ꎛCy'(Xs{pŗٟA@ne?Y{ob=|[x\ɋl$kك\o_y5_mG~zg'6LᦛعsEk~K%QUwYLY^Ǐsaiݻ9ܽ۷;wk^ϡ#>c9Cx/|@Z[ْQNmnr-K.e߾t8:Q>zgksSNq)w_ʫj]عc*(61,4~sYcBE%P/ׂō+0SuBR=v%7BEA%l|v,f<2dp4)LO³k/ =|ĆLd$#8̍fFsY1=O"-vz䢌Gh0X*б`" 9)8hB5tB[EbB5-Q Sql>2P}l|E h:3*>fMY&:AM"%3t25WQ yGŀbU *v4j 9(TJl`$# h, ) :Je^(Qh^-JoQ kA.$zH;qM#hZF5G_mTq+ f92/PXVm4:иQ82qaȓ(iuy(+JdDs<<[tL N}ƫvJaED31D[gXJZD(QV"%4\בEERJ)nƤ G\HEg ԢȮ*Q*qU A!j)y\+VԱ(4?U DšmiY=K"Pw n(HFD)DvYw64[DpRc!feM#ފE#˳1Y(]بGi1btCG}fP?s(}M[k (2E灐J*L?j*%"OIb}pS8f4Xni@AB=XL7TQp*Jq_L9pRs$!%$z+~iAE3=oZ x=PQhd8M XW=`7fSoT7g\3;-Rj2"7[`y$U;QGu bFD3k2(*eR9]4Q9BYNA)zsfڦj\Т`6GF=摺)X#3_Q)g٦UxrhqOѤP0F[SpoeF^=ІՃ9Q"г-.3O~3UŒZ"lSJ67kV5A1* @$9E򲖒C\p-4={4ar3Z1^m@Us蔨^"QFmfF6=Kk;a;zQb'$ 5 K 1zHE0̃8(T!7 1o:mf%6oZDP$J+LjB6pp 1D#J7kl% e& %nmM)wDI =KfLjeJ`H;я3i\;&D"eºG $O4tvZ_rO-a0{ e59Jf^ Rs6SKdzcQ ;{1$C¢f f]A8[ALd@kIƵ%n JήjぜME,h-&RY ^cY[,p`5nJZ: L= <=S$1I-%9 % K'w!ֲF0)S/_&Zk7[>`x)tF.O#GөIIBP0`ɉPMJ?q{oX@8| bh~\TU,z0ETJ.҈^(J3 Z엠K\DՈ,E](JިǦ3Yg (5<%I.ł0DCC 1[ Lt1 B3D 'qYVf yCCi:(UqIpuAj39 % 8E`:l%ee'g]Cu=nDM x4QaFЖMfQgs_DZ 825eOGtHʤᶕ*(8EI#ȘE)MYM>P,zqJjV|lYr,eoAZ.iKiϐ?g*%SD={A"x( l!QR .:%5!PQJ(2n)MMt=ElE\rENn*U2uC\ԌB,2&;RyvlBΜ:Ma HYR huEIDAT͟\g RBf!]I"v,}MDWlvx3 kTI|J KEjΘp nכd n!0({ݓ.H5JVh=vFBO]^GԗKq*Q%O'ԸuN3pFhe̪ A4[?QxT ض(e=^):-UK %%* I2Gh֐\B fi/N.Fjń&кS* Z b6,0LiMf#F 6w6V'&M$4aR9S-Cv87GCDo} -`kK2wde;%2f h.D7d#{9T>NkF-Ax&%ꄩǚФY~KeNX~h<͍"N떳<ʚTo,e%;oAԦGf~+D{ȫDZ4JUso%zFER6 sk7_Tiу8JXiR ޤaVwo-΢/*bYn̓~x}OHd,]u_nHϲ(AwK%{ұ*m ճO1CEuL7:TRHךqCN5,(]'D;FQMYɊ-lI4-  ?F2b>Ifi"KTo@Jn&%.&9xE~eRbcHn}FDZ: b[o>3.UQQqL Bvr%QųL+%Hְ[%݄ѻbvEڡXd_2j 0 u .jN MGѪBK PC ސ3=phBwiƇy¹!C؆b#׌DEr!v5z:0 H*FӪ Y?Q<p ( 2 R2k,j蕲I%aBWRh{<m-֤G39uv$+e5v r}bCnKjh0EF4wِj]FCF=Ѻ8 lIdHYҷ$jN űAHJX84)C@Lx7T /ufPug3pTB.z5O[뭔Z'+=fxd O17P"iJEi"Coiz}bĬQ! 8Lwu tݮYg,`߫(Gxqa=%yhʚIـ /p.Q5:) X"23$'yH;5=`R@ZKĆ-R}lVuBRDȭ=f0ب޶(eh5)um\JO(2BZS=vJH*gLEu@T-:K9́'JԆ܇d$$!d枒hS#OpJɄm%%퐮TJl`AD- kFyFn7%1#5e/2-[ USUqtLu ^"&6Jnh)”Zh. E#Ei"$yPʟRS)7&\|%Pff$ 矪hs1 5@\kTC1`&)['əQPdyƀVf/OmN%E)Lh=Ѹ L\Z0ՀP:FCd8<Čl R#J,}ӓ)D$j yDWc% PdĐI&TT>gC!{m9mE4DZK愿IRQKEb{">:8ޒTiR"EnpXZA"Z˒$}2 .`ZBVd ī94$:A@:Q昲MEF2Hl΋"@QGɮTZ2Eu1#jê֥yY,D% .}Dd!H=gMB90֬x^BC;5NHFTyU Ӎ#[a%5u2h@s `vbaA'ϑ61b*DÜrfK].(É%Ci}gFRMYiи + [&IYī@ =6X sq_EG!zĕxА다m{dL5*JuR7ɹnϑ֕t:=4L: c`R〢Ri{7iR'j"SѴ5ϪA)?P)OO}n XwCn&ɹNHoR8z:Hʫ⛚V'J,#-, yQŊ<=D]p5KTħ{eWqRJ8݂uöe&OYYN6G?c'\] I*Q}HgxAaG]-JW|J6Zy/q,R;%OS,V*s$#l@t8ipWDH,A#l ?_Ũ1o97Wi4´"N5Ejfy7ω ILDyX:[lo YHx2Ů4Ik!=4[)m8;S# NkMzթ$k"im FcGb#)9k&T!:bbVEb2#QjKD"N,OַEIN5N>#=p|6SV^`7AʴLtZ(+t2xS*Ri 5q-OLٚOfiPM㾹3I.cgҙJMt st1BZىӆrMgǟsϨiha`5c[CtÒK:JWF Ѧ%{,XYIE:Lub`9Rԋr3j ^iNؼ0d63Bf6&iii 37|FzQp/悉| ˈѢLQiR1M+`[I.fB3{.FnBJEèN14%Ry[#i@w),/h1oB}rbXiBz)eI1[0w֐ZiIyQi۶@gK*-\wf3,6=FB闥f jJ!5Hdz9ZT{GґŁRC5P }X!k [= *Be+(Yc1"-_R2C5%i"I"dfP\E4-1,AOaxᅻs1C]qIi 5T`B!e ݱ4FwQQ:UtfX4ǚS\IyX rM3PǓP^".ҷNSr|[ꚜnKQ _Y BȢ1/#2LAO@=I?YA)QͯpB<Ř ^exXXq:aa93_{keXZkhż&5>%z5[I|R2 J]"[u)EKbR<0 ! 'XDufcc^F,%M|Y) ,57=@&qKf{],xe[miXQ $Sn$cOO1gMc䌍! J(C k]m>JsG()I2@+vW2sGH֜bz3+L¸3AJj(f&?𵚓j#/q jl/آk۶jOeucUw^K<[Ti6-G̨iAwfz3n8O.2xrYFO0@du2iڹB1Ya7FhPlW y|KD$Fgzd*xo:4^ΚUM: ͌RW 3z1pd~6!r"Ν AG1̰8BohFKnbR03ZjX$"y1qXĵT4h0nPM:ƿ#0 _ c3)5ܳ,ryߜ&=ʲ{!1.RhpH LPM^rDsqP)H[HL-n,X-MZ  =-Y{l /PS&<'D34H?qȋ{p!IʉS|~M '|l"5wE6@1FHT\gl,bӒrwj]ȧىjNYuV /D$?o0*5ʝ*ZJJ )"iu4L\s$8 /\ĖKrPOt)dZS4nxI;U&4I@,>7)9gsL I$Pu\z""$ۥ;Rjqb9d)\|V_& vSb3<~#ȝ-̵0*̽JcÏMs#b%MA [>C!VzIaK{fpIf\L|pwI֭Q#Hu 1eQ2Õe7J);rAWŇ/&E-؉2% tåD& 9hVq΁Y ECbT澖X;b c6Q _{K<%֔Zz5d*6|w{1̪rgA%}ak!`Ka,k a. K{,t[lV-E956(0+iDVhB%t;VkC#pZL" 77YPZq[OkPt5fP ߦV޿ޑ2)oTn+&eBRcg4ihn@Qx&K1Gwr&4/aˇM _0n/ij\,y.+s=Gc&%e‘_&FK *nx1MpQ=x%Ád$#b瞴6fZ15:S*+< 4˅5;}A!' S}̑/[oɰ')I1&sm쐔y2!N(ݷY" [.I'Ns@8HULyp" <3-q_ޫg~`jxQWЬ%wTZu5$` +֜"t-lL95\DH[+5MČg4,d^݄fѫs4梫bHJHe򐍯4zuF3 2epWnhIwIesM>J SJ:byy^R=Kd̀ۅtZۢ)3#ېFIENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-progress-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000003237112660640153030512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRrAsBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxwxٷپY%[rm`C$@ K IBB:iBȗ)47 ^-ْmn;3+WVI+#uݝ9s3gΜ@ @ @ .L )ًpWw@ Bg (}>&/JSŔ>/xِ;-7S'r~. ܔ>ޓC;nDb㓩(@ZV[W)$iTI@ rFs[%{7sՒUKhҪV6&̺w]aP~ʖ߱Z4wۻdT+fkɉV~SHWifWאH=U`KI[H"$HL;>zW(ȦtJn&3o,f*`61bK}^ƒcA/v4;p7~7h4bZUd[ԓo޶׎t9,}wKO۟Kǰ`j.fb)q*?ۜ ByH9W}u#+{wN^xt9>%W^toYYw$MwCDOo7~Iby[)R[q _$''M[[[s 4sMGYKo@ .ֶ&NaTz<;W#Ip\'NrRǎdjA/]@nFVo:ʺg݁C fU60iVTUcM-{GKZmox~9|WN[M'5136TΦǙrQq8RRƥeĭIM0SſGQU`Eع~멪*,W. g,,σ7Axmɐud7E| h$4MXccԽ/U\5=ۯʆO)~TTג'kdބt~:~R7^؀V3zWu &gqil{UO%SC>v?<3?v50at-^Ą훟CZd\$K3h VWV]N0?Bg񵺶>ⶉf_;FBPcM~IikO߽s2yL:ZC#/lf!E@U |n-W-7z2Fl+#򠓻.oJӢ(:ؽ{7[Ff3999TVVEɆX^idfO̡5irby73*w4c կ>f:UU$2ߺiټ4'r-XǾ%3o F2yGZ ?yy'e;Һ7qVʸ"k玥o_T6peh/o`tAyy탽ʯod%E^RLM]C?dYlr+4[QҪV~+_0㊋7{FXkX~']|@<_6+"mc0㊋w'7=%udc:ւi(_׽ݝ4} 477a6k !!ɋ/w܁`@*tő!i¾`RWu"Io<'x`,W{q:]%ynmmlW`F ?Ż@-oBhw_FaN2&{cv&vH2xEt{CjeFŇe[t7u9(1e 51;Xڬ6K|.m/>׺;vnN6x0w^7_W뛏ainKFr,H]}y9!3foI 4|b f6Ggo5. =;:H1Y}B:-nJ碪jX h봑CRJbg݊^?6 Y)q'`z#zx$z=k 32ظ NԱܹd*6{~6ӧM Mñc4ZJ#-1͊d$+:l?4_&}N@q,c-nI~V?K^Y3ܻ|? Z:l"}s%fOFqјy2`OH\> s+}=U-?il4ZA_Vm9%s{~kK/)O)h6!3#^e֎nv2SAf! F ~B|<;Vgł޺g1fOAQTQQ(?-K~Jm;g/T/v5coY8yutt= a6&66&/}%}c'pݸݲ M4u h⸈ u m+qq,c&ֿonմ86e7n9;lr+^~&X {嗌yN258],)ȆQ|m4 )@0Ԝ:]÷9YJZWbƸ,~ǔ7gA(RcXֿXx{ `w(ٻ뮿3g jB>U=$IH-ۅva$ uz4-c&C3D<#DD6:+gR%s}; vrr*Kfɝp Iq7򡭽Y&.yހ=Hhu鍠=67ƆQ@0|$$$PS܆nG#IfRR "vbLZMqՒU8nA枇b@0RIH;[`9HI ˍ&yB`u yR7 ͼ~ې9$ș̆0Vδ4K@ *aoDr@ !r@ !r@ !r@ !r@ !r@ !rAPRϵ hsA!"8xA.5!ɧbYdfe3︓>gD*n-MC72Cq.gH$jB~ϗ7KmM5>oyL IԄ||;ft~>ZTV\ڵkeYƏc&/.5-WwvG3[noi/2e43ןP|\.V?4Əg"~7:j` ?ۡ|W|ܼ|&L~~ȏ[ _"i`7?0c((?M$ǁIԄ|Μ9<#޽2/+<Ȗ-)-9dg]WO%իesǎۜ,/cٲe<#A}ܻo/oLsScX>%\{?O)))-[ؿo/~ - ςǶm[dK/~Cٳ{w}LuM5?zmq 5o?wv/nzN:Ezz:˖-#))_3f{"Xp%ǎ0utz,]^ۦ#3(--nSv8ch}jZ:G>9LVVV>ʞo)Sرc1v3>S5P^^Μz_{Ѫ[(_"oj軏N<7׮a̘1^_VOnq ><|~M v'w`ZDOfmTW{uuu̝wt{ċzVa˖Yt̚u1֯j׮,zGNn^>-gӳfnw2}p|K=ztP_ :u PQ V~cc#_ʗH_B}Ѧ^GMSS?Gp$b~2fl<_.~Ϙ1QU6C_㺣G=x((3$ [QQ7e8ׯ죾O322Ftl6f3gδFn|~Czzz/_***HKKخM"WkhjjBejjjx{YxG8}4nG{(--v*|6jHLLWyvшdqP>n'-jkkiooիl[0GU`ߴjW?MKK F?ZTTEEբ ˻S($j{(N 9hF^}OQFQrUQQ&ӅsD`0#-9QU:.CاC) znNυ?#UUED.Њ'bH#;>,ŸU8.\^o@ g %\`DM]n+].!f0A A@08'V\.!AVl及#\XDohE![f珪v\.(oJQ?As~3X;Hc؆V\.!~Nυ??BQ{^A8[:nEAsFT\tS].\C znHNυ??sF3<ѡAQp8@t:4Cprr gz-1-apj6,".ͦO@|&Vn`v$ &|GUU:,45piQ,C Ne ŨyVV6 f:9tp---~cD!*GsO2S!rD FCjj*s^2,o(^=l AB.#!@0B.#!@0B.#!@0B.#!@0B.#!@0B.#!@0‰2p֎ͥק#$ L:,0t8p\~|``hˏIDAT4tz=Fql !J;:Jk[נ߿) $p)0-4jZ:;KAFCll,9٣?S!䂀ia,_8+NhppXQܲd1itb줪SV;T ᠥGHLI&1!uˡG\=ovhԳi z| ˯MtR]SŔiIK@QdCVAhZ223h4;e /B.8*w`fv(J-EQ"%%EvasFrr2h43D (b0pn1a]PVhxY 4:u4gma6FCq$_@ڢ+^3-C0)FBClpGϿFaF_9%FGZl?c^!fxQPmojn#99yQ@rAHTwIײ`lOBE'zS MabN83?/G*QUUh)UEdYyQ/rAhTZiH/BL. ӧr䑯a ާ-%.v qjkDyugߐE$YQ@܇sys͠N BN[_ieTa6R$EA@ҀF-huYtG'32:7|=h.: ҭNuuyP^&?l^UUp9]Cf' >>aPBa\b>QȵUWyi=d..96a+EٱͯKsRMFJC?_ F#.__~՛S|֛N'+=Wɻ>9̟GNOFj /ǡC.O~q s)7/ڻ-<ݧ)Gvf _::#Cx#ή.(')1ĤDlv㊋? ㋙8a.I6e3M`t>, / N ]Xȩ~~Z۳ wfϮq:Rr7g{8}ܻNQ>9tew9rPW{MN:67>x a8SH@`дANB*rS=,O["uF;Ym~6nªU7㳷|*)-xO}^youpe/=]=Kɱcl1>)ƻ8^^d^q[`ijlj Fv UUXml6V6͎ep8q:X-֠iMVV6u~EAX->CrJ 'JKOW_ò7"+ UU9^r %XrJ\.'˼X,.r17y8QZ䚥7phokw.NB! ):jkk(GwC=߸@2Q:w}[EIlwhqz )iiAعk ]d&>!}-7hWu:]WO٣Fȳ?wuq|gys~sH:\UD^QY͙V23p8^꽰z{zf( mxb4p:tk^]7"G ]mV P@mM5f"..آbȾi3fa6q9@MU%Fg^96ckk6c&fɻHB B"]A?w1F.x,bƎ)-+fvQwbu]*κzo^}u.O^RtZ貒pQ?cM\2g7cU6{{wk}İ|s;&s q[Nч;0L9=p]8Vˎm[$ >p3-6-7zZ^ƾ/碜4Ntzh$|.u_#D^V&'# >nl6oUW0w}gGb(PQYJzZ:+*2io~WUYvp8Z,ki4O@"2VϵxL&O{X,]X-:FgG7RӃ$I$$$b4yfX- wl7z#?/ś`N6..v B js{11Nyӓ rg;F7glS ڴ k1NJ-ʺH%F X,>!3F>м=J01SF6JK}IE>TQAE7rN|5a8cj9F3*):{qO{/ 윰 !䂐xf+ESc<]:^{JVl hup9QN$ш@kGZ>u*w"a9y,b↩v|/4YA1rW{g+BrAh}q:]8vKӚN?A*$DlBuz1)SPl6炔$ U'꾟&'o\0!$d23 NF`0ǩniA>uCU t%$`9*Sj$&%J^h23Bo |XUUo}v}ӗ}7!)judg";{. łfnDN ^hh4OLL z[N8GD#!䂐xf1G&:D|W B ($eKn%XhsyrA@$ RcsKkw.hv&5)ssU4 qqqX,]wX4!$ hEqvyDd>8 ;UiV]3Ę` wT'NP8v,qq詠NN3et{e0 Raa#l?pJ3$Ǎ!)!1iY@fNʎh"BI!>.&O!55m؆ ”|upl1Hětf>\Y&55E9~_&>r:ZrAP@Q% -#!@0B.#!@0B.#!@0B.#!@0B.#!@0B.#!@0B.#.?@0@ C_C q$JwR^ 0||7uGw@ qޝlx_/g;Z 謣;99D*Z ו `[@  =xWqO4._{^ ѣG{ROTޣ qb@ DI}Ew\r@ 6=3Tz3绖"oƋ@ tϠJyg#t$I 9Ka~  >?*˒^IENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-calendar-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000005134212660640153030416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDR)ZB/sBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxwxT_[{BH'"WݫlH`EџիE* "U:! uGȒdwSyΓ3sf{3@ @ iQt @f;6cQw-1v\@ ߫|h0"3`jfAm\u3^0SFuh@pTYWt6=D9[mܠQY3)u3^0͙q?y%5-dNqy vVPyp WWp=6MbP9ݟJ*9k$i,& ?O jb y?lz2cRzM-8enӤ܃40:%TԢ-"6^}uR~} Òv_&рtQ߰d] (/(|NIIN L&#jwwWow?k0͌r:ο*=? 9JIwn&,[jOmjNM7՞ɊIU(bd=hZ񡾾NdZMDʒV}4@&NOQi KeC.PΣpFU9vkflcF_hYGԤΝo`-\? ytAlsFO:\bbb\ve+f0q2%S3O8+S q|d䓓W@WWC o9&jjkqQIDXkF]Ƥ6pͨ,ufd璛W7W"B}$\txzӻg~趴7sͨˬk=٭17L @zǠVYg䓝[O -ׯo۵g6gVOܵ[,2COj8 sQsC)ԑSŗ 򢨼J]^z)՘tTYy{]?GIo8KByq{RZYw{q4{_PlS) eքDRQ㓭'I/$<4jzJfWLT IIE-?~SI/vo9O䱄z[T[_lǦ4ھs`En4f3eU:壭ooTm4$'׃*>~g*Ʀz?SG9&ei㯺kXL9]W]~w(mMT4.#[oi9TU&-- ^o`0>8p, )ZVGͿr9u'2"|F_ƽY7]h2q43rlT(w 8rY0+r2-ޒ\dq?w^3fm`[BXxH:G_`?om:[֎GcҐFB4<{ Jrp so RIB.Ğ<'TJ&@'=savۚ69VOj͌k0vV{]V椔955'%zRV [ Dh|3b0UpWhHLLo߾M'4$___*Gf[X^޼yex2fhMM&&'B&H'l4F"'h1Y8޴wȨXzJNi3%yE\{yOu |k$7Y =wBӵf  l|s=F<=VQo0Y#(.)kn {ظ8yG.n\4ROGak:'U]Wlk5^ߖמ&ftnSg'pM05{Nee%gϞ3 رc..j&cxSQaf;rS2o8w^7OWn?_ F67Ot /`}1 Cjq47 FWWe5zq3_[I:s,yB͍"ZzK\\ԔU牿5y5L B}}si* }uu5v\KZ+'Y~z|}Dee%'.~=#ٹ\\\4Z-Kn[4=H3Y|}| 0/<\H8~ye LZӮCfVXF!- l.o_:VwG_ReIKgK/(fqhl̟TqwUsulΏSo 2Βɽ|JEM]C4,Л4h69lʦ&sMsna bVmW*; u|zM]777]Q(hZ1b_BkL0,(*jjRRQc|ĢVD&LK'S7ӭ' PQQ٬ܐ`c|}|d&Lًʫulnh$<,-{Q*\=8IPRQwdѫg<9'[>hW(l&᩻F-m'YeD<%Kz5W^ ][m񳨔G^k$KlIF\ծBLۏjOzj3ztHh>.ߴ~ֺW.ZR?d\8!Hn Nm~Ʉ &&<HdxLYjt zL&3j?_"#QT-.H[L]R!|}O:tCR ZtjBڕ޲NLn^%e \j4AXkMgGWUUNW aa!ddf_PNK9Ud&4$j)*Ң7psu%44 _X%/eڜ;?snvi9*Í?}͵R^}~@o05>7jmM^uVMl~iFj+1'@Tፋ@x÷qITT>tzn㺿LI5F&աsRռMrS72~T~D_VB(+";y'NNotx S&|I Tob_݁2^z5VE{ROu@?/6y̭յb¤U˪LE[7B&GW?2A@В>Z~#_=LXۅ,]y@ &%d0)@ kI Y#LJ aR@F@ 5¤&%d0)@ kI Y#LJ ȚIi-)\ϟ?_ڤ" ~Z"GUgg-g48qa&B#ph43ӧ/Q磃s7n| ivk筌5 ¿zb+d-t<:>q= tvs~sh$7_~G}6N'ݝ+Vv5/@ri~پ?$77K;5k&)IN>EBBK,^ݻww%L'NdgX[?kvj6{ڢfގ|=a8!x-i\mh [-<4O=EfYf h{ZkKի%??^sylu~6Z`ur\ay՗_гgV54clQ[[ˠA9}:t[4`)/.yfp.~yeyIgѐΤS8v]cYM⑹3a""" k-6]ڟo|M=k8i;jۙ6clа&ֿf"w>t^^/l_{۴Xo~V\ѣǨixxx`0:\_aa!111-?WGw䘦bbb(,$Y;˒8q'c!<prm[N3Ƌٿ(mK ?ɠC ꫯtNǣ߃̟NGii)삺M 3ϬODFERUUլw{!CQ}^>c.nsfu~=}&GY7IшR䕗_Keט.vӦ?Sƍ+o^KofEƒŋNOIMe營-X@JjUrm[N1ƋY^^KY޽/gҘ8q"޹zs`>KvN6>xÍ曧/#Gؾ}OΊ+߱c'lB4n:in㧟/3L4`{~_wqCs7K?x lflFJ%/[GYYLGtS~,4hIN>mwʫ7ަ9-Iˋ/@xx8g?d7XoY/xxx0kLXf>gmУhxvj>f髞y {{t;~KK,nֳ|ߣ'=z&Gܳ:8T@@_|~~,x1 @QQ}W^o,)(~4ixI Luf 5{oFL& { fF:ҦapwoӳgO~///-﫪;2mڭI#Lz szئ9-/cytN=Lff}FF~Y&zk=%-44ǎR-lCTOVVWd9vl/3gǐ!C۷Yȑ# IgU=rm[N5^2:\Δ)Yh1ZVӋqMS,\s5;xyy1K} 8{,'O%KR\\Lqq1/SWGfV9jDۦظW7[jdڴ[Ys瓟gcmNӧ/ 唗/71Ѫv-E0nv%SO1tXI7xѢfyf͜ɂ͛7^{m=D~~> 8';7mboNjs[u׵@]uO \F@ 5¤qIsʊ~[||}Q]U%J W}*_ԭ0#&&%d0)@ k$}xRV'g uZݢ'%d0)@ kI YLYdg夡):ngRW8aRDC^WЕQQ# IDATV)et zh44:a< nɰ^A( w(ϡʖg uho=,֏՛OP;MӷOwFHܩCyܱVr˨Z axdڤg>:8Yi!minha:kF8Ui#\a|KtAYLNd;Ĥl~X*OCۮ 9#Є@-Z=zYUS[o=sb yI0JeC $R8=K[Ao0邷Ҫz6r 3~Ϧ@UIx)/ htTω /e`?Ҫ q~JO/OMdm/֯5أSMi G"k1jy&4F/.g[8VȕpU;h~Ζ̢j1%߲6:):*k 4Iv;!k:t#vWQP[o$ݩ3ud4^x<"کzOgWdttz#9{l< `J㏴&]/wGW#kn.5:nS7_™Ji~Sz- ?̣'nNdڴG rE4ێ8WN[:-{sH>St| ?n[q phw<GP!,x[\kΌXqi%l0EuA$*ȃZֿxtaQ?[lIv#ݏG&}Ζ!hAIV)9Q-nI '!gK<^lB &%d=@ h/'%d0)@ kI Y#LJ aR@F@ 5|,jJ%>>GV7=q(*TGNG^n55 yzz[.gKh$7'JJ%AvFEE4!4<K1cFaҥ߿ٲ:,M%UUxzzVVZWT:||}b41#9TdX[WNzܹC#i5\b[MjsdDTYޫT*ĉ,_?R:M,cb[.// .WGNvjkβI#""ܜROT* BRY)s?HVKNv6= BT53*шRz[: ٳyi&zpL":6OVh ;MGMusRm͝9RJ&:6~'..xy{;DG#J M05#Q[s~n77FiMlC=o͠A-SҤEVTUVT*l8R;EݻҖlz=&ʊ [rtf ο_@z z=HbgӦMZ͛73p@g45r~ZEEhC#*:Exxz#/OϤa2$&6!C`__33tT*}|9yד@@``~`h~Ak)jzAkZbW_}u)))xyu?3IӘ͍8 tD~CtRg)7 ],{@Ј0)@ kI Y#LJ aR@F@ 5¤&%d0)@ kI Y-Lj۶mL:xٳwudd8y$~;zbȐ!|ǒkh|WrL>>}:(//g̙$$$п֭['[ƍy8r{%113f8MڵkV?4u1w\|}}e޼yIc֭XYbSz]E0;0j(ԿrJx /Yl~ѣY~=FQr w聆̙3)//\GS>SFAbܸqTVVRQQ ;v:f%Ur=h{h4|ג׿sNJKKNT|lC=o͠A-0?ƀMrf(FD-M[na͚5PPP5k[-ilڴUVyf4"`FsDAsRM_76;３ j.O.{ҥбb h$%%ˇtH0CR̰CN3: ڍ &%d0)@ kI Y#LJ aR@F7s ;7t^5DOJ aR@F&+tONBB L>tu3sL߿?֭s[ aO )!U~[o^0ȝcp' }x!g w큟kp5)k ˷\cq5kÆ СC:t3{lu,\8]tj>H ÞRȰCWa>9I][ eDZ+sZ}z}]KNKKoյ[i޼y[غu+hXcڴi]ZOSbҥ\r%}Md@y~ [:w:-g mJ+uG!۞|駌10Oqxש 60vXu6JNNvx->8+@OأC*|9[PjZɕSp]EIL&6nȻW\ɤIXv-QQQlٲEr\s +Wdٲe]555!Jgd'GDwi5TUkկ%UtԷ~KϞ=իSG9uNbԩ̛7Or?< 2hV_[!tH3!‡[?D!ӯs[Ԇ x衇V޽{7o2o<+@yΜ9Ç gȑZ)d%-R3;Od{7h1'R5m۶ARR4ݛSQQAEEn?N^^uuuK̟?Ar ߹s'L<٩:wF-[Fqq1˗/TGII l߾˗pB6n(F њghM2D5 _e3dt%I+Xl ©:QT$&&;dOOO.]?,_[JdCm:@FNNw},X_]lML2/je= +JjbMGbbe)dX!e k: шf?2@#IZ_˚-s!99@FFgĉ6m+Wr/_θq$ȰCtH c޼yb0(,,d͚5Ƥ (d9'%1a~aRSSh4p ,\Prvٌ5ZƌË/(&@-RȰCǏg٤5\ÛoiI*@hmL2wά^HI7P?~#w^F@8 =_|1㮽CdgMͩ@-PsnnpO &%d0)@ kI Y#LJ aR@F@ 5¤&%d0)@ kdqk8v~~X8*+jFTCXxjBjkjtx:1 IKE;4m8QGMM5JPTkv>JI6&ZRQ-B 36DQaYI //o Z-ٙLTG#Q$B8˔RӑyO""h4RX/I<Z-^R ]xT*QՄSeXzJR$HVr:J4N_NJ"l6SR%PqmzRr OO.j2()r l)H>yɄ+i%T]U;Od2CDd*JRM)+-iS]0RWWK~^.qN8U;`15[TUUa44of3:\ a0Ih0bb$8^"Ycp0VK@b~-yyK^o[( ݉ + GRR Br&i7G zR뀆TJLncRMo=h|-?D~^i)ͣ&R/ٙt:T*>>Np6~dgeP- D_'54f2q 8ۘr燯z p %$42!)BL Y#LJ aR@F@ 5¤&%d0)@ kI Y#LJ _@&Q =WY^/C][Y 8ԞݻU@ pIzG+.BĹ@ 5¤&%d0)@ kI Y#LJ aR@F@ 5¤&%dM`(F#&l)% RJm):jfr  sE%MIzrrr8~%%ΖsѡT*#118..VϬNRZVI8( 9/z vދ֤F#:xnj%6.Jz?ٹT*1m^:*xe E|N='fANVME{MF#Gq㉋l9%...$EoJhh(^ҙeIĸ%V*pssƫߏs$vl6SZZJtL\DEPVZ^*f3W1zH/ Za(-df}L&L&/Lf3jLsquut>6F:˞)޹G1ԢP*_3ɓ~tf%"CT;1TWGSc4Ą0<WRQXBޟ8է~F#-[>~7||6.> /.I;stUemCF%.y3zqp ? 5/k,gK`>9 Ć̌xa4+0d \IDATϽ=KII0);LIa cDžaL\S j*Еc-d4cR{׻/ ._ˋr8sJ @T`65rgLM tpmJE^#ss6on%!>` '*ETT)P]]b:yw}5q葹U6Jաl]yڳ#/~B8703Aozь`^RpU\&ekBa.ΜFa2PB J%(UR+\Jt݈ `ݢ'Y]lwju~92` &FWvgnR"L&˗ӧW$,GxnC[[q_.)v4599[n<==>|8>Wznc,slr 9k0z#TVa_ n{Ntx0]=mJIkѣ{{14joZ& u$C7o"" A(c{c:lsM Tьլ4ƍǒ%Kظq#9ruqM79ۅs$i ND g$SSW,R)ԋwA[^ ET>7F$Oۉirpgt;i ѓAxal²ϝ(z1DiɌfԱrJx fΜIPPnnn\vel޼ْ?dʔ)7 -...lڴ<==6lGzq _F/^LDDqTVV\tf5#^!}Hͫ VZt+o4|^]gPUh45LӼ?Ӌ k{Y̊VyOO`‚IYz=$ QEa:;Pb"CCY|=xKL ϳf ", ˝>R"LſZlLfLF3Ƣ|bToŠf\Ls[uޞ~c26S]=joeQ\\LppUG`ժU$$$4˳~zX`W}#** uY{=;Kի:t(6l@K٣t_JglQ- J% RlhŒAJ#1c6+Pꉊ+33# aD(..o3~;cqxtut&hZ4iHبM&$\]-dp95;(-B?x_[KNNnܴO|̃ˎ E;$E(nƆiEEE464țcA {H7l~ǃ9 EDinoF=jŨڅ:zYnv{0ÑiڠE1k,6mԯ\s 7x#_5n%XȺ륺:n^EggG::>XPs4v̜PK tMj A $l ƴ,4U&+#?'Qwȧs7sfܴ,Kne!v2OA55qgOMtܼ~xzٳOd"xgEGk{iD*ɍhcơo W!s WAڅ6f9Ok`i.|&dWTիX֯_ϡClݺEq:8jjjXtYEj…XZZ[[Yre4mɒXlwFu vquKc28ж{t`$jW.i{56sZI(^f0*NpXx8cT>eyt W r\<}\zzώm۹g*6wܵ:/Ådo'=ʫYShki5+Xf 464v*.|~\"v{Be֬h,HDRB28X׌W[[p!z &XWO lSeD.;ț5>F믿[oMy̟??'~Ee* \t:"b"UYSOǴi9rJJJi˗/gi\|\<n s=jc!R듚|zn.޺OwV1u\. w>GUUnze2?eV</sN;g! )0qXv+7.qXcwF`%L<%rtwر eꔳ(.)\}7fTLbF$ ^VZß#wWjnL*gL~n|õ/^W얛=k57%ՙd敗_G7B07o_yszQ|Q,3#}X, P4Rv9؟>L颅ؾqɥΎ?m'VwrD <{̛=^Ţ!ՙjT>W6kۧ'b@ 'r'(+clJj}|7 cv!I`6sF\(yj4>a"% /w?XZ[[ض=FSgxf;z7 udYuncYluC7"z┥Kwvɨ \Bk2?cc biN4ӡA 5hK_9g6rBD, 00 47d FNsSs4,Ȳ((jd=M=\IyAuH{~_ȗ7MOÓAQeЃ !;wRzĉSҊB233tl>lizhȉngli`[,* vxCL9dH%IN@3hǷau52TBMױt43Y)L.@-{ I0퍄$ ,ˌd>++HȊmW/H%rgv\Pe%MP#߈ 0JKH";;\N>yB/Ml$%IMp:C}0M00-ӴMܾpŜ ғ#)+R-,m}N[[+7'SYЌ_(0)e'^-%Iug2o#'D긣i)E$͡o>E.T.=Y dY$)IGJ" ̣".B4F@ !R`X#DJ  kH a)@0"%5BF@ !R`X#DJ  k}|d!qS~|C &:`a#|*\@Z2 kq A@7?lew_MHLB sLI7 %0T7pTl܋YV.+Pfe Q"PP6M&Ex `K"TD{,H,'P:b@ ؠ"X}F%#DJ  HO^DWbGIEz @  meMϱ #XbaO\ PZ&KIENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-entry-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000002554012660640153030007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRx*sBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxy|MNHM@?9KU b *`mV(xjVڪPP@p&rFL }gi2CK-]o|d0ҳ‘\U{ 5:/(*%D>/0WQaH]/57m.Ȧz9/宑J;hW̞>![rV[>7NrtCj1(z*t omr6=+gϲ:M׭k2fˎF9m8W.>ٲ^?`I]>.[9M݌\g w7ZLd&A!#GpШX (- J:sBo_B"BlxhkAQ)E%eMf$%đFaqEfIIJѓ\6*˦c =EIYYRrib4[nZO^a1FfoKz΀tZme. [vWCbgF3bdZ8_qc/,Fs3PVţRXv8 Nv¢nUIcؾsؔ0~3\2@llL|ߡw\lѣlV \O:6Nt9PUեQ^ˈs6q6#:x iEh<\& O"4ce];VFXQU]41|QnMP? wc'/[A~^rғ:OBQTx+־UH~idYo Ndư9iтWp{.$j4mN#ٵgps{ccclH (*8M;FڣӴ_TNseOnW5vC0vx*o}"#edg1{r&˃1[v3kbhf̑J|hBCBP>ͷ̝:̥fD6$3glʑ$ņoPtAʋ旋sە#y}QRIMIwwtEZ<&r,+guۮc_FՙNΎI>œ[hP6h] tv'D<}̙iwbⰤl@aƞ=bS 31䦟sgGd"Z+55/ 00AYE࢑VVUSQYhB "6&АևsaZZe:ax,*Y~3CZ. y !-5A -% g444rɌ^O||, ,oɌ^#.6"eԑU#˲[ۻcoYy%XV ~~t*{O 糏ŵxQU0}5M,V^@3 e_Ti_;7?X:o4yv7@Ȑ@>\{7`O шF *:xQfhh2 { 3`2[ib;dS46 bμE;dy#Uw-@ CjyVNp*B*g;ΙA d\_sh@ E/< N@@pa#@ a> 0BF@|!#@ a> 0B' *;o'V:'@ 8W;={p>r.#8w@;*+>  @Tt *#G]D|B"^zپ_blcb0LrrޟW `6k2S4x{lsW9#/?믿4qETV~ĚbaC5p d /\;7m)SOHd䨋x7~,>藔̭FCCCzl3Jʣ!CqRrzWG_}|'Og,_py;{ይ[(~Gii)w+ ˎرonzu׳tȑdddfC.ï}I勭[v~ l|ǝwpU~=~=wurߟl\bO=4Jd?,Yr;.K8}5ز;gPШIcGt  >C ާ 0O8y~ Ozz v8KǙ]#͌9#N?~tssUl=ŬYHLLt;rEdd޽XQQԋ/Cxt^'O2w|rί;wW/ܾ̫#j= ZQQAjj{jj*m'wyy9)))}AN.fϙCrJ*Q1$%PU]2|YYK[MٺW_a/=z ~ݯ&ڧ4L{V,穧Fexb-w/[fo-Kcbb8}{~~>ﱱt477ۿWW~jwv[n[o('._G~~S?wy>WyԨQop4O}>oS  knnFF8~pWSYYIee%< ̷/\5kJ\CsLII {˴#FOf](..kxgwxZlb*փ즛XbyyyXV:̭汍$b ?X^] {y#wy'Ӧ_"׬^MLl njedz>a)S?̜5SL;a;?<˚5ܹ?n|WwYY\|ɥ\4z I<γ;<-[w6Ϝ5x)7ҋ/~񋻙0~/ )9ۗ,ah߿??[E@;pb/ ڔ4YU EN1޼6ǧp +bbHII3y3+ _Dȭ@|!#@ a>ˀf p@ pDѠ1 ^MW'드*ͤ,:0ftv&5E./GLLZK 脢*Wbc"lJڽ&f|yk {+ +?7>ڻxMzKVZ""{+ "<"S5^WFj?0:M8HwŤ\ a> 0}@ & $>#_VsQO`( r-9:~|yDx /;>Htrgʐ(2Dx /[.Fv+a-^9aWķ #_} 0^0ˆvxAu:kۇ/p/ *k"^з>(12a`}Ѩ""^wN%:D ;oWWG:Em{x@EUi'ZjpjkӀO%=1x*ϏyS2ya2E9<L PT*9dZڽ&~~~Ȼ_Z ?tZ 2wC^]Pd?,ūO:~h(lj/\4L8#e 0BF@|!#@ a> 0BF@@,2f2HFAs_ PPi VE}iTe[5Z,ρ6а0Ljj:KL,yV/Y)hOǨX2b^IEeٻg7NNjZ:Z7b$۷}V%9%eV(*fׁ,5YIhl:_bi(̾e3HKIܠVc_G@rכ'q8&yR^cBv~Z| ~+2*555$FnBmM e"a4[ELh`2^Iyay^GQbŰlm[潾Г+_MGQ}cmjFh4Sl$V5⊍ogsow!9%PC@dfΔWSFrzo6[ ڴ?wW%3Bu?!*XYcF4g$ף$*(IwG4{#>Iҥ}m> *aU@QL/s^@ѣr#%z(jS $Z IPPdE@Z xq_gCUODӋ }w"aI>21>*SEגKdLփiT4: VB"HȶTs3ǧ=27m?UlN|MW~'9ĎooWUQT(`XdXh b v6bER$ $ h4тV'mMˈ@$AREO|AUٷwljk \Q.A žK b2~`1gx@D,?mSGIJ́}T4#Gp5K`` Ǐ_W˗i2Y>f2V0S]RT[7PhD534-S\:N^'22ѣGRQQ)ge?0 Ch fǘ~1"cѭ/,vm  믉2!Ǐs嗳f^|Eٷo< ,{DWe!٤WX~e>bPDl_p|h3friT58MuScc#ǎ^cl߾Զf|}:޳@JS-[|*MZ?|5yy4EQQ[R@H;#p}d0 7 6Ü:uApp0s̡y 001cưo>b{%!!֭[geիWHhh(_=9TMǤ3+i@ZEEu>gxq 2fѸȑ#Yn?xᇝsWN]Օh'QQQ,]h ==???[o0xgβ$K @՗_m YQQd[fE 썿(2(Jkl 08={:e.;w.w}7}f۶ml۶ ͛vy:Į]8vv'x{CQQ<.+Ol+lV5ĸh7(*Nב[X:r5-P^)UT4_gnf6o]9uUWկ()):tNBCNNfmSQQcسg[nn)}:yj.,$\E1Y@Im$rńπj6Qb2[6'(F3`-NiTUUӥ>JFFC +x~o9IIi cҫSUm̅M`e٪OD.U `=@^5<e *8SDIҸKyc,YcǎR_b[^Ts)qsh. vW_i< .pgcW\՗31cto}zD,SXeъѬ`iT--+ zq?Ǥ-wUUyWzT]Ull,yyyN"&&K{sisA/tQ#=cңC 7x.?ƃ(ɏE?` /mXA(CxxjF#woinn`0G^^wݵfpuq=PXXHmm-Vr,['ObXƛܞxnN7^1{AI!h5ӳdx1~P,3cː2i2Zol'_\濩ʕ+yfj+j\r˹]5\ͪUSQQAyy9+W^.xP(32(+B7jke%ƽ9\=sI)Vҫg` ki H8SDtJ|lܸG؏+a¶}gYL0~W5'1lp~˗/g„̞=8n̙mpg8WWn~b&_9ރ'00 E~.˟~־G7p#o6psgA"U=l2wWK]p;^hXoضUNREz4/#w|u=Bտ+ 볝|8ZE鍤.h4DDD0lpۓ\i(0QwïzRA+~:&"9!+o^\ _VE,.A' p @ZR,&w lHOKh۫WZ-A_I-8q!n<_A, > 0BF@|!#@ a> 0BF@ty7`Qa}KΟ{@p'JS[gl߿_X@p~`L58cOM)dlav[ ƊML@H@Sr_vq@ 8?hDt> pՈ[{獿UIkmuvg#g߂(ϴVף@~M@|uſͶ-_9B 8im텠g#m#N BvK~ sGIENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-information-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000002777612660640153031210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDR0ssBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxwT)S.T`D4hbFFğ&Kz->XAPiR:;;.vGsM9Ιܧ-!B!B!B!")ݘG!B]v[JP+r楋M!GO-I 6`yl;蝔}};}8W̙z+-BC7[7\J06B_9뮾JѨB5*j<aJjb,~20'f {0Z?Mz)( @\l Ç OJرk/ p:HKIbz|*)eVm1e7a;8<9Ϝq2_ a?9Sif8?cЧ_o+PSe4J˪zg#F RYBDˇf̐ nt 7\txO>ٷ>*(eD.9{/3oo⒳Fq٣YUyY44[?_ [?0ŗM˧;9aP:/ƍ3~ O4M2Ғ_qyD4UUHe?[oV lܳvW̱9#_QZBz3Mj߿&+1}=aҕ?11ĸ J>O@w9//gw!3omdȐٲ ̔xpOb6 1{pΚ4W>~0 #s멮eWoNUK:mGff^!"Vc ^Stpo6u. )GO>~E'*d%]*ChPQ` 65˶pTCuXҨmp:* -7Xa.G\zT_ w]>9ɸzh\B 00M@K@^n9(eM =7u_ˇ'8&PU@U::NLS4W;ܲ[_6mpT5KRq*j<8~erwϷCrB KKT.A(N2SHEq~rTfW!Xٽ |4nP߽6{m۝ec!.y[pq'M?eud8V΄RSyo]> gǎ\0=x"=-ŶCNKǰ4V~LӏaXF>Bۮ{/;+BUN7ӆSY3om/1t@ J:-P;`@s?{>F^|Kid^|̚2}j|<7ݮJ;Kp}B(nj>[%\;μtG]l}xꪈl0|Xxwq&'>1Uǔ_m`Qa_{mSTʪj 뤥|ܺzq8t232WPx|Uu RS–ٕvqJs/2⟰[eǸ5"j|F44xx:} @U)pYUTWUYd?(n!!cǜ؆ھ>3l^Wr1͗DrJRz[NgX/{^WVօvsX'򩚆3&>) Nw,whWLΘN:B!yހə.W_߈SWSSΜuހL=c;\}R;R2_!Dxu;y΅Kt\ouKBѡF)qwŝO/` 3'K !=qaCDB9\}*$BgDB9owav{+~w1GJB!8 '?ҴޑO! }!"JH !QBB_!B!DB!B%$B(!/BD }!"JH !QBB_!B!DNmCEB/4~vR{ GU$/Uߥ-ѾGR{V^##N)l`~/o囂FT*.ƴU|>4(Cq~~ѩԴt*ze9eqW2_:{G{˓O<Ό3^U~J Y{J*ߟ̱){b2?ɅMUYw6`p翶;-bf\rOCȯ^m]T_1~Ccy8nw8Jyoea\5oGIMK mٶwA0xPg m[7|Ô)SBt_WbXSF$󱷴*B[#O 32(:ڳHpk=R+|ۗjVӧH8][6#r5?gԩhƓO˯7^B|)|?r粒K–z=TΦjN?>A.-jQPIIpGzr,n?`RTQϦr,K_GYmGG_yyhFjj*\0+W;ƎOVvz7m ߳ '/s/v ,N ΠCxO |⦛0p⦛nƧ'HvN_Lgγ>DŽBۼyKyzaI䕕+ٵs?".,%vٳ['Gloxm[v~WQۛ#tԶΎ6muw=u޲_W?.-;ux<<`ҥ˨(/׳U^c֭;6z̘1lݺ-mv=tR}Y/8}yr{9-[嶬[R:nV^Yv=?cTV: [64m{ڶ+t4wy}g\NgLOo:guu={տ8VZ]w+$>>әoZZoZ F;wd⤓Y7=#%Ũj0,"+;%]*[VVYg͜ y7HOOR[RfFB3KNNNm>TOhh5xpŕW;O@LL a^YYGn^R闛GEeee߿WVVj\)+k!o溄{eZ=/-- b&|Jhڈuk9'gj;;DGuSWm۸eB #2wbUW1NWZZvu;#qqq444^׷;ә;w.\y啡e?`Ʃq'ƛo %^<R]W644MadTt] (wS({jӏYĻhaYyS߅y4(СCYt)~iʸ+ꪫfFJ߽óS333ٳgOqݻ7zϞ=u^-,s߾}6u۴qCkͻs̱>;Y[;j[KGMny]]Ot]1տ2yarssrY~}ddd|Ȉ#ꫯBkF7<3gݡqi˸qx}V~vxh*gxMs^QP~`+lJB ]Wqh*?b(q8,_2LӤN:nzq\n{߶~Ë)**E͙swܱr˹;9ݪWKIEE,Z\tQ.2nf1 ͛pռy񉉉رjmX^zeN>e29}9sxк;w. .v[9~=ޭ q"߷% ^]%5hM|*X6 1*{}!"E-j<N]LbQv&PRUǶMK +9Ѓwڳ,F>RLqY= n+M\ڮXD!8DDO_BAAЮ:/U~\?ƝT{[e0Mh 2q&)i m#waJ+=L;^B_!D`bTr*hM792ظE g=+6ec 2Xe+mA51%{9B!DD\ Ӳ0-4 aNgtvm|_d'1"BD }EkΫǥ`7{0> ˇ?%`x ,?ܻ[MrB,"C`4/} 4M%&ƅKћnңj tͷUqR-?MB!"JDÝxxjyi,rIKC\iAuj&Oן}ЧvBѡc O`_yIDATCEi~'fTCXpvI| %ޮBq":Px ?~ā+,}(޳l9/BT-Om ,؁ |ޚ7=7гB!":ͥxNj+Q4?U%ĥC5B!;"z~m ?>P~vb7M* z<8b|eB=}˨Ƕ-=+o# uTIUQ4-4hB!z\eY7M00M 40 /Rx*#h5m+TԹHΘ?hi1cp44p8Ba7똖ijD BQͻaa~>YxcOwV-YiqtSXHFZs?ω+vrml۶C6EQdBQ]]E8۶eYXVӣmN#!>(co5NӧOlC'8-:hYB!DEAUUl@kͽpUu r+e$'&蚎áp:q:\.Nght,_kڭBUz~sM?ZtӉv8oYddcYV'M򽖁/g !F@:]oFx]vه+޽\'BDH跤( {v+ |9AO!8Xą~8-C\B!GdB!B%$B(!/BD }!"JH !QBB_!B!DB!B%$B(!/BD }!"JH !QBB_!B!DB!B%$B(!/BD }!"JH !QBB_!zoW@!Dd3E^6۵9v( uYnZ,SB_!D6RU5ǒ?lϔ#X0&#˕BѮ%^XZΟ>'8\>_7?+cΙU3(W !hW7s̱qޮ1rpcp9&?c=r"Bv6T3mޮ1ԓRUSe! !e8:r$s:=zB6 /}aMe C3زB!zaZ<§sL.L[coK%B!:e7 ݵɨB87ڋR3fmANB)۲=Zk{ `X6,6&`xTE9E'٥zBt;=}ۆgW) L K.cACzB!F_{J% z u ^lH;xI.f3mD"NtLzB!}Z<:#eΤn,uO?@Μ0.=; o?SNw> 6$U }!mtu oqqŷȣEWA.]% >օ@EӴ'YVk;FaƐЧK~soM;n]WaNcOtwjy 䖅qp,E\~we#>_b>/"0)dB#?nd??dSLcGQNsְ5|[X͎T}_K(m{c۠tiyr>཰~4"ݽm;0t0ݾ04w˖uV}9_mJQaahܒ{u_m/7Ro.U_|VFEK7nOq !Tg;*GϠg_HSAQUU a6bc(ض1nYTUVU6f}h:;w㇇?,u`o {koڴWfw6w/Y*sHMK o5ϲgs_B_!DF0 6~B7UlIM8C =-TpTԑHkU~v,ͯٸaO7(Jh%%䄝ոJK[Mudggz&ٽ/S쥷7ytfṕ /5F /5 ^ab1LӴ1- óom`.e2mƌ]y_9/7nm6]&223v޴tMjZZIh5Ϟ=ֻГ/smu<gbpN ?S3_:_bLt tUk *{g#nάZVFv>,fzy8nN{l=ʙ;G,V],` sGۙ}Ev^|۶samB!:v+02?;U1N{_ $Oi,OQPUEi.-ooQY$Bt*?r:}˲0 00M97jM**ji:T9{ KXڍ$Btʶm,L`AqdN g ۲PT]t @wG]wt:4Z]$Bt*xz Pρ^s߆wXM3hM3 |yB;~rWh{7 ?Byh7g] rB)3yVOe<Ư"/BD3s!kpg !5guoaOߦ} z-!B>`qpJB?/D5IENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/ca/zenity/figures/zenity-warning-screenshot.png0000644000373100047300000002534312660640153030314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRmfsBIT|dtEXtSoftwaregnome-screenshot> IDATxwxչ̮z] 6ƀ @ r &1R IPR%8ئ]0ۀ.&5Kz_iCJ+jk}̳sf|3;B!B!B!|҉e= !pOс'V+nZn|lB!Z䵕a4&f(t yVUVm[(,뎸§VaithPN~I4&k`m-=a.TpBq)C>LDSTa`?(iLBStӼlä7q i_x;$]1R6sPBvJ!*%5ψ(?WΧ#cD˚mɺu†rMm\>ܢjQ4 eۍbÖm#hvJ!#{>+DIeWDŽ1rɗ\ bԈ޴'8&֓H2zQfPX˩N Nd瓝WaHNpRhbt(6F|tG >ari2@OF]#$DQ+f%1lptoGvNF HZwn{)鬹"^\ӅEEJZ=ko:Y\5vha, VQUЍSIZr* !/8v=ްcϐY>sĽ' k!RZ'svp|< %a[[MjdsvaOEx Ҳ^X 4C늄p"7_UsՅC짤$%`Zٱs3m8h0[r>Eaڔq^^pǏ&4$jNdQ[[DHtTD/={5,\7n&hR4)kK;t/ G {, 7 R٢(M!*"c@4)qa8ESEQIyy|[VmdDFNǎcݪjӸy?J[df*cO/d`R$ p(v\'*RXmύW̼k7ؓtdpya\(W@KK}ڊf%xa(UrT 㰝:I\pś)a]BwscES=}ϯ?@Pp[)9aKЁQU-s3;y ^*ÃX6?KƀXnb,}k"#{~G訥=kTl ̚1iEJK˺unuKlx貽 "R!2 %(UP U0gfG&sUNΙJ&g${gc\1e0Mȇ_mt {ۏfŪQRYi+W1zk.lrttٓsӤ纥QZMD)FM( O Ħ(!6["%QI߶@"p,xG O 7gpDcē?Ki]IʱBtNG"<Ϡ6֡  \2G. 8=q|cW_sW:i:i \8 jpUdx읳ToMm 0:23?,r$W\ii9Ƥ<-R2%pl=VDQy-3ǥpo;fdfM9_foj(j"!P[餟z c:z!BqP_U.jh8( ٌs%aX5U0e TUK&7enCQq)w^޴$ @Yyv$sX㡿n'>>wdX0Nݘh~?1Ñ /E:̱̱o]Wg7[J> 2Ylتkth9 6o"$\_1|uuu& H#**~FEFW^"88?}wx hnL:ƍaN [@eU< AA&'$-mRGZi}Ay7--mg_D*8)'MC5ЬkfCmYRGɯф[Ç ?o{DDF0zظbb3.süаPBBmSKNsKLYOU9uK@mdBF5گԺfQ5JZ3BToqkqRQYC/b[l=ק]B}pJ6XiWBRSWOp?ϧ#u̺j> f+u^L.B@tD?{}oX558)$i !J+jW4ig}e !p-#ODBIBC$i !->DBIBC$i !->DBIBC$i !񹤭۬VKo!|LLl\l}ݵLLU?09fvXB-;MڵOBD7Q<w3!p5Z}uoG481q3p`.2}1JKK{;^w%ǵ#NWgŃ2ax7]B-"a؎Z.G]GT} v@SWW'x7d|rtB\!t>m*7>Bh{NWAQSZu f1^o Wl6{l%#Fd/o{m)/AbR2O^Y,X#Wbtlٺ}yg=r@yQ{;潍ؽg5k8r([6o曽{(((=*Μ9];ٵkOjU ۷sqfϞ͢Ex\.bkXwy\su\~wαG8r0CeKo}쥸իWZMiI)o/:o'qvdٸa'OkoMq ̙â{C0FRqY,p$7~m @qq13.ɑÇ9W_MrrC]cf1dȐv5z 7g8q9sg#** A9{УrwqٱqWu::Ɲϓږdbܸ=z^];4h'Odyٺ?OoriGK<L@]T }՛'"!0ߵ?zI B{>H7Ξ=Kttuaa!S/aEi_fڧxro  UsokNS\\P6`?" Vv3ֹ*;wȣpA֛yvu|=#wg9m_|ry皰gG >} e|D9k+p̜9:!!o{XZRo?^#<] 8N\\999v~Ulh4b2ϩ>wvͷ/K %Ed:˴>yyy9{6x[?L]\uGՙρ;\٤]wDhTъw^Uu%BK{0ŽL&{Zg>޿s',5;^!fTl]^A =si… `Wws ;o>iv̞=^~WӟtyQ^x{ødL8ԔT{eˈcL4D-?bv]w峾-~| 4͌3)>W\f3g\NnNe7h,Ynĸt""#9`.I]\58?=j3W߹kw_Dy7ALj4:! [I/Z'B(O |ZlL6;b S[C)(e]ecX!zNK"~h;_݊!u$B:R!|YJa>r9)~~[ 1(!hJ |GbB5>]JB(FqƐb083rZ^|!(؜X!|UIF;s!Ѳ۴1%[GF p"0:@[cBgv$D/>^_PfHP9^céh zgGt<9v>M>bBGaP`M<C5n'~aGER==H>]kڧ[}Aw=Q$]V̵VWI).~o7yRBt A jzw૮{ xtv==| =_FYA<n>h%,5*:=<1\ }^1v8 qT~$Qn ~uݽBjK[YIG zr6bŴ$(?v޺v Q-ey]k B^^^#p///gDH***o~f@yOnwww7MxnљclYp]{gz ]}IWo^&گ^# 4ToԈWŶIP0;?WfRPGA;\=**k~x *]w-yPfvW7MxncvVZMUU}m_WctәeEGǤp-<2A^d3%f,>ۋrP:V,vW AI@W;#2iĽ-Wgeeq=wa4ZL2֓nBn{otvs1cyｍ lԩSL<\Ο==vcҼܹ'nP5C!6]Hà*4]b4&a;eוWHeÆ ##c{ysaFLLj:KW j{o=Vm繋V_Z㍞vYoo`ϟs=µ^LUT}4rwfk)Ti' IM"IQRPGH%nA ~w//q]wv[,x{s݀u󈮺yϷsoz%iWmz4hŎۍZZ?!*A *dǤ7TCMiTs>vzw_v٥TWWƎ㴞 ( ooBЖ1nU7pXAJ(-+k׏7z{ wxex֪WbFL– ZU  ɮo;*-d']#P[EXB*zt1odp;n%K:3{ۛm ﮛGtŷtBCB;6iӦ3i$Z8<]Xǻ?/"^DPb\eR]:\.`r˵AmΙ"Iv-SVVp{PDgo`-˥v:bFLl?5mA KNjd,Jh<$! :jw˻8G˖/"V< W_}uo$|P& 042ߡ̐~նcoO1﷧*(Nn+ObVKgvCNIOKgԩL<> Kږ#m!jeWZ|veDZZi˫ᑨ\" Tw;!98v(9ټ Uwz,iW_F° .@9PfHx֊Z. <]nTȘ֦+rIH'eV!O鑤ݐkA‡CҡL ||e֛/Ơ(_ n_^]PAT}GBG~Yn1I/&iS:¢qpbVFFJreHB]G!.%[_ tB]W"}@M?C* dhlyFTB^D64ݮ`R*QaTW !Doޤ딭{ČQE߁ٱn`i"8~ۇnBm#q2W-c95ǻv%CX"ѱ2n;_ !Do U^Q?8npWՅ`=+!D/ꖤmZ7P* ^r;6%JT8 /*}MvAQ+8Jfh}?ŌҀ!ǘB-Ih4Dě'RGg4 05&U]tu6AwN4ͱ uuz' 0KdHFcX!:m*22SUTS h-庳qPZ lzP8Q?&l:Q!nKFfyTP_fb6cW ~  %&窡}y0,128sBjt|}wzo iIDATkg{p~\si&~l[dz"Bt+k1aXor^t0+kдrףHu.L.l> ªMug{ͳl[$m!׬6nEH`6]CUPv7-D?7MutPUۈ@Ŭ)4X0k\ZS[t"R~BNO[׬Ci1+h:X40[u,6UlAUs^_ƒ=Z'IK[~3-m]ng{cjW)i[5i`lTTV۷w>k!-m!S 'FiEiLfޘ6G7W3j`l"C *,8fL.r5ii ox.(>dM i`Kܢo`Pb0t9%5עZge_&-&ξo#I[~B {汿}ƕ33rp"Y5dQA~*A~(PZYͦ5~Yf[ͯ=&UOfG?r٧X}|VV Ϙ/ظ8, ?'V{_̝ @C}=w7󮽎'GW_LrB, w(˯$t *9_αReLi559n/ز3e?ѵܱ.NrDÆ gْO^ɑÇٺk}{ӧe+{3-9H~^|ġݻw勯(`G())a#l۱Ϸn ii Oy͜Ŝ\#+W\j 1u[^)IB6ay:hŦcim*Feڟ*q,۾8OttӲ];fq[Êؗ={ N-.*r(KNNa٘hEgϒNGq&VrGӊ_̱ɼa ~XI d#Z+f Vզc4 ?JDHo||K2:ݸ|W1sӲ[o9V9xEe=ta@v)őm}X;am$-m! ]G\/rì1 If_0k2RwY  `T ꭜ*,M 02{ڈvj~m28q<7i\z 7;իsG?1?S~I~lsgŲ%Xt s^밝ۜ;:Z~]Ylz$m!V6 iq3UcǁO:‡HB"I[!|$m!!‡HB"I[!|$m!!‡HB"I[!|$m!!‡t~^O!&ߞC!Xkd~̠7M8V7v!W,@P4V uƌoquU"B~Jcn̴[:8inkM+Vnm+sfw{IGmynNB!Fsm[͹XZ\P!Rsm:n[qHB|HsmUKDŽ!Ӝk['֏.[:*[OB!fh;LB!1TGBIENDB`language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/0000755000000000000000000000000012704126234014334 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012704126244016122 5ustar language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/gdk-pixbuf.po0000644000000000000000000010066412704126234020530 0ustar # Catalan translation of GTK+. # Copyright © 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # Recull de termes # # Trough - regata. Es refereix a la barra d'una barra de desplaçament, # sobre la qual llisca. Una altra alternativa seria «pista» o # «carril». # Thumb - lliscador. Es refereix al control que s'arrossega o es fa # lliscar al llarg de la regata de la barra de desplaçament. # Scroll box - lliscador. El mateix que «thumb» # Stepper - desplaçador. Cadascuna de les fletxes dels extrems de la barra # de desplaçament. Fent-hi clic es desplaça el lliscador. # Scale thumb - lliscador d'escalat. «A scale consists of a track with a thumb, # much like a scrollbar. # It is used to select a value in a given range. The user may drag # the thumb across the scale track to adjust the value» . # Vegeu http://wiki.mozilla.org/XUL:Slider_Tag # # Ivan Vilata i Balaguer , 1999, 2000. # Softcatala , 2000, 2001, 2002. # Jordi Mallach , 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006. # Mireia Farrús , 2003. # Josep Puigdemont , 2005, 2006. # David Planella , 2008, 2009, 2010. # Gil Forcada , 2012, 2013. # Carles Ferrando Garcia , 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.8.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-09 14:06-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-11 13:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Planella \n" "Language-Team: Catalan >\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 05:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-animation.c:156 gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:1084 #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:1340 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open file '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer «%s»: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-animation.c:169 gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:969 #, c-format msgid "Image file '%s' contains no data" msgstr "El fitxer gràfic «%s» no conté dades" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-animation.c:207 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to load animation '%s': reason not known, probably a corrupt " "animation file" msgstr "" "No es pot carregar l'animació «%s»: se'n desconeix el motiu; probablement es " "tracta d'un fitxer d'animació malmès" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-animation.c:275 gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:1120 #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:1392 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to load image '%s': reason not known, probably a corrupt image file" msgstr "" "No es pot carregar la imatge «%s»: se'n desconeix el motiu; probablement es " "tracta d'un fitxer d'imatge malmès" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:161 msgid "Number of Channels" msgstr "Nombre de canals" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:162 msgid "The number of samples per pixel" msgstr "El nombre de mostres per pixel" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:171 msgid "Colorspace" msgstr "Espai de color" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:172 msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted" msgstr "L'espai de color on les mostres s'interpreten" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:180 msgid "Has Alpha" msgstr "Té alfa" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:181 msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel" msgstr "Si el pixbuf té una canal alfa" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:194 msgid "Bits per Sample" msgstr "Bits per mostra" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:195 msgid "The number of bits per sample" msgstr "El nombre de bits per mostra" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:204 msgid "Width" msgstr "Amplada" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:205 msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf" msgstr "El nombre de columnes de pixbuf" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:214 msgid "Height" msgstr "Alçada" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:215 msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf" msgstr "El nombre de files de pixbuf" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:231 msgid "Rowstride" msgstr "Amplària fila" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:232 msgid "" "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row" msgstr "" "El nombre de bits entre el començament d'una fila i el començament de la " "següent" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:241 msgid "Pixels" msgstr "Pixels" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:242 msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf" msgstr "Un punter a les dades del pixel de pixbuf" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:256 msgid "Pixel Bytes" msgstr "Bytes del píxel" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:257 msgid "Readonly pixel data" msgstr "Dades del píxel de només lectura" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:781 #, c-format msgid "Unable to load image-loading module: %s: %s" msgstr "No és possible carregar el mòdul per a la càrrega d'imatges: %s: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:796 #, c-format msgid "" "Image-loading module %s does not export the proper interface; perhaps it's " "from a different gdk-pixbuf version?" msgstr "" "El mòdul %s per carregar imatges no exporta la interfície adequada: potser " "és d'una versió de gdk-pixbuf diferent?" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:805 gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:856 #, c-format msgid "Image type '%s' is not supported" msgstr "El tipus d'imatge «%s» no està implementat" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't recognize the image file format for file '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha pogut reconèixer el format gràfic del fitxer «%s»" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:949 msgid "Unrecognized image file format" msgstr "No es coneix el format del fitxer gràfic" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:1131 #, c-format msgid "Failed to load image '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar la imatge «%s»: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2161 gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:838 #, c-format msgid "Error writing to image file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure al fitxer d'imatge: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2203 gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "This build of gdk-pixbuf does not support saving the image format: %s" msgstr "Aquest muntatge de gdk-pixbuf no permet desar el format d'imatge: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2234 msgid "Insufficient memory to save image to callback" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per desar la imatge a la crida de retorn" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2247 msgid "Failed to open temporary file" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer temporal" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2270 msgid "Failed to read from temporary file" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir el fitxer temporal" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2520 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open '%s' for writing: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir «%s» per a l'escriptura: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2546 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to close '%s' while writing image, all data may not have been saved: " "%s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut desar «%s» en escriure la imatge, és probable que no s'hagin " "desat totes les dades: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2767 gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2819 msgid "Insufficient memory to save image into a buffer" msgstr "" "No hi ha memòria suficient per desar la imatge en una memòria intermèdia" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:2865 msgid "Error writing to image stream" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure al flux d'imatge" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-loader.c:382 #, c-format msgid "" "Internal error: Image loader module '%s' failed to complete an operation, " "but didn't give a reason for the failure" msgstr "" "Error intern: El carregador d'imatge «%s» no ha pogut acabar una operació, " "però no ha donat cap raó per a la fallada" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-loader.c:424 #, c-format msgid "Incremental loading of image type '%s' is not supported" msgstr "No està implementada la càrrega incremental del tipus d'imatge «%s»" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.c:161 msgid "Loop" msgstr "Bucle" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.c:162 msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end" msgstr "Si l'animació cal que es repeteixi quan arriba al final" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixdata.c:165 msgid "Image header corrupt" msgstr "La capçalera de la imatge està malmesa" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixdata.c:170 msgid "Image format unknown" msgstr "El format de la imatge és desconegut" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixdata.c:175 gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixdata.c:513 msgid "Image pixel data corrupt" msgstr "Les dades de píxels de la imatge estan malmeses" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixdata.c:457 #, c-format msgid "failed to allocate image buffer of %u byte" msgid_plural "failed to allocate image buffer of %u bytes" msgstr[0] "no s'ha pogut assignar una memòria intermèdia d'imatge de %u byte" msgstr[1] "" "no s'ha pogut assignar una memòria intermèdia d'imatge de %u bytes" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:242 msgid "Unexpected icon chunk in animation" msgstr "Bloc d'icona inesperat en l'animació" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:340 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:398 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:424 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:447 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:474 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:561 msgid "Invalid header in animation" msgstr "La capçalera de l'animació no és vàlida" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:350 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:372 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:456 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:483 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:534 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:606 msgid "Not enough memory to load animation" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per carregar l'animació" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:390 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:416 gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:435 msgid "Malformed chunk in animation" msgstr "Bloc erroni en l'animació" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:628 msgid "ANI image was truncated or incomplete." msgstr "Imatge ANI truncada o incompleta." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:669 msgctxt "image format" msgid "Windows animated cursor" msgstr "Cursor animat de Windows" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:227 gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:264 gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:358 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:381 gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:484 msgid "BMP image has bogus header data" msgstr "La imatge BMP conté dades de capçalera errònies" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:238 gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:421 msgid "Not enough memory to load bitmap image" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per carregar la imatge de mapa de bits" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:316 msgid "BMP image has unsupported header size" msgstr "La imatge BMP té una mida de capçalera no permesa" # Topdown és un BMP amb la primera "scanline" al principi del fitxer. jm #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:345 msgid "Topdown BMP images cannot be compressed" msgstr "No es poden comprimir les imatges BMP «topdown»" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:705 gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:531 gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:705 msgid "Premature end-of-file encountered" msgstr "S'ha trobat un final de fitxer abans d'hora" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:1317 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for saving BMP file" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir memòria per desar el fitxer BMP" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:1358 msgid "Couldn't write to BMP file" msgstr "No s'ha pogut escriure al fitxer BMP" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:1411 gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-bmp.c:83 msgctxt "image format" msgid "BMP" msgstr "BMP" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-emf.c:60 msgctxt "image format" msgid "EMF" msgstr "EMF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-gif.c:81 gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1719 msgctxt "image format" msgid "GIF" msgstr "GIF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-ico.c:60 gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:1268 msgctxt "image format" msgid "Windows icon" msgstr "Icona de Windows" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-jpeg.c:54 gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1297 #, c-format msgid "" "JPEG quality must be a value between 0 and 100; value '%s' could not be " "parsed." msgstr "" "La qualitat de JPEG ha de ser un valor entre 0 i 100; el valor «%s» no es " "pot analitzar." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-jpeg.c:69 gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1313 #, c-format msgid "" "JPEG quality must be a value between 0 and 100; value '%d' is not allowed." msgstr "" "La qualitat JPEG ha de ser un valor entre 0 i 100; el valor «%d» no és " "permès." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-jpeg.c:137 gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1575 msgctxt "image format" msgid "JPEG" msgstr "JPEG" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-tiff.c:83 gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:1018 msgctxt "image format" msgid "TIFF" msgstr "TIFF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:155 #, c-format msgid "Could not allocate memory: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut assignar memòria: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:180 gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:294 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:334 #, c-format msgid "Could not create stream: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el flux: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:194 #, c-format msgid "Could not seek stream: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut cercar en el flux: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Could not read from stream: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir el flux: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:618 msgid "Couldn't load bitmap" msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar el mapa de bits" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:774 msgid "Couldn't load metafile" msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar el metafitxer" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:879 msgid "Unsupported image format for GDI+" msgstr "El GDI+ no funciona amb aquest format d'imatge" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:886 msgid "Couldn't save" msgstr "No s'ha pogut desar" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-wmf.c:59 msgctxt "image format" msgid "WMF" msgstr "WMF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:220 #, c-format msgid "Failure reading GIF: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir el GIF: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:494 gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1501 gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1668 msgid "GIF file was missing some data (perhaps it was truncated somehow?)" msgstr "" "Al fitxer GIF li falten algunes dades (potser s'han truncat d'alguna manera)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:503 #, c-format msgid "Internal error in the GIF loader (%s)" msgstr "Error intern en el carregador de GIF (%s)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:577 msgid "Stack overflow" msgstr "Sobreeiximent de la pila" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:637 msgid "GIF image loader cannot understand this image." msgstr "El carregador d'imatges GIF no entén aquesta imatge." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:666 msgid "Bad code encountered" msgstr "S'ha trobat un codi incorrecte" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:676 msgid "Circular table entry in GIF file" msgstr "Entrada de taula circular al fitxer GIF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:864 gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1487 gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1540 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1656 msgid "Not enough memory to load GIF file" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per carregar el fitxer GIF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:958 msgid "Not enough memory to composite a frame in GIF file" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per compondre un marc al fitxer GIF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1130 msgid "GIF image is corrupt (incorrect LZW compression)" msgstr "La imatge GIF està malmesa (la compressió LZW és incorrecte)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1180 msgid "File does not appear to be a GIF file" msgstr "El fitxer no sembla ser un fitxer GIF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1192 #, c-format msgid "Version %s of the GIF file format is not supported" msgstr "No s'ha implementat la versió %s del format del fitxer GIF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1239 msgid "Resulting GIF image has zero size" msgstr "La imatge GIF generada ocupa zero bytes" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1318 msgid "" "GIF image has no global colormap, and a frame inside it has no local " "colormap." msgstr "" "La imatge GIF no té mapa de color global, i un marc de dins no té mapa de " "color local." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1563 msgid "GIF image was truncated or incomplete." msgstr "Imatge GIF truncada o incompleta." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-icns.c:358 #, c-format msgid "Error reading ICNS image: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir la imatge ICNS: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-icns.c:375 gdk-pixbuf/io-icns.c:452 msgid "Could not decode ICNS file" msgstr "No s'ha pogut descodificar el fitxer ICNS" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-icns.c:511 msgctxt "image format" msgid "MacOS X icon" msgstr "Icona de Mac OS X" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:226 gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:240 gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:291 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:302 gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:386 msgid "Invalid header in icon" msgstr "La capçalera de la icona no és vàlida" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:255 gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:312 gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:396 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:449 gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:479 msgid "Not enough memory to load icon" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per carregar la icona" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:338 msgid "Compressed icons are not supported" msgstr "Les icones comprimides no estan implementades" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:434 msgid "Unsupported icon type" msgstr "Tipus d'icona no implementada" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:528 msgid "Not enough memory to load ICO file" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per carregar el fitxer ICO" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:993 msgid "Image too large to be saved as ICO" msgstr "La imatge és massa gran per desar-la com a ICO" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:1004 msgid "Cursor hotspot outside image" msgstr "Lloc calent del cursor fora de la imatge" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ico.c:1027 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported depth for ICO file: %d" msgstr "No es permet una profunditat per al fitxer ICO: %d" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:73 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for stream" msgstr "No s'ha pogut assignar memòria per al flux" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:103 msgid "Couldn't decode image" msgstr "No s'ha pogut descodificar la imatge" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:121 msgid "Transformed JPEG2000 has zero width or height" msgstr "El JPEG 2000 transformat té amplada o alçada zero" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:135 msgid "Image type currently not supported" msgstr "El tipus d'imatge no està implementat actualment" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:147 gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:155 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for color profile" msgstr "No s'ha pogut assignar memòria per al perfil de color" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:181 msgid "Insufficient memory to open JPEG 2000 file" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per obrir el fitxer JPEG 2000" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:260 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory to buffer image data" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut assignar memòria per ubicar les dades d'imatge a la memòria " "intermèdia" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:304 msgctxt "image format" msgid "JPEG 2000" msgstr "JPEG 2000" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:124 #, c-format msgid "Error interpreting JPEG image file (%s)" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en interpretar el fitxer gràfic JPEG (%s)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:600 msgid "" "Insufficient memory to load image, try exiting some applications to free " "memory" msgstr "" "La memòria per carregar la imatge és insuficient, proveu de sortir d'algunes " "aplicacions per alliberar memòria" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:669 gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:882 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported JPEG color space (%s)" msgstr "Espai de color JPEG no implementat (%s)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:781 gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1062 gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1398 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1408 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for loading JPEG file" msgstr "No es pot obtenir memòria per carregar el fitxer JPEG" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1036 msgid "Transformed JPEG has zero width or height." msgstr "El JPEG transformat té amplada o alçada zero." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1334 #, c-format msgid "" "JPEG x-dpi must be a value between 1 and 65535; value '%s' is not allowed." msgstr "" "JPEG x-dpi ha de tindre un valor entre 1 i 65535; el valor «%s» no és permès." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1355 #, c-format msgid "" "JPEG y-dpi must be a value between 1 and 65535; value '%s' is not allowed." msgstr "" "JPEG y-dpi ha de tindre un valor entre 1 i 65535; el valor «%s» no és permès." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1369 #, c-format msgid "Color profile has invalid length '%u'." msgstr "La llargada del perfil de color no és vàlida «%u»." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pixdata.c:150 msgid "Transformed pixbuf has zero width or height." msgstr "La memòria de píxels transformada té amplada o alçada zero." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pixdata.c:189 msgctxt "image format" msgid "GdkPixdata" msgstr "GdkPixdata" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:54 msgid "Bits per channel of PNG image is invalid." msgstr "Els bits per canal de la imatge PNG no són vàlids." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:135 gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:671 msgid "Transformed PNG has zero width or height." msgstr "El PNG transformat té amplada o alçada zero." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:143 msgid "Bits per channel of transformed PNG is not 8." msgstr "Els bits per canal del PNG transformat no són 8." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:152 msgid "Transformed PNG not RGB or RGBA." msgstr "El PNG transformat no és RGB o RGBA." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:161 msgid "Transformed PNG has unsupported number of channels, must be 3 or 4." msgstr "" "El PNG transformat té un nombre no implementat de canals, ha de ser 3 o 4." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Fatal error in PNG image file: %s" msgstr "Error fatal al fitxer d'imatge PNG: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:320 msgid "Insufficient memory to load PNG file" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per carregar el fitxer PNG" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:686 #, c-format msgid "" "Insufficient memory to store a %lu by %lu image; try exiting some " "applications to reduce memory usage" msgstr "" "No hi ha suficient memòria per emmagatzemar una imatge de %lu per %lu. " "Sortiu d'algunes aplicacions per alliberar memòria" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:762 msgid "Fatal error reading PNG image file" msgstr "Error fatal en llegir el fitxer gràfic PNG" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:812 #, c-format msgid "Fatal error reading PNG image file: %s" msgstr "Error fatal en llegir el fitxer gràfic PNG: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:904 msgid "" "Keys for PNG text chunks must have at least 1 and at most 79 characters." msgstr "" "Les claus per als blocs text de PNG han de tenir entre 1 i 79 caràcters." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:913 msgid "Keys for PNG text chunks must be ASCII characters." msgstr "Les claus per als blocs text de PNG han de ser caràcters ASCII." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:927 gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Color profile has invalid length %d." msgstr "El perfil de color té una llargada no vàlida (%d)." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:940 #, c-format msgid "" "PNG compression level must be a value between 0 and 9; value '%s' could not " "be parsed." msgstr "" "El nivell de compressió de PNG ha de ser un valor entre 0 i 9; el valor «%s» " "no es pot analitzar." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:953 #, c-format msgid "" "PNG compression level must be a value between 0 and 9; value '%d' is not " "allowed." msgstr "" "El nivell de compressió de PNG ha de ser un valor entre 0 i 9; el valor «%d» " "no és permès." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:972 #, c-format msgid "PNG x-dpi must be greater than zero; value '%s' is not allowed." msgstr "" "PNG x-dpi ha de tindre un valor major de zero; el valor «%s» no és permès." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:992 #, c-format msgid "PNG y-dpi must be greater than zero; value '%s' is not allowed." msgstr "" "PNG y-dpi ha de tindre un valor major de zero; el valor «%s» no és permès." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:1041 #, c-format msgid "" "Value for PNG text chunk %s cannot be converted to ISO-8859-1 encoding." msgstr "" "El valor per al fragment de text PNG %s no es pot convertir a la codificació " "ISO-8859-1." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:1207 msgctxt "image format" msgid "PNG" msgstr "PNG" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:246 msgid "PNM loader expected to find an integer, but didn't" msgstr "El carregador PNM esperava trobar un enter, però no l'ha trobat" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:278 msgid "PNM file has an incorrect initial byte" msgstr "El fitxer PNM té un byte inicial incorrecte" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:308 msgid "PNM file is not in a recognized PNM subformat" msgstr "El fitxer PNM no és en un subformat reconegut" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:333 msgid "PNM file has an image width of 0" msgstr "El fitxer PNM té una amplada d'imatge de 0" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:354 msgid "PNM file has an image height of 0" msgstr "El fitxer PNM té una alçada d'imatge zero" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:377 msgid "Maximum color value in PNM file is 0" msgstr "El valor màxim de color al fitxer PNM és zero" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:385 msgid "Maximum color value in PNM file is too large" msgstr "El valor màxim de color al fitxer PNM és massa alt" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:425 gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:455 gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:500 msgid "Raw PNM image type is invalid" msgstr "El tipus d'imatge PNM en brut no és vàlid" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:650 msgid "PNM image loader does not support this PNM subformat" msgstr "El carregador d'imatges PNM no permet aquest subformat PNM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:737 gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:964 msgid "Raw PNM formats require exactly one whitespace before sample data" msgstr "" "Els formats PNM en brut requereixen exactament un espai en blanc abans de " "les dades de mostra" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:764 msgid "Cannot allocate memory for loading PNM image" msgstr "No es pot obtenir memòria per carregar la imatge PNM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:814 msgid "Insufficient memory to load PNM context struct" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per carregar l'estructura de context PNM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:865 msgid "Unexpected end of PNM image data" msgstr "Final inesperat de les dades de la imatge PNM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:993 msgid "Insufficient memory to load PNM file" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per carregar el fitxer PNM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:1077 msgctxt "image format" msgid "PNM/PBM/PGM/PPM" msgstr "PNM/PBM/PGM/PPM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:126 msgid "Input file descriptor is NULL." msgstr "El descriptor del fitxer d'entrada és nul." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:141 msgid "Failed to read QTIF header" msgstr "Ha fallat la lectura de la capçalera QTIF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:150 gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:187 gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:454 #, c-format msgid "QTIF atom size too large (%d byte)" msgid_plural "QTIF atom size too large (%d bytes)" msgstr[0] "La mida de l'àtom QTIF és massa gran (%d byte)" msgstr[1] "La mida de l'àtom QTIF és massa gran (%d bytes)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Failed to allocate %d byte for file read buffer" msgid_plural "Failed to allocate %d bytes for file read buffer" msgstr[0] "" "No s'han pogut assignar %d byte per a la memòria intermèdia del fitxer de " "lectura" msgstr[1] "" "No s'han pogut assignar %d bytes per a la memòria intermèdia del fitxer de " "lectura" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:201 #, c-format msgid "File error when reading QTIF atom: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error de fitxer en llegir l'àtom QTIF: %s" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:238 #, c-format msgid "Failed to skip the next %d byte with seek()." msgid_plural "Failed to skip the next %d bytes with seek()." msgstr[0] "No s'ha pogut ometre el següent %d byte amb la crida seek()." msgstr[1] "No s'han pogut ometre els següents %d bytes amb la crida seek()." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:265 msgid "Failed to allocate QTIF context structure." msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir memòria per al context de l'estructura QTIF." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:325 msgid "Failed to create GdkPixbufLoader object." msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear l'objecte GdkPixbufLoader." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:429 msgid "Failed to find an image data atom." msgstr "No s'ha trobat un àtom de dades d'imatge." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:613 msgctxt "image format" msgid "QuickTime" msgstr "QuickTime" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:151 msgid "Cannot allocate memory for IOBuffer struct" msgstr "No es pot obtenir memòria per a l'estructura IOBuffer" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:170 msgid "Cannot allocate memory for IOBuffer data" msgstr "No es pot obtenir memòria per les dades de l'IOBuffer" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:181 msgid "Cannot realloc IOBuffer data" msgstr "No es pot reubicar memòria per les dades de l'IOBuffer" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:211 msgid "Cannot allocate temporary IOBuffer data" msgstr "No es poden assignar les dades temporals de l'IOBuffer" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:383 msgid "Cannot allocate new pixbuf" msgstr "No es pot ubicar una memòria de píxels nova" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:723 msgid "Cannot allocate colormap" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:747 msgid "Unexpected bitdepth for colormap entries" msgstr "Profunditat de bit inesperada per a les entrades del mapa de color" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:766 msgid "Cannot allocate TGA header memory" msgstr "No es pot obtenir memòria per les capçaleres TGA" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:799 msgid "TGA image has invalid dimensions" msgstr "La imatge TGA té unes dimensions no vàlides" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:805 gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:814 gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:824 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:834 gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:841 msgid "TGA image type not supported" msgstr "El tipus d'imatge TGA no està permès" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:888 msgid "Cannot allocate memory for TGA context struct" msgstr "No es pot obtenir memòria per al context de l'estructura TGA" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:953 msgid "Excess data in file" msgstr "Excés de dades al fitxer" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:1032 msgctxt "image format" msgid "Targa" msgstr "Targa" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:107 msgid "Could not get image width (bad TIFF file)" msgstr "No es pot obtenir l'amplada de la imatge (fitxer TIFF incorrecte)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:115 msgid "Could not get image height (bad TIFF file)" msgstr "No es pot obtenir l'alçada de la imatge (fitxer TIFF incorrecte)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:123 msgid "Width or height of TIFF image is zero" msgstr "L'amplada o l'alçada de la imatge TIFF és zero" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:132 gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:141 msgid "Dimensions of TIFF image too large" msgstr "Les dimensions de la imatge TIFF són massa grans" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:165 gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:177 gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:535 msgid "Insufficient memory to open TIFF file" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per obrir el fitxer TIFF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:275 msgid "Failed to load RGB data from TIFF file" msgstr "No s'han pogut carregar les dades RGB des del fitxer TIFF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:337 msgid "Failed to open TIFF image" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir la imatge TIFF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:471 gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:484 msgid "Failed to load TIFF image" msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar la imatge TIFF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:710 msgid "Failed to save TIFF image" msgstr "No s'ha pogut desar la imatge TIFF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:766 msgid "TIFF compression doesn't refer to a valid codec." msgstr "La compressió TIFF no es refereix a un còdec vàlid." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:811 msgid "TIFF bits-per-sample doesn't contain a supported value." msgstr "" "Els bits per mostra de la imatge TIFF no contenen cap valor suportat." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:892 msgid "Failed to write TIFF data" msgstr "No s'han pogut escriure dades TIFF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:910 #, c-format msgid "TIFF x-dpi must be greater than zero; value '%s' is not allowed." msgstr "" "TIFF x-dpi ha de tindre un valor major de zero; el valor «%s» no és permès." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:922 #, c-format msgid "TIFF y-dpi must be greater than zero; value '%s' is not allowed." msgstr "" "TIFF x-dpi ha de tindre un valor major de zero; el valor «%s» no és permès." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:963 msgid "Couldn't write to TIFF file" msgstr "No s'ha pogut escriure al fitxer TIFF" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xbm.c:302 msgid "Invalid XBM file" msgstr "El fitxer XBM no és vàlid" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xbm.c:312 msgid "Insufficient memory to load XBM image file" msgstr "No hi ha memòria suficient per carregar el fitxer gràfic XBM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xbm.c:460 msgid "Failed to write to temporary file when loading XBM image" msgstr "No s'ha pogut escriure al fitxer temporal en carregar la imatge XBM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xbm.c:499 msgctxt "image format" msgid "XBM" msgstr "XBM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:467 msgid "No XPM header found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat la capçalera XPM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:476 msgid "Invalid XPM header" msgstr "La capçalera XPM no és vàlida" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:484 msgid "XPM file has image width <= 0" msgstr "El fitxer XPM té una amplada d'imatge menor o igual que 0" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:492 msgid "XPM file has image height <= 0" msgstr "El fitxer XPM té una alçada d'imatge menor o igual que 0" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:500 msgid "XPM has invalid number of chars per pixel" msgstr "XPM té un nombre de caràcters per píxel no vàlid" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:509 msgid "XPM file has invalid number of colors" msgstr "El fitxer XPM té un nombre de colors no vàlid" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:521 gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:530 gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:582 msgid "Cannot allocate memory for loading XPM image" msgstr "No es pot obtenir memòria per carregar la imatge XPM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:544 msgid "Cannot read XPM colormap" msgstr "No es pot llegir el mapa de color d'XPM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:776 msgid "Failed to write to temporary file when loading XPM image" msgstr "No s'ha pogut escriure al fitxer temporal en carregar la imatge XPM" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:815 msgctxt "image format" msgid "XPM" msgstr "XPM" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.18.po0000644000000000000000000056444512704126234023331 0ustar # evolution-data-server translation to Catalan. # Copyright © 2000, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Softcatalà , 2000. # # Quico Llach # Traducció per Softcatalà # Traductor original: Víctor Nieto # Xavier A. Conde Rueda , 2004, 2005, 2006. # David Planella Molas , 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. # Gil Forcada , 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. # Jordi Serratosa , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-data-server 2.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution-data-" "server&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=Misc.\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-23 12:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-14 12:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gil Forcada \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 05:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:120 #, c-format msgid "Failed to remove file '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut suprimir el fitxer «%s»: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Failed to make directory %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el directori %s: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:419 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create hardlink for resource '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear un enllaç fort pel recurs «%s»: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:524 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1256 msgid "No UID in the contact" msgstr "El contacte no conté cap UID" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:851 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting UIDs found in added contacts" msgstr "S'han trobat UID duplicats en els contactes afegits" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:990 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "S'està carregant..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:992 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4357 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "S'està cercant..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1284 #, c-format msgid "Tried to modify contact '%s' with out of sync revision" msgstr "" "S'ha intentat modificar el contacte «%s» des d'una revisió dessincronitzada" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1475 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1560 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3085 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:7332 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:7401 #, c-format msgid "Contact '%s' not found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat el contacte «%s»" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1620 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1701 #, c-format msgid "Query '%s' not supported" msgstr "La consulta «%s» no està implementada" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1629 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1710 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query '%s'" msgstr "La consulta «%s» no és vàlida" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1975 msgid "Requested to delete an unrelated cursor" msgstr "S'ha sol·licitat la supressió d'un cursor sense cap relació" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:2046 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rename old database from '%s' to '%s': %s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut canviar el nom de la base de dades vella de «%s» a «%s»: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file-migrate-bdb.c:148 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1166 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4247 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:384 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:867 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:51 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:56 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book.c:1078 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:2131 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:2303 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:2516 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:2647 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:2806 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:2940 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:3071 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:3229 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:3424 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:3642 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sexp.c:877 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:585 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:616 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:633 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:274 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2336 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:279 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:3492 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:3665 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:3929 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:4170 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:4360 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:4553 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:4762 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:4931 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:5134 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:5284 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:5478 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:5631 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:5848 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:6002 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:6228 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:6424 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:6787 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:7009 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2975 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2985 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2997 #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:497 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:190 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "Error desconegut" #. Query for new contacts asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:814 msgid "Querying for updated contacts…" msgstr "S'està consultant si hi ha contactes actualitzats…" #. Run the query asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:998 msgid "Querying for updated groups…" msgstr "S'està consultant si hi ha grups actualitzats…" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1792 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4999 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1503 msgid "The backend does not support bulk additions" msgstr "El rerefons no permet les addicions en bloc" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1949 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5135 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1625 msgid "The backend does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "El rerefons no permet les modificacions en bloc" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2158 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1725 msgid "The backend does not support bulk removals" msgstr "El rerefons no permet les supressions en bloc" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2280 msgid "Loading…" msgstr "S'està carregant…" #. System Group: My Contacts #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1653 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-address-book.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-calendar.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-memo-list.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-task-list.source.in.h:1 msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personal" #. System Group: Friends #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1655 msgid "Friends" msgstr "Amics" #. System Group: Family #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1657 msgid "Family" msgstr "Família" #. System Group: Coworkers #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1659 msgid "Coworkers" msgstr "Companys de feina" #. Translators: An error message shown to a user when trying to do an #. * operation on the LDAP address book which is not connected to the server #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:114 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "No connectat" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:892 msgid "Failed to bind using either v3 or v2 binds" msgstr "" "Ha fallat la vinculació tan amb la versió 2 com la 3 de les vinculacions" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1016 msgid "Reconnecting to LDAP server..." msgstr "S'està tornant a connectar amb el servidor LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1147 msgid "Invalid DN syntax" msgstr "Sintaxi no vàlida en el nom de domini (DN)" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1163 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4246 #, c-format msgid "LDAP error 0x%x (%s)" msgstr "Error de l'LDAP 0x%x (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1775 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2098 #, c-format msgid "%s: NULL returned from ldap_first_entry" msgstr "%s: la funció «ldap_first_entry» ha retornat nul" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2028 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2156 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled result type %d returned" msgstr "%s: s'ha retornat el tipus de valor %d que no està gestionat" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2289 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2416 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled search result type %d returned" msgstr "" "%s: s'ha retornat el tipus de resultat de cerca %d que no està gestionat" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4195 msgid "Receiving LDAP search results..." msgstr "S'estan rebent els resultats de la cerca LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4379 msgid "Error performing search" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en realitzar la cerca" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4512 #, c-format msgid "Downloading contacts (%d)..." msgstr "S'estan baixant els contactes (%d)..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5082 msgid "Adding contact to LDAP server..." msgstr "S'està afegint un contacte al servidor LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5157 msgid "Modifying contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "S'està modificant un contacte del servidor LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5223 msgid "Removing contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "S'està suprimint un contacte del servidor LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5618 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get the DN for user '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir el nom distingit (DN) per l'usuari «%s»" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:588 #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:512 #, c-format msgid "Malformed URI: %s" msgstr "L'URI no està ben formatat: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:836 msgid "Loading Addressbook summary..." msgstr "S'està carregant el resum de la llibreta d'adreces..." #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:864 #, c-format msgid "PROPFIND on webdav failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "Ha fallat l'operació «PROPFIND» al WebDAV amb l'estat HTTP %d (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:883 msgid "No response body in webdav PROPFIND result" msgstr "El cos de la resposta a l'ordre PROPFIND de WebDAV és buida" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:944 #, c-format msgid "Loading Contacts (%d%%)" msgstr "S'estan carregant els contactes (%d%%)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1358 msgid "Cannot transform SoupURI to string" msgstr "No es pot transformar la SoupURI a cadena" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1554 #, c-format msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "Ha fallat la creació del recurs «%s» amb l'estat HTTP %d (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1656 msgid "Contact on server changed -> not modifying" msgstr "El contacte és diferent al servidor -> no es modifica" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1664 #, c-format msgid "Modify contact failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "Ha fallat la modificació del contacte amb l'estat HTTP %d (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1757 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1773 #, c-format msgid "DELETE failed with HTTP status %d" msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre «DELETE» (suprimir) amb l'estat HTTP %d" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:40 msgid "No such book" msgstr "No existeix la llibreta" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:42 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:384 msgid "Contact not found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat el contacte" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:44 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:385 msgid "Contact ID already exists" msgstr "L'id. del contacte ja existeix" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:46 msgid "No such source" msgstr "No existeix la font" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:48 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:401 msgid "No space" msgstr "No hi ha espai" #. Dummy row as EContactField starts from 1 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:130 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "ID únic" #. FILE_AS is not really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can generate its value if necessary in the getter #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * preferred user's description (or display name) of the contact. Note 'File' is a verb here. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:135 msgid "File Under" msgstr "Arxiva a" #. URI of the book to which the contact belongs to #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:137 msgid "Book UID" msgstr "UID de la llibreta" #. Name fields #. FN isn't really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can set the N property (since evo 1.4 works fine with #. * vcards that don't even have a N attribute. *sigh*) #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:143 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Nom complet" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:144 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "Nom de pila" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:145 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "Cognom" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:146 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "Sobrenom" #. Email fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:149 msgid "Email 1" msgstr "Primera adreça electrònica" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:150 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "Segona adreça electrònica" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:151 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "Tercera adreça electrònica" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:152 msgid "Email 4" msgstr "Quarta adreça electrònica" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:154 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "Gestor de correu" #. Address Labels #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:157 msgid "Home Address Label" msgstr "Etiqueta de l'adreça de casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:158 msgid "Work Address Label" msgstr "Etiqueta de l'adreça de la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:159 msgid "Other Address Label" msgstr "Etiqueta d'una altra adreça" #. Phone fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:162 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "Telèfon de l'ajudant" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:163 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "Telèfon del negoci" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:164 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "Segon telèfon del negoci" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:165 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "Fax del negoci" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:166 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "Telèfon de trucada de retorn" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:167 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "Telèfon del cotxe" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:168 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "Telèfon de l'empresa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:169 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "Telèfon de casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:170 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "Segon telèfon de casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:171 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "Fax de casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:172 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "XDSI" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:173 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "Telèfon mòbil" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:174 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "Altre telèfon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:175 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "Altre fax" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:176 msgid "Pager" msgstr "Cercapersones" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:177 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "Telèfon principal" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:178 msgid "Radio" msgstr "Ràdio" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:179 msgid "Telex" msgstr "Tèlex" #. To translators: TTY is Teletypewriter #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:181 msgid "TTY" msgstr "TTY" #. Organizational fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:184 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organització" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:185 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Unitat organitzacional" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:186 msgid "Office" msgstr "Oficina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:187 msgid "Title" msgstr "Títol" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:188 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rol" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:189 msgid "Manager" msgstr "Gestor" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:190 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "Ajudant" #. Web fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:193 msgid "Homepage URL" msgstr "URL de la pàgina personal" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:194 msgid "Weblog URL" msgstr "URL del bloc" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:197 msgid "Categories" msgstr "Categories" #. Collaboration fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:200 msgid "Calendar URI" msgstr "URI del calendari" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:201 msgid "Free/Busy URL" msgstr "URL de lliure/ocupat" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:202 msgid "ICS Calendar" msgstr "Calendari ICS" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:203 msgid "Video Conferencing URL" msgstr "URL per a videoconferència" #. Misc fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:206 msgid "Spouse's Name" msgstr "Nom del cònjuge" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:207 msgid "Note" msgstr "Nota" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:210 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom de l'AIM a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:211 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom de l'AIM a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:212 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom de l'AIM a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:213 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom de l'AIM a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:214 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom de l'AIM a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:215 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom de l'AIM a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:216 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom del GroupWise a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:217 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom del GroupWise a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:218 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom del GroupWise a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:219 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom del GroupWise a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:220 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom del GroupWise a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:221 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom del GroupWise a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:222 msgid "Jabber Home ID 1" msgstr "Primer id. del Jabber a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:223 msgid "Jabber Home ID 2" msgstr "Segon id. del Jabber a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:224 msgid "Jabber Home ID 3" msgstr "Tercer id. del Jabber a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:225 msgid "Jabber Work ID 1" msgstr "Primer id. del Jabber a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:226 msgid "Jabber Work ID 2" msgstr "Segon id. del Jabber a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:227 msgid "Jabber Work ID 3" msgstr "Tercer id. del Jabber a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:228 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom del Yahoo! a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:229 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom del Yahoo! a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:230 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom del Yahoo! a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:231 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom del Yahoo! a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:232 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom del Yahoo! a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:233 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom del Yahoo! a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:234 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom de l'MSN a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:235 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom de l'MSN a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:236 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom de l'MSN a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:237 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom de l'MSN a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:238 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom de l'MSN a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:239 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom de l'MSN a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:240 msgid "ICQ Home ID 1" msgstr "Primer id. de l'ICQ a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:241 msgid "ICQ Home ID 2" msgstr "Segon id. de l'ICQ a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:242 msgid "ICQ Home ID 3" msgstr "Tercer id. de l'ICQ a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:243 msgid "ICQ Work ID 1" msgstr "Primer id. de l'ICQ a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:244 msgid "ICQ Work ID 2" msgstr "Segon id. de l'ICQ a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:245 msgid "ICQ Work ID 3" msgstr "Tercer id. de l'ICQ a la feina" #. Last modified time #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:248 msgid "Last Revision" msgstr "Última revisió" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * virtual field, which returns either name of the contact or the organization #. * name, recognized by multiple other fields, where the first filled is used. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:252 msgid "Name or Org" msgstr "Nom o organització" #. Address fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:255 msgid "Address List" msgstr "Llista d'adreces" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:256 msgid "Home Address" msgstr "Adreça de casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:257 msgid "Work Address" msgstr "Adreça de la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:258 msgid "Other Address" msgstr "Altres adreces" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:261 msgid "Category List" msgstr "Llista de categories" #. Photo/Logo #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:264 msgid "Photo" msgstr "Fotografia" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:265 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logotip" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a name #. * of the contact, as specified in http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6350#section-6.2.2 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:269 #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:153 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:270 msgid "Email List" msgstr "Llista de correu electrònic" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:273 msgid "AIM Screen Name List" msgstr "Llista de sobrenoms de l'AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:274 msgid "GroupWise ID List" msgstr "Llista d'id. del GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:275 msgid "Jabber ID List" msgstr "Llista d'id. del Jabber" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:276 msgid "Yahoo! Screen Name List" msgstr "Llista de sobrenoms del Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:277 msgid "MSN Screen Name List" msgstr "Llista de sobrenoms de l'MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:278 msgid "ICQ ID List" msgstr "Llista d'id. de l'ICQ" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:280 msgid "Wants HTML Mail" msgstr "Accepta correu en format HTML" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * field describing whether it's a Contact list (list of email addresses) or a #. * regular contact for one person/organization/... #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:285 msgid "List" msgstr "Llista" # Sona estrany, però ho hem consultat amb #evolution. jm #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a flag #. * used to determine whether when sending to Contact lists the addresses should be #. * shown or not to other recipients - basically whether to use BCC field or CC #. * message header when sending messages to this Contact list. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:290 msgid "List Shows Addresses" msgstr "Mostra la llista d'adreces" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:292 msgid "Birth Date" msgstr "Data de naixement" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:293 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:948 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Commemoració" #. Security fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:296 msgid "X.509 Certificate" msgstr "Certificat X.509" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:297 msgid "PGP Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:299 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 1" msgstr "Primer id. del Gadu-Gadu a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:300 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 2" msgstr "Segon id. del Gadu-Gadu a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:301 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 3" msgstr "Tercer id. del Gadu-Gadu a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:302 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 1" msgstr "Primer id. del Gadu-Gadu a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:303 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 2" msgstr "Segon id. del Gadu-Gadu a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:304 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 3" msgstr "Tercer id. del Gadu-Gadu a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:305 msgid "Gadu-Gadu ID List" msgstr "Llista d'id. del Gadu-Gadu" #. Geo information #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:308 msgid "Geographic Information" msgstr "Informació geogràfica" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:310 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "Telèfon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:312 msgid "Skype Home Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom de l'Skype a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:313 msgid "Skype Home Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom de l'Skype a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:314 msgid "Skype Home Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom de l'Skype a casa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:315 msgid "Skype Work Name 1" msgstr "Primer sobrenom de l'Skype a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:316 msgid "Skype Work Name 2" msgstr "Segon sobrenom de l'Skype a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:317 msgid "Skype Work Name 3" msgstr "Tercer sobrenom de l'Skype a la feina" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:318 msgid "Skype Name List" msgstr "Llista de sobrenoms de l'Skype" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:320 msgid "SIP address" msgstr "Adreça SIP" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:322 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 1" msgstr "Primer nom del Google Talk a casa 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:323 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 2" msgstr "Primer nom del Google Talk a casa 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:324 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 3" msgstr "Primer nom del Google Talk a casa 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:325 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 1" msgstr "Primer nom del Google Talk a la feina 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:326 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 2" msgstr "Primer nom del Google Talk a la feina 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:327 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 3" msgstr "Primer nom del Google Talk a la feina 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:328 msgid "Google Talk Name List" msgstr "Llista de noms del Google Talk" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:330 msgid "Twitter Name List" msgstr "Llista de sobrenoms de Twitter" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:1660 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-destination.c:918 msgid "Unnamed List" msgstr "Llista sense nom" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:41 msgid "The library was built without phone number support." msgstr "" "Es va construir la biblioteca sense la implementació de números de telèfon." #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:43 msgid "The phone number parser reported a yet unknown error code." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:45 msgid "Not a phone number" msgstr "No és un número de telèfon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:47 msgid "Invalid country calling code" msgstr "El codi de trucada de país no és vàlid" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:49 msgid "" "Remaining text after the country calling code is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" "El text que hi ha després del codi de trucada de país és massa curt per ser " "un número de telèfon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:51 msgid "Text is too short for a phone number" msgstr "El text és massa curt per ser un número de telèfon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:53 msgid "Text is too long for a phone number" msgstr "El text és massa llarg per ser un número de telèfon" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:931 #, c-format msgid "Unknown book property '%s'" msgstr "Es desconeix la propietat «%s» de la llibreta" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:946 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of book property '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha pogut canviar el valor de la propietat «%s» de la llibreta" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1390 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1621 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1898 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1717 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1955 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to '%s': " msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar a «%s»: " #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client-view.c:868 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client-view.c:681 #, c-format msgid "Client disappeared" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:905 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:2229 #, c-format msgid "Error introspecting unknown summary field '%s'" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en inspeccionar el camp de resum desconegut «%s»" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1515 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:1368 msgid "Error parsing regular expression" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en analitzar l'expressió regular" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1560 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:1852 ../camel/camel-db.c:751 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient memory" msgstr "No hi ha prou memòria" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1697 #, c-format msgid "Invalid contact field '%d' specified in summary" msgstr "El camp de contacte «%d» especificat en el resum no és vàlid" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1731 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:579 #, c-format msgid "" "Contact field '%s' of type '%s' specified in summary, but only boolean, " "string and string list field types are supported" msgstr "" "En el resum s'especifica que el camp de contacte «%s» és de tipus «%s», però " "només s'admeten camps de tipus booleà, cadena de text o llista de cadenes de " "text" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3073 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4169 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. vcards cannot be returned." msgstr "" "Els contactes de cerca no s'emmagatzemen sencers a la memòria cau. No es " "poden retornar vcards." #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4300 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4393 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:5807 #, c-format msgid "Query contained unsupported elements" msgstr "La consulta contenia elements no implementats" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4304 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query" msgstr "La consulta no és vàlida" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4328 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is " "supported." msgstr "" "Els contactes de cerca no s'emmagatzemen sencers a la memòria cau. De manera " "que només es poden realitzar consultes al resum." #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4397 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:396 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1146 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:428 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1427 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Invalid query" msgstr "La sol·licitud no és vàlida" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4440 #, c-format msgid "" "Full vcards are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is supported." msgstr "" "Les vcards no s'emmagatzemen senceres a la memòria cau. De manera que només " "es poden realitzar consultes al resum." #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:5263 #, c-format msgid "Unable to remove the db file: errno %d" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut suprimir el fitxer de la base de dades: número d'error %d" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:6050 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:6450 #, c-format msgid "Only summary queries are supported by EbSdbCursor" msgstr "L'EbSdbCursor només és permet realitzar consultes resum" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:6057 #, c-format msgid "At least one sort field must be specified to use an EbSdbCursor" msgstr "" "S'ha d'especificar com a mínim un camp d'ordenació si s'utilitza un " "EbSdbCursor" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:6071 #, c-format msgid "Cannot sort by a field that is not in the summary" msgstr "No es pot ordenar per un camp que no és al resum" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:6078 #, c-format msgid "Cannot sort by a field which may have multiple values" msgstr "No es pot ordenar per un camp que pot tenir valors múltiples" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:6211 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:8106 #, c-format msgid "" "Tried to step a cursor in reverse, but cursor is already at the beginning of " "the contact list" msgstr "" "S'ha provat de moure un cursor cap enrere, però el cursor ja es troba al " "començament de la llista de contactes" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:6219 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:8114 #, c-format msgid "" "Tried to step a cursor forwards, but cursor is already at the end of the " "contact list" msgstr "" "S'ha provat de moure un cursor cap endavant, però el cursor ja es troba al " "final de la llista de contactes" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:545 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported contact field '%d' specified in summary" msgstr "El camp de contacte «%d» especificat en el resum no és compatible" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:1925 msgid "" "Cannot upgrade contacts database from a legacy database with more than one " "addressbook. Delete one of the entries in the 'folders' table first." msgstr "" "No es pot actualitzar la base de dades de contactes des d'una base de dades " "antiga amb més d'una llibreta d'adreces. Primer heu de suprimir una de les " "entrades a la taula «carpetes»." #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:5800 #, c-format msgid "Invalid query: %s" msgstr "La consulta no és vàlida: %s" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:5975 msgid "Invalid query for EbSqlCursor" msgstr "La consulta per l'EbSqlCursor no és vàlida" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:7928 msgid "At least one sort field must be specified to use an EbSqlCursor" msgstr "" "S'ha d'especificar com a mínim un camp d'ordenació per utilitzar un " "EbSqlCursor" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-sqlite.c:7946 msgid "Cannot sort by a field that is not a string type" msgstr "No es pot ordenar per un camp que no sigui de tipus cadena de text" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:380 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:409 msgid "Success" msgstr "Correcte" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:381 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2304 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:410 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:144 msgid "Backend is busy" msgstr "El rerefons està ocupat" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:382 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:411 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:154 msgid "Repository offline" msgstr "El dipòsit està fora de línia" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:383 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2318 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:412 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:161 msgid "Permission denied" msgstr "Permís denegat" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:386 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:417 msgid "Authentication Failed" msgstr "No s'ha pogut autenticar" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:387 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:418 msgid "Authentication Required" msgstr "Cal autenticació" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:388 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:419 msgid "Unsupported field" msgstr "Aquest camp no està implementat" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:389 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:421 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:169 msgid "Unsupported authentication method" msgstr "Aquest mètode d'autenticació no està implementat" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:390 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:422 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:171 msgid "TLS not available" msgstr "El TLS no està disponible" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:391 msgid "Address book does not exist" msgstr "La llibreta d'adreces no existeix" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:392 msgid "Book removed" msgstr "S'ha suprimit la llibreta d'adreces" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:393 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:425 msgid "Not available in offline mode" msgstr "No està disponible en mode fora de línia" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:394 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:426 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:173 msgid "Search size limit exceeded" msgstr "S'ha excedit el límit de la mida de la cerca" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:395 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:427 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:175 msgid "Search time limit exceeded" msgstr "S'ha excedit el límit de temps de la cerca" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:397 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:429 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:179 msgid "Query refused" msgstr "S'ha rebutjat la sol·licitud" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:398 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:430 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:165 msgid "Could not cancel" msgstr "No s'ha pogut cancel·lar" #. { E_DATA_BOOK_STATUS_OTHER_ERROR, N_("Other error") }, #. { OtherError, N_("Other error") }, #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:400 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:432 msgid "Invalid server version" msgstr "La versió del servidor no és vàlida" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:402 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2302 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:433 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:142 msgid "Invalid argument" msgstr "Argument no vàlid" #. Translators: The string for NOT_SUPPORTED error #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:404 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1059 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1427 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1909 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2341 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:435 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Not supported" msgstr "No està implementat" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:405 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:436 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:185 msgid "Backend is not opened yet" msgstr "El rerefons encara no està obert" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:406 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:187 msgid "Object is out of sync" msgstr "L'objecte no està sincronitzat" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:414 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:444 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:183 msgid "Other error" msgstr "Un altre error" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1171 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1452 msgid "Invalid query: " msgstr "La consulta no és vàlida: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1420 msgid "Cannot open book: " msgstr "No es pot obrir la llibreta: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1458 msgid "Cannot refresh address book: " msgstr "No es pot refrescar la llibreta d'adreces: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1497 msgid "Cannot get contact: " msgstr "No es pot obtenir el contacte: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1546 msgid "Cannot get contact list: " msgstr "No es pot obtenir la llista de contactes: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1602 msgid "Cannot get contact list uids: " msgstr "" "No es poden obtenir els identificadors universals de la llista de contactes: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1653 msgid "Cannot add contact: " msgstr "No es pot afegir el contacte: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1706 msgid "Cannot modify contacts: " msgstr "No s'han pogut modificar els contactes: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1759 msgid "Cannot remove contacts: " msgstr "No es poden suprimir els contactes: " #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-cursor.c:776 msgid "Cursor does not support setting the search expression" msgstr "El cursor no permet establir l'expressió de cerca" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-cursor.c:859 msgid "Cursor does not support step" msgstr "El cursor no permet anar pas a pas" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-cursor.c:942 msgid "Cursor does not support alphabetic indexes" msgstr "El cursor no permet l'ús d'índexs alfabètics" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-cursor-sqlite.c:268 msgid "Unrecognized cursor origin" msgstr "No es reconeix l'origen del cursor" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-cursor-sqlite.c:336 msgid "Out of sync revision while moving cursor" msgstr "La revisió està desincronitzada en moure el cursor" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-cursor-sqlite.c:430 msgid "Alphabetic index was set for incorrect locale" msgstr "S'ha definit un índex alfabètic per a un codi local erroni" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:583 #, c-format msgid "Server is unreachable (%s)" msgstr "El servidor no és accessible (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:614 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to a server using SSL: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar a un servidor a través d'SSL: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:630 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected HTTP status code %d returned (%s) for URI: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:651 msgid "CalDAV backend is not loaded yet" msgstr "El rerefons de CalDAV encara no està carregat" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:1100 #: ../libedataserver/e-webdav-discover.c:146 msgid "Invalid Redirect URL" msgstr "L'URL de redirecció no és vàlid" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2955 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create local cache folder '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear la carpeta de memòria cau local «%s»" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:3035 #, c-format msgid "" "Server is unreachable, calendar is opened in read-only mode.\n" "Error message: %s" msgstr "" "El servidor no és accessible; s'ha obert el calendari en mode de només " "lectura.\n" "El missatge d'error fou: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4123 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk additions" msgstr "El CalDAV no permet les addicions en bloc" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4226 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "El CalDAV no permet les modificacions en bloc" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4507 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk removals" msgstr "El CalDAV no permet les supressions en bloc" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5189 msgid "Calendar doesn't support Free/Busy" msgstr "El calendari no implementa l'estat lliure/ocupat" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5198 msgid "Schedule outbox url not found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat l'URL de sortida de planificació" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5295 msgid "Unexpected result in schedule-response" msgstr "S'ha retornat un valor no esperat en la resposta de planificació" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:950 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Aniversari" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:986 #, c-format msgid "Birthday: %s" msgstr "Aniversari: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:1017 #, c-format msgid "Anniversary: %s" msgstr "Commemoració: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:245 msgid "Cannot save calendar data: Malformed URI." msgstr "No s'han pogut desar les dades del calendari: l'URI està mal format." #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:252 #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:258 msgid "Cannot save calendar data" msgstr "No s'han pogut desar les dades del calendari" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:581 #, c-format msgid "Redirected to Invalid URI" msgstr "S'ha redirigit a un URI no vàlid" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:640 #, c-format msgid "Bad file format." msgstr "El format de fitxer és erroni." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:650 #, c-format msgid "Not a calendar." msgstr "No és un calendari." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:954 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:709 msgid "Could not create cache file" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el fitxer de memòria cau" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:195 msgid "Could not retrieve weather data" msgstr "No s'han pogut obtenir les dades del temps" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:378 msgid "Weather: Fog" msgstr "Temps: boira" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:379 msgid "Weather: Cloudy Night" msgstr "Temps: nit ennuvolada" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:380 msgid "Weather: Cloudy" msgstr "Temps: ennuvolat" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:381 msgid "Weather: Overcast" msgstr "Temps: cel cobert" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:382 msgid "Weather: Showers" msgstr "Temps: ruixats" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:383 msgid "Weather: Snow" msgstr "Temps: neu" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:384 msgid "Weather: Clear Night" msgstr "Temps: nit serena" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:385 msgid "Weather: Sunny" msgstr "Temps: assolellat" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:386 msgid "Weather: Thunderstorms" msgstr "Temps: llamps i trons" #. TRANSLATOR: This is the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (\302\260 is U+00B0 DEGREE SIGN) #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:412 #, c-format msgid "%.1f °F" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: This is the temperature in degrees Celsius (\302\260 is U+00B0 DEGREE SIGN) #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%.1f °C" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: This is the temperature in kelvin #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:418 #, c-format msgid "%.1f K" msgstr "%.1f K" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:424 #, c-format msgid "%.1f" msgstr "%.1f" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:589 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:617 msgid "Forecast" msgstr "Pronòstic" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2306 msgid "Repository is offline" msgstr "El dipòsit està fora de línia" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2308 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:266 msgid "No such calendar" msgstr "No existeix aquest calendari" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2310 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:268 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:414 msgid "Object not found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat l'objecte" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2312 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:270 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:415 msgid "Invalid object" msgstr "Objecte no vàlid" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2314 msgid "URI not loaded" msgstr "No s'ha carregat l'URI" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2316 msgid "URI already loaded" msgstr "Ja s'ha carregat l'URI" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2320 msgid "Unknown User" msgstr "Usuari desconegut" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2322 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:274 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:416 msgid "Object ID already exists" msgstr "L'id. d'objecte ja existeix" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2324 msgid "Protocol not supported" msgstr "El protocol no està implementat" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2326 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "S'ha cancel·lat l'operació" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2328 msgid "Could not cancel operation" msgstr "No s'ha pogut cancel·lar l'operació" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2330 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:150 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "No s'ha pogut autenticar" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2332 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1119 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:152 msgid "Authentication required" msgstr "Cal autenticació" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2334 msgid "A D-Bus exception has occurred" msgstr "S'ha produït una excepció del D-Bus" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2338 msgid "No error" msgstr "Cap error" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:272 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:424 msgid "Unknown user" msgstr "Usuari desconegut" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:276 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:413 msgid "Invalid range" msgstr "Rang no vàlid" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1065 #, c-format msgid "Unknown calendar property '%s'" msgstr "Es desconeix la propietat «%s» del calendari" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1080 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of calendar property '%s'" msgstr "No es pot canviar la propietat «%s» del calendari" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-component.c:1349 msgid "Untitled appointment" msgstr "Cita sense nom" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4046 msgid "1st" msgstr "1" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4047 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4048 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4049 msgid "4th" msgstr "4" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4050 msgid "5th" msgstr "5" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4051 msgid "6th" msgstr "6" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4052 msgid "7th" msgstr "7" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4053 msgid "8th" msgstr "8" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4054 msgid "9th" msgstr "9" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4055 msgid "10th" msgstr "10" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4056 msgid "11th" msgstr "11" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4057 msgid "12th" msgstr "12" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4058 msgid "13th" msgstr "13" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4059 msgid "14th" msgstr "14" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4060 msgid "15th" msgstr "15" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4061 msgid "16th" msgstr "16" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4062 msgid "17th" msgstr "17" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4063 msgid "18th" msgstr "18" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4064 msgid "19th" msgstr "19" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4065 msgid "20th" msgstr "20" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4066 msgid "21st" msgstr "21" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4067 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4068 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4069 msgid "24th" msgstr "24" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4070 msgid "25th" msgstr "25" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4071 msgid "26th" msgstr "26" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4072 msgid "27th" msgstr "27" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4073 msgid "28th" msgstr "28" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4074 msgid "29th" msgstr "29" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4075 msgid "30th" msgstr "30" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4076 msgid "31st" msgstr "31" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:706 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:733 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "High" msgstr "Alta" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:708 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:735 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normal" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:710 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:737 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Low" msgstr "Baixa" #. An empty string is the same as 'None'. #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:731 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "No definida" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:85 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1063 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1379 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1506 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1555 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects one argument" msgstr "«%s» espera un argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:92 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:674 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1386 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1394 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a string" msgstr "«%s» espera que el primer argument sigui una cadena" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:167 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two or three arguments" msgstr "«%s» espera dos o tres arguments" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:174 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:263 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:325 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:824 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1070 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1455 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1513 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1562 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a time_t" msgstr "«%s» espera que el primer argument sigui de tipus time_t" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:183 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:271 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:335 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:833 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a time_t" msgstr "«%s» espera que el segon argument sigui un tipus time_t" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:193 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the third argument to be a string" msgstr "«%s» espera que el tercer argument sigui una cadena" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:255 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects none or two arguments" msgstr "«%s» espera o bé cap argument o bé dos arguments" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:318 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:667 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:817 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1448 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two arguments" msgstr "«%s» espera dos arguments" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:603 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:626 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:749 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:781 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:988 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1021 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1340 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects no arguments" msgstr "«%s» no espera cap argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:683 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a string" msgstr "«%s» espera que el segon argument sigui una cadena" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:714 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organizer\", or " "\"classification\"" msgstr "" "«%s» espera que el primer argument sigui «any» (qualsevol), «summary» " "(resum), «description» (descripció), «location» (ubicació), «attendee» " "(assistent), «organizer» (organitzador), o «classification» (classificació)" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:885 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects at least one argument" msgstr "«%s» espera almenys un argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:900 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects all arguments to be strings or one and only one argument to " "be a boolean false (#f)" msgstr "" "«%s» espera que tots els arguments siguin cadenes, o un bé un (i només un) " "argument que sigui fals booleà (#f)" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1403 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be an ISO 8601 date/time string" msgstr "" "«%s» espera que el primer argument sigui una cadena de data/hora en el " "format ISO 8601" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1464 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be an integer" msgstr "«%s» espera que el segon argument sigui un enter" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:420 msgid "Unsupported method" msgstr "Aquest mètode no està implementat" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:423 msgid "Calendar does not exist" msgstr "No existeix el calendari" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1645 msgid "Cannot open calendar: " msgstr "No es pot obrir el calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1682 msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: " msgstr "No es pot refrescar el calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1723 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object path: " msgstr "No es pot obtenir el camí de l'objecte de calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1775 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object list: " msgstr "No es pot obtenir la llista d'objectes de calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1832 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar free/busy list: " msgstr "No es pot obtenir la llista de lliure/ocupat del calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1882 msgid "Cannot create calendar object: " msgstr "No es pot crear l'objecte de calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1950 msgid "Cannot modify calendar object: " msgstr "No es pot modificar l'objecte de calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2028 msgid "Cannot remove calendar object: " msgstr "No es pot suprimir l'objecte de calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2114 msgid "Cannot receive calendar objects: " msgstr "No es poden rebre els objectes de calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2157 msgid "Cannot send calendar objects: " msgstr "No es poden enviar els objectes de calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2209 msgid "Could not retrieve attachment uris: " msgstr "No s'han pogut obtenir els URI de les adjuncions: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2254 msgid "Could not discard reminder: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut descartar el recordatori: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2295 msgid "Could not retrieve calendar time zone: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir el fus horari del calendari: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2335 msgid "Could not add calendar time zone: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir el fus horari del calendari: " #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Signing is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Aquest xifratge no pot signar" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Verifying is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Aquest xifratge no implementa la verificació" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:228 #, c-format msgid "Encryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Amb aquest xifratge no es pot encriptar" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Decryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Aquest xifratge no es pot desencriptar" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:358 msgid "Signing message" msgstr "Signatura del missatge" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:648 msgid "Encrypting message" msgstr "Encriptació del missatge" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:820 msgid "Decrypting message" msgstr "Desencriptació del missatge" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create cache path" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el camí a la memòria cau" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:449 msgid "Empty cache file" msgstr "Buida el fitxer de memòria cau" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:522 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove cache entry: %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut suprimir l'entrada de la memòria cau: %s. %s" #: ../camel/camel-db.c:810 ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:906 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s' to %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut canviar el nom de «%s» a %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:914 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:798 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create child process '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el procés fill «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:962 #, c-format msgid "Invalid message stream received from %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha rebut un flux de missatge no vàlid de %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1169 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1178 msgid "Syncing folders" msgstr "S'estan sincronitzant les carpetes" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1276 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en analitzar el filtre: %s. %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1287 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en executar el filtre: %s. %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1383 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open spool folder" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir la carpeta per a cues" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1395 #, c-format msgid "Unable to process spool folder" msgstr "No s'ha pogut processar la carpeta per a cues" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1418 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d (%d%%)" msgstr "S'està obtenint el missatge %d (%d%%)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1427 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1449 #, c-format msgid "Failed on message %d" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en el missatge %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1468 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1582 msgid "Syncing folder" msgstr "S'està sincronitzant la carpeta" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1473 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1590 msgid "Complete" msgstr "Acabat" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1536 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d of %d" msgstr "S'està obtenint el missatge %d de %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1554 #, c-format msgid "Failed at message %d of %d" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir el missatge %d de %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1749 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1776 #, c-format msgid "Execution of filter '%s' failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'execució del filtre «%s»: " #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1766 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en analitzar el filtre «%s»: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1785 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en executar el filtre «%s»: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:139 msgid "Failed to retrieve message" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir el missatge" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:538 msgid "Invalid arguments to (system-flag)" msgstr "Els arguments per a (system-flag) no són vàlids" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:556 msgid "Invalid arguments to (user-tag)" msgstr "Els arguments per a (user-tag) no són vàlids" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1068 msgid "Invalid arguments to (message-location)" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1149 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1160 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter search: %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en executar la cerca de filtres: %s. %s" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:321 #, c-format msgid "Learning new spam message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new spam messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "S'està aprenent el missatge brossa a «%s»" msgstr[1] "S'estan aprenent els missatges brossa a «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:361 #, c-format msgid "Learning new ham message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new ham messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "S'està aprenent el missatge no brossa a «%s»" msgstr[1] "S'estan aprenent els missatges no brossa a «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Filtering new message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Filtering new messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "S'està filtrant el missatge nou a «%s»" msgstr[1] "S'estan filtrant els missatges nous a «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1015 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:330 msgid "Moving messages" msgstr "S'estan movent els missatges" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1018 msgid "Copying messages" msgstr "S'estan copiant els missatges" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1060 #, c-format msgid "Quota information not supported for folder '%s'" msgstr "La informació de quota no està implementada per a la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1152 #, c-format msgid "Filtering folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:2878 #, c-format msgid "Expunging folder '%s'" msgstr "S'està buidant la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3009 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s' in %s" msgstr "S'està recuperant el missatge «%s» a %s" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3200 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving quota information for '%s'" msgstr "S'està recuperant la informació de la quota per «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3497 #, c-format msgid "Refreshing folder '%s'" msgstr "S'està actualitzant la carpeta «%s»" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:915 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:957 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a single bool result" msgstr "(%s) necessita un únic resultat booleà" #. Translators: Each '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:992 #, c-format msgid "(%s) not allowed inside %s" msgstr "(%s) no és permès dins de %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:999 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1007 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a match type string" msgstr "(%s) necessita una cadena de tipus de concordança" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1035 #, c-format msgid "(%s) expects an array result" msgstr "(%s) espera un resultat de tipus matriu" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires the folder set" msgstr "(%s) espera el conjunt de carpetes" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1962 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2131 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot parse search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut analitzar l'expressió de cerca: %s.\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1974 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2143 #, c-format msgid "" "Error executing search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en executar l'expressió de cerca %s:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-folder-summary.c:2139 #, c-format msgid "Release unused memory for folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-folder-summary.c:2351 #, c-format msgid "Update preview data for folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:728 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:733 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1400 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute gpg: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el GPG: %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:733 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1122 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Es desconeix" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:798 #, c-format msgid "" "Unexpected GnuPG status message encountered:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "S'ha obtingut un missatge d'estat inesperat del GnuPG:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:834 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg userid hint." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut analitzar el suggeriment de l'identificador d'usuari de GPG." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:859 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:874 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg passphrase request." msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar la sol·licitud de contrasenya del GPG." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:895 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a PIN to unlock the key for your\n" "SmartCard: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Us cal un PIN per desbloquejar la clau\n" "de l'SmartCard: «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:899 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a passphrase to unlock the key for\n" "user: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Us cal una contrasenya per desbloquejar la clau\n" "de l'usuari: «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:905 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected request from GnuPG for '%s'" msgstr "Sol·licitud inesperada del GnuPG per a «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:917 msgid "" "Note the encrypted content doesn't contain information about a recipient, " "thus there will be a password prompt for each of stored private key." msgstr "" "Adoneu-vos que el contingut encriptat no conté informació sobre el " "destinatari, de manera que se us demanarà la contrasenya per a cada clau " "privada emmagatzemada." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:948 ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:524 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:401 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Cancel·lat" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:969 #, c-format msgid "Failed to unlock secret key: 3 bad passphrases given." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut desbloquejar la clau secreta: s'han introduït 3 contrasenyes " "incorrectes." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected response from GnuPG: %s" msgstr "Resposta inesperada del GnuPG: %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1120 #, c-format msgid "Failed to encrypt: No valid recipients specified." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut xifrar perquè no s'ha especificat cap destinatari vàlid." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1675 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:843 msgid "Could not generate signing data: " msgstr "No s'han pogut generar les dades de signatura: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1725 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1937 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2047 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2198 msgid "Failed to execute gpg." msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el GPG." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1808 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1816 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1824 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1844 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:972 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:986 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:995 #, c-format msgid "Cannot verify message signature: Incorrect message format" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut verificar la signatura del missatge. El format del missatge no " "és correcte" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1890 msgid "Cannot verify message signature: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut verificar la signatura del missatge: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2013 msgid "Could not generate encrypting data: " msgstr "No s'han pogut generar les dades per encriptar: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2066 msgid "This is a digitally encrypted message part" msgstr "Això és una part del missatge xifrada digitalment" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2122 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2131 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2154 #, c-format msgid "Cannot decrypt message: Incorrect message format" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut desxifrar el missatge: El format del missatge no és correcte" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2142 #, c-format msgid "Failed to decrypt MIME part: protocol error" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut desxifrar la part MIME: s'ha produït un error de protocol" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2208 #, c-format msgid "Failed to decrypt MIME part: Secret key not found" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2244 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1288 msgid "Encrypted content" msgstr "Contingut xifrat" #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:167 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "S'està sincronitzant la base de dades de missatges brossa" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:110 #, c-format msgid "Could not create lock file for %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el fitxer de bloqueig per a %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Timed out trying to get lock file on %s. Try again later." msgstr "" "S'ha excedit el temps màxim per intentar obtenir el fitxer de bloqueig a %s. " "Torneu-ho a provar més tard." #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:215 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using fcntl(2): %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir un bloqueig amb fcntl(2): %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:282 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using flock(2): %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir un bloqueig amb flock(2): %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:107 #, c-format msgid "Cannot build locking helper pipe: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el conducte de l'ajudant per bloquejar: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:131 #, c-format msgid "Cannot fork locking helper: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear un procés fill per a l'ajudant per bloquejar: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:218 ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:246 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s': protocol error with lock-helper" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut bloquejar «%s»: hi ha un error en el protocol amb l'ajudant " "per bloquejar" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:234 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha pogut bloquejar «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:101 #, c-format msgid "Could not open mail file %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer de correu %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:121 #, c-format msgid "Could not check mail file %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut comprovar el fitxer de correu %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:136 #, c-format msgid "Could not open temporary mail file %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer temporal de correu %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:166 #, c-format msgid "Failed to store mail in temp file %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut emmagatzemar el correu en el fitxer temporal %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el conducte: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:214 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear un procés fill: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Movemail program failed: %s" msgstr "El programa movemail ha fallat: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:253 msgid "(Unknown error)" msgstr "(Error desconegut)" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:280 #, c-format msgid "Error reading mail file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir el fitxer de correu: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:293 #, c-format msgid "Error writing mail temp file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure el fitxer temporal de correu: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:500 ../camel/camel-movemail.c:569 #, c-format msgid "Error copying mail temp file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en copiar el fitxer temporal de correu: %s" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:279 ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:432 #, c-format msgid "No content available" msgstr "No hi ha continguts disponibles" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:287 ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:440 #, c-format msgid "No signature available" msgstr "No hi ha cap signatura disponible" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:806 #, c-format msgid "parse error" msgstr "error d'anàlisi" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:706 #, c-format msgid "Resolving: %s" msgstr "S'està resolent: %s" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:731 msgid "Host lookup failed" msgstr "Ha fallat la cerca de l'ordinador remot" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:737 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" "Ha fallat la cerca del servidor «%s». Comproveu que heu introduït " "correctament el nom del servidor." #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:741 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed: %s" msgstr "Ha fallat la cerca del servidor «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:93 #, c-format msgid "Downloading new messages for offline mode in '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:160 #, c-format msgid "Storing changes in folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:259 #, c-format msgid "Checking download of new messages for offline in '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:372 #, c-format msgid "Syncing messages in folder '%s' to disk" msgstr "S'estan sincronitzant els missatges de la carpeta «%s» al disc" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:435 msgid "Copy folder content locally for _offline operation" msgstr "" "Copia el contingut de la carpeta localment per treballar _fora de línia" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:55 msgid "Virtual folder email provider" msgstr "Proveïdor de correu de la carpeta virtual" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:57 msgid "For reading mail as a query of another set of folders" msgstr "Per llegir correu com a consulta d'un altre joc de carpetes" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:260 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: Module loading not supported on this system." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut carregar %s: no es poden carregar mòduls en aquest sistema." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: No initialization code in module." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut carregar %s: el mòdul no conté cap codi d'inicialització." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:424 ../camel/camel-session.c:421 #, c-format msgid "No provider available for protocol '%s'" msgstr "No hi ha cap proveïdor disponible per al protocol «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:32 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:82 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "Anònim" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:34 msgid "This option will connect to the server using an anonymous login." msgstr "" "Amb aquesta opció es connectarà al servidor usant una entrada anònima." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:67 #, c-format msgid "Authentication failed." msgstr "Ha fallat l'autenticació." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:78 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid email address trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "La informació de la traça de l'adreça electrònica no és vàlida:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:92 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid opaque trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "La informació de la traça opaca no és vàlida:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:106 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "La informació de la traça no és vàlida:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:43 msgid "CRAM-MD5" msgstr "CRAM-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:45 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure CRAM-MD5 password, if " "the server supports it." msgstr "" "Amb aquesta opció es connectarà al servidor usant una contrasenya segura " "CRAM-MD5, si el servidor ho implementa." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:56 msgid "DIGEST-MD5" msgstr "DIGEST-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:58 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure DIGEST-MD5 password, " "if the server supports it." msgstr "" "Amb aquesta opció es connectarà al servidor usant una contrasenya segura " "DIGEST-MD5, si el servidor ho implementa." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:854 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge too long (>2048 octets)" msgstr "El desafiament del servidor és massa llarg (més de 2048 bytes)" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:865 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge invalid\n" msgstr "El desafiament del servidor no és vàlid\n" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:873 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge contained invalid \"Quality of Protection\" token" msgstr "" "El desafiament del servidor contenia un element «Qualitat de la protecció» " "no vàlid" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:906 #, c-format msgid "Server response did not contain authorization data" msgstr "La resposta del servidor no contenia dades d'autorització" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:927 #, c-format msgid "Server response contained incomplete authorization data" msgstr "La resposta del servidor contenia dades d'autorització incompletes" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:940 #, c-format msgid "Server response does not match" msgstr "La resposta del servidor no concorda" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:94 msgid "GSSAPI" msgstr "GSSAPI" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:96 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using Kerberos 5 authentication." msgstr "" "Amb aquesta opció es connectarà al servidor que usa autenticació basada en " "Kerberos 5." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:148 #, c-format msgid "(Unknown GSSAPI mechanism code: %x)" msgstr "(codi de mecanisme de la GSSAPI desconegut: %x)" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:181 msgid "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognized by the implementation." msgstr "" "La credencial proporcionada no implementa el mecanisme especificat, o bé la " "implementació no la reconeix." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:186 msgid "The provided target_name parameter was ill-formed." msgstr "El paràmetre target_name proporcionat estava mal format." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:189 msgid "" "The provided target_name parameter contained an invalid or unsupported type " "of name." msgstr "" "El paràmetre target_name proporcionat contenia un tipus de nom no " "implementat o no vàlid." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:193 msgid "" "The input_token contains different channel bindings to those specified via " "the input_chan_bindings parameter." msgstr "" "L'input_token conté vinculacions a canals diferents de les especificades " "mitjançant el paràmetre input_chan_bindings." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:198 msgid "" "The input_token contains an invalid signature, or a signature that could not " "be verified." msgstr "" "L'input_token conté una signatura no vàlida, o bé una signatura que no es " "pot verificar." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:202 msgid "" "The supplied credentials were not valid for context initiation, or the " "credential handle did not reference any credentials." msgstr "" "Les credencials proporcionades no eren vàlides per iniciar un context, o bé " "el gestor de credencials no referenciava cap credencial." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:207 msgid "The supplied context handle did not refer to a valid context." msgstr "" "El gestor del context proporcionat no es refereix a cap context vàlid." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:210 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the input_token failed." msgstr "Han fallat les comprovacions de consistència quant a l'input_token." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:213 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the credential failed." msgstr "Han fallat les comprovacions realitzades sobre les credencials." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:216 msgid "The referenced credentials have expired." msgstr "Les credencials referenciades han vençut." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:222 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:404 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:453 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:470 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:790 #, c-format msgid "Bad authentication response from server." msgstr "La resposta d'autenticació del servidor és incorrecta." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:482 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported security layer." msgstr "Aquesta capa de seguretat no està implementada." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:37 msgid "Login" msgstr "Entrada" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:39 ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:43 msgid "This option will connect to the server using a simple password." msgstr "" "Amb aquesta opció es connectarà al servidor mitjançant una contrasenya sense " "xifrar." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:107 #, c-format msgid "Unknown authentication state." msgstr "L'estat de l'autenticació és desconegut." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:46 msgid "NTLM / SPA" msgstr "NTLM / SPA" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:48 msgid "" "This option will connect to a Windows-based server using NTLM / Secure " "Password Authentication." msgstr "" "Aquesta opció us connectarà a un servidor basat en Windows que usi NTLM / " "Autenticació de contrasenya segura." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:41 msgid "PLAIN" msgstr "Simple" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:43 msgid "POP before SMTP" msgstr "POP abans que SMTP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:45 msgid "This option will authorise a POP connection before attempting SMTP" msgstr "" "Aquesta opció autoritzarà una connexió POP abans d'intentar-ho amb SMTP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:81 msgid "POP Source UID" msgstr "UID de l'origen POP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:95 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication using an unknown transport" msgstr "POP abans que l'autenticació SMTP en usar un transport desconegut" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:107 ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:116 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication attempted with a %s service" msgstr "" "S'ha intentat fer un POP abans que l'autenticació SMTP amb un servei %s" #: ../camel/camel-search-private.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Regular expression compilation failed: %s: %s" msgstr "Ha fallat la compilació de l'expressió regular: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:430 #, c-format msgid "Invalid GType registered for protocol '%s'" msgstr "El GType registrat per al protocol «%s» no és vàlid" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:499 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2924 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:308 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:786 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:664 #, c-format msgid "No support for %s authentication" msgstr "No està implementat el tipus d'autenticació %s" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:514 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "Ha fallat l'autenticació %s" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:583 msgid "Forwarding messages is not supported" msgstr "No s'ha implementat l'operació de reenviament" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:348 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1075 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find certificate for '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha trobat el certificat per a «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:376 msgid "Cannot create CMS message" msgstr "No es pot crear el missatge CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:381 msgid "Cannot create CMS signed data" msgstr "No es poden crear les dades signades CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:387 msgid "Cannot attach CMS signed data" msgstr "No s'han pogut adjuntar les dades signades CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:394 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data" msgstr "No s'han pogut adjuntar les dades CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:400 msgid "Cannot create CMS Signer information" msgstr "No es pot crear la informació del signador CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:406 msgid "Cannot find certificate chain" msgstr "No es pot trobar la cadena de certificat" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:412 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signing time" msgstr "No es pot afegir el temps de signatura de CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:436 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:451 #, c-format msgid "Encryption certificate for '%s' does not exist" msgstr "No existeix el certificat de xifratge per a «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:458 msgid "Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "No es pot afegir l'atribut SMIMEEncKeyPrefs" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:463 msgid "Cannot add MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "No es pot afegir l'atribut MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:468 msgid "Cannot add encryption certificate" msgstr "No es pot afegir el certificat de xifratge" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:474 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signer information" msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir la informació del signador CMS" #. Translators: A fallback message when couldn't verify an SMIME signature #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:507 msgid "Unverified" msgstr "Sense verificar" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:509 msgid "Good signature" msgstr "La signatura és correcta" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:511 msgid "Bad signature" msgstr "La signatura és incorrecta" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:513 msgid "Content tampered with or altered in transit" msgstr "El contingut s'ha modificat o alterat durant el transport" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:515 msgid "Signing certificate not found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat el certificat per signar" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:517 msgid "Signing certificate not trusted" msgstr "No s'ha validat el certificat per signar" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:519 msgid "Signature algorithm unknown" msgstr "No és coneix l'algorisme de la signatura" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:521 msgid "Signature algorithm unsupported" msgstr "No se suporta l'algorisme de signatura" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:523 msgid "Malformed signature" msgstr "La signatura està mal formada" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:525 msgid "Processing error" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en processar" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:570 msgid "No signed data in signature" msgstr "La signatura no conté dades signades" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:575 msgid "Digests missing from enveloped data" msgstr "Manca el resum de les dades en el sobre" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:588 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:599 msgid "Cannot calculate digests" msgstr "No es poden calcular els resums" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:606 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:610 msgid "Cannot set message digests" msgstr "No es poden definir els resums del missatge" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:620 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:625 msgid "Certificate import failed" msgstr "Ha fallat la importació del certificat" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:635 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, cannot verify certificates" msgstr "El certificat és l'únic missatge, no es poden verificar certificats" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:638 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, certificates imported and verified" msgstr "" "El certificat és l'únic missatge, els certificats s'importen i es verifiquen" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:642 msgid "Cannot find signature digests" msgstr "No es poden trobar les signatures dels resums" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:659 #, c-format msgid "Signer: %s <%s>: %s\n" msgstr "Signador: %s <%s>: %s\n" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:855 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1149 msgid "Cannot create encoder context" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el context del codificador" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:861 msgid "Failed to add data to CMS encoder" msgstr "No s'han pogut afegir dades al codificador CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:866 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1166 msgid "Failed to encode data" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en codificar les dades" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1014 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1263 msgid "Decoder failed" msgstr "Ha fallat el descodificador" # Aquesta cal revisar-la. josep #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1083 msgid "Cannot find common bulk encryption algorithm" msgstr "No s'ha trobat l'algorisme de xifratge en bloc comú" # Aquesta cal revisar-la. josep #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1091 msgid "Cannot allocate slot for encryption bulk key" msgstr "No es pot assignar un lloc per a la clau de xifratge en bloc" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1102 msgid "Cannot create CMS Message" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el missatge CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1108 msgid "Cannot create CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "No s'han pogut crear les dades en el sobre CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1114 msgid "Cannot attach CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "No s'han pogut adjuntar les dades en el sobre CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1120 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data object" msgstr "No s'ha pogut adjuntar l'objecte de dades CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1129 msgid "Cannot create CMS Recipient information" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear la informació del destinatari CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1134 msgid "Cannot add CMS Recipient information" msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir la informació del destinatari CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1160 msgid "Failed to add data to encoder" msgstr "No s'han pogut afegir dades al codificador" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1270 msgid "S/MIME Decrypt: No encrypted content found" msgstr "Desencriptació S/MIME: no s'ha trobat cap contingut encriptat" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1248 #, c-format msgid "Opening folder '%s'" msgstr "S'està obrint la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1539 #, c-format msgid "Scanning folders in '%s'" msgstr "S'està cercant a les carpetes a «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1567 ../camel/camel-store.c:1612 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:45 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Paperera" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1581 ../camel/camel-store.c:1629 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:47 msgid "Junk" msgstr "Brossa" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2230 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: folder exists" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear la carpeta: %s. La carpeta existeix" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2237 #, c-format msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgstr "S'està creant la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2414 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:410 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:346 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "No s'ha pogut suprimir la carpeta: %s. L'operació no és vàlida" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2604 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:461 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:914 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut canviar el nom de la carpeta: %s. L'operació no és vàlida" #: ../camel/camel-stream.c:168 msgid "Cannot write with no base stream" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-stream.c:288 ../camel/camel-stream.c:339 #, c-format msgid "Stream type '%s' is not seekable" msgstr "No es poden fer cerques al tipus de flux «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-stream-filter.c:344 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelStreamFilter" msgstr "Només el CamelStreamFilter permet reiniciar fins al principi" #: ../camel/camel-stream-null.c:74 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelHttpStream" msgstr "Només el CamelHttpStream permet reiniciar fins al principi" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:278 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:711 #, c-format msgid "Connection cancelled" msgstr "S'ha cancel·lat la connexió" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:283 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect with command \"%s\": %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar amb l'ordre «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Subscribing to folder '%s'" msgstr "S'està subscrivint-se a la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:442 #, c-format msgid "Unsubscribing from folder '%s'" msgstr "S'està cancel·lant la subscripció a la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-url.c:327 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse URL '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar l'URL «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:491 #, c-format msgid "Updating folder '%s'" msgstr "S'està actualitzant la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:869 ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:979 #, c-format msgid "Cannot copy or move messages into a Virtual Folder" msgstr "No s'han pogut copiar o moure els missatges a la carpeta virtual" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:902 #, c-format msgid "No such message %s in %s" msgstr "No existeix el missatge %s a %s" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:955 #, c-format msgid "Error storing '%s': " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en emmagatzemar «%s»: " #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:1191 msgid "Automatically _update on change in source folders" msgstr "_Actualitza automàticament si canvien les carpetes fonts" #. Translators: 'Unmatched' is a folder name under Search folders where are shown #. * all messages not belonging into any other configured search folder #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:40 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "Sense coincidència" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:436 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "No s'ha pogut suprimir la carpeta: %s: no existeix" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:471 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "No s'ha pogut canviar el nom de la carpeta: %s: no existeix" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:533 msgid "Enable _Unmatched folder" msgstr "Habilita carpetes _no coincidents" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:1025 msgid "Updating Unmatched search folder" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:46 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder" msgstr "No es poden copiar els missatges a la Paperera" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:48 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Junk folder" msgstr "No es poden copiar els missatges a la Brossa" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-conn-manager.c:953 #, c-format msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-conn-manager.c:961 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1284 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:449 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:632 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:834 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1044 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:296 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:529 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:577 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:672 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:1103 #, c-format msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation" msgstr "Heu d'estar en línia per completar aquesta operació" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-conn-manager.c:1533 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-conn-manager.c:1621 #, c-format msgid "No destination folder specified" msgstr "No s'ha especificat la carpeta de destinació" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-conn-manager.c:1560 msgid "Unable to move junk messages" msgstr "No s'han pogut moure els missatges brossa" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-conn-manager.c:1655 msgid "Unable to move deleted messages" msgstr "No s'han pogut moure els missatges suprimits" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-folder.c:702 #, c-format msgid "No quota information available for folder '%s'" msgstr "La informació de quota no està disponible per a la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-folder.c:964 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:765 msgid "Apply message _filters to this folder" msgstr "Aplica els _filtres de missatge a aquesta carpeta" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-folder.c:975 msgid "Always check for _new mail in this folder" msgstr "Comprova sempre si hi ha correu _nou a aquesta carpeta" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-folder.c:1088 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder summary for %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el resum de les carpetes de %s" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-folder.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Could not create cache for %s: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear la de memòria cau de %s: " #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-folder.c:1295 #, c-format msgid "No IMAP mailbox available for folder '%s'" msgstr "No hi ha cap bústia de correu IMAP disponible per a la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-input-stream.c:101 #, c-format msgid "Source stream returned no data" msgstr "El flux d'origen no ha retornat cap dada" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:38 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "Comprovació de correu nou" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:40 msgid "C_heck for new messages in all folders" msgstr "Comprova si _hi ha nous missatges a totes les carpetes" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:42 msgid "Ch_eck for new messages in subscribed folders" msgstr "Comprova si _hi ha missatges nous a les carpetes subscrites" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:44 msgid "Use _Quick Resync if the server supports it" msgstr "Utilitza la _sincronització ràpida si el servidor l'admet" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:46 msgid "_Listen for server change notifications" msgstr "_Escolta el servidor per notificacions de canvis" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:49 msgid "Connection to Server" msgstr "Connexió al servidor" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:51 msgid "Numbe_r of concurrent connections to use" msgstr "_Nombre de connexions paral·lales a realitzar" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:54 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:43 msgid "Folders" msgstr "Carpetes" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:56 msgid "_Show only subscribed folders" msgstr "Mo_stra només les carpetes subscrites" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:59 msgid "O_verride server-supplied folder namespace" msgstr "Ignora l'espai de noms de carpeta proporcionat pel ser_vidor" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:61 msgid "Namespace:" msgstr "Espai de noms:" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:64 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:39 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:77 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:99 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:38 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcions" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:66 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:40 msgid "Apply _filters to new messages in all folders" msgstr "Aplica els _filtres als missatges nous a totes les carpetes" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:68 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server" msgstr "" "_Aplica els filtres als missatges nous de la bústia d'entrada d'aquest " "servidor" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:70 msgid "Check new messages for _Junk contents" msgstr "Comprova si hi ha _brossa al contingut dels missatges nous" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:72 msgid "Only check for Junk messages in the In_box folder" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:74 msgid "Synchroni_ze remote mail locally in all folders" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:80 msgid "Default IMAP port" msgstr "Port per defecte de l'IMAP" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:81 msgid "IMAP over SSL" msgstr "IMAP sobre SSL" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:88 msgid "IMAP+" msgstr "IMAP+" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:90 msgid "For reading and storing mail on IMAP servers." msgstr "Per llegir i emmagatzemar correu en servidors IMAP." #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:1134 msgid "Error writing to cache stream" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure al flux de la memòria cau" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2741 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2828 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:3081 msgid "Failed to get capabilities" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2760 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar amb el servidor IMAP %s en mode segur: %s" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2761 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:281 msgid "STARTTLS not supported" msgstr "No està implementat l'STARTTLS" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2769 msgid "Failed to issue STARTTLS" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2817 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar amb el servidor IMAP %s en mode segur: " #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2911 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "El servidor IMAP %s no implementa l'autenticació %s" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2942 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:393 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:535 msgid "Cannot authenticate without a username" msgstr "No es pot autenticar sense un nom d'usuari" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2951 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:544 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:690 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:728 msgid "Authentication password not available" msgstr "No està disponible l'autenticació per contrasenya" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:2959 msgid "Failed to authenticate" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:3103 msgid "Failed to issue NAMESPACE" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:3121 msgid "Failed to enable QResync" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:3153 msgid "Failed to issue NOTIFY" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:3612 msgid "Failed to select mailbox" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:3710 msgid "Cannot issue command, no stream available" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:3972 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message with message ID %s: %s" msgstr "No es pot obtenir el missatge amb l'identificador %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:3973 msgid "No such message available." msgstr "No existeix tal missatge." #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4007 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4032 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4051 msgid "Error fetching message" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en recollir el missatge" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4044 msgid "Failed to close the tmp stream" msgstr "Ha fallat el tancament del flux temporal" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4075 msgid "Failed to copy the tmp file" msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar el fitxer temporal" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4238 msgid "Error moving messages" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en moure els missatges" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4238 msgid "Error copying messages" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en copiar els missatges" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4422 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4443 msgid "Cannot create spool file: " msgstr "No es pot crear el fitxer de cua: " #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4534 msgid "Error appending message" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en afegir el missatge" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4624 msgid "Error performing NOOP" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en realitzar el NOOP" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4772 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for changed messages in '%s'" msgstr "S'estan cercant els missatges canviats a «%s»" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4775 msgid "Error scanning changes" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4793 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in '%s'" msgstr "S'està recollint la informació del resum pels missatges nous a «%s»" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4810 msgid "Error fetching message info" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:4872 msgid "Error running STATUS" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5355 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5407 msgid "Error syncing changes" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en sincronitzar els canvis" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5518 msgid "Error expunging message" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en buidar el missatge" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5588 msgid "Error fetching folders" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en recollir les carpetes" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5599 msgid "Error fetching subscribed folders" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5621 msgid "Error creating folder" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear la carpeta" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5677 msgid "Error deleting folder" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en suprimir la carpeta" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5723 msgid "Error renaming folder" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en canviar el nom de la carpeta" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5755 msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en subscriure's a la carpeta" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5791 msgid "Error unsubscribing from folder" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en cancel·lar la subscripció a la carpeta" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5831 msgid "IMAP server does not support quotas" msgstr "El servidor d'IMAP no implementa les quotes" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5843 msgid "Error retrieving quota information" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en recuperar la informació de la quota" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:5890 msgid "Search failed" msgstr "Ha fallat la cerca" #. Blocks, until the DONE is issued or on inactivity timeout, error, ... #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-server.c:6008 msgid "Error running IDLE" msgstr "" #. create a dummy "." parent inbox, use to scan, then put back at the top level #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:224 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:482 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:347 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:826 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:832 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:915 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:393 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "Bústia d'entrada" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:765 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s" msgstr "Servidor d'IMAP %s" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:768 #, c-format msgid "IMAP service for %s on %s" msgstr "Servei d'IMAP per a %s a %s" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:836 msgid "No IMAPx connection object provided" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:853 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:92 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:80 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contrasenya" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:855 msgid "" "This option will connect to the IMAP server using a plaintext password." msgstr "" "Amb aquesta opció es connectarà al servidor IMAP mitjançant una contrasenya " "de text sense xifrar." #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:938 #, c-format msgid "No such folder %s" msgstr "No existeix la carpeta %s" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:1353 #, c-format msgid "No IMAP namespace for folder path '%s'" msgstr "No hi ha cap espai de noms IMAP per al camí a la carpeta «%s»" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:1614 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:1847 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving folder list for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-store.c:2063 #, c-format msgid "" "The folder name \"%s\" is invalid because it contains the character \"%c\"" msgstr "El nom de carpeta «%s» no és vàlid perquè conté el caràcter «%c»" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:194 #, c-format msgid "~%s (%s)" msgstr "~%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:204 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:213 #, c-format msgid "mailbox: %s (%s)" msgstr "bústia de correu: %s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:222 #, c-format msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:499 msgid "_Index message body data" msgstr "_Indexa les dades del cos dels missatges" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:727 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot get message %s from folder %s\n" "%s" msgstr "" "No es pot obtenir el missatge %s de la carpeta %s\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:41 msgid "_Use the '.folders' folder summary file (exmh)" msgstr "_Utilitza el fitxer de resum de carpeta «.folders» (exmh)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:48 msgid "MH-format mail directories" msgstr "Directoris de correu en format MH" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:49 msgid "For storing local mail in MH-like mail directories." msgstr "Per emmagatzemar correu local en directoris de correu de tipus MH." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:66 msgid "Local delivery" msgstr "Lliurament local" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:67 msgid "" "For retrieving (moving) local mail from standard mbox-formatted spools into " "folders managed by Evolution." msgstr "" "Per recuperar (moure) correu local de cues estàndard en format mbox a " "carpetes gestionades per l'Evolution." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:79 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:101 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox" msgstr "_Aplica els filtres als missatges nous de la bústia d'entrada" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:86 msgid "Maildir-format mail directories" msgstr "Directoris de correu en format maildir" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:87 msgid "For storing local mail in maildir directories." msgstr "Per emmagatzemar correu local en directoris maildir." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:102 msgid "_Store status headers in Elm/Pine/Mutt format" msgstr "_Desa les capçaleres d'estat en format Elm/Pine/Mutt" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:109 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file" msgstr "Fitxer mbox estàndard per a cues de correu de l'Unix" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:110 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:124 msgid "" "For reading and storing local mail in external standard mbox spool files.\n" "May also be used to read a tree of Elm, Pine, or Mutt style folders." msgstr "" "Per llegir i emmagatzemar correu local en fitxers externs per a cues mbox " "estàndard.\n" "També es pot utilitzar per llegir un arbre de carpetes a l'estil de l'Elm, " "el Pine o el Mutt." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:123 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory" msgstr "Directori mbox estàndard per a cues de correu de l'Unix" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder %s to %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut canviar el nom de la carpeta %s a %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:170 #, c-format msgid "Local mail file %s" msgstr "Fitxer de correu local %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:213 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:373 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:123 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:572 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:87 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not an absolute path" msgstr "L'arrel del magatzem (%s) no és un camí absolut" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not a regular directory" msgstr "L'arrel del magatzem (%s) no és un directori normal" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:234 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:244 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:386 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:165 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder: %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir la carpeta: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Local stores do not have an inbox" msgstr "Els magatzems locals no tenen cap bústia d'entrada" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:446 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:739 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder index file '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut suprimir el fitxer d'índex de carpeta «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:474 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder meta file '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut suprimir el metafitxer de la carpeta «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut canviar el nom a «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:109 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:344 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:126 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:339 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:157 msgid "No such message" msgstr "No existeix el missatge" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:234 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir el missatge a la carpeta maildir: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:282 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:292 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:400 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:169 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s from folder %s: " msgstr "No es pot obtenir el missatge %s de la carpeta %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:362 #, c-format msgid "Cannot transfer message to destination folder: %s" msgstr "No es poden transferir els missatges a la carpeta de destinació: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:131 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:931 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder containing '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:139 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:923 #, c-format msgid "Folder %s already exists" msgstr "La carpeta %s ja existeix" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:266 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:297 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:401 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:422 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear la carpeta «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:281 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:367 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:523 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir la carpeta «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:287 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:377 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': folder does not exist." msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir la carpeta «%s»: no existeix." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:314 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a maildir directory." msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir la carpeta «%s»: no és un directori maildir." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:378 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:418 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:676 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut suprimir la carpeta «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:380 msgid "not a maildir directory" msgstr "no és un directori maildir" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:666 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:1146 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:212 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:231 #, c-format msgid "Could not scan folder '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut cercar a la carpeta «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:476 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:616 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open maildir directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el camí del directori maildir: %s. %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:607 msgid "Checking folder consistency" msgstr "S'està comprovant la consistència de la carpeta" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:707 msgid "Checking for new messages" msgstr "S'està comprovant si hi ha missatges nous" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:810 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:466 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:687 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:836 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:139 msgid "Storing folder" msgstr "S'està desant la carpeta" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:196 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open mailbox: %s: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir la bústia de correu: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:262 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mbox file: %s: " msgstr "No es pot afegir el missatge al fitxer de la bústia de correu: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:392 msgid "The folder appears to be irrecoverably corrupted." msgstr "Sembla que la carpeta està malmesa i no es pot arreglar." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:449 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-folder.c:67 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder lock on %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear un bloqueig per a la carpeta %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:389 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:580 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a folder by this name." msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear una carpeta amb aquest nom." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:433 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a regular file." msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir la carpeta «%s»: no és un fitxer normal." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:596 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create directory '%s': %s." msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el directori «%s»: %s." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:608 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear la carpeta: %s. %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:610 msgid "Folder already exists" msgstr "La carpeta ja existeix" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:650 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:663 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:692 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not delete folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut suprimir la carpeta «%s»:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:673 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a regular file." msgstr "«%s» no és un fitxer normal." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:682 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' is not empty. Not deleted." msgstr "La carpeta «%s» no és buida. No s'ha suprimit." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:709 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:724 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder summary file '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut suprimir el fitxer de resum de la carpeta «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:806 #, c-format msgid "The new folder name is illegal." msgstr "El nom nou de la carpeta no és vàlid." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:822 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut canviar el nom a «%s»: «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:476 #, c-format msgid "Could not open folder: %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir la carpeta: %s. %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:611 #, c-format msgid "Cannot check folder: %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut comprovar la carpeta: %s. %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:696 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:845 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:146 #, c-format msgid "Could not open file: %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer: %s. %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:715 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:161 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open temporary mailbox: %s" msgstr "No es pot obrir la bústia de correu temporal: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:732 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:967 #, c-format msgid "Could not close source folder %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut tancar la carpeta font %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:745 #, c-format msgid "Could not close temporary folder: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut tancar la carpeta temporal: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut canviar el nom de la carpeta: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:859 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1132 #, c-format msgid "Could not store folder: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut desar la carpeta: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:898 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1172 #, c-format msgid "" "MBOX file is corrupted, please fix it. (Expected a From line, but didn't get " "it.)" msgstr "" "El fitxer mbox està malmès, intenteu arreglar-l'ho. S'esperava una línia " "From però no s'ha trobat." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:908 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Summary and folder mismatch, even after a sync" msgstr "El resum i la carpeta no coincideixen, tot i la sincronització" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1077 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgstr "Error desconegut: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1242 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1272 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure a la bústia temporal: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1261 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure a la bústia temporal: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:116 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mh folder: %s: " msgstr "No es pot afegir el missatge a la carpeta MH: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:542 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear la carpeta «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:558 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a directory." msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir la carpeta «%s»: no és un directori." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-summary.c:236 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open MH directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "No es pot obrir el camí al directori MH: %s. %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:95 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' cannot be opened: %s" msgstr "No es pot obrir la cua «%s»: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:109 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' is not a regular file or directory" msgstr "La cua «%s» no és cap fitxer o directori normal" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Spool mail file %s" msgstr "Fitxer per a cues de correu %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:429 #, c-format msgid "Spool folder tree %s" msgstr "Arbre de la carpeta per a cues %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:432 msgid "Invalid spool" msgstr "La cua no és vàlida" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:481 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s/%s' does not exist." msgstr "No existeix la carpeta «%s/%s»." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:494 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut obrir la carpeta «%s»:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:500 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' does not exist." msgstr "No existeix la carpeta «%s»." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:508 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not create folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut crear la carpeta «%s»:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:521 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a mailbox file." msgstr "«%s» no és un fitxer de bústia de correu." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:585 #, c-format msgid "Store does not support an INBOX" msgstr "El magatzem no és compatible amb una bústia d'entrada" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:604 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be deleted" msgstr "No es poden suprimir les carpetes per a cues" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:619 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be renamed" msgstr "No es pot canviar el nom de les carpetes per a cues" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:177 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:189 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:201 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut sincronitzar la carpeta temporal %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "No es pot sincronitzar la carpeta per a cues %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" "No es pot sincronitzar la carpeta per a cues %s: %s\n" "Pot ser que la carpeta estigui malmesa. Se n'ha desat una còpia a «%s»" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:227 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:595 #, c-format msgid "Internal error: UID in invalid format: %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error intern. El format de l'identificador d'usuari no és " "vàlid: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:297 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:302 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:574 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1002 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: %s" msgstr "No es pot obtenir el missatge %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:309 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:629 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:478 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:510 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:542 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:564 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:583 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: " msgstr "No es pot obtenir el missatge %s: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:435 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:441 #, c-format msgid "Posting failed: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en publicar: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:508 msgid "Posting failed: " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en publicar: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:618 #, c-format msgid "This message is not currently available" msgstr "Aquest missatge no està disponible actualment" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:727 #, c-format msgid "You cannot copy messages from a NNTP folder" msgstr "No es poden copiar missatges d'una carpeta NNTP" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:45 msgid "" "_Show folders in short notation (e.g. c.o.linux rather than comp.os.linux)" msgstr "" "_Mostra les carpetes en notació abreujada (p.e. c.o.linux en comptes de " "comp.os.linux)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:48 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "Mostra noms de carpeta _relatius al diàleg de subscripció" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:54 msgid "Default NNTP port" msgstr "Port per defecte de l'NNTP" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:55 msgid "NNTP over SSL" msgstr "NNTP sobre SSL" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:61 msgid "USENET news" msgstr "Notícies USENET" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:63 msgid "This is a provider for reading from and posting to USENET newsgroups." msgstr "El proveïdor per llegir i publicar als grups de notícies d'USENET." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:84 msgid "" "This option will connect to the NNTP server anonymously, without " "authentication." msgstr "" "Amb aquesta opció es connectarà al servidor d'NNTP de forma anònima, sense " "autenticar-se." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:94 msgid "" "This option will authenticate with the NNTP server using a plaintext " "password." msgstr "" "Amb aquesta opció s'autenticarà amb el servidor NNTP mitjançant una " "contrasenya sense xifrar." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Could not read greeting from %s: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir la benvinguda de %s: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:378 #, c-format msgid "NNTP server %s returned error code %d: %s" msgstr "El servidor NNTP %s ha retornat el codi d'error %d: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:448 #, c-format msgid "USENET News via %s" msgstr "Notícies USENET mitjançant %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1185 #, c-format msgid "" "Error retrieving newsgroups:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en obtenir el grup de notícies:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1301 #, c-format msgid "You cannot create a folder in a News store: subscribe instead." msgstr "" "No es pot crear una carpeta en un magatzem de notícies. Heu de subscriureu-" "us-hi." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1317 #, c-format msgid "You cannot rename a folder in a News store." msgstr "No es pot canviar el nom d'una carpeta en un magatzem de notícies." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1340 #, c-format msgid "You cannot remove a folder in a News store: unsubscribe instead." msgstr "" "No es pot suprimir una carpeta en un magatzem de notícies. Heu de suprimir " "la subscripció." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1550 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot subscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "No such newsgroup. The selected item is a probably a parent folder." msgstr "" "No us podeu subscriure al grup de notícies:\n" "\n" "No existeix. L'element seleccionat és segurament una carpeta pare." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1617 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot unsubscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "newsgroup does not exist!" msgstr "" "No es pot suprimir la subscripció al grup de\n" "notícies perquè aquest grup no existeix." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2043 msgid "NNTP Command failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre NNTP: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2141 #, c-format msgid "Not connected." msgstr "No connectat." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2235 #, c-format msgid "No such folder: %s" msgstr "No existeix la carpeta: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:197 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:337 #, c-format msgid "%s: Scanning new messages" msgstr "%s: s'estan cercant els missatges nous" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from xover: %s" msgstr "Resposta inesperada del servidor per XOVER: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:358 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from head: %s" msgstr "Resposta inesperada del servidor per a HEAD: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:406 #, c-format msgid "Operation failed: %s" msgstr "Ha fallat l'operació: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:357 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:441 #, c-format msgid "No message with UID %s" msgstr "No hi ha cap missatge amb l'UID %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:457 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving POP message %d" msgstr "S'està obtenint el missatge %d" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:575 msgid "Unknown reason" msgstr "Raó desconeguda" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:644 msgid "Retrieving POP summary" msgstr "S'està obtenint el resum POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:703 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:706 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:719 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:732 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:746 msgid "Cannot get POP summary: " msgstr "No es pot obtenir el resum POP: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:811 msgid "Expunging old messages" msgstr "S'estan suprimint els missatges vells" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:839 msgid "Expunging deleted messages" msgstr "S'estan suprimint els missatges suprimits" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:36 msgid "Message Storage" msgstr "Magatzem de missatges" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:38 msgid "_Leave messages on server" msgstr "_Deixa els missatges al servidor" #. Translators: '%s' is replaced with a widget, where user can #. * select how many days can be message left on the server. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:42 #, c-format msgid "_Delete after %s day(s)" msgstr "_Suprimeix després de %s dies" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:44 msgid "Delete _expunged from local Inbox" msgstr "Suprimeix els missatges _buidats de la safata d'entrada local" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:46 msgid "Disable _support for all POP3 extensions" msgstr "Inhabilita la _compatibilitat per a totes les extensions del POP3" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:52 msgid "Default POP3 port" msgstr "Port per defecte del POP3" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:53 msgid "POP3 over SSL" msgstr "POP3 sobre SSL" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:60 msgid "POP" msgstr "POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:62 msgid "For connecting to and downloading mail from POP servers." msgstr "Per connectar-se a un servidor POP i baixar correu." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:82 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using a plaintext password. This " "is the only option supported by many POP servers." msgstr "" "Aquesta opció us connectarà al servidor POP mitjançant una contrasenya de " "text sense xifrar. És l'única opció que funciona amb la majoria de servidors " "POP." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:92 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using an encrypted password via " "the APOP protocol. This may not work for all users even on servers that " "claim to support it." msgstr "" "Aquesta opció us connectarà amb el servidor POP utilitzant una contrasenya " "xifrada mitjançant el protocol APOP. No funcionarà correctament amb alguns " "usuaris, fins i tot amb servidors que diuen que la implementen." #. Translators: This is the separator between an error and an explanation #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:95 msgid ": " msgstr ": " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:162 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read a valid greeting from POP server %s" msgstr "No s'ha llegit una salutació correcta del servidor POP %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "Ha fallat la connexió amb el servidor POP %s en mode segur: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:178 msgid "STLS not supported by server" msgstr "No està implementada l'extensió STLS" #. Translators: Last %s is an optional #. * explanation beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode%s" msgstr "Ha fallat la connexió amb el servidor POP %s en mode segur%s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:217 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "Ha fallat la connexió amb el servidor POP %s en mode segur: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:357 #, c-format msgid "Cannot login to POP server %s: SASL Protocol error" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut entrar al servidor POP %s. S'ha produït un error del protocol " "SASL" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:379 #, c-format msgid "Failed to authenticate on POP server %s: " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en autenticar-se al servidor POP %s: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:487 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server %s" msgstr "Servidor POP3 %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:490 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server for %s on %s" msgstr "Servidor POP3 per a %s a %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:702 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:715 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:797 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending password: " msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut connectar amb el servidor POP %s.\n" "S'ha produït un error en enviar la contrasenya: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:742 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s:\tInvalid APOP ID received. Impersonation " "attack suspected. Please contact your admin." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut connectar al servidor POP %s:\tS'ha rebut un ID APOP no " "vàlid.És possible que s'hagi produït un atac de personificació; és " "recomanable que contacteu l'administrador del sistema." #. Translators: Last %s is an optional explanation #. * beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:812 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending username%s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut connectar amb el servidor POP %s.\n" "S'ha produït un error en enviar el nom d'usuari%s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:896 #, c-format msgid "No such folder '%s'." msgstr "No existeix la carpeta «%s»." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:913 #, c-format msgid "POP3 stores have no folder hierarchy" msgstr "Els magatzems POP3 no tenen cap jerarquia de carpetes" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:33 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/sendmail.source.in.h:1 msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "Sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:35 msgid "" "For delivering mail by passing it to the \"sendmail\" program on the local " "system." msgstr "" "Per lliurar correu transferint-lo al programa «Sendmail» en el sistema local." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:46 msgid "sendmail" msgstr "Sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:48 msgid "Mail delivery via the sendmail program" msgstr "Lliurament de correu mitjançant el programa Sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:137 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read From address" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir l'adreça del remitent" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:154 #, c-format msgid "Message send in offline mode is disabled" msgstr "No es poden enviar missatges en mode fora de línia" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse recipient list" msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar la llista de destinataris" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse arguments" msgstr "No s'han pogut analitzar els arguments" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:230 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe to '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut crear un conducte cap a «%s»: %s: no s'ha enviat el correu" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "No s'ha pogut bifurcar «%s»: %s: no s'ha enviat el correu" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:304 msgid "Could not send message: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut enviar el missatge: " #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:334 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with signal %s: mail not sent." msgstr "El «%s» ha acabat amb el senyal %s: no s'ha enviat el correu." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:344 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute '%s': mail not sent." msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar «%s»: no s'ha enviat el correu." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:349 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with status %d: mail not sent." msgstr "El «%s» ha sortit amb l'estat %d: no s'ha enviat el correu." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:39 msgid "Default SMTP port" msgstr "Port per defecte per l'SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:40 msgid "SMTP over SSL" msgstr "SMTP sobre SSL" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:41 msgid "Message submission port" msgstr "Port d'enviament de missatges" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:47 msgid "SMTP" msgstr "SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:49 msgid "For delivering mail by connecting to a remote mailhub using SMTP." msgstr "" "Per lliurar correu connectant-se a una bústia remota fent servir l'SMTP." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:237 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:244 msgid "Welcome response error: " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en la resposta a la benvinguda: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:280 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar al servidor SMTP %s en mode segur: %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:289 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:302 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:309 msgid "STARTTLS command failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre STARTTLS: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:328 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar al servidor SMTP %s en mode segur: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:439 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s" msgstr "Servidor de SMTP %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:442 #, c-format msgid "SMTP mail delivery via %s" msgstr "Lliurament de correu per SMTP mitjançant %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:574 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "El servidor SMTP %s no implementa l'autenticació %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:655 #, c-format msgid "No SASL mechanism was specified" msgstr "No s'ha especificat cap mecanisme de la SASL" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:691 msgid "AUTH command failed: Not connected." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:698 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:712 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:724 msgid "AUTH command failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre AUTH: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:880 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: service not connected." msgstr "No s'ha pogut enviar el missatge: el servei no està connectat." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:889 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: sender address not valid." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut enviar el missatge: l'adreça del remitent no és vàlida." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:893 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "S'està enviant el missatge" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:922 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: no recipients defined." msgstr "No s'ha pogut enviar el missatge: no s'ha definit cap destinatari." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:937 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: one or more invalid recipients" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut enviar el missatge: un o més dels destinataris no són vàlids" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1069 msgid "Syntax error, command unrecognized" msgstr "Hi ha un error de sintaxi: no es reconeix l'ordre" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1071 msgid "Syntax error in parameters or arguments" msgstr "Hi ha un error de sintaxi en els paràmetres o els arguments" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1073 msgid "Command not implemented" msgstr "No s'ha implementat l'ordre" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1075 msgid "Command parameter not implemented" msgstr "No està implementat el paràmetre de l'ordre" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1077 msgid "System status, or system help reply" msgstr "L'estat del sistema o la resposta del sistema d'ajuda" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1079 msgid "Help message" msgstr "Missatge d'ajuda" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1081 msgid "Service ready" msgstr "El servei està preparat" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1083 msgid "Service closing transmission channel" msgstr "El servei està tancant el canal de transmissió" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1085 msgid "Service not available, closing transmission channel" msgstr "El servei no està disponible, es tancarà el canal de transmissió" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1087 msgid "Requested mail action okay, completed" msgstr "S'ha realitzat correctament l'acció sol·licitada" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1089 msgid "User not local; will forward to " msgstr "" "L'usuari no és local; es reenviarà a (camí de reenviament)" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1091 msgid "Requested mail action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "" "No s'ha realitzat l'acció sol·licitada: no existeix la bústia de correu" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1093 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "" "No s'ha realitzat l'acció sol·licitada: no existeix la bústia de correu" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1095 msgid "Requested action aborted: error in processing" msgstr "" "No s'ha realitzat l'acció sol·licitada: s'ha produït un error durant el " "processament" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1097 msgid "User not local; please try " msgstr "" "L'usuari no és local; proveu amb el (camí de reenviament)" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1099 msgid "Requested action not taken: insufficient system storage" msgstr "" "No s'ha realitzat l'acció sol·licitada: no hi ha prou espai d'emmagatzematge" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1101 msgid "Requested mail action aborted: exceeded storage allocation" msgstr "" "S'ha interromput l'acció sol·licitada: s'ha excedit l'emmagatzematge assignat" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1103 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox name not allowed" msgstr "" "No s'ha realitzat l'acció sol·licitada: no es pot fer servir aquest nom de " "bústia de correu" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1105 msgid "Start mail input; end with ." msgstr "Inicieu la introducció del correu; finalitzeu-la amb ." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1107 msgid "Transaction failed" msgstr "Ha fallat la transacció" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1111 msgid "A password transition is needed" msgstr "Es necessita una transició de la contrasenya" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1113 msgid "Authentication mechanism is too weak" msgstr "El mecanisme d'autenticació és massa feble" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1115 msgid "Encryption required for requested authentication mechanism" msgstr "El mecanisme d'autenticació sol·licitat necessita xifratge" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1117 msgid "Temporary authentication failure" msgstr "S'ha produït una fallada temporal en l'autenticació" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1407 msgid "SMTP Greeting" msgstr "Benvinguda de l'SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1416 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1429 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1436 msgid "HELO command failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre HELO: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1512 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1526 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1535 msgid "MAIL FROM command failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre MAIL FROM: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1563 msgid "RCPT TO command failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre RCPT: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1579 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "RCPT TO <%s> failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre RCPT TO <%s>: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1660 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1671 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1682 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1744 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1762 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1775 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1783 msgid "DATA command failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre DATA: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1809 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1823 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1831 msgid "RSET command failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre RSET: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1857 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1869 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1875 msgid "QUIT command failed: " msgstr "Ha fallat l'ordre QUIT: " #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Contact UID of a user" msgstr "L'identificador del contacte d'un usuari" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "Recordatori d'aniversari i de commemoració" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" "Si s'ha d'establir un recordatori pels aniversaris i les commemoracions" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "Valor del recordatori d'aniversari i de commemoració" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" "El nombre d'unitats per determinar el recordatori del naixement o de " "l'aniversari" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "Unitats pel recordatori d'aniversari i de commemoració" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" "Unitats pel recordatori d'aniversari o de commemoració, pot ser: «minutes» " "(minuts), «hours» (hores) o «days» (dies)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Whether the migration of old setting was already done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "(Deprecated) Proxy type to use" msgstr "(Obsolet) El tipus de servidor intermediari que s'ha d'utilitzar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.12 and should no longer be used. Proxy " "settings are now integrated into Evolution-Data-Server's account system. See " "the ESourceProxy API documentation for details." msgstr "" "La clau és obsoleta en la versió 3.12 i no s'ha de fer servir. Els " "paràmetres de servidor intermediari estan integrats al sistema de comptes de " "l'Evolution-Data-Server. Vegeu la documentació de l'API ESourceProxy per a " "més informació." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "(Deprecated) Whether to use http-proxy" msgstr "(Obsolet) Si s'utilitza un servidor intermediari HTTP" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "(Deprecated) Whether proxy server requires authentication" msgstr "(Obsolet) Si el servidor intermediari requereix autenticació" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "(Deprecated) Host name for HTTP requests" msgstr "(Obsolet) Nom de l'ordinador on fer les sol·licituds HTTP" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "(Deprecated) Port number for HTTP requests" msgstr "(Obsolet) Número de port on fer les sol·licituds HTTP" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "(Deprecated) Proxy authentication user name" msgstr "(Obsolet) Nom d'usuari per l'autenticació del servidor intermediari" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "(Deprecated) Proxy authentication password" msgstr "(Obsolet) Contrasenya per l'autenticació del servidor intermediari" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "(Deprecated) List of hosts to connect to without proxy" msgstr "" "(Obsolet) Llista d'amfitrions als que es connectarà sense servidor " "intermediari" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "(Deprecated) Host name for HTTPS requests" msgstr "(Obsolet) Nom de l'amfitrió on fer les sol·licituds HTTPS" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "(Deprecated) Port number for HTTPS requests" msgstr "(Obsolet) Número de port on fer les sol·licituds HTTPS" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "(Deprecated) Host name for SOCKS requests" msgstr "(Obsolet) Nom de l'ordinador per les sol·licituds SOCKS" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "(Deprecated) Port number for SOCKS requests" msgstr "(Obsolet) Número de port on fer les sol·licituds SOCKS" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "(Deprecated) Automatic proxy configuration URL" msgstr "(Obsolet) URL de configuració automàtica del servidor intermediari" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:976 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "%s no permet la creació de recursos remots" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:1035 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "%s no permet la supressió de recursos remots" #: ../libebackend/e-data-factory.c:1292 #, c-format msgid "Backend factory for source '%s' and extension '%s' cannot be found." msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:141 #, c-format msgid "Data source is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "A la font de dades li manca un grup [%s]" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:466 msgid "Failed to lookup credentials: " msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1391 ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1595 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "La font de dades «%s» no permet la creació de recursos remots" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1405 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to create the remote resource" msgstr "" "La font de dades «%s» no té un rerefons de col·lecció per la creació de " "recursos remots" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1433 ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1708 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "La font de dades «%s» no permet la supressió de recursos remots" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1447 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to delete the remote resource" msgstr "" "La font de dades «%s» no te un rerefons de col·lecció per la supressió de " "recursos remots" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1478 ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1804 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1079 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support OAuth 2.0 authentication" msgstr "La font de dades «%s» no permet l'ús de l'autenticació OAuth 2.0" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1856 #, c-format msgid "File must have a '.source' extension" msgstr "El fitxer ha de tenir una extensió «.source»" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:319 #, c-format msgid "UID '%s' is already in use" msgstr "Ja s'utilitza l'UID «%s»" #: ../libebackend/e-subprocess-factory.c:285 #, c-format msgid "No such source for UID '%s'" msgstr "No hi ha cap font per a l'UID «%s»" #: ../libebackend/e-user-prompter-server.c:305 #, c-format msgid "Extension dialog '%s' not found." msgstr "No s'ha trobat el diàleg d'extensió «%s»." #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:49 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Commemoració" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Aniversari" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:51 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Business" msgstr "Negoci" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:52 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Competition" msgstr "Competició" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:53 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Preferits" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:54 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Gifts" msgstr "Regals" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:55 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Goals/Objectives" msgstr "Metes/objectius" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:56 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday" msgstr "Festivitat" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:57 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday Cards" msgstr "Targetes festives" #. important people (e.g. new business partners) #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:59 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Hot Contacts" msgstr "Contactes importants" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:60 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Ideas" msgstr "Idees" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:61 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "International" msgstr "Internacional" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:62 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Key Customer" msgstr "Client important" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:63 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscel·lània" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:64 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personal" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:65 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Trucades de telèfon" #. Translators: "Status" is a category name; it can mean anything user wants to #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:67 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Status" msgstr "Estat" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:68 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Strategies" msgstr "Estratègies" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:69 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Suppliers" msgstr "Proveïdors" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:70 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Time & Expenses" msgstr "Temps i despeses" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:71 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "VIP" msgstr "VIP" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:72 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "En espera" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:146 msgid "Source not loaded" msgstr "No s'ha carregat la font" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:148 msgid "Source already loaded" msgstr "Ja s'ha carregat la font" #. Translators: This means that the EClient does not #. * support offline mode, or it's not set to by a user, #. * thus it is unavailable while user is not connected. #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:159 msgid "Offline unavailable" msgstr "No està disponible el mode fora de línia" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:181 msgid "D-Bus error" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en el D-Bus" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:2023 msgid "Timeout was reached" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Source file is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "Al fitxer font li manca un grup [%s]" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1375 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgstr "La font de dades «%s» no és extraïble" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1498 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not writable" msgstr "No es pot escriure a la font de dades «%s»" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:2194 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Sense nom" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-credentials-provider-impl.c:41 msgid "Credentials lookup is not supported" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-credentials-provider-impl.c:54 msgid "Credentials store is not supported" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-credentials-provider-impl.c:65 msgid "Credentials delete is not supported" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-credentials-provider-impl-password.c:81 msgid "Password not found" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-mail-signature.c:481 #, c-format msgid "Signature script must be a local file" msgstr "L'script de signatura ha de ser un fitxer local" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-proxy.c:1641 #, c-format msgid "Source '%s' does not support proxy lookups" msgstr "La font «%s» no permet la cerca de servidors intermediaris" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1692 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1991 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d-%m-%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1697 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1982 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %d-%m-%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1987 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %d-%m-%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1978 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a %d-%m-%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a %d-%m-%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%a %d-%m-%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1720 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1840 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1973 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%a %d-%m-%Y" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1727 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%d-%m-%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1731 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%d-%m-%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1736 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%d-%m-%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1741 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%d-%m-%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1746 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%d-%m-%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1751 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%d-%m-%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1754 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1843 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%d-%m-%Y" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1914 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2035 msgid "%I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1918 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2027 msgid "%H:%M:%S" msgstr "%H:%M:%S" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1923 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2032 msgid "%I:%M %p" msgstr "%I:%M %p" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1927 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2024 msgid "%H:%M" msgstr "%H:%M" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format, #. * and no colon. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1931 msgid "%H%M" msgstr "%H%M" #. strptime format for hour and AM/PM, 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1935 msgid "%I %p" msgstr "%I %p" #: ../libedataserver/e-webdav-discover.c:468 #: ../libedataserver/e-webdav-discover.c:477 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-webdav-discover.c:507 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-webdav-discover.c:516 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-webdav-discover.c:524 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter.c:259 #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter.c:1561 #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter.c:1605 msgid "Credentials prompt was cancelled" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter.c:663 #, c-format msgid "Source '%s' doesn't support prompt for credentials" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:133 msgid "Address book authentication request" msgstr "Sol·licitud d'autenticació de la llibreta d'adreces" #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:138 msgid "Calendar authentication request" msgstr "Sol·licitud d'autenticació del calendari" #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:142 msgid "Mail authentication request" msgstr "Sol·licitud d'autenticació del correu" #. generic account prompt #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:145 msgid "Authentication request" msgstr "Sol·licitud d'autenticació" #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:156 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for address book \"%s\"." msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per la llibreta d'adreces «%s»." #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:160 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for calendar \"%s\"." msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya pel calendari «%s»." #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:164 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail account \"%s\"." msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya pel compte de correu «%s»." #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail transport \"%s\"." msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya pel transport de correu «%s»." #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:172 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for memo list \"%s\"." msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per la llista d'anotacions «%s»." #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for task list \"%s\"." msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per la llista de tasques «%s»." #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for account \"%s\"." msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya pel compte «%s»." #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:229 #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:114 #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:1063 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:230 #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:1064 msgid "_OK" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:340 msgid "_User Name:" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:352 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "" #. Remember password check #: ../libedataserverui/e-credentials-prompter-impl-password.c:368 msgid "_Add this password to your keyring" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:113 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:119 msgid "Certificate trust..." msgstr "Confiança del certificat..." #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:115 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:120 msgid "_Reject" msgstr "_Rebutja" #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:116 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:121 msgid "Accept _Temporarily" msgstr "Accepta _temporalment" #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:117 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:122 msgid "_Accept Permanently" msgstr "_Accepta permanentment" #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:188 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:159 #, c-format msgid "SSL certificate for '%s' is not trusted. Do you wish to accept it?" msgstr "No es pot confiar en el certificat SSL de «%s». Voleu acceptar-lo?" #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:210 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:174 msgid "Reason:" msgstr "Motiu:" #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:213 msgid "Detailed error:" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:275 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:82 msgid "The signing certificate authority is not known." msgstr "Es desconeix l'autoritat de certificació que signa." #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:277 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:84 msgid "" "The certificate does not match the expected identity of the site that it was " "retrieved from." msgstr "" "El certificat no coincideix amb la identitat que s'esperava del lloc del " "qual s'ha recollit." #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:279 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:86 msgid "The certificate's activation time is still in the future." msgstr "La data d'activació del certificat és en el futur." #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:281 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:88 msgid "The certificate has expired." msgstr "El certificat ha vençut." #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:283 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:90 msgid "" "The certificate has been revoked according to the connection's certificate " "revocation list." msgstr "" "Segons la llista de revocacions del certificat de la connexió, s'ha revocat " "el certificat." #: ../libedataserverui/e-trust-prompt.c:285 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:92 msgid "The certificate's algorithm is considered insecure." msgstr "L'algorisme del certificat es considera insegur." #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:166 msgid "Supports" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:177 msgid "_User mail:" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:523 msgctxt "WebDAVDiscover" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:524 msgctxt "WebDAVDiscover" msgid "Events" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:525 msgctxt "WebDAVDiscover" msgid "Memos" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:526 msgctxt "WebDAVDiscover" msgid "Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:825 msgid "Invalid URL" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:839 msgid "User name not filled" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:880 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserverui/e-webdav-discover-widget.c:883 msgid "Searching server sources..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:210 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain a password for '%s'" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut trobar cap compte relacionat en el servei " "org.gnome.OnlineAccounts del qual obtenir-ne la contrasenya per «%s»" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:273 msgid "Failed to get password from GOA: " msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Code: %u - Unexpected response from server" msgstr "Codi: %u - el servidor ha retornat una resposta inesperada" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:240 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse autodiscover response XML" msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar la resposta XML d'autodescoberta" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:249 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Autodiscover element" msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar l'element d'autodescoberta" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:261 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Response element" msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar l'element de resposta" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Account element" msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar l'element de compte" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:287 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find ASUrl and OABUrl in autodiscover response" msgstr "" "No s'ha trobat l'«ASUrl» ni l'«OABUrl» en la resposta d'autodescoberta" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1235 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut trobar cap compte relacionat en el servei " "org.gnome.OnlineAccounts del qual obtenir-ne un testimoni d'accés per «%s»" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Failed to obtain an access token for '%s': " msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir un testimoni d'accés per «%s»: " #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:461 #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:226 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Tasques" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:515 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/contacts-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contactes" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:199 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "Calendari" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your calendars" msgstr "Integreu els vostres calendaris" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your contacts" msgstr "Integreu els vostres contactes" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:272 msgid "Signon service did not return a secret" msgstr "El servei d'entrada no ha retornat cap testimoni" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Data Server" msgstr "Servidor de dades de l'Evolution" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Required to have EDS appear in UOA" msgstr "Necessari perquè l'EDS es mostri a l'UOA" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Calendar" msgstr "Calendari del Google" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-contacts.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Contacts" msgstr "Contactes del Google" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-gmail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "GMail" msgstr "GMail" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mail" msgstr "Correu electrònic" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your mailboxes" msgstr "Integreu les vostres bústies de correu" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1060 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account service in the accounts database from " "which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut trobar cap compte relacionat en la base de dades de comptes " "del qual obtenir-ne un testimoni d'accés per «%s»" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:84 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:281 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected status 200 when requesting your identity, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" "S'esperava l'estat 200 en sol·licitar la vostra identitat, però s'ha rebut " "l'estat %d (%s)" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:101 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:298 msgid "Error parsing response as JSON: " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en analitzar la resposta com a JSON: " #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:119 msgid "Didn't find 'email' in JSON data" msgstr "No s'ha trobat «email» a les dades JSON" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:316 msgid "Didn't find 'id' in JSON data" msgstr "No s'ha trobat «id» a les dades JSON" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:321 msgid "Didn't find 'emails.account' in JSON data" msgstr "No s'ha trobat «emails.account» a les dades JSON" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/windows-live-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Windows Live Mail" msgstr "Correu Windows Live" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Calendar" msgstr "Calendari del Yahoo!" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Mail" msgstr "Correu del Yahoo!" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:36 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:38 #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/evolution-user-prompter.c:32 msgid "Keep running after the last client is closed" msgstr "Continua funcionant després que es tanqui l'últim client" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:38 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:40 msgid "Wait running until at least one client is connected" msgstr "Continua funcionant fins que es connecti com a mínim un client" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/birthdays.source.in.h:1 msgid "Birthdays & Anniversaries" msgstr "Aniversaris i commemoracions" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/caldav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "CalDAV" msgstr "CalDAV" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/google-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Google" msgstr "Google" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/ldap-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On LDAP Servers" msgstr "En servidors d'LDAP" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On This Computer" msgstr "En aquest ordinador" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/vfolder.source.in.h:1 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "Carpetes de cerca" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/weather-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Weather" msgstr "El temps" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webcal-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On The Web" msgstr "A Internet" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webdav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "WebDAV" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/evolution-source-registry.c:39 msgid "Don't migrate user data from previous versions of Evolution" msgstr "" "No migris les dades d'usuari des d'una versió anterior de l'Evolution" #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/prompt-user-gtk.c:121 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "_Descarta" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus-sendto.po0000644000000000000000000000377512704126234021633 0ustar # Catalan translation of nautilus-sendto # Copyright © 2005 The Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the # nautilus-sendto package. # Gil Forcada , 2005, 2006, 2007, 2011, 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nautilus-sendto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=nautilus-" "sendto&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-03 23:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-07 15:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gil Forcada \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 06:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: ../src/nautilus-sendto.c:53 msgid "Run from build directory (ignored)" msgstr "Executa des del directori de construcció (ignorat)" #: ../src/nautilus-sendto.c:54 msgid "Use XID as parent to the send dialogue (ignored)" msgstr "Utilitza l'XID com a pare en el diàleg d'enviament (ignorat)" #: ../src/nautilus-sendto.c:55 msgid "Files to send" msgstr "Fitxers per enviar" #: ../src/nautilus-sendto.c:56 msgid "Output version information and exit" msgstr "Mostra la informació de la versió i surt" #. Translators: the default archive name if it #. * could not be deduced from the provided files #: ../src/nautilus-sendto.c:244 msgid "Archive" msgstr "Arxiu" #: ../src/nautilus-sendto.c:511 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse command-line options: %s\n" msgstr "No s'han pogut analitzar les opcions de línia d'ordres: %s\n" #: ../src/nautilus-sendto.c:524 #, c-format msgid "No mail client installed, not sending files\n" msgstr "" "No hi ha cap client de correu instal·lat, no es poden enviar els fitxers\n" #: ../src/nautilus-sendto.c:530 #, c-format msgid "Expects URIs or filenames to be passed as options\n" msgstr "Espera que es passin com a opcions els URI o noms de fitxers\n" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/deja-dup.po0000644000000000000000000016325412704126234020165 0ustar # Catalan translation for deja-dup # Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014 # This file is distributed under the same license as the deja-dup package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: deja-dup\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-04-07 19:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-14 11:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Walter Garcia-Fontes \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 07:30+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:1 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:286 msgid "Folders to save" msgstr "Carpetes que cal desar" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, " "$DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, " "and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special directories. Relative " "entries are relative to the user’s home directory." msgstr "" "Llista de carpetes de les quals es crearà la còpia de seguretat. Els valors " "reservats «$HOME», «$DESKTOP», «$DOCUMENTS», «$DOWNLOAD», «$MUSIC», " "«$PICTURES», «$PUBLIC_SHARE», «$TEMPLATES», «$TRASH» i «$VIDEO» es " "reconeixeran com a carpetes especials de l'usuari. Les entrades són " "relatives a la carpeta de l'usuari." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:3 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:297 msgid "Folders to ignore" msgstr "Carpetes que cal ignorar" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, " "$DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, " "$TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special " "directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory." msgstr "" "La llista de carpetes que s'exclouran de la còpia de seguretat. Els valors " "reservats «$HOME», «$DESKTOP», «$DOCUMENTS», «$DOWNLOAD», «$MUSIC», " "«$PICTURES», «$PUBLIC_SHARE», «$TEMPLATES», «$TRASH» i «$VIDEO» es " "reconeixeran com a carpetes especials de l'usuari. Les entrades són " "relatives a la carpeta de l'usuari." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether to request the root password" msgstr "Si s'ha de demanar la contrasenya d'usuari primari" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether to request the root password when backing up from or restoring to " "system folders." msgstr "" "Indica si s'ha de demanar la contrasenya d'usuari primari en crear o " "restaurar carpetes del sistema." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The last time Déjà Dup was run" msgstr "La darrera vegada que es va executar el Déjà Dup" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup was successfully run. This time should be in ISO 8601 " "format." msgstr "" "La darrera vegada que el Déjà Dup es va executar amb èxit. L'hora s'ha " "d'especificar en el format ISO 8601." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "The last time Déjà Dup backed up" msgstr "La darrera vegada que el Déjà Dup feu una còpia de seguretat" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup successfully completed a backup. This time should be " "in ISO 8601 format." msgstr "" "La darrera vegada que el Déjà Dup va completar una còpia de seguretat amb " "èxit. L'hora s'ha d'especificar en el format ISO 8601." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "The last time Déjà Dup restored" msgstr "La darrera vegada que Déjà Dup feu una restauració" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup successfully completed a restore. This time should be " "in ISO 8601 format." msgstr "" "La darrera vegada que el Déjà Dup va completar una restauració amb èxit. " "L'hora s'ha d'especificar en el format ISO 8601." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Whether to periodically back up" msgstr "Indica si es fa una còpia de seguretat periòdicament" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Whether to automatically back up on a regular schedule." msgstr "" "Indica si s'han de realitzar còpies de seguretat segons una planificació." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "How often to periodically back up" msgstr "Freqüència de temps en què s'han de realitzar còpies de seguretat" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The number of days between backups." msgstr "El nombre de dies entre còpies de seguretat." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup checked whether it should prompt about backing up" msgstr "" "L'últim cop que el Déjà Dup va comprovar si hauria de preguntar sobre fer " "una còpia de seguretat" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "When a user logs in, the Déjà Dup monitor checks whether it should prompt " "about backing up. This is used to increase discoverability for users that " "don’t know about backups. This time should be either ‘disabled’ to turn off " "this check or in ISO 8601 format." msgstr "" "Quan un usuari entra al sistema, el Déjà Dup comprova si s'ha ofert crear " "una còpia de seguretat. Això permet descobrir l'eina a usuaris que no la " "coneixen. El valor especificat pot ser «disabled» (desactivat) per " "cancel·lar aquesta característica o una data en format ISO 8601." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup checked whether it should prompt about your password" msgstr "" "L'últim cop que el Déjà Dup va comprovar si hauria de preguntar sobre la " "contrasenya" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "In order to prevent you from forgetting your passwords, Déjà Dup will " "occasionally notify you to confirm the password. This time should be either " "‘disabled’ to turn off this check or in ISO 8601 format." msgstr "" "Per evitar que oblideu les contrasenyes, ocasionalment el Déjà Dup us " "sol·licitarà que confirmeu la contrasenya. Aquest temps hauria de ser " "«disabled» (inhabilitat) per inhabilitar aquesta comprovació o en format ISO " "8601." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "How long to keep backup files" msgstr "Quant de temps s'han de mantenir els fitxers de còpia de seguretat" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "The number of days to keep backup files on the backup location. A value of 0 " "means forever. This is a minimum number of days; the files may be kept " "longer." msgstr "" "El nombre de dies que s'han de mantenir els fitxers de còpia de seguretat a " "la ubicació on es troba la còpia de seguretat. El valor 0 significa per " "sempre. Aquest és el nombre mínim de dies; els fitxers es poden mantenir més " "temps." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "How long to wait between full backups" msgstr "Quant de temps s'ha d'esperar entre còpies de seguretat completes." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Déjà Dup needs to occasionally make fresh full backups. This is the number " "of days to wait between full backups." msgstr "" "Ocasionalment cal que el Déjà Dup faci còpies de seguretat completes noves. " "Aquest és el nombre de dies que han de passar entre aquestes còpies." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Type of location to store backup" msgstr "Tipus d'ubicació on emmagatzemar la còpia de seguretat" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "The type of backup location. If ‘auto’, a default will be chosen based on " "what is available." msgstr "" "El tipus d'ubicació de la còpia de seguretat. Si és «auto», es triarà un " "valor predeterminat en funció d'allò que hi hagi disponible." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Amazon S3 Access Key ID" msgstr "Identificador de la clau d'accés de l'Amazon S3" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Your Amazon S3 Access Key Identifier. This acts as your S3 username." msgstr "" "Identificador de clau d'accés de l'S3 d'Amazon. Aquest serà el vostre nom " "d'usuari de l'S3." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "The Amazon S3 bucket name to use" msgstr "Nom que s'utilitzarà per al dipòsit de l'S3 d'Amazon" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Which Amazon S3 bucket to store files in. This does not need to exist " "already. Only legal hostname strings are valid." msgstr "" "A quin dipòsit de l'S3 d'Amazon s'han d'emmagatzemar els fitxers. El dipòsit " "no cal que existeixi, i només s'accepten noms d'ordinador vàlids." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "The Amazon S3 folder" msgstr "La carpeta de l'S3 d'Amazon" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "An optional folder name to store files in. This folder will be created in " "the chosen bucket." msgstr "" "El nom d'una carpeta opcional on emmagatzemar els fitxers. Aquesta carpeta " "es crearà en la galleda triada." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Google Cloud Storage Access Key ID" msgstr "ID de la clau d'accés del Google Cloud Storage" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Your Google Cloud Storage Access Key Identifier. This acts as your Google " "Cloud Storage username." msgstr "" "El vostre identificador de la clau d'accés del Google Cloud Storage. Això " "actua com el vostre nom d'usuari al Google Cloud Storage." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "The Google Cloud Storage bucket name to use" msgstr "El nom de bucket del Google Cloud Storage a usar" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Which Google Cloud Storage bucket to store files in. This does not need to " "exist already. Only legal hostname strings are valid." msgstr "" "En quin bucket del Google Cloud Storage s'han d'emmagatzemar fitxers. Això " "no cal que ja existeixi. Sols són vàlids les cadenes de caràcters " "d'amfitrions vàlids." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "The Google Cloud Storage folder" msgstr "La carpeta del Google Cloud Storage" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "The email-address of your Google account" msgstr "L'adreça de correu electrònic del vostre compte del Google" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "The email-address of your Google account." msgstr "L'adreça de correu electrònic del vostre compte del Google." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "The folder where backups are stored" msgstr "La carpeta on s'emmagatzemen les còpies de seguretat" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "The folder hierarchy where backups are stored." msgstr "La jerarquia de carpetes on s'emmagatzemen les còpies de seguretat." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "The Rackspace Cloud Files container" msgstr "Contenidor d'espai de fitxers al núvol de «Rackspace»" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "" "Which Rackspace Cloud Files container to store files in. This does not need " "to exist already. Only legal hostname strings are valid." msgstr "" "A quin contenidor de fitxers del núvol de Rackspace s'han d'emmagatzemar els " "fitxers. El contenidor no cal que existeixi, i només s'accepten noms " "d'ordinador vàlids." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Your Rackspace username" msgstr "El vostre nom d'usuari de Rackspace" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "This is your username for the Rackspace Cloud Files service." msgstr "" "Aquest és el nom d'usuari del servei de fitxers al núvol de Rackspace." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "The OpenStack Swift container" msgstr "El contenidor de l'OpenStack Swift" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "" "Which OpenStack Swift container to store files in. This does not need to " "exist already. Only legal hostname strings are valid." msgstr "" "En quin contenidor de l'OpenStack Swift emmagatzemar els fitxers. Això no " "cal que ja existeixi. Sols són vàlids els noms d'amfitrions legals." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "Your OpenStack username" msgstr "El vostre nom d'usuari de l'OpenStack" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "This is your username for the OpenStack Swift service." msgstr "Això és el vostre nom d'usuari per al servei de l'OpenStack." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Your OpenStack tenant" msgstr "El vostre tenant d'OpenStack" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "This is your tenant for the OpenStack Swift service." msgstr "Aquest és el vostre tenant per al servei de l'OpenStack Swift." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "Authentication URL" msgstr "URL d'autenticació" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "" "This is the Authentication URL, or keystone URL for the OpenStack service" msgstr "" "Aquest és l'URL d'autenticació, o URL keystone per al servei OpenStack" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:54 #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:221 msgid "Backup location" msgstr "Ubicació de la còpia de seguretat" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Location in which to hold the backup files." msgstr "Ubicació on s'emmagatzemaran els fitxers de còpia de seguretat." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Folder type" msgstr "Tipus de carpeta" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "" "Whether the backup location is a mounted external volume or a normal folder." msgstr "" "Indica si la còpia de seguretat es realitza en un volum extern o dins una " "carpeta normal." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Relative path under the external volume" msgstr "Camí relatiu en el dispositiu extern" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is the path of the " "folder on that volume." msgstr "" "Si la ubicació de la còpia de seguretat és en un dispositiu extern, aquest " "és el camí a la carpeta d'aquell dispositiu." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Unique ID of the external volume" msgstr "Identificador únic del dispositiu extern" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is its unique " "filesystem identifier." msgstr "" "Si la ubicació de la còpia de seguretat és en un dispositiu extern, aquest " "és el seu identificador únic del sistema de fitxers." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Full name of the external volume" msgstr "Nom complet del volum extern" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is the volume’s longer " "descriptive name." msgstr "" "Si la ubicació de la còpia de seguretat és en un dispositiu extern, aquesta " "és la descripció llarga del dispositiu." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Short name of the external volume" msgstr "Nom curt del dispositiu extern" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is the volume’s " "shorter name." msgstr "" "Si la ubicació de la còpia de seguretat és en un dispositiu extern, aquest " "és el nom curt del dispositiu." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Icon of the external volume" msgstr "Icona del volum extern" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is the volume’s icon." msgstr "" "Si la ubicació de la còpia de seguretat és en un dispositiu extern, aquesta " "és la icona del dispositiu." #. Translators: The name is a play on the French phrase "déjà vu" meaning #. "already seen", but with the "vu" replaced with "dup". "Dup" in this #. context is itself a reference to both the underlying command line tool #. "duplicity" and the act of duplicating data for backup. As a whole, the #. phrase "Déjà Dup" may not be very translatable. #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:1 ../deja-dup/deja-dup.desktop.in.h:2 #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:78 ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:138 msgid "Déjà Dup Backup Tool" msgstr "Eina de còpies de seguretat Déjà Dup" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Keep your important documents safe from disaster" msgstr "Mantingueu els vostres documents importants salvats del desastre" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It hides the complexity of backing up the " "Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as the " "backend." msgstr "" "El Déjà Dup és una eina simple de còpies de seguretat. Amaga la complexitat " "de fer còpies de seguretat de la manera correcta (amb encriptat, mantenint " "les còpies a un lloc remot i de forma regular) i usa duplicitat com a dorsal." #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Support for local, remote, or cloud backup locations, such as Amazon S3 and " "Rackspace Cloud Files" msgstr "" "Suport per a ubicacions locals, remotes o de núvol, com ara Amazon S3 i " "Rackspace Cloud Files" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Securely encrypts and compresses your data" msgstr "Encripta i comprimeix les vostres dades amb seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Incrementally backs up, letting you restore from any particular backup" msgstr "" "Fa còpies de seguretat incrementalment, deixant-vos restaurar des de " "qualsevol còpia de seguretat particular" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Schedules regular backups" msgstr "Planifica còpies de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Integrates well into your GNOME desktop" msgstr "S'integra bé a l'escriptori de GNOME" #. Translators: "Backups" is a noun #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/deja-dup-preferences.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:93 ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:128 #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:134 ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:233 #: ../deja-dup/monitor/monitor.vala:115 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:42 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:121 msgid "Backups" msgstr "Còpies de seguretat" #. Translators: Monitor in this sense means something akin to 'watcher', not #. a computer screen. This program acts like a daemon that kicks off #. backups at scheduled times. #: ../deja-dup/monitor/deja-dup-monitor.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../deja-dup/monitor/monitor.vala:315 msgid "Backup Monitor" msgstr "Monitor de còpies de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/monitor/deja-dup-monitor.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Schedules backups at regular intervals" msgstr "Còpies de seguretat programades a intervals regulars" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/deja-dup-preferences.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Change your backup settings" msgstr "Canvia les preferències de les còpies de seguretat" #. These keywords are used when searching for applications in dashes, etc. #: ../deja-dup/preferences/deja-dup-preferences.desktop.in.h:4 msgid "déjà;deja;dup;" msgstr "déjà;deja;dup;" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/deja-dup-preferences.desktop.in.h:5 msgid "Back Up" msgstr "Fes una còpia de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/ui/restore-missing.ui.h:1 msgid "Folder" msgstr "Carpeta" #: ../deja-dup/ui/restore-missing.ui.h:2 #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:177 msgid "Scanning…" msgstr "S'està escanejant…" #: ../deja-dup/nautilus/NautilusExtension.c:173 msgid "Restore Missing Files…" msgstr "Restaura els fitxers que manquen…" #: ../deja-dup/nautilus/NautilusExtension.c:174 msgid "Restore deleted files from backup" msgstr "Restaura els fitxers suprimits a partir de la còpia de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/nautilus/NautilusExtension.c:216 msgid "Revert to Previous Version…" msgid_plural "Revert to Previous Versions…" msgstr[0] "Recupera la versió anterior…" msgstr[1] "Recupera les versions anteriors…" #: ../deja-dup/nautilus/NautilusExtension.c:220 msgid "Restore file from backup" msgid_plural "Restore files from backup" msgstr[0] "Restaura el fitxer des de la còpia de seguretat" msgstr[1] "Restaura els fitxers des de la còpia de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:31 msgctxt "back up is verb" msgid "Back Up" msgstr "Fes una còpia de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:32 msgctxt "back up is verb" msgid "_Back Up" msgstr "_Fes una còpia de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:49 msgid "Creating the first backup. This may take a while." msgstr "" "S'està creant la primera còpia de seguretat. Això pot trigar una estona." #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:50 msgid "" "Creating a fresh backup to protect against backup corruption. This will " "take longer than normal." msgstr "" "Si creeu una còpia de seguretat nova, tindreu protecció addicional contra " "còpies de seguretat errònies. Aquesta acció trigarà més del que és habitual." #. Translators: This is the phrase 'Backing up' in the larger phrase #. "Backing up '%s'". %s is a filename. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:80 msgid "Backing up:" msgstr "S'està fent la còpia de seguretat:" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:89 msgid "Backup Failed" msgstr "Ha fallat la còpia de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:92 msgid "Backup Finished" msgstr "Ha finalitzat la còpia de seguretat" #. Also leave ourselves up if we just finished a restore test. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:96 msgid "Your files were successfully backed up and tested." msgstr "" "S'ha realitzat una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers i s'ha comprovat " "correctament." #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:103 msgid "Backing Up…" msgstr "S'està fent la còpia de seguretat…" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:176 msgid "Scanning:" msgstr "S'està escanejant:" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:258 msgid "_Details" msgstr "_Detalls" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:306 msgid "_Allow restoring without a password" msgstr "_Permet restaurar sense contrasenya" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:312 msgid "_Password-protect your backup" msgstr "Protegeix la còpia de seguretat amb una _contrasenya" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:324 msgid "" "You will need your password to restore your files. You might want to write " "it down." msgstr "" "Us caldrà la contrasenya per restaurar els arxius. Us recomanem que la deseu " "en un lloc segur." #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:339 #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:408 msgid "E_ncryption password" msgstr "_Contrasenya d'encriptació" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:356 msgid "Confir_m password" msgstr "_Confirmeu la contrasenya" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:369 #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:417 msgid "_Show password" msgstr "_Mostra la contrasenya" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:376 #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:40 msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "_Recorda la contrasenya" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:395 msgid "" "In order to check that you will be able to retrieve your files in the case " "of an emergency, please enter your encryption password again to perform a " "brief restore test." msgstr "" "Per comprovar que podeu recuperar els fitxers en cas d'una emergència, " "torneu a introduir la contrasenya d'encriptació per realitzar una petita " "comprovació de recuperació." #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:422 msgid "Test every two _months" msgstr "Comprova cada dos _mesos" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:496 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resum" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:518 msgid "Restore Test" msgstr "Comprovació de restauració" #. For most, don't do anything special. Show generic 'unknown error' #. message, but provide the exception text for better bug reports. #. Plus, sometimes it may clue the user in to what's wrong. #. But first, try to restart without a cache, since that seems to quite #. frequently fix odd metadata errors with duplicity. If we hit an error #. a second time, we'll show the unknown error message. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:594 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:696 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1075 msgid "Failed with an unknown error." msgstr "Ha fallat amb un error desconegut." #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:791 msgid "Require Password?" msgstr "Voleu utilitzar una contrasenya?" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:793 msgid "Encryption Password Needed" msgstr "Cal una clau d'encriptació" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:865 msgid "Backup encryption password" msgstr "Contrasenya d'encriptació de la còpia de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:68 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restaura" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:69 msgid "_Restore" msgstr "_Restaura" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:91 msgid "_Backup location" msgstr "_Ubicació de la còpia de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:124 msgid "Restore From Where?" msgstr "Des d'on voleu restaurar?" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:146 msgid "_Date" msgstr "_Data" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:169 msgid "Restore files to _original locations" msgstr "Restaura els fitxers a la ubicació _original" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:174 msgid "Restore to _specific folder" msgstr "Restaura els fitxers a una carpeta _específica" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:184 msgid "Choose destination for restored files" msgstr "Trieu la destinació on restaurar els fitxers" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:188 msgid "Restore _folder" msgstr "Restaura una _carpeta" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:229 msgid "Restore date" msgstr "Restaura per data" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:237 msgid "Restore folder" msgstr "Restaura una carpeta" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:263 msgid "Checking for Backups…" msgstr "S'està comprovant si hi ha còpies de seguretat…" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:271 msgid "Restore From When?" msgstr "Des de quan voleu restaurar?" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:279 msgid "Restore to Where?" msgstr "A on voleu restaurar?" #. Translators: This is the word 'Restoring' in the phrase #. "Restoring '%s'". %s is a filename. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:306 msgid "Restoring:" msgstr "S'està restaurant:" #. Translators: %x is the current date, %X is the current time. #. This will be in a list with other strings that just have %x (the #. current date). So make sure if you change this, it still makes #. sense in that context. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:348 #, c-format msgid "%x %X" msgstr "%x %X" #. If we didn't see any dates... Must not be any backups on the backend #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:361 msgid "No backups to restore" msgstr "No hi ha cap còpia de seguretat per restaurar" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:437 msgid "Original location" msgstr "Ubicació original" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:448 msgid "File to restore" msgid_plural "Files to restore" msgstr[0] "Fitxer que es restaurarà" msgstr[1] "Fitxers que es restauraran" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:469 msgid "Restore Failed" msgstr "Ha fallat la restauració" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:471 msgid "Restore Finished" msgstr "Ha finalitzat la restauració" #. if it *is* visible, a header will be set already #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:474 msgid "Your files were successfully restored." msgstr "Els fitxers s'han restaurat correctament." #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:477 msgid "Your file was successfully restored." msgid_plural "Your files were successfully restored." msgstr[0] "El fitxer s'ha restaurat correctament." msgstr[1] "Els fitxers s'han restaurat correctament." #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:484 ../libdeja/Operation.vala:63 msgid "Restoring…" msgstr "S'està restaurant…" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:199 msgid "File" msgstr "Fitxer" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:200 msgid "Last seen" msgstr "Vist per darrera vegada" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:215 msgid "Restore which Files?" msgstr "Quins fitxers voleu restaurar?" #. Hours #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:346 msgid "Scanning for files from up to a day ago…" msgstr "S'estan cercant els fitxers de fins fa un dia…" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:349 msgid "Scanning for files from up to a week ago…" msgstr "S'estan cercant els fitxers de fins fa una setmana…" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:352 msgid "Scanning for files from up to a month ago…" msgstr "S'estan cercant els fitxers de fins fa un mes…" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:357 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for files from about a month ago…" msgid_plural "Scanning for files from about %d months ago…" msgstr[0] "S'estan cercant els fitxers de fa més o menys un mes…" msgstr[1] "S'estan cercant els fitxers de fa més o menys un %d mesos…" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:364 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for files from about a year ago…" msgid_plural "Scanning for files from about %d years ago…" msgstr[0] "S'estan cercant els fitxers de fa més o menys un any…" msgstr[1] "S'estan cercant els fitxers de fa més o menys %d anys…" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:454 msgid "Scanning finished" msgstr "Ha finalitzat l'escaneig" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:38 ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:54 msgid "_OK" msgstr "_D'acord" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:299 msgid "_Forward" msgstr "_Endavant" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:317 msgid "Co_ntinue" msgstr "Co_ntinua" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:323 msgctxt "verb" msgid "_Test" msgstr "_Comprova" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:352 ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:255 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:53 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "_Cancel·la" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:354 msgid "_Close" msgstr "_Tanca" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:358 msgid "_Back" msgstr "_Enrere" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:360 ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:93 msgid "_Resume Later" msgstr "_Reprèn més tard" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:34 ../deja-dup/monitor/monitor.vala:36 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:85 msgid "Show version" msgstr "Mostra la versió" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:35 msgid "Restore given files" msgstr "Restaura els fitxers seleccionats" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:36 msgid "Immediately start a backup" msgstr "Inicia la còpia de seguretat immediatament" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:38 msgid "Restore deleted files" msgstr "Restaura fitxers suprimits" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:55 msgid "No directory provided" msgstr "No heu indicat la carpeta" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:60 msgid "Only one directory can be shown at once" msgstr "Només es mostra una carpeta a la vegada" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:81 msgid "[FILES…]" msgstr "[FITXERS…]" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:82 msgid "DIRECTORY" msgstr "CARPETA" #. Translators: Wrap this to 80 characters per line if you can, as I have for English #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:86 msgid "" "Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It hides the complexity of backing up\n" "the Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as\n" "the backend." msgstr "" "El Déjà Dup és una eina senzilla de còpies de seguretat. Amaga la " "complexitat\n" "de realitzar còpies de seguretat de la millor manera (amb encriptació, a una " "\n" "ubicació remota i regularment) i utilitza el Duplicity com a rerefons." #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:137 msgid "Directory does not exist" msgstr "El directori no existeix" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:141 msgid "You must provide a directory, not a file" msgstr "Heu d'indicar una carpeta, no un fitxer" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:153 msgid "You must specify a mode" msgstr "Heu d'indicar el tipus de còpia que desitgeu realitzar" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:36 msgid "Connect to Server" msgstr "Connecta't al servidor" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:37 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:49 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFTP.vala:45 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationRackspace.vala:31 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSMB.vala:37 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSSH.vala:40 msgid "_Username" msgstr "Nom d'_usuari" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:38 #: ../libdeja/BackendGDrive.vala:160 msgid "_Password" msgstr "_Contrasenya" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:39 msgid "S_how password" msgstr "Mostra _la contrasenya" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:80 msgid "Location not available" msgstr "Ubicació no disponible" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:166 msgid "Connect _anonymously" msgstr "Connecta't _anònimament" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:170 msgid "Connect as u_ser" msgstr "Connexió com a u_suari" #. Translators: this is a Windows networking domain #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:213 msgid "_Domain" msgstr "_Domini" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:37 msgid "Keep your files safe by backing up regularly" msgstr "" "Protegiu la vostra informació creant una còpia de seguretat regularment" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:42 msgid "" "Important documents, data, and settings can be protected by storing them in " "a backup. In the case of a disaster, you would be able to recover them from " "that backup." msgstr "" "Informació com ara documents, dades importants i preferències poden ser " "protegides mitjançant una còpia de seguretat. En cas de problemes, podreu " "recuperar aquesta informació novament." #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:48 msgid "_Don't Show Again" msgstr "No ho tornis a _mostrar" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:50 msgid "Don't Show Again" msgstr "No ho tornis a mostrar" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:56 msgid "_Open Backup Settings" msgstr "_Obre les preferències de les còpies de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:58 msgid "Open Backup Settings" msgstr "_Obre les preferències de les còpies de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:94 msgid "_Skip Backup" msgstr "Omet la còpia de _seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:125 msgid "Backup completed" msgstr "S'ha creat la còpia de seguretat correctament" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:129 msgid "Backup finished" msgstr "Ha finalitzat la còpia de seguretat" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:130 msgid "" "Not all files were successfully backed up. See dialog for more details." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut fer la còpia de seguretat de tots els fitxers. Vegeu el diàleg " "per a més informació." #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:234 msgid "Starting scheduled backup" msgstr "S'està iniciant una còpia de seguretat planificada" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:237 msgid "Show Progress" msgstr "Mostra el progrés" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:275 #, c-format msgid "%.1f%% complete" msgstr "%.1f%% completat" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:288 msgid "Show _Progress" msgstr "Mostra el _progrés" #: ../deja-dup/monitor/monitor.vala:161 msgid "Scheduled backup delayed" msgstr "S'ha posposat la còpia de seguretat planificada" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:91 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:243 msgid "_Back Up Now…" msgstr "_Fes la còpia de seguretat ara..." #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:93 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:197 msgid "_Restore…" msgstr "_Restaura..." #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:110 msgid "Could not install" msgstr "No s'ha pogut instal·lar" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:144 msgid "Categories" msgstr "Categories" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:197 msgid "_Install…" msgstr "_Instal·la..." #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:243 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:59 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:81 msgid "Install…" msgstr "Instal·la..." #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:275 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Resum" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:308 msgid "_Storage location" msgstr "_Ubicació de l'emmagatzematge" #. Translators: storage as in "where to store the backup" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:325 msgid "Storage location" msgstr "Ubicació de l'emmagatzematge" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:349 msgid "_Automatic backup" msgstr "_Còpia de seguretat automàtica" #. translators: as in "Every day" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:361 msgid "_Every" msgstr "_Cada" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:371 msgctxt "verb" msgid "_Keep" msgstr "_Manté" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:378 msgid "" "Old backups will be deleted earlier if the storage location is low on space." msgstr "" "Les còpies de seguretat antigues s'esborraran més aviat si la ubicació " "d'emmagatzematge té poc espai." #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:388 msgid "Scheduling" msgstr "Planificació" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:71 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_Ajuda" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:73 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "_Surt" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigDelete.vala:40 msgid "At least six months" msgstr "Almenys sis mesos" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigDelete.vala:41 msgid "At least a year" msgstr "Almenys un any" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigDelete.vala:42 msgid "Forever" msgstr "Per sempre" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigDelete.vala:89 #, c-format msgid "At least %d day" msgid_plural "At least %d days" msgstr[0] "Almenys %d dia" msgstr[1] "Almenys %d dies" #. Check for some really simple/common friendly names #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:66 msgid "Next backup is today." msgstr "La pròxima còpia de seguretat és avui." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:68 msgid "Next backup is tomorrow." msgstr "La pròxima còpia de seguretat és demà." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:76 #, c-format msgid "Next backup is %d day from now." msgid_plural "Next backup is %d days from now." msgstr[0] "La pròxima còpia de seguretat és en %d dia a partir d'ara." msgstr[1] "La pròxima còpia de seguretat és en %d dies a partir d'ara." #. Check for some really simple/common friendly names #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:93 msgid "Last backup was today." msgstr "L'última còpia de seguretat ha estat avui." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:95 msgid "Last backup was yesterday." msgstr "L'última còpia de seguretat va ser ahir." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:103 #, c-format msgid "Last backup was %d day ago." msgid_plural "Last backup was %d days ago." msgstr[0] "L'última còpia de seguretat va ser fa %d dia." msgstr[1] "L'última còpia de seguretat va ser fa %d dies." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:113 msgid "No recent backups." msgstr "No hi ha còpies de seguretat recents" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:122 msgid "No backup scheduled." msgstr "No hi ha còpies de seguretat planificada." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:60 #, c-format msgid "" "You can restore existing backups after you first install some necessary " "software by clicking the %s button." msgstr "" "Podeu restaurar les còpies de seguretat existents després que hàgiu " "instal·lat algun programari necessari clicant el botó %s." #. This here encodes a lot of outside GUI information in this widget, #. but it's a very special case thing. #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:69 msgid "Restore…" msgstr "Restaura..." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:71 #, c-format msgid "You may use the %s button to browse for existing backups." msgstr "" "Podeu utilitzar el botó %s per navegar entre les còpies de seguretat " "existents." #. Translators: Files is the user-visible name of nautilus in your language #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:74 #, c-format msgid "" "You can restore the entire backup with the %s button or use Files to either " "revert individual files or restore missing ones." msgstr "" "Podeu restaurar la còpia de seguretat sencera amb el botó %s o usar Fitxers " "o bé per revertir fitxers individuals, o bé per restaurar els que falten." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:82 #, c-format msgid "" "You can create a backup after you first install some necessary software by " "clicking the %s button." msgstr "" "Podeu crear una còpia de seguretat després que hàgiu instal·lat algun " "programari necessari clicant el botó %s." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:88 msgid "Back Up Now…" msgstr "Fes una còpia de seguretat ara..." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:89 #, c-format msgid "" "You should enable automatic backups or use the %s button to " "start one now." msgstr "" "Hauríeu d'habilitar les còpies de seguretat automàtiques o bé " "utilitzar el botó %s per a iniciar-ne una ara." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:95 msgid "A backup automatically starts every day." msgstr "S'inicia una còpia de seguretat automàticament cada dia." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:97 msgid "A backup automatically starts every week." msgstr "S'inicia una còpia de seguretat automàticament cada setmana." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:100 #, c-format msgid "A backup automatically starts every %d day." msgid_plural "A backup automatically starts every %d days." msgstr[0] "S'inicia una còpia de seguretat automàticament cada % dia." msgstr[1] "S'inicia una còpia de seguretat automàticament cada % dies." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:178 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:256 msgid "_Add" msgstr "_Afegeix" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:179 msgid "Add" msgstr "Afegeix" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:187 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "_Suprimeix" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:188 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Suprimeix" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:252 msgid "Choose folders" msgstr "Trieu les carpetes" #. Now insert remote servers #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:124 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:126 msgid "Windows Share" msgstr "Recurs compartit del Windows" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:128 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:130 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "WebDAV" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:133 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "Ubicació personalitzada" #. And a local folder option #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:139 msgid "Local Folder" msgstr "Carpeta local" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:182 ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:122 msgid "Amazon S3" msgstr "S3 d'Amazon" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:190 msgid "Google Cloud Storage" msgstr "Google Cloud Storage" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:198 msgid "Google Drive" msgstr "Google Drive" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:210 ../libdeja/BackendU1.vala:45 msgid "Ubuntu One" msgstr "Ubuntu One" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:218 #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:69 msgid "Rackspace Cloud Files" msgstr "Emmagatzematge de fitxers en el núvol de Rackspace" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:226 msgid "OpenStack Swift" msgstr "OpenStack Swift" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationCustom.vala:34 msgid "_URI" msgstr "_URI" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:31 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFTP.vala:32 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSMB.vala:31 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSSH.vala:31 msgid "_Server" msgstr "_Servidor" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:38 msgid "Use secure connection (_HTTPS)" msgstr "Utilitza una connexió segura (_HTTPS)" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:43 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFTP.vala:35 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSSH.vala:34 msgid "_Port" msgstr "_Port" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:46 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFTP.vala:38 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:45 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationGDrive.vala:33 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationS3.vala:33 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSMB.vala:34 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSSH.vala:37 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationVolume.vala:33 msgid "_Folder" msgstr "_Carpeta" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:39 msgid "_Choose Folder…" msgstr "_Trieu una carpeta…" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:50 msgid "Choose Folder" msgstr "Trieu una carpeta" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationGDrive.vala:31 msgid "_Email address" msgstr "Adr_eça de correu electrònic" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationRackspace.vala:33 msgid "_Container" msgstr "_Contenidor" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationS3.vala:31 msgid "S3 Access Key I_D" msgstr "I_dentificador de la clau d'accés de l'S3 dAmazon" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSMB.vala:40 msgid "_Domain Name" msgstr "_Nom del domini" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationU1.vala:32 ../libdeja/BackendU1.vala:50 msgid "Ubuntu One has shut down. Please choose another storage location." msgstr "" "L'Ubuntu One s'ha tancat. Si us plau escolliu una altra ubicació " "d'emmagatzematge." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigPeriod.vala:36 msgid "Day" msgstr "Dia" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigPeriod.vala:37 msgid "Week" msgstr "Setmana" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigPeriod.vala:82 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "%d dia" msgstr[1] "%d dies" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/WidgetUtils.vala:33 #, c-format msgid "Could not display %s" msgstr "No es pot mostrar %s" #. Translators: %2$s is the name of a removable drive, %1$s is a folder #. on that removable drive. #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:135 ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:518 #, c-format msgid "%1$s on %2$s" msgstr "%1$s a %2$s" #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:168 #, c-format msgid "Backup will begin when %s becomes connected." msgstr "" "La còpia de seguretat començarà quan s'estableixi la connexió amb %s." #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:175 ../libdeja/BackendGDrive.vala:51 #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:49 ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:59 msgid "Backup will begin when a network connection becomes available." msgstr "" "La còpia de seguretat s'iniciarà quan estigui disponible una connexió de " "xarxa." #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:384 ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:448 msgid "Backup location not available" msgstr "La ubicació de la còpia de seguretat no està disponible" #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:385 msgid "Waiting for a network connection…" msgstr "S'està esperant una connexió de xarxa…" #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:448 #, c-format msgid "Waiting for ‘%s’ to become connected…" msgstr "S'està esperant que «%s» es connecti…" #. Translators: %s is a folder. #: ../libdeja/BackendGDrive.vala:83 #, c-format msgid "%s at Google Drive" msgstr "%s a Google Drive" #: ../libdeja/BackendGDrive.vala:126 ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:115 #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:168 msgid "Permission denied" msgstr "S’ha denegat el permís" #: ../libdeja/BackendGDrive.vala:157 #, c-format msgid "You can sign up for a Google account online." msgstr "" "Podeu registrar-vos per a un compte del Google en línia." #: ../libdeja/BackendGDrive.vala:158 msgid "Connect to Google Drive" msgstr "Connecta al Google Drive" #: ../libdeja/BackendGDrive.vala:159 msgid "_Email" msgstr "Corr_eu electrònic." #. Translators: %s is a folder. #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:72 #, c-format msgid "%s on Rackspace Cloud Files" msgstr "%s al contenidor de fitxers en el núvol de Rackspace" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:146 #, c-format msgid "" "You can sign up for a Rackspace Cloud Files account online." msgstr "" "Podeu crear un compte en línia al servei de fitxers en el " "núvol de Rackspace." #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:147 msgid "Connect to Rackspace Cloud Files" msgstr "ConnectaÇt amb el servei de fitxers en el núvol de Rackspace" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:148 msgid "_API access key" msgstr "Clau d'accés de l'_API" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:149 msgid "S_how API access key" msgstr "_Mostra la clau d'accés de l'API" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:150 msgid "_Remember API access key" msgstr "_Recorda la clau d'accés de l'API" #. Translators: %s is a folder. #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:125 #, c-format msgid "%s on Amazon S3" msgstr "%s a l'S3 d'Amazon" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:199 #, c-format msgid "You can sign up for an Amazon S3 account online." msgstr "" "Podeu crear un compte en línia al servei d'emmagatzematge " "S3 d'Amazon." #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:200 msgid "Connect to Amazon S3" msgstr "Connecta't a l'S3 d'Amazon" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:201 msgid "_Access key ID" msgstr "Identificador de la _clau d'accés" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:202 msgid "_Secret access key" msgstr "_Clau secreta d'accés" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:203 msgid "S_how secret access key" msgstr "M_ostra la clau secreta d'accés" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:204 msgid "_Remember secret access key" msgstr "_Recorda la clau secreta d'accés" #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:437 #, c-format msgid "Could not find backup tool in %s. Your installation is incomplete." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut trobar l'eina de còpies de seguretat a %s. La instal·lació no " "és completa." #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:439 msgid "Could not load backup tool. Your installation is incomplete." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut carregar l'eina de còpies de seguretat. La instal·lació no és " "completa." #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:445 msgid "Backup tool is broken. Your installation is incomplete." msgstr "" "L'eina de còpies de seguretat no funciona. La instal·lació no és completa." #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:467 msgid "Could not start backup tool" msgstr "No s'ha pogut iniciar l'eina de còpies de seguretat" #. Translators: this is the home folder and %s is the user's username #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:569 #, c-format msgid "Home (%s)" msgstr "Carpeta d'usuari (%s)" #. Translators: this is the home folder #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:574 msgid "Home" msgstr "Carpeta d'usuari" #. Translators: this is the trash folder #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:579 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Paperera" #: ../libdeja/OperationBackup.vala:42 ../libdeja/OperationVerify.vala:56 msgid "Verifying backup…" msgstr "S'està verificant la còpia de seguretat..." #: ../libdeja/OperationRestore.vala:51 msgid "Restoring files…" msgstr "S'estan restaurant els fitxers…" #: ../libdeja/OperationVerify.vala:94 msgid "" "Your backup appears to be corrupted. You should delete the backup and try " "again." msgstr "" "Sembla que la còpia de seguretat està malmesa. Hauríeu de suprimir-la i " "tornar-ho a provar." #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:61 msgid "Backing up…" msgstr "S'està fent la còpia de seguretat…" #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:65 msgid "Checking for backups…" msgstr "S'està comprovant si hi ha còpies de seguretat…" #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:67 msgid "Listing files…" msgstr "S'està fent una llista dels fitxers…" #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:69 ../libdeja/Operation.vala:103 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:385 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:392 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:411 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:416 msgid "Preparing…" msgstr "S'està preparant…" #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:296 msgid "Another backup operation is already running" msgstr "Ja s'està executant una altra operació de còpia de seguretat" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:89 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:172 msgid "Paused (no network)" msgstr "En pausa (sense xarxa)" #. Was not even a file path (maybe something goofy like computer://) #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:443 #, c-format msgid "Could not restore ‘%s’: Not a valid file location" msgstr "No s'ha pogut restaurar «%s»: no és una ubicació de fitxer vàlida" #. Tiny backup location. Suggest they get a larger one. #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:510 msgid "Backup location is too small. Try using one with more space." msgstr "" "La ubicació de la còpia de seguretat no és prou gran. Proveu d'utilitzar-ne " "una altra amb més espai." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:533 msgid "Backup location does not have enough free space." msgstr "La ubicació de la còpia de seguretat no té prou espai lliure." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:553 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:567 msgid "Cleaning up…" msgstr "S'està netejant…" #. OK, we succeeded yay! But some files didn't make it into the backup #. because we couldn't read them. So tell the user so they don't think #. everything is hunky dory. #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:663 msgid "" "Could not back up the following files. Please make sure you are able to " "open them." msgstr "" "No ha estat possible fer la còpia de seguretat dels següents fitxers. " "Comproveu que els podeu obrir." #. OK, we succeeded yay! But some files didn't actually restore #. because we couldn't write to them. So tell the user so they #. don't think everything is hunky dory. #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:679 msgid "" "Could not restore the following files. Please make sure you are able to " "write to them." msgstr "" "No s'han pogut restaurar els fitxers següents. Assegureu-vos que teniu " "permisos per escriure'ls." #. make text a little nicer than duplicity gives #. duplicity gives something like "home/blah/blah not found in archive, #. no files restored". #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:923 #, c-format msgid "Could not restore ‘%s’: File not found in backup" msgstr "" "No es pot restaurar «%s»: no s'ha trobat el fitxer a la còpia de seguretat." #. notify upper layers, if they want to do anything #. Duplicity tried to ask the user what the encryption password is. #. notify upper layers, if they want to do anything #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:929 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1027 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1031 msgid "Bad encryption password." msgstr "La contrasenya d'encriptació no és correcta" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:934 msgid "Computer name changed" msgstr "El nom de l'ordinador ha canviat" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:934 #, c-format msgid "" "The existing backup is of a computer named %s, but the current computer’s " "name is %s. If this is unexpected, you should back up to a different " "location." msgstr "" "La còpia de seguretat existent pertany a l'ordinador «%s», però el nom de " "l'ordinador actual és «%s». Si és un error, realitzeu la còpia en una altra " "ubicació diferent." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:969 #, c-format msgid "Permission denied when trying to create ‘%s’." msgstr "S'ha denegat el permís en crear «%s»." #. assume error is on backend side #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:973 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:977 #, c-format msgid "Permission denied when trying to read ‘%s’." msgstr "S'ha denegat el permís en llegir «%s»." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:981 #, c-format msgid "Permission denied when trying to delete ‘%s’." msgstr "S'ha denegat el permís en suprimir «%s»." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:988 #, c-format msgid "Backup location ‘%s’ does not exist." msgstr "No s'ha trobat la ubicació «%s» de la còpia de seguretat." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:994 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1046 msgid "No space left." msgstr "No hi ha prou espai." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1008 msgid "Invalid ID." msgstr "L'identificador no és vàlid." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1010 msgid "Invalid secret key." msgstr "La clau secreta no és vàlida." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1012 msgid "Your Amazon Web Services account is not signed up for the S3 service." msgstr "" "El vostrea compte del servei web d'Amazon no està subscrit al servei S3." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1021 msgid "S3 bucket name is not available." msgstr "El nom del dipòsit S3 no està disponible." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1035 #, c-format msgid "Error reading file ‘%s’." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir el fitxer «%s»." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1037 #, c-format msgid "Error writing file ‘%s’." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure al fitxer «%s»." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1048 #, c-format msgid "No space left in ‘%s’." msgstr "No hi ha prou espai a «%s»." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1056 msgid "No backup files found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap fitxer de còpia de seguretat" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1106 msgid "Uploading…" msgstr "S'està pujant…" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityPlugin.vala:41 msgid "Could not understand duplicity version." msgstr "No s'ha pogut processar la versió del Duplicity." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityPlugin.vala:51 #, c-format msgid "Could not understand duplicity version ‘%s’." msgstr "No s'ha pogut processar la versió del Duplicity «%s»." #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityPlugin.vala:54 #, c-format msgid "" "Déjà Dup Backup Tool requires at least version %d.%d.%.2d of duplicity, but " "only found version %d.%d.%.2d" msgstr "" "Al Déjà Dup li cal com a mínim la versió «%d.%d%.2d» del Duplicity, però " "només teniu instal·lada la versió «%d.%d%.2d»." language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/gsettings-ubuntu-touch-schemas.po0000644000000000000000000002007512704126234024555 0ustar # Catalan translation for gsettings-ubuntu-touch-schemas # Copyright (c) 2015 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2015 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gsettings-ubuntu-touch-schemas package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2015. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gsettings-ubuntu-touch-schemas\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-03-07 10:24+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-13 07:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Walter Garcia-Fontes \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 08:23+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.notifications.hub.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "User blacklist of application notifications" msgstr "Llista negra de l'usuari de notificacions d'aplicació" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.notifications.hub.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "A list of applications that the user has blocked notifications from. For " "applications that are installed via Click packaging the strings are the name " "of the package and then the name of the application in the package. For dpkg " "based applications the strings are both the AppID of the application, or the " "desktop file name." msgstr "" "Una llista d'aplicacions per les quals l'usuari ha bloquejat les " "notificacions. Per a les aplicacions instal·lades mitjançant el sistema " "d'empaquetament Click les cadenes de caràcters són el nom del paquet i " "després el nom de l'aplicació al paquet. Per a aplicacions basades en dpkg " "les cadenes de caràcters són o bé l'AppID de l'aplicació o bé el nom del " "fitxer d'escriptori." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.phone.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Name per modem path" msgstr "Nom per l'encaminador del mòdem" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.phone.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "Mapping of modem paths to SIM names." msgstr "Mapa dels camins de mòdem cap a noms de SIM." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.phone.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "" "Default sim card to use for calls, defined by a modem path or \"ask\"." msgstr "" "La tarjeta sim predeterminada utilitzada per les trucades, definida per " "l'encaminador del mòdem o \"ask\"." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.phone.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Default sim card to use for messages, defined by a modem path or \"ask\"." msgstr "" "La tarjeta sim predeterminada utilitzada pels missatges, definida per " "l'encaminador del mòdem o \"ask\"." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.phone.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Enable sending group chat messages over MMS." msgstr "Activa l'enviament de missatges en converses de grup a través d'MMS." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.network.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Enable flight mode" msgstr "Activa el mode de vol" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.network.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether \"flight mode\" is enabled. In flight mode, no network traffic will " "happen on the device." msgstr "" "Si el \"mode de vol\" està activat. En el mode de vol, el dispositiu no " "rebrà ni enviarà trànsit de xarxa." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.network.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Enable the GPS" msgstr "Activa el GPS" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.network.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "If present, whether the GPS hardware in this device is enabled." msgstr "" "Si està present, si el maquinari GPS d'aquest dispositiu està habilitat." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.sound.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Silent mode" msgstr "Mode silenciós" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.sound.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "Whether silent mode is active or not." msgstr "Si el mode silenciós està activat o no." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.sound.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Ringtone sound for the phone application." msgstr "So de trucada per l'aplicació de telèfon." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.sound.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "This sound file is played, on incoming calls, by the phone application." msgstr "" "Aquest fitxer de so és reproduït, en trucades entrants, per l'aplicació de " "telèfon." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.sound.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Incoming message sound for the phone application." msgstr "So de missatge entrant per l'aplicació de telèfon." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.sound.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "This sound file is played, on incoming messages, by the phone application." msgstr "" "Aquest fitxer de so és reproduït, en missatges entrants, per l'aplicació de " "telèfon." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Lock rotation" msgstr "Bloqueig de la rotació" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "Deprecated." msgstr "Desaconsellat." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Orientation lock" msgstr "Bloqueig de l'orientació" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "Locks orientation to a specific value." msgstr "Bloqueja l'orientació a un valor específic." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Brightness level" msgstr "Nivell de brillantor" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "The brightness setting specified by the user." msgstr "Configuració de brillantor especificada per l'usuari." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Brightness hardware default flag." msgstr "Marca de brillantor predeterminada del sistema." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "A first-session flag denoting that 'brightness' needs to be initialized to " "that hardware's default level." msgstr "" "Una etiqueta indicador de primera sessió que denota que al 'brillantor' li " "cal ser inicialitzat a aquest nivell predeterminat del maquinari." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Automatic brightness" msgstr "Brillantor automàtica" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.touch.system.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether the device should adjust brightness automatically based on ambient " "light levels." msgstr "" "Si el dispositiu ha d'ajustar automàticament el nivell de brillantor basant-" "se en els nivells de llum de l'ambient." #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.user-interface.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Per monitor scale factor" msgstr "Factor d'escala per cada monitor" #: ../schemas/com.ubuntu.user-interface.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Per monitor scale factor for all user interface components. The values are " "stored in a dictionary where the keys are IDs of monitors and the values are " "the scale factors. The scale factors are not the traditional float scale " "factors that one might expect. Instead they are integers that need to be " "divided by 8 before being used as regular scale factors. That limits the " "number of possible scalings applied to the UI without jeopardizing " "flexibility (there is still enough possible scalings for all devices out " "there). This limiting allows for better testing since there is now only a " "finite number of possible scalings. The scale factor also maps directly to " "the grid units used in the Ubuntu UI Toolkit where one grid unit is exactly " "equal to 'scale factor' number of pixels." msgstr "" "Factor de l'escala del monitor per a tots els components d'interfície " "d'usuari. Els valors s'emmagatzemen en un diccionari on les claus són els ID " "dels monitors i els valors són els factors d'escala. Els factors d'escala no " "són els tradicionals factors d'escala amb punt flotant que un s'esperaria. " "En canvi, són enters que s'han de dividir entre 8 abans d'utilitzar-los com " "a factors d'escala normals. Això limitia el nombre de possibles escales " "aplicades a la UI sense posar en perill la flexibilitat (encara hi ha prou " "escales possibles per tots els dispositius). Aquest límit facilita les " "proves, ja que ara hi ha un nombre finit d'escales possibles. El factor " "d'escala també s'adjudica directament a la unitat de la graella utilitzada a " "l'Ubuntu UI Toolkit on una unitat de graella és exactament igual al 'factor " "d'escala' nombre de píxels." language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/transmission-gtk.po0000644000000000000000000016210112704126234021776 0ustar # Traducció del Transmission al Català # This file is distributed under the same license as the Transmission package. # Joan Duran , 2008. # # tracker rastrejador # peer client # seeder client que només comparteix # seeding compartir # leecher client que només baixa # swarm eixam # ratio relació # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Transmission\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-03-21 17:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-02 16:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Planella \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 07:04+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" #: ../cli/cli.c:115 ../gtk/util.c:86 ../libtransmission/utils.c:1525 msgid "None" msgstr "Res" #: ../gtk/actions.c:42 msgid "Sort by _Activity" msgstr "Ordena per l'_activitat" #: ../gtk/actions.c:43 msgid "Sort by _Name" msgstr "Ordena pel _nom" #: ../gtk/actions.c:44 msgid "Sort by _Progress" msgstr "Ordena pel _progrés" #: ../gtk/actions.c:45 msgid "Sort by _Queue" msgstr "Ordena per la _cua" #: ../gtk/actions.c:46 msgid "Sort by Rati_o" msgstr "Ordena per la _relació" #: ../gtk/actions.c:47 msgid "Sort by Stat_e" msgstr "Ordena per l'_estat" #: ../gtk/actions.c:48 msgid "Sort by A_ge" msgstr "Ordena per l'anti_guitat" #: ../gtk/actions.c:49 msgid "Sort by Time _Left" msgstr "Ordena pel _temps restant" #: ../gtk/actions.c:50 msgid "Sort by Si_ze" msgstr "Ordena per la _mida" #: ../gtk/actions.c:67 msgid "_Show Transmission" msgstr "_Mostra el Transmission" #: ../gtk/actions.c:68 msgid "Message _Log" msgstr "_Registre de missatges" #: ../gtk/actions.c:83 msgid "Enable Alternative Speed _Limits" msgstr "Habilita els _límits de velocitats alternatius" #: ../gtk/actions.c:84 msgid "_Compact View" msgstr "Visualització _compacte" #: ../gtk/actions.c:85 msgid "Re_verse Sort Order" msgstr "Mode d'ordenació _invertit" #: ../gtk/actions.c:86 msgid "_Filterbar" msgstr "Barra de _filtre" #: ../gtk/actions.c:87 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "Barra d'e_stat" #: ../gtk/actions.c:88 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "Barra d'_eines" #: ../gtk/actions.c:93 msgid "_File" msgstr "_Fitxer" #: ../gtk/actions.c:94 msgid "_Torrent" msgstr "_Torrent" #: ../gtk/actions.c:95 msgid "_View" msgstr "_Visualitza" #: ../gtk/actions.c:96 msgid "_Sort Torrents By" msgstr "_Ordena els torrents per" #: ../gtk/actions.c:97 msgid "_Queue" msgstr "Envia a la _cua" #: ../gtk/actions.c:98 ../gtk/details.c:2604 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_Edita" #: ../gtk/actions.c:99 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_Ajuda" #: ../gtk/actions.c:100 msgid "Copy _Magnet Link to Clipboard" msgstr "Copia l'enllaç _magnètic al porta-retalls" #: ../gtk/actions.c:101 msgid "Open _URL…" msgstr "Obre l'_URL..." #: ../gtk/actions.c:101 msgid "Open URL…" msgstr "Obre l'URL..." #: ../gtk/actions.c:102 ../gtk/actions.c:103 msgid "Open a torrent" msgstr "Obre un torrent" #: ../gtk/actions.c:104 msgid "_Start" msgstr "_Inicia" #: ../gtk/actions.c:104 msgid "Start torrent" msgstr "Inicia el torrent" #: ../gtk/actions.c:105 msgid "Start _Now" msgstr "I_nicia ara" #: ../gtk/actions.c:105 msgid "Start torrent now" msgstr "Inicia el torrent ara" #: ../gtk/actions.c:106 msgid "_Statistics" msgstr "_Estadístiques" #: ../gtk/actions.c:107 msgid "_Donate" msgstr "_Donatius" #: ../gtk/actions.c:108 msgid "_Verify Local Data" msgstr "_Verifica les dades locals" #: ../gtk/actions.c:109 msgid "_Pause" msgstr "_Pausa" #: ../gtk/actions.c:109 msgid "Pause torrent" msgstr "Fes una pausa al torrent" #: ../gtk/actions.c:110 msgid "_Pause All" msgstr "Fes una _pausa a tot" #: ../gtk/actions.c:110 msgid "Pause all torrents" msgstr "Fes una pausa a tots els torrents" #: ../gtk/actions.c:111 msgid "_Start All" msgstr "_Inicia'ls tots" #: ../gtk/actions.c:111 msgid "Start all torrents" msgstr "Inicia tots els torrents" #: ../gtk/actions.c:112 msgid "Set _Location…" msgstr "Estableix la _ubicació" #: ../gtk/actions.c:113 msgid "Remove torrent" msgstr "Suprimeix un torrent" #: ../gtk/actions.c:114 msgid "_Delete Files and Remove" msgstr "Suprimeix i _esborra els fitxers" #: ../gtk/actions.c:115 msgid "_New…" msgstr "_Nou..." #: ../gtk/actions.c:115 msgid "Create a torrent" msgstr "Crea un torrent" #: ../gtk/actions.c:116 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "_Surt" #: ../gtk/actions.c:117 msgid "Select _All" msgstr "_Selecciona-ho tot" # Potser millor «No seleccionis res» o «No en seleccionis cap» (dpm) #: ../gtk/actions.c:118 msgid "Dese_lect All" msgstr "Desse_lecciona-ho tot" #: ../gtk/actions.c:120 msgid "Torrent properties" msgstr "Propietats del torrent" #: ../gtk/actions.c:121 msgid "Open Fold_er" msgstr "Obre la _carpeta" #: ../gtk/actions.c:123 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "_Continguts" #: ../gtk/actions.c:124 msgid "Ask Tracker for _More Peers" msgstr "Demana _més clients al rastrejador" #: ../gtk/actions.c:125 msgid "Move to _Top" msgstr "Mou cap a la _part superior" #: ../gtk/actions.c:126 msgid "Move _Up" msgstr "Mou cap am_unt" #: ../gtk/actions.c:127 msgid "Move _Down" msgstr "Mou cap a_vall" #: ../gtk/actions.c:128 msgid "Move to _Bottom" msgstr "Mou a la part in_ferior" #: ../gtk/actions.c:129 msgid "Present Main Window" msgstr "Finestra present principal" #: ../gtk/details.c:475 ../gtk/details.c:487 msgid "Use global settings" msgstr "Utilitza els paràmetres globals" #: ../gtk/details.c:476 msgid "Seed regardless of ratio" msgstr "Comparteix independentment de la relació" #: ../gtk/details.c:477 msgid "Stop seeding at ratio:" msgstr "Atura la compartició a la relació:" #: ../gtk/details.c:488 msgid "Seed regardless of activity" msgstr "Comparteix independentment de l'activitat" #: ../gtk/details.c:489 msgid "Stop seeding if idle for N minutes:" msgstr "Atura la compartició si està inactiu N minuts:" #: ../gtk/details.c:505 ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1319 msgid "Speed" msgstr "Velocitat" #: ../gtk/details.c:507 msgid "Honor global _limits" msgstr "Respecta els _límits globals" #: ../gtk/details.c:512 #, c-format msgid "Limit _download speed (%s):" msgstr "Limita la velocitat de _baixada (%s)" #: ../gtk/details.c:525 #, c-format msgid "Limit _upload speed (%s):" msgstr "Limita la velocitat de _pujada (%s)" #: ../gtk/details.c:538 ../gtk/open-dialog.c:368 msgid "Torrent _priority:" msgstr "_Prioritat del torrent:" #: ../gtk/details.c:542 msgid "Seeding Limits" msgstr "Límits de compartició" #: ../gtk/details.c:552 msgid "_Ratio:" msgstr "_Relació:" #: ../gtk/details.c:561 msgid "_Idle:" msgstr "_Inactiu:" #: ../gtk/details.c:564 msgid "Peer Connections" msgstr "Connexions de clients" #: ../gtk/details.c:567 msgid "_Maximum peers:" msgstr "Nombre _màxim de clients connectats:" #: ../gtk/details.c:586 ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:206 #: ../libtransmission/verify.c:264 msgid "Queued for verification" msgstr "S'està encuant per a verificar-lo" #: ../gtk/details.c:587 msgid "Verifying local data" msgstr "S'estan verificant les dades locals" #: ../gtk/details.c:588 ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:209 msgid "Queued for download" msgstr "S'ha encuat per baixar" #: ../gtk/details.c:589 ../gtk/filter.c:591 msgctxt "Verb" msgid "Downloading" msgstr "S'està baixant" #: ../gtk/details.c:590 ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:212 msgid "Queued for seeding" msgstr "S'ha encuat per sembrar" #: ../gtk/details.c:591 ../gtk/filter.c:592 msgctxt "Verb" msgid "Seeding" msgstr "S'està sembrant" #: ../gtk/details.c:592 ../gtk/filter.c:594 ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:203 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finalitzat" #: ../gtk/details.c:592 ../gtk/filter.c:593 ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:203 msgid "Paused" msgstr "En pausa" #: ../gtk/details.c:625 msgid "N/A" msgstr "No disponible" #: ../gtk/details.c:637 ../gtk/file-list.c:619 msgid "Mixed" msgstr "Mescla" #: ../gtk/details.c:638 msgid "No Torrents Selected" msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap torrent" #: ../gtk/details.c:667 msgid "Private to this tracker -- DHT and PEX disabled" msgstr "" "Privat per a aquest rastrejador -- el DHT i el PEX estan inhabilitats" #: ../gtk/details.c:669 msgid "Public torrent" msgstr "Torrent públic" #: ../gtk/details.c:700 #, c-format msgid "Created by %1$s" msgstr "Creat per %1$s" #: ../gtk/details.c:702 #, c-format msgid "Created on %1$s" msgstr "Creat el %1$s" #: ../gtk/details.c:704 #, c-format msgid "Created by %1$s on %2$s" msgstr "Creat per %1$s el %2$s" #: ../gtk/details.c:816 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconegut" #: ../gtk/details.c:849 #, c-format msgid "%1$s (%2$'d piece @ %3$s)" msgid_plural "%1$s (%2$'d pieces @ %3$s)" msgstr[0] "%1$s (%2$'d peça @ %3$s)" msgstr[1] "%1$s (%2$'d peces @ %3$s)" #: ../gtk/details.c:857 #, c-format msgid "%1$s (%2$'d piece)" msgid_plural "%1$s (%2$'d pieces)" msgstr[0] "%1$s (%2$'d peça)" msgstr[1] "%1$s (%2$'d peces)" #: ../gtk/details.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%1$s (%2$s%%)" msgstr "%1$s (%2$s%%)" #: ../gtk/details.c:901 #, c-format msgid "%1$s (%2$s%% of %3$s%% Available)" msgstr "%1$s (%2$s%% de %3$s%% disponible)" #: ../gtk/details.c:903 #, c-format msgid "%1$s (%2$s%% of %3$s%% Available); %4$s Unverified" msgstr "%1$s (%2$s%% de %3$s%% disponible); %4$s sense verificar" #: ../gtk/details.c:930 #, c-format msgid "%1$s (+%2$s corrupt)" msgstr "%1$s (+%2$s malmès)" #: ../gtk/details.c:958 #, c-format msgid "%s (Ratio: %s)" msgstr "%s (relació: %s)" #: ../gtk/details.c:991 msgid "No errors" msgstr "Sense errors" #: ../gtk/details.c:1010 msgid "Never" msgstr "Mai" #: ../gtk/details.c:1017 msgid "Active now" msgstr "Actiu actualment" #: ../gtk/details.c:1023 #, c-format msgid "%1$s ago" msgstr "fa %1$s" #: ../gtk/details.c:1042 msgid "Activity" msgstr "Activitat" #: ../gtk/details.c:1047 msgid "Torrent size:" msgstr "Mida del torrent:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1052 msgid "Have:" msgstr "Rebut:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1057 ../gtk/stats.c:152 ../gtk/stats.c:174 msgid "Uploaded:" msgstr "Pujat:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1062 ../gtk/stats.c:156 ../gtk/stats.c:178 msgid "Downloaded:" msgstr "Baixat:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1067 msgid "State:" msgstr "Estat:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1072 msgid "Running time:" msgstr "Temps d'execució:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1077 msgid "Remaining time:" msgstr "Temps restant:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1082 msgid "Last activity:" msgstr "Darrera activitat:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1088 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Error:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1092 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalls" #: ../gtk/details.c:1098 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Ubicació:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1105 msgid "Hash:" msgstr "Resum:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1111 msgid "Privacy:" msgstr "Privadesa:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1118 msgid "Origin:" msgstr "Origen:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1135 msgid "Comment:" msgstr "Comentari:" #: ../gtk/details.c:1163 msgid "Web Seeds" msgstr "Clients web" #: ../gtk/details.c:1165 ../gtk/details.c:1218 msgid "Down" msgstr "Baixada" #: ../gtk/details.c:1216 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adreça" #: ../gtk/details.c:1220 msgid "Up" msgstr "Pujada" #: ../gtk/details.c:1221 msgid "Client" msgstr "Client" #: ../gtk/details.c:1222 msgid "%" msgstr "%" #: ../gtk/details.c:1224 msgid "Up Reqs" msgstr "Pet. pujada" #: ../gtk/details.c:1226 msgid "Dn Reqs" msgstr "Pet. baixada" #: ../gtk/details.c:1228 msgid "Dn Blocks" msgstr "Blocs baixats" #: ../gtk/details.c:1230 msgid "Up Blocks" msgstr "Blocs pujats" #: ../gtk/details.c:1232 msgid "We Cancelled" msgstr "Hem cancel·lat" #: ../gtk/details.c:1234 msgid "They Cancelled" msgstr "Han cancel·lat" #: ../gtk/details.c:1235 msgid "Flags" msgstr "Indicadors" #: ../gtk/details.c:1618 msgid "Optimistic unchoke" msgstr "Desobstrucció optimista" #: ../gtk/details.c:1619 msgid "Downloading from this peer" msgstr "S'està baixant des d'aquest client" #: ../gtk/details.c:1620 msgid "We would download from this peer if they would let us" msgstr "Es baixaria d'aquest client si ho permetés" #: ../gtk/details.c:1621 msgid "Uploading to peer" msgstr "S'està pujant al client" #: ../gtk/details.c:1622 msgid "We would upload to this peer if they asked" msgstr "Es pujaria a aquest client si ho demanés" #: ../gtk/details.c:1623 msgid "Peer has unchoked us, but we're not interested" msgstr "Un client ha permès l'entrada, però no hi estem interessats" #: ../gtk/details.c:1624 msgid "We unchoked this peer, but they're not interested" msgstr "S'ha permès l'entrada a aquest client, però no hi està interessat" #: ../gtk/details.c:1625 msgid "Encrypted connection" msgstr "Connexió encriptada" #: ../gtk/details.c:1626 msgid "Peer was found through Peer Exchange (PEX)" msgstr "El client s'ha trobat a través de l'intercanvi de clients (PEX)" #: ../gtk/details.c:1627 msgid "Peer was found through DHT" msgstr "El client s'ha trobat a través del DHT" #: ../gtk/details.c:1628 msgid "Peer is an incoming connection" msgstr "El client és una connexió entrant" #: ../gtk/details.c:1629 msgid "Peer is connected over µTP" msgstr "El client està connectat a través del µTP" #: ../gtk/details.c:1881 ../gtk/details.c:2619 msgid "Show _more details" msgstr "Mostra _més detalls" #: ../gtk/details.c:1952 #, c-format msgid "Got a list of %1$s%2$'d peers%3$s %4$s ago" msgstr "S'ha obtingut una llista de %1$s%2$'d clients fa %3$s %4$s" #: ../gtk/details.c:1956 #, c-format msgid "Peer list request %1$stimed out%2$s %3$s ago; will retry" msgstr "" "La sol·licitud de llista de clients %1$s ha esgotat el temps d'espera fa " "%2$s %3$s; es tornarà a intentar" #: ../gtk/details.c:1959 #, c-format msgid "Got an error %1$s\"%2$s\"%3$s %4$s ago" msgstr "S'ha obtingut l'error %1$s «%2$s»%3$s fa %4$s" #: ../gtk/details.c:1967 msgid "No updates scheduled" msgstr "No hi ha actualitzacions programades" #: ../gtk/details.c:1973 #, c-format msgid "Asking for more peers in %s" msgstr "Se sol·licitaran més clients d'aquí %s" #: ../gtk/details.c:1978 msgid "Queued to ask for more peers" msgstr "S'ha encuat per sol·licitar la obtenció de més clients" #: ../gtk/details.c:1984 #, c-format msgid "Asking for more peers now… %s" msgstr "S'està preguntant per més clients… %s" #: ../gtk/details.c:1995 #, c-format msgid "Tracker had %s%'d seeders and %'d leechers%s %s ago" msgstr "" "El rastrejador tenia %s%'d clients i %'d clients que només baixen %s fa %s" #: ../gtk/details.c:1999 #, c-format msgid "Got a scrape error \"%s%s%s\" %s ago" msgstr "S'ha obtingut un error de fregament «%s%s%s» fa %s" #: ../gtk/details.c:2010 #, c-format msgid "Asking for peer counts in %s" msgstr "Se sol·licitarà el nombre de clients d'aquí %s" #: ../gtk/details.c:2015 msgid "Queued to ask for peer counts" msgstr "S'ha encuat per sol·licitar el nombre de clients" #: ../gtk/details.c:2021 #, c-format msgid "Asking for peer counts now… %s" msgstr "S'està preguntant pel nombre de clients… %s" #: ../gtk/details.c:2306 msgid "List contains invalid URLs" msgstr "La llista conté URL no vàlids" #: ../gtk/details.c:2311 ../gtk/file-list.c:819 msgid "Please correct the errors and try again." msgstr "Corregiu els errors i torneu-ho a provar." #: ../gtk/details.c:2367 #, c-format msgid "%s - Edit Trackers" msgstr "%s - Edita els rastrejadors" #: ../gtk/details.c:2377 msgid "Tracker Announce URLs" msgstr "URL d'anunci de rastrejadors" #: ../gtk/details.c:2380 ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:499 msgid "" "To add a backup URL, add it on the line after the primary URL.\n" "To add another primary URL, add it after a blank line." msgstr "" "Per afegir un URL de seguretat, afegiu-lo a la línia després de l'URL " "principal.\n" "Per afegir un altre URL principal, afegiu-lo després d'una línia en blanc." #: ../gtk/details.c:2477 #, c-format msgid "%s - Add Tracker" msgstr "%s - Afegeix un rastrejador" #: ../gtk/details.c:2491 msgid "Tracker" msgstr "Rastrejador" #: ../gtk/details.c:2497 msgid "_Announce URL:" msgstr "_Anunci URL:" #: ../gtk/details.c:2575 ../gtk/details.c:2720 msgid "Trackers" msgstr "Rastrejadors" #: ../gtk/details.c:2599 msgid "_Add" msgstr "_Afegeix" #: ../gtk/details.c:2610 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "_Suprimeix" #: ../gtk/details.c:2626 msgid "Show _backup trackers" msgstr "Mostra els rastrejadors de _seguretat" #: ../gtk/details.c:2712 ../gtk/msgwin.c:438 msgid "Information" msgstr "Informació" #: ../gtk/details.c:2716 msgid "Peers" msgstr "Clients" #: ../gtk/details.c:2725 msgid "File listing not available for combined torrent properties" msgstr "" "La llista de fitxers no està disponible per a les propietats de torrents " "combinats" #: ../gtk/details.c:2729 ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:446 msgid "Files" msgstr "Fitxers" #: ../gtk/details.c:2733 ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1226 ../gtk/tr-window.c:685 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcions" #: ../gtk/details.c:2757 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "Propietats de %s" #: ../gtk/details.c:2768 #, c-format msgid "%'d Torrent Properties" msgstr "Propietats del torrent %'d" #: ../gtk/dialogs.c:95 #, c-format msgid "Remove torrent?" msgid_plural "Remove %d torrents?" msgstr[0] "Voleu suprimir el torrent?" msgstr[1] "Voleu suprimir %d torrents?" #: ../gtk/dialogs.c:101 #, c-format msgid "Delete this torrent's downloaded files?" msgid_plural "Delete these %d torrents' downloaded files?" msgstr[0] "Voleu suprimir els fitxers baixats d'aquest torrent?" msgstr[1] "Voleu suprimir els fitxers baixats d'aquests %d torrents?" #: ../gtk/dialogs.c:111 msgid "" "Once removed, continuing the transfer will require the torrent file or " "magnet link." msgid_plural "" "Once removed, continuing the transfers will require the torrent files or " "magnet links." msgstr[0] "" "Un cop s'ha suprimit, per continuar la transferència caldrà el fitxer " "torrent o l'enllaç." msgstr[1] "" "Un cop s'han suprimit, per continuar les transferències caldran els fitxers " "torrent o els enllaços." #: ../gtk/dialogs.c:117 msgid "This torrent has not finished downloading." msgid_plural "These torrents have not finished downloading." msgstr[0] "Aquest torrent encara no ha finalitzat la baixada." msgstr[1] "Aquests torrents encara no han finalitzat la baixada." #: ../gtk/dialogs.c:123 msgid "This torrent is connected to peers." msgid_plural "These torrents are connected to peers." msgstr[0] "Aquest torrent està connectat a clients." msgstr[1] "Aquests torrents estan connectats a clients." #: ../gtk/dialogs.c:130 msgid "One of these torrents is connected to peers." msgid_plural "Some of these torrents are connected to peers." msgstr[0] "Un d'aquests torrents està connectat a clients." msgstr[1] "Alguns d'aquests torrents estan connectats a clients." #: ../gtk/dialogs.c:137 msgid "One of these torrents has not finished downloading." msgid_plural "Some of these torrents have not finished downloading." msgstr[0] "Un d'aquests torrents no ha finalitzat la baixada." msgstr[1] "Alguns d'aquests torrents no han finalitzat la baixada." #: ../gtk/file-list.c:616 ../gtk/util.c:474 msgid "High" msgstr "Alta" #: ../gtk/file-list.c:617 ../gtk/util.c:475 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normal" #: ../gtk/file-list.c:618 ../gtk/util.c:476 msgid "Low" msgstr "Baixa" #: ../gtk/file-list.c:814 #, c-format msgid "Unable to rename file as \"%s\": %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/file-list.c:936 ../gtk/msgwin.c:303 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #. add "size" column #: ../gtk/file-list.c:953 msgid "Size" msgstr "Mida" #. add "progress" column #: ../gtk/file-list.c:968 msgid "Have" msgstr "Progrés" #. add "enabled" column #: ../gtk/file-list.c:981 msgid "Download" msgstr "Baixada" #. add priority column #: ../gtk/file-list.c:997 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritat" #: ../gtk/filter.c:281 ../gtk/filter.c:588 msgid "All" msgstr "Tot" #: ../gtk/filter.c:590 msgid "Active" msgstr "Actiu" #: ../gtk/filter.c:595 msgctxt "Verb" msgid "Verifying" msgstr "S'està verificant" #: ../gtk/filter.c:596 ../gtk/msgwin.c:437 ../gtk/util.c:687 #, c-format msgid "Error" msgstr "Errors" #: ../gtk/filter.c:893 #, c-format msgid "_Show:" msgstr "_Mostra:" #: ../gtk/filter.c:895 #, c-format msgid "_Show %'d of:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/main.c:329 #, c-format msgid "Error registering Transmission as a %s handler: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/main.c:492 #, c-format msgid "" "Got signal %d; trying to shut down cleanly. Do it again if it gets stuck." msgstr "" "S'ha obtingut la senyal %d i s'està intentant aturar netament. Torneu-ho a " "fer si es bloqueja." #: ../gtk/main.c:625 msgid "Where to look for configuration files" msgstr "On cercar els fitxers de configuració" #: ../gtk/main.c:626 msgid "Start with all torrents paused" msgstr "Inicia amb tots els torrents en pausa" #: ../gtk/main.c:627 msgid "Start minimized in notification area" msgstr "Inicia minimitzat a l'àrea de notificació" #: ../gtk/main.c:628 msgid "Show version number and exit" msgstr "Mostra el número de versió i surt" #: ../gtk/main.c:647 ../gtk/transmission-gtk.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Transmission" msgstr "Transmission" #. parse the command line #: ../gtk/main.c:651 msgid "[torrent files or urls]" msgstr "[fitxers torrent o URL]" #: ../gtk/main.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "%s\n" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" "%s\n" "Executeu «%s --help» per veure una llista completa de les opcions " "disponibles de la línia d'ordres.\n" #: ../gtk/main.c:756 msgid "" "Transmission is a file sharing program. When you run a torrent, its data " "will be made available to others by means of upload. Any content you share " "is your sole responsibility." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/main.c:758 msgid "I _Agree" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/main.c:989 msgid "Closing Connections" msgstr "S'estan tancant les connexions" #: ../gtk/main.c:993 msgid "Sending upload/download totals to tracker…" msgstr "Enviant els totals de pujada i baixada cap al rastrejador..." #: ../gtk/main.c:998 msgid "_Quit Now" msgstr "_Surt ara" #: ../gtk/main.c:1059 msgid "Couldn't add corrupt torrent" msgid_plural "Couldn't add corrupt torrents" msgstr[0] "No s'ha pogut afegir un torrent malmès" msgstr[1] "No s'han pogut afegir torrents malmesos" #: ../gtk/main.c:1066 msgid "Couldn't add duplicate torrent" msgid_plural "Couldn't add duplicate torrents" msgstr[0] "No s'ha pogut afegir un torrent duplicat" msgstr[1] "No s'han pogut afegir torrents duplicats" #: ../gtk/main.c:1374 msgid "A fast and easy BitTorrent client" msgstr "Un client de BitTorrent ràpid i senzill" #: ../gtk/main.c:1375 msgid "Copyright (c) The Transmission Project" msgstr "Copyright (c) El projecte del Transmission" #. Translators: translate "translator-credits" as your name #. to have it appear in the credits in the "About" #. dialog #: ../gtk/main.c:1381 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Joan Duran , 2008\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " David Pinilla https://launchpad.net/~dpini\n" " David Planella https://launchpad.net/~dpm\n" " Enric Marti Gonzalez https://launchpad.net/~britishsteel\n" " J. https://launchpad.net/~jose-manuel-rodriguez-moreno\n" " Jamie Strandboge https://launchpad.net/~jdstrand\n" " Javi Rodríguez https://launchpad.net/~menut\n" " Joan Duran https://launchpad.net/~jodufi\n" " Pau Moreno https://launchpad.net/~pau-moreno-gmail\n" " Pere Orga https://launchpad.net/~pereorga\n" " Sergi Mateo https://launchpad.net/~sergimateo\n" " Àngel Ollé https://launchpad.net/~angelolle" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:72 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "S'està creant «%s»" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:74 #, c-format msgid "Created \"%s\"!" msgstr "S'ha creat «%s»" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Error: invalid announce URL \"%s\"" msgstr "S'ha produït un error: l'URL d'anunci «%s» no és vàlid" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:78 #, c-format msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Cancel·lat" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Error reading \"%s\": %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir «%s»: %s" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:82 #, c-format msgid "Error writing \"%s\": %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure «%s»: %s" #. how much data we've scanned through to generate checksums #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Scanned %s" msgstr "S'ha analitzat %s" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:171 ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:434 msgid "New Torrent" msgstr "Torrent nou" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:187 msgid "Creating torrent…" msgstr "Creant el torrent..." #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:299 msgid "No source selected" msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat la font" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:305 #, c-format msgid "%1$s; %2$'d File" msgid_plural "%1$s; %2$'d Files" msgstr[0] "%1$s; %2$'d fitxer" msgstr[1] "%1$s; %2$'d fitxers" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:312 #, c-format msgid "%1$'d Piece @ %2$s" msgid_plural "%1$'d Pieces @ %2$s" msgstr[0] "%1$'d tros de %2$s" msgstr[1] "%1$'d trossos de %2$s" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:448 msgid "Sa_ve to:" msgstr "_Desa a:" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:454 msgid "Source F_older:" msgstr "Carpeta d'_origen:" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:466 msgid "Source _File:" msgstr "_Fitxer d'origen:" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:478 msgid "No source selected" msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat la font" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:482 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Propietats" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:484 msgid "_Trackers:" msgstr "_Rastrejadors:" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:506 msgid "Co_mment:" msgstr "Co_mentari:" #: ../gtk/makemeta-ui.c:515 msgid "_Private torrent" msgstr "Torrent _particular" #: ../gtk/msgwin.c:142 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't save \"%s\"" msgstr "No s'ha pogut desar «%s»" #: ../gtk/msgwin.c:203 msgid "Save Log" msgstr "Desa el registre" #: ../gtk/msgwin.c:298 msgid "Time" msgstr "Hora" #: ../gtk/msgwin.c:308 msgid "Message" msgstr "Missatge" #: ../gtk/msgwin.c:439 msgid "Debug" msgstr "Depuració" #: ../gtk/msgwin.c:465 msgid "Message Log" msgstr "Registre de missatges" #: ../gtk/msgwin.c:500 msgid "Level" msgstr "Nivell" #: ../gtk/notify.c:214 msgid "Open File" msgstr "Obre un fitxer" #: ../gtk/notify.c:219 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "Obre la carpeta" #: ../gtk/notify.c:227 msgid "Torrent Complete" msgstr "S'ha completat el torrent" #: ../gtk/notify.c:249 msgid "Torrent Added" msgstr "S'ha afegit el torrent" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:250 msgid "Torrent files" msgstr "Fitxers torrent" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:255 msgid "All files" msgstr "Tots els fitxers" #. make the dialog #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:280 msgid "Torrent Options" msgstr "Opcions torrent" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:302 ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:296 msgid "Mo_ve .torrent file to the trash" msgstr "Mo_u el fitxer .torrent a la paperera" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:304 msgid "_Start when added" msgstr "_Inicia quan s'afegeixi" #. "torrent file" row #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:320 msgid "_Torrent file:" msgstr "Fitxer _torrent:" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:323 msgid "Select Source File" msgstr "Seleccioneu un fitxer font" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:335 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "_Carpeta de destinació:" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:338 msgid "Select Destination Folder" msgstr "Seleccioneu una carpeta de destinació" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:444 msgid "Open a Torrent" msgstr "Obre un torrent" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:460 msgid "Show _options dialog" msgstr "Mostra el diàleg de les _opcions" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:509 msgid "Open URL" msgstr "Obre un URL" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:522 msgid "Open torrent from URL" msgstr "Obre un torrent des d'un URL" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:527 msgid "_URL" msgstr "_URL" #: ../gtk/relocate.c:61 #, c-format msgid "Moving \"%s\"" msgstr "S'està movent «%s»" #: ../gtk/relocate.c:83 msgid "Couldn't move torrent" msgstr "No s'ha pogut moure el torrent" #: ../gtk/relocate.c:118 msgid "This may take a moment…" msgstr "Això tardarà una mica..." #: ../gtk/relocate.c:149 ../gtk/relocate.c:169 msgid "Set Torrent Location" msgstr "Estableix la ubicació del torrent" #: ../gtk/relocate.c:165 msgid "Location" msgstr "Ubicació" #: ../gtk/relocate.c:172 msgid "Torrent _location:" msgstr "_Ubicació del torrent:" #: ../gtk/relocate.c:173 msgid "_Move from the current folder" msgstr "_Mou des de la carpeta actual" #: ../gtk/relocate.c:176 msgid "Local data is _already there" msgstr "Les dades locals ja són _allí" #: ../gtk/stats.c:72 ../gtk/stats.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Started %'d time" msgid_plural "Started %'d times" msgstr[0] "S'ha iniciat %'d cops" msgstr[1] "S'ha iniciat %'d cops" #: ../gtk/stats.c:96 msgid "Reset your statistics?" msgstr "Voleu reiniciar les estadístiques?" #: ../gtk/stats.c:97 msgid "" "These statistics are for your information only. Resetting them doesn't " "affect the statistics logged by your BitTorrent trackers." msgstr "" "Aquestes estadístiques només són per a la vostra informació. Reiniciar-les " "no afecta a les estadístiques registrades pels vostres rastrejadors " "BitTorrent." #: ../gtk/stats.c:108 ../gtk/stats.c:136 msgid "_Reset" msgstr "_Reinicia" #: ../gtk/stats.c:133 ../gtk/tr-window.c:730 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Estadístiques" #: ../gtk/stats.c:148 msgid "Current Session" msgstr "Sessió actual" #: ../gtk/stats.c:160 ../gtk/stats.c:182 msgid "Ratio:" msgstr "Relació:" #: ../gtk/stats.c:164 ../gtk/stats.c:186 msgid "Duration:" msgstr "Durada:" #: ../gtk/stats.c:166 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" #. %1$s is how much we've got, #. %2$s is how much we'll have when done, #. %3$s%% is a percentage of the two #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:59 #, c-format msgid "%1$s of %2$s (%3$s%%)" msgstr "%1$s de %2$s (%3$s%%)" #. %1$s is how much we've got, #. %2$s is the torrent's total size, #. %3$s%% is a percentage of the two, #. %4$s is how much we've uploaded, #. %5$s is our upload-to-download ratio, #. %6$s is the ratio we want to reach before we stop uploading #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:75 #, c-format msgid "%1$s of %2$s (%3$s%%), uploaded %4$s (Ratio: %5$s Goal: %6$s)" msgstr "%1$s de %2$s (%3$s%%), pujat %4$s (relació: %5$s objectiu: %6$s)" #. %1$s is how much we've got, #. %2$s is the torrent's total size, #. %3$s%% is a percentage of the two, #. %4$s is how much we've uploaded, #. %5$s is our upload-to-download ratio #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:91 #, c-format msgid "%1$s of %2$s (%3$s%%), uploaded %4$s (Ratio: %5$s)" msgstr "%1$s de %2$s (%3$s%%), s'ha pujat %4$s (relació: %5$s)" #. %1$s is the torrent's total size, #. %2$s is how much we've uploaded, #. %3$s is our upload-to-download ratio, #. %4$s is the ratio we want to reach before we stop uploading #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:108 #, c-format msgid "%1$s, uploaded %2$s (Ratio: %3$s Goal: %4$s)" msgstr "%1$s, pujat %2$s (Relació: %3$s Objectiu: %4$s)" #. %1$s is the torrent's total size, #. %2$s is how much we've uploaded, #. %3$s is our upload-to-download ratio #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:120 #, c-format msgid "%1$s, uploaded %2$s (Ratio: %3$s)" msgstr "%1$s, pujat %2$s (relació: %3$s)" #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:134 msgid "Remaining time unknown" msgstr "Temps restant desconegut" #. time remaining #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:140 #, c-format msgid "%s remaining" msgstr "%s restant" #. down speed, down symbol, up speed, up symbol #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:165 #, c-format msgid "%1$s %2$s %3$s %4$s" msgstr "" #. up speed, up symbol #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:177 #, c-format msgid "%1$s %2$s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:183 msgid "Stalled" msgstr "Encallat" #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:216 #, c-format msgid "Verifying local data (%.1f%% tested)" msgstr "S'estan verificant les dades locals (%.1f%% verificat)" #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:246 #, c-format msgid "Tracker gave a warning: \"%s\"" msgstr "El rastrejador ha emès un avís: «%s»" #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:247 #, c-format msgid "Tracker gave an error: \"%s\"" msgstr "El rastrejador ha emès un error: «%s»" #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:248 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s" msgstr "Error: %s" #. Downloading metadata from 2 peer (s)(50% done) #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:268 #, c-format msgid "Downloading metadata from %1$'d %2$s (%3$d%% done)" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:270 ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:279 #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:296 msgid "peer" msgid_plural "peers" msgstr[0] "client" msgstr[1] "clients" #. Downloading from 2 of 3 peer (s) and 2 webseed (s) #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Downloading from %1$'d of %2$'d %3$s and %4$'d %5$s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:281 ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:288 msgid "web seed" msgid_plural "web seeds" msgstr[0] "client web" msgstr[1] "clients web" #. Downloading from 3 web seed (s) #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Downloading from %1$'d %2$s" msgstr "" #. Downloading from 2 of 3 peer (s) #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:293 #, c-format msgid "Downloading from %1$'d of %2$'d %3$s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:303 #, c-format msgid "Seeding to %1$'d of %2$'d connected peer" msgid_plural "Seeding to %1$'d of %2$'d connected peers" msgstr[0] "S'està compartint a %1$'d de %2$'d client connectat" msgstr[1] "S'està compartint a %1$'d de %2$'d clients connectats" #: ../gtk/transmission-gtk.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "BitTorrent Client" msgstr "Client de BitTorrent" #: ../gtk/transmission-gtk.desktop.in.h:3 msgid "Transmission BitTorrent Client" msgstr "Client de BitTorrent Transmission" #: ../gtk/transmission-gtk.desktop.in.h:4 msgid "Download and share files over BitTorrent" msgstr "Baixeu i compartiu fitxers mitjançant el BitTorrent" #: ../gtk/transmission-gtk.desktop.in.h:5 msgid "Start Transmission with All Torrents Paused" msgstr "Inicia el Transmission amb tots els torrents en pausa" #: ../gtk/transmission-gtk.desktop.in.h:6 msgid "Start Transmission Minimized" msgstr "Inicia el Transmission minimitzat" #: ../gtk/tr-core.c:1218 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't read \"%s\": %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir \"%s\": %s" #: ../gtk/tr-core.c:1314 #, c-format msgid "Skipping unknown torrent \"%s\"" msgstr "S'està ometent el torrent desconegut «%s»" #: ../gtk/tr-core.c:1568 msgid "Inhibiting desktop hibernation" msgstr "S'està inhibint la hibernació de l'escriptori" #: ../gtk/tr-core.c:1572 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't inhibit desktop hibernation: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut inhibir la hibernació de l'escriptori: %s" #: ../gtk/tr-core.c:1606 msgid "Allowing desktop hibernation" msgstr "Permet la hibernació de l'escriptori" #: ../gtk/tr-icon.c:61 msgid "Idle" msgstr "Inactiu" #: ../gtk/tr-icon.c:78 ../gtk/tr-icon.c:94 #, c-format msgid " (Limit: %s)" msgstr " (límit: %s)" #. %1$s: current upload speed #. * %2$s: current upload limit, if any #. * %3$s: current download speed #. * %4$s: current download limit, if any #: ../gtk/tr-icon.c:101 #, c-format msgid "" "Transmission\n" "Up: %1$s %2$s\n" "Down: %3$s %4$s" msgstr "" "Transmission\n" "Pujada: %1$s %2$s\n" "Baixada: %3$s %4$s" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:279 msgctxt "Gerund" msgid "Adding" msgstr "Addició" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:281 msgid "Automatically add .torrent files _from:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:288 msgid "Show the Torrent Options _dialog" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:292 msgid "_Start added torrents" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:301 msgid "Save to _Location:" msgstr "Desa a la _ubicació:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:308 msgid "Download Queue" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:310 msgid "Ma_ximum active downloads:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:314 msgid "Downloads sharing data in the last _N minutes are active:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:319 ../libtransmission/torrent.c:2011 msgid "Incomplete" msgstr "No s'ha completat" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:321 msgid "Append \"._part\" to incomplete files' names" msgstr "Afegeix «._part» al nom dels fitxers incomplets" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:325 msgid "Keep _incomplete torrents in:" msgstr "Mantingues els torrents incomplets a:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:332 msgid "Call scrip_t when torrent is completed:" msgstr "Executa l'scrip_t en completar el torrent:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:356 msgid "Limits" msgstr "Límits" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:358 msgid "Stop seeding at _ratio:" msgstr "Atura la compartició a la _relació:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:365 msgid "Stop seeding if idle for _N minutes:" msgstr "Atura la compartició si està inactiu _N minuts:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:388 ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1329 msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Escriptori" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:390 msgid "_Inhibit hibernation when torrents are active" msgstr "_Inhibeix la hibernació quan hi hagi torrents actius" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:394 msgid "Show Transmission icon in the _notification area" msgstr "Mostra la icona del Transmission a l'àrea de _notificació" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:399 msgid "Notification" msgstr "Notificacions" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:401 msgid "Show a notification when torrents are a_dded" msgstr "Mostra una notificació quan s'_afegeixin torrents" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:405 msgid "Show a notification when torrents _finish" msgstr "Mostra una notificació quan es completin els _torrents" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:409 msgid "Play a _sound when torrents finish" msgstr "Reprodueix un _so quan es completin els torrents" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:437 #, c-format msgid "Blocklist contains %'d rule" msgid_plural "Blocklist contains %'d rules" msgstr[0] "La llista de bloquejats conté %'d regla" msgstr[1] "La llista de bloquejats conté %'d regles" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:471 #, c-format msgid "Blocklist has %'d rule." msgid_plural "Blocklist has %'d rules." msgstr[0] "La llista de bloquejats té %'d regla." msgstr[1] "La llista de bloquejats té %'d regles." #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:475 msgid "Update succeeded!" msgstr "L'actualització s'ha completat amb èxit" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:475 msgid "Unable to update." msgstr "No s'ha pogut actualitzar." #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:490 msgid "Update Blocklist" msgstr "Actualitza la llista de bloquejats" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:492 msgid "Getting new blocklist…" msgstr "Obtenint la nova llista de bloquejats..." #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:520 msgid "Allow encryption" msgstr "Permet l'encriptació" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:521 msgid "Prefer encryption" msgstr "Prefereix l'encriptació" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:522 msgid "Require encryption" msgstr "Requereix encriptació" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:546 ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1325 msgid "Privacy" msgstr "Privacitat" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:548 msgid "_Encryption mode:" msgstr "Mode d'_encriptació:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:553 msgid "Blocklist" msgstr "Llista de bloquejats" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:555 msgid "Enable _blocklist:" msgstr "Habilita la llista de _bloquejats:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:569 msgid "_Update" msgstr "_Actualitza" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:579 msgid "Enable _automatic updates" msgstr "Habilita les actualitzacions _automàtiques" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:797 msgid "Remote Control" msgstr "" #. "enabled" checkbutton #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:800 msgid "Allow _remote access" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:806 msgid "_Open web client" msgstr "_Obre el client web" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:815 msgid "HTTP _port:" msgstr "_Port HTTP:" #. require authentication #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:819 msgid "Use _authentication" msgstr "_Utilitza l'autenticació" #. username #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:827 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "Nom d'_usuari:" #. password #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:834 msgid "Pass_word:" msgstr "Contrasen_ya:" #. require authentication #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:842 msgid "Only allow these IP a_ddresses:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:867 msgid "IP addresses may use wildcards, such as 192.168.*.*" msgstr "Les adreces IP poden utilitzar comodins, com ara 192.168.*.*" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:889 msgid "Addresses:" msgstr "Adreces:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1001 msgid "Every Day" msgstr "Cada dia" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1002 msgid "Weekdays" msgstr "Dies laborables" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1003 msgid "Weekends" msgstr "Caps de setmana" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1004 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Diumenge" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1005 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Dilluns" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1006 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Dimarts" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1007 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Dimecres" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1008 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Dijous" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1009 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Divendres" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1010 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Dissabte" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1041 msgid "Speed Limits" msgstr "Límits de velocitat" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1043 #, c-format msgid "_Upload (%s):" msgstr "_Pujada (%s):" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1050 #, c-format msgid "_Download (%s):" msgstr "_Baixada (%s):" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1059 msgid "Alternative Speed Limits" msgstr "Límits de velocitat alternatius" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1068 msgid "Override normal speed limits manually or at scheduled times" msgstr "" "Sobreescriu els límits de velocitat normals manualment o a les hores " "programades" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1075 #, c-format msgid "U_pload (%s):" msgstr "P_ujada (%s):" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1079 #, c-format msgid "Do_wnload (%s):" msgstr "B_aixada (%s):" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1083 msgid "_Scheduled times:" msgstr "_Hores programades:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1088 msgid " _to " msgstr " _a " #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1099 msgid "_On days:" msgstr "_Als dies:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1131 ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1199 ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1280 msgid "Status unknown" msgstr "Estat desconegut" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1154 msgid "Port is open" msgstr "El port està obert" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1154 msgid "Port is closed" msgstr "El port està tancat" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1169 msgid "Testing TCP port…" msgstr "Provant el port TCP..." #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1192 msgid "Listening Port" msgstr "Port a escoltar" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1194 msgid "_Port used for incoming connections:" msgstr "_Port utilitzat per a les connexions d'entrada:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1202 msgid "Te_st Port" msgstr "_Comprova el port" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1209 msgid "Pick a _random port every time Transmission is started" msgstr "_Tria un port aleatori cada cop que s'inicia el Transmission" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1213 msgid "Use UPnP or NAT-PMP port _forwarding from my router" msgstr "" "Utilitza el _redireccionament de ports UPnP o NAT-PMP de l'encaminador" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1218 msgid "Peer Limits" msgstr "Límit de clients" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1221 msgid "Maximum peers per _torrent:" msgstr "Nombre màxim de clients per t_orrent:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1223 msgid "Maximum peers _overall:" msgstr "Nombre _màxim de clients:" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1229 msgid "Enable _uTP for peer communication" msgstr "Habilita el _uTP per a la comunicacó dels clients" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1231 msgid "uTP is a tool for reducing network congestion." msgstr "El uTP és una eina per reduir la congestió de xarxa." #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1236 msgid "Use PE_X to find more peers" msgstr "Utilitza el _PEX per a trobar més clients" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1238 msgid "" "PEX is a tool for exchanging peer lists with the peers you're connected to." msgstr "" "El PEX és una eina per a intercanviar la llista de clients amb els clients " "amb què estigueu connectats." #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1242 msgid "Use _DHT to find more peers" msgstr "Utilitza el _DHT per a trobar més clients" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1244 msgid "DHT is a tool for finding peers without a tracker." msgstr "El DHT és una eina per a trobar clients sense un rastrejador." #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1248 msgid "Use _Local Peer Discovery to find more peers" msgstr "Utilitza el descobriment de clients _locals per trobar més clients" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1250 msgid "LPD is a tool for finding peers on your local network." msgstr "" "El descobriment de clients locals és una eina per trobar clients a la xarxa " "local." #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1305 msgid "Transmission Preferences" msgstr "Preferències del Transmission" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1321 msgctxt "Gerund" msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Baixades" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1323 msgctxt "Gerund" msgid "Seeding" msgstr "Compartició" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1327 msgid "Network" msgstr "Xarxa" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:1331 msgid "Remote" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:141 msgid "Torrent" msgstr "Torrent" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:251 msgid "Total Ratio" msgstr "Relació total" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:252 msgid "Session Ratio" msgstr "Relació de la sessió" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:253 msgid "Total Transfer" msgstr "Transferència total" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:254 msgid "Session Transfer" msgstr "Transferència de la sessió" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:282 #, c-format msgid "" "Click to disable Alternative Speed Limits\n" " (%1$s down, %2$s up)" msgstr "" "Feu clic per inhabilitar els límits de velocitat alternatius\n" " (%1$s baixada, %2$s pujada)" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:283 #, c-format msgid "" "Click to enable Alternative Speed Limits\n" " (%1$s down, %2$s up)" msgstr "" "Feu clic per habilitar els límits de velocitat alternatius\n" " (%1$s baixada, %2$s pujada)" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:349 #, c-format msgid "Tracker will allow requests in %s" msgstr "El rastrejador permetrà més sol·licituds en %s" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:424 msgid "Unlimited" msgstr "Il·limitat" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:497 msgid "Seed Forever" msgstr "Comparteix per sempre" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:536 msgid "Limit Download Speed" msgstr "Limit de la velocitat de baixada" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:540 msgid "Limit Upload Speed" msgstr "Limit de la velocitat de pujada" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:547 msgid "Stop Seeding at Ratio" msgstr "Atura la compartició a la relació" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:581 #, c-format msgid "Stop at Ratio (%s)" msgstr "Atura a la relació (%s)" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:804 ../gtk/tr-window.c:832 #, c-format msgid "Ratio: %s" msgstr "Relació: %s" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:815 #, c-format msgid "Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s" msgstr "Baixada: %1$s, Pujada: %2$s" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:826 #, c-format msgid "size|Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s" msgstr "Baixada: %1$s, Pujada: %2$s" #: ../gtk/util.c:36 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" #: ../gtk/util.c:37 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" #: ../gtk/util.c:38 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" #: ../gtk/util.c:39 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" #: ../gtk/util.c:42 msgid "kB" msgstr "kB" #: ../gtk/util.c:43 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" #: ../gtk/util.c:44 msgid "GB" msgstr "GB" #: ../gtk/util.c:45 msgid "TB" msgstr "TB" #: ../gtk/util.c:48 msgid "kB/s" msgstr "kB/s" #: ../gtk/util.c:49 msgid "MB/s" msgstr "MB/s" #: ../gtk/util.c:50 msgid "GB/s" msgstr "GB/s" #: ../gtk/util.c:51 msgid "TB/s" msgstr "TB/s" #: ../gtk/util.c:107 #, c-format msgid "%'d day" msgid_plural "%'d days" msgstr[0] "%'d dia" msgstr[1] "%'d dies" #: ../gtk/util.c:108 #, c-format msgid "%'d hour" msgid_plural "%'d hours" msgstr[0] "%'d hora" msgstr[1] "%'d hores" #: ../gtk/util.c:109 #, c-format msgid "%'d minute" msgid_plural "%'d minutes" msgstr[0] "%'d minut" msgstr[1] "%'d minuts" #: ../gtk/util.c:110 #, c-format msgid "%'d second" msgid_plural "%'d seconds" msgstr[0] "%'d segon" msgstr[1] "%'d segons" #: ../gtk/util.c:228 #, c-format msgid "The torrent file \"%s\" contains invalid data." msgstr "El fitxer torrent «%s» conté dades invàlides." #: ../gtk/util.c:230 #, c-format msgid "The torrent file \"%s\" is already in use by \"%s.\"" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/util.c:232 #, c-format msgid "The torrent file \"%s\" encountered an unknown error." msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut en el fitxer torrent «%s»." #: ../gtk/util.c:238 msgid "Error opening torrent" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en obrir el fitxer torrent" #: ../gtk/util.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Error opening \"%s\"" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en obrir «%s»" #: ../gtk/util.c:546 #, c-format msgid "Server returned \"%1$ld %2$s\"" msgstr "El servidor ha retornat «%1$ld %2$s»" #: ../gtk/util.c:566 msgid "Unrecognized URL" msgstr "URL no reconegut" #: ../gtk/util.c:568 #, c-format msgid "Transmission doesn't know how to use \"%s\"" msgstr "El Transmission no sap com utilitzar «%s»" #: ../gtk/util.c:573 #, c-format msgid "" "This magnet link appears to be intended for something other than BitTorrent. " "BitTorrent magnet links have a section containing \"%s\"." msgstr "" "Aquest enllaç magnet sembla estar destinat a una cosa diferent que el " "BitTorrent. Els enllaços magnet del BitTorrent tenen una secció que conté " "«%s»." #: ../gtk/util.c:693 #, c-format msgid "%s free" msgstr "" #: ../libtransmission/announcer.c:1060 ../libtransmission/announcer.c:1353 msgid "Could not connect to tracker" msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar al rastrejador" #: ../libtransmission/announcer.c:1064 ../libtransmission/announcer.c:1357 msgid "Tracker did not respond" msgstr "El rastrejador no ha enviat resposta" #: ../libtransmission/announcer.c:1126 msgid "Success" msgstr "Correcte" #: ../libtransmission/announcer-http.c:205 #: ../libtransmission/announcer-http.c:355 #, c-format msgid "Tracker gave HTTP response code %1$ld (%2$s)" msgstr "El rastrejador ha donat el codi de resposta HTTP %1$ld (%2$s)" #: ../libtransmission/announcer-udp.c:263 #: ../libtransmission/announcer-udp.c:413 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "Error desconegut" #: ../libtransmission/announcer-udp.c:502 #, c-format msgid "DNS Lookup failed: %s" msgstr "Ha fallat la cerca de DNS: %s" #: ../libtransmission/announcer-udp.c:603 msgid "Connection failed" msgstr "Ha fallat la connexió" #: ../libtransmission/blocklist.c:85 ../libtransmission/blocklist.c:322 #: ../libtransmission/utils.c:226 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't read \"%1$s\": %2$s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir «%1$s»: %2$s" #: ../libtransmission/blocklist.c:113 msgid "Blocklist \"%s\" contains %" msgstr "" #. don't try to display the actual lines - it causes issues #: ../libtransmission/blocklist.c:365 #, c-format msgid "blocklist skipped invalid address at line %d" msgstr "la llista de bloquejats ha omès l'adreça no vàlida a la línia %d" #: ../libtransmission/blocklist.c:415 ../libtransmission/rpcimpl.c:1513 #: ../libtransmission/rpcimpl.c:1526 ../libtransmission/rpcimpl.c:1543 #: ../libtransmission/variant.c:1219 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't save file \"%1$s\": %2$s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut desar el fitxer «%1$s»: %2$s" #: ../libtransmission/blocklist.c:420 msgid "Blocklist \"%s\" updated with %" msgstr "" #: ../libtransmission/fdlimit.c:345 ../libtransmission/utils.c:424 #: ../libtransmission/utils.c:434 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create \"%1$s\": %2$s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear «%1$s»: %2$s" #: ../libtransmission/fdlimit.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't open \"%1$s\": %2$s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir «%1$s»: %2$s" #: ../libtransmission/fdlimit.c:383 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't truncate \"%1$s\": %2$s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut truncar «%1$s»: %2$s" #: ../libtransmission/fdlimit.c:671 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create socket: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el sòcol: %s" #: ../libtransmission/makemeta.c:61 #, c-format msgid "Torrent Creator is skipping file \"%s\": %s" msgstr "El creador de fitxers torrent està ometent el fitxer «%s»: %s" #: ../libtransmission/metainfo.c:585 #, c-format msgid "Invalid metadata entry \"%s\"" msgstr "Entrada de metadades «%s» invàlida" #: ../libtransmission/natpmp.c:30 msgid "Port Forwarding (NAT-PMP)" msgstr "Redireccionament del port (NAT-PMP)" #: ../libtransmission/natpmp.c:70 #, c-format msgid "%s succeeded (%d)" msgstr "%s se n'ha sortit (%d)" #: ../libtransmission/natpmp.c:139 #, c-format msgid "Found public address \"%s\"" msgstr "S'ha trobat l'adreça pública «%s»" #: ../libtransmission/natpmp.c:174 #, c-format msgid "no longer forwarding port %d" msgstr "Ja no es redirecciona més el port %d" #: ../libtransmission/natpmp.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Port %d forwarded successfully" msgstr "El port %d s'ha redireccionat satisfactòriament" #: ../libtransmission/net.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't set source address %s on %d: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut establir l'adreça font %s a %d: %s" #: ../libtransmission/net.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't connect socket %d to %s, port %d (errno %d - %s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar el sòcol %d a %s, port %d (error %d -%s)" #: ../libtransmission/net.c:362 msgid "Is another copy of Transmission already running?" msgstr "Pot ser que s'estigui executant una altra còpia del Transmission?" #: ../libtransmission/net.c:367 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't bind port %d on %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut vincular el port %d a %s: %s" #: ../libtransmission/net.c:369 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't bind port %d on %s: %s (%s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut vincular el port %d a %s: %s (%s)" #: ../libtransmission/peer-msgs.c:2039 msgid "Please Verify Local Data! Piece #%" msgstr "" #: ../libtransmission/platform.c:405 #, c-format msgid "Searching for web interface file \"%s\"" msgstr "S'està cercant el fitxer d'interfície web «%s»" #: ../libtransmission/port-forwarding.c:29 msgid "Port Forwarding" msgstr "Redireccionament de ports" #: ../libtransmission/port-forwarding.c:56 msgid "Starting" msgstr "S'està iniciant" #: ../libtransmission/port-forwarding.c:57 msgid "Forwarded" msgstr "Redireccionat" #: ../libtransmission/port-forwarding.c:58 msgid "Stopping" msgstr "S'està aturant" #: ../libtransmission/port-forwarding.c:59 msgid "Not forwarded" msgstr "No redireccionat" #: ../libtransmission/port-forwarding.c:90 ../libtransmission/torrent.c:2159 #, c-format msgid "State changed from \"%1$s\" to \"%2$s\"" msgstr "L'estat ha canviat de «%1$s» a «%2$s»" #: ../libtransmission/port-forwarding.c:180 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "Aturat" #: ../libtransmission/rpcimpl.c:1534 #, c-format msgid "Error uncompressing blocklist: %s (%d)" msgstr "S'ha produïtun error en descomprimir la llista de bloqueig: %s (%d)" #: ../libtransmission/rpc-server.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't find settings key \"%s\"" msgstr "No s'ha trobat la clau de preferències «%s»" #: ../libtransmission/rpc-server.c:1021 #, c-format msgid "%s is not a valid address" msgstr "%s no és una adreça vàlida" #: ../libtransmission/rpc-server.c:1026 #, c-format msgid "%s is not an IPv4 address. RPC listeners must be IPv4" msgstr "%s no és una adreça IPv4. Els escoltadors RPC han de ser IPv4." #: ../libtransmission/rpc-server.c:1033 #, c-format msgid "Serving RPC and Web requests on port 127.0.0.1:%d%s" msgstr "S'està servint RPC i peticions web pel port 127.0.0.1:%d%s" #: ../libtransmission/rpc-server.c:1037 msgid "Whitelist enabled" msgstr "S'ha habilitat la llista blanca" #: ../libtransmission/rpc-server.c:1040 msgid "Password required" msgstr "Cal una contrasenya" #. first %s is the application name #. second %s is the version number #: ../libtransmission/session.c:736 #, c-format msgid "%s %s started" msgstr "%s %s iniciat" #: ../libtransmission/session.c:1992 #, c-format msgid "Loaded %d torrents" msgstr "S'han carregat %d torrents" #: ../libtransmission/torrent.c:573 #, c-format msgid "Tracker warning: \"%s\"" msgstr "Avís del rastrejador: «%s»" #: ../libtransmission/torrent.c:580 #, c-format msgid "Tracker error: \"%s\"" msgstr "Error del rastrejador: «%s»" #: ../libtransmission/torrent.c:844 msgid "" "No data found! Ensure your drives are connected or use \"Set Location\". To " "re-download, remove the torrent and re-add it." msgstr "" "No s'han trobat dades. Assegureu-vos que les unitats estan connectades o " "utilitzeu «Estableix la ubicació». Per tornar a baixar-lo, suprimiu el " "torrent i torneu a afegir-lo." #: ../libtransmission/torrent.c:1733 msgid "Restarted manually -- disabling its seed ratio" msgstr "" "S'ha reiniciat manualment-- s'està inhabilitant la seva relació de " "compartició" #: ../libtransmission/torrent.c:1916 msgid "Removing torrent" msgstr "S'està suprimint el torrent" #: ../libtransmission/torrent.c:2005 msgid "Done" msgstr "Fet" #: ../libtransmission/torrent.c:2008 msgid "Complete" msgstr "Completat" #: ../libtransmission/torrent.c:3259 #, c-format msgid "Piece %, which was just downloaded, failed its checksum test" msgstr "" #: ../libtransmission/torrent-magnet.c:273 msgid "Magnet torrent's metadata is not usable" msgstr "Les metadades torrent del Magnet no es poden utilitzar" #: ../libtransmission/upnp.c:29 msgid "Port Forwarding (UPnP)" msgstr "Redireccionament de ports (UPnP)" #: ../libtransmission/upnp.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Found Internet Gateway Device \"%s\"" msgstr "S'ha trobat un dispositiu de porta d'enllaç a Internet «%s»" #: ../libtransmission/upnp.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Local Address is \"%s\"" msgstr "L'adreça local és «%s»" #: ../libtransmission/upnp.c:254 #, c-format msgid "Port %d isn't forwarded" msgstr "El port %d no s'ha redireccionat" #: ../libtransmission/upnp.c:265 #, c-format msgid "Stopping port forwarding through \"%s\", service \"%s\"" msgstr "S'està aturant el redireccionament del port «%s», servei «%s»" #: ../libtransmission/upnp.c:298 #, c-format msgid "" "Port forwarding through \"%s\", service \"%s\". (local address: %s:%d)" msgstr "" "Redireccionament del port a través de «%s», servei «%s». (adreça local: " "%s:%d)" #: ../libtransmission/upnp.c:303 msgid "Port forwarding successful!" msgstr "Redireccionament del port completat" #: ../libtransmission/utils.c:240 msgid "Not a regular file" msgstr "No és un fitxer normal" #: ../libtransmission/utils.c:258 msgid "Memory allocation failed" msgstr "Ha fallat l'assignació de memòria" #. Node exists but isn't a folder #: ../libtransmission/utils.c:433 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" is in the way" msgstr "El fitxer «%s» està en camí" #. did caller give us an uninitialized val? #: ../libtransmission/variant.c:889 msgid "Invalid metadata" msgstr "Metadades invàlides" #: ../libtransmission/variant.c:1204 ../libtransmission/variant.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't save temporary file \"%1$s\": %2$s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut desat el fitxer temporal «%1$s»: %2$s" #: ../libtransmission/variant.c:1214 #, c-format msgid "Saved \"%s\"" msgstr "S'ha desat «%s»" #: ../libtransmission/verify.c:219 msgid "Verifying torrent" msgstr "S'està verificant el torrent" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-script-fu.po0000644000000000000000000030364312704126234021502 0ustar # translation of ca.po to Catalan # gimp-script-fu translation to Catalan. # Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # Softcatala , 2000-2008. # Quim Perez i Noguer , 2005-2008. # Xavier Conde Rueda , 2004-2007. # Jordi Jover, jordijn@softcatala.org, 2002. # Quim Perez i Noguer , 2008, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gimp&keywords=I18N+L10N&compo" "nent=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-21 19:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-22 07:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Albert F. \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 05:23+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:111 msgid "Interactive console for Script-Fu development" msgstr "Consola interactiva per al desenvolupament de funcions" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:117 msgid "_Console" msgstr "_Consola" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:141 msgid "Server for remote Script-Fu operation" msgstr "Servidor per a l'execució remota de funcions" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:151 msgid "_Start Server..." msgstr "_Inicia el servidor..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:307 msgid "_GIMP Online" msgstr "El _GIMP a la xarxa" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:308 msgid "_User Manual" msgstr "_Manual d'usuari" # strip the first part of the menupath if it contains _("/Script-Fu/") # strip the first part of the menupath if it contains _("/Script-Fu/") #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:311 msgid "_Script-Fu" msgstr "_Script-Fu" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:313 msgid "_Test" msgstr "_Test" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:316 msgid "_Buttons" msgstr "_Botons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:318 msgid "_Logos" msgstr "_Logotips i rètols" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:320 msgid "_Patterns" msgstr "_Patrons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:323 msgid "_Web Page Themes" msgstr "_Temes de pàgina web" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:325 msgid "_Alien Glow" msgstr "Lluentor estil _Àlien" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:327 msgid "_Beveled Pattern" msgstr "Patró_ bisellat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:329 msgid "_Classic.Gimp.Org" msgstr "_Clàssic.Gimp.org" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:332 msgid "Alpha to _Logo" msgstr "Canal alfa a _logotip" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:335 msgid "Re-read all available Script-Fu scripts" msgstr "Torna a carregar totes les funcions disponibles" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:340 msgid "_Refresh Scripts" msgstr "_Actualitza les funcions" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:363 msgid "" "You can not use \"Refresh Scripts\" while a Script-Fu dialog box is open. " "Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again." msgstr "" "No podeu utilitzar «Actualitza les funcions» si teniu obert un diàleg " "d'alguna funció. Tanqueu totes les finestres de funcions i filtres, i torneu-" "ho a provar." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-console.c:130 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-console.c:197 msgid "Script-Fu Console" msgstr "Consola de les funcions" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-console.c:193 msgid "Welcome to TinyScheme" msgstr "Benvinguts al TinyScheme" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-console.c:199 msgid "Interactive Scheme Development" msgstr "Consola interactiva de l'Scheme" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-console.c:235 msgid "_Browse..." msgstr "_Cerca..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-console.c:293 msgid "Save Script-Fu Console Output" msgstr "Desa la sortida de la consola de funcions" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-console.c:340 #, c-format msgid "Could not open '%s' for writing: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir «%s» per escriure: %s" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-console.c:369 msgid "Script-Fu Procedure Browser" msgstr "Gestor de funcions" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-eval.c:60 msgid "Script-Fu evaluation mode only allows non-interactive invocation" msgstr "" "Si s'activa l'avaluador de funcions només es permetrà la invocació no " "interactiva de les funcions" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:198 msgid "Script-Fu cannot process two scripts at the same time." msgstr "Una funció no pot processar dues seqüències al mateix temps." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:200 #, c-format msgid "You are already running the \"%s\" script." msgstr "Ja esteu executant la funció «%s» ." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:226 #, c-format msgid "Script-Fu: %s" msgstr "Funció: %s" # we add a colon after the label; # some languages want an extra space here #. we add a colon after the label; #. * some languages want an extra space here #. #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:290 #, c-format msgid "%s:" msgstr "%s:" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:337 msgid "Script-Fu Color Selection" msgstr "Funció de selecció del color" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:446 msgid "Script-Fu File Selection" msgstr "Funció de selecció del fitxer" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:449 msgid "Script-Fu Folder Selection" msgstr "Funció de selecció de la carpeta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:462 msgid "Script-Fu Font Selection" msgstr "Funció de selecció del tipus de lletra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:470 msgid "Script-Fu Palette Selection" msgstr "Funció de selecció de la paleta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:479 msgid "Script-Fu Pattern Selection" msgstr "Funció de selecció del patró" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:488 msgid "Script-Fu Gradient Selection" msgstr "Funció de selecció del degradat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:497 msgid "Script-Fu Brush Selection" msgstr "Funció de selecció del pinzell" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:857 #, c-format msgid "Error while executing %s:" msgstr "S'ha produït un error mentre s'executava %s:" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-scripts.c:146 msgid "Too few arguments to 'script-fu-register' call" msgstr "Falten paràmetres per a fer la crida al «script-fu-register»" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-scripts.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Error while loading %s:" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en carregar %s:" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-server.c:824 msgid "Script-Fu Server Options" msgstr "Opcions de servidor de funcions" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-server.c:829 msgid "_Start Server" msgstr "_Inicia el servidor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-server.c:862 msgid "Listen on IP:" msgstr "Escolta en la IP:" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-server.c:869 msgid "Server port:" msgstr "Port del servidor:" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-server.c:875 msgid "Server logfile:" msgstr "Fitxer de registre del servidor:" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-server.c:887 msgid "" "Listening on an IP address other than 127.0.0.1 (especially 0.0.0.0) can " "allow attackers to remotely execute arbitrary code on this machine." msgstr "" "L'escolta en una IP diferent de 127.0.0.1 (especialment 0.0.0.0) permet a " "possibles atacants l'execució remota de codi arbitrari en aquesta màquina." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:120 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:166 msgid "3D _Outline..." msgstr "_Vora 3D..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:121 msgid "" "Outline the selected region (or alpha) with a pattern and add a drop shadow" msgstr "" "Amb un patró posa un contorn a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa) i " "afegeix una ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:128 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:172 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:157 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-bullet.scm:91 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:130 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-heading.scm:116 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-hrule.scm:85 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:155 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:202 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:126 msgid "Pattern" msgstr "Patró" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:129 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:176 msgid "Outline blur radius" msgstr "Radi del contorn difuminat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:130 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:177 msgid "Shadow blur radius" msgstr "Radi de l'ombra difuminada" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:131 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:178 msgid "Bumpmap (alpha layer) blur radius" msgstr "Radi difuminat per relleu (canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:132 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:179 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:216 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:288 msgid "Default bumpmap settings" msgstr "Paràmetres per defecte del mapa de relleu" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:133 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:180 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:218 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:290 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/round-corners.scm:139 msgid "Shadow X offset" msgstr "Desplaçament X de l'ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:134 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:181 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:219 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:291 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/round-corners.scm:140 msgid "Shadow Y offset" msgstr "Desplaçament Y de l'ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:167 msgid "Create a logo with outlined text and a drop shadow" msgstr "Crea un logotip amb un text amb contorn i ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:173 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:156 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:111 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:175 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:98 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:120 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:148 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:126 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-heading.scm:113 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:190 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:131 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:168 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:128 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:192 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:126 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:158 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:184 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/crystal-logo.scm:216 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:203 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:273 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:115 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:139 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/i26-gunya2.scm:98 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:286 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:83 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:193 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/slide.scm:244 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:213 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/speed-text.scm:92 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/starscape-logo.scm:145 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/text-circle.scm:213 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:165 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/title-header.scm:171 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:144 msgid "Text" msgstr "Text" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:174 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:158 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:112 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:176 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:99 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:121 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:149 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:127 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-heading.scm:114 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:191 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:132 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:169 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:129 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:194 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:127 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:159 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:185 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/crystal-logo.scm:217 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:204 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:274 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:116 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:140 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/i26-gunya2.scm:102 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:287 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:85 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:194 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:214 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/speed-text.scm:94 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/starscape-logo.scm:146 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/text-circle.scm:217 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:166 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/title-header.scm:172 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:145 msgid "Font size (pixels)" msgstr "Mida de la lletra (píxels)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3d-outline.scm:175 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:157 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:113 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:177 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:100 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:122 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:150 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:128 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-heading.scm:115 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:192 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:133 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:170 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:130 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:193 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:128 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:160 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:186 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/crystal-logo.scm:218 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:205 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:275 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:117 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:141 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/i26-gunya2.scm:101 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:288 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:84 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:195 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/slide.scm:246 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:215 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/speed-text.scm:93 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/starscape-logo.scm:147 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/text-circle.scm:219 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:167 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/title-header.scm:173 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:146 msgid "Font" msgstr "Tipus de lletra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:225 msgid "3_D Truchet..." msgstr "Canonades 3_D..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:226 msgid "Create an image filled with a 3D Truchet pattern" msgstr "Crea una imatge plena de canonades 3D" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:231 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/truchet.scm:171 msgid "Block size" msgstr "Mida del bloc" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:232 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/add-bevel.scm:193 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/truchet.scm:172 msgid "Thickness" msgstr "Gruix" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:233 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:184 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:95 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bullet.scm:107 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:161 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:135 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:179 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:67 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:101 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:89 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:123 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:135 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:194 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:136 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:89 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:131 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:129 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:124 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:165 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:149 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:187 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:144 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:206 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:209 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:281 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:85 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:118 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:105 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:144 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:253 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:289 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:90 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/speed-text.scm:97 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:65 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:130 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:172 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:111 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:151 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/truchet.scm:173 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Color del fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:234 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:140 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:199 msgid "Start blend" msgstr "Color inicial" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:235 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:141 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:200 msgid "End blend" msgstr "Color final" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:236 msgid "Supersample" msgstr "Supermostratge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:237 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/truchet.scm:175 msgid "Number of X tiles" msgstr "Nombre de mosaics en X" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/3dTruchet.scm:238 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/truchet.scm:176 msgid "Number of Y tiles" msgstr "Nombre de mosaics en Y" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/add-bevel.scm:76 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:77 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:79 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-bullet.scm:26 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:57 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-heading.scm:44 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-hrule.scm:30 msgid "Bumpmap" msgstr "Mapa de relleu" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/add-bevel.scm:185 msgid "Add B_evel..." msgstr "Emmarca amb _relleu..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/add-bevel.scm:186 msgid "Add a beveled border to an image" msgstr "Posa un marc bisellat a la imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/add-bevel.scm:194 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:160 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/old-photo.scm:104 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/round-corners.scm:143 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/slide.scm:248 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spinning-globe.scm:106 msgid "Work on copy" msgstr "Treballa en una còpia" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/add-bevel.scm:195 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:152 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:199 msgid "Keep bump layer" msgstr "Conserva la capa del relleu" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/addborder.scm:108 msgid "Border Layer" msgstr "Vora de la capa" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/addborder.scm:160 msgid "Add _Border..." msgstr "Em_marca..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/addborder.scm:161 msgid "Add a border around an image" msgstr "Posa un marc al voltant de la imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/addborder.scm:168 msgid "Border X size" msgstr "Mida del marge X" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/addborder.scm:169 msgid "Border Y size" msgstr "Mida del marge Y" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/addborder.scm:170 msgid "Border color" msgstr "Color del marge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/addborder.scm:171 msgid "Delta value on color" msgstr "Valor delta del color" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:118 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:78 msgid "Arrow" msgstr "Triangle" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:121 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:35 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bullet.scm:46 msgid "Alien Glow" msgstr "Lluentor estil Àlien" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:124 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:38 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bullet.scm:48 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:78 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:56 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-heading.scm:41 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:103 msgid "Background" msgstr "Fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:175 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:149 msgid "_Arrow..." msgstr "_Triangle..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:176 msgid "Create an arrow graphic with an eerie glow for web pages" msgstr "" "Crea per a pàgines web un gràfic en forma de fletxa amb una llum misteriosa" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:181 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:155 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/lava.scm:126 msgid "Size" msgstr "Mida" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:182 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:156 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "Orientació" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:182 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:156 msgid "Right" msgstr "Dreta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:182 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:156 msgid "Left" msgstr "Esquerra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:182 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:156 msgid "Up" msgstr "Amunt" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:182 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:156 msgid "Down" msgstr "Avall" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:183 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:94 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bullet.scm:106 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:160 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:74 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:114 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:134 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:178 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:227 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:254 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:290 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/starscape-logo.scm:148 msgid "Glow color" msgstr "Color de la lluentor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-arrow.scm:185 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:96 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bullet.scm:108 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:164 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/camo.scm:106 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:161 msgid "Flatten image" msgstr "Aplana la imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:32 msgid "Bar" msgstr "Barra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:86 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-hrule.scm:77 msgid "_Hrule..." msgstr "_Barra..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:87 msgid "Create an Hrule graphic with an eerie glow for web pages" msgstr "Crea per a pàgines web una barra horitzontal amb una llum misteriosa" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:92 msgid "Bar length" msgstr "Amplada de la barra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bar.scm:93 msgid "Bar height" msgstr "Alçada de la barra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bullet.scm:44 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-bullet.scm:25 msgid "Bullet" msgstr "Pic" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bullet.scm:99 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-bullet.scm:84 msgid "_Bullet..." msgstr "_Pic..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bullet.scm:100 msgid "Create a bullet graphic with an eerie glow for web pages" msgstr "" "Crea per a pàgines web un gràfic en forma rodona amb una llum misteriosa" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-bullet.scm:105 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/text-circle.scm:214 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/tileblur.scm:76 msgid "Radius" msgstr "Radi" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:81 msgid "Glow" msgstr "Lluentor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:84 msgid "Button" msgstr "Botó" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:150 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:120 msgid "B_utton..." msgstr "B_otó..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:151 msgid "Create a button graphic with an eerie glow for web pages" msgstr "Crea un botó per a pàgines web" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:159 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:68 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:102 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:90 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:124 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:153 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:129 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:193 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/i26-gunya2.scm:99 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:89 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:198 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/speed-text.scm:96 msgid "Text color" msgstr "Color del text" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:162 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:154 msgid "Padding" msgstr "Farciment" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-button.scm:163 msgid "Glow radius" msgstr "Radi de la lluentor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:65 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:105 msgid "Alien _Glow..." msgstr "Lluentor estil _Àlien..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:66 msgid "Add an eerie glow around the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix una llum misteriosa al voltant de la regió seleccionada (o canal " "alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:73 msgid "Glow size (pixels * 4)" msgstr "Mida de la lluentor (píxels * 4)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-glow-logo.scm:106 msgid "Create a logo with an alien glow around the text" msgstr "Crea un logotip amb una lluentor estil Àlien al voltant del text" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:126 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:169 msgid "Alien _Neon..." msgstr "Llums de neó estil_ Àlien..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:127 msgid "Add psychedelic outlines to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix uns contorns psicodèlics a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:136 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:180 msgid "Width of bands" msgstr "Amplada de les bandes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:137 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:181 msgid "Width of gaps" msgstr "Amplada de les obertures" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:138 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:182 msgid "Number of bands" msgstr "Nombre de bandes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:139 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:183 msgid "Fade away" msgstr "Esvaeix" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/alien-neon-logo.scm:170 msgid "Create a logo with psychedelic outlines around the text" msgstr "Crea un logotip amb contorns psicodèlics al voltant del text" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:59 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:92 msgid "_Basic I..." msgstr "_Bàsic I..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:60 msgid "" "Add a gradient effect, a drop shadow, and a background to the selected " "region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte de degradat, una ombra i un fons a la regió seleccionada " "(o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic1-logo.scm:93 msgid "" "Create a plain text logo with a gradient effect, a drop shadow, and a " "background" msgstr "Crea un logotip de text amb un efecte de degradat, ombra i un fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:81 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:114 msgid "B_asic II..." msgstr "Bà_sic II..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:82 msgid "Add a shadow and a highlight to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix una ombra i un reflex de llum a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/basic2-logo.scm:115 msgid "Create a simple logo with a shadow and a highlight" msgstr "Crea un logotip simple amb una ombra i un reflex de llum" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:80 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:142 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:201 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:120 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:161 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:150 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:188 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:87 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/lava.scm:128 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/rendermap.scm:88 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:351 msgid "Gradient" msgstr "Degradat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:142 msgid "Simple _Beveled Button..." msgstr "Simple_Botó Bisellat..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:143 msgid "Create a simple, beveled button graphic for webpages" msgstr "Crea per a pàgines web un gràfic simple en forma de botó bisellat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:151 msgid "Upper-left color" msgstr "Color superior esquerre" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:152 msgid "Lower-right color" msgstr "Color inferior dret" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:155 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:104 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:143 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:204 msgid "Bevel width" msgstr "Amplada del bisell" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-button.scm:156 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:131 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:208 msgid "Pressed" msgstr "Enfonsat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-arrow.scm:150 msgid "Create a beveled pattern arrow for webpages" msgstr "Crea per a pàgines web una flexta d'un patró bisellat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-bullet.scm:85 msgid "Create a beveled pattern bullet for webpages" msgstr "Crea per a pàgines web una rodona d'un patró bisellat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-bullet.scm:90 msgid "Diameter" msgstr "Diàmetre" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-bullet.scm:92 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-heading.scm:117 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spinning-globe.scm:104 msgid "Transparent background" msgstr "Fons transparent" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-button.scm:121 msgid "Create a beveled pattern button for webpages" msgstr "Crea per a pàgines web un botó de patró bisellat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-heading.scm:107 msgid "H_eading..." msgstr "Capçal_era..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-heading.scm:108 msgid "Create a beveled pattern heading for webpages" msgstr "Crea per a pàgines web una capçalera d'un patró bisellat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-hrule.scm:27 msgid "Rule" msgstr "Regla" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-hrule.scm:78 msgid "Create a beveled pattern hrule for webpages" msgstr "Crea per a pàgines web una barra horitzontal d'un patró bisellat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-hrule.scm:83 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-example.scm:69 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:70 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:138 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:194 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:263 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:62 msgid "Width" msgstr "Amplada" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/beveled-pattern-hrule.scm:84 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-example.scm:70 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:71 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:139 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:195 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:264 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:61 msgid "Height" msgstr "Alçada" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blend-anim.scm:206 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:327 msgid "Frame" msgstr "Marc" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blend-anim.scm:222 msgid "Blend Animation needs at least three source layers" msgstr "L'animació necessita com a mínim tres capes" # Quim: a partir de 3 imatges crea una animació de transició #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blend-anim.scm:228 msgid "_Blend..." msgstr "_Degradat..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blend-anim.scm:229 msgid "" "Create intermediate layers to blend two or more layers over a background as " "an animation" msgstr "" "Crea capes intermèdies per superposar i fondre dues o més capes damunt d'un " "fons per animació." # Quim: nombre de imatges que es posen entre mig de dos fotogrames per fer una transició en Blend animation #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blend-anim.scm:236 msgid "Intermediate frames" msgstr "Fotogrames de transició" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blend-anim.scm:237 msgid "Max. blur radius" msgstr "Radi màxim del difuminat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blend-anim.scm:238 msgid "Looped" msgstr "En acabar torna a començar" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:126 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:184 msgid "Blen_ded..." msgstr "_Degradat..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:127 msgid "" "Add blended backgrounds, highlights, and shadows to the selected region (or " "alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix imatges de fons superposades, reflexos i ombres a la regió " "seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:134 msgid "Offset (pixels)" msgstr "Desplaçament (píxels)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:136 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:195 msgid "Blend mode" msgstr "Tipus de degradat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:136 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:195 msgid "FG-BG-RGB" msgstr "De primer pla a fons (RGB)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:137 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:196 msgid "FG-BG-HSV" msgstr "De primer pla a fons (HSV)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:138 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:197 msgid "FG-Transparent" msgstr "Primer pla transparent" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:139 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:198 msgid "Custom Gradient" msgstr "Degradat personalitzat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:143 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:202 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:121 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:162 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:151 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:189 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-example.scm:71 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/rendermap.scm:89 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/title-header.scm:174 msgid "Gradient reverse" msgstr "Degradat invertit" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/blended-logo.scm:185 msgid "Create a logo with blended backgrounds, highlights, and shadows" msgstr "Crea un logotip amb imatges de fons superposades, reflexos i ombres" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:91 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:125 msgid "Bo_vination..." msgstr "Pell de _vaca..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:92 msgid "Add 'cow spots' to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "Afegeix una pell de vaca a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:99 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:134 msgid "Spots density X" msgstr "Densitat X dels punts" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:100 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:135 msgid "Spots density Y" msgstr "Densitat Y dels punts" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:101 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:96 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Color del fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/bovinated-logo.scm:126 msgid "Create a logo with text in the style of 'cow spots'" msgstr "Crea un logotip amb un text amb pell de vaca" #. --- false form of "if-1" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:212 msgid "" "The Burn-In script needs two layers in total. A foreground layer with " "transparency and a background layer." msgstr "" "La funció Crema necessita dues capes en total. Una capa transparent al " "davant i una capa de fons." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:219 msgid "B_urn-In..." msgstr "Cre_ma..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:220 msgid "" "Create intermediate layers to produce an animated 'burn-in' transition " "between two layers" msgstr "" "Crea capes intermèdies per produir una transició animada i cremada entre " "dues capes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:228 msgid "Fadeout" msgstr "Esvaeix" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:229 msgid "Fadeout width" msgstr "Amplada de l'esvaïment" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:230 msgid "Corona width" msgstr "Amplada de la corona" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:231 msgid "After glow" msgstr "Després de la lluentor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:232 msgid "Add glowing" msgstr "Afegeix lluentor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:233 msgid "Prepare for GIF" msgstr "Prepara per a un GIF" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/burn-in-anim.scm:234 msgid "Speed (pixels/frame)" msgstr "Velocitat (píxels/fotograma)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/camo.scm:94 msgid "_Camouflage..." msgstr "_Camuflatge..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/camo.scm:95 msgid "Create an image filled with a camouflage pattern" msgstr "Crea una imatge plena d'un patró de camuflatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/camo.scm:100 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/rendermap.scm:86 msgid "Image size" msgstr "Mida de la imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/camo.scm:101 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/rendermap.scm:87 msgid "Granularity" msgstr "Granularitat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/camo.scm:102 msgid "Color 1" msgstr "Color 1" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/camo.scm:103 msgid "Color 2" msgstr "Color 2" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/camo.scm:104 msgid "Color 3" msgstr "Color 3" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/camo.scm:105 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/distress-selection.scm:116 msgid "Smooth" msgstr "Suavitza" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:148 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carve-it.scm:168 msgid "Carved Surface" msgstr "Superfície Esculpida" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:149 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carve-it.scm:169 msgid "Bevel Shadow" msgstr "Ombra bisellada" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:150 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carve-it.scm:170 msgid "Bevel Highlight" msgstr "Ressaltat bisellat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:151 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carve-it.scm:171 msgid "Cast Shadow" msgstr "Ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:152 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carve-it.scm:172 msgid "Inset" msgstr "Rebaixat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:162 msgid "Carved..." msgstr "Esculpit..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:163 msgid "" "Create a logo with text raised above or carved in to the specified " "background image" msgstr "" "Crea un logotip amb un text que pot sobresortir o estar esculpit en una " "imatge de fons concreta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:171 msgid "Background Image" msgstr "Imatge de fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:174 msgid "Carve raised text" msgstr "Esculpeix el text cap enfora" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carved-logo.scm:175 msgid "Padding around text" msgstr "Farciment al voltant del text" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carve-it.scm:182 msgid "Stencil C_arve..." msgstr "Estergit e_sculpit..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carve-it.scm:190 msgid "Image to carve" msgstr "Imatge per esculpir" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/carve-it.scm:191 msgid "Carve white areas" msgstr "Esculpeix les àrees blanques" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:81 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:122 msgid "_Chalk..." msgstr "Escrit amb _guix..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:82 msgid "Create a chalk drawing effect for the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Crea un efecte de dibuix amb guix sobre la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:123 msgid "Create a logo resembling chalk scribbled on a blackboard" msgstr "Crea un logotip que sembli un gargot dibuixat en una pissarra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chalk.scm:132 msgid "Chalk color" msgstr "Color del guix" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:140 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:186 msgid "Chip Awa_y..." msgstr "_Roca esbocinada..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:141 msgid "Add a chipped woodcarving effect to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte de talla de fusta sobre la regió seleccionada (o canal " "alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:148 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:195 msgid "Chip amount" msgstr "Quantitat de bocins" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:149 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:196 msgid "Blur amount" msgstr "Nivell de difuminat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:150 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:197 msgid "Invert" msgstr "Inverteix" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:151 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:198 msgid "Drop shadow" msgstr "Ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:153 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:200 msgid "Fill BG with pattern" msgstr "Omple el fons amb un patró" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:154 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:201 msgid "Keep background" msgstr "Manté el fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chip-away.scm:187 msgid "Create a logo resembling a chipped wood carving" msgstr "Crea un logotip que sembli una talla de fusta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:104 msgid "Layer 1" msgstr "Capa 1" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:105 msgid "Layer 2" msgstr "Capa 2" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:106 msgid "Layer 3" msgstr "Capa 3" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:107 msgid "Drop Shadow" msgstr "Ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:201 msgid "Chrome" msgstr "Crom" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:202 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:68 msgid "Highlight" msgstr "Ressaltat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:214 msgid "Stencil C_hrome..." msgstr "Estergit c_romat..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:215 msgid "" "Add a chrome effect to the selected region (or alpha) using a specified " "(grayscale) stencil" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte cromat a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa) utilitzant " "un estergit específic (escala de grisos)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:222 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:210 msgid "Chrome saturation" msgstr "Saturació del crom" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:223 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:211 msgid "Chrome lightness" msgstr "Lluminositat del crom" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:224 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/crystal-logo.scm:215 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:212 msgid "Chrome factor" msgstr "Brillantor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:225 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/crystal-logo.scm:222 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:216 msgid "Environment map" msgstr "Mapa d'entorn" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:228 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:219 msgid "Highlight balance" msgstr "Ressalta el balanç" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:229 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:220 msgid "Chrome balance" msgstr "Balanç del crom" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-it.scm:230 msgid "Chrome white areas" msgstr "Àrees blanques del crom" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:87 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:120 msgid "C_hrome..." msgstr "Cr_om..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:88 msgid "Add a simple chrome effect to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte simple de crom a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:95 msgid "Offsets (pixels * 2)" msgstr "Desplaçaments (píxels * 2)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/chrome-logo.scm:121 msgid "Create a simplistic, but cool, chromed logo" msgstr "Crea un logotip de crom, simplista però vistós" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/circuit.scm:81 msgid "Effect layer" msgstr "Efecte de la capa" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/circuit.scm:134 msgid "_Circuit..." msgstr "_Circuit..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/circuit.scm:135 msgid "" "Fill the selected region (or alpha) with traces like those on a circuit board" msgstr "" "Omple la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa) amb un seguit de connexions com " "les d'un circuit imprès" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/circuit.scm:142 msgid "Oilify mask size" msgstr "Mida de la màscara d'oli" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/circuit.scm:143 msgid "Circuit seed" msgstr "Llavor del circuit" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/circuit.scm:144 msgid "No background (only for separate layer)" msgstr "Sense fons (només per la capa separada)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/circuit.scm:145 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/lava.scm:129 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/predator.scm:132 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:138 msgid "Keep selection" msgstr "Manté la selecció" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/circuit.scm:146 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/lava.scm:130 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/predator.scm:133 msgid "Separate layer" msgstr "Separa la capa" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/clothify.scm:51 msgid "_Clothify..." msgstr "_Tela..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/clothify.scm:52 msgid "Add a cloth-like texture to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "Afegeix una textura de tela a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/clothify.scm:59 msgid "Blur X" msgstr "Difumina en X" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/clothify.scm:60 msgid "Blur Y" msgstr "Difumina en Y" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/clothify.scm:61 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:58 msgid "Azimuth" msgstr "Azimut" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/clothify.scm:62 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:59 msgid "Elevation" msgstr "Elevació" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/clothify.scm:63 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:57 msgid "Depth" msgstr "Profunditat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coffee.scm:36 msgid "Stain" msgstr "Taca" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coffee.scm:81 msgid "_Coffee Stain..." msgstr "Taca de _cafè..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coffee.scm:82 msgid "Add realistic looking coffee stains to the image" msgstr "Afegeix a la imatge un efecte realista de taques de cafè" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coffee.scm:89 msgid "Stains" msgstr "Taques" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coffee.scm:90 msgid "Darken only" msgstr "Només enfosqueix" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:112 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:152 msgid "Comic Boo_k..." msgstr "Llibre de _còmics..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:113 msgid "" "Add a comic-book effect to the selected region (or alpha) by outlining and " "filling with a gradient" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte de llibre de còmics a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa) " "resseguint les vores amb negre i omplint l'interior amb degradats" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:122 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:163 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:208 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:280 msgid "Outline size" msgstr "Mida del contorn" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:123 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:164 msgid "Outline color" msgstr "Color del contorn" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/comic-logo.scm:153 msgid "" "Create a comic-book style logo by outlining and filling with a gradient" msgstr "" "Crea un efecte de llibre de còmics resseguint les vores amb negre i omplint " "l'interior amb degradats" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:140 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:178 msgid "Cool _Metal..." msgstr "_Metàl·lic..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:141 msgid "" "Add a metallic effect to the selected region (or alpha) with reflections and " "perspective shadows" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte metàl·lic a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa) amb " "reflexos i ombres en perspectiva" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:148 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:143 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:84 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:252 msgid "Effect size (pixels)" msgstr "Mida de l'efecte (píxels)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/coolmetal-logo.scm:179 msgid "Create a metallic logo with reflections and perspective shadows" msgstr "Crea un logotip metàl·lic amb reflexos i ombres en perspectiva" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/crystal-logo.scm:209 msgid "Crystal..." msgstr "Cristal·lí..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/crystal-logo.scm:210 msgid "" "Create a logo with a crystal/gel effect displacing the image underneath" msgstr "" "Crea un logotip amb un efecte de vidre que desplaci la imatge per sota" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/crystal-logo.scm:219 msgid "Background image" msgstr "Imatge de fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/difference-clouds.scm:67 msgid "Difference Clouds..." msgstr "Núvols per diferència..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/difference-clouds.scm:68 msgid "Solid noise applied with Difference layer mode" msgstr "Soroll sòlid aplicat amb el mode de capa «Diferència»" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/distress-selection.scm:105 msgid "_Distort..." msgstr "_Distorsiona..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/distress-selection.scm:106 msgid "Distress the selection" msgstr "Deforma la selecció" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/distress-selection.scm:113 msgid "Threshold (bigger 1<-->254 smaller)" msgstr "Llindar (més gran 1<-->254 més petit)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/distress-selection.scm:114 msgid "Spread" msgstr "Escampa" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/distress-selection.scm:115 msgid "Granularity (1 is low)" msgstr "Granularitat (1 és baix)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/distress-selection.scm:117 msgid "Smooth horizontally" msgstr "Suavitza horitzontalment" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/distress-selection.scm:118 msgid "Smooth vertically" msgstr "Suavitza verticalment" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/drop-shadow.scm:170 msgid "_Drop Shadow..." msgstr "_Ombra..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/drop-shadow.scm:171 msgid "Add a drop shadow to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "Afegeix una ombra a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/drop-shadow.scm:178 msgid "Offset X" msgstr "Desplaçament en X" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/drop-shadow.scm:179 msgid "Offset Y" msgstr "Desplaçament en Y" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/drop-shadow.scm:180 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:88 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:209 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/round-corners.scm:141 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:60 msgid "Blur radius" msgstr "Radi del difuminat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/drop-shadow.scm:181 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:154 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:210 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:350 msgid "Color" msgstr "Color" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/drop-shadow.scm:182 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:211 msgid "Opacity" msgstr "Opacitat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/drop-shadow.scm:183 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:213 msgid "Allow resizing" msgstr "Permet redimensionar" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:39 msgid "_Erase Every Other Row..." msgstr "_Esborra les altres files..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:40 msgid "Erase every other row or column" msgstr "Esborra totes les altres files i columnes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:47 msgid "Rows/cols" msgstr "Files/columnes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:47 msgid "Rows" msgstr "Files" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:47 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Columnes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:48 msgid "Even/odd" msgstr "Parell/senar" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:48 msgid "Even" msgstr "Parell" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:48 msgid "Odd" msgstr "Senar" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:49 msgid "Erase/fill" msgstr "Esborra/omple" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:49 msgid "Erase" msgstr "Esborra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/erase-rows.scm:49 msgid "Fill with BG" msgstr "Omple amb el fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/flatland.scm:60 msgid "_Flatland..." msgstr "A_plana..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/flatland.scm:61 msgid "Create an image filled with a Land Pattern" msgstr "Crea una imatge plena d'un Patró Terra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/flatland.scm:66 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:79 msgid "Image width" msgstr "Amplada de la imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/flatland.scm:67 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:80 msgid "Image height" msgstr "Alçada de la imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/flatland.scm:68 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:81 msgid "Random seed" msgstr "Llavor aleatòria" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/flatland.scm:69 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:82 msgid "Detail level" msgstr "Nivell de detall" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/flatland.scm:70 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:85 msgid "Scale X" msgstr "Escala en X" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/flatland.scm:71 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:86 msgid "Scale Y" msgstr "Escala en Y" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:152 msgid "Render _Font Map..." msgstr "_Compon el mapa de caràcters..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:153 msgid "" "Create an image filled with previews of fonts matching a fontname filter" msgstr "" "Crea una imatge amb mostres de tipus de lletra que encaixi amb un nom " "determinat de tipus de lletra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:158 msgid "_Text" msgstr "_Text" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:159 msgid "Use font _name as text" msgstr "Empra el tipus de lletra _nom a text" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:160 msgid "_Labels" msgstr "Eti_quetes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:161 msgid "_Filter (regexp)" msgstr "_Filtre (expressió regular)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:162 msgid "Font _size (pixels)" msgstr "_Mida de la lletra (píxels)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:163 msgid "_Border (pixels)" msgstr "_Marge (píxels)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:164 msgid "_Color scheme" msgstr "Esquema de _color" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:164 msgid "Black on white" msgstr "Negre sobre blanc" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/font-map.scm:164 msgid "Active colors" msgstr "Colors actius" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:135 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:197 msgid "_Frosty..." msgstr "Con_gelat..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:136 msgid "" "Add a frost effect to the selected region (or alpha) with an added drop " "shadow" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte de gel i glaç a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa) " "afegint-hi una ombra caiguda" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/frosty-logo.scm:198 msgid "Create frozen logo with an added drop shadow" msgstr "Crea un logotip congelat afegint-hi una ombra caiguda" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:146 msgid "_Fuzzy Border..." msgstr "Marc _difuminat..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:147 msgid "Add a jagged, fuzzy border to an image" msgstr "Afegeix un marc difuminat a la imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:155 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/old-photo.scm:98 msgid "Border size" msgstr "Amplada de la vora" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:156 msgid "Blur border" msgstr "Difumina la vora" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:157 msgid "Granularity (1 is Low)" msgstr "Granularitat (1 és baix)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:158 msgid "Add shadow" msgstr "Afegeix una ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/fuzzyborder.scm:159 msgid "Shadow weight (%)" msgstr "Pes de l'ombra (%)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:59 msgid "Using _Paths" msgstr "Utilitza _camins" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:60 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:73 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:86 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:99 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:112 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:125 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:138 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:151 msgid "Bookmark to the user manual" msgstr "Marcador per al manual d'usuari" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:72 msgid "_Preparing your Images for the Web" msgstr "_Prepara les vostres imatges per al web" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:85 msgid "_Working with Digital Camera Photos" msgstr "_Manipula fotos fetes amb càmeres digitals" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:98 msgid "Create, Open and Save _Files" msgstr "Crea, obre i desa _fitxers" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:111 msgid "_Basic Concepts" msgstr "Conceptes _bàsics" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:124 msgid "How to Use _Dialogs" msgstr "Com fer servir els _diàlegs" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:137 msgid "Drawing _Simple Objects" msgstr "Dibuixa objectes _simples" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:150 msgid "Create and Use _Selections" msgstr "Crea i utilitza les _seleccions" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:178 msgid "_Main Web Site" msgstr "Web _principal" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:179 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:192 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:205 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:218 msgid "Bookmark to the GIMP web site" msgstr "Marcador per a la web del GIMP" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:191 msgid "_Developer Web Site" msgstr "Web dels _desenvolupadors" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:204 msgid "_User Manual Web Site" msgstr "Web del manual d'_usuari" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gimp-online.scm:217 msgid "Plug-in _Registry" msgstr "_Instal·la més connectors" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:196 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:267 msgid "Glo_ssy..." msgstr "Lluentor Gloss_y..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:197 msgid "" "Add gradients, patterns, shadows, and bump maps to the selected region (or " "alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix degradats, patrons, ombres i mapes de relleu a la regió seleccionada " "(o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:204 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:276 msgid "Blend gradient (text)" msgstr "Degradat fos (text)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:205 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:277 msgid "Text gradient reverse" msgstr "Inverteix el degradat del text" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:206 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:278 msgid "Blend gradient (outline)" msgstr "Degradat fos (contorn)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:207 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:279 msgid "Outline gradient reverse" msgstr "Inverteix el degradat del contorn" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:210 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:282 msgid "Use pattern for text instead of gradient" msgstr "Per al text, utilitza un patró en comptes d'un degradat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:211 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:283 msgid "Pattern (text)" msgstr "Patró (text)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:212 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:284 msgid "Use pattern for outline instead of gradient" msgstr "Per al contorn, utilitza un patró en comptes d'un degradat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:213 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:285 msgid "Pattern (outline)" msgstr "Patró (contorn)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:214 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:286 msgid "Use pattern overlay" msgstr "Sobreposa el patró" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:215 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:287 msgid "Pattern (overlay)" msgstr "Patró (sobreposa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:217 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:289 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:92 msgid "Shadow" msgstr "Ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glossy.scm:268 msgid "Create a logo with gradients, patterns, shadows, and bump maps" msgstr "Crea un logotip amb degradats, patrons, ombres i mapes de relleu" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:76 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:109 msgid "Glo_wing Hot..." msgstr "_Ferro roent..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:77 msgid "Add a glowing hot metal effect to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte de metall roent a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/glowing-logo.scm:110 msgid "Create a logo that looks like glowing hot metal" msgstr "Crea un logotip que sembli fet amb un ferro roent" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:94 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:133 msgid "Gradient Beve_l..." msgstr "_Bisell degradat..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:95 msgid "Add a shiny look and bevel effect to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte de brillantor i bisellat a la regió seleccionada (o canal " "alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:102 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:125 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:106 msgid "Border size (pixels)" msgstr "Mida del marge (píxels)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:103 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:142 msgid "Bevel height (sharpness)" msgstr "Alçada del bisell (definició)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-bevel-logo.scm:134 msgid "Create a logo with a shiny look and beveled edges" msgstr "Crea un logotip amb aspecte brillant i vores bisellades" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-example.scm:63 msgid "Custom _Gradient..." msgstr "Degradat _personalitzat ..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/gradient-example.scm:64 msgid "Create an image filled with an example of the current gradient" msgstr "Crea una imatge plena d'una mostra del degradat actual" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/grid-system.scm:84 msgid "_Grid..." msgstr "_Graella..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/grid-system.scm:85 msgid "" "Draw a grid as specified by the lists of X and Y locations using the current " "brush" msgstr "" "Dibuixeu una graella tal com s'especifica a les llistes de les posicions X i " "Y utilitzant el pinzell actual" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/grid-system.scm:92 msgid "X divisions" msgstr "Divisions X" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/grid-system.scm:93 msgid "Y divisions" msgstr "Divisions Y" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-from-selection.scm:32 msgid "New Guides from _Selection" msgstr "Noves guies des de la _selecció" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-from-selection.scm:33 msgid "Create four guides around the bounding box of the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new-percent.scm:27 msgid "New Guide (by _Percent)..." msgstr "Nova guia (per _percentatge)..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new-percent.scm:28 msgid "" "Add a guide at the position specified as a percentage of the image size" msgstr "" "Afegeix una guia a la posició especificada com a percentatge de la mida de " "la imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new-percent.scm:35 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new.scm:35 msgid "Direction" msgstr "Direcció" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new-percent.scm:35 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new.scm:35 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "Horitzontal" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new-percent.scm:36 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new.scm:35 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "Vertical" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new-percent.scm:37 msgid "Position (in %)" msgstr "Posició (en %)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new.scm:27 msgid "New _Guide..." msgstr "Crea una _guia..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new.scm:28 msgid "Add a guide at the orientation and position specified (in pixels)" msgstr "" "Afegeix una guia amb l'orientació i la posició especificades (en píxels)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-new.scm:36 msgid "Position" msgstr "Posició" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-remove-all.scm:19 msgid "_Remove all Guides" msgstr "_Suprimeix totes les guies" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/guides-remove-all.scm:20 msgid "Remove all horizontal and vertical guides" msgstr "Suprimeix totes les guies horitzontals i verticals" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/i26-gunya2.scm:92 msgid "Imigre-_26..." msgstr "Retolador infantil (Imigre-_26)..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/i26-gunya2.scm:93 msgid "Create a logo in a two-color, scribbled text style" msgstr "Crea un logotip amb dos colors, a l'estil d'un nen petit" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/i26-gunya2.scm:100 msgid "Frame color" msgstr "Color del marc" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/i26-gunya2.scm:103 msgid "Frame size" msgstr "Mida del marc" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:73 msgid "_Land..." msgstr "_Mapa de relleu I..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:74 msgid "Create an image filled with a topographic map pattern" msgstr "Crea una imatge plena d'un mapa topogràfic" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:83 msgid "Land height" msgstr "Alçada del terra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/land.scm:84 msgid "Sea depth" msgstr "Profunditat del mar" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/lava.scm:117 msgid "_Lava..." msgstr "_Lava..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/lava.scm:118 msgid "Fill the current selection with lava" msgstr "Omple la selecció actual amb lava" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/lava.scm:125 msgid "Seed" msgstr "Llavor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/lava.scm:127 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:64 msgid "Roughness" msgstr "Rugositat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/lava.scm:131 msgid "Use current gradient" msgstr "Utilitza el degradat actual" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/line-nova.scm:108 msgid "Line _Nova..." msgstr "_Ratllat radial..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/line-nova.scm:109 msgid "" "Fill a layer with rays emanating outward from its center using the " "foreground color" msgstr "" "Omple la capa amb rajos que emanen del seu centre emprant el color del " "primer pla" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/line-nova.scm:116 msgid "Number of lines" msgstr "Nombre de línies" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/line-nova.scm:117 msgid "Sharpness (degrees)" msgstr "Definició (graus)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/line-nova.scm:118 msgid "Offset radius" msgstr "Radi del desplaçament" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/line-nova.scm:119 msgid "Randomness" msgstr "Aleatorietat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:63 msgid "_Rectangular..." msgstr "_Rectangular..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:64 msgid "Create a rectangular brush" msgstr "Crea un pinzell rectangular" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:69 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:137 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:193 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:262 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:72 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:141 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:196 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:266 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-brush.scm:70 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-brush.scm:143 msgid "Spacing" msgstr "Espaiat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:131 msgid "Re_ctangular, Feathered..." msgstr "Re_ctangular, amb la vora difuminada..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:132 msgid "Create a rectangular brush with feathered edges" msgstr "Crea un pinzell rectangular amb la vora difuminada" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:140 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:265 msgid "Feathering" msgstr "Difuminació" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:187 msgid "_Elliptical..." msgstr "_El·líptic..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:188 msgid "Create an elliptical brush" msgstr "Crea un pinzell el·líptic" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:256 msgid "Elli_ptical, Feathered..." msgstr "El·lí_ptic, amb la vora difuminada..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/mkbrush.scm:257 msgid "Create an elliptical brush with feathered edges" msgstr "Crea un pinzell el·líptic amb la vora difuminada" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:244 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:280 msgid "N_eon..." msgstr "Llums de n_eó..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:245 msgid "Convert the selected region (or alpha) into a neon-sign like object" msgstr "Converteix la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa) en un llum de neó" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:255 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:291 msgid "Create shadow" msgstr "Crea una ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/neon-logo.scm:281 msgid "Create a logo in the style of a neon sign" msgstr "Crea un logotip a l'estil d'un llum de neó" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:77 msgid "Newsprint Te_xt..." msgstr "Te_xt de diari..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:78 msgid "Create a logo in the style of newspaper printing" msgstr "Crea un logotip a l'estil d'un paper de diari imprès" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:86 msgid "Cell size (pixels)" msgstr "Mida de la cel·la (píxels)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/news-text.scm:87 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/speed-text.scm:95 msgid "Density (%)" msgstr "Densitat (%)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/old-photo.scm:89 msgid "_Old Photo..." msgstr "Fot_o antiga..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/old-photo.scm:90 msgid "Make an image look like an old photo" msgstr "Fa que una imatge sembli una fotografia antiga" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/old-photo.scm:97 msgid "Defocus" msgstr "Desenfoca" #. since this plug-in uses the fuzzy-border plug-in, I used the #. values of the latter, with the exception of the initial value #. and the 'minimum' value. #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/old-photo.scm:102 msgid "Sepia" msgstr "Sèpia" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/old-photo.scm:103 msgid "Mottle" msgstr "Multicolor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/palette-export.scm:226 msgid "Folder for the output file" msgstr "Carpeta per al fitxer de sortida" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/palette-export.scm:227 msgid "" "The name of the file to create (if a file with this name already exist, it " "will be replaced)" msgstr "" "El nom del fitxer per crear (si és un fitxer amb un nom que ja existeix, " "serà reemplaçat)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/palette-export.scm:235 msgid "The filename you entered is not a suitable name for a file." msgstr "El nom del fitxer introduït no és un nom adequat per a un fitxer" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/palette-export.scm:237 msgid "" "All characters in the name are either white-spaces or characters which can " "not appear in filenames." msgstr "" "Tots els caràcters en el nom són també espais blancs o caràcters que no " "poden aparèixer en els noms dels fitxers" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/palette-export.scm:265 msgid "" "Export the active palette as a CSS stylesheet with the color entry name as " "their class name, and the color itself as the color attribute" msgstr "" "Exporta la paleta activa com a full d'estils CSS amb el nom de l'entrada del " "color com a nom de classe, i el mateix color com a atribut del color" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/palette-export.scm:291 msgid "Export the active palette as a PHP dictionary (name => color)" msgstr "Exporta la paleta activa com a diccionari PHP (nom=> color)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/palette-export.scm:323 msgid "Export the active palette as a Python dictionary (name: color)" msgstr "Exporta la paleta activa com a diccionari Python (nom: color)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/palette-export.scm:352 msgid "" "Write all the colors in a palette to a text file, one hexadecimal value per " "line (no names)" msgstr "" "Escriu tots els colors en una paleta a un arxiu de text, un valor " "hexadecimal per línia (sense nom)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/palette-export.scm:399 msgid "Export the active palette as a java.util.Hashtable" msgstr "" "Exporta la paleta activa com a diccionari java.util.Hashtable " #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-brush.scm:56 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-pattern.scm:44 msgid "There is no image data in the clipboard to paste." msgstr "No hi ha dades de cap imatge al porta-retalls per a enganxar." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-brush.scm:62 msgid "New _Brush..." msgstr "Nou pin_zell..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-brush.scm:63 msgid "Paste the clipboard contents into a new brush" msgstr "Enganxa el contingut del porta-retalls en un pinzell nou" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-brush.scm:68 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-brush.scm:141 msgid "Brush name" msgstr "Nom del pinzell" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-brush.scm:69 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-pattern.scm:57 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-brush.scm:142 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-pattern.scm:102 msgid "File name" msgstr "Nom del fitxer" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-pattern.scm:50 msgid "New _Pattern..." msgstr "Nou _patró..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-pattern.scm:51 msgid "Paste the clipboard contents into a new pattern" msgstr "Enganxa el contingut del porta-retalls en un patró nou" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/paste-as-pattern.scm:56 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-pattern.scm:101 msgid "Pattern name" msgstr "Nom del patró" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:198 msgid "_Perspective..." msgstr "_Perspectiva..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:199 msgid "Add a perspective shadow to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix una ombra en perspectiva a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:206 msgid "Angle" msgstr "Angle" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:207 msgid "Relative distance of horizon" msgstr "Distància relativa de l'horitzó" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:208 msgid "Relative length of shadow" msgstr "Longitud relativa de l'ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/perspective-shadow.scm:212 msgid "Interpolation" msgstr "Interpolació" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/predator.scm:121 msgid "_Predator..." msgstr "Estil «Àlien _Predator»..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/predator.scm:122 msgid "Add a 'Predator' effect to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte «Àlien Predator» a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/predator.scm:129 msgid "Edge amount" msgstr "Quantitat de vores" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/predator.scm:130 msgid "Pixelize" msgstr "Pixelitza" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/predator.scm:131 msgid "Pixel amount" msgstr "Quantitat de píxels" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:187 msgid "_Round Button..." msgstr "Botó _rodó..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:188 msgid "Create images, each containing an oval button graphic" msgstr "Crea diverses imatges, cadascuna amb un dibuix d'un botó oval" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:196 msgid "Upper color" msgstr "Color superior" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:197 msgid "Lower color" msgstr "Color inferior" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:199 msgid "Upper color (active)" msgstr "Color superior (actiu)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:200 msgid "Lower color (active)" msgstr "Color inferior (actiu)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:201 msgid "Text color (active)" msgstr "Color del text (actiu)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:202 msgid "Padding X" msgstr "Farciment X" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:203 msgid "Padding Y" msgstr "Farciment Y" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:205 msgid "Round ratio" msgstr "Relació d'arrodoniment" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:206 msgid "Not pressed" msgstr "No enfonsat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/pupi-button.scm:207 msgid "Not pressed (active)" msgstr "No enfonsat (actiu)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/rendermap.scm:80 msgid "Render _Map..." msgstr "Compon _Mapa..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/rendermap.scm:81 msgid "Create an image filled with an Earth-like map pattern" msgstr "Crea una imatge plena d'un patró en forma de mapa de la terra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/rendermap.scm:90 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Comportament" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/rendermap.scm:90 msgid "Tile" msgstr "Mosaic" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/rendermap.scm:90 msgid "Detail in Middle" msgstr "Detall al mig" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/reverse-layers.scm:42 msgid "Reverse Layer Order" msgstr "Inverteix l'ordre de les capes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/reverse-layers.scm:43 msgid "Reverse the order of layers in the image" msgstr "Inverteix l'ordre de les capes de la imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/ripply-anim.scm:119 msgid "_Rippling..." msgstr "A_rruga..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/ripply-anim.scm:120 msgid "" "Create a multi-layer image by adding a ripple effect to the current image" msgstr "" "Crear una imatge multicapa afegint un efecte onada a la imatge actual" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/ripply-anim.scm:127 msgid "Rippling strength" msgstr "Intensitat de l'arruga" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/ripply-anim.scm:128 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/waves-anim.scm:105 msgid "Number of frames" msgstr "Nombre de fotogrames" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/ripply-anim.scm:129 msgid "Edge behavior" msgstr "Comportament de les vores" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/ripply-anim.scm:129 msgid "Wrap" msgstr "Envolta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/ripply-anim.scm:129 msgid "Smear" msgstr "Escampa" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/ripply-anim.scm:129 msgid "Black" msgstr "Negre" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/round-corners.scm:129 msgid "_Round Corners..." msgstr "A_rrodoneix les vores..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/round-corners.scm:130 msgid "" "Round the corners of an image and optionally add a drop-shadow and background" msgstr "" "Arrodoneix les vores de la imatge i opcionalment afegeix una ombra caiguda i " "un fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/round-corners.scm:137 msgid "Edge radius" msgstr "Radi de la vora" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/round-corners.scm:138 msgid "Add drop-shadow" msgstr "Afegeix una ombra caiguda" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/round-corners.scm:142 msgid "Add background" msgstr "Afegeix un fons" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/script-fu-set-cmap.scm:53 msgid "Se_t Colormap..." msgstr "_Defineix el mapa de colors..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/script-fu-set-cmap.scm:54 msgid "Change the colormap of an image to the colors in a specified palette." msgstr "" "Canvia el mapa de colors d'una imatge amb els colors de la paleta " "especificada." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/script-fu-set-cmap.scm:61 msgid "Palette" msgstr "Paleta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/selection-round.scm:139 msgid "Rounded R_ectangle..." msgstr "R_ectangle arrodonit..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/selection-round.scm:140 msgid "Round the corners of the current selection" msgstr "Arrodoneix les vores de la selecció actual" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/selection-round.scm:147 msgid "Radius (%)" msgstr "Radi (%)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/selection-round.scm:148 msgid "Concave" msgstr "Còncau" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-brush.scm:133 msgid "To _Brush..." msgstr "Fes-ne _un pinzell..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-brush.scm:134 msgid "Convert a selection to a brush" msgstr "Converteix la selecció en un pinzell" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-image.scm:81 msgid "To _Image" msgstr "Fes-ne _una imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-image.scm:82 msgid "Convert a selection to an image" msgstr "Converteix la selecció en una imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-pattern.scm:93 msgid "To _Pattern..." msgstr "Fes-ne un _patró..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/select-to-pattern.scm:94 msgid "Convert a selection to a pattern" msgstr "Converteix la selecció en un patró" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/slide.scm:236 msgid "_Slide..." msgstr "Emmarca com un _fotograma..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/slide.scm:237 msgid "Add a slide-film like frame, sprocket holes, and labels to an image" msgstr "" "Afegeix un marc de pel·lícula de cinema, perforada i amb les marques a la " "imatge" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/slide.scm:245 msgid "Number" msgstr "Número" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/slide.scm:247 msgid "Font color" msgstr "Color del tipus de lletra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:204 msgid "SOTA Chrome..." msgstr "Crom modern (SOTA)..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/sota-chrome-logo.scm:205 msgid "Create a State Of The Art chromed logo" msgstr "Crea un logotip cromat estil Estat de l'Art" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/speed-text.scm:86 msgid "Speed Text..." msgstr "Text en moviment..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/speed-text.scm:87 msgid "Create a logo with a speedy text effect" msgstr "Crea un logotip emprant un efecte de text en moviment" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spinning-globe.scm:94 msgid "_Spinning Globe..." msgstr "_Món que gira..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spinning-globe.scm:95 msgid "" "Create an animation by mapping the current image onto a spinning sphere" msgstr "Crea una animació posant la imatge actual en una esfera giratòria" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spinning-globe.scm:102 msgid "Frames" msgstr "Fotogrames" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spinning-globe.scm:103 msgid "Turn from left to right" msgstr "Gira d'esquerra a dreta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spinning-globe.scm:105 msgid "Index to n colors (0 = remain RGB)" msgstr "Indexa en n colors (0 = manté en RGB)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:240 msgid "Rendering Spyro" msgstr "S'està dibuixant l'espiroide" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:314 msgid "_Spyrogimp..." msgstr "_Espirògraf..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:315 msgid "" "Add Spirographs, Epitrochoids, and Lissajous Curves to the current layer" msgstr "" "Dibuixa espirògrafs, epitrocoides i corbes de Lissajous a la capa actual" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:323 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipus" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:323 msgid "Spyrograph" msgstr "Espirògraf" # era: msgstr "Dibuixa espirògrafs, epitrocòides i curves de Lissajous. Podeu obtenir més informació a http://netword.com/*spyrogimp" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:324 msgid "Epitrochoid" msgstr "Epitrocoide" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:325 msgid "Lissajous" msgstr "Lissajous" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:326 msgid "Shape" msgstr "Forma" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:326 msgid "Circle" msgstr "Cercle" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:328 msgid "Triangle" msgstr "Triangle" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:329 msgid "Square" msgstr "Quadrat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:330 msgid "Pentagon" msgstr "Pentàgon" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:331 msgid "Hexagon" msgstr "Hexàgon" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:332 msgid "Polygon: 7 sides" msgstr "Polígon: 7 cares" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:333 msgid "Polygon: 8 sides" msgstr "Polígon: 8 cares" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:334 msgid "Polygon: 9 sides" msgstr "Polígon: 9 cares" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:335 msgid "Polygon: 10 sides" msgstr "Polígon: 10 cares" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:336 msgid "Outer teeth" msgstr "Dents exteriors" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:337 msgid "Inner teeth" msgstr "Dents interiors" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:338 msgid "Margin (pixels)" msgstr "Marge (píxels)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:339 msgid "Hole ratio" msgstr "Relació del forat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:340 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/text-circle.scm:215 msgid "Start angle" msgstr "Angle inicial" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:342 msgid "Tool" msgstr "Eina" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:342 msgid "Pencil" msgstr "Llapis" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:343 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:345 msgid "Brush" msgstr "Pinzell" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:344 msgid "Airbrush" msgstr "Esprai" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:347 msgid "Color method" msgstr "Mètode de color" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:347 msgid "Solid Color" msgstr "Color sòlid" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:348 msgid "Gradient: Loop Sawtooth" msgstr "Degradat: serralada" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:349 msgid "Gradient: Loop Triangle" msgstr "Degradat: rampes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/starscape-logo.scm:139 msgid "Sta_rscape..." msgstr "_Roca il·luminada..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/starscape-logo.scm:140 msgid "Create a logo using a rock-like texture, a nova glow, and shadow" msgstr "" "Crear un logotip emprant una textura de roca, il·luminació estil supernova i " "ombrejat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:51 msgid "Swirl-_Tile..." msgstr "Remolí de _sorra..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:52 msgid "Create an image filled with a swirled tile effect" msgstr "Crea una imatge emprant un efecte de remolí de sorra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirltile.scm:63 msgid "Whirl amount" msgstr "Voltes del remolí" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirly-pattern.scm:82 msgid "_Swirly..." msgstr "R_emolí..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirly-pattern.scm:83 msgid "Create an image filled with a swirly pattern" msgstr "Crea una imatge emprant un patró remolí" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirly-pattern.scm:88 msgid "Quarter size" msgstr "Quart de la mida" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirly-pattern.scm:89 msgid "Whirl angle" msgstr "Angle de gir de cada volta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/swirly-pattern.scm:90 msgid "Number of times to whirl" msgstr "Nombre de voltes del remolí" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/test-sphere.scm:267 msgid "_Sphere..." msgstr "_Inicia servidor..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/text-circle.scm:207 msgid "Text C_ircle..." msgstr "Text c_ircular..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/text-circle.scm:208 msgid "" "Create a logo by rendering the specified text along the perimeter of a circle" msgstr "" "Crea un logotip dibuixant el text especificat al voltant del perímetre d'un " "cercle" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/text-circle.scm:216 msgid "Fill angle" msgstr "Angle d'emplenat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/text-circle.scm:218 msgid "Antialias" msgstr "Suavitzat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:117 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:159 msgid "_Textured..." msgstr "Sobre el _patró..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:118 msgid "" "Fill the selected region (or alpha) with a texture and add highlights, " "shadows, and a mosaic background" msgstr "" "Omple la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa) amb una textura i afegeix " "reflexos, ombres i un fons en forma de mosaic" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:127 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:169 msgid "Mosaic tile type" msgstr "Tipus de mosaic" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:127 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:169 msgid "Squares" msgstr "Quadrats" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:128 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:170 msgid "Hexagons" msgstr "Hexàgons" # era: msgstr "Tipus de mosaic" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:129 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:171 msgid "Octagons" msgstr "Octàgons" # Quim: paràmetre del filtre Logotips i rètols / Sobre patró #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:131 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:173 msgid "Starting blend" msgstr "Color inicial" # Quim: paràmetre del filtre Logotips i rètols / Sobre patró #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:132 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:174 msgid "Ending blend" msgstr "Color final" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:160 msgid "" "Create a textured logo with highlights, shadows, and a mosaic background" msgstr "" "Crea un logotip amb una textura, reflexos, ombres i un fons en forma de " "mosaic" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/textured-logo.scm:168 msgid "Text pattern" msgstr "Patró de text" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/tileblur.scm:68 msgid "_Tileable Blur..." msgstr "Di_fumina per a mosaics..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/tileblur.scm:69 msgid "Blur the edges of an image so the result tiles seamlessly" msgstr "" "Difumina les vores de la imatge de manera que no es notin les juntes de les " "tessel·les del mosaic" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/tileblur.scm:77 msgid "Blur vertically" msgstr "Difumina verticalment" # era: msgstr "/Filtres/Difumina/Di_fumina en mosaic..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/tileblur.scm:78 msgid "Blur horizontally" msgstr "Difumina horitzontalment" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/tileblur.scm:79 msgid "Blur type" msgstr "Tipus de difuminat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/tileblur.scm:79 msgid "IIR" msgstr "IIR" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/tileblur.scm:79 msgid "RLE" msgstr "RLE" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/title-header.scm:165 msgid "Web Title Header..." msgstr "Títol de la pàgina web..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/title-header.scm:166 msgid "Create a decorative web title header" msgstr "Crea una capçalera decorada per a una pàgina web" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:98 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:138 msgid "_Particle Trace..." msgstr "Ressegueix amb un _vaporitzador..." # Quim: particle trace = vaporitzar #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:99 msgid "Add a Trace of Particles effect to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "Ressegueix amb un vaporitzador la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:107 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:147 msgid "Hit rate" msgstr "Relació d'encerts" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:108 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:148 msgid "Edge width" msgstr "Amplada de la vora" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:109 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:149 msgid "Edge only" msgstr "Només la vora" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:110 #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:150 msgid "Base color" msgstr "Color base" # Quim: particle trace = vaporitzar #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/t-o-p-logo.scm:139 msgid "Create a logo using a Trace Of Particles effect" msgstr "Crea un logotip resseguint el text amb un vaporitzador" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/truchet.scm:165 msgid "T_ruchet..." msgstr "Can_onades 2D..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/truchet.scm:166 msgid "Create an image filled with a Truchet pattern" msgstr "Crea una imatge emprant el patró de canonades 2D" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/truchet.scm:174 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Color de primer pla" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/unsharp-mask.scm:82 msgid "Mask size" msgstr "Mida de la màscara" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/unsharp-mask.scm:83 msgid "Mask opacity" msgstr "Opacitat de la màscara" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/waves-anim.scm:95 msgid "_Waves..." msgstr "_Ones..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/waves-anim.scm:96 msgid "" "Create a multi-layer image with an effect like a stone was thrown into the " "current image" msgstr "" "Crea una imatge fraccionada que imita l'efecte de llençar una pedra a la " "imatge, com si fos aigua" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/waves-anim.scm:103 msgid "Amplitude" msgstr "Amplitud" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/waves-anim.scm:104 msgid "Wavelength" msgstr "Longitud d'ona" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/waves-anim.scm:106 msgid "Invert direction" msgstr "Inverteix la direcció" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/weave.scm:389 msgid "_Weave..." msgstr "Tei_xit de cistella..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/weave.scm:390 msgid "" "Create a new layer filled with a weave effect to be used as an overlay or " "bump map" msgstr "" "Crea una nova capa emprant un efecte de teixit que es pot utilitzar per a " "sobreposar o com a mapa de relleu" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/weave.scm:397 msgid "Ribbon width" msgstr "Amplada de les cintes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/weave.scm:398 msgid "Ribbon spacing" msgstr "Separació entre cintes" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/weave.scm:399 msgid "Shadow darkness" msgstr "Foscor de l'ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/weave.scm:400 msgid "Shadow depth" msgstr "Profunditat de l'ombra" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/weave.scm:401 msgid "Thread length" msgstr "Longitud dels fils de la cinta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/weave.scm:402 msgid "Thread density" msgstr "Densitat dels fils de la cinta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/weave.scm:403 msgid "Thread intensity" msgstr "Intensitat dels fils de la cinta" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:121 msgid "_Xach-Effect..." msgstr "Ombra amb reflex _Xach..." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:122 msgid "Add a subtle translucent 3D effect to the selected region (or alpha)" msgstr "" "Afegeix un efecte 3D translúcid a la regió seleccionada (o canal alfa)" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:129 msgid "Highlight X offset" msgstr "Desplaçament X de la lluentor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:130 msgid "Highlight Y offset" msgstr "Desplaçament Y de la lluentor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:131 msgid "Highlight color" msgstr "Color ressaltat" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:132 msgid "Highlight opacity" msgstr "Opacitat de la lluentor" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:133 msgid "Drop shadow color" msgstr "Color de l'ombra caiguda" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:134 msgid "Drop shadow opacity" msgstr "Opacitat de l'ombra caiguda" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:135 msgid "Drop shadow blur radius" msgstr "Amplada de l'ombra caiguda" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:136 msgid "Drop shadow X offset" msgstr "Desplaçament X de l'ombra caiguda" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/xach-effect.scm:137 msgid "Drop shadow Y offset" msgstr "Desplaçament Y de l'ombra caiguda" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/slideshow-ubuntustudio.po0000644000000000000000000002116512704126234023237 0ustar # Catalan translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-03-24 23:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 06:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 07:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" #. type: Content of:

#: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/00_welcome.html:2 msgid "Welcome!" msgstr "Us donem la benvinguda" #. type: Content of:

#: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/00_welcome.html:7 msgid "Thanks for choosing Ubuntu Studio, and welcome to the installation." msgstr "" "Gràcies per triar l'Ubuntu Studio, us donem la benvinguda a la instal·lació." #. type: Content of:

#: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/00_welcome.html:8 msgid "" "In this slideshow we will present a few features which make Ubuntu Studio " "the perfect companion for artists." msgstr "" "En aquesta presentació de diapositives us mostrarem algunes característiques " "que fan de l'Ubuntu Studio el company perfecte per a artistes." #. type: Content of:

#: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/01_audio.html:2 msgid "Let the world hear you" msgstr "Deixeu que el món us senti" #. type: Content of:

#: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/01_audio.html:7 msgid "" "From recording an album, podcast editing, or scoring a film, Ubuntu Studio " "includes applications and documented work flows to support your audio needs." msgstr "" "Des de grabar un àlbum o editar un podcast fins a posar música a una " "pel·lícula, l'Ubuntu Studio inclou aplicacions i processos de treball " "documentats per ajudar amb les necessitats del vostre àudio." #. type: Content of:

#: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/01_audio.html:9 #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/02_video.html:9 #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/03_graphics.html:9 #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/04_photography.html:9 msgid "Included software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
  • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/01_audio.html:11 msgid "Ardour DAW" msgstr "Ardour DAW" #. type: Content of:
    • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/01_audio.html:12 msgid "JACK Sound Server" msgstr "Servidor de so JACK" #. type: Content of:
      • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/01_audio.html:13 msgid "LADSPA/LV2 Plugins" msgstr "Extensions de LADSPA/LV2" #. type: Content of:

        #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/02_video.html:2 msgid "Create amazing videos" msgstr "Creeu vídeos increïbles" #. type: Content of:

        #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/02_video.html:7 msgid "" "From simple home movies to feature length film with compositing and post " "production effects, Ubuntu Studio can help you realize your videographic " "vision." msgstr "" "Des de simples vídeos domèstics fins a pel·lícules de llarga durada amb " "composicions i efectes postproducció, l'Ubuntu Studio us pot ajudar adonar-" "vos de la vostra visió videogràfica." #. type: Content of:

        • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/02_video.html:11 msgid "Blender Sequence Editor and Compositing" msgstr "Editor de seqüències i composició Blender" #. type: Content of:
          • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/02_video.html:12 msgid "Kdenlive Video Editor" msgstr "Editor de vídeo Kdenlive" #. type: Content of:
            • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/02_video.html:13 msgid "Open Shot Video Editor" msgstr "Editor de vídeo Open Shot" #. type: Content of:

              #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/03_graphics.html:2 msgid "Graphic artists and designers" msgstr "Artistes gràfics i dissenyadors" #. type: Content of:

              #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/03_graphics.html:7 msgid "" "With Ubuntu Studio, you can easily create 3D models, animated films, " "scalable vector graphics, logos, flyers... and more!" msgstr "" "Amb l'Ubuntu Studio, podeu crear fàcilment models 3D, pel·lícules animades, " "gràfics vectorials escalables, logotips, fulletons... i molt més!" #. type: Content of:

              • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/03_graphics.html:11 msgid "Blender 3D Content Creation Suite" msgstr "Suite de creació de contingut 3D Blender" #. type: Content of:
                • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/03_graphics.html:12 msgid "Inkscape Scalable Vector Graphics Editor" msgstr "Editor de gràfics vectorials escalables Inkskape" #. type: Content of:
                  • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/03_graphics.html:13 msgid "Krita Paint Studio" msgstr "Estudi de pintura Krita" #. type: Content of:
                    • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/03_graphics.html:14 #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/04_photography.html:14 msgid "GIMP Image Editor" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                      #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/04_photography.html:2 msgid "Photographers too" msgstr "També fotògrafs" #. type: Content of:

                      #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/04_photography.html:7 msgid "" "From casual hobbyist to professional, handy and powerful applications are " "included to help you manage your photos and process them." msgstr "" "Des d'aficionats fins a professionals, aplicacions útils i potents han estat " "incloses per ajudar-vos a gestionar i processar les vostres fotografies" #. type: Content of:

                      • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/04_photography.html:11 msgid "Darktable Photo Editor" msgstr "Editor de fotografies Darktable" #. type: Content of:
                        • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/04_photography.html:12 msgid "RawTherapee Raw Image Processor" msgstr "Processador d'imatges RawTherapee" #. type: Content of:
                          • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/04_photography.html:13 msgid "Shotwell Photo Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                            #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/05_software.html:2 msgid "Get more applications" msgstr "Aconseguiu més aplicacions" #. type: Content of:

                            #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/05_software.html:7 msgid "" "Not only is Ubuntu Studio designed to be a media creation power, it is also " "a robust desktop OS." msgstr "" "L'Ubuntu Studio no ha estat disenyat únicament per ser un potent creador " "multimèdia, sinó també per ser un sistema operatiu d'escriptori robust." #. type: Content of:

                            #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/05_software.html:8 msgid "" "However, if you want additional applications not installed by default you " "can choose from the tens of thousands in the Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" "De totes maneres, si voleu aplicacions addicionals que no estan instal·lades " "per defecte, en podeu trobar desenes de milers als repositoris de l'Ubuntu." #. type: Content of:

                            #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/06_support.html:2 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "Gràcies!" #. type: Content of:

                            #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/06_support.html:7 msgid "" "Thanks for taking the time with us. We'd love to hear about your experiences " "with Ubuntu Studio. You can share them on the Ubuntu Studio users mailing list." msgstr "" "Gràcies pel vostre temps. Ens agradaria sentir les vostres experiències amb " "Ubuntu Studio. Les podeu compartir a Ubuntu Studio users mailing list." #. type: Content of:

                            #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/06_support.html:8 msgid "" "Join our IRC channel #ubuntustudio for online support by clicking here." msgstr "" "Uniu-vos al nostre canal de IRC #ubuntustudio per a ajuda online " "prement aquí." #. type: Content of:

                            #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/06_support.html:9 msgid "" "Finally, visit us on the web at the Ubuntu Studio website. Thank you again!" msgstr "" "Finalment, visiteu-nos a la web d'Ubuntu " "Studio. Moltes gràcies, de nou!" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-bluetooth2.po0000644000000000000000000003204712704126234021661 0ustar # Catalan translation for bluez-gnome # Copyright (c) 2007 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2007 # This file is distributed under the same license as the bluez-gnome package. # Jaume Villalba , 2007. # David Planella , 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Josep Sànchez , 2013. # Gil Forcada , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-bluetooth\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-" "bluetooth&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-29 01:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 06:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser-button.c:71 msgid "Click to select device…" msgstr "Feu clic per seleccionar un dispositiu…" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser-button.c:201 #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-widget.c:1255 ../sendto/main.c:447 #: ../sendto/main.c:738 ../sendto/main.c:794 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "_Cancel·la" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser-button.c:202 msgid "_OK" msgstr "_D'acord" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:135 ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:82 #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:101 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconegut" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:176 msgid "No adapters available" msgstr "No hi ha cap adaptador disponible" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:180 ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:806 #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-widget.c:1544 msgid "Searching for devices…" msgstr "S'estan cercant dispositius…" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:698 ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:988 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositiu" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:734 ../lib/settings.ui.h:3 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipus" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:990 ../lib/bluetooth-settings-widget.c:1506 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositius" #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:72 msgid "All categories" msgstr "Totes les categories" #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:74 ../lib/settings.ui.h:2 msgid "Paired" msgstr "Aparellat" #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:76 msgid "Trusted" msgstr "De confiança" #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:78 msgid "Not paired or trusted" msgstr "No aparellat o no de confiança" #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:80 msgid "Paired or trusted" msgstr "Aparellat o de confiança" #. This is the title of the filter section of the Bluetooth device chooser. #. * It used to say Show Only Bluetooth Devices With... #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:231 msgid "Show:" msgstr "Mostra:" #. The device category filter #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:247 msgid "Device _category:" msgstr "_Categoria del dispositiu:" #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:258 msgid "Select the device category to filter" msgstr "" "Seleccioneu la categoria de dispositius per la qual voleu que es filtri" #. The device type filter #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:272 msgid "Device _type:" msgstr "_Tipus de dispositiu:" #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:289 msgid "Select the device type to filter" msgstr "Seleccioneu el tipus de dispositiu pel qual voleu que es filtri" #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:295 msgid "Input devices (mice, keyboards, etc.)" msgstr "Dispositius d'entrada (ratolins, teclats, etc.)" #: ../lib/bluetooth-filter-widget.c:299 msgid "Headphones, headsets and other audio devices" msgstr "Auriculars, microauriculars i altres dispositius d'àudio" #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:83 ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:90 #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:104 msgid "Confirm Bluetooth PIN" msgstr "Confirmeu el PIN Bluetooth" #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Please confirm the PIN that was entered on '%s'." msgstr "Confirmeu que el PIN que s'ha introduït a «%s»." #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:88 ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:101 #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:149 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "Confirma" #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:91 #, c-format msgid "" "Confirm the Bluetooth PIN for '%s'. This can usually be found in the " "device's manual." msgstr "" "Confirmeu el PIN Bluetooth per «%s». El PIN es troba normalment al manual " "del dispositiu." #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:97 #, c-format msgid "Pairing '%s'" msgstr "S'està aparellant amb «%s»" #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:105 #, c-format msgid "" "Please confirm that the following PIN matches the one displayed on '%s'." msgstr "Confirmeu que el PIN següent concorda amb el que es mostra a «%s»." #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:110 msgid "Bluetooth Pairing Request" msgstr "Petició d'aparellament per Bluetooth" #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:111 #, c-format msgid "'%s' wants to pair with this device. Do you want to allow pairing?" msgstr "" "«%s» vol aparellar-se amb aquest dispositiu. Voleu permetre l'aparellament?" #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:116 msgid "Confirm Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:117 #, c-format msgid "'%s' wants to connect with this device. Do you want to allow it?" msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:125 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the following PIN on '%s'." msgstr "Introduïu el PIN següent a «%s»." #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:128 #, c-format msgid "" "Please enter the following PIN on '%s'. Then press “Return” on the keyboard." msgstr "" "Introduïu el PIN següent a «%s» i premeu la tecla de Retorn en el teclat." #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:131 msgid "" "Please move the joystick of your iCade in the following directions. Then " "press any of the white buttons." msgstr "" "Moveu la palanca de control del vostre iCade en les direccions següents. " "Després premeu qualsevol dels botons blancs." #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:139 msgid "Allow" msgstr "Permet" #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:143 msgid "Dismiss" msgstr "Descarta" #. Cancel button #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:153 ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:308 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancel·la" #. OK button #: ../lib/bluetooth-pairing-dialog.c:289 #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-obexpush.c:246 msgid "Accept" msgstr "Accepta" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-row.c:79 ../lib/bluetooth-settings-row.ui.h:1 msgid "Not Set Up" msgstr "No configurat" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-row.c:81 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Connectat" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-row.c:83 msgid "Disconnected" msgstr "Desconnectat" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-widget.c:1123 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-widget.c:1123 msgid "No" msgstr "No" #. translators: first %s is the name of the computer, for example: #. * Visible as “Bastien Nocera's Computer” followed by the #. * location of the Downloads folder. #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-widget.c:1223 #, c-format msgid "" "Visible as “%s” and available for Bluetooth file transfers. Transferred " "files are placed in the Downloads folder." msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-widget.c:1250 #, c-format msgid "Remove '%s' from the list of devices?" msgstr "Voleu eliminar «%s» de la llista de dispositius?" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-widget.c:1252 msgid "" "If you remove the device, you will have to set it up again before next use." msgstr "" "Si elimineu el dispositiu, haureu de tornar-lo a configurar la propera " "vegada que el vulgueu utilitzar." #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-widget.c:1256 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "_Elimina" #. Translators: %s is the name of the filename received #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-obexpush.c:145 #, c-format msgid "You received \"%s\" via Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-obexpush.c:147 msgid "You received a file" msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-obexpush.c:158 msgid "Open File" msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-obexpush.c:162 msgid "Reveal File" msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-obexpush.c:179 msgid "File reception complete" msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-obexpush.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Bluetooth file transfer from %s" msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-settings-obexpush.c:243 msgid "Decline" msgstr "" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:59 msgid "All types" msgstr "Tots els tipus" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:61 msgid "Phone" msgstr "Telèfon" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:63 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Mòdem" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:65 msgid "Computer" msgstr "Ordinador" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:67 msgid "Network" msgstr "Xarxa" #. translators: a hands-free headset, a combination of a single speaker with a microphone #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:70 msgid "Headset" msgstr "Microauricular" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:72 msgid "Headphones" msgstr "Auriculars" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:74 msgid "Audio device" msgstr "Dispositiu d'àudio" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:76 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclat" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:78 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Ratolí" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:80 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Càmera" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:82 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Impressora" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:84 msgid "Joypad" msgstr "Comandament de joc" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:86 msgid "Tablet" msgstr "Tauleta gràfica" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:88 msgid "Video device" msgstr "Dispositiu de vídeo" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:90 msgid "Remote control" msgstr "Control remot" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:92 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Escànner" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:94 msgid "Display" msgstr "Pantalla" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:96 msgid "Wearable" msgstr "Portable" #: ../lib/bluetooth-utils.c:98 msgid "Toy" msgstr "Joguina" #: ../lib/settings.ui.h:1 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Connexió" #: ../lib/settings.ui.h:4 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adreça" #: ../lib/settings.ui.h:5 msgid "_Mouse & Touchpad Settings" msgstr "Parà_metres de ratolí i ratolí tàctil" #: ../lib/settings.ui.h:6 msgid "_Sound Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres de _so" #: ../lib/settings.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keyboard Settings" msgstr "_Paràmetres del teclat" #: ../lib/settings.ui.h:8 msgid "Send _Files…" msgstr "Envia _fitxers…" #: ../lib/settings.ui.h:9 msgid "_Remove Device" msgstr "_Elimina el dispositiu" #: ../sendto/bluetooth-sendto.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Bluetooth Transfer" msgstr "Transferència per Bluetooth" #: ../sendto/bluetooth-sendto.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Send files via Bluetooth" msgstr "Envia fitxers a través del Bluetooth" #: ../sendto/main.c:117 msgid "An unknown error occurred" msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut" #: ../sendto/main.c:130 msgid "" "Make sure that the remote device is switched on and that it accepts " "Bluetooth connections" msgstr "" "Assegureu-vos que el dispositiu remot està engegat i que accepta connexions " "Bluetooth" #: ../sendto/main.c:363 #, c-format msgid "%'d second" msgid_plural "%'d seconds" msgstr[0] "%'d segon" msgstr[1] "%'d segons" #: ../sendto/main.c:368 ../sendto/main.c:381 #, c-format msgid "%'d minute" msgid_plural "%'d minutes" msgstr[0] "%'d minut" msgstr[1] "%'d minuts" #: ../sendto/main.c:379 #, c-format msgid "%'d hour" msgid_plural "%'d hours" msgstr[0] "%'d hora" msgstr[1] "%'d hores" #: ../sendto/main.c:389 #, c-format msgid "approximately %'d hour" msgid_plural "approximately %'d hours" msgstr[0] "aproximadament %'d hora" msgstr[1] "aproximadament %'d hores" #: ../sendto/main.c:402 ../sendto/main.c:500 msgid "Connecting…" msgstr "S'està connectant…" #: ../sendto/main.c:444 msgid "Bluetooth File Transfer" msgstr "Transferència de fitxers per Bluetooth" #: ../sendto/main.c:448 msgid "_Retry" msgstr "_Torna-ho a intentar" #: ../sendto/main.c:470 msgid "From:" msgstr "De:" #: ../sendto/main.c:484 msgid "To:" msgstr "A:" #: ../sendto/main.c:577 #, c-format msgid "Sending %s" msgstr "S'està enviant %s" #: ../sendto/main.c:584 ../sendto/main.c:633 #, c-format msgid "Sending file %d of %d" msgstr "S'està enviant el fitxer %d de %d" #: ../sendto/main.c:629 #, c-format msgid "%d kB/s" msgstr "%d kB/s" #: ../sendto/main.c:631 #, c-format msgid "%d B/s" msgstr "%d B/s" #: ../sendto/main.c:662 #, c-format msgid "%u transfer complete" msgid_plural "%u transfers complete" msgstr[0] "%u transferència completada" msgstr[1] "%u transferències completades" #: ../sendto/main.c:669 msgid "_Close" msgstr "_Tanca" #: ../sendto/main.c:679 msgid "There was an error" msgstr "S'ha produït un error" #: ../sendto/main.c:734 msgid "Select device to send to" msgstr "Seleccioneu el dispositiu on enviar" #: ../sendto/main.c:739 msgid "_Send" msgstr "En_via" #: ../sendto/main.c:789 msgid "Choose files to send" msgstr "Trieu els fitxers a enviar" #: ../sendto/main.c:795 msgid "Select" msgstr "Seleccioneu" #: ../sendto/main.c:825 msgid "Remote device to use" msgstr "Dispositiu remot a utilitzar" #: ../sendto/main.c:825 msgid "ADDRESS" msgstr "ADREÇA" #: ../sendto/main.c:827 msgid "Remote device's name" msgstr "Nom del dispositiu remot" #: ../sendto/main.c:827 msgid "NAME" msgstr "NOM" #: ../sendto/main.c:846 msgid "[FILE...]" msgstr "[FITXER...]" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-settings-daemon.po0000644000000000000000000031525212704126234022675 0ustar # Traducció del mòdul gnome-settings-daemon de Softcatalà # Copyright © 1999-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-settings-daemon package. # Ivan Vilata i Balaguer , 1999, 2000. # Softcatalà , 2000, 2001. # Jordi Mallach , 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005. # Xavier Conde Rueda , 2005 # Josep Puigdemont i Casamajó , 2005, 2006, 2007. # Joan Duran , 2008-2013. # Jordi Serratosa , 2012. # Josep Sànchez , 2013. # Gil Forcada , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-settings-daemon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-15 10:45+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-16 00:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gil Forcada \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 07:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: ../data/gnome-settings-daemon.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GNOME Settings Daemon" msgstr "Dimoni de paràmetres del GNOME" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Smartcard removal action" msgstr "Acció d'extreure la targeta intel·ligent" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Set this to one of \"none\", \"lock-screen\", or \"force-logout\". The " "action will get performed when the smartcard used for log in is removed." msgstr "" "Establiu-ho a «none» (cap), «lock-screen» (bloqueja la pantalla) o «force-" "logout» (força la sortida). L'acció es realitzarà quan s'extregui la targeta " "intel·ligent utilitzada per entrar." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "" "Highlights the current location of the pointer when the Control key is " "pressed and released." msgstr "" "Realça la ubicació actual del punter quan es premi i s'alliberi la tecla " "Control." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "Double click time" msgstr "Temps del doble clic" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Length of a double click in milliseconds." msgstr "Duració del doble clic en mil·lisegons." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "Drag threshold" msgstr "Llindar d'arrossegament" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Distance before a drag is started." msgstr "Distància abans d'iniciar un arrossegament." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Whether the tablet's orientation is locked, or rotated automatically." msgstr "" "Si l'orientació de la tauleta gràfica està bloquejada o es girarà " "automàticament." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Device hotplug custom command" msgstr "Ordre personalitzada en connectar un dispositiu en calent" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Command to be run when a device is added or removed. An exit value of 1 " "means that the device will not be handled further by gnome-settings-daemon." msgstr "" "Ordre a executar quan s'adjunti o s'extregui un dispositiu. Un valor de " "sortida 1 significa que el gnome-settings-daemon no gestionarà més el " "dispositiu." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.datetime.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.keyboard.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.orientation.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.print-notifications.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Activation of this plugin" msgstr "Activació d'aquest connector" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.datetime.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.keyboard.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.orientation.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.print-notifications.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether this plugin would be activated by gnome-settings-daemon or not" msgstr "Si el gnome-settings-daemon hauria d'activar aquest connector" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.datetime.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.keyboard.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:29 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.orientation.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.print-notifications.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Priority to use for this plugin" msgstr "Prioritat per utilitzar aquest connector" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.datetime.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.keyboard.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:30 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.orientation.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.print-notifications.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Priority to use for this plugin in gnome-settings-daemon startup queue" msgstr "" "Prioritat per utilitzar aquest connector en la cua d'inici del gnome-" "settings-daemon" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Wacom stylus absolute mode" msgstr "Mode absolut de l'estilogràfica Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "Enable this to set the tablet to absolute mode." msgstr "Habilita-ho per establir la tauleta gràfica en mode absolut." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Wacom tablet area" msgstr "Àrea de la tauleta gràfica Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Set this to x1, y1 and x2, y2 of the area usable by the tools." msgstr "Establiu-ho a x1, y1 i x2, y2 de l'àrea utilitzable per a les eines." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Wacom tablet aspect ratio" msgstr "Relació de l'aspecte de la tauleta gràfica Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Enable this to restrict the Wacom tablet area to match the aspect ratio of " "the output." msgstr "" "Habilita-ho per restringir l'àrea de la tauleta gràfica Wacom perquè " "coincideixi amb la relació d'aspecte de la sortida." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "Wacom tablet rotation" msgstr "Rotació de la tauleta gràfica Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Set this to 'none', 'cw' for 90 degree clockwise, 'half' for 180 degree, and " "'ccw' for 90 degree counterclockwise." msgstr "" "Establiu-ho a «none» (cap), «cw» per 90 graus en sentit horari, «half» per " "180 graus i «ccw» per 90 graus en sentit antihorari." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "Wacom touch feature" msgstr "Funcions tàctils Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "Enable this to move the cursor when the user touches the tablet." msgstr "" "Habilita-ho per moure el cursor quan l'usuari toqui la tauleta gràfica." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "Wacom tablet PC feature" msgstr "Funcions de la tauleta gràfica Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Enable this to only report stylus events when the tip is pressed." msgstr "" "Habilita-ho per informar d'esdeveniments de l'estilogràfica quan es premi la " "punta." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Wacom display mapping" msgstr "Mapat de la pantalla Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "" "EDID information of monitor to map tablet to. Must be in the format [vendor, " "product, serial]. [\"\",\"\",\"\"] disables mapping." msgstr "" "Informació EDID de la pantalla amb la qual mapar la tauleta gràfica. Ha " "d'estar en el format [fabricant, producte, número de sèrie]. " "[\"\",\"\",\"\"] inhabilita el mapat." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "Wacom stylus pressure curve" msgstr "Corba de pressió de l'estilogràfica Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "" "Set this to x1, y1 and x2, y2 of the pressure curve applied to the stylus." msgstr "" "Establiu-ho a x1, y1 i x2, y2 de la corba de pressió aplicada a " "l'estilogràfica." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:21 msgid "Wacom stylus button mapping" msgstr "Mapat de botons de l'estilogràfica Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:22 msgid "Set this to the logical button mapping." msgstr "Establiu-ho per al mapat lògic de botons." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:23 msgid "Wacom stylus pressure threshold" msgstr "Llindar de pressió de l'estilogràfica Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "" "Set this to the pressure value at which a stylus click event is generated." msgstr "" "Establiu-ho al valor de pressió al qual es generarà un esdeveniment de clic " "amb l'estilogràfica." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "Wacom eraser pressure curve" msgstr "Corba de pressió de la goma d'esborrar Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:26 msgid "" "Set this to x1, y1 and x2, y2 of the pressure curve applied to the eraser." msgstr "" "Establiu-ho a x1, y1 i x2, y2 de la corba de pressió aplicada a la goma " "d'esborrar." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:27 msgid "Wacom eraser button mapping" msgstr "Mapat de botons de la goma d'esborrar Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:28 msgid "Wacom eraser pressure threshold" msgstr "Llindar de pressió de la goma d'esborrar Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:29 msgid "" "Set this to the pressure value at which an eraser click event is generated." msgstr "" "Establiu-ho al valor de pressió al qual es generarà un esdeveniment de clic " "amb la goma d'esborrar." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:30 msgid "Wacom button action type" msgstr "Tipus d'acció del botó Wacom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:31 msgid "The type of action triggered by the button being pressed." msgstr "El tipus d'acció a realitzar quan es premi el botó." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:32 msgid "Key combination for the custom action" msgstr "Combinació de tecles per a l'acció personalitzada" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:33 msgid "" "The keyboard shortcut generated when the button is pressed for custom " "actions." msgstr "" "La drecera de teclat generada quan es premi el botó per a accions " "personalitzades." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:34 msgid "Key combinations for a touchring or touchstrip custom action" msgstr "" "Combinacions de tecla per a una acció personalitzada d'anell o de banda " "tàctil" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:35 msgid "" "The keyboard shortcuts generated when a touchring or touchstrip is used for " "custom actions (up followed by down)." msgstr "" "Les dreceres de teclat generades quan s'utilitza un anell o banda tàctil per " "a accions personalitzades (a dalt seguit per abaix)." #. Translators: This is the OLED display on an Intuos4 tablet: #. http://eu.shop.wacom.eu/images/articles/d9abd9f2d4d88aa0649cda97a8077e2b_8.jpg #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:38 msgid "Button label for OLED display." msgstr "Etiqueta pel botó de la pantalla OLED." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:39 msgid "Label will be rendered to OLED display belonging to the button" msgstr "L'etiqueta es mostra a la pantalla OLED que pertany al botó" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "The duration a display profile is valid" msgstr "La duració de la validesa d'un perfil de la pantalla" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "This is the number of days after which the display color profile is " "considered invalid." msgstr "" "El número de dies després dels quals el perfil de color de la pantalla ja no " "es considera vàlid." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "The duration a printer profile is valid" msgstr "La duració de la validesa d'un perfil de la impressora" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "This is the number of days after which the printer color profile is " "considered invalid." msgstr "" "El número de dies després dels quals el perfil de color de la impressora ja " "no es considera vàlid." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "List of plugins that are allowed to be loaded" msgstr "Llista de connectors que es poden carregar" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "A list of strings representing the plugins that are allowed to be loaded " "(default: 'all'). The plugins still need to be marked as active to get " "loaded. This is only evaluated on startup." msgstr "" "Una llista de cadenes que representen els connectors que es poden carregar " "(per defecte: «all» - tots). Encara s'hauran de marcar els connectors com a " "actius perquè es carreguin. Només s'avalua en iniciar." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Mount paths to ignore" msgstr "Camins de muntatge a ignorar" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "Specify a list of mount paths to ignore when they run low on space." msgstr "" "Especifica una llista de camins de muntatge a ignorar quan els queda poc " "espai lliure." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Free percentage notify threshold" msgstr "Llindar per notificar el percentatge lliure" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "Percentage free space threshold for initial warning of low disk space. If " "the percentage free space drops below this, a warning will be shown." msgstr "" "El percentatge del llindar d'espai lliure per a l'avís inicial de poc espai " "de disc. Si el percentatge d'espai lliure baixa per sota d'aquest, es " "mostrarà un avís." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Subsequent free space percentage notify threshold" msgstr "Llindar de notificació de percentatge d'espai lliure consecutiu" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Specify the percentage that the free disk space should reduce by before " "issuing a subsequent warning." msgstr "" "Especifica el percentatge d'espai de disc lliure que s'hauria de reduir " "abans de mostrar més avisos." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Free space notify threshold" msgstr "Llindar per notificar el percentatge d'espai lliure" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Specify an amount in GB. If the amount of free space is more than this, no " "warning will be shown." msgstr "" "Especifica una quantitat en GB. Si l'espai lliure és més gran, no es " "mostrarà cap avís." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "Minimum notify period for repeated warnings" msgstr "Període mínim entre notificacions d'avisos repetits" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Specify a time in minutes. Subsequent warnings for a volume will not appear " "more often than this period." msgstr "" "Especifica un temps en minuts. Els pròxims avisos per a un volum no " "apareixeran abans d'aquest període de temps." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Custom keybindings" msgstr "Vinculacions personalitzades" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "List of custom keybindings" msgstr "Llista de vinculacions personalitzades" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Launch calculator" msgstr "Executa la calculadora" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "Binding to launch the calculator." msgstr "Vinculació per executar la calculadora." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Launch settings" msgstr "Paràmetres d'inicialització" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Binding to launch GNOME settings." msgstr "Vinculació per executar els paràmetres del GNOME." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Launch email client" msgstr "Executa el client de correu electrònic" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "Binding to launch the email client." msgstr "Vinculació per executar el client de correu electrònic." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "Eject" msgstr "Expulsa" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "Binding to eject an optical disc." msgstr "Vinculació per expulsar un disc òptic." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "Launch help browser" msgstr "Executa el navegador de l'ajuda" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "Binding to launch the help browser." msgstr "Vinculació per executar el navegador de l'ajuda." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "Home folder" msgstr "Carpeta de l'usuari" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Binding to open the Home folder." msgstr "Vinculació per obrir la carpeta de l'usuari." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Launch media player" msgstr "Executa el reproductor multimèdia" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "Binding to launch the media player." msgstr "Vinculació per executar el reproductor multimèdia." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "Next track" msgstr "Peça següent" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "Binding to skip to next track." msgstr "Vinculació per saltar a la peça següent." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:21 msgid "Pause playback" msgstr "Fes una pausa en la reproducció" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:22 msgid "Binding to pause playback." msgstr "Vinculació per fer una pausa a la reproducció." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:23 msgid "Play (or play/pause)" msgstr "Reprodueix (o reprodueix/fes una pausa)" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "Binding to start playback (or toggle play/pause)." msgstr "" "Vinculació per iniciar el reproductor (o commutar entre reproducció/en " "pausa)." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "Log out" msgstr "Surt" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:26 msgid "Binding to log out." msgstr "Vinculació per sortir de la sessió." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:27 msgid "Previous track" msgstr "Peça anterior" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:28 msgid "Binding to skip to previous track." msgstr "Vinculació per saltar a la peça anterior." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:31 msgid "Lock screen" msgstr "Bloca la pantalla" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:32 msgid "Binding to lock the screen." msgstr "Vinculació per bloquejar la pantalla." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:33 msgid "Search" msgstr "Cerca" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:34 msgid "Binding to launch the search tool." msgstr "Vinculació per executar l'eina de cerca." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:35 msgid "Stop playback" msgstr "Atura la reproducció" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:36 msgid "Binding to stop playback." msgstr "Vinculació per aturar la reproducció." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:37 msgid "Video output" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:38 msgid "Binding to switch the video output device." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:39 msgid "Volume down" msgstr "Abaixa el volum" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:40 msgid "Binding to lower the system volume." msgstr "Vinculació per abaixar el volum del sistema." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:41 msgid "Volume mute" msgstr "Volum silenciat" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:42 msgid "Binding to mute the system volume." msgstr "Vinculació per silenciar el volum del sistema." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:43 msgid "Volume up" msgstr "Apuja el volum" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:44 msgid "Binding to raise the system volume." msgstr "Vinculació per apujar el volum del sistema." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:45 msgid "Take a screenshot" msgstr "Fes una captura de pantalla" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:46 msgid "Binding to take a screenshot." msgstr "Vinculació per fer una captura de pantalla." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:47 msgid "Take a screenshot of a window" msgstr "Fes una captura de pantalla d'una finestra" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:48 msgid "Binding to take a screenshot of a window." msgstr "Vinculació per fer una captura de pantalla d'una finestra." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:49 msgid "Take a screenshot of an area" msgstr "Fes una captura de pantalla d'una àrea" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:50 msgid "Binding to take a screenshot of an area." msgstr "Vinculació per fer una captura de pantalla d'una àrea." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:51 msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard" msgstr "Copia una captura de pantalla al porta-retalls" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:52 msgid "Binding to copy a screenshot to clipboard." msgstr "Vinculació per copiar una captura de pantalla al porta-retalls." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:53 msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard" msgstr "Copia una captura de pantalla d'una finestra al porta-retalls" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:54 msgid "Binding to copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard." msgstr "" "Vinculació per copiar una captura de pantalla d'una finestra al porta-" "retalls." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:55 msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard" msgstr "Copia una captura de pantalla d'una àrea al porta-retalls" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:56 msgid "Binding to copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard." msgstr "" "Vinculació per copiar una captura de pantalla d'una àrea al porta-retalls." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:57 msgid "Record a short video of the screen" msgstr "Enregistra un vídeo curt de la pantalla" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:58 msgid "Launch terminal" msgstr "Executa el terminal" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:59 msgid "Binding to launch the terminal." msgstr "Vinculació per executar el terminal." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:60 msgid "Launch web browser" msgstr "Executa el navegador web" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:61 msgid "Binding to launch the web browser." msgstr "Vinculació per executar el navegador web." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:62 msgid "Toggle magnifier" msgstr "Commuta l'ampliador" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:63 msgid "Binding to show the screen magnifier" msgstr "Vinculació per mostrar l'ampliador de pantalla" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:64 msgid "Toggle screen reader" msgstr "Commuta el lector de pantalla" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:65 msgid "Binding to start the screen reader" msgstr "Vinculació per iniciar el lector de pantalla" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:66 msgid "Toggle on-screen keyboard" msgstr "Commuta el teclat a la pantalla" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:67 msgid "Binding to show the on-screen keyboard" msgstr "Vinculació per mostrar el teclat a la pantalla" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:68 msgid "Increase text size" msgstr "Incrementa la mida del text" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:69 msgid "Binding to increase the text size" msgstr "Vinculació per incrementar la mida del text" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:70 msgid "Decrease text size" msgstr "Redueix la mida del text" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:71 msgid "Binding to decrease the text size" msgstr "Vinculació per reduir la mida del text" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:72 msgid "Toggle contrast" msgstr "Commuta el contrast" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:73 msgid "Binding to toggle the interface contrast" msgstr "Vinculació per commutar el contrast de la interfície" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:74 msgid "Magnifier zoom in" msgstr "Ampliació de l'ampliador" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:75 msgid "Binding for the magnifier to zoom in" msgstr "Vinculació perquè l'ampliador ampliï" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:76 msgid "Magnifier zoom out" msgstr "Reducció de l'ampliador" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:77 msgid "Binding for the magnifier to zoom out" msgstr "Vinculació perquè l'ampliador redueixi" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:78 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:79 msgid "Name of the custom binding" msgstr "Nom de la vinculació personalitzada" # FIXME #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:80 msgid "Binding" msgstr "Vinculació" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:81 msgid "Binding for the custom binding" msgstr "Vinculació per a la vinculació personalitzada" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "Ordre" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:83 msgid "Command to run when the binding is invoked" msgstr "Ordre a executar quan s'invoqui la vinculació" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Percentage considered low" msgstr "Percentatge considerat baix" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "The percentage of the battery when it is considered low. Only valid when use-" "time-for-policy is false." msgstr "" "El percentatge de bateria quan es considera baixa. Només vàlid quan la clau " "«use-time-for-policy» és «false» (fals)." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Percentage considered critical" msgstr "Percentatge considerat crític" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "The percentage of the battery when it is considered critical. Only valid " "when use-time-for-policy is false." msgstr "" "El percentatge de bateria quan es considera crítica. Només vàlid quan la " "clau «use-time-for-policy» és «false» (fals)." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Percentage action is taken" msgstr "Percentatge que realitza una acció" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "The percentage of the battery when the critical action is performed. Only " "valid when use-time-for-policy is false." msgstr "" "El percentatge de bateria quan es realitza l'acció crítica. Només vàlid la " "clau «use-time-for-policy» és «false» (fals)." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "The time remaining when low" msgstr "El temps que falta quan és baixa" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "The time remaining in seconds of the battery when it is considered low. Only " "valid when use-time-for-policy is true." msgstr "" "El temps que falta, en segons, de la bateria quan es considera baixa. Només " "vàlid quan la clau «use-time-for-policy» és «true» (cert)." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "The time remaining when critical" msgstr "El temps que falta quan és crítica" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "The time remaining in seconds of the battery when it is considered critical. " "Only valid when use-time-for-policy is true." msgstr "" "El temps que falta, en segons, de la bateria quan es considera crítica. " "Només vàlid quan la clau «use-time-for-policy» és «true» (cert)." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "The time remaining when action is taken" msgstr "El temps que falta quan es realitza l'acció" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "" "The time remaining in seconds of the battery when critical action is taken. " "Only valid when use-time-for-policy is true." msgstr "" "El temps que falta, en segons, de la bateria quan es realitza l'acció " "crítica. Només vàlid quan la clau «use-time-for-policy» és «true» (cert)." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Whether to use time-based notifications" msgstr "Si s'han d'utilitzar les notificacions basades en el temps" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "" "If time based notifications should be used. If set to false, then the " "percentage change is used instead, which may fix a broken ACPI BIOS." msgstr "" "Indica si s'han d'utilitzar les notificacions basades en temps. Si és fals, " "aleshores s'utilitza el canvi de percentatge, cosa que pot solucionar alguns " "problemes amb BIOS ACPI defectuoses." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "If we should show the recalled battery warning for a broken battery" msgstr "" "Si s'hauria de mostrar l'avís de bateria reclamada per una bateria malmesa" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "" "If we should show the recalled battery warning for a broken battery. Set " "this to false only if you know your battery is okay." msgstr "" "Si s'hauria de mostrar l'avís de bateria reclamada per una bateria malmesa. " "Només establiu-ho a «false» (fals) si sabeu que la bateria està bé." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "On which connections the service is enabled" msgstr "En quines connexions s'habilita el servei" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "The list of NetworkManager connections (each one represented with its UUID) " "on which this service is enabled and started." msgstr "" "La llista de connexions del NetworkManager (identificades amb el seu UUID) " "en les que aquest servei està habilitat i s'inicia." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Use mobile broadband connections" msgstr "Utilitza connexions de banda ampla mòbil" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use mobile broadband connections such as GSM and CDMA to check for updates." msgstr "" "Utilitza connexions de banda ampla mòbil com ara GSM i CDMA per comprovar si " "hi ha actualitzacions." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Automatically download updates in the background without confirmation" msgstr "" "Baixa automàticament les actualitzacions en segon pla sense confirmació" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Automatically download updates in the background without confirmation. " "Updates will be auto-downloaded when using wired network connnections, and " "mobile broadband if 'connection-use-mobile' is enabled." msgstr "" "Baixa automàticament les actualitzacions en segon pla sense confirmació. Les " "actualitzacions es baixaran automàticament utilitzant les connexions de " "xarxa amb fil o amb banda ampla mòbil si «connection-use-mobile» està " "habilitat." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "How often to check for updates" msgstr "Amb quina freqüència s'hauria de comprovar si hi ha actualitzacions" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "How often to check for updates. Value is in seconds. This is a maximum " "amount of time that can pass between a security update being published, and " "the update being automatically installed or the user notified." msgstr "" "Amb quina freqüència s'hauria de comprovar si hi ha actualitzacions. El " "valor és en segons. Aquest és el temps màxim que pot passar entre que una " "actualització de seguretat s'ha publicat i que l'actualització s'ha " "instal·lat automàticament o s'ha notificat l'usuari." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "How often to notify the user that non-critical updates are available" msgstr "" "Amb quina freqüència s'ha de notificar a l'usuari que hi ha actualitzacions " "no crítiques disponibles" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "How often to tell the user there are non-critical updates. Value is in " "seconds. Security update notifications are always shown after the check for " "updates, but non-critical notifications should be shown a lot less " "frequently." msgstr "" "Amb quina freqüència s'ha d'avisar a l'usuari que hi ha actualitzacions no " "crítiques. El valor és en segons. Les notificacions d'actualitzacions de " "seguretat sempre es mostren després de comprovar les actualitzacions, però " "les notificacions no crítiques s'haurien de mostrar molt menys freqüentment." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "The last time we told the user about non-critical notifications" msgstr "" "L'últim cop que es va avisar l'usuari sobre notificacions no crítiques" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "The last time we notified the user about non-critical updates. Value is in " "seconds since the epoch, or zero for never." msgstr "" "L'últim cop que es va notificar l'usuari d'actualitzacions no crítiques. El " "valor és en segons des de l'època, o zero si mai." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "How often to check for distribution upgrades" msgstr "" "Amb quina freqüència s'hauria de comprovar si hi ha actualitzacions de la " "distribució" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "How often to check for distribution upgrades. Value is in seconds." msgstr "" "Amb quina freqüència s'hauria de comprovar si hi ha actualitzacions de la " "distribució. El valor és en segons." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "How often to refresh the package cache" msgstr "Amb quina freqüència s'ha de refrescar la memòria cau de paquets" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "How often to refresh the package cache. Value is in seconds." msgstr "" "Amb quina freqüència s'ha de refrescar la memòria cau de paquets. El valor " "és en segons." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "Check for updates when running on battery power" msgstr "Comprova si hi ha actualitzacions en mode bateria" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "Check for updates when running on battery power." msgstr "Comprova si hi ha actualitzacions en mode bateria." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:21 msgid "Notify the user when distribution upgrades are available" msgstr "" "Notifica l'usuari quan hi hagi actualitzacions de la distribució disponibles" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:22 msgid "Notify the user when distribution upgrades are available." msgstr "" "Notifica l'usuari quan hi hagi actualitzacions de la distribució disponibles." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:23 msgid "Ask the user if additional firmware should be installed" msgstr "" "Pregunta a l'usuari si s'hauria d'instal·lar microprogramari addicional" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "" "Ask the user if additional firmware should be installed if it is available." msgstr "" "Pregunta a l'usuari si s'hauria d'instal·lar microprogramari addicional si " "està disponible." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "Firmware files that should not be searched for" msgstr "Fitxers de microprogramari que no s'haurien de cercar" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:26 msgid "" "Firmware files that should not be searched for, separated by commas. These " "can include '*' and '?' characters." msgstr "" "Els fitxers de microprogramari que no s'haurien de cercar, separats per " "comes. Aquests poden incloure els caràcters «*» i «?»." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:27 msgid "Devices that should be ignored" msgstr "Dispositius que s'haurien d'ignorar" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:28 msgid "" "Devices that should be ignored, separated by commas. These can include '*' " "and '?' characters." msgstr "" "Dispositius que s'haurien d'ignorar, separats per comes. Aquests poden " "incloure els caràcters «*» i «?»." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:29 msgid "The filenames on removable media that designate it a software source." msgstr "" "Els noms de fitxers en suports extraïbles que els designen com una font de " "programari." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:30 msgid "" "When removable media is inserted, it is checked to see if it contains any " "important filenames in the root directory. If the filename matches, then an " "updates check is performed. This allows post-install disks to be used to " "update running systems." msgstr "" "Quan s'insereix un suport extraïble, es comprova si conté algun nom de " "fitxer important en el directori arrel. Si el nom de fitxer coincideix, " "llavors es realitzarà una comprovació d'actualitzacions. Això permet " "utilitzar discs de postinstal·lació per actualitzar sistemes en execució." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "File for default configuration for RandR" msgstr "Fitxer per a la configuració per defecte del RandR" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "The XRandR plugin will look for a default configuration in the file " "specified by this key. This is similar to the ~/.config/monitors.xml that " "normally gets stored in users' home directories. If a user does not have " "such a file, or has one that does not match the user's setup of monitors, " "then the file specified by this key will be used instead." msgstr "" "El connector XRandR cercarà la configuració per defecte en el fitxer " "especificat per aquesta clau. Aquest és semblant al ~/.config/monitors.xml " "que normalment s'emmagatzema al directori d'usuari. Si un usuari no té " "aquest fitxer o en té un que no coincideix amb la configuració de monitors " "de l'usuari, llavors en lloc seu s'utilitzarà el fitxer especificat per " "aquesta clau." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Whether to turn off specific monitors after boot" msgstr "Si s'han d'apagar alguns monitors específics després d'arrencar" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "'clone' will display the same thing on all monitors, 'dock' will switch off " "the internal monitor, 'do-nothing' will use the default Xorg behaviour " "(extend the desktop in recent versions). The default, 'follow-lid', will " "choose between 'do-nothing' and 'dock' depending on whether the lid is " "(respectively) open or closed." msgstr "" "«clone» (clona) mostrarà el mateix en tots els monitors, «dock» (acoblat) " "apagarà el monitor intern, «do-nothing» (no facis res) utilitzarà el " "comportament per defecte de l'Xorg (en les últimes versions amplia " "l'escriptori). Per defecte, «follow-lid» (segueix la tapa), triarà entre «do-" "nothing» i «dock» segons si la tapa està oberta o tancada (respectivament)" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Antialiasing" msgstr "Suavitzat" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: " "\"none\" for no antialiasing, \"grayscale\" for standard grayscale " "antialiasing, and \"rgba\" for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only)." msgstr "" "El tipus de suavitzat que s'utilitzarà per mostrar els tipus de lletra. Els " "valors possibles són: «none» (cap) per no aplicar cap suavitzat, «grayscale» " "(escala de grisos) per a suavitzat d'escala de grisos estàndard i «RGBA» per " "a suavitzat de subpíxel (només per a pantalles LCD)." # FIXME #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Hinting" msgstr "Contorn" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "The type of hinting to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: " "\"none\" for no hinting, \"slight\" for basic, \"medium\" for moderate, and " "\"full\" for maximum hinting (may cause distortion of letter forms)." msgstr "" "El tipus de contorn que s'utilitzarà per mostrar els tipus de lletra. Els " "valors possibles són: «none» (cap) cap contorn, «slight» (lleu) contorn " "petit, «medium» (mitjà) contorn moderat i «full» (complet) màxim contorn " "(pot produir distorsió en les formes de les lletres)." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "RGBA order" msgstr "Ordre del RGBA" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "The order of subpixel elements on an LCD screen; only used when antialiasing " "is set to \"rgba\". Possible values are: \"rgb\" for red on left (most " "common), \"bgr\" for blue on left, \"vrgb\" for red on top, \"vbgr\" for red " "on bottom." msgstr "" "L'ordre dels elements de subpíxel d'una pantalla LCD. Només s'utilitza si el " "suavitzat és «RGBA». Els valors possibles són: «RGB» per al vermell (R) a " "l'esquerra (el més comú), «BGR» per al blau (B) a l'esquerra, «VRGB» per al " "vermell a dalt, «VBGR» per al vermell a baix." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "List of explicitly disabled GTK+ modules" msgstr "Llista de mòduls de la GTK+ inhabilitats explícitament" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "A list of strings representing the GTK+ modules that will not be loaded, " "even if enabled by default in their configuration." msgstr "" "Una llista de cadenes que representen els mòduls de la GTK+ que no es " "carregaran, encara que estiguin habilitats en la seva configuració per " "defecte." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "List of explicitly enabled GTK+ modules" msgstr "Llista de mòduls de la GTK+ habilitats explícitament" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "A list of strings representing the GTK+ modules that will be loaded, usually " "in addition to conditional and forcibly disabled ones." msgstr "" "Una llista de cadenes que representen els mòduls de la GTK+ que es " "carregaran, normalment a més dels condicionals i dels inhabilitats per força." #: ../gnome-settings-daemon/main.c:53 msgid "Enable debugging code" msgstr "Habilita el codi de depuració" #: ../gnome-settings-daemon/main.c:54 msgid "Replace existing daemon" msgstr "Reemplaça el dimoni existent" #: ../gnome-settings-daemon/main.c:55 msgid "Exit after a time (for debugging)" msgstr "Surt després d'una estona (per a depuració)" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/a11y-keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Accessibility Keyboard" msgstr "Teclat accessible" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/a11y-keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Accessibility keyboard plugin" msgstr "Connector de l'accessibilitat de teclat" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:398 msgid "Slow Keys Turned On" msgstr "Tecles lentes activades" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:399 msgid "Slow Keys Turned Off" msgstr "Tecles lentes desactivades" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:400 msgid "" "You just held down the Shift key for 8 seconds. This is the shortcut for " "the Slow Keys feature, which affects the way your keyboard works." msgstr "" "Heu mantingut premuda la tecla de majúscules durant 8 segons. Aquesta és la " "drecera per a la funcionalitat «tecles lentes», que afecta la forma de " "funcionar del teclat." #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:410 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:478 msgid "Universal Access" msgstr "Accés universal" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:416 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:484 msgid "Turn Off" msgstr "Desactiva" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:416 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:484 msgid "Turn On" msgstr "Activa" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:422 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:490 msgid "Leave On" msgstr "Deixa activat" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:422 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:490 msgid "Leave Off" msgstr "Deixa desactivat" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:463 msgid "Sticky Keys Turned On" msgstr "Tecles enganxoses activades" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:464 msgid "Sticky Keys Turned Off" msgstr "Tecles enganxoses desactivades" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:466 msgid "" "You just pressed the Shift key 5 times in a row. This is the shortcut for " "the Sticky Keys feature, which affects the way your keyboard works." msgstr "" "Heu premut la tecla de majúscules 5 vegades seguides. Aquesta és la drecera " "per a la funcionalitat «tecles enganxoses», que afecta la forma de funcionar " "del teclat." #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:468 msgid "" "You just pressed two keys at once, or pressed the Shift key 5 times in a " "row. This turns off the Sticky Keys feature, which affects the way your " "keyboard works." msgstr "" "Heu premut dues tecles alhora, o heu premut la tecla de majúscules 5 vegades " "seguides. Això desactiva les «tecles enganxoses», que afecten la forma de " "funcionar del teclat." #: ../plugins/a11y-settings/a11y-settings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Accessibility settings" msgstr "Paràmetres d'accessibilitat" #: ../plugins/a11y-settings/a11y-settings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Accessibility settings plugin" msgstr "Connector de configuració de l'accessibilitat" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/clipboard/clipboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Clipboard" msgstr "Porta-retalls" #: ../plugins/clipboard/clipboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Clipboard plugin" msgstr "Connector del porta-retalls" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-calibrate.c:139 msgid "Color" msgstr "Color" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Color plugin" msgstr "Connector de color" #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-calibrate.c:144 msgid "Recalibrate now" msgstr "Torna a calibrar-ho ara" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the device has not been recalibrated in a while #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-calibrate.c:187 msgid "Recalibration required" msgstr "Cal tornar a calibrar" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the display has not been recalibrated in a while #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-calibrate.c:199 #, c-format msgid "The display '%s' should be recalibrated soon." msgstr "" "S'hauria de tornar a calibrar la pantalla «%s» el més aviat possible." #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the printer has not been recalibrated in a while #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-calibrate.c:208 #, c-format msgid "The printer '%s' should be recalibrated soon." msgstr "" "S'hauria de tornar a calibrar la impressora «%s» el més aviat possible." #. TRANSLATORS: this is the application name #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-calibrate.c:346 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-calibrate.c:362 msgid "GNOME Settings Daemon Color Plugin" msgstr "Connector de color del dimoni de paràmetres del GNOME" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-calibrate.c:348 msgid "Color calibration device added" msgstr "S'ha afegit el dispositiu de calibratge del color" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-calibrate.c:364 msgid "Color calibration device removed" msgstr "S'ha suprimit el dispositiu de calibratge del color" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/datetime/datetime.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Data i hora" #: ../plugins/datetime/datetime.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Automatically update timezone" msgstr "" #. Translators: UTC here means the Coordinated Universal Time. #. * %:::z will be replaced by the offset from UTC e.g. UTC+02 #: ../plugins/datetime/gsd-datetime-manager.c:88 msgid "UTC%:::z" msgstr "UTC%:::z" #: ../plugins/datetime/gsd-datetime-manager.c:92 #, c-format msgid "Time Zone Updated to %s (%s)" msgstr "S'ha actualitzat el fus horari a %s (%s)" #: ../plugins/datetime/gsd-datetime-manager.c:108 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres" #: ../plugins/datetime/gsd-datetime-manager.c:118 msgid "Date & Time Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres de data i hora" #: ../plugins/dummy/dummy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Prova" #: ../plugins/dummy/dummy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Dummy plugin" msgstr "Connector de prova" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Low Disk Space on “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:589 #, c-format msgid "" "The volume “%s” has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some " "space by emptying the trash." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:593 #, c-format msgid "The volume “%s” has only %s disk space remaining." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:598 msgid "Low Disk Space" msgstr "Espai del disc baix" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:600 #, c-format msgid "" "This computer has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some space " "by emptying the trash." msgstr "" "Aquest ordinador només li resta %s d'espai de disc. Podeu alliberar espai " "buidant la paperera." #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:603 #, c-format msgid "This computer has only %s disk space remaining." msgstr "Aquest ordinador només li resta %s d'espai de disc." #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:618 msgid "Disk space" msgstr "Espai del disc" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:625 msgid "Examine" msgstr "Examina" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:633 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "Buida la paperera" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:640 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignora" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/housekeeping.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Housekeeping" msgstr "Manteniment" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/housekeeping.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "" "Automatically prunes thumbnail caches and other transient files, and warns " "about low disk space" msgstr "" "Redueix automàticament la memòria cau de les miniatures i altres fitxers " "temporals i avisa que queda poc espai al disc." #: ../plugins/keyboard/keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclat" #: ../plugins/keyboard/keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Keyboard plugin" msgstr "Connector del teclat" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-media-keys-manager.c:2040 msgid "Screencast from %d %t.webm" msgstr "Screencast de %d %t.webm" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:84 msgid "Unable to capture a screenshot" msgstr "No s'ha pogut fer una captura de pantalla" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:115 #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:155 msgid "Screenshot taken" msgstr "S'ha realitzat la captura de pantalla" #. translators: this is the name of the file that gets made up #. * with the screenshot #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Screenshot from %s" msgstr "Captura de pantalla de %s" #. translators: #. * The device has been disabled #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:1830 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitat" #. translators: #. * The number of sound outputs on a particular device #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:1837 #, c-format msgid "%u Output" msgid_plural "%u Outputs" msgstr[0] "%u sortida" msgstr[1] "%u sortides" #. translators: #. * The number of sound inputs on a particular device #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:1847 #, c-format msgid "%u Input" msgid_plural "%u Inputs" msgstr[0] "%u entrada" msgstr[1] "%u entrades" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:2371 msgid "System Sounds" msgstr "Sons del sistema" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/media-keys/media-keys.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Media keys" msgstr "Tecles multimèdia" #: ../plugins/media-keys/media-keys.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Media keys plugin" msgstr "Connector de les tecles multimèdia" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:45 msgid "Touchpad toggle" msgstr "Commuta el ratolí tàctil" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:46 msgid "Touchpad On" msgstr "Activa el ratolí tàctil" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:47 msgid "Touchpad Off" msgstr "Desactiva el ratolí tàctil" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:51 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:52 msgid "Microphone Mute" msgstr "Silencia el micròfon" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:53 msgid "Quiet Volume Mute" msgstr "Silencia el volum" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:54 msgid "Quiet Volume Down" msgstr "Abaixa el volum" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:55 msgid "Quiet Volume Up" msgstr "Apuja el volum" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:65 msgid "Lock Screen" msgstr "Bloca la pantalla" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:81 msgid "Rewind" msgstr "Rebobina" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:82 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Avança" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:83 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "Repeteix" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:84 msgid "Random Play" msgstr "Reproducció aleatòria" #. Key code of the XF86Display key (Fn-F7 on Thinkpads, Fn-F4 on HP machines, etc.) #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:85 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:87 msgid "Video Out" msgstr "Sortida de vídeo" #. Key code of the XF86RotateWindows key (present on some tablets) #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:89 msgid "Rotate Screen" msgstr "Gira la pantalla" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:90 msgid "Orientation Lock" msgstr "Bloca l'orientació" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:99 msgid "Power Off" msgstr "Apaga" #. the kernel / Xorg names really are like this... #. translators: "Sleep" means putting the machine to sleep, either through hibernate or suspend #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:102 msgid "Sleep" msgstr "Adorm" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:103 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Atura temporalment" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:104 msgid "Hibernate" msgstr "Hiberna" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:105 msgid "Brightness Up" msgstr "Augmenta la brillantor" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:106 msgid "Brightness Down" msgstr "Disminueix la brillantor" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:107 msgid "Keyboard Brightness Up" msgstr "Augmenta la brillantor del teclat" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:108 msgid "Keyboard Brightness Down" msgstr "Disminueix la brillantor del teclat" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:109 msgid "Keyboard Brightness Toggle" msgstr "Commuta la brillantor del teclat" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:110 msgid "Battery Status" msgstr "Estat de la bateria" #: ../plugins/mouse/mouse.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Ratolí" #: ../plugins/mouse/mouse.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Mouse plugin" msgstr "Connector del ratolí" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/orientation/orientation.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "Orientació" #: ../plugins/orientation/orientation.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Orientation plugin" msgstr "Connector d'orientació" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:81 msgid "Unknown time" msgstr "Temps desconegut" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:86 #, c-format msgid "%i minute" msgid_plural "%i minutes" msgstr[0] "%i minut" msgstr[1] "%i minuts" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%i hour" msgid_plural "%i hours" msgstr[0] "%i hora" msgstr[1] "%i hores" #. TRANSLATOR: "%i %s %i %s" are "%i hours %i minutes" #. * Swap order with "%2$s %2$i %1$s %1$i if needed #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:102 #, c-format msgid "%i %s %i %s" msgstr "%i %s i %i %s" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:103 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "hora" msgstr[1] "hores" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:104 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "minut" msgstr[1] "minuts" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:909 ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:687 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:787 msgid "Battery is critically low" msgstr "Bateria críticament baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS is now discharging #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:347 msgid "UPS Discharging" msgstr "S'està descarregant el SAI" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user how much time they have got #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:352 #, c-format msgid "%s of UPS backup power remaining" msgstr "Queden %s d'energia de reserva del SAI" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:355 msgid "Unknown amount of UPS backup power remaining" msgstr "Es desconeix la quantitat d'energia de reserva del SAI" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the notification application name #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:371 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:519 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:670 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:778 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2090 #: ../plugins/power/power.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Power" msgstr "Energia" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery low, and we only have one battery #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:434 msgid "Battery low" msgstr "Bateria baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery low, and we have more than one kind of battery #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:437 msgid "Laptop battery low" msgstr "Bateria del portàtil baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user how much time they have got #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:444 #, c-format msgid "Approximately %s remaining (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Queden aproximadament %s (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS is starting to get a little low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:449 msgid "UPS low" msgstr "SAI baix" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user how much time they have got #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:455 #, c-format msgid "Approximately %s of remaining UPS backup power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Queden aproximadament %s d'energia de reserva del SAI (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: mouse is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the mouse battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:460 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:597 msgid "Mouse battery low" msgstr "Bateria del ratolí baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:463 #, c-format msgid "Wireless mouse is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "El ratolí sense fil té poca bateria (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: keyboard is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the keyboard battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:467 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:605 msgid "Keyboard battery low" msgstr "Bateria del teclat baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:470 #, c-format msgid "Wireless keyboard is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "El teclat sense fil té poca bateria (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: PDA is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the PDA battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:474 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:614 msgid "PDA battery low" msgstr "Bateria de la PDA baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:477 #, c-format msgid "PDA is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "La PDA té poca bateria (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile) is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:481 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:624 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:633 msgid "Cell phone battery low" msgstr "Bateria del telèfon mòbil baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:484 #, c-format msgid "Cell phone is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "El telèfon mòbil té poca bateria (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: media player, e.g. mp3 is getting a little low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:488 msgid "Media player battery low" msgstr "Bateria del reproductor multimèdia baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:491 #, c-format msgid "Media player is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "El reproductor multimèdia té poca bateria (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: graphics tablet, e.g. wacom is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:495 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:642 msgid "Tablet battery low" msgstr "Bateria de la tauleta gràfica baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:498 #, c-format msgid "Tablet is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "La tauleta gràfica té poca bateria (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: computer, e.g. ipad is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:502 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:651 msgid "Attached computer battery low" msgstr "Bateria de l'ordinador adjunt baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:505 #, c-format msgid "Attached computer is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "L'ordinador adjunt té poca bateria (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:529 msgid "Battery is low" msgstr "Bateria baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery critically low, and only have one kind of battery #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:561 msgid "Battery critically low" msgstr "Bateria críticament baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery critically low, and we have more than one type of battery #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery is really, really, low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:564 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:714 msgid "Laptop battery critically low" msgstr "Bateria del portàtil críticament baixa" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:573 #, c-format msgid "Computer will hibernate very soon unless it is plugged in." msgstr "L'ordinador hibernarà d'aquí poc si no el connecteu." #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:577 #, c-format msgid "Computer will shutdown very soon unless it is plugged in." msgstr "L'ordinador s'aturarà d'aquí poc si no el connecteu." #. TRANSLATORS: the UPS is very low #. TRANSLATORS: UPS is really, really, low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:585 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:739 msgid "UPS critically low" msgstr "SAI críticament baix" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:591 #, c-format msgid "" "Approximately %s of remaining UPS power (%.0f%%). Restore AC power to your " "computer to avoid losing data." msgstr "" "Queden aproximadament %s d'energia del SAI (%.0f%%). Connecteu l'ordinador a " "la xarxa elèctrica per evitar la pèrdua de dades." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:600 #, c-format msgid "" "Wireless mouse is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "El ratolí sense fil té molt poca bateria (%.0f%%). Aquest dispositiu deixarà " "de funcionar d'aquí poc si no es carrega." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:608 #, c-format msgid "" "Wireless keyboard is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "El teclat sense fil té molt poca bateria (%.0f%%). Aquest dispositiu deixarà " "de funcionar d'aquí poc si no es carrega." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:617 #, c-format msgid "" "PDA is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if " "not charged." msgstr "" "LA PDA té molt poca bateria (%.0f%%). Aquest dispositiu deixarà de funcionar " "d'aquí poc si no es carrega." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:627 #, c-format msgid "" "Cell phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "El telèfon mòbil té molt poca bateria (%.0f%%). Aquest dispositiu deixarà de " "funcionar d'aquí poc si no es carrega." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:636 #, c-format msgid "" "Media player is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "El reproductor multimèdia té molt poca bateria (%.0f%%). Aquest dispositiu " "deixarà de funcionar d'aquí poc si no es carrega." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:645 #, c-format msgid "" "Tablet is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning " "if not charged." msgstr "" "La tauleta gràfica té molt poca bateria (%.0f%%). Aquest dispositiu deixarà " "de funcionar d'aquí poc si no es carrega." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:654 #, c-format msgid "" "Attached computer is very low in power (%.0f%%). The device will soon " "shutdown if not charged." msgstr "" "L'ordinador adjunt té molt poca bateria (%.0f%%). Aquest dispositiu deixarà " "de funcionar d'aquí poc si no es carrega." #. TRANSLATORS: computer will hibernate #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:722 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer is about to " "hibernate." msgstr "" "La bateria està per sota del nivell crític i l'ordinador està a punt " "d'hibernar." #. TRANSLATORS: computer will just shutdown #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:727 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer is about to " "shutdown." msgstr "" "La bateria està per sota del nivell crític i l'ordinador està a punt " "d'aturar-se." #. TRANSLATORS: computer will hibernate #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:747 msgid "" "UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to hibernate." msgstr "" "El SAI està per sota del nivell crític i l'ordinador està a punt d'hibernar." #. TRANSLATORS: computer will just shutdown #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:752 msgid "" "UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to shutdown." msgstr "" "La bateria està per sota del nivell crític i l'ordinador està a punt " "d'aturar-se." #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1280 msgid "Lid has been opened" msgstr "S'ha obert la tapa" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1318 msgid "Lid has been closed" msgstr "S'ha tancat la tapa" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1881 msgid "On battery power" msgstr "Quan s'utilitzi la bateria" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1886 msgid "On AC power" msgstr "Quan s'utilitzi el corrent" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2068 msgid "Automatic logout" msgstr "Surt automàticament" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2068 msgid "You will soon log out because of inactivity." msgstr "Es tancarà la sessió d'aquí poc perquè no s'utilitza." #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2073 msgid "Automatic suspend" msgstr "Atura temporalment automàticament" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2073 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2078 msgid "Computer will suspend very soon because of inactivity." msgstr "S'aturarà l'ordinador temporalment d'aquí poc perquè no s'utilitza." #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2078 msgid "Automatic hibernation" msgstr "Hibernació automàtica" #. SECURITY: #. - A normal active user on the local machine does not need permission #. to change the backlight brightness. #. #: ../plugins/power/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.policy.in.in.h:5 msgid "Modify the laptop brightness" msgstr "Modifica la brillantor del portàtil" #: ../plugins/power/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.policy.in.in.h:6 msgid "Authentication is required to modify the laptop brightness" msgstr "Cal autenticació per modificar la brillantor del portàtil" #: ../plugins/power/power.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Power plugin" msgstr "Connector d'energia" #. Translators: We are configuring new printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:890 msgid "Configuring new printer" msgstr "S'està configurant la impressora nova" #. Translators: Just wait #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:892 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Espereu..." #. Translators: We have no driver installed for this printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:919 msgid "Missing printer driver" msgstr "Manca el controlador de la impressora" #. Translators: We have no driver installed for the device #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:928 #, c-format msgid "No printer driver for %s." msgstr "No hi ha cap controlador per a %s." #. Translators: We have no driver installed for this printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:933 msgid "No driver for this printer." msgstr "No hi ha cap controlador per aquesta impressora." #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:1031 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:274 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:716 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:806 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:849 msgid "Printers" msgstr "Impressores" #. Translators: The printer is low on toner (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:380 msgid "Toner low" msgstr "Poc tòner" #. Translators: The printer has no toner left (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:382 msgid "Toner empty" msgstr "Tòner buit" #. Translators: The printer is in the process of connecting to a shared network output device (same as in system-config-printer) #. N_("Not connected?"), #. Translators: One or more covers on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:386 msgid "Cover open" msgstr "Tapa oberta" #. Translators: A filter or backend is not installed (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:388 msgid "Printer configuration error" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en la configuració de la impressora" #. Translators: One or more doors on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:390 msgid "Door open" msgstr "Porta oberta" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:392 msgid "Marker supply low" msgstr "Nivell baix del subministrament d'un marcador" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:394 msgid "Out of a marker supply" msgstr "Sense subministrament d'un marcador" #. Translators: At least one input tray is low on media (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:396 msgid "Paper low" msgstr "Poc paper" #. Translators: At least one input tray is empty (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:398 msgid "Out of paper" msgstr "Sense paper" #. Translators: The printer is offline (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:400 msgid "Printer off-line" msgstr "La impressora està fora de línia" #. Translators: The printer has detected an error (same as in system-config-printer) #. Translators: This is a title of an error notification for a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:402 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:792 msgid "Printer error" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en la impressora" #. Translators: The printer is low on toner (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:406 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on toner." msgstr "La impressora «%s» té poc tòner." #. Translators: The printer has no toner left (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:408 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' has no toner left." msgstr "La impressora «%s» no té tòner." #. Translators: The printer is in the process of connecting to a shared network output device (same as in system-config-printer) #. N_("Printer '%s' may not be connected."), #. Translators: One or more covers on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:412 #, c-format msgid "The cover is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "La impressora «%s» té la tapa oberta." #. Translators: A filter or backend is not installed (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:414 #, c-format msgid "There is a missing print filter for printer '%s'." msgstr "Manca un filtre d'impressió per a la impressora «%s»." #. Translators: One or more doors on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:417 #, c-format msgid "The door is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "La impressora «%s» té la porta oberta." #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:419 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on a marker supply." msgstr "La impressora «%s» té poc subministrament en un marcador." #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:421 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of a marker supply." msgstr "La impressora «%s» no té subministrament en un marcador." #. Translators: At least one input tray is low on media (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:423 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on paper." msgstr "La impressora «%s» té poc paper." #. Translators: At least one input tray is empty (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of paper." msgstr "La impressora «%s» no té paper." #. Translators: The printer is offline (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:427 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is currently off-line." msgstr "La impressora «%s» està fora de línia." #. Translators: The printer has detected an error (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:429 #, c-format msgid "There is a problem on printer '%s'." msgstr "Hi ha un problema amb la impressora «%s»." #. Translators: New printer has been added #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:477 msgid "Printer added" msgstr "S'ha afegit la impressora" #. Translators: A print job has been stopped #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:494 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:532 msgctxt "print job state" msgid "Printing stopped" msgstr "S'ha aturat la impressió" #. Translators: "print-job xy" on a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:496 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:502 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:508 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:514 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:526 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:534 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:542 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:550 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:558 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:571 #, c-format msgctxt "print job" msgid "\"%s\" on %s" msgstr "«%s» a %s" #. Translators: A print job has been canceled #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:500 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:540 msgctxt "print job state" msgid "Printing canceled" msgstr "S'ha cancel·lat la impressió" #. Translators: A print job has been aborted #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:506 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:548 msgctxt "print job state" msgid "Printing aborted" msgstr "S'ha interromput la impressió" #. Translators: A print job has been completed #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:512 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:556 msgctxt "print job state" msgid "Printing completed" msgstr "S'ha completat la impressió" # FIXME #. Translators: A job is printing #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:524 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:569 msgctxt "print job state" msgid "Printing" msgstr "S'està imprimint" #. Translators: This is a title of a report notification for a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:786 msgid "Printer report" msgstr "Informe de la impressora" # FIXME #. Translators: This is a title of a warning notification for a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:789 msgid "Printer warning" msgstr "Avís de la impressora" #. Translators: "Printer 'MyPrinterName': 'Description of the report/warning/error from a PPD file'." #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:799 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s': '%s'." msgstr "Impressora «%s»: «%s»." #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/print-notifications.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Print-notifications" msgstr "Notificacions d'impressió" #: ../plugins/print-notifications/print-notifications.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Print-notifications plugin" msgstr "Connector de notificacions d'impressió" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/rfkill/rfkill.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Rfkill" msgstr "Rfkill" #: ../plugins/rfkill/rfkill.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Rfkill plugin" msgstr "Connector del Rfkill" #: ../plugins/screensaver-proxy/screensaver-proxy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Screensaver Proxy" msgstr "Servidor intermediari d'estalvis de pantalla" #: ../plugins/screensaver-proxy/screensaver-proxy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Proxy FreeDesktop screensaver inhibition to gnome-session" msgstr "" "Inhibició del servidor intermediari d'estalvis de pantalla FreeDesktop al " "gnome-session" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-service.c:222 msgid "User was not logged in with smartcard." msgstr "L'usuari no ha accedit amb una targeta intel·ligent" #: ../plugins/smartcard/smartcard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Smartcard" msgstr "Targeta intel·ligent" #: ../plugins/smartcard/smartcard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Smartcard plugin" msgstr "Connector de targeta intel·ligent" #: ../plugins/sound/sound.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Sound" msgstr "So" #: ../plugins/sound/sound.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Sound Sample Cache plugin" msgstr "Connector de memòria cau de les mostres de so" #. TRANSLATORS: we need to restart so the new hardware can re-request the firmware #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:250 msgid "" "You will need to restart this computer before the hardware will work " "correctly." msgstr "" "Haureu de reiniciar l'ordinador perquè el maquinari funcioni correctament." #. TRANSLATORS: title of libnotify bubble #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:253 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:281 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:309 msgid "Additional software was installed" msgstr "S'ha instal·lat programari addicional" #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:255 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:283 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:311 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:603 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:360 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:496 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:565 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:626 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1261 msgid "Software Updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions de programari" #. TRANSLATORS: we need to remove an replug so the new hardware can re-request the firmware #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:278 msgid "" "You will need to remove and then reinsert the hardware before it will work " "correctly." msgstr "" "Haureu d'extreure i tornar a inserir el maquinari perquè funcioni " "correctament." #. TRANSLATORS: we need to remove an replug so the new hardware can re-request the firmware #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:306 msgid "Your hardware has been set up and is now ready to use." msgstr "S'ha configurat el maquinari i ja es pot utilitzar." #. TRANSLATORS: we need another package to keep udev quiet #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:587 msgid "" "Additional firmware is required to make hardware in this computer function " "correctly." msgstr "" "Cal microprogramari addicional per fer que el maquinari d'aquest ordinador " "funcioni correctament." #. TRANSLATORS: title of libnotify bubble #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:601 msgid "Additional firmware required" msgstr "Cal microprogramari addicional" #. TRANSLATORS: button label #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:608 msgid "Install firmware" msgstr "Instal·la el microprogramari" #. TRANSLATORS: we should ignore this device and not ask anymore #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:611 msgid "Ignore devices" msgstr "Ignora els dispositius" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the offline update failed #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:121 msgid "Failed To Update" msgstr "Ha fallat l'actualització" #. TRANSLATORS: the transaction could not be completed #. * as a previous transaction was unfinished #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:127 msgid "A previous update was unfinished." msgstr "No va finalitzar una actualització anterior." #. TRANSLATORS: the package manager needed to download #. * something with no network available #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:137 msgid "Network access was required but not available." msgstr "Es necessitava accés a la xarxa però no estava disponible." #. TRANSLATORS: if the package is not signed correctly #. * #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:146 msgid "An update was not signed in the correct way." msgstr "Una actualització no estava signada de manera correcta." #. TRANSLATORS: the transaction failed in a way the user #. * probably cannot comprehend. Package management systems #. * really are teh suck. #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:156 msgid "The update could not be completed." msgstr "No es va poder completar l'actualització." #. TRANSLATORS: the user aborted the update manually #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:161 msgid "The update was cancelled." msgstr "Es va cancel·lar l'actualització." #. TRANSLATORS: the user must have updated manually after #. * the updates were prepared #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:167 msgid "An offline update was requested but no packages required updating." msgstr "" "Es va sol·licitar una actualització fora de línia però cap paquet " "necessitava actualitzar-se." #. TRANSLATORS: we ran out of disk space #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:171 msgid "No space was left on the drive." msgstr "No quedava espai lliure a la unitat." #. TRANSLATORS: the update process failed in a general #. * way, usually this message will come from source distros #. * like gentoo #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:179 msgid "An update failed to install correctly." msgstr "Va fallar la instal·lació d'una actualització." #. TRANSLATORS: We didn't handle the error type #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:184 msgid "The offline update failed in an unexpected way." msgstr "L'actualització fora de línia va fallar de manera inesperada." #. TRANSLATORS: these are geeky messages from the #. * package manager no mortal is supposed to understand, #. * but google might know what they mean #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:193 msgid "Detailed errors from the package manager follow:" msgstr "" "Ha continuació es mostren els errors detallats del gestor de paquets:" #. TRANSLATORS: a distro update is available, e.g. Fedora 8 to Fedora 9 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:355 msgid "Distribution upgrades available" msgstr "Hi ha actualitzacions per a la distribució" #. TRANSLATORS: don't install updates now #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:365 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:501 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:570 msgid "Not Now" msgstr "Ara no" #. TRANSLATORS: provides more information about the upgrade #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:370 msgid "More information" msgstr "Més informació" #. TRANSLATORS: title in the libnotify popup #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:478 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:547 msgid "Update" msgid_plural "Updates" msgstr[0] "Actualització" msgstr[1] "Actualitzacions" #. TRANSLATORS: message when there are security updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:481 msgid "An important software update is available" msgid_plural "Important software updates are available" msgstr[0] "Hi ha disponible una actualització de programari important" msgstr[1] "" "Hi ha disponibles diverses actualitzacions de programari importants" #. TRANSLATORS: button: open the update viewer to install updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:506 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:575 msgid "Install updates" msgstr "Instal·la les actualitzacions" #. TRANSLATORS: message when there are non-security updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:550 msgid "A software update is available." msgid_plural "Software updates are available." msgstr[0] "Hi ha disponible una actualització de programari." msgstr[1] "Hi ha disponibles diverses actualitzacions de programari." #. TRANSLATORS: the updates mechanism #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:613 #: ../plugins/updates/updates.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions" #. TRANSLATORS: we failed to get the updates multiple times, #. * and now we need to inform the user that something might be wrong #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:617 msgid "Unable to access software updates" msgstr "No s'ha pogut accedir a les actualitzacions de programari" #. TRANSLATORS: try again, this time launching the update viewer #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:620 msgid "Try again" msgstr "Intenta-ho un altre cop" #. TRANSLATORS: the reason why we've inhibited it #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:994 msgid "A transaction that cannot be interrupted is running" msgstr "Hi ha una transacció que no es pot interrompre mentre s'executa" #. TRANSLATORS: title in the libnotify popup #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1214 msgid "Software Update Installed" msgid_plural "Software Updates Installed" msgstr[0] "S'ha instal·lat l'actualització de programari" msgstr[1] "S'han instal·lat les actualitzacions de programari" #. TRANSLATORS: message when we've done offline updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1219 msgid "An important OS update has been installed." msgid_plural "Important OS updates have been installed." msgstr[0] "S'ha instal·lat una actualització del sistema operatiu important." msgstr[1] "" "S'han instal·lat unes actualitzacions del sistema operatiu importants." #. TRANSLATORS: title in the libnotify popup #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1242 msgid "Software Updates Failed" msgstr "Han fallat les actualitzacions de programari" #. TRANSLATORS: message when we've not done offline updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1245 msgid "An important OS update failed to be installed." msgstr "" "Ha fallat la instal·lació d'una actualització del sistema operatiu important." #. TRANSLATORS: button: review the offline update changes #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1267 msgid "Show details" msgstr "Mostra els detalls" #. TRANSLATORS: button: clear notification #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1271 msgid "OK" msgstr "D'acord" #: ../plugins/updates/updates.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Updates plugin" msgstr "Connector d'actualitzacions" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-button-editor.c:51 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "None" msgstr "Cap" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-button-editor.c:52 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Send Keystroke" msgstr "Envia la pulsació de tecla" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-button-editor.c:53 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Switch Monitor" msgstr "Commuta el monitor" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-button-editor.c:54 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Show On-Screen Help" msgstr "Mostra l'ajuda en pantalla" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-button-editor.c:154 #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1096 msgctxt "Action type" msgid "Show On-Screen Help" msgstr "Mostra l'ajuda en pantalla" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-button-editor.c:157 #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1099 msgctxt "Action type" msgid "Switch Monitor" msgstr "Commuta el monitor" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-button-editor.c:201 msgctxt "keyboard shortcut" msgid "None" msgstr "Cap" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-button-editor.c:487 msgid "Done" msgstr "Fet" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1028 msgid "Left Ring" msgstr "Anell esquerre" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1039 #, c-format msgid "Left Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "Mode de l'anell esquerre número %d" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1059 msgid "Right Ring" msgstr "Anell dret" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1070 #, c-format msgid "Right Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "Mode de l'anell dret número %d" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1112 msgid "Left Touchstrip" msgstr "Banda tàctil esquerra" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1123 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "Mode de la banda tàctil esquerra número %d" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1143 msgid "Right Touchstrip" msgstr "Banda tàctil dreta" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "Mode de la banda tàctil dreta número %d" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1180 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "Mode de commutació de l'anell tàctil esquerre" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "Mode de commutació de l'anell tàctil dret" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1185 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "Mode de commutació de la banda tàctil esquerra" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1187 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "Mode de commutació de la banda tàctil dreta" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1192 #, c-format msgid "Mode Switch #%d" msgstr "Mode de commutació número %d" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1300 #, c-format msgid "Left Button #%d" msgstr "Botó esquerre número %d" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1303 #, c-format msgid "Right Button #%d" msgstr "Botó dret número %d" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1306 #, c-format msgid "Top Button #%d" msgstr "Botó superior número %d" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1309 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Button #%d" msgstr "Botó inferior número %d" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-key-shortcut-button.c:263 msgid "New shortcut…" msgstr "Drecera de teclat nova…" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-manager.c:1031 #, c-format msgid "The \"%s\" tablet may not work as expected." msgstr "La tauleta «%s» pot no funcionar com s'esperava." #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-manager.c:1032 msgid "Unknown Tablet Connected" msgstr "Es desconeix la tauleta connectada" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-manager.c:1036 msgid "Wacom Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres de la Wacom" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1073 #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1093 #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1104 msgctxt "Action type" msgid "None" msgstr "Cap" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1078 #, c-format msgctxt "Action type" msgid "Send Keystroke %s" msgstr "Envia la pulsació de tecla %s" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1137 #, c-format msgid "Mode %d: %s" msgstr "Mode %d: %s" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1347 msgid "(press any key to exit)" msgstr "(premeu qualsevol tecla per sortir)" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1356 msgid "Push a button to configure" msgstr "Prem un botó per configurar-lo" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1356 msgid "(Esc to cancel)" msgstr "(Premeu Esc per cancel·lar)" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1983 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Edita" #. SECURITY: #. - A normal active user on the local machine does not need permission #. to change the LED setting for a Wacom tablet #. #: ../plugins/wacom/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.wacom.policy.in.in.h:5 msgid "Modify the lit LED for a Wacom tablet" msgstr "Modifica la il·luminació LED d'una tauleta gràfica Wacom" #: ../plugins/wacom/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.wacom.policy.in.in.h:6 msgid "Authentication is required to modify the lit LED for a Wacom tablet" msgstr "" "Cal autenticació per modificar la il·luminació LED d'una tauleta gràfica " "Wacom" #. SECURITY: #. - A normal active user on the local machine does not need permission #. to change the OLED images for a Wacom tablet #. #: ../plugins/wacom/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.wacom.policy.in.in.h:11 msgid "Modify the OLED image for a Wacom tablet" msgstr "Modifica la imatge OLED per a una tauleta Wacom" #: ../plugins/wacom/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.wacom.policy.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Authentication is required to modify the OLED image for a Wacom tablet" msgstr "" "Cal autenticar-se per modificar la imatge OLED d'una tauleta gràfica Wacom" #: ../plugins/wacom/wacom.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Wacom" msgstr "Wacom" #: ../plugins/wacom/wacom.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Wacom plugin" msgstr "Connector del Wacom" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:965 #, c-format msgid "Could not refresh the screen information: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut refrescar la informació de la pantalla: %s" #: ../plugins/xrandr/xrandr.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "XRandR" msgstr "XRandR" #: ../plugins/xrandr/xrandr.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Set up screen size and rotation settings" msgstr "Configura la mida de la pantalla i els paràmetres de rotació" #: ../plugins/xsettings/xsettings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "X Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres d'X" #: ../plugins/xsettings/xsettings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Manage X Settings" msgstr "Gestiona els paràmetres d'X" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-power-manager.po0000644000000000000000000005562612704126235022347 0ustar # Catalan translations for gnome-power-manager package # Traduccions al català del paquet «gnome-power-manager». # Copyright © 2005, 2006, 2007 The Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the # gnome-power-manager package. # Josep Puigdemont , 2005, 2006. # Esteve Blanch , 2006. # David Planella , 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010. # # Sleep: mode de baix consum # - Hibernation: hibernació # - Suspend: aturada temporal # # Resume: reprendre # Shutdown, power off: aturar # Standby: en espera # Idle: inactiu / inactiva # Off: apagat / apagada # Power button: botó d'arrencada # Suspend button: botó d'aturada temporal # Hibernate button: botó d'hibernació # Policy action: acció de directiva (de gestió de l'energia) # Timeout action: acció de temporització # # Per a més informació, consulteu els llocs web següents: # # http://live.gnome.org/GnomePowerManager/SleepNames # http://svn.gnome.org/viewcvs/*checkout*/gnome-power-manager/docs/sleep-names.html msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-power-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-" "power-manager&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-03 22:29+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-08 02:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gil Forcada \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 06:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Whether we should show the history data points" msgstr "Indica si s'han de mostrar els punts de dades de l'historial" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Whether we should show the history data points in the statistics window." msgstr "" "Indica si s'han de mostrar els punts de dades de l'historial a la finestra " "d'estadístiques." #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Whether we should smooth the history data" msgstr "Indica si s'han d'allisar les dades de l'historial" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "Whether we should smooth the history data in the graph." msgstr "Indica si s'han d'allisar les dades de l'historial al diagrama." #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "The default graph type to show for history" msgstr "El tipus de diagrama per defecte que es mostrarà per l'historial" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "The default graph type to show in the history window." msgstr "" "El tipus de diagrama per defecte que es mostrarà a la finestra d'historial." #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "The maximum time displayed for history" msgstr "El temps màxim que es mostrarà per l'historial" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "" "The maximum duration of time displayed on the x-axis of the history graph." msgstr "" "El màxim interval de temps que es mostrarà a l'eix x de la gràfica de " "l'historial." #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Whether we should show the stats data points" msgstr "Indica si s'han de mostrar els punts de dades de les estadístiques" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Whether we should show the stats data points in the statistics window." msgstr "" "Indica si s'han de mostrar els punts de dades de les estadístiques a la " "finestra d'estadístiques." #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Whether we should smooth the stats data" msgstr "Indica si s'han d'allisar les dades de les estadístiques" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "Whether we should smooth the stats data in the graph." msgstr "" "Indica si s'han d'allisar les dades de les estadístiques al diagrama." #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "The default graph type to show for stats" msgstr "" "El tipus de diagrama per defecte que es mostrarà per les estadístiques" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "The default graph type to show in the stats window." msgstr "" "El tipus de diagrama per defecte que es mostrarà a la finestra " "d'estadístiques." #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "The index of the page number to show by default" msgstr "L'índex del número de pàgina a mostrar per defecte" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "" "The index of the page number to show by default which is used to return " "focus to the correct page." msgstr "" "L'índex del número de pàgina a mostrar per defecte que s'utilitza per tornar " "el focus a la pàgina correcta." #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "The ID of the last device selected" msgstr "L'identificador de l'últim dispositiu seleccionat" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "" "The identifier of the last device which is used to return focus to the " "correct device." msgstr "" "L'identificador de l'últim dispositiu que s'utilitza per tornar el focus al " "dispositiu correcte." #: ../data/appdata/gnome-power-statistics.appdata.xml.in.h:1 msgid "GNOME Power Statistics" msgstr "Estadístiques de l'energia del GNOME" #: ../data/appdata/gnome-power-statistics.appdata.xml.in.h:2 #: ../data/gnome-power-statistics.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Observe power management" msgstr "Observeu la gestió d'energia" #: ../data/appdata/gnome-power-statistics.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "Power Statistics can show historical and current battery information and " "programs waking up that use power." msgstr "" #: ../data/appdata/gnome-power-statistics.appdata.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "You probably only need to install this application if you are having " "problems with your laptop battery, or are trying to work out what programs " "are using significant amounts of power." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: shown on the titlebar #. TRANSLATORS: the program name #: ../data/gnome-power-statistics.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:1 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1357 #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1830 msgid "Power Statistics" msgstr "Estadístiques de l'energia" #: ../data/gnome-power-statistics.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "battery;consumption;charge;" msgstr "bateria;consum;càrrega;" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:2 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:472 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalls" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:3 msgid "Graph type:" msgstr "Tipus de diagrama:" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:4 msgid "Data length:" msgstr "Llargada de les dades:" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:5 msgid "There is no data to display." msgstr "No hi ha dades a mostrar." #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:6 msgid "Use smoothed line" msgstr "Utilitza una línia suavitzada" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:7 msgid "Show data points" msgstr "Mostra els punts de dades" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:8 msgid "History" msgstr "Historial" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:9 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Estadístiques" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:10 msgid "Processor wakeups per second:" msgstr "Despertaments del processador per segon:" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:11 msgid "0" msgstr "0" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.ui.h:12 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:458 msgid "Wakeups" msgstr "Despertaments" #. Translators: This is %i days #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:432 #, c-format msgid "%id" msgstr "%id" #. Translators: This is %i days %02i hours #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:435 #, c-format msgid "%id%02ih" msgstr "%id%02ih" #. Translators: This is %i hours #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:440 #, c-format msgid "%ih" msgstr "%ih" #. Translators: This is %i hours %02i minutes #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:443 #, c-format msgid "%ih%02im" msgstr "%ih%02im" #. Translators: This is %2i minutes #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:448 #, c-format msgid "%2im" msgstr "%2im" #. Translators: This is %2i minutes %02i seconds #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%2im%02i" msgstr "%2im%02i" #. Translators: This is %2i seconds #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:455 #, c-format msgid "%2is" msgstr "%2is" #. Translators: This is %i Percentage #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:459 #, c-format msgid "%i%%" msgstr "%i%%" #. Translators: This is %.1f Watts #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:462 #, c-format msgid "%.1fW" msgstr "%.1f W" #. Translators: This is %.1f Volts #: ../src/gpm-graph-widget.c:467 #, c-format msgid "%.1fV" msgstr "%.1f V" # FIXME S'ha de comprovar exactament a què es refereix (dpm) #. TRANSLATORS: the rate of discharge for the device #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:82 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:729 msgid "Rate" msgstr "Velocitat de refresc" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:83 msgid "Charge" msgstr "Càrrega" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:84 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:743 msgid "Time to full" msgstr "Temps fins a carregar completament" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:85 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:748 msgid "Time to empty" msgstr "Temps fins a descarregar completament" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:92 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "10 minuts" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:93 msgid "2 hours" msgstr "2 hores" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:94 msgid "6 hours" msgstr "6 hores" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:95 msgid "1 day" msgstr "1 dia" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:96 msgid "1 week" msgstr "1 setmana" #. TRANSLATORS: what we've observed about the device #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:105 msgid "Charge profile" msgstr "Perfil de la càrrega" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:106 msgid "Discharge profile" msgstr "Perfil de la descàrrega" #. TRANSLATORS: how accurately we can predict the time remaining of the battery #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:108 msgid "Charge accuracy" msgstr "Precisió de la càrrega" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:109 msgid "Discharge accuracy" msgstr "Precisió de la descàrrega" #. TRANSLATORS: system power cord #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:247 msgid "AC adapter" msgid_plural "AC adapters" msgstr[0] "Adaptador de la xarxa elèctrica" msgstr[1] "Adaptadors de la xarxa elèctrica" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop primary battery #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:251 msgid "Laptop battery" msgid_plural "Laptop batteries" msgstr[0] "Bateria de l'ordinador portàtil" msgstr[1] "Bateries de l'ordinador portàtil" #. TRANSLATORS: battery-backed AC power source #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:255 msgid "UPS" msgid_plural "UPSs" msgstr[0] "SAI" msgstr[1] "SAI" #. TRANSLATORS: a monitor is a device to measure voltage and current #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:259 msgid "Monitor" msgid_plural "Monitors" msgstr[0] "Monitor" msgstr[1] "Monitors" #. TRANSLATORS: wireless mice with internal batteries #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:263 msgid "Mouse" msgid_plural "Mice" msgstr[0] "Ratolí" msgstr[1] "Ratolins" #. TRANSLATORS: wireless keyboard with internal battery #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:267 msgid "Keyboard" msgid_plural "Keyboards" msgstr[0] "Teclat" msgstr[1] "Teclats" #. TRANSLATORS: portable device #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:271 msgid "PDA" msgid_plural "PDAs" msgstr[0] "PDA" msgstr[1] "PDA" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:275 msgid "Cell phone" msgid_plural "Cell phones" msgstr[0] "Telèfon mòbil" msgstr[1] "Telèfons mòbils" #. TRANSLATORS: media player, mp3 etc #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:280 msgid "Media player" msgid_plural "Media players" msgstr[0] "Reproductor multimèdia" msgstr[1] "Reproductors multimèdia" #. TRANSLATORS: tablet device #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:284 msgid "Tablet" msgid_plural "Tablets" msgstr[0] "Tauleta gràfica" msgstr[1] "Tauletes gràfiques" #. TRANSLATORS: tablet device #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:288 msgid "Computer" msgid_plural "Computers" msgstr[0] "Ordinador" msgstr[1] "Ordinadors" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:308 msgid "Lithium Ion" msgstr "Ió liti" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:312 msgid "Lithium Polymer" msgstr "Polímer de liti" # Una altra opció seria ««Ió liti, de fosfat de ferro», atès que de fet # es tracta de bateries de ió liti amb el càtode de fosfat de liti i # ferro. Vegeu http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithium_iron_phosphate_battery # i http://www.iec.cat/diec1/entrada/fitxa_DIEC.asp?MOCODI=83379&Page=avancada #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:316 msgid "Lithium Iron Phosphate" msgstr "Fosfat de liti i ferro" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:320 msgid "Lead acid" msgstr "Plom i àcid" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:324 msgid "Nickel Cadmium" msgstr "Níquel cadmi" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:328 msgid "Nickel metal hydride" msgstr "Níquel-hidrur metàl·lic" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:332 msgid "Unknown technology" msgstr "Tecnologia desconeguda" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:352 msgid "Charging" msgstr "S'està carregant" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:356 msgid "Discharging" msgstr "S'està descarregant" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:360 msgid "Empty" msgstr "Buida" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:364 msgid "Charged" msgstr "Carregada" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:368 msgid "Waiting to charge" msgstr "S'està esperant per carregar-se" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:372 msgid "Waiting to discharge" msgstr "S'està esperant per descarregar-se" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the stats time is not known #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:376 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:550 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconegut" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:396 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Atribut" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:403 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:420 msgid "Image" msgstr "Imatge" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripció" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:445 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:668 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipus" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:451 msgid "ID" msgstr "Identificador" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:465 msgid "Command" msgstr "Ordre" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a time value, usually to show on a graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:554 #, c-format msgid "%.0f second" msgid_plural "%.0f seconds" msgstr[0] "%.0f segon" msgstr[1] "%.0f segons" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a time value, usually to show on a graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:559 #, c-format msgid "%.1f minute" msgid_plural "%.1f minutes" msgstr[0] "%.1f minut" msgstr[1] "%.1f minuts" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a time value, usually to show on a graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:564 #, c-format msgid "%.1f hour" msgid_plural "%.1f hours" msgstr[0] "%.1f hora" msgstr[1] "%.1f hores" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a time value, usually to show on a graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:568 #, c-format msgid "%.1f day" msgid_plural "%.1f days" msgstr[0] "%.1f dia" msgstr[1] "%.1f dies" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:577 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:577 msgid "No" msgstr "No" #. TRANSLATORS: the device ID of the current device, e.g. "battery0" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:666 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositiu" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:670 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Fabricant" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:672 msgid "Model" msgstr "Model" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:674 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "Número de sèrie" #. TRANSLATORS: a boolean attribute that means if the device is supplying the #. * main power for the computer. For instance, an AC adapter or laptop battery #. * would be TRUE, but a mobile phone or mouse taking power is FALSE #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:679 msgid "Supply" msgstr "Xarxa elèctrica" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:682 #, c-format msgid "%d second" msgid_plural "%d seconds" msgstr[0] "%d segon" msgstr[1] "%d segons" #. TRANSLATORS: when the device was last updated with new data. It's #. * usually a few seconds when a device is discharging or charging. #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:686 msgid "Refreshed" msgstr "Refrescada" #. TRANSLATORS: Present is whether the device is currently attached #. * to the computer, as some devices (e.g. laptop batteries) can #. * be removed, but still observed as devices on the system #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:696 msgid "Present" msgstr "Present" #. TRANSLATORS: If the device can be recharged, e.g. lithium #. * batteries rather than alkaline ones #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:703 msgid "Rechargeable" msgstr "Recarregable" #. TRANSLATORS: The state of the device, e.g. "Changing" or "Fully charged" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:709 msgid "State" msgstr "Estat" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:713 msgid "Energy" msgstr "Energia" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:716 msgid "Energy when empty" msgstr "Energia en estar descarregada" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:719 msgid "Energy when full" msgstr "Energia en estar carregada" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:722 msgid "Energy (design)" msgstr "Energia (de disseny)" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:736 msgid "Voltage" msgstr "Tensió" #. TRANSLATORS: the amount of charge the cell contains #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:758 msgid "Percentage" msgstr "Percentatge" #. TRANSLATORS: the capacity of the device, which is basically a measure #. * of how full it can get, relative to the design capacity #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:765 msgid "Capacity" msgstr "Capacitat" #. TRANSLATORS: the type of battery, e.g. lithium or nikel metal hydroxide #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:770 msgid "Technology" msgstr "Tecnologia" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the device is plugged in, typically #. * only shown for the ac adaptor device #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:775 msgid "Online" msgstr "En línia" #. TRANSLATORS: the command line was not provided #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1098 msgid "No data" msgstr "Cap dada" #. TRANSLATORS: kernel module, usually a device driver #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1105 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1110 msgid "Kernel module" msgstr "Mòdul del nucli" #. TRANSLATORS: kernel housekeeping #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1115 msgid "Kernel core" msgstr "Ànima del nucli" #. TRANSLATORS: interrupt between processors #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1120 msgid "Interprocessor interrupt" msgstr "Interrupció entre processadors" #. TRANSLATORS: unknown interrupt #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1125 msgid "Interrupt" msgstr "Interrupció" #. TRANSLATORS: the keyboard and mouse device event #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1171 msgid "PS/2 keyboard/mouse/touchpad" msgstr "teclat/ratolí/ratolí tàctil PS/2" #. TRANSLATORS: ACPI, the Intel power standard on laptops and desktops #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1174 msgid "ACPI" msgstr "ACPI" #. TRANSLATORS: serial ATA is a new style of hard disk interface #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1177 msgid "Serial ATA" msgstr "ATA en sèrie (SATA)" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the old-style ATA interface #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1180 msgid "ATA host controller" msgstr "Controlador d'amfitrió ATA" #. TRANSLATORS: 802.11 wireless adaptor #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1183 msgid "Intel wireless adaptor" msgstr "Adaptador de xarxa sense fil d'Intel" #. TRANSLATORS: a timer is something that fires periodically. #. * The parameter is a process name, e.g. "firefox-bin". #. * This is shown when the timer wakes up. #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1190 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1195 #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1200 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1205 #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1210 #, c-format msgid "Timer %s" msgstr "Temporitzador %s" #. TRANSLATORS: the parameter is the name of task that's woken up from sleeping. #. * This is shown when the task wakes up. #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1214 #, c-format msgid "Sleep %s" msgstr "Dormida %s" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the name of a new realtime task. #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1217 #, c-format msgid "New task %s" msgstr "Tasca nova %s" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the name of a task that's woken to check state. #. * This is shown when the task wakes up. #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1221 #, c-format msgid "Wait %s" msgstr "Espera %s" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the name of a work queue. #. * A work queue is a list of work that has to be done. #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1225 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1229 #, c-format msgid "Work queue %s" msgstr "Cua de treball %s" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the networking subsystem clears out old entries #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Network route flush %s" msgstr "Neteja de les rutes de xarxa %s" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the name of an activity on the USB bus #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1235 #, c-format msgid "USB activity %s" msgstr "Activitat de l'USB %s" #. TRANSLATORS: we've timed out of an aligned timer, with the name #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1238 #, c-format msgid "Wakeup %s" msgstr "Es desperta %s" #. TRANSLATORS: interupts on the system required for basic operation #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1241 msgid "Local interrupts" msgstr "Interrupcions locals" #. TRANSLATORS: interrupts when a task gets moved from one core to another #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1244 msgid "Rescheduling interrupts" msgstr "Replanificació de les interrupcions" #. TRANSLATORS: shown on the titlebar #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1347 msgid "Device Information" msgstr "Informació del dispositiu" #. TRANSLATORS: shown on the titlebar #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1349 msgid "Device History" msgstr "Historial del dispositiu" #. TRANSLATORS: shown on the titlebar #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1351 msgid "Device Profile" msgstr "Perfil del dispositiu" #. TRANSLATORS: shown on the titlebar #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1353 msgid "Processor Wakeups" msgstr "Despertaments del processador" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the X axis on the graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1557 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1563 #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1569 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1575 msgid "Time elapsed" msgstr "Temps transcorregut" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the Y axis on the graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1559 msgid "Power" msgstr "Potència" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the Y axis on the graph for the whole battery device #. TRANSLATORS: this is the X axis on the graph for the whole battery device #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1565 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1607 #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1613 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1619 #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1625 msgid "Cell charge" msgstr "Càrrega de la cel·la" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the Y axis on the graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1571 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1577 msgid "Predicted time" msgstr "Temps predit" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the Y axis on the graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1609 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1621 msgid "Correction factor" msgstr "Factor de correcció" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the Y axis on the graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1615 ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1627 msgid "Prediction accuracy" msgstr "Precisió de la predicció" #. TRANSLATORS: show verbose debugging #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1818 msgid "Show extra debugging information" msgstr "Mostra informació extra de depuració" #. TRANSLATORS: show a device by default #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:1821 msgid "Select this device at startup" msgstr "Selecciona aquest dispositiu en iniciar" #. TRANSLATORS: the icon for the CPU #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:2072 msgid "Processor" msgstr "Processador" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/glib20.po0000644000000000000000000044605412704126235017556 0ustar # glib translation to Catalan. # Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Softcatalà , 2001. # Jordi Mallach , 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006. # Josep Puigdemont , 2006. # Sílvia Miranda , 2011. # Gil Forcada , 2008-2013, 2013, 2014. # Jordi Serratosa , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glib 2.8\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-03-22 11:25-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 13:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jordi Mas \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 05:45+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:493 msgid "GApplication options" msgstr "Opcions de la GApplication" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:493 msgid "Show GApplication options" msgstr "Mostra les opcions de la GApplication" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:538 msgid "Enter GApplication service mode (use from D-Bus service files)" msgstr "" "Introduïu un mode de servei GApplication (utilitzeu-lo des de fitxers de " "servei D-Bus)" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:550 msgid "Override the application's ID" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:45 ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:46 #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:488 ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:512 msgid "Print help" msgstr "Mostra l'ajuda" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:47 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:489 #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:557 msgid "[COMMAND]" msgstr "[ORDRE]" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:49 msgid "Print version" msgstr "Mostra la versió" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:50 ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:518 msgid "Print version information and exit" msgstr "Mostra la informació de la versió i surt" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:52 msgid "List applications" msgstr "Llista les aplicacions" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:53 msgid "List the installed D-Bus activatable applications (by .desktop files)" msgstr "" "Llista totes les aplicacions instal·lades que es poden activar per D-Bus " "(mitjançant fitxers .desktop)" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:55 msgid "Launch an application" msgstr "Executa una aplicació" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:56 msgid "Launch the application (with optional files to open)" msgstr "Executa l'aplicació (amb fitxers opcionals que s'han d'obrir)" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:57 msgid "APPID [FILE...]" msgstr "APPID [FITXER...]" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:59 msgid "Activate an action" msgstr "Activa una acció" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:60 msgid "Invoke an action on the application" msgstr "Invoca una acció de l'aplicació" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:61 msgid "APPID ACTION [PARAMETER]" msgstr "APPID ACCIÓ [PARÀMETRE]" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:63 msgid "List available actions" msgstr "Llista les accions disponibles" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:64 msgid "List static actions for an application (from .desktop file)" msgstr "Llista les accions estàtiques d'una aplicació (del fitxer .desktop)" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:65 ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:71 msgid "APPID" msgstr "APPID" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:70 ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:133 #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:90 msgid "COMMAND" msgstr "ORDRE" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:70 msgid "The command to print detailed help for" msgstr "L'ordre per la qual imprimir l'ajuda detallada" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:71 msgid "Application identifier in D-Bus format (eg: org.example.viewer)" msgstr "" "Identificador de l'aplicació en format D-Bus (p. ex.: org.example.viewer)" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:72 ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:592 #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:623 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:495 #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:561 msgid "FILE" msgstr "FITXER" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:72 msgid "Optional relative or absolute filenames, or URIs to open" msgstr "" "Noms de fitxers relatius opcionals o relatius, o URI que s'han d'obrir" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:73 msgid "ACTION" msgstr "ACCIÓ" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:73 msgid "The action name to invoke" msgstr "El nom de l'acció que s'ha d'invocar" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:74 msgid "PARAMETER" msgstr "PARÀMETRE" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:74 msgid "Optional parameter to the action invocation, in GVariant format" msgstr "Paràmetre opcional per la invocació de l'acció, en format GVariant" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:96 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:526 #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:598 #, c-format msgid "" "Unknown command %s\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Es desconeix l'ordre «%s»\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:101 msgid "Usage:\n" msgstr "Forma d'ús:\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:114 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:551 #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:632 msgid "Arguments:\n" msgstr "Arguments:\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:133 msgid "[ARGS...]" msgstr "[ARGUMENTS...]" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Commands:\n" msgstr "Ordres:\n" #. Translators: do not translate 'help', but please translate 'COMMAND'. #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:146 #, c-format msgid "" "Use '%s help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Feu servir «%s help ORDRE» per obtenir l'ajuda detallada.\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:165 #, c-format msgid "" "%s command requires an application id to directly follow\n" "\n" msgstr "" "L'ordre %s requereix que la segueixi un identificador d'aplicació\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:171 #, c-format msgid "invalid application id: '%s'\n" msgstr "l'identificador de l'aplicació no és vàlid: «%s»\n" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a command name like 'list-actions' #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:182 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s' takes no arguments\n" "\n" msgstr "" "«%s» no pren cap argument\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:266 #, c-format msgid "unable to connect to D-Bus: %s\n" msgstr "no s'ha pogut connectar a D-Bus: %s\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:286 #, c-format msgid "error sending %s message to application: %s\n" msgstr "s'ha produït un error en enviar el missatge %s: %s\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:317 #, c-format msgid "action name must be given after application id\n" msgstr "" "s'ha de proporcionar el nom de l'acció després de l'identificador de " "l'aplicació\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:325 #, c-format msgid "" "invalid action name: '%s'\n" "action names must consist of only alphanumerics, '-' and '.'\n" msgstr "" "el nom d'acció no és vàlid: «%s»\n" "els noms d'acció han d'estar formats per caràcters alfanumèrics, «-» i «.»\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:344 #, c-format msgid "error parsing action parameter: %s\n" msgstr "s'ha produït un error en analitzar el paràmetre d'acció: %s\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:356 #, c-format msgid "actions accept a maximum of one parameter\n" msgstr "les accions accepten com a màxim un paràmetre\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:411 #, c-format msgid "list-actions command takes only the application id" msgstr "" "l'ordre de llistat d'aplicacions (list-actions) només pren l'identificador " "d'aplicació" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:421 #, c-format msgid "unable to find desktop file for application %s\n" msgstr "no s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer d'escriptori de l'aplicació %s\n" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:466 #, c-format msgid "" "unrecognised command: %s\n" "\n" msgstr "" "es desconeix l'ordre: «%s»\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gbufferedinputstream.c:420 ../gio/gbufferedinputstream.c:498 #: ../gio/ginputstream.c:179 ../gio/ginputstream.c:379 #: ../gio/ginputstream.c:617 ../gio/ginputstream.c:1016 #: ../gio/goutputstream.c:203 ../gio/goutputstream.c:834 #: ../gio/gpollableinputstream.c:205 ../gio/gpollableoutputstream.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Too large count value passed to %s" msgstr "El valor de comptatge passat a %s és massa gran" #: ../gio/gbufferedinputstream.c:891 ../gio/gbufferedoutputstream.c:575 #: ../gio/gdataoutputstream.c:562 msgid "Seek not supported on base stream" msgstr "No està implementada la cerca en el flux base" #: ../gio/gbufferedinputstream.c:937 msgid "Cannot truncate GBufferedInputStream" msgstr "No es pot truncar el GBufferedInputStream" #: ../gio/gbufferedinputstream.c:982 ../gio/ginputstream.c:1205 #: ../gio/giostream.c:300 ../gio/goutputstream.c:1658 msgid "Stream is already closed" msgstr "Ja està tancat el flux" #: ../gio/gbufferedoutputstream.c:612 ../gio/gdataoutputstream.c:592 msgid "Truncate not supported on base stream" msgstr "No es permet truncar en els fluxos base" #: ../gio/gcancellable.c:317 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:1847 #: ../gio/gdbusprivate.c:1375 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2220 #: ../gio/gsimpleasyncresult.c:870 ../gio/gsimpleasyncresult.c:896 #, c-format msgid "Operation was cancelled" msgstr "S'ha cancel·lat l'operació" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:260 msgid "Invalid object, not initialized" msgstr "L'objecte no és vàlid, no s'ha inicialitzat" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:281 ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:309 msgid "Incomplete multibyte sequence in input" msgstr "La seqüència de múltiples bytes de l'entrada no és completa" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:315 ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:324 msgid "Not enough space in destination" msgstr "No hi ha prou espai a la destinació" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:342 ../gio/gdatainputstream.c:848 #: ../gio/gdatainputstream.c:1256 ../glib/gconvert.c:438 ../glib/gconvert.c:845 #: ../glib/giochannel.c:1556 ../glib/giochannel.c:1598 #: ../glib/giochannel.c:2442 ../glib/gutf8.c:853 ../glib/gutf8.c:1306 msgid "Invalid byte sequence in conversion input" msgstr "La seqüència de bytes a l'entrada de conversió no és vàlida" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:347 ../glib/gconvert.c:446 ../glib/gconvert.c:770 #: ../glib/giochannel.c:1563 ../glib/giochannel.c:2454 #, c-format msgid "Error during conversion: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error durant la conversió: %s" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:444 ../gio/gsocket.c:1078 msgid "Cancellable initialization not supported" msgstr "La cancel·lació de la inicialització no està implementada" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:454 ../glib/gconvert.c:321 #: ../glib/giochannel.c:1384 #, c-format msgid "Conversion from character set '%s' to '%s' is not supported" msgstr "No es permet la conversió entre els jocs de caràcters «%s» i «%s»" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:458 ../glib/gconvert.c:325 #, c-format msgid "Could not open converter from '%s' to '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el convertidor de «%s» a «%s»" #: ../gio/gcontenttype.c:335 #, c-format msgid "%s type" msgstr "tipus %s" #: ../gio/gcontenttype-win32.c:160 msgid "Unknown type" msgstr "Tipus desconegut" #: ../gio/gcontenttype-win32.c:162 #, c-format msgid "%s filetype" msgstr "tipus de fitxer %s" #: ../gio/gcredentials.c:312 ../gio/gcredentials.c:571 msgid "GCredentials is not implemented on this OS" msgstr "Aquest sistema operatiu no implementa les GCredentials" #: ../gio/gcredentials.c:467 msgid "There is no GCredentials support for your platform" msgstr "La vostra plataforma no implementa les GCredentials" #: ../gio/gcredentials.c:513 msgid "GCredentials does not contain a process ID on this OS" msgstr "" "Les GCredentials no contenen cap identificador de procés en aquest sistema " "operatiu" #: ../gio/gcredentials.c:565 msgid "Credentials spoofing is not possible on this OS" msgstr "Aquest sistema operatiu no implementa el falsejament de credencials" #: ../gio/gdatainputstream.c:304 msgid "Unexpected early end-of-stream" msgstr "No s'esperava un final de flux tan aviat" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:153 ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:241 #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:322 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported key '%s' in address entry '%s'" msgstr "No es permet la clau «%s» en l'entrada de l'adreça «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:180 #, c-format msgid "" "Address '%s' is invalid (need exactly one of path, tmpdir or abstract keys)" msgstr "" "L'adreça «%s» no és vàlida (ha de ser, o bé un camí, o bé un tmpdir -" "directori temporal-, o bé unes claus abstractes)" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Meaningless key/value pair combination in address entry '%s'" msgstr "L'entrada d'adreça «%s» té una parella clau/valor que no té sentit" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:256 ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:337 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the port attribute is malformed" msgstr "" "Hi ha un error a l'adreça «%s»: l'atribut del port no està ben formatat" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:267 ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:348 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the family attribute is malformed" msgstr "" "Hi ha un error a l'adreça «%s»: l'atribut de la família no està ben formatat" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:457 #, c-format msgid "Address element '%s' does not contain a colon (:)" msgstr "L'element d'adreça «%s» no conté dos punts (:)" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:478 #, c-format msgid "" "Key/Value pair %d, '%s', in address element '%s' does not contain an equal " "sign" msgstr "" "La parella de clau/valor %d, «%s», a l'element d'adreça «%s», no conté un " "signe d'igual" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:492 #, c-format msgid "" "Error unescaping key or value in Key/Value pair %d, '%s', in address element " "'%s'" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en suprimir l'escapament d'una clau o d'un valor en la " "parella clau/valor %d, «%s», de l'element d'adreça «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:570 #, c-format msgid "" "Error in address '%s' - the unix transport requires exactly one of the keys " "'path' or 'abstract' to be set" msgstr "" "Hi ha un error a l'adreça «%s»: el transport unix requereix que hi hagi " "establerta exactament una clau, o bé de tipus «path» (camí), o bé de tipus " "«abstract» (abstracte)" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:606 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the host attribute is missing or malformed" msgstr "" "Hi ha un error a l'adreça «%s»: manca o està mal formatat l'atribut del nom " "d'ordinador" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:620 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the port attribute is missing or malformed" msgstr "" "Hi ha un error a l'adreça «%s»: manca o està mal formatat l'atribut del port" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:634 #, c-format msgid "" "Error in address '%s' - the noncefile attribute is missing or malformed" msgstr "" "Hi ha un error a l'adreça «%s»: l'atribut noncefile no existeix o està mal " "formatat" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:655 msgid "Error auto-launching: " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en executar-se automàticament: " #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:663 #, c-format msgid "Unknown or unsupported transport '%s' for address '%s'" msgstr "" "El transport «%s» per a l'adreça «%s» és desconegut o no està implementat" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:699 #, c-format msgid "Error opening nonce file '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en obrir el fitxer nonce «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:717 #, c-format msgid "Error reading from nonce file '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir el fitxer nonce «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:726 #, c-format msgid "Error reading from nonce file '%s', expected 16 bytes, got %d" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en llegir el fitxer nonce «%s»: s'esperaven 16 bytes " "però se n'han obtingut %d" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:744 #, c-format msgid "Error writing contents of nonce file '%s' to stream:" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en escriure els continguts del fitxer nonce «%s» al " "flux:" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:950 msgid "The given address is empty" msgstr "L'adreça que s'ha indicat és buida" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1063 #, c-format msgid "Cannot spawn a message bus when setuid" msgstr "" "No es pot engendrar un bus de missatge si s'executa com un altre usuari " "(setuid)" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1070 msgid "Cannot spawn a message bus without a machine-id: " msgstr "" "No es pot engendrar un bus de missatge sense un identificador de màquina: " #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1112 #, c-format msgid "Error spawning command line '%s': " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en engendrar la línia d'ordres «%s»: " #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1329 #, c-format msgid "(Type any character to close this window)\n" msgstr "(Premeu qualsevol tecla per tancar aquesta finestra)\n" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1481 #, c-format msgid "Session dbus not running, and autolaunch failed" msgstr "" "El bus de sessió (D-Bus) no està en funcionament i l'arrencada automàtica no " "ha funcionat" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1492 #, c-format msgid "Cannot determine session bus address (not implemented for this OS)" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut determinar l'adreça del bus de sessió (no està implementat en " "aquest sistema operatiu)" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1627 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:7128 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot determine bus address from DBUS_STARTER_BUS_TYPE environment variable " "- unknown value '%s'" msgstr "" "No es pot determinar l'adreça del bus a través de la variable d'entorn " "«DBUS_STARTER_BUS_TYPE»: conté un valor desconegut «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1636 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:7137 msgid "" "Cannot determine bus address because the DBUS_STARTER_BUS_TYPE environment " "variable is not set" msgstr "" "No es pot determinar l'adreça del bus perquè la variable d'entorn " "«DBUS_STARTER_BUS_TYPE» no està establerta" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1646 #, c-format msgid "Unknown bus type %d" msgstr "Tipus de bus desconegut %d" #: ../gio/gdbusauth.c:293 msgid "Unexpected lack of content trying to read a line" msgstr "S'ha trobat una inesperada falta de contingut en llegir una línia" #: ../gio/gdbusauth.c:337 msgid "Unexpected lack of content trying to (safely) read a line" msgstr "" "S'ha trobat una inesperada falta de contingut en llegir (de forma segura) " "una línia" #: ../gio/gdbusauth.c:508 #, c-format msgid "" "Exhausted all available authentication mechanisms (tried: %s) (available: %s)" msgstr "" "S'han exhaurit tots els mecanismes d'autenticació disponibles (s'han provat: " "%s) (hi ha disponibles: %s)" #: ../gio/gdbusauth.c:1170 msgid "Cancelled via GDBusAuthObserver::authorize-authenticated-peer" msgstr "" "S'ha cancel·lat a través de GDBusAuthObserver::authorize-authenticated-peer" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:261 #, c-format msgid "Error when getting information for directory '%s': %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en obtenir la informació del directori «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:273 #, c-format msgid "" "Permissions on directory '%s' are malformed. Expected mode 0700, got 0%o" msgstr "" "Els permisos del directori «%s» no estan ben formatats. S'esperava el mode " "0700 però s'ha obtingut el 0%o" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:294 #, c-format msgid "Error creating directory '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear el directori «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:377 #, c-format msgid "Error opening keyring '%s' for reading: " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en obrir l'anell de claus «%s» per llegir-lo: " #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:401 ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:714 #, c-format msgid "Line %d of the keyring at '%s' with content '%s' is malformed" msgstr "" "La línia %d de l'anell de claus a «%s» amb el contingut «%s» no està ben " "formatada" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:415 ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:728 #, c-format msgid "" "First token of line %d of the keyring at '%s' with content '%s' is malformed" msgstr "" "El primer testimoni de la línia %d de l'anell de claus a «%s» amb el " "contingut «%s» no està ben formatat" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:430 ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:742 #, c-format msgid "" "Second token of line %d of the keyring at '%s' with content '%s' is malformed" msgstr "" "El segon testimoni de la línia %d de l'anell de claus a «%s» amb el " "contingut «%s» no està ben formatat" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Didn't find cookie with id %d in the keyring at '%s'" msgstr "" "No s'ha trobat la galeta amb l'identificador %d a l'anell de claus a «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Error deleting stale lock file '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un suprimir el fitxer de blocatge antic «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:564 #, c-format msgid "Error creating lock file '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear el fitxer de blocatge «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:594 #, c-format msgid "Error closing (unlinked) lock file '%s': %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en tancar el fitxer (no enllaçat) de blocatge «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:604 #, c-format msgid "Error unlinking lock file '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en desenllaçar el fitxer de blocatge «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:681 #, c-format msgid "Error opening keyring '%s' for writing: " msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en obrir l'anell de claus «%s» per a escriptura: " #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:878 #, c-format msgid "(Additionally, releasing the lock for '%s' also failed: %s) " msgstr "" "(A més a més, l'alliberació del blocatge per a «%s» també ha fallat: %s) " #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:612 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:2373 msgid "The connection is closed" msgstr "La connexió està tancada" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:1877 msgid "Timeout was reached" msgstr "S'ha esgotat el temps d'espera" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:2495 msgid "" "Unsupported flags encountered when constructing a client-side connection" msgstr "" "S'han trobat senyaladors no implementats en construir-se la part de la " "connexió del client" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4105 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4452 #, c-format msgid "" "No such interface 'org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties' on object at path %s" msgstr "" "No existeix la interfície «org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties» en l'objecte al " "camí %s" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4247 #, c-format msgid "No such property '%s'" msgstr "No existeix la propietat «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4259 #, c-format msgid "Property '%s' is not readable" msgstr "La propietat «%s» no és de lectura" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4270 #, c-format msgid "Property '%s' is not writable" msgstr "La propietat «%s» no és d'escriptura" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4290 #, c-format msgid "Error setting property '%s': Expected type '%s' but got '%s'" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en establir la propietat «%s»: s'esperava el tipus " "«%s» però s'ha obtingut el «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4395 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:6568 #, c-format msgid "No such interface '%s'" msgstr "No existeix la interfície «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4603 msgid "No such interface" msgstr "No existeix la interfície" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4821 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:7077 #, c-format msgid "No such interface '%s' on object at path %s" msgstr "No existeix la interfície «%s» en l'objecte al camí %s" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4919 #, c-format msgid "No such method '%s'" msgstr "No existeix el mètode «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4950 #, c-format msgid "Type of message, '%s', does not match expected type '%s'" msgstr "El tipus de missatge «%s» no correspon al tipus «%s» que s'esperava" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:5148 #, c-format msgid "An object is already exported for the interface %s at %s" msgstr "Ja hi ha un objecte exportat per a la interfície %s a %s" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:5374 #, c-format msgid "Unable to retrieve property %s.%s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:5430 #, c-format msgid "Unable to set property %s.%s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:5606 #, c-format msgid "Method '%s' returned type '%s', but expected '%s'" msgstr "El mètode «%s» ha retornat un tipus «%s» però s'esperava «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:6679 #, c-format msgid "Method '%s' on interface '%s' with signature '%s' does not exist" msgstr "" "No existeix el mètode «%s» a la interfície «%s» amb la signatura «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:6800 #, c-format msgid "A subtree is already exported for %s" msgstr "Ja està exportat un subarbre per a %s" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1244 msgid "type is INVALID" msgstr "el tipus és no vàlid" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1255 msgid "METHOD_CALL message: PATH or MEMBER header field is missing" msgstr "Missatge «METHOD_CALL»: manca el camp de capçalera «PATH» o «MEMBER»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1266 msgid "METHOD_RETURN message: REPLY_SERIAL header field is missing" msgstr "Missatge «METHOD_RETURN»: manca el camp de capçalera «REPLY_SERIAL»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1278 msgid "ERROR message: REPLY_SERIAL or ERROR_NAME header field is missing" msgstr "" "Missatge «ERROR»: manca el camp de capçalera «REPLY_SERIAL» o «ERROR_NAME»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1291 msgid "SIGNAL message: PATH, INTERFACE or MEMBER header field is missing" msgstr "" "Missatge «SIGNAL»: manca el camp de capçalera «PATH», «INTERFACE» o «MEMBER»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1299 msgid "" "SIGNAL message: The PATH header field is using the reserved value " "/org/freedesktop/DBus/Local" msgstr "" "Missatge «SIGNAL»: el camp de la capçalera «PATH» utilitza el valor reservat " "«/org/freedesktop/DBus/Local»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1307 msgid "" "SIGNAL message: The INTERFACE header field is using the reserved value " "org.freedesktop.DBus.Local" msgstr "" "missatge «SIGNAL»: el camp de capçalera «INTERFACE» utilitza el valor " "reservat «org.freedesktop.DBus.Local»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1355 ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1415 #, c-format msgid "Wanted to read %lu byte but only got %lu" msgid_plural "Wanted to read %lu bytes but only got %lu" msgstr[0] "Es volia llegir %lu byte però només s'han rebut %lu" msgstr[1] "Es volien llegir %lu bytes però només s'han rebut %lu" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1369 #, c-format msgid "Expected NUL byte after the string '%s' but found byte %d" msgstr "" "S'esperava el byte «NUL» després de la cadena «%s» però s'ha trobat el byte " "%d" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected valid UTF-8 string but found invalid bytes at byte offset %d " "(length of string is %d). The valid UTF-8 string up until that point was '%s'" msgstr "" "S'esperava una cadena UTF-8 vàlida però s'han trobat bytes no vàlids a " "l'òfset %d (la llargada de la cadena és %d). La cadena UTF-8 vàlida fins " "aquell moment era «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1587 #, c-format msgid "Parsed value '%s' is not a valid D-Bus object path" msgstr "El valor analitzat «%s» no és un camí d'objecte D-Bus vàlid" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1609 #, c-format msgid "Parsed value '%s' is not a valid D-Bus signature" msgstr "El valor analitzat «%s» no és una signatura D-Bus vàlida" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1656 #, c-format msgid "" "Encountered array of length %u byte. Maximum length is 2<<26 bytes (64 MiB)." msgid_plural "" "Encountered array of length %u bytes. Maximum length is 2<<26 bytes (64 MiB)." msgstr[0] "" "S'ha trobat una matriu de llargada %u byte. La llargada màxima és de 2<<26 " "bytes (64 MiB)." msgstr[1] "" "S'ha trobat una matriu de llargada %u bytes. La llargada màxima és de 2<<26 " "bytes (64 MiB)." #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1676 #, c-format msgid "" "Encountered array of type 'a%c', expected to have a length a multiple of %u " "bytes, but found to be %u bytes in length" msgstr "" "S'ha trobat una matriu de tipus «a%c» que s'esperava que tingués una " "llargada múltiple de %u bytes, però en realitat és de %u bytes" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1843 #, c-format msgid "Parsed value '%s' for variant is not a valid D-Bus signature" msgstr "El valor analitzat «%s» per variant no és una signatura D-Bus vàlida" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1867 #, c-format msgid "" "Error deserializing GVariant with type string '%s' from the D-Bus wire format" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en convertir a estructura de dades la GVariant amb el " "tipus de cadena «%s» del format de cable D-Bus" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2051 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid endianness value. Expected 0x6c ('l') or 0x42 ('B') but found value " "0x%02x" msgstr "" "Valor d'ordenació de bits (endianness) no vàlid. S'esperava 0x6c («l») o " "0x42 («B») però s'ha trobat el valor 0x%02x" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2064 #, c-format msgid "Invalid major protocol version. Expected 1 but found %d" msgstr "" "Versió major del protocol no vàlida. S'esperava 1 però s'ha trobat %d" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2120 #, c-format msgid "Signature header with signature '%s' found but message body is empty" msgstr "" "S'ha trobat la capçalera de la signatura amb la signatura «%s», però el cos " "és buit" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2134 #, c-format msgid "Parsed value '%s' is not a valid D-Bus signature (for body)" msgstr "" "El valor analitzat «%s» no és una signatura de D-Bus vàlida (pel cos)" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2164 #, c-format msgid "No signature header in message but the message body is %u byte" msgid_plural "" "No signature header in message but the message body is %u bytes" msgstr[0] "" "No hi ha cap capçalera de la signatura en el missatge, però el cos és de %u " "byte" msgstr[1] "" "No hi ha cap capçalera de la signatura en el missatge, però el cos és de %u " "bytes" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2174 msgid "Cannot deserialize message: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut tornar a convertir el missatge a estructura de dades: " #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2515 #, c-format msgid "" "Error serializing GVariant with type string '%s' to the D-Bus wire format" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut convertir a seqüència de bits la GVariant de tipus cadena «%s» " "al format de cable D-Bus" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2652 #, c-format msgid "" "Message has %d file descriptors but the header field indicates %d file " "descriptors" msgstr "" "El missatge conté %d descriptors de fitxers, però el camp de la capçalera " "n'indica %d" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2660 msgid "Cannot serialize message: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut convertir a seqüència de bits el missatge: " #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2704 #, c-format msgid "Message body has signature '%s' but there is no signature header" msgstr "" "El cos del missatge té la signatura «%s» però no hi ha cap capçalera de " "signatura" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2714 #, c-format msgid "" "Message body has type signature '%s' but signature in the header field is " "'%s'" msgstr "" "El cos del missatge té el tipus de signatura «%s» però la signatura en el " "camp de la capçalera és «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2730 #, c-format msgid "Message body is empty but signature in the header field is '(%s)'" msgstr "" "El cos del missatge és buit però la signatura en el camp de la capçalera és " "«(%s)»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:3283 #, c-format msgid "Error return with body of type '%s'" msgstr "S'ha retornat un error amb el cos de tipus «%s»" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:3291 msgid "Error return with empty body" msgstr "S'ha retornat un error amb el cos buit" #: ../gio/gdbusprivate.c:2036 #, c-format msgid "Unable to get Hardware profile: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir el perfil de maquinari: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusprivate.c:2081 msgid "Unable to load /var/lib/dbus/machine-id or /etc/machine-id: " msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut carregar «/var/lib/dbus/machine-id» o «/etc/machine-id»: " #: ../gio/gdbusproxy.c:1610 #, c-format msgid "Error calling StartServiceByName for %s: " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en cridar «StartServiceByName» per a %s: " #: ../gio/gdbusproxy.c:1633 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected reply %d from StartServiceByName(\"%s\") method" msgstr "" "S'ha obtingut una resposta inesperada %d per al mètode " "«StartServiceByName(\"%s\")»" #: ../gio/gdbusproxy.c:2709 ../gio/gdbusproxy.c:2843 msgid "" "Cannot invoke method; proxy is for a well-known name without an owner and " "proxy was constructed with the G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START flag" msgstr "" "No es pot invocar el mètode: el servidor intermediari és per a un nom ben " "conegut sense cap propietari i el servidor intermediari s'ha construït amb " "el senyalador «G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START»" #: ../gio/gdbusserver.c:708 msgid "Abstract name space not supported" msgstr "No es pot utilitzar l'espai de noms abstracte" #: ../gio/gdbusserver.c:795 msgid "Cannot specify nonce file when creating a server" msgstr "No es pot especificar el fitxer «nonce» quan es crea un servidor" #: ../gio/gdbusserver.c:873 #, c-format msgid "Error writing nonce file at '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure el fitxer nonce a «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gdbusserver.c:1044 #, c-format msgid "The string '%s' is not a valid D-Bus GUID" msgstr "La cadena «%s» no és un GUID vàlid de D-Bus" #: ../gio/gdbusserver.c:1084 #, c-format msgid "Cannot listen on unsupported transport '%s'" msgstr "No es pot escoltar «%s», és un transport desconegut" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "Commands:\n" " help Shows this information\n" " introspect Introspect a remote object\n" " monitor Monitor a remote object\n" " call Invoke a method on a remote object\n" " emit Emit a signal\n" "\n" "Use \"%s COMMAND --help\" to get help on each command.\n" msgstr "" "Ordres:\n" " help Mostra aquesta informació\n" " introspect Introspecciona un objecte remot\n" " monitor Fa un seguiment d'un objecte remot\n" " call Invoca un mètode en l'objecte remot\n" " emit Emet un senyal\n" "\n" "Utilitzeu «%s ORDRE --help» per veure l'ajuda de cada ordre en particular.\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:164 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:226 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:298 #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:322 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:711 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1043 #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1477 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s\n" msgstr "S'ha produït un error: %s\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:175 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:239 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1493 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing introspection XML: %s\n" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en analitzar la introspecció XML: %s\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s is not a valid name\n" msgstr "Error: %s no és un nom de membre vàlid\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:356 msgid "Connect to the system bus" msgstr "Connecta al bus del sistema" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:357 msgid "Connect to the session bus" msgstr "Connecta al bus de la sessió" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:358 msgid "Connect to given D-Bus address" msgstr "Connecta a l'adreça de D-Bus donada" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:368 msgid "Connection Endpoint Options:" msgstr "Opcions del punt final de connexió:" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:369 msgid "Options specifying the connection endpoint" msgstr "Opcions d'especificació del punt final de connexió" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:391 #, c-format msgid "No connection endpoint specified" msgstr "No s'ha especificat el punt final de connexió" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:401 #, c-format msgid "Multiple connection endpoints specified" msgstr "S'han especificat més d'un punt final de connexió" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:471 #, c-format msgid "" "Warning: According to introspection data, interface '%s' does not exist\n" msgstr "" "Avís: d'acord amb les dades d'introspecció no existeix la interfície «%s»\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:480 #, c-format msgid "" "Warning: According to introspection data, method '%s' does not exist on " "interface '%s'\n" msgstr "" "Avís: d'acord amb les dades d'introspecció no existeix el mètode «%s» a la " "interfície «%s»\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:542 msgid "Optional destination for signal (unique name)" msgstr "Destinació opcional del senyal (nom únic)" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:543 msgid "Object path to emit signal on" msgstr "Camí a l'objecte al qual se li enviarà un senyal" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:544 msgid "Signal and interface name" msgstr "Senyal i nom d'interfície" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:576 msgid "Emit a signal." msgstr "Envia un senyal." #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:610 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:842 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1583 #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1818 #, c-format msgid "Error connecting: %s\n" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en connectar-se: %s\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:622 #, c-format msgid "Error: object path not specified.\n" msgstr "Error: no s'ha especificat el camí a l'objecte.\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:627 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:909 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1648 #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1884 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s is not a valid object path\n" msgstr "Error: «%s» no és un camí d'objecte vàlid\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:633 #, c-format msgid "Error: signal not specified.\n" msgstr "Error: no s'ha especificat el senyal.\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:640 #, c-format msgid "Error: signal must be the fully-qualified name.\n" msgstr "Error: el senyal no pot ser un nom parcial.\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:648 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s is not a valid interface name\n" msgstr "Error: %s no és un nom d'interfície vàlid\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:654 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s is not a valid member name\n" msgstr "Error: %s no és un nom de membre vàlid\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:660 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s is not a valid unique bus name.\n" msgstr "Error: %s no és un nom de bus únic vàlid.\n" #. Use the original non-"parse-me-harder" error #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:687 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1011 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing parameter %d: %s\n" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en analitzar el paràmetre %d: %s\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:718 #, c-format msgid "Error flushing connection: %s\n" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en buidar la connexió: %s\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:745 msgid "Destination name to invoke method on" msgstr "Nom de destinació on invocar el mètode" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:746 msgid "Object path to invoke method on" msgstr "Camí a l'objecte on invocar el mètode" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:747 msgid "Method and interface name" msgstr "Mètode i nom d'interfície" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:748 msgid "Timeout in seconds" msgstr "Temps d'espera, en segons" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:787 msgid "Invoke a method on a remote object." msgstr "Invoca un mètode en un objecte remot." #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:862 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1602 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1837 #, c-format msgid "Error: Destination is not specified\n" msgstr "Error: no s'ha especificat la destinació\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:874 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1619 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1849 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s is not a valid bus name\n" msgstr "Error: %s no és un nom de bus vàlid\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:889 ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1628 #, c-format msgid "Error: Object path is not specified\n" msgstr "Error: no s'ha especificat el camí a l'objecte\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:924 #, c-format msgid "Error: Method name is not specified\n" msgstr "Error: no s'ha especificat el nom del mètode\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:935 #, c-format msgid "Error: Method name '%s' is invalid\n" msgstr "Error: el nom del mètode «%s» no és vàlid\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1003 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing parameter %d of type '%s': %s\n" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en analitzar el paràmetre %d del tipus «%s»: %s\n" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1440 msgid "Destination name to introspect" msgstr "Nom de destinació a introspeccionar" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1441 msgid "Object path to introspect" msgstr "Camí a l'objecte a introspeccionar" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1442 msgid "Print XML" msgstr "Imprimeix XML" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1443 msgid "Introspect children" msgstr "Introspecciona el fill" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1444 msgid "Only print properties" msgstr "Només mostra les propietats" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1535 msgid "Introspect a remote object." msgstr "Introspecciona un objecte remot." #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1740 msgid "Destination name to monitor" msgstr "Nom de destinació al qual se li vol fer un seguiment" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1741 msgid "Object path to monitor" msgstr "Camí a l'objecte al qual se li vol fer un seguiment" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:1770 msgid "Monitor a remote object." msgstr "Fes el seguiment a un objecte remot." #: ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:1993 ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:4503 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Sense nom" #: ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:2402 msgid "Desktop file didn't specify Exec field" msgstr "El fitxer d'escriptori no especificava el camp d'execució" #: ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:2687 msgid "Unable to find terminal required for application" msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar el terminal que demanava l'aplicació" #: ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:3099 #, c-format msgid "Can't create user application configuration folder %s: %s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut crear el directori de configuració de l'aplicació de l'usuari " "%s: %s" #: ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:3103 #, c-format msgid "Can't create user MIME configuration folder %s: %s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut crear el directori de configuració MIME de l'usuari %s: %s" #: ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:3343 ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:3367 msgid "Application information lacks an identifier" msgstr "A la informació d'aplicació li manca un identificador" #: ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:3601 #, c-format msgid "Can't create user desktop file %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el fitxer d'escriptori de l'usuari %s" #: ../gio/gdesktopappinfo.c:3735 #, c-format msgid "Custom definition for %s" msgstr "Definició personalitzada per a %s" #: ../gio/gdrive.c:392 msgid "drive doesn't implement eject" msgstr "la unitat no implementa l'expulsió" #. Translators: This is an error #. * message for drive objects that #. * don't implement any of eject or eject_with_operation. #: ../gio/gdrive.c:470 msgid "drive doesn't implement eject or eject_with_operation" msgstr "la unitat no implementa l'expulsió o «eject_with_operation»" #: ../gio/gdrive.c:546 msgid "drive doesn't implement polling for media" msgstr "la unitat no implementa el sondeig per si hi ha un suport" #: ../gio/gdrive.c:751 msgid "drive doesn't implement start" msgstr "la unitat no implementa la inicialització" #: ../gio/gdrive.c:853 msgid "drive doesn't implement stop" msgstr "la unitat no implementa l'aturada" #: ../gio/gdummytlsbackend.c:195 ../gio/gdummytlsbackend.c:317 #: ../gio/gdummytlsbackend.c:509 msgid "TLS support is not available" msgstr "El TLS no està implementat" #: ../gio/gdummytlsbackend.c:419 msgid "DTLS support is not available" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gemblem.c:323 #, c-format msgid "Can't handle version %d of GEmblem encoding" msgstr "No es pot gestionar la versió %d de la codificació del GEmblem" #: ../gio/gemblem.c:333 #, c-format msgid "Malformed number of tokens (%d) in GEmblem encoding" msgstr "" "Un nombre de testimonis (%d) de la codificació del GEmblem no són formats " "correctament" #: ../gio/gemblemedicon.c:362 #, c-format msgid "Can't handle version %d of GEmblemedIcon encoding" msgstr "No es pot gestionar la versió %d de la codificació del GEmblemedIcon" #: ../gio/gemblemedicon.c:372 #, c-format msgid "Malformed number of tokens (%d) in GEmblemedIcon encoding" msgstr "" "Un nombre de testimonis (%d) en la codificació del GEmblemedIcon no són " "formats correctament" #: ../gio/gemblemedicon.c:395 msgid "Expected a GEmblem for GEmblemedIcon" msgstr "S'esperava un GEmblem per a un GEmblemedIcon" #: ../gio/gfile.c:969 ../gio/gfile.c:1207 ../gio/gfile.c:1345 #: ../gio/gfile.c:1583 ../gio/gfile.c:1638 ../gio/gfile.c:1696 #: ../gio/gfile.c:1780 ../gio/gfile.c:1837 ../gio/gfile.c:1901 #: ../gio/gfile.c:1956 ../gio/gfile.c:3604 ../gio/gfile.c:3659 #: ../gio/gfile.c:3894 ../gio/gfile.c:3936 ../gio/gfile.c:4404 #: ../gio/gfile.c:4815 ../gio/gfile.c:4900 ../gio/gfile.c:4990 #: ../gio/gfile.c:5087 ../gio/gfile.c:5174 ../gio/gfile.c:5275 #: ../gio/gfile.c:7796 ../gio/gfile.c:7886 ../gio/gfile.c:7970 #: ../gio/win32/gwinhttpfile.c:437 msgid "Operation not supported" msgstr "L'operació no està implementada" #. Translators: This is an error message when #. * trying to find the enclosing (user visible) #. * mount of a file, but none exists. #. #. Translators: This is an error message when trying to #. * find the enclosing (user visible) mount of a file, but #. * none exists. #. Translators: This is an error message when trying to find #. * the enclosing (user visible) mount of a file, but none #. * exists. #: ../gio/gfile.c:1468 ../gio/glocalfile.c:1134 ../gio/glocalfile.c:1145 #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1158 msgid "Containing mount does not exist" msgstr "No existeix el punt de muntatge contenidor" #: ../gio/gfile.c:2515 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2376 msgid "Can't copy over directory" msgstr "No es pot copiar al directori" #: ../gio/gfile.c:2575 msgid "Can't copy directory over directory" msgstr "No es pot copiar el directori al directori" #: ../gio/gfile.c:2583 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2385 msgid "Target file exists" msgstr "Ja existeix el fitxer de destinació" #: ../gio/gfile.c:2602 msgid "Can't recursively copy directory" msgstr "No es pot copiar el directori de forma recursiva" #: ../gio/gfile.c:2884 msgid "Splice not supported" msgstr "No es pot empalmar" #: ../gio/gfile.c:2888 #, c-format msgid "Error splicing file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en empalmar el fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/gfile.c:3019 msgid "Copy (reflink/clone) between mounts is not supported" msgstr "" "No està implementada la còpia (referències, clonacions) entre muntatges" #: ../gio/gfile.c:3023 msgid "Copy (reflink/clone) is not supported or invalid" msgstr "" "No està implementada o no és vàlida la còpia (referències, clonacions)" #: ../gio/gfile.c:3028 msgid "Copy (reflink/clone) is not supported or didn't work" msgstr "" "No està implementada o no ha funcionat la còpia (referències, clonacions)" #: ../gio/gfile.c:3091 msgid "Can't copy special file" msgstr "No es pot copiar el fitxer especial" #: ../gio/gfile.c:3884 msgid "Invalid symlink value given" msgstr "El valor donat per a l'enllaç simbòlic no és vàlid" #: ../gio/gfile.c:4045 msgid "Trash not supported" msgstr "No es pot utilitzar la paperera" #: ../gio/gfile.c:4157 #, c-format msgid "File names cannot contain '%c'" msgstr "En els noms de fitxers no pot haver-hi «%c»" #: ../gio/gfile.c:6586 ../gio/gvolume.c:363 msgid "volume doesn't implement mount" msgstr "el volum no implementa el muntatge" #: ../gio/gfile.c:6695 msgid "No application is registered as handling this file" msgstr "" "No hi ha cap aplicació que s'hagi registrat per gestionar aquest fitxer" #: ../gio/gfileenumerator.c:212 msgid "Enumerator is closed" msgstr "L'enumerador està tancat" #: ../gio/gfileenumerator.c:219 ../gio/gfileenumerator.c:278 #: ../gio/gfileenumerator.c:377 ../gio/gfileenumerator.c:476 msgid "File enumerator has outstanding operation" msgstr "L'enumerador de fitxer té una operació pendent" #: ../gio/gfileenumerator.c:368 ../gio/gfileenumerator.c:467 msgid "File enumerator is already closed" msgstr "Ja està tancat l'enumerador de fitxer" #: ../gio/gfileicon.c:236 #, c-format msgid "Can't handle version %d of GFileIcon encoding" msgstr "No es pot gestionar la versió %d de la codificació del GFileIcon" #: ../gio/gfileicon.c:246 msgid "Malformed input data for GFileIcon" msgstr "Les dades d'entrada pel GFileIcon no són formades correctament" #: ../gio/gfileinputstream.c:149 ../gio/gfileinputstream.c:394 #: ../gio/gfileiostream.c:167 ../gio/gfileoutputstream.c:164 #: ../gio/gfileoutputstream.c:497 msgid "Stream doesn't support query_info" msgstr "El flux no implementa «query_info»" #: ../gio/gfileinputstream.c:325 ../gio/gfileiostream.c:379 #: ../gio/gfileoutputstream.c:371 msgid "Seek not supported on stream" msgstr "No està implementada la cerca en el flux" #: ../gio/gfileinputstream.c:369 msgid "Truncate not allowed on input stream" msgstr "No es permet truncar en els fluxos d'entrada" #: ../gio/gfileiostream.c:455 ../gio/gfileoutputstream.c:447 msgid "Truncate not supported on stream" msgstr "No es permet truncar en els fluxos" #: ../gio/ghttpproxy.c:136 msgid "Bad HTTP proxy reply" msgstr "Resposta incorrecta del servidor intermediari d'HTTP" #: ../gio/ghttpproxy.c:152 msgid "HTTP proxy connection not allowed" msgstr "La connexió al servidor intermediari d'HTTP no permesa" #: ../gio/ghttpproxy.c:157 msgid "HTTP proxy authentication failed" msgstr "Ha fallat l'autenticació en el servidor intermediari d'HTTP" #: ../gio/ghttpproxy.c:160 msgid "HTTP proxy authentication required" msgstr "Cal autenticació en el servidor intermediari d'HTTP" #: ../gio/ghttpproxy.c:164 #, c-format msgid "HTTP proxy connection failed: %i" msgstr "Ha fallat la connexió al servidor intermediari d'HTTP: %i" #: ../gio/ghttpproxy.c:260 msgid "HTTP proxy server closed connection unexpectedly." msgstr "" "El servidor intermediari d'HTTP ha tancat la connexió inesperadament." #: ../gio/gicon.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Wrong number of tokens (%d)" msgstr "Nombre de testimonis erroni (%d)" #: ../gio/gicon.c:310 #, c-format msgid "No type for class name %s" msgstr "El nom de classe %s no té tipus" #: ../gio/gicon.c:320 #, c-format msgid "Type %s does not implement the GIcon interface" msgstr "El tipus %s no implementa la interfície GIcon" #: ../gio/gicon.c:331 #, c-format msgid "Type %s is not classed" msgstr "El tipus %s no té classe" #: ../gio/gicon.c:345 #, c-format msgid "Malformed version number: %s" msgstr "El número de versió no és format correctament: %s" #: ../gio/gicon.c:359 #, c-format msgid "Type %s does not implement from_tokens() on the GIcon interface" msgstr "El tipus %s no implementa «from_tokens()» a la interfície GIcon" #: ../gio/gicon.c:461 msgid "Can't handle the supplied version of the icon encoding" msgstr "" "No es pot gestionar la versió proporcionada de la codificació de la icona" #: ../gio/ginetaddressmask.c:182 msgid "No address specified" msgstr "No s'ha especificat cap adreça" #: ../gio/ginetaddressmask.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Length %u is too long for address" msgstr "L'adreça és massa llarga (%u)" #: ../gio/ginetaddressmask.c:223 msgid "Address has bits set beyond prefix length" msgstr "L'adreça conté bits més enllà de la llargada del prefix" #: ../gio/ginetaddressmask.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse '%s' as IP address mask" msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar «%s» com a màscara d'adreça IP" #: ../gio/ginetsocketaddress.c:203 ../gio/ginetsocketaddress.c:220 #: ../gio/gnativesocketaddress.c:106 ../gio/gunixsocketaddress.c:216 msgid "Not enough space for socket address" msgstr "No hi ha prou espai per a l'adreça del sòcol" #: ../gio/ginetsocketaddress.c:235 msgid "Unsupported socket address" msgstr "L'adreça de sòcol no és compatible" #: ../gio/ginputstream.c:188 msgid "Input stream doesn't implement read" msgstr "El flux d'entrada no té implementada la lectura" #. Translators: This is an error you get if there is already an #. * operation running against this stream when you try to start #. * one #. Translators: This is an error you get if there is #. * already an operation running against this stream when #. * you try to start one #: ../gio/ginputstream.c:1215 ../gio/giostream.c:310 #: ../gio/goutputstream.c:1668 msgid "Stream has outstanding operation" msgstr "El flux té una operació pendent" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:142 ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1491 #, c-format msgid "Element <%s> not allowed inside <%s>" msgstr "No es permet posar l'element <%s> dins de <%s>" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:146 #, c-format msgid "Element <%s> not allowed at toplevel" msgstr "No es permet posar l'element <%s> al primer nivell" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:236 #, c-format msgid "File %s appears multiple times in the resource" msgstr "El fitxer %s existeix més d'una vegada en els recursos" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:247 #, c-format msgid "Failed to locate '%s' in any source directory" msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar «%s» en cap directori de recursos" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:258 #, c-format msgid "Failed to locate '%s' in current directory" msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar «%s» en el directori actual" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:287 #, c-format msgid "Unknown processing option \"%s\"" msgstr "Es desconeix l'opció de processament «%s»" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:305 ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create temp file: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el fitxer temporal: %s" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:379 #, c-format msgid "Error reading file %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir el fitxer %s: %s" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Error compressing file %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en comprimir el fitxer %s" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:467 ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1603 #, c-format msgid "text may not appear inside <%s>" msgstr "no pot haver-hi text dins de <%s>" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:592 msgid "name of the output file" msgstr "el nom del fitxer de sortida" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:593 msgid "" "The directories where files are to be read from (default to current " "directory)" msgstr "" "Els directoris des d'on s'han de llegir els fitxers (per defecte és el " "directori actual)" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:593 ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2036 #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2065 msgid "DIRECTORY" msgstr "DIRECTORI" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:594 msgid "" "Generate output in the format selected for by the target filename extension" msgstr "" "Genera la sortida en el format seleccionat per l'extensió del nom de fitxer " "de destinació" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:595 msgid "Generate source header" msgstr "Genera la capçalera del codi" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:596 msgid "Generate sourcecode used to link in the resource file into your code" msgstr "" "Genera el codi font que es fa servir per enllaçar el fitxer de recurs amb el " "codi" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:597 msgid "Generate dependency list" msgstr "Genera una llista de dependències" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:598 msgid "Don't automatically create and register resource" msgstr "No creïs ni registris automàticament els recursos" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:599 msgid "Don't export functions; declare them G_GNUC_INTERNAL" msgstr "No exportis les funcions, declara-les com a «G_GNUC_INTERNAL»" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:600 msgid "C identifier name used for the generated source code" msgstr "" "El nom de l'identificador de C que s'utilitzarà en el codi font generat" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:626 msgid "" "Compile a resource specification into a resource file.\n" "Resource specification files have the extension .gresource.xml,\n" "and the resource file have the extension called .gresource." msgstr "" "Compila una especificació de recursos en un fitxer de recursos.\n" "Els fitxers d'especificació de recursos tenen l'extensió .gresource.xml\n" "i els fitxers de recursos tenen l'extensió .gresource." #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:642 #, c-format msgid "You should give exactly one file name\n" msgstr "Heu de donar un sol nom de fitxer\n" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:784 msgid "empty names are not permitted" msgstr "o es permet utilitzar noms buits" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:794 #, c-format msgid "invalid name '%s': names must begin with a lowercase letter" msgstr "" "el nom «%s» no és vàlid: els noms han de començar amb una lletra minúscula" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:806 #, c-format msgid "" "invalid name '%s': invalid character '%c'; only lowercase letters, numbers " "and hyphen ('-') are permitted." msgstr "" "el nom «%s» no és vàlid: el caràcter «%c» no és vàlid. Només es permeten " "lletres minúscules, nombres i el guionet («-»)." #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:815 #, c-format msgid "invalid name '%s': two successive hyphens ('--') are not permitted." msgstr "" "el nom «%s» no és vàlid: no es poden posar dos guionets seguits («--»)." #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:824 #, c-format msgid "invalid name '%s': the last character may not be a hyphen ('-')." msgstr "" "el nom «%s» no és vàlid: l'últim caràcter no pot ser un guionet («-»)." #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:832 #, c-format msgid "invalid name '%s': maximum length is 1024" msgstr "el nom «%s» no és vàlid: la llargada màxima és de 1024" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:901 #, c-format msgid " already specified" msgstr "ja està especificat " #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:927 msgid "cannot add keys to a 'list-of' schema" msgstr "no es poden afegir claus a un esquema del tipus «list-of»" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:938 #, c-format msgid " already specified" msgstr "ja està especificat " #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:956 #, c-format msgid "" " shadows in ; use " "to modify value" msgstr "" "La emmascara la a . " "Utilitzeu per modificar-ne el valor." #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:967 #, c-format msgid "" "exactly one of 'type', 'enum' or 'flags' must be specified as an attribute " "to " msgstr "" "l'atribut de la ha de ser necessàriament «type», «enum» o «flags»" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:986 #, c-format msgid "<%s id='%s'> not (yet) defined." msgstr "(encara) no s'ha definit <%s id='%s'>." #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1001 #, c-format msgid "invalid GVariant type string '%s'" msgstr "el tipus de cadena GVariant «%s» no és vàlid" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1031 msgid " given but schema isn't extending anything" msgstr "s'ha indicat però l'esquema no està ampliant res" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1044 #, c-format msgid "no to override" msgstr "no hi ha cap a sobreescriure" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1052 #, c-format msgid " already specified" msgstr "ja s'ha especificat " #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1125 #, c-format msgid " already specified" msgstr "ja s'ha especificat " #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1137 #, c-format msgid " extends not yet existing schema '%s'" msgstr "el amplia l'esquema «%s» que encara no existeix" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1153 #, c-format msgid " is list of not yet existing schema '%s'" msgstr "" "el és una llista d'un esquema «%s» que encara no existeix" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1161 #, c-format msgid "Can not be a list of a schema with a path" msgstr "No pot ser una llista d'un esquema amb un camí" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1171 #, c-format msgid "Can not extend a schema with a path" msgstr "No es pot ampliar un esquema amb un camí" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1181 #, c-format msgid "" " is a list, extending which is not a list" msgstr "" "El és una llista i amplia el que no és una " "llista" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1191 #, c-format msgid "" " extends but '%s' " "does not extend '%s'" msgstr "" "El amplia el " "però «%s» no amplia «%s»" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1208 #, c-format msgid "a path, if given, must begin and end with a slash" msgstr "si es dóna un camí ha de començar i acabar amb una barra inclinada" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1215 #, c-format msgid "the path of a list must end with ':/'" msgstr "el camí d'una llista ha d'acabar amb «:/»" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1247 #, c-format msgid "<%s id='%s'> already specified" msgstr "ja s'ha especificat <%s id='%s'>" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1397 ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1413 #, c-format msgid "Only one <%s> element allowed inside <%s>" msgstr "No es permet posar l'element <%s> dins de <%s>" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1495 #, c-format msgid "Element <%s> not allowed at the top level" msgstr "No es permet posar l'element <%s> al primer nivell" #. Translators: Do not translate "--strict". #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1794 ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1865 #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1941 #, c-format msgid "--strict was specified; exiting.\n" msgstr "S'ha especificat «--strict», se surt.\n" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1802 #, c-format msgid "This entire file has been ignored.\n" msgstr "S'ha ignorat el fitxer sencer.\n" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1861 #, c-format msgid "Ignoring this file.\n" msgstr "S'està ignorant aquest fitxer.\n" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1901 #, c-format msgid "No such key '%s' in schema '%s' as specified in override file '%s'" msgstr "" "No existeix la clau «%s» en l'esquema «%s» tal com especifica el fitxer de " "sobreescriptura «%s»" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1907 ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1965 #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1993 #, c-format msgid "; ignoring override for this key.\n" msgstr "; s'està ignorant la sobreescriptura d'aquesta clau.\n" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1911 ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1969 #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1997 #, c-format msgid " and --strict was specified; exiting.\n" msgstr " i s'havia especificat «--strict», se surt.\n" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1927 #, c-format msgid "" "error parsing key '%s' in schema '%s' as specified in override file '%s': %s." msgstr "" "s'ha produït un error en analitzar la clau «%s» en l'esquema «%s» tal com " "especifica el fitxer de sobreescriptura «%s»: %s." #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1937 #, c-format msgid "Ignoring override for this key.\n" msgstr "S'està ignorant la sobreescriptura d'aquesta clau.\n" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1955 #, c-format msgid "" "override for key '%s' in schema '%s' in override file '%s' is outside the " "range given in the schema" msgstr "" "la sobreescriptura de la clau «%s» de l'esquema «%s» en el fitxer de " "sobreescriptura «%s» és fora de l'interval de l'esquema donat" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1983 #, c-format msgid "" "override for key '%s' in schema '%s' in override file '%s' is not in the " "list of valid choices" msgstr "" "la sobreescriptura de la clau «%s» de l'esquema «%s» en el fitxer de " "sobreescriptura «%s» no és a la llista de valors vàlids" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2036 msgid "where to store the gschemas.compiled file" msgstr "on desar el fitxer gschemas.compiled" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2037 msgid "Abort on any errors in schemas" msgstr "Interromp si hi ha cap error en els esquemes" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2038 msgid "Do not write the gschema.compiled file" msgstr "No escriguis el fitxer gschema.compiled" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2039 msgid "Do not enforce key name restrictions" msgstr "No siguis estricte amb les restriccions dels noms de les claus" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2068 msgid "" "Compile all GSettings schema files into a schema cache.\n" "Schema files are required to have the extension .gschema.xml,\n" "and the cache file is called gschemas.compiled." msgstr "" "Compila tots els fitxers d'esquema GSettings en una memòria cau d'esquemes.\n" "Els fitxers d'esquema han de tenir l'extensió .gschema.xml\n" "i el fitxer de memòria cau es dirà gschemas.compiled." #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2084 #, c-format msgid "You should give exactly one directory name\n" msgstr "Heu de donar un sol nom de directori\n" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2123 #, c-format msgid "No schema files found: " msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap fitxer d'esquemes: " #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2126 #, c-format msgid "doing nothing.\n" msgstr "no facis res.\n" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:2129 #, c-format msgid "removed existing output file.\n" msgstr "suprimeix el fitxer de sortida actual.\n" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:635 ../gio/win32/gwinhttpfile.c:420 #, c-format msgid "Invalid filename %s" msgstr "El nom del fitxer no és vàlid: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1012 #, c-format msgid "Error getting filesystem info: %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en obtenir la informació del sistema de fitxers: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1180 msgid "Can't rename root directory" msgstr "No es pot canviar el nom del directori arrel" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1200 ../gio/glocalfile.c:1226 #, c-format msgid "Error renaming file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en canviar el nom del fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1209 msgid "Can't rename file, filename already exists" msgstr "No es pot canviar el nom del fitxer, ja existeix aquest nom" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1222 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2249 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2278 #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2438 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:549 msgid "Invalid filename" msgstr "Nom de fitxer no vàlid" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1389 ../gio/glocalfile.c:1413 msgid "Can't open directory" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el directori" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "Error opening file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en obrir el fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1538 #, c-format msgid "Error removing file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en suprimir el fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1922 #, c-format msgid "Error trashing file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en enviar el fitxer a la paperera: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1945 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create trash dir %s: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el directori de la paperera %s: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1966 msgid "Unable to find toplevel directory for trash" msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar el directori superior per a la paperera" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2045 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2065 msgid "Unable to find or create trash directory" msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar o crear el directori de la paperera" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2099 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create trashing info file: %s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut crear el fitxer d'informació d'enviar a la paperera: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2157 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2162 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2219 #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2226 #, c-format msgid "Unable to trash file: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut enviar el fitxer a la paperera: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2227 ../glib/gregex.c:281 msgid "internal error" msgstr "error intern" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2253 #, c-format msgid "Error creating directory: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear el directori: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Filesystem does not support symbolic links" msgstr "El sistema de fitxers no implementa enllaços simbòlics" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Error making symbolic link: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en fer l'enllaç simbòlic: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2348 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2442 #, c-format msgid "Error moving file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en moure el fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2371 msgid "Can't move directory over directory" msgstr "No s'ha pogut moure el directori al directori" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2398 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:925 #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:939 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:954 #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:970 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:984 msgid "Backup file creation failed" msgstr "Ha fallat la creació del fitxer de còpia de seguretat" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2417 #, c-format msgid "Error removing target file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en suprimir el fitxer objectiu: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2431 msgid "Move between mounts not supported" msgstr "No està implementat el moure entre muntatges" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2623 #, c-format msgid "Could not determine the disk usage of %s: %s" msgstr "No s'han pogut determinar l'ús del disc de %s: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:721 msgid "Attribute value must be non-NULL" msgstr "El valor de l'atribut no pot ser nul" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:728 msgid "Invalid attribute type (string expected)" msgstr "Tipus d'atribut no vàlid (s'esperava una cadena)" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:735 msgid "Invalid extended attribute name" msgstr "El nom de l'atribut ampliat no és vàlid" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:775 #, c-format msgid "Error setting extended attribute '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en establir l'atribut ampliat «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:1575 msgid " (invalid encoding)" msgstr " (codificació no vàlida)" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:1766 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:803 #, c-format msgid "Error when getting information for file '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en obtenir informació del fitxer «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2017 #, c-format msgid "Error when getting information for file descriptor: %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en obtenir informació del descriptor de fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2062 msgid "Invalid attribute type (uint32 expected)" msgstr "Tipus d'atribut no vàlid (s'esperava un uint32)" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2080 msgid "Invalid attribute type (uint64 expected)" msgstr "Tipus d'atribut no vàlid (s'esperava un uint64)" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2099 ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2118 msgid "Invalid attribute type (byte string expected)" msgstr "Tipus d'atribut no vàlid (s'esperava una cadena de bytes)" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2153 msgid "Cannot set permissions on symlinks" msgstr "No es poden establir permisos en els enllaços simbòlics" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2169 #, c-format msgid "Error setting permissions: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en establir els permisos: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2220 #, c-format msgid "Error setting owner: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en establir el propietari: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2243 msgid "symlink must be non-NULL" msgstr "l'enllaç simbòlic no pot ser nul" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2253 ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2272 #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2283 #, c-format msgid "Error setting symlink: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en establir l'enllaç simbòlic: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2262 msgid "Error setting symlink: file is not a symlink" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en establir l'enllaç simbòlic: el fitxer no és un " "enllaç simbòlic" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2388 #, c-format msgid "Error setting modification or access time: %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en establir el temps de modificació o d'accés: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2411 msgid "SELinux context must be non-NULL" msgstr "El context del SELinux no pot ser nul" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2426 #, c-format msgid "Error setting SELinux context: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en establir el context del SELinux: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2433 msgid "SELinux is not enabled on this system" msgstr "Aquest sistema no té habilitat el SELinux" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:2525 #, c-format msgid "Setting attribute %s not supported" msgstr "No està implementat establir l'atribut %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinputstream.c:168 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:694 #, c-format msgid "Error reading from file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir des del fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinputstream.c:199 ../gio/glocalfileinputstream.c:211 #: ../gio/glocalfileinputstream.c:225 ../gio/glocalfileinputstream.c:333 #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:456 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:1002 #, c-format msgid "Error seeking in file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en cercar en el fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileinputstream.c:255 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:246 #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:340 #, c-format msgid "Error closing file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en tancar el fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfilemonitor.c:840 msgid "Unable to find default local file monitor type" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut trobar el tipus de seguiment de fitxer local predeterminat" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:194 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:226 #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:715 #, c-format msgid "Error writing to file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure al fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Error removing old backup link: %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en suprimir l'enllaç de còpia de seguretat antic: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:287 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Error creating backup copy: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear la còpia de seguretat: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:318 #, c-format msgid "Error renaming temporary file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en canviar el nom del fitxer temporal: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:502 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:1053 #, c-format msgid "Error truncating file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en truncar el fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:555 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:785 #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:1034 ../gio/gsubprocess.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Error opening file '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en obrir el fitxer «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:816 msgid "Target file is a directory" msgstr "El fitxer objectiu és un directori" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:821 msgid "Target file is not a regular file" msgstr "El fitxer objectiu no és un fitxer regular" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:833 msgid "The file was externally modified" msgstr "El fitxer ha estat modificat des d'alguna aplicació externa" #: ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:1018 #, c-format msgid "Error removing old file: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en suprimir el fitxer vell: %s" #: ../gio/gmemoryinputstream.c:471 ../gio/gmemoryoutputstream.c:771 msgid "Invalid GSeekType supplied" msgstr "El GSeekType proporcionat no és vàlid" #: ../gio/gmemoryinputstream.c:481 msgid "Invalid seek request" msgstr "La sol·licitud de cerca és no vàlida" #: ../gio/gmemoryinputstream.c:505 msgid "Cannot truncate GMemoryInputStream" msgstr "No es pot truncar el GMemoryInputStream" #: ../gio/gmemoryoutputstream.c:567 msgid "Memory output stream not resizable" msgstr "El flux de sortida de memòria no és modificable" #: ../gio/gmemoryoutputstream.c:583 msgid "Failed to resize memory output stream" msgstr "Ha fallat el redimensionament de la memòria del flux de sortida" #: ../gio/gmemoryoutputstream.c:673 msgid "" "Amount of memory required to process the write is larger than available " "address space" msgstr "" "La quantitat de memòria necessària per processar l'escriptura és més gran " "que l'espai d'adreces disponible" #: ../gio/gmemoryoutputstream.c:781 msgid "Requested seek before the beginning of the stream" msgstr "S'ha sol·licitat un desplaçament abans de l'inici del flux" #: ../gio/gmemoryoutputstream.c:796 msgid "Requested seek beyond the end of the stream" msgstr "S'ha sol·licitat un desplaçament més enllà del final del flux" #. Translators: This is an error #. * message for mount objects that #. * don't implement unmount. #: ../gio/gmount.c:393 msgid "mount doesn't implement \"unmount\"" msgstr "el muntatge no implementa el desmuntatge («unmount»)" #. Translators: This is an error #. * message for mount objects that #. * don't implement eject. #: ../gio/gmount.c:469 msgid "mount doesn't implement \"eject\"" msgstr "el muntatge no implementa l'expulsió («eject»)" #. Translators: This is an error #. * message for mount objects that #. * don't implement any of unmount or unmount_with_operation. #: ../gio/gmount.c:547 msgid "mount doesn't implement \"unmount\" or \"unmount_with_operation\"" msgstr "" "el muntatge no implementa el desmuntatge («unmount») o " "l'«unmount_with_operation»" #. Translators: This is an error #. * message for mount objects that #. * don't implement any of eject or eject_with_operation. #: ../gio/gmount.c:632 msgid "mount doesn't implement \"eject\" or \"eject_with_operation\"" msgstr "" "el muntatge no implementa l'expulsió («eject») o l'«eject_with_operation»" #. Translators: This is an error #. * message for mount objects that #. * don't implement remount. #: ../gio/gmount.c:720 msgid "mount doesn't implement \"remount\"" msgstr "el muntatge no implementa el tornar-se a muntar («remount»)" #. Translators: This is an error #. * message for mount objects that #. * don't implement content type guessing. #: ../gio/gmount.c:802 msgid "mount doesn't implement content type guessing" msgstr "el muntatge no implementa l'estimació de tipus de contingut" #. Translators: This is an error #. * message for mount objects that #. * don't implement content type guessing. #: ../gio/gmount.c:889 msgid "mount doesn't implement synchronous content type guessing" msgstr "el muntatge no implementa l'estimació de tipus de contingut síncron" #: ../gio/gnetworkaddress.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Hostname '%s' contains '[' but not ']'" msgstr "El nom de l'ordinador «%s» conté «[» però no «]»" #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitorbase.c:206 ../gio/gnetworkmonitorbase.c:309 msgid "Network unreachable" msgstr "No es pot accedir a la xarxa" #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitorbase.c:244 ../gio/gnetworkmonitorbase.c:274 msgid "Host unreachable" msgstr "No es pot accedir a la màquina" #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:96 ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:108 #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:127 #, c-format msgid "Could not create network monitor: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el monitor de xarxa: %s" #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:117 msgid "Could not create network monitor: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el monitor de xarxa: " #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:175 msgid "Could not get network status: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir l'estat de la xarxa: " #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitornm.c:326 #, c-format msgid "NetworkManager version too old" msgstr "La versió del NetworkManager és massa antiga" #: ../gio/goutputstream.c:212 ../gio/goutputstream.c:560 msgid "Output stream doesn't implement write" msgstr "El flux de sortida no implementa l'escriptura" #: ../gio/goutputstream.c:521 ../gio/goutputstream.c:1222 msgid "Source stream is already closed" msgstr "El flux font ja està tancat" #: ../gio/gresolver.c:330 ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:116 #: ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:126 #, c-format msgid "Error resolving '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en resoldre «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gresource.c:304 ../gio/gresource.c:555 ../gio/gresource.c:572 #: ../gio/gresource.c:693 ../gio/gresource.c:762 ../gio/gresource.c:823 #: ../gio/gresource.c:903 ../gio/gresourcefile.c:453 ../gio/gresourcefile.c:576 #: ../gio/gresourcefile.c:713 #, c-format msgid "The resource at '%s' does not exist" msgstr "No existeix el recurs a «%s»" #: ../gio/gresource.c:469 #, c-format msgid "The resource at '%s' failed to decompress" msgstr "No s'ha pogut descomprimir el recurs «%s»" #: ../gio/gresourcefile.c:709 #, c-format msgid "The resource at '%s' is not a directory" msgstr "El recurs a «%s» no és un directori" #: ../gio/gresourcefile.c:917 msgid "Input stream doesn't implement seek" msgstr "El flux d'entrada no té implementada la cerca" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:494 msgid "List sections containing resources in an elf FILE" msgstr "Llista les seccions que contenen recursos en un FITXER elf" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:500 msgid "" "List resources\n" "If SECTION is given, only list resources in this section\n" "If PATH is given, only list matching resources" msgstr "" "Llista recursos\n" "Si s'especifica una SECCIÓ, només es llisten els recursos d'aquella secció\n" "Si s'especifica un CAMÍ, només es llisten els recursos que hi coincideixin" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:503 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:513 msgid "FILE [PATH]" msgstr "FITXER [CAMÍ]" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:504 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:514 #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:521 msgid "SECTION" msgstr "SECCIÓ" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:509 msgid "" "List resources with details\n" "If SECTION is given, only list resources in this section\n" "If PATH is given, only list matching resources\n" "Details include the section, size and compression" msgstr "" "Llista els recursos amb les seves dades\n" "Si s'especifica la SECCIÓ, només es mostren els recursos de la secció\n" "Si s'especifica el CAMÍ, només es mostren els recursos que hi coincideixin\n" "Les dades són la secció, la mida i la compressió" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:519 msgid "Extract a resource file to stdout" msgstr "Extreu un fitxer de recurs a la sortida estàndard" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:520 msgid "FILE PATH" msgstr "CAMÍ AL FITXER" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:534 msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gresource [--section SECTION] COMMAND [ARGS...]\n" "\n" "Commands:\n" " help Show this information\n" " sections List resource sections\n" " list List resources\n" " details List resources with details\n" " extract Extract a resource\n" "\n" "Use 'gresource help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Ús:\n" " gresource [--section SECCIÓ] ORDRE [ARGUMENTS...]\n" "\n" "Ordres:\n" " help Mostra aquesta informació\n" " sections Llista les seccions de recursos\n" " list Llista els recursos\n" " details Llista els recursos amb les seves dades\n" " extract Extreu un recurs\n" "\n" "Utilitzeu «gresource help ORDRE» per obtenir informació més detallada.\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:548 #, c-format msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gresource %s%s%s %s\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Utilització:\n" " gresource %s%s%s %s\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:555 msgid " SECTION An (optional) elf section name\n" msgstr " SECCIÓ El nom (opcional) d'una secció elf\n" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:559 ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:639 msgid " COMMAND The (optional) command to explain\n" msgstr " ORDRE L'ordre (opcional) que s'explicarà\n" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:565 msgid " FILE An elf file (a binary or a shared library)\n" msgstr "" " FITXER Un fitxer elf (un fitxer binari o una biblioteca compartida)\n" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:568 msgid "" " FILE An elf file (a binary or a shared library)\n" " or a compiled resource file\n" msgstr "" " FITXER Un fitxer elf (un fitxer binari o una biblioteca\n" " compartida) o un fitxer de recurs compilat\n" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:572 msgid "[PATH]" msgstr "[CAMÍ]" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:574 msgid " PATH An (optional) resource path (may be partial)\n" msgstr " CAMÍ Un (opcional) camí (pot ser parcial) de recurs\n" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:575 msgid "PATH" msgstr "CAMÍ" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:577 msgid " PATH A resource path\n" msgstr " CAMÍ Un camí de recurs\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:51 ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:72 #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:830 #, c-format msgid "No such schema '%s'\n" msgstr "No existeix l'esquema «%s»\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:57 #, c-format msgid "Schema '%s' is not relocatable (path must not be specified)\n" msgstr "" "No es pot canviar de lloc l'esquema «%s» (no s'ha d'especificar el camí)\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:78 #, c-format msgid "Schema '%s' is relocatable (path must be specified)\n" msgstr "Es pot canviar de lloc l'esquema «%s» (s'ha d'especificar el camí)\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:92 #, c-format msgid "Empty path given.\n" msgstr "S'ha donat un camí buit.\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Path must begin with a slash (/)\n" msgstr "El camí ha de començar amb una barra inclinada (/)\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:104 #, c-format msgid "Path must end with a slash (/)\n" msgstr "El camí ha d'acabar amb una barra inclinada (/)\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:110 #, c-format msgid "Path must not contain two adjacent slashes (//)\n" msgstr "El camí no pot contenir dues barres inclinades seguides (//)\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:481 #, c-format msgid "The provided value is outside of the valid range\n" msgstr "El valor proporcionat està fora del rang vàlid\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:488 #, c-format msgid "The key is not writable\n" msgstr "La clau no és d'escriptura\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:524 msgid "List the installed (non-relocatable) schemas" msgstr "Llista els esquemes instal·lats (que no es poden canviar de lloc)" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:530 msgid "List the installed relocatable schemas" msgstr "Llista els esquemes instal·lats que es poden canviar de lloc" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:536 msgid "List the keys in SCHEMA" msgstr "Llista les claus a l'ESQUEMA" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:537 ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:543 #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:580 msgid "SCHEMA[:PATH]" msgstr "ESQUEMA[:CAMÍ]" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:542 msgid "List the children of SCHEMA" msgstr "Llista els fills de l'ESQUEMA" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:548 msgid "" "List keys and values, recursively\n" "If no SCHEMA is given, list all keys\n" msgstr "" "Llista les claus i els valors recursivament\n" "Si no es passa cap ESQUEMA, es llista totes les claus\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:550 msgid "[SCHEMA[:PATH]]" msgstr "[ESQUEMA[:CAMÍ]]" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:555 msgid "Get the value of KEY" msgstr "Obtén el valor de la CLAU" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:556 ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:562 #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:574 ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:586 msgid "SCHEMA[:PATH] KEY" msgstr "ESQUEMA[:CAMÍ] CLAU" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:561 msgid "Query the range of valid values for KEY" msgstr "Consulta el rang de valors vàlids per a la CLAU" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:567 msgid "Set the value of KEY to VALUE" msgstr "Estableix el valor de la CLAU a VALOR" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:568 msgid "SCHEMA[:PATH] KEY VALUE" msgstr "ESQUEMA[:CAMÍ] CLAU VALOR" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:573 msgid "Reset KEY to its default value" msgstr "Reinicia la CLAU al seu valor predeterminat" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:579 msgid "Reset all keys in SCHEMA to their defaults" msgstr "Reinicia totes les claus de l'ESQUEMA als seus valors per defecte" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:585 msgid "Check if KEY is writable" msgstr "Comprova si la CLAU és d'escriptura" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:591 msgid "" "Monitor KEY for changes.\n" "If no KEY is specified, monitor all keys in SCHEMA.\n" "Use ^C to stop monitoring.\n" msgstr "" "Fes un seguiment de la CLAU per si hi ha canvis.\n" "Si no s'especifica cap CLAU, es farà un seguiment a \n" "totes les claus de l'ESQUEMA.\n" "Utilitzeu ^C per deixar de fer el seguiment.\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:594 msgid "SCHEMA[:PATH] [KEY]" msgstr "ESQUEMA[:CAMÍ] [CLAU]" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:606 msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gsettings --version\n" " gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] COMMAND [ARGS...]\n" "\n" "Commands:\n" " help Show this information\n" " list-schemas List installed schemas\n" " list-relocatable-schemas List relocatable schemas\n" " list-keys List keys in a schema\n" " list-children List children of a schema\n" " list-recursively List keys and values, recursively\n" " range Queries the range of a key\n" " get Get the value of a key\n" " set Set the value of a key\n" " reset Reset the value of a key\n" " reset-recursively Reset all values in a given schema\n" " writable Check if a key is writable\n" " monitor Watch for changes\n" "\n" "Use 'gsettings help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Forma d'ús:\n" " gsettings --version\n" " gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] ORDRE [ARGUMENTS...]\n" "\n" "Ordres:\n" " help Mostra aquesta informació\n" " list-schemas Llista els esquemes instal·lats\n" " list-relocatable-schemas Llista els esquemes que es poden canviar de " "lloc\n" " list-keys Llista les claus d'un esquema\n" " list-children Llista els fills d'un esquema\n" " list-recursively Llista les claus i els valors recursivament\n" " range Consulta el rang d'una clau\n" " get Obtén el valor d'una clau\n" " set Estableix el valor d'una clau\n" " reset Reinicia el valor d'una clau\n" " reset-recursively Reinicia tots els valors de l'esquema donat\n" " writable Comprova si es pot escriure a la clau\n" " monitor Fa un seguiment per si hi ha canvis\n" "\n" "Utilitzeu «gsettings help ORDRE» per veure l'ajuda més detallada.\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:629 #, c-format msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] %s %s\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Ús:\n" " gsettings [--schemadir DIRECTORI_D'ESQUEMES] %s %s\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:635 msgid " SCHEMADIR A directory to search for additional schemas\n" msgstr "" " DIRECTORI_D'ESQUEMES Un directori on cercar-hi esquemes addicionals\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:643 msgid "" " SCHEMA The name of the schema\n" " PATH The path, for relocatable schemas\n" msgstr "" " ESQUEMA El nom de l'esquema\n" " CAMÍ El camí, pels esquemes que es poden canviar de lloc\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:648 msgid " KEY The (optional) key within the schema\n" msgstr " CLAU La clau (opcional) de l'esquema\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:652 msgid " KEY The key within the schema\n" msgstr " CLAU La clau de l'esquema\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:656 msgid " VALUE The value to set\n" msgstr " VALOR El valor a establir\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:711 #, c-format msgid "Could not load schemas from %s: %s\n" msgstr "No s'han pogut carregar els esquemes %s: %s\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:723 #, c-format msgid "No schemas installed\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:788 #, c-format msgid "Empty schema name given\n" msgstr "S'ha donat un nom d'esquema buit\n" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:843 #, c-format msgid "No such key '%s'\n" msgstr "No existeix la clau «%s»\n" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:364 msgid "Invalid socket, not initialized" msgstr "El sòcol no és vàlid, no està inicialitzat" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:371 #, c-format msgid "Invalid socket, initialization failed due to: %s" msgstr "El sòcol no és vàlid, ha fallat la inicialització degut a: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:379 msgid "Socket is already closed" msgstr "El sòcol ja és tancat" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:394 ../gio/gsocket.c:2751 ../gio/gsocket.c:3896 #: ../gio/gsocket.c:3951 msgid "Socket I/O timed out" msgstr "S'ha excedit el temps d'espera d'entrada/sortida del sòcol" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:526 #, c-format msgid "creating GSocket from fd: %s" msgstr "s'està creant un GSocket a partir del descriptor de fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:554 ../gio/gsocket.c:608 ../gio/gsocket.c:615 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create socket: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el sòcol: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:608 msgid "Unknown family was specified" msgstr "S'ha especificat una família desconeguda" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:615 msgid "Unknown protocol was specified" msgstr "S'ha especificat un protocol desconegut" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:1104 #, c-format msgid "Cannot use datagram operations on a non-datagram socket." msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:1121 #, c-format msgid "Cannot use datagram operations on a socket with a timeout set." msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:1925 #, c-format msgid "could not get local address: %s" msgstr "no s'ha pogut obtenir l'adreça local: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:1968 #, c-format msgid "could not get remote address: %s" msgstr "no s'ha pogut obtenir l'adreça remota: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2034 #, c-format msgid "could not listen: %s" msgstr "no s'ha pogut escoltar: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2133 #, c-format msgid "Error binding to address: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en vincular-se a l'adreça: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2248 ../gio/gsocket.c:2285 #, c-format msgid "Error joining multicast group: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en unir-se a un grup de multidestinació: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2249 ../gio/gsocket.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Error leaving multicast group: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en deixar un grup de multidestinació: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2250 msgid "No support for source-specific multicast" msgstr "Encara no es pot fer multidestinació des d'un origen concret" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2470 #, c-format msgid "Error accepting connection: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en acceptar la connexió: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2593 msgid "Connection in progress" msgstr "Connexió en curs" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2644 msgid "Unable to get pending error: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir l'error pendent: " #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2816 #, c-format msgid "Error receiving data: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en rebre les dades: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:3013 #, c-format msgid "Error sending data: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en enviar les dades: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:3200 #, c-format msgid "Unable to shutdown socket: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut aturar el sòcol: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:3281 #, c-format msgid "Error closing socket: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en tancar el sòcol: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:3889 #, c-format msgid "Waiting for socket condition: %s" msgstr "S'està esperant la condició del sòcol: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:4361 ../gio/gsocket.c:4441 ../gio/gsocket.c:4619 #, c-format msgid "Error sending message: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en enviar el missatge: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:4385 msgid "GSocketControlMessage not supported on Windows" msgstr "El GSocketControlMessage no està implementat a Windows" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:4840 ../gio/gsocket.c:4913 ../gio/gsocket.c:5140 #, c-format msgid "Error receiving message: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en rebre un missatge: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:5412 #, c-format msgid "Unable to read socket credentials: %s" msgstr "No s'han pogut llegir les credencials del sòcol: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:5421 msgid "g_socket_get_credentials not implemented for this OS" msgstr "Aquest sistema operatiu no implementa el «g_socket_get_credentials»" #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to proxy server %s: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar al servidor intermediari %s: " #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to %s: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar a %s: " #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:192 msgid "Could not connect: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar: " #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:1027 ../gio/gsocketclient.c:1599 msgid "Unknown error on connect" msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut en connectar-se" #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:1081 ../gio/gsocketclient.c:1535 msgid "Proxying over a non-TCP connection is not supported." msgstr "" "Encara no es pot fer de servidor intermediari d'una connexió que no sigui " "TCP." #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:1110 ../gio/gsocketclient.c:1561 #, c-format msgid "Proxy protocol '%s' is not supported." msgstr "El protocol del servidor intermediari «%s» no està implementat." #: ../gio/gsocketlistener.c:218 msgid "Listener is already closed" msgstr "Ja està tancat el receptor de connexions" #: ../gio/gsocketlistener.c:264 msgid "Added socket is closed" msgstr "El sòcol que s'ha afegit és tancat" #: ../gio/gsocks4aproxy.c:118 #, c-format msgid "SOCKSv4 does not support IPv6 address '%s'" msgstr "El SOCKSv4 no permet utilitzar adreces IPv6 «%s»" #: ../gio/gsocks4aproxy.c:136 msgid "Username is too long for SOCKSv4 protocol" msgstr "El nom d'usuari és massa llarg pel protocol SOCKSv4" #: ../gio/gsocks4aproxy.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Hostname '%s' is too long for SOCKSv4 protocol" msgstr "El nom d'ordinador «%s» és massa llarg pel protocol SOCKSv4" #: ../gio/gsocks4aproxy.c:179 msgid "The server is not a SOCKSv4 proxy server." msgstr "El servidor no és un servidor intermediari de SOCKSv4." #: ../gio/gsocks4aproxy.c:186 msgid "Connection through SOCKSv4 server was rejected" msgstr "S'ha rebutjat la connexió a través d'un servidor SOCKSv4" #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:153 ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:324 #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:334 msgid "The server is not a SOCKSv5 proxy server." msgstr "El servidor no és un servidor intermediari SOCKSv5." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:167 msgid "The SOCKSv5 proxy requires authentication." msgstr "El servidor intermediari SOCKSv5 requereix autenticació." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:177 msgid "" "The SOCKSv5 proxy requires an authentication method that is not supported by " "GLib." msgstr "" "El servidor intermediari SOCKSv5 requereix un mètode d'autenticació que " "encara no està implementat a la GLib." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:206 msgid "Username or password is too long for SOCKSv5 protocol." msgstr "" "El protocol SOCKSv5 no permet un nom d'usuari o de contrasenya d'aquesta " "mida." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:236 msgid "SOCKSv5 authentication failed due to wrong username or password." msgstr "" "Ha fallat l'autenticació SOCKSv5 degut a un nom d'usuari o contrasenya " "errònies." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Hostname '%s' is too long for SOCKSv5 protocol" msgstr "El nom d'ordinador «%s» és massa llarg pel protocol SOCKSv5" #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:348 msgid "The SOCKSv5 proxy server uses unknown address type." msgstr "" "El servidor intermediari SOCKSv5 utilitza un tipus d'adreça desconeguda." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:355 msgid "Internal SOCKSv5 proxy server error." msgstr "S'ha produït un error intern del servidor intermediari SOCKSv5." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:361 msgid "SOCKSv5 connection not allowed by ruleset." msgstr "El conjunt de regles no permet fer connexions SOCKSv5." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:368 msgid "Host unreachable through SOCKSv5 server." msgstr "" "No es pot arribar al servidor a través del servidor intermediari SOCKSv5." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:374 msgid "Network unreachable through SOCKSv5 proxy." msgstr "" "No es pot arribar a la xarxa a través del servidor intermediari SOCKSv5." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:380 msgid "Connection refused through SOCKSv5 proxy." msgstr "S'ha refusat la connexió a través del servidor intermediari SOCKSv5." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:386 msgid "SOCKSv5 proxy does not support 'connect' command." msgstr "" "El servidor intermediari SOCKSv5 no permet l'ús de l'ordre «connect»." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:392 msgid "SOCKSv5 proxy does not support provided address type." msgstr "" "El servidor intermediari SOCKSv5 no permet l'ús del tipus d'adreça " "proporcionada." #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:398 msgid "Unknown SOCKSv5 proxy error." msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error desconegut en el servidor intermediari SOCKSv5." #: ../gio/gthemedicon.c:518 #, c-format msgid "Can't handle version %d of GThemedIcon encoding" msgstr "No es pot gestionar la versió %d de la codificació del GThemedIcon" #: ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:118 msgid "No valid addresses were found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap adreça vàlida" #: ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Error reverse-resolving '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en resoldre a la inversa «%s»: %s" #: ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:546 ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:626 #: ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:724 ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:774 #, c-format msgid "No DNS record of the requested type for '%s'" msgstr "No hi ha registre DNS del tipus sol·licitat per «%s»" #: ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:551 ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:729 #, c-format msgid "Temporarily unable to resolve '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha pogut resoldre «%s» de forma temporal" #: ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:556 ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:734 #, c-format msgid "Error resolving '%s'" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en resoldre «%s»" #: ../gio/gtlscertificate.c:250 msgid "Cannot decrypt PEM-encoded private key" msgstr "No s'ha pogut desencriptar la clau privada codificada amb PEM" #: ../gio/gtlscertificate.c:255 msgid "No PEM-encoded private key found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap clau privada codificada amb PEM" #: ../gio/gtlscertificate.c:265 msgid "Could not parse PEM-encoded private key" msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar la clau privada codificada amb PEM" #: ../gio/gtlscertificate.c:290 msgid "No PEM-encoded certificate found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap certificat codificat amb PEM" #: ../gio/gtlscertificate.c:299 msgid "Could not parse PEM-encoded certificate" msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar el certificat codificat amb PEM" #: ../gio/gtlspassword.c:111 msgid "" "This is the last chance to enter the password correctly before your access " "is locked out." msgstr "" "Últim intent per introduir la contrasenya correctament abans que se us " "bloquegi l'accés." #: ../gio/gtlspassword.c:113 msgid "" "Several password entered have been incorrect, and your access will be locked " "out after further failures." msgstr "" "S'han introduït diverses contrasenyes errònies i se us bloquejarà l'accés " "després de més intents." #: ../gio/gtlspassword.c:115 msgid "The password entered is incorrect." msgstr "La contrasenya introduïda no és correcte." #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:166 ../gio/gunixconnection.c:561 #, c-format msgid "Expecting 1 control message, got %d" msgid_plural "Expecting 1 control message, got %d" msgstr[0] "S'esperava un missatge de control però se n'ha obtingut %d" msgstr[1] "S'esperava un missatge de control però se n'han obtingut %d" # FIXME #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:182 ../gio/gunixconnection.c:573 msgid "Unexpected type of ancillary data" msgstr "Tipus de dades extres no esperades" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Expecting one fd, but got %d\n" msgid_plural "Expecting one fd, but got %d\n" msgstr[0] "S'esperava un descriptor de fitxer però se n'ha obtingut %d\n" msgstr[1] "S'esperava un descriptor de fitxer però se n'han obtingut %d\n" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:219 msgid "Received invalid fd" msgstr "S'ha rebut un descriptor de fitxer no vàlid" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:355 msgid "Error sending credentials: " msgstr "S'ha produït un error en enviar les credencials: " #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:503 #, c-format msgid "Error checking if SO_PASSCRED is enabled for socket: %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en la comprovació de si «SO_PASSCRED» és habilitat en " "el sòcol: %s" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:518 #, c-format msgid "Error enabling SO_PASSCRED: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en habilitar «SO_PASSCRED»: %s" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:547 msgid "" "Expecting to read a single byte for receiving credentials but read zero bytes" msgstr "" "S'esperava llegir un sol byte per rebre les credencials però s'han llegit " "zero bytes" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Not expecting control message, but got %d" msgstr "No s'esperava un missatge de control però s'ha obtingut %d" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:611 #, c-format msgid "Error while disabling SO_PASSCRED: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en inhabilitar «SO_PASSCRED»: %s" #: ../gio/gunixinputstream.c:369 ../gio/gunixinputstream.c:390 #, c-format msgid "Error reading from file descriptor: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir del descriptor de fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/gunixinputstream.c:423 ../gio/gunixoutputstream.c:409 #: ../gio/gwin32inputstream.c:217 ../gio/gwin32outputstream.c:204 #, c-format msgid "Error closing file descriptor: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error tancant el descriptor de fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/gunixmounts.c:2099 ../gio/gunixmounts.c:2152 msgid "Filesystem root" msgstr "Arrel del sistema de fitxers" #: ../gio/gunixoutputstream.c:355 ../gio/gunixoutputstream.c:376 #, c-format msgid "Error writing to file descriptor: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure al descriptor de fitxer: %s" #: ../gio/gunixsocketaddress.c:239 msgid "Abstract UNIX domain socket addresses not supported on this system" msgstr "Aquest sistema no admet adreces de sòcol de domini UNIX abstractes" #: ../gio/gvolume.c:437 msgid "volume doesn't implement eject" msgstr "el volum no implementa l'expulsió" #. Translators: This is an error #. * message for volume objects that #. * don't implement any of eject or eject_with_operation. #: ../gio/gvolume.c:514 msgid "volume doesn't implement eject or eject_with_operation" msgstr "el volum no implementa l'expulsió o «eject_with_operation»" #: ../gio/gwin32inputstream.c:185 #, c-format msgid "Error reading from handle: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir del gestor: %s" #: ../gio/gwin32inputstream.c:232 ../gio/gwin32outputstream.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Error closing handle: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en tancar el gestor: %s" #: ../gio/gwin32outputstream.c:172 #, c-format msgid "Error writing to handle: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure al gestor: %s" #: ../gio/gzlibcompressor.c:394 ../gio/gzlibdecompressor.c:347 msgid "Not enough memory" msgstr "No hi ha prou memòria" #: ../gio/gzlibcompressor.c:401 ../gio/gzlibdecompressor.c:354 #, c-format msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "Error intern: %s" #: ../gio/gzlibcompressor.c:414 ../gio/gzlibdecompressor.c:368 msgid "Need more input" msgstr "Fan falta més dades d'entrada" #: ../gio/gzlibdecompressor.c:340 msgid "Invalid compressed data" msgstr "Les dades comprimides no són vàlides" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:18 msgid "Address to listen on" msgstr "Adreça on escoltar" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:19 msgid "Ignored, for compat with GTestDbus" msgstr "Ignorat, per compatibilitat amb el GTestDbus" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:20 msgid "Print address" msgstr "Mostra l'adreça" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:21 msgid "Print address in shell mode" msgstr "Mostra l'adreça en mode intèrpret d'ordres" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:28 msgid "Run a dbus service" msgstr "Executa un servei de D-Bus" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:42 #, c-format msgid "Wrong args\n" msgstr "Els arguments no són correctes\n" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:755 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected attribute '%s' for element '%s'" msgstr "No s'esperava l'atribut «%s» per a l'element «%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:766 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:837 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:847 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:954 #, c-format msgid "Attribute '%s' of element '%s' not found" msgstr "No s'ha trobat l'atribut «%s» de l'element «%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1124 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1189 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1253 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1263 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected tag '%s', tag '%s' expected" msgstr "No s'esperava l'etiqueta «%s», s'esperava «%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1149 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1163 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1231 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected tag '%s' inside '%s'" msgstr "No s'esperava l'etiqueta «%s» dins «%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1756 msgid "No valid bookmark file found in data dirs" msgstr "" "No s'ha trobat cap fitxer d'adreces d'interès dins dels directoris de dades" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1957 #, c-format msgid "A bookmark for URI '%s' already exists" msgstr "Ja existeix una adreça d'interès per a l'URI «%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2003 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2161 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2246 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2326 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2411 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2494 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2572 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2651 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2693 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2790 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2910 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:3100 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:3176 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:3344 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:3433 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:3522 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:3638 #, c-format msgid "No bookmark found for URI '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap adreça d'interès per a l'URI «%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2335 #, c-format msgid "No MIME type defined in the bookmark for URI '%s'" msgstr "" "No hi ha cap tipus MIME definit a l'adreça d'interès per a l'URI «%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2420 #, c-format msgid "No private flag has been defined in bookmark for URI '%s'" msgstr "" "No hi ha cap senyalador privat definit a l'adreça d'interès per a l'URI «%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:2799 #, c-format msgid "No groups set in bookmark for URI '%s'" msgstr "No hi ha cap grup establert a l'adreça d'interès per a l'URI «%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:3197 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:3354 #, c-format msgid "No application with name '%s' registered a bookmark for '%s'" msgstr "" "No hi ha cap aplicació amb el nom «%s» que hagi registrat l'adreça d'interès " "«%s»" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:3377 #, c-format msgid "Failed to expand exec line '%s' with URI '%s'" msgstr "No s'ha pogut ampliar la línia d'execució «%s» amb l'URI «%s»" #: ../glib/gconvert.c:477 ../glib/gutf8.c:849 ../glib/gutf8.c:1061 #: ../glib/gutf8.c:1198 ../glib/gutf8.c:1302 msgid "Partial character sequence at end of input" msgstr "Seqüència de caràcters parcial al final de l'entrada" # FIXME: fallback #: ../glib/gconvert.c:742 #, c-format msgid "Cannot convert fallback '%s' to codeset '%s'" msgstr "No es pot convertir el «fallback» «%s» al joc de codis «%s»" #: ../glib/gconvert.c:1567 #, c-format msgid "The URI '%s' is not an absolute URI using the \"file\" scheme" msgstr "L'URI «%s» no és un URI absolut que utilitzi l'esquema «file»" #: ../glib/gconvert.c:1577 #, c-format msgid "The local file URI '%s' may not include a '#'" msgstr "Pot ser que l'URI del fitxer local «%s» no inclogui cap «#»" #: ../glib/gconvert.c:1594 #, c-format msgid "The URI '%s' is invalid" msgstr "L'URI «%s» no és vàlid" #: ../glib/gconvert.c:1606 #, c-format msgid "The hostname of the URI '%s' is invalid" msgstr "El nom de l'ordinador de l'URI «%s» no és vàlid" #: ../glib/gconvert.c:1622 #, c-format msgid "The URI '%s' contains invalidly escaped characters" msgstr "L'URI «%s» conté caràcters d'escapada no vàlids" #: ../glib/gconvert.c:1717 #, c-format msgid "The pathname '%s' is not an absolute path" msgstr "El nom de camí «%s» no és un camí absolut" #: ../glib/gconvert.c:1727 msgid "Invalid hostname" msgstr "El nom de l'ordinador no és vàlid" #. Translators: 'before midday' indicator #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:201 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "AM" msgstr "A. M." #. Translators: 'after midday' indicator #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:203 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "PM" msgstr "P. M." #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date and the time #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:206 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y" msgstr "%a %d %b %Y %T %Z" #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:209 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%m/%d/%y" msgstr "%d/%m/%y" #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the time #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:212 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%H:%M:%S" msgstr "%H:%M:%S" #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing 12 hour time #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:215 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%I:%M:%S %p" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:228 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "January" msgstr "Gener" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:230 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "February" msgstr "Febrer" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:232 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "March" msgstr "Març" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:234 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "April" msgstr "Abril" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:236 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "May" msgstr "Maig" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:238 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "June" msgstr "Juny" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:240 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "July" msgstr "Juliol" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:242 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "August" msgstr "Agost" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:244 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "September" msgstr "Setembre" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:246 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "October" msgstr "Octubre" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:248 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "November" msgstr "Novembre" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:250 msgctxt "full month name" msgid "December" msgstr "Desembre" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:265 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Jan" msgstr "gen" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:267 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Feb" msgstr "feb" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:269 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Mar" msgstr "mar" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:271 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Apr" msgstr "abr" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:273 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "May" msgstr "mai" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:275 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Jun" msgstr "jun" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:277 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Jul" msgstr "jul" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:279 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Aug" msgstr "ago" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:281 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Sep" msgstr "set" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:283 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Oct" msgstr "oct" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:285 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Nov" msgstr "nov" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:287 msgctxt "abbreviated month name" msgid "Dec" msgstr "des" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:302 msgctxt "full weekday name" msgid "Monday" msgstr "Dilluns" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:304 msgctxt "full weekday name" msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Dimarts" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:306 msgctxt "full weekday name" msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Dimecres" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:308 msgctxt "full weekday name" msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Dijous" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:310 msgctxt "full weekday name" msgid "Friday" msgstr "Divendres" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:312 msgctxt "full weekday name" msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Dissabte" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:314 msgctxt "full weekday name" msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Diumenge" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:329 msgctxt "abbreviated weekday name" msgid "Mon" msgstr "dl" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:331 msgctxt "abbreviated weekday name" msgid "Tue" msgstr "dt" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:333 msgctxt "abbreviated weekday name" msgid "Wed" msgstr "dc" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:335 msgctxt "abbreviated weekday name" msgid "Thu" msgstr "dj" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:337 msgctxt "abbreviated weekday name" msgid "Fri" msgstr "dv" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:339 msgctxt "abbreviated weekday name" msgid "Sat" msgstr "ds" #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:341 msgctxt "abbreviated weekday name" msgid "Sun" msgstr "dg" #: ../glib/gdir.c:155 #, c-format msgid "Error opening directory '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en obrir el directori «%s»: %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:700 ../glib/gfileutils.c:792 #, c-format msgid "Could not allocate %lu byte to read file \"%s\"" msgid_plural "Could not allocate %lu bytes to read file \"%s\"" msgstr[0] "No s'han pogut assignar %lu byte per llegir el fitxer «%s»" msgstr[1] "No s'han pogut assignar %lu bytes per llegir el fitxer «%s»" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:717 #, c-format msgid "Error reading file '%s': %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir el fitxer «%s»: %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:753 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" is too large" msgstr "El fitxer «%s» és massa gran" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:817 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read from file '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir del fitxer «%s»: %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:865 ../glib/gfileutils.c:937 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open file '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer «%s»: %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:877 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get attributes of file '%s': fstat() failed: %s" msgstr "" "No s'han pogut obtenir els atributs del fitxer «%s»: ha fallat la funció " "fstat(): %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open file '%s': fdopen() failed: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer «%s»: ha fallat la funció fdopen(): %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1006 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rename file '%s' to '%s': g_rename() failed: %s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut canviar el nom del fitxer «%s» a «%s»: ha fallat la funció " "g_rename(): %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1041 ../glib/gfileutils.c:1540 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create file '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el fitxer «%s»: %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1068 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write file '%s': write() failed: %s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut escriure el fitxer «%s»: ha fallat la funció write(): %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1111 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write file '%s': fsync() failed: %s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut escriure el fitxer «%s»: ha fallat la funció fsync(): %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1235 #, c-format msgid "Existing file '%s' could not be removed: g_unlink() failed: %s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut suprimir el fitxer existent «%s»: ha fallat la funció " "g_unlink(): %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1506 #, c-format msgid "Template '%s' invalid, should not contain a '%s'" msgstr "La plantilla «%s» no és vàlida, no hauria de tenir cap «%s»" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1519 #, c-format msgid "Template '%s' doesn't contain XXXXXX" msgstr "La plantilla «%s» no conté XXXXXX" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:2038 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read the symbolic link '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir l'enllaç simbòlic «%s»: %s" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:2057 msgid "Symbolic links not supported" msgstr "No es poden utilitzar els enllaços simbòlics" #: ../glib/giochannel.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Could not open converter from '%s' to '%s': %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el convertidor de «%s» a «%s»: %s" #: ../glib/giochannel.c:1733 msgid "Can't do a raw read in g_io_channel_read_line_string" msgstr "No es pot fer una lectura bàsica a g_io_channel_read_line_string" #: ../glib/giochannel.c:1780 ../glib/giochannel.c:2038 #: ../glib/giochannel.c:2125 msgid "Leftover unconverted data in read buffer" msgstr "" "A la memòria intermèdia de lectura hi ha dades sobrants no convertides" #: ../glib/giochannel.c:1861 ../glib/giochannel.c:1938 msgid "Channel terminates in a partial character" msgstr "El canal acaba en un caràcter parcial" #: ../glib/giochannel.c:1924 msgid "Can't do a raw read in g_io_channel_read_to_end" msgstr "No es pot fer una lectura bàsica a g_io_channel_read_to_end" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:737 msgid "Valid key file could not be found in search dirs" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut trobar cap fitxer de claus vàlid als directoris de cerca" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:773 msgid "Not a regular file" msgstr "No és un fitxer regular" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1174 #, c-format msgid "" "Key file contains line '%s' which is not a key-value pair, group, or comment" msgstr "" "El fitxer de claus conté la línia «%s» que no és una parella clau-valor, " "grup o comentari" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1231 #, c-format msgid "Invalid group name: %s" msgstr "El nom del grup no és vàlid: %s" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1253 msgid "Key file does not start with a group" msgstr "El fitxer de claus no comença amb un grup" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1279 #, c-format msgid "Invalid key name: %s" msgstr "El nom de la clau no és vàlid: %s" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1306 #, c-format msgid "Key file contains unsupported encoding '%s'" msgstr "El fitxer de claus conté la codificació no implementada «%s»" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1549 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1722 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:3100 #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:3163 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:3293 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:3423 #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:3567 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:3796 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:3863 #, c-format msgid "Key file does not have group '%s'" msgstr "El fitxer de claus no té el grup «%s»" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1677 #, c-format msgid "Key file does not have key '%s' in group '%s'" msgstr "El fitxer de claus no conté una clau «%s» en el grup «%s»" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1839 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1955 #, c-format msgid "Key file contains key '%s' with value '%s' which is not UTF-8" msgstr "" "El fitxer de claus conté la clau «%s» amb el valor «%s», que no és UTF-8" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1859 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:1975 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:2344 #, c-format msgid "" "Key file contains key '%s' which has a value that cannot be interpreted." msgstr "" "El fitxer de claus conté la clau «%s», que té un valor que no es pot " "interpretar." #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:2561 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:2929 #, c-format msgid "" "Key file contains key '%s' in group '%s' which has a value that cannot be " "interpreted." msgstr "" "El fitxer de claus conté la clau «%s» en el grup «%s», que té un valor que " "no es pot interpretar." #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:2639 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:2716 #, c-format msgid "Key '%s' in group '%s' has value '%s' where %s was expected" msgstr "" "La clau «%s» en el grup «%s» té el valor «%s» però s'esperava el valor %s" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:4103 msgid "Key file contains escape character at end of line" msgstr "El fitxer de claus conté un caràcter d'escapada al final de línia" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:4125 #, c-format msgid "Key file contains invalid escape sequence '%s'" msgstr "El fitxer de claus conté la seqüència d'escapada no vàlida «%s»" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:4267 #, c-format msgid "Value '%s' cannot be interpreted as a number." msgstr "El valor «%s» no es pot interpretar com un nombre." #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:4281 #, c-format msgid "Integer value '%s' out of range" msgstr "El valor enter «%s» és fora de l'interval" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:4314 #, c-format msgid "Value '%s' cannot be interpreted as a float number." msgstr "El valor «%s» no es pot interpretar com un nombre amb coma flotant." #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:4351 #, c-format msgid "Value '%s' cannot be interpreted as a boolean." msgstr "El valor «%s» no es pot interpretar com un booleà." #: ../glib/gmappedfile.c:129 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get attributes of file '%s%s%s%s': fstat() failed: %s" msgstr "" "No s'han pogut obtenir els atributs del fitxer «%s%s%s%s»: ha fallat la " "funció fstat(): %s" #: ../glib/gmappedfile.c:195 #, c-format msgid "Failed to map %s%s%s%s: mmap() failed: %s" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut mapar el fitxer «%s%s%s%s»: ha fallat la funció mmap(): %s" #: ../glib/gmappedfile.c:261 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open file '%s': open() failed: %s" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer «%s»: ha fallat la funció open(): %s" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:398 ../glib/gmarkup.c:440 #, c-format msgid "Error on line %d char %d: " msgstr "S'ha produït un error a la línia %d caràcter %d: " #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:462 ../glib/gmarkup.c:545 #, c-format msgid "Invalid UTF-8 encoded text in name - not valid '%s'" msgstr "El nom conté caràcters UTF-8 no vàlids: «%s»" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:473 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid name" msgstr "«%s» no és un nom vàlid" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:489 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid name: '%c'" msgstr "«%s» no és un nom vàlid: «%c»" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:599 #, c-format msgid "Error on line %d: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error a la línia %d: %s" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:676 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to parse '%-.*s', which should have been a digit inside a character " "reference (ê for example) - perhaps the digit is too large" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut analitzar «%-.*s»: hi hauria d'haver hagut un dígit dins un " "caràcter de referència (per exemple ê). Potser el dígit és massa gran." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:688 msgid "" "Character reference did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an " "ampersand character without intending to start an entity - escape ampersand " "as &" msgstr "" "La referència del caràcter no acaba amb un punt i coma. Segurament heu " "utilitzat un caràcter «&» sense intenció d'iniciar una entitat. Substituïu " "el caràcter «&» per &." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:714 #, c-format msgid "Character reference '%-.*s' does not encode a permitted character" msgstr "El caràcter de referència «%-.*s» no codifica un caràcter permès" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:752 msgid "" "Empty entity '&;' seen; valid entities are: & " < > '" msgstr "" "S'ha detectat una entitat buida «&;». Les entitats vàlides són: & " " "< > '." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:760 #, c-format msgid "Entity name '%-.*s' is not known" msgstr "Es desconeix el nom d'entitat «%-.*s»" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:765 msgid "" "Entity did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an ampersand " "character without intending to start an entity - escape ampersand as &" msgstr "" "L'entitat no acaba amb un punt i coma. Segurament heu utilitzat un caràcter " "«&» sense intenció d'iniciar una entitat. Substituïu el caràcter «&» per " "&." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1171 msgid "Document must begin with an element (e.g. )" msgstr "El document ha de començar amb un element (p. ex. )" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s' is not a valid character following a '<' character; it may not begin an " "element name" msgstr "" "«%s» no és un caràcter vàlid després d'un caràcter «<»: no pot començar un " "nom d'element." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1253 #, c-format msgid "" "Odd character '%s', expected a '>' character to end the empty-element tag " "'%s'" msgstr "" "S'ha trobat un caràcter estrany: «%s». S'esperava el caràcter «>» per tancar " "l'etiqueta d'element buit «%s»." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1334 #, c-format msgid "" "Odd character '%s', expected a '=' after attribute name '%s' of element '%s'" msgstr "" "S'ha trobat un caràcter estrany: «%s». S'esperava un «=» després del nom " "d'atribut «%s» de l'element «%s»." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1375 #, c-format msgid "" "Odd character '%s', expected a '>' or '/' character to end the start tag of " "element '%s', or optionally an attribute; perhaps you used an invalid " "character in an attribute name" msgstr "" "S'ha trobat un caràcter estrany: «%s». S'esperava un caràcter «>» o «/» per " "finalitzar l'etiqueta d'inici de l'element «%s», o opcionalment un atribut. " "Potser heu utilitzat un caràcter no vàlid en un nom d'atribut." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1419 #, c-format msgid "" "Odd character '%s', expected an open quote mark after the equals sign when " "giving value for attribute '%s' of element '%s'" msgstr "" "S'ha trobat un caràcter estrany: «%s». S'esperaven unes cometes d'obertura " "després del signe «=» en donar valor a l'atribut «%s» de l'element «%s»." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1552 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s' is not a valid character following the characters ''" msgstr "" "«%s» no és un caràcter vàlid després del nom d'element de tancament «%s». El " "caràcter permès és «>»." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1599 #, c-format msgid "Element '%s' was closed, no element is currently open" msgstr "L'element «%s» estava tancat. Actualment no hi ha cap element obert." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1608 #, c-format msgid "Element '%s' was closed, but the currently open element is '%s'" msgstr "L'element «%s» estava tancat. L'element obert actualment és «%s»." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1761 msgid "Document was empty or contained only whitespace" msgstr "El document era buit o només contenia espais en blanc" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1775 msgid "Document ended unexpectedly just after an open angle bracket '<'" msgstr "" "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada immediatament després del símbol " "«<»" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1783 ../glib/gmarkup.c:1828 #, c-format msgid "" "Document ended unexpectedly with elements still open - '%s' was the last " "element opened" msgstr "" "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada amb elements que encara eren " "oberts. «%s» era l'últim element obert." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1791 #, c-format msgid "" "Document ended unexpectedly, expected to see a close angle bracket ending " "the tag <%s/>" msgstr "" "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada. S'esperava trobar un símbol «>» " "que acabés l'etiqueta <%s/>." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1797 msgid "Document ended unexpectedly inside an element name" msgstr "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada enmig d'un nom d'element" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1803 msgid "Document ended unexpectedly inside an attribute name" msgstr "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada enmig d'un nom d'atribut" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1808 msgid "Document ended unexpectedly inside an element-opening tag." msgstr "" "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada enmig d'una etiqueta d'obertura " "d'un element." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1814 msgid "" "Document ended unexpectedly after the equals sign following an attribute " "name; no attribute value" msgstr "" "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada després d'un signe d'igual " "després d'un nom d'atribut. No hi ha cap valor d'atribut." #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1821 msgid "Document ended unexpectedly while inside an attribute value" msgstr "" "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada enmig d'un valor d'atribut" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1837 #, c-format msgid "Document ended unexpectedly inside the close tag for element '%s'" msgstr "" "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada enmig de l'etiqueta de tancament " "de l'element «%s»" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1843 msgid "" "Document ended unexpectedly inside a comment or processing instruction" msgstr "" "El document ha acabat de manera inesperada enmig d'un comentari o d'una " "instrucció de processament" #: ../glib/goption.c:857 msgid "Usage:" msgstr "Forma d'ús:" #: ../glib/goption.c:861 msgid "[OPTION...]" msgstr "[OPCIÓ...]" #: ../glib/goption.c:977 msgid "Help Options:" msgstr "Opcions d'ajuda:" #: ../glib/goption.c:978 msgid "Show help options" msgstr "Mostra les opcions d'ajuda" #: ../glib/goption.c:984 msgid "Show all help options" msgstr "Mostra totes les opcions d'ajuda" #: ../glib/goption.c:1047 msgid "Application Options:" msgstr "Opcions de l'aplicació:" #: ../glib/goption.c:1049 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opcions:" #: ../glib/goption.c:1113 ../glib/goption.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Cannot parse integer value '%s' for %s" msgstr "No es pot analitzar el valor enter «%s» per a %s" #: ../glib/goption.c:1123 ../glib/goption.c:1191 #, c-format msgid "Integer value '%s' for %s out of range" msgstr "El valor enter «%s» per a %s és fora de l'interval" #: ../glib/goption.c:1148 #, c-format msgid "Cannot parse double value '%s' for %s" msgstr "No es pot analitzar el valor doble «%s» per a %s" #: ../glib/goption.c:1156 #, c-format msgid "Double value '%s' for %s out of range" msgstr "El valor doble «%s» per a %s és fora de l'interval" #: ../glib/goption.c:1442 ../glib/goption.c:1521 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing option %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en analitzar l'opció %s" #: ../glib/goption.c:1552 ../glib/goption.c:1665 #, c-format msgid "Missing argument for %s" msgstr "Manca un argument per a %s" #: ../glib/goption.c:2126 #, c-format msgid "Unknown option %s" msgstr "Es desconeix l'opció %s" #: ../glib/gregex.c:258 msgid "corrupted object" msgstr "objecte malmès" #: ../glib/gregex.c:260 msgid "internal error or corrupted object" msgstr "error intern o objecte malmès" #: ../glib/gregex.c:262 msgid "out of memory" msgstr "no hi ha prou memòria" #: ../glib/gregex.c:267 msgid "backtracking limit reached" msgstr "s'ha arribat al límit de tornades enrere" #: ../glib/gregex.c:279 ../glib/gregex.c:287 msgid "the pattern contains items not supported for partial matching" msgstr "" "el patró conté elements que no estan implementats en les concordances " "parcials" #: ../glib/gregex.c:289 msgid "back references as conditions are not supported for partial matching" msgstr "" "no s'ha implementat l'ús de referències anteriors per a coincidències " "parcials" #: ../glib/gregex.c:298 msgid "recursion limit reached" msgstr "s'ha arribat al límit de recurrències" #: ../glib/gregex.c:300 msgid "invalid combination of newline flags" msgstr "la combinació de senyaladors de línia nova no és vàlida" #: ../glib/gregex.c:302 msgid "bad offset" msgstr "desplaçament incorrecte" #: ../glib/gregex.c:304 msgid "short utf8" msgstr "UTF-8 curt" #: ../glib/gregex.c:306 msgid "recursion loop" msgstr "bucle recursiu" #: ../glib/gregex.c:310 msgid "unknown error" msgstr "error desconegut" #: ../glib/gregex.c:330 msgid "\\ at end of pattern" msgstr "\\ al final del patró" #: ../glib/gregex.c:333 msgid "\\c at end of pattern" msgstr "\\c al final del patró" #: ../glib/gregex.c:336 msgid "unrecognized character following \\" msgstr "caràcter no reconegut després de \\" #: ../glib/gregex.c:339 msgid "numbers out of order in {} quantifier" msgstr "nombres fora de l'interval en el quantificador {}" #: ../glib/gregex.c:342 msgid "number too big in {} quantifier" msgstr "nombre massa gran en el quantificador {}" #: ../glib/gregex.c:345 msgid "missing terminating ] for character class" msgstr "falta el «]» per a la classe de caràcter" #: ../glib/gregex.c:348 msgid "invalid escape sequence in character class" msgstr "la seqüència d'escapada en la classe de caràcter no és vàlida" #: ../glib/gregex.c:351 msgid "range out of order in character class" msgstr "s'ha sortit de l'interval en la classe de caràcter" #: ../glib/gregex.c:354 msgid "nothing to repeat" msgstr "no hi ha res per repetir" #: ../glib/gregex.c:358 msgid "unexpected repeat" msgstr "repetició no esperada" #: ../glib/gregex.c:361 msgid "unrecognized character after (? or (?-" msgstr "no es reconeix el caràcter després de «(?» o «(?-»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:364 msgid "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class" msgstr "" "només es permeten les classes amb nom de POSIX dins de la pròpia classe" #: ../glib/gregex.c:367 msgid "missing terminating )" msgstr "falta un «)»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:370 msgid "reference to non-existent subpattern" msgstr "referència a un subpatró que no existeix" #: ../glib/gregex.c:373 msgid "missing ) after comment" msgstr "falta un «)» després del comentari" #: ../glib/gregex.c:376 msgid "regular expression is too large" msgstr "l'expressió regular és massa gran" #: ../glib/gregex.c:379 msgid "failed to get memory" msgstr "no s'ha pogut obtenir memòria" #: ../glib/gregex.c:383 msgid ") without opening (" msgstr "hi ha un «)» sense el corresponent «(»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:387 msgid "code overflow" msgstr "desbordament del codi" #: ../glib/gregex.c:391 msgid "unrecognized character after (?<" msgstr "no es reconeix el caràcter després de «(?<»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:394 msgid "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length" msgstr "l'asserció cap enrere no té llargada fixa" #: ../glib/gregex.c:397 msgid "malformed number or name after (?(" msgstr "el nombre o el nom no estan ben formats després de «(?(»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:400 msgid "conditional group contains more than two branches" msgstr "el grup condicional conté més de dues branques" #: ../glib/gregex.c:403 msgid "assertion expected after (?(" msgstr "s'esperava una asserció després de «(?(»" #. translators: '(?R' and '(?[+-]digits' are both meant as (groups of) #. * sequences here, '(?-54' would be an example for the second group. #. #: ../glib/gregex.c:410 msgid "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )" msgstr "«(?R» o «(?[+-]dígits» han d'anar seguits de «)»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:413 msgid "unknown POSIX class name" msgstr "nom de classe POSIX desconeguda" #: ../glib/gregex.c:416 msgid "POSIX collating elements are not supported" msgstr "no es poden utilitzar els elements d'ordenació de POSIX" #: ../glib/gregex.c:419 msgid "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large" msgstr "el valor del caràcter a la seqüència «\\x{...}» és massa llarg" #: ../glib/gregex.c:422 msgid "invalid condition (?(0)" msgstr "condició «(?(0)» no vàlida" #: ../glib/gregex.c:425 msgid "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion" msgstr "no es permet \\C en assercions cap enrere" #: ../glib/gregex.c:432 msgid "escapes \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, and \\u are not supported" msgstr "" "no s'admeten els caràcters d'escapada «\\L», «\\l», «\\N{nom}», «\\U» i «\\u»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:435 msgid "recursive call could loop indefinitely" msgstr "la crida recursiva podria entrar en bucle indefinidament" #: ../glib/gregex.c:439 msgid "unrecognized character after (?P" msgstr "no es reconeix el caràcter després de «(?P»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:442 msgid "missing terminator in subpattern name" msgstr "falta la finalització en el nom del subpatró" #: ../glib/gregex.c:445 msgid "two named subpatterns have the same name" msgstr "dos noms de subpatró tenen el mateix nom" #: ../glib/gregex.c:448 msgid "malformed \\P or \\p sequence" msgstr "la seqüència «\\P» o «\\p» no està ben formada" #: ../glib/gregex.c:451 msgid "unknown property name after \\P or \\p" msgstr "es desconeix el nom de la propietat després de «\\P» o «\\p»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:454 msgid "subpattern name is too long (maximum 32 characters)" msgstr "el nom del subpatró és massa llarg (32 caràcters com a màxim)" #: ../glib/gregex.c:457 msgid "too many named subpatterns (maximum 10,000)" msgstr "hi ha massa subpatrons amb nom (màxim de 10.000)" #: ../glib/gregex.c:460 msgid "octal value is greater than \\377" msgstr "el valor octal és més gran que \\377" #: ../glib/gregex.c:464 msgid "overran compiling workspace" msgstr "s'ha produït un desbordament en compilar l'espai de treball" #: ../glib/gregex.c:468 msgid "previously-checked referenced subpattern not found" msgstr "no s'ha trobat el subpatró referenciat comprovat anteriorment" #: ../glib/gregex.c:471 msgid "DEFINE group contains more than one branch" msgstr "el grup «DEFINE» conté més d'una branca" #: ../glib/gregex.c:474 msgid "inconsistent NEWLINE options" msgstr "opcions «NEWLINE» incoherents" #: ../glib/gregex.c:477 msgid "" "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name or number, " "or by a plain number" msgstr "" "després de «\\g» no hi ha cap número o cap nom o número entre claudàtors, " "claus angulars o cometes" #: ../glib/gregex.c:481 msgid "a numbered reference must not be zero" msgstr "les referències numerades no poden ser zero" #: ../glib/gregex.c:484 msgid "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)" msgstr "no es permeten arguments per «(*ACCEPT)», «(*FAIL)» o «(*COMMIT)»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:487 msgid "(*VERB) not recognized" msgstr "no es reconeix «(*VERB)»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:490 msgid "number is too big" msgstr "el número és massa gran" #: ../glib/gregex.c:493 msgid "missing subpattern name after (?&" msgstr "falta el nom del subpatró després de (?&" #: ../glib/gregex.c:496 msgid "digit expected after (?+" msgstr "s'esperava un dígit després de (?+" #: ../glib/gregex.c:499 msgid "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode" msgstr "" "el caràcter«]» no és un caràcter de dades vàlid en el mode de compatibilitat " "amb JavaScript" #: ../glib/gregex.c:502 msgid "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed" msgstr "no s'accepten noms diferents per subpatrons del mateix número" #: ../glib/gregex.c:505 msgid "(*MARK) must have an argument" msgstr "«(*MARK)» ha de tenir un argument" #: ../glib/gregex.c:508 msgid "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character" msgstr "després de «\\c» ha d'haver-hi un caràcter ASCII" #: ../glib/gregex.c:511 msgid "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name" msgstr "" "després de «\\k» no hi ha cap nom entre claudàtors, claus angulars o cometes" #: ../glib/gregex.c:514 msgid "\\N is not supported in a class" msgstr "no es pot utilitzar \\N en una classe" #: ../glib/gregex.c:517 msgid "too many forward references" msgstr "hi ha massa referències cap endavant" #: ../glib/gregex.c:520 msgid "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)" msgstr "el nom és massa llarg a «(*MARK)«, «(*PRUNE)«, «(*SKIP)» o «(*THEN)»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:523 msgid "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large" msgstr "el valor del caràcter a la seqüència «\\u...» és massa llarg" #: ../glib/gregex.c:746 ../glib/gregex.c:1973 #, c-format msgid "Error while matching regular expression %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en fer coincidir l'expressió regular %s: %s" #: ../glib/gregex.c:1317 msgid "PCRE library is compiled without UTF8 support" msgstr "La biblioteca PCRE no està compilada per interpretar UTF-8" #: ../glib/gregex.c:1321 msgid "PCRE library is compiled without UTF8 properties support" msgstr "" "La biblioteca PCRE no està compilada per interpretar les propietats UTF-8" #: ../glib/gregex.c:1329 msgid "PCRE library is compiled with incompatible options" msgstr "La biblioteca PCRE ha estat compilada amb opcions incompatibles" #: ../glib/gregex.c:1358 #, c-format msgid "Error while optimizing regular expression %s: %s" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en optimitzar l'expressió regular %s: %s" #: ../glib/gregex.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "Error while compiling regular expression %s at char %d: %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en compilar l'expressió regular %s al caràcter %d: %s" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2409 msgid "hexadecimal digit or '}' expected" msgstr "s'esperava un dígit hexadecimal o bé «}»" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2425 msgid "hexadecimal digit expected" msgstr "s'esperava un dígit hexadecimal" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2465 msgid "missing '<' in symbolic reference" msgstr "falta un «<» en la referència simbòlica" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2474 msgid "unfinished symbolic reference" msgstr "la referència simbòlica no està acabada" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2481 msgid "zero-length symbolic reference" msgstr "referència simbòlica de longitud zero" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2492 msgid "digit expected" msgstr "s'esperava un dígit" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2510 msgid "illegal symbolic reference" msgstr "la referència simbòlica no és vàlida" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2572 msgid "stray final '\\'" msgstr "«\\» final extraviat" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2576 msgid "unknown escape sequence" msgstr "no es reconeix la seqüència d'escapament" #: ../glib/gregex.c:2586 #, c-format msgid "Error while parsing replacement text \"%s\" at char %lu: %s" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en analitzar el text de reemplaçament «%s» al caràcter " "%lu: %s" #: ../glib/gshell.c:96 msgid "Quoted text doesn't begin with a quotation mark" msgstr "El text citat no comença amb cometes" #: ../glib/gshell.c:186 msgid "Unmatched quotation mark in command line or other shell-quoted text" msgstr "" "S'han trobat unes cometes desaparellades en una línia d'ordres o en un altre " "text entre cometes" #: ../glib/gshell.c:582 #, c-format msgid "Text ended just after a '\\' character. (The text was '%s')" msgstr "El text acaba just després d'un caràcter «\\». (El text era «%s».)" #: ../glib/gshell.c:589 #, c-format msgid "" "Text ended before matching quote was found for %c. (The text was '%s')" msgstr "" "El text ha acabat abans de trobar les cometes corresponents a %c. (El text " "era «%s».)" #: ../glib/gshell.c:601 msgid "Text was empty (or contained only whitespace)" msgstr "El text era buit (o només contenia espais en blanc)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:209 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read data from child process (%s)" msgstr "No s'han pogut llegir dades des del procés fill (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected error in select() reading data from a child process (%s)" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error inesperat a select() en llegir dades des d'un procés " "fill (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:438 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected error in waitpid() (%s)" msgstr "S'ha produït un error inesperat en waitpid() (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:844 ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:1233 #, c-format msgid "Child process exited with code %ld" msgstr "El procés fill ha sortit amb el codi %ld" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:852 #, c-format msgid "Child process killed by signal %ld" msgstr "El senyal %ld ha matat el procés fill" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:859 #, c-format msgid "Child process stopped by signal %ld" msgstr "El senyal %ld ha aturat el procés fill" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:866 #, c-format msgid "Child process exited abnormally" msgstr "El procés fill ha sortit inesperadament" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:1271 ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:339 ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:347 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read from child pipe (%s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir des del conducte fill (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:1341 #, c-format msgid "Failed to fork (%s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut bifurcar-se (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:1490 ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Failed to change to directory '%s' (%s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut canviar al directori «%s» (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:1500 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute child process \"%s\" (%s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el procés fill «%s» (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:1510 #, c-format msgid "Failed to redirect output or input of child process (%s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut redirigir l'entrada o la sortida del procés fill (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:1519 #, c-format msgid "Failed to fork child process (%s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut bifurcar el procés fill (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:1527 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error executing child process \"%s\"" msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut en executar el procés fill «%s»" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:1551 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read enough data from child pid pipe (%s)" msgstr "" "No s'han pogut llegir prou dades del conducte de l'identificador del procés " "fill (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:283 msgid "Failed to read data from child process" msgstr "No s'han pogut llegir dades del procés fill" #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create pipe for communicating with child process (%s)" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut crear el conducte per comunicar-se amb el procés fill (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:376 ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:495 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute child process (%s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el procés fill (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:445 #, c-format msgid "Invalid program name: %s" msgstr "El nom del programa no és vàlid: %s" #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:455 ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:722 #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:1297 #, c-format msgid "Invalid string in argument vector at %d: %s" msgstr "La cadena en el vector d'argument no és vàlida a %d: %s" #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:466 ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:737 #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:1330 #, c-format msgid "Invalid string in environment: %s" msgstr "Cadena no vàlida a l'entorn: %s" #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:718 ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:1278 #, c-format msgid "Invalid working directory: %s" msgstr "El directori de treball no és vàlid: %s" #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:783 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute helper program (%s)" msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el programa d'ajuda (%s)" #: ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:997 msgid "" "Unexpected error in g_io_channel_win32_poll() reading data from a child " "process" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error inesperat a g_io_channel_win32_poll() en llegir dades " "d'un procés fill" #: ../glib/gutf8.c:795 msgid "Failed to allocate memory" msgstr "No s'ha pogut ubicar memòria" #: ../glib/gutf8.c:928 msgid "Character out of range for UTF-8" msgstr "El caràcter és fora de l'interval d'UTF-8" #: ../glib/gutf8.c:1029 ../glib/gutf8.c:1038 ../glib/gutf8.c:1168 #: ../glib/gutf8.c:1177 ../glib/gutf8.c:1316 ../glib/gutf8.c:1413 msgid "Invalid sequence in conversion input" msgstr "Seqüència no vàlida a l'entrada de la conversió" #: ../glib/gutf8.c:1327 ../glib/gutf8.c:1424 msgid "Character out of range for UTF-16" msgstr "El caràcter és fora de l'interval d'UTF-16" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2133 ../glib/gutils.c:2160 ../glib/gutils.c:2266 #, c-format msgid "%u byte" msgid_plural "%u bytes" msgstr[0] "%u byte" msgstr[1] "%u bytes" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2139 #, c-format msgid "%.1f KiB" msgstr "%.1f KiB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2141 #, c-format msgid "%.1f MiB" msgstr "%.1f MiB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2144 #, c-format msgid "%.1f GiB" msgstr "%.1f GiB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2147 #, c-format msgid "%.1f TiB" msgstr "%.1f TiB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2150 #, c-format msgid "%.1f PiB" msgstr "%.1f PiB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2153 #, c-format msgid "%.1f EiB" msgstr "%.1f EiB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2166 #, c-format msgid "%.1f kB" msgstr "%.1f kB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2169 ../glib/gutils.c:2284 #, c-format msgid "%.1f MB" msgstr "%.1f MB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2172 ../glib/gutils.c:2289 #, c-format msgid "%.1f GB" msgstr "%.1f GB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2174 ../glib/gutils.c:2294 #, c-format msgid "%.1f TB" msgstr "%.1f TB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2177 ../glib/gutils.c:2299 #, c-format msgid "%.1f PB" msgstr "%.1f PB" #: ../glib/gutils.c:2180 ../glib/gutils.c:2304 #, c-format msgid "%.1f EB" msgstr "%.1f EB" #. Translators: the %s in "%s bytes" will always be replaced by a number. #: ../glib/gutils.c:2217 #, c-format msgid "%s byte" msgid_plural "%s bytes" msgstr[0] "%s byte" msgstr[1] "%s bytes" #. Translators: this is from the deprecated function g_format_size_for_display() which uses 'KB' to #. * mean 1024 bytes. I am aware that 'KB' is not correct, but it has been preserved for reasons of #. * compatibility. Users will not see this string unless a program is using this deprecated function. #. * Please translate as literally as possible. #. #: ../glib/gutils.c:2279 #, c-format msgid "%.1f KB" msgstr "%.1f KB" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-user-share.po0000644000000000000000000002162412704126235021650 0ustar # Catalan translation of gnome-user-share. # Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 The gnome-user-share's copyright holder # This file is distributed under the same license as the # gnome-user-share package. # # Gil Forcada , 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2013, 2014. # Josep Sànchez , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-share\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-" "user-share&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-04-11 06:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 15:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gil Forcada \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 06:20+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Share Public directory over the network" msgstr "Comparteix la carpeta Públic a través de la xarxa" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "If this is true, the Public directory in the users home directory will be " "shared over the network when the user is logged in." msgstr "" "Si és cert, la carpeta Públic de la carpeta d'inici de cada usuari es " "compartirà a través de la xarxa quan l'usuari entri." #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "When to require passwords" msgstr "Quan s'ha de demanar contrasenya" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "When to ask for passwords. Possible values are \"never\", \"on_write\", and " "\"always\"." msgstr "" "Quan s'ha de demanar contrasenya. Els possibles valors són «never» (mai), " "«on_write» (en escriure), i «always» (sempre)." #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Whether Bluetooth clients can send files using ObexPush." msgstr "Si els clients del Bluetooth poden enviar fitxers amb ObexPush." #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "If this is true, Bluetooth devices can send files to the user's Downloads " "directory when logged in." msgstr "" "Si és cert, els dispositius Bluetooth poden enviar fitxers a la carpeta de " "baixades de l'usuari quan aquest usuari hagi entrat." #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "When to accept files sent over Bluetooth" msgstr "Quan s'han d'acceptar fitxers enviats a través del Bluetooth" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "When to accept files sent over Bluetooth. Possible values are \"always\", " "\"bonded\" and \"ask\"." msgstr "" "Quan s'hagin d'acceptar fitxers a través del Bluetooth. Els possibles valors " "són «always» (sempre), «bonded» (vinculat) i «ask» (pregunta)." #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Whether to notify about newly received files." msgstr "Si s'ha de notificar sobre els fitxers rebuts nous." #: ../data/gnome-user-share-obexpush.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/gnome-user-share-webdav.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/gnome-user-share-properties.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Personal File Sharing" msgstr "Compartició de fitxers personals" #: ../data/gnome-user-share-obexpush.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Launch Bluetooth ObexPush sharing if enabled" msgstr "" "Executa la compartició mitjançant el Bluetooth ObexPush si està habilitada" #: ../data/gnome-user-share-obexpush.desktop.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/gnome-user-share-webdav.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "share;files;bluetooth;obex;http;network;copy;send;" msgstr "comparteix;fitxers;bluetooth;obex;http;xarxa;copia;envia;" #: ../data/gnome-user-share-webdav.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Launch Personal File Sharing if enabled" msgstr "Executa la compartició de fitxers personals si està habilitat" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Personal File Sharing Preferences" msgstr "Preferències de la compartició de fitxers personals" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Share Files over the Network" msgstr "Compartició de fitxers a través de la xarxa" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:3 msgid "_Share public files on network" msgstr "_Comparteix els fitxers públics a la xarxa" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:4 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "_Contrasenya:" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:5 msgid "_Require password:" msgstr "_Requereix contrasenya:" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Receive Files over Bluetooth" msgstr "Recepció de fitxers a través del Bluetooth" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Receive files in _Downloads folder over Bluetooth" msgstr "" "Desa els fitxers rebuts a través del Bluetooth a la carpeta de _baixades" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "_Accept files: " msgstr "_Accepta els fitxers: " #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "_Notify about received files" msgstr "_Notifica en rebre fitxers" #: ../data/gnome-user-share-properties.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Preferences for sharing of files" msgstr "Preferències per compartir fitxers" #. translators: This is the label for the "Sharing" panel in the Settings #: ../src/nautilus-share-bar.c:102 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartició" #: ../src/nautilus-share-bar.c:116 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "Preferències" #. translators: This is the tooltip for the "Sharing" panel in the Settings #: ../src/nautilus-share-bar.c:120 msgid "Sharing Settings" msgstr "Preferències de compartició" #: ../src/share-extension.c:147 msgid "May be shared over the network" msgstr "Es pot compartir per la xarxa" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:139 msgid "" "This feature cannot be enabled because the required packages are not " "installed on your system" msgstr "" "No es pot activar aquesta funció perquè els paquet requerits no estan " "instałlats al sistema" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:251 msgid "No reason" msgstr "Cap motiu" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:279 msgid "Could not display the help contents." msgstr "No s'ha pogut mostrar l'ajuda." #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:309 msgid "Could not build interface." msgstr "No s'ha pogut construir la interfície." #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:338 msgid "Never" msgstr "Mai" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:341 msgid "When writing files" msgstr "Quan s'escriguin fitxers" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:344 ../src/file-share-properties.c:367 msgid "Always" msgstr "Sempre" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:370 msgid "Only for set up devices" msgstr "Només per a dispositius configurats" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:375 msgid "Ask" msgstr "Pregunta" #. Translators: The %s will get filled in with the user name #. of the user, to form a genitive. If this is difficult to #. translate correctly so that it will work correctly in your #. language, you may use something equivalent to #. "Public files of %s", or leave out the %s altogether. #. In the latter case, please put "%.0s" somewhere in the string, #. which will match the user name string passed by the C code, #. but not put the user name in the final string. This is to #. avoid the warning that msgfmt might otherwise generate. #: ../src/http.c:125 #, c-format msgid "%s's public files" msgstr "Fitxers públics de %s" #. Translators: This is similar to the string before, only it #. has the hostname in it too. #: ../src/http.c:129 #, c-format msgid "%s's public files on %s" msgstr "Fitxers públics de %s a %s" #. Translators: %s is the name of the filename received #: ../src/obexpush.c:231 #, c-format msgid "You received \"%s\" via Bluetooth" msgstr "Heu rebut «%s» a través del Bluetooth" #: ../src/obexpush.c:232 msgid "You received a file" msgstr "Heu rebut un fitxer" #: ../src/obexpush.c:240 msgid "Open File" msgstr "Obre el fitxer" #: ../src/obexpush.c:244 msgid "Reveal File" msgstr "Revela el fitxer" #: ../src/obexpush.c:254 #, c-format msgid "You have received the file “%s” over Bluetooth." msgstr "Heu rebut el fitxer «%s» a través del Bluetooth." #: ../src/obexpush.c:264 ../src/obexpush.c:387 msgid "File Received" msgstr "S'ha rebut el fitxer" #: ../src/obexpush.c:267 msgid "Open" msgstr "Obre" #: ../src/obexpush.c:270 msgid "Reveal" msgstr "Mostra" #: ../src/obexpush.c:271 ../src/obexpush.c:391 msgid "OK" msgstr "D'acord" #: ../src/obexpush.c:289 msgid "File reception complete" msgstr "S'ha completat la recepció del fitxer" #. Translators: %s is the name of the filename being received #: ../src/obexpush.c:381 ../src/obexpush.c:410 #, c-format msgid "You have been sent a file \"%s\" via Bluetooth" msgstr "Heu rebut el fitxer «%s» a través del Bluetooth" #: ../src/obexpush.c:389 msgid "Accept" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:390 msgid "Reject" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:411 msgid "You have been sent a file" msgstr "Heu rebut un fitxer" #: ../src/obexpush.c:420 msgid "Receive" msgstr "Rebre" #: ../src/obexpush.c:423 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancel·la" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/xdg-user-dirs-gtk.po0000644000000000000000000000435012704126235021744 0ustar # xdg-user-dirs-gtk ca.po. # Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the 'xdg-user-dirs-gtk' package. # Xavier Conde Rueda , 2007. # Gil Forcada , 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xdg-user-dirs-gtk trunk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 03:00+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-04 23:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gil Forcada \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 07:15+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" #: ../update.c:159 msgid "Update standard folders to current language?" msgstr "Voleu actualitzar les carpetes estàndard a l'idioma actual?" #: ../update.c:161 msgid "" "You have logged in in a new language. You can automatically update the names " "of some standard folders in your home folder to match this language. The " "update would change the following folders:" msgstr "" "Heu entrat a la sessió amb un idioma nou. Podeu actualitzar el nom de les " "carpetes estàndard de la carpeta d'inici a l'idioma nou. L'actualització " "afectarà a les carpetes següents:" #: ../update.c:164 msgid "_Keep Old Names" msgstr "_Conserva'ls" #: ../update.c:165 msgid "_Update Names" msgstr "_Actualitza'ls" #: ../update.c:191 msgid "Current folder name" msgstr "Nom actual de la carpeta" #: ../update.c:196 msgid "New folder name" msgstr "Nom nou de la carpeta" #: ../update.c:206 msgid "Note that existing content will not be moved." msgstr "Tingueu en compte que els continguts existents no es mouran." #: ../update.c:213 msgid "_Don't ask me this again" msgstr "_No m'ho tornis a demanar" #: ../update.c:230 msgid "There was an error updating the folders" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en actualitzar les carpetes" #: ../user-dirs-update-gtk.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "User folders update" msgstr "Actualització de les carpetes d'usuari" #: ../user-dirs-update-gtk.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Update common folders names to match current locale" msgstr "" "Actualitza els noms de les carpetes comunes per a coincidir amb l'idioma " "actual" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/xdg-user-dirs.po0000644000000000000000000000432512704126235021163 0ustar # Catalan translations for xdg-user-dirs package # Traduccions al català del paquet «xdg-user-dirs». # Copyright (C) 2007 Red Hat, Inc # This file is distributed under the same license as the xdg-user-dirs package. # Josep Puigdemont , 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xdg-user-dirs 0.0.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-18 14:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-18 19:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Planella \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 07:15+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" #: translate.c:2 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Aplicacions" #: translate.c:2 msgid "applications" msgstr "aplicacions" #: translate.c:3 msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Escriptori" #: translate.c:3 msgid "desktop" msgstr "escriptori" #: translate.c:4 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Documents" #: translate.c:4 msgid "documents" msgstr "documents" #: translate.c:5 msgid "Download" msgstr "Baixada" #: translate.c:5 msgid "download" msgstr "baixades" #: translate.c:6 msgid "Downloads" msgstr "Baixades" #: translate.c:6 msgid "downloads" msgstr "baixades" #: translate.c:7 msgid "Movies" msgstr "Pel·lícules" #: translate.c:7 msgid "movies" msgstr "pel·lícules" #: translate.c:8 msgid "Music" msgstr "Música" #: translate.c:8 msgid "music" msgstr "música" #: translate.c:9 msgid "Photos" msgstr "Fotografies" #: translate.c:9 msgid "photos" msgstr "fotografies" #: translate.c:10 msgid "Pictures" msgstr "Imatges" #: translate.c:10 msgid "pictures" msgstr "imatges" #: translate.c:11 msgid "Projects" msgstr "Projectes" #: translate.c:11 msgid "projects" msgstr "projectes" #: translate.c:12 msgid "Public" msgstr "Públic" #: translate.c:12 msgid "public" msgstr "públic" #: translate.c:13 msgid "Share" msgstr "Compartit" #: translate.c:13 msgid "share" msgstr "compartit" #: translate.c:14 msgid "Templates" msgstr "Plantilles" #: translate.c:14 msgid "templates" msgstr "plantilles" #: translate.c:15 msgid "Videos" msgstr "Vídeos" #: translate.c:15 msgid "videos" msgstr "vídeos" language-pack-gnome-ca-base/data/ca/LC_MESSAGES/metacity.po0000644000000000000000000015335112704126235020311 0ustar # Catalan translation of Metacity. # Copyright © 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the metacity package. # Softcatala , 2002. # Jesús Moreno , 2002. # Jordi Mallach , 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. # David Planella , 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Jordi Serratosa , 2012. # Gil Forcada , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: metacity 2.24\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=metacity&keywords=I18N+L10N&c" "omponent=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-04-13 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-20 12:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gil Forcada \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-04-15 05:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17995)\n" "Language: ca\n" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "Navegació" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Move window to workspace 1" msgstr "Mou la finestra a l'espai de treball 1" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Move window to workspace 2" msgstr "Mou la finestra a l'espai de treball 2" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Move window to workspace 3" msgstr "Mou la finestra a l'espai de treball 3" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Move window to workspace 4" msgstr "Mou la finestra a l'espai de treball 4" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Move window one workspace to the left" msgstr "Mou la finestra un espai de treball a l'esquerra" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Move window one workspace to the right" msgstr "Mou la finestra un espai de treball a la dreta" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Move window one workspace up" msgstr "Mou la finestra un espai de treball amunt" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Move window one workspace down" msgstr "Mou la finestra un espai de treball avall" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Switch windows" msgstr "Commutació de finestres" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Switch applications" msgstr "Commutació d'aplicacions" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Switch windows of an application" msgstr "Commutació de les finestres d'una aplicació" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Switch system controls" msgstr "Commutació de controls del sistema" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Switch windows directly" msgstr "Commutació immediata de finestres" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Switch windows of an app directly" msgstr "Commutació immediata de les finestres d'una aplicació" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Switch system controls directly" msgstr "Commutació directa dels controls del sistema" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Hide all normal windows" msgstr "Oculta totes les finestres normals" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Switch to workspace 1" msgstr "Canvia a l'espai de treball 1" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Switch to workspace 2" msgstr "Canvia a l'espai de treball 2" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Switch to workspace 3" msgstr "Canvia a l'espai de treball 3" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Switch to workspace 4" msgstr "Canvia a l'espai de treball 4" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Move to workspace left" msgstr "Mou a l'espai de treball de l'esquerra" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Move to workspace right" msgstr "Mou a l'espai de treball de la dreta" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Move to workspace above" msgstr "Mou a l'espai de treball de sobre" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Move to workspace below" msgstr "Mou a l'espai de treball de sota" #: ../src/50-metacity-system.xml.in.h:1 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" #: ../src/50-metacity-system.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Show the run command prompt" msgstr "Mostra l'indicador d'execució d'aplicacions" #: ../src/50-metacity-system.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Show the applications menu" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Windows" msgstr "Finestres" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Activate the window menu" msgstr "Activa el menú de finestra" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" msgstr "Si s'utilitza el mode a pantalla completa" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Toggle maximization state" msgstr "Canvia l'estat de maximització" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Maximize window" msgstr "Maximitza la finestra" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Restore window" msgstr "Restaura la finestra" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Toggle shaded state" msgstr "Canvia l'estat d'ombrejat" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Close window" msgstr "Tanca la finestra" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Minimize window" msgstr "Minimitza la finestra" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Move window" msgstr "Mou la finestra" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Resize window" msgstr "Redimensiona la finestra" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one" msgstr "" "Commuta la funció que fa que la finestra estigui en tots els espais de " "treball o només en un" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it" msgstr "Alça una finestra coberta per una altra, o, si no, baixa-la" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Raise window above other windows" msgstr "Alça una finestra per damunt de les altres" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Lower window below other windows" msgstr "Baixa la finestra sota les altres" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Maximize window vertically" msgstr "Maximitza la finestra verticalment" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Maximize window horizontally" msgstr "Maximitza la finestra horitzontalment" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:18 msgid "View split on left" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View split on right" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/bell.c:296 msgid "Bell event" msgstr "Esdeveniment de to del sistema" #: ../src/core/core.c:217 #, c-format msgid "Unknown window information request: %d" msgstr "Es desconeix la informació demanada sobre la finestra: %d" #. Translators: %s is a window title #: ../src/core/delete.c:94 #, c-format msgid "%s is not responding." msgstr "%s no està responent." #: ../src/core/delete.c:99 msgid "" "You may choose to wait a short while for it to continue or force the " "application to quit entirely." msgstr "" "Podeu esperar un moment per veure si continua o forçar la sortida completa " "de l'aplicació." #: ../src/core/delete.c:108 msgid "_Wait" msgstr "_Espera" #: ../src/core/delete.c:108 msgid "_Force Quit" msgstr "_Força'n la sortida" #: ../src/core/delete.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get hostname: %s\n" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en obtenir el nom de l'ordinador central: %s\n" #: ../src/core/display.c:325 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open X Window System display '%s'\n" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en obrir la pantalla del sistema de finestres X «%s»\n" #: ../src/core/keybindings.c:688 #, c-format msgid "" "Some other program is already using the key %s with modifiers %x as a " "binding\n" msgstr "" "Ja hi ha algun altre programa utilitzant la clau %s amb els modificadors %x " "com a vinculació\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:129 #, c-format msgid "" "metacity %s\n" "Copyright (C) 2001-%s Havoc Pennington, Red Hat, Inc., and others\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.\n" "There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A " "PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" "metacity %s\n" "Copyright (C) 2001-%s Havoc Pennington, Red Hat, Inc., i d'altres\n" "Això és programari lliure; vegeu els fitxers de codi font per conèixer-ne\n" "les condicions de còpia.\n" "No hi ha CAP garantia; ni tan sols la garantia implícita de COMERCIABILITAT\n" "o ADEQUACIÓ A PER UN PROPÒSIT PARTICULAR.\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:257 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "Inhabilita la connexió al gestor de sessions" #: ../src/core/main.c:263 msgid "Replace the running window manager with Metacity" msgstr "Reemplaça el gestor de finestres en execució pel Metacity" #: ../src/core/main.c:269 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "Especifica l'ID de gestió de sessió" #: ../src/core/main.c:274 msgid "X Display to use" msgstr "Visualització de l'X a utilitzar" #: ../src/core/main.c:280 msgid "Initialize session from savefile" msgstr "Inicialitza la sessió des del fitxer desat" #: ../src/core/main.c:286 msgid "Print version" msgstr "Mostra la versió" #: ../src/core/main.c:292 msgid "Make X calls synchronous" msgstr "Fes que les crides a l'X siguin síncrones" #: ../src/core/main.c:298 msgid "Turn compositing on" msgstr "Habilita la composició" #: ../src/core/main.c:304 msgid "Turn compositing off" msgstr "Inhabilita la composició" #: ../src/core/main.c:310 msgid "" "Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximized and have no decorations" msgstr "" "No creïs finestres a pantalla completa que estiguin maximitzades i no " "tinguin decoracions" #: ../src/core/main.c:511 #, c-format msgid "Failed to scan themes directory: %s\n" msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar el directori de temes: %s\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:527 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not find a theme! Be sure %s exists and contains the usual themes.\n" msgstr "" "No s'ha trobat cap tema. Assegureu-vos que %s existeix i conté els temes " "habituals.\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:586 #, c-format msgid "Failed to restart: %s\n" msgstr "No s'ha pogut reiniciar: %s\n" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:953 msgid "" "Workarounds for broken applications disabled. Some applications may not " "behave properly.\n" msgstr "" "Les solucions temporals per a aplicacions amb errors estan inhabilitades. " "Pot ser que certes aplicacions no funcionin correctament.\n" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:1024 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse font description \"%s\" from GSettings key %s\n" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut analitzar la descripció de tipus de lletra «%s» de la clau " "GSettings %s\n" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:1091 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" found in configuration database is not a valid value for mouse button " "modifier\n" msgstr "" "«%s», trobat a la base de dades de la configuració, no és un valor vàlid per " "al modificador del botó del ratolí\n" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:1587 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" found in configuration database is not a valid value for keybinding " "\"%s\"\n" msgstr "" "«%s» trobat a la base de dades de la configuració no és un valor vàlid per a " "la vinculació de tecla «%s»\n" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:1689 #, c-format msgid "Workspace %d" msgstr "Espai de treball %d" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:1946 #, c-format msgid "Missing %s extension required for compositing\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/screen.c:364 #, c-format msgid "Screen %d on display '%s' is invalid\n" msgstr "La pantalla %d en la visualització «%s» no és vàlida\n" #: ../src/core/screen.c:380 #, c-format msgid "" "Screen %d on display \"%s\" already has a window manager; try using the --" "replace option to replace the current window manager.\n" msgstr "" "La pantalla %d en la visualització «%s» ja té un gestor de finestres; proveu " "l'opció --replace per reemplaçar el gestor de finestres actual.\n" #: ../src/core/screen.c:407 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not acquire window manager selection on screen %d display \"%s\"\n" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut adquirir la selecció del gestor de finestres en la pantalla %d " "visualització «%s»\n" #: ../src/core/screen.c:465 #, c-format msgid "Screen %d on display \"%s\" already has a window manager\n" msgstr "" "La pantalla %d en la visualització «%s» ja té un gestor de finestres\n" #: ../src/core/screen.c:678 #, c-format msgid "Could not release screen %d on display \"%s\"\n" msgstr "No s'ha pogut alliberar la pantalla %d en la visualització «%s»\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:842 ../src/core/session.c:849 #, c-format msgid "Could not create directory '%s': %s\n" msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear el directori «%s»: %s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:859 #, c-format msgid "Could not open session file '%s' for writing: %s\n" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer de sessió «%s» per a l'escriptura: %s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:1000 #, c-format msgid "Error writing session file '%s': %s\n" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure el fitxer de sessió «%s»: %s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:1005 #, c-format msgid "Error closing session file '%s': %s\n" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en tancar el fitxer de sessió «%s»: %s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:1135 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse saved session file: %s\n" msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar el fitxer de sessió desat: %s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:1184 #, c-format msgid " attribute seen but we already have the session ID" msgstr "" "S'ha vist l'atribut però encara hi ha l'identificador de " "sessió" #: ../src/core/session.c:1197 ../src/core/session.c:1272 #: ../src/core/session.c:1304 ../src/core/session.c:1376 #: ../src/core/session.c:1436 #, c-format msgid "Unknown attribute %s on <%s> element" msgstr "Atribut %s desconegut a l'element <%s>" #: ../src/core/session.c:1214 #, c-format msgid "nested tag" msgstr "etiqueta imbricada" #: ../src/core/session.c:1456 #, c-format msgid "Unknown element %s" msgstr "Element %s desconegut" #: ../src/core/session.c:1812 msgid "" "These windows do not support "save current setup" and will have to " "be restarted manually next time you log in." msgstr "" "Aquestes finestres no admeten la funció «desa la configuració actual» i " "s'hauran de reiniciar manualment la pròxima vegada que entreu." #: ../src/core/util.c:99 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open debug log: %s\n" msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el registre de depuració: %s\n" #: ../src/core/util.c:109 #, c-format msgid "Failed to fdopen() log file %s: %s\n" msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar fdopen() sobre el fitxer de registre %s: %s\n" #: ../src/core/util.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Opened log file %s\n" msgstr "S'ha obert el fitxer de registre %s\n" #: ../src/core/util.c:134 ../src/tools/metacity-message.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Metacity was compiled without support for verbose mode\n" msgstr "Metacity es va compilar sense compatibilitat per al mode detallat\n" #: ../src/core/util.c:234 msgid "Window manager: " msgstr "Gestor de finestres: " #: ../src/core/util.c:388 msgid "Bug in window manager: " msgstr "Error en el gestor de finestres: " #: ../src/core/util.c:421 msgid "Window manager warning: " msgstr "Avís del gestor de finestres: " #: ../src/core/util.c:449 msgid "Window manager error: " msgstr "Error del gestor de finestres: " #. Translators: This is the title used on dialog boxes #: ../src/core/util.c:568 ../src/metacity.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../src/metacity-wm.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Metacity" msgstr "Metacity" #. first time through #: ../src/core/window.c:5936 #, c-format msgid "" "Window %s sets SM_CLIENT_ID on itself, instead of on the WM_CLIENT_LEADER " "window as specified in the ICCCM.\n" msgstr "" "La finestra %s estableix SM_CLIENT_ID en ella mateixa, en comptes del " "WM_CLIENT_LEADER, tal com s'especifica a ICCCM.\n" #. We ignore mwm_has_resize_func because WM_NORMAL_HINTS is the #. * authoritative source for that info. Some apps such as mplayer or #. * xine disable resize via MWM but not WM_NORMAL_HINTS, but that #. * leads to e.g. us not fullscreening their windows. Apps that set #. * MWM but not WM_NORMAL_HINTS are basically broken. We complain #. * about these apps but make them work. #. #: ../src/core/window.c:6419 #, c-format msgid "" "Window %s sets an MWM hint indicating it isn't resizable, but sets min size " "%d x %d and max size %d x %d; this doesn't make much sense.\n" msgstr "" "La finestra %s estableix un consell MWM que indica que no és " "redimensionable, però estableix una mida mínima %d x %d i una mida màxima %d " "x %d; açò no té massa sentit.\n" #: ../src/core/window-props.c:403 #, c-format msgid "Application set a bogus _NET_WM_PID %lu\n" msgstr "L'aplicació ha definit un _NET_WM_PID %lu fals\n" #. Translators: the title of a window from another machine #: ../src/core/window-props.c:554 #, c-format msgid "%s (on %s)" msgstr "%s (a %s)" #. Simple case-- don't bother to look it up. It's root. #: ../src/core/window-props.c:586 #, c-format msgid "%s (as superuser)" msgstr "%s (com a usuari primari)" #. Translators: the title of a window owned by another user #. * on this machine #: ../src/core/window-props.c:604 #, c-format msgid "%s (as %s)" msgstr "%s (com a %s)" #. Translators: the title of a window owned by another user #. * on this machine, whose name we don't know #: ../src/core/window-props.c:610 #, c-format msgid "%s (as another user)" msgstr "%s (com a un altre usuari)" #: ../src/core/window-props.c:1590 #, c-format msgid "Invalid WM_TRANSIENT_FOR window 0x%lx specified for %s.\n" msgstr "" "WM_TRANSIENT_FOR no vàlid per a la finestra 0x%lx especificat per a %s.\n" #: ../src/core/xprops.c:153 #, c-format msgid "" "Window 0x%lx has property %s\n" "that was expected to have type %s format %d\n" "and actually has type %s format %d n_items %d.\n" "This is most likely an application bug, not a window manager bug.\n" "The window has title=\"%s\" class=\"%s\" name=\"%s\"\n" msgstr "" "La finestra 0x%lx té la propietat %s\n" "que s'esperava tingués el tipus %s format %d\n" "i actualment té el tipus %s format %d n elements %d.\n" "És molt possible que sigui un error en l'aplicació, no pas del gestor de " "finestres.\n" "La finestra té el títol=«%s» classe=«%s» nom=«%s»\n" #: ../src/core/xprops.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Property %s on window 0x%lx contained invalid UTF-8\n" msgstr "La propietat %s en la finestra 0x%lx contenia un UTF-8 no vàlid\n" #: ../src/core/xprops.c:492 #, c-format msgid "" "Property %s on window 0x%lx contained invalid UTF-8 for item %d in the list\n" msgstr "" "La propietat %s en la finestra 0x%lx contenia UTF-8 no vàlid per a l'element " "%d en la llista\n" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Compositing Manager" msgstr "Gestor de composició" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Determines whether Metacity is a compositing manager." msgstr "Determina si el Metacity és un gestor de composició." #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "If true, trade off usability for less resource usage" msgstr "Si és «true» (cert), sacrifica usabilitat per usar menys recursos" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "If true, Metacity will give the user less feedback by using wireframes, " "avoiding animations, or other means. This is a significant reduction in " "usability for many users, but may allow legacy applications to continue " "working, and may also be a useful tradeoff for terminal servers. However, " "the wireframe feature is disabled when accessibility is on." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable edge tiling when dropping windows on screen edges" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "If enabled, dropping windows on vertical screen edges maximizes them " "vertically and resizes them horizontally to cover half of the available " "area. Dropping windows on the top screen edge maximizes them completely." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Window placement behavior" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Metacity's default window-placement behavior is smart (first-fit), similar " "to behaviors in some other window managers. It will try to tile windows so " "that they do not overlap. Set this option to \"smart\" for this behavior. " "This option can be set to \"center\" to place new windows in the centers of " "their workspaces, \"origin\" for the upper-left corners of the workspaces, " "or \"random\" to place new windows at random locations within their " "workspaces." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Show window content thumbnail in Alt-Tab" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "If set to true, Metacity will show window content thumbnails in the Alt-Tab " "window instead of only icons." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Current theme" msgstr "Tema actual" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "" "The theme determines the appearance of window borders, titlebar, and so " "forth." msgstr "" "El tema determina l'aspecte dels contorns de les finestres, la barra del " "títol, etc." #: ../src/tools/metacity-message.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Usage: %s\n" msgstr "Forma d'ús: %s\n" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1299 msgid "Close Window" msgstr "Tanca la finestra" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1302 msgid "Window Menu" msgstr "Menú de la finestra" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1305 msgid "Window App Menu" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1308 msgid "Minimize Window" msgstr "Minimitza la finestra" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1311 msgid "Maximize Window" msgstr "Maximitza la finestra" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1314 msgid "Restore Window" msgstr "Restaura la finestra" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1317 msgid "Roll Up Window" msgstr "Enrotlla la finestra" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1320 msgid "Unroll Window" msgstr "Desenrotlla la finestra" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1323 msgid "Keep Window On Top" msgstr "Matín la finestra per damunt" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1326 msgid "Remove Window From Top" msgstr "Treu la finestra de damunt" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1329 msgid "Always On Visible Workspace" msgstr "Sempre a l'espai de treball visible" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1332 msgid "Put Window On Only One Workspace" msgstr "Posa la finestra només a un espai de treball" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:65 msgid "Mi_nimize" msgstr "Mi_nimitza" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:67 msgid "Ma_ximize" msgstr "Ma_ximitza" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:69 msgid "Unma_ximize" msgstr "Desma_ximitza" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:71 msgid "Roll _Up" msgstr "_Enrotlla" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:73 msgid "_Unroll" msgstr "Desenro_tlla" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:75 msgid "_Move" msgstr "_Mou" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:77 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "_Redimensiona" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:79 msgid "Move Titlebar On_screen" msgstr "Mou la _barra de títol en pantalla" #. separator #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:82 ../src/ui/menu.c:84 msgid "Always on _Top" msgstr "Sempre per _damunt" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:86 msgid "_Always on Visible Workspace" msgstr "Sempre a l'espai de treball _visible" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:88 msgid "_Only on This Workspace" msgstr "Només en _aquest espai de treball" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:90 msgid "Move to Workspace _Left" msgstr "Mou a l'espai de treball de l'es_querra" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:92 msgid "Move to Workspace R_ight" msgstr "Mou a l'espai de treball de la _dreta" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:94 msgid "Move to Workspace _Up" msgstr "Mou a l'espai de treball de _sobre" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:96 msgid "Move to Workspace _Down" msgstr "Mou a l'espai de treball de s_ota" #. separator #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:100 msgid "_Close" msgstr "_Tanca" #: ../src/ui/menu.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Workspace %d%n" msgstr "Espai de treball %d%n" #: ../src/ui/menu.c:210 #, c-format msgid "Workspace 1_0" msgstr "Espai de treball 1_0" #: ../src/ui/menu.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Workspace %s%d" msgstr "Espai de treball %s%d" #: ../src/ui/menu.c:379 msgid "Move to Another _Workspace" msgstr "Mou a un altre es_pai de treball" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the shift key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:75 msgid "Shift" msgstr "Maj" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the control key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:81 msgid "Ctrl" msgstr "Ctrl" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the alt key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:87 msgid "Alt" msgstr "Alt" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the meta key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:93 msgid "Meta" msgstr "Meta" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the super key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:99 msgid "Super" msgstr "Super" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the hyper key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:105 msgid "Hyper" msgstr "Hiper" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the mod2 key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:111 msgid "Mod2" msgstr "Mod2" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the mod3 key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:117 msgid "Mod3" msgstr "Mod3" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the mod4 key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:123 msgid "Mod4" msgstr "Mod4" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the mod5 key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:129 msgid "Mod5" msgstr "Mod5" #. Translators: This represents the size of a window. The first number is #. * the width of the window and the second is the height. #. #: ../src/ui/resizepopup.c:139 #, c-format msgid "%d x %d" msgstr "%d x %d" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:268 msgid "top" msgstr "superior" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:270 msgid "bottom" msgstr "inferior" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:272 msgid "left" msgstr "esquerra" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:274 msgid "right" msgstr "dreta" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:301 #, c-format msgid "frame geometry does not specify \"%s\" dimension" msgstr "la geometria del marc no especifica la dimensió «%s»" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:320 #, c-format msgid "frame geometry does not specify dimension \"%s\" for border \"%s\"" msgstr "" "la geometria del marc no especifica la dimensió «%s» per al contorn «%s»" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:357 #, c-format msgid "Button aspect ratio %g is not reasonable" msgstr "La ràtio d'aspecte dels botons %g no és raonable" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Frame geometry does not specify size of buttons" msgstr "La geometria del marc no especifica la mida dels botons" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1304 #, c-format msgid "Gradients should have at least two colors" msgstr "Els degradats han de tenir almenys dos colors" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1448 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK custom color specification must have color name and fallback in " "parentheses, e.g. gtk:custom(foo,bar); could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1464 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid character '%c' in color_name parameter of gtk:custom, only A-Za-z0-9-" "_ are valid" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1478 #, c-format msgid "" "Gtk:custom format is \"gtk:custom(color_name,fallback)\", \"%s\" does not " "fit the format" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1522 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] " "where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" "L'especificació de color GTK ha de tenir l'estat entre claudàtors, p.e. " "gtk:fg[NORMAL] on NORMAL és l'estat; no s'ha pogut analitzar \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1536 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. " "gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" "L'especificació de color GTK ha de tenir un claudàtor de tancament després " "de l'estat, p.e. gtk:fg[NORMAL] on NORMAL és l'estat; no s'ha pogut " "analitzar «%s»" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1547 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand state \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "No s'entén l'estat «%s» en l'especificació del color" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1560 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand color component \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "No s'entén l'element de color «%s» en l'especificació del color" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "" "Blend format is \"blend/bg_color/fg_color/alpha\", \"%s\" does not fit the " "format" msgstr "" "El format de barreja és «blend/bg_color/fg_color/alpha», «%s» no s'ajusta al " "format" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1599 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse alpha value \"%s\" in blended color" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut analitzar el valor d'opacitat «%s» en el color barrejat" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1609 #, c-format msgid "Alpha value \"%s\" in blended color is not between 0.0 and 1.0" msgstr "El valor alfa «%s» en el color barrejat no està entre 0,0 i 1,0" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1655 #, c-format msgid "" "Shade format is \"shade/base_color/factor\", \"%s\" does not fit the format" msgstr "" "El format d'ombrejat és «shade/base_color/factor», «%s» no s'ajusta al format" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1666 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut analitzar el factor d'ombrejat «%s» en el color ombrejat" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1676 #, c-format msgid "Shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color is negative" msgstr "El factor d'ombrejat «%s» en el color ombrejat és negatiu" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1705 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse color \"%s\"" msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar el color «%s»" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2058 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression contains character '%s' which is not allowed" msgstr "L'expressió coordinada conté el caràcter «%s», el qual no és permès" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2085 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression contains floating point number '%s' which could not be " "parsed" msgstr "" "L'expressió coordinada conté el número «%s» de punt flotant el qual no es " "pot analitzar" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2099 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression contains integer '%s' which could not be parsed" msgstr "" "L'expressió coordinada conté l'enter «%s» el qual no es pot analitzar" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2221 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression contained unknown operator at the start of this text: " "\"%s\"" msgstr "" "L'expressió coordinada conté un operador desconegut a l'inici d'aquest text: " "«%s»" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression was empty or not understood" msgstr "L'expressió coordinada estava buida o no s'ha entès" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2389 ../src/ui/theme.c:2399 ../src/ui/theme.c:2434 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression results in division by zero" msgstr "L'expressió coordinada dóna una divisió per zero" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2442 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression tries to use mod operator on a floating-point number" msgstr "" "L'expressió coordinada intenta utilitzar l'operador de mode en un número de " "punt flotant" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2499 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression has an operator \"%s\" where an operand was expected" msgstr "" "L'expressió coordinada té un operador «%s» on hi hauria d'anar un operand" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2508 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression had an operand where an operator was expected" msgstr "L'expressió coordinada té un operand on hi hauria d'anar un operador" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2516 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression ended with an operator instead of an operand" msgstr "" "L'expressió coordinada ha finalitzat amb un operador en lloc d'un operand" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2526 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression has operator \"%c\" following operator \"%c\" with no " "operand in between" msgstr "" "L'expressió coordinada té un operador «%c» seguit de l'operador «%c» sense " "cap operand enmig" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2685 ../src/ui/theme.c:2730 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression had unknown variable or constant \"%s\"" msgstr "L'expressió coordinada té una variable o constant desconeguda «%s»" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2784 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression parser overflowed its buffer." msgstr "" "L'analitzador d'expressions de coordinades ha desbordat la seva memòria " "intermèdia." #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2813 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression had a close parenthesis with no open parenthesis" msgstr "L'expressió coordinada té un parèntesi de tancament i cap d'obertura" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2882 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression had an open parenthesis with no close parenthesis" msgstr "L'expressió coordinada té un parèntesi d'obertura i cap de tancament" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2893 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression doesn't seem to have any operators or operands" msgstr "L'expressió coordinada no sembla tenir cap operador o operand" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:3098 ../src/ui/theme.c:3118 ../src/ui/theme.c:3138 #, c-format msgid "Theme contained an expression that resulted in an error: %s\n" msgstr "El tema conté una expressió que ha provocat un error: %s\n" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:4797 #, c-format msgid "" "